Contents — 26 sections
- Book 1, §§1–25
- Book 1, §§26–50
- Book 1, §§51–75
- Book 1, §§76–100
- Book 1, §§101–125
- Book 1, §§126–150
- Book 1, §§151–175
- Book 1, §§176–200
- Book 1, §§201–225
- Book 1, §§226–250
- Book 1, §§251–275
- Book 1, §§276–300
- Book 1, §§301–325
- Book 1, §§326–334; Book 2, §§1–16
- Book 2, §§17–41
- Book 2, §§42–66
- Book 2, §§67–91
- Book 2, §§92–116
- Book 2, §§117–141
- Book 2, §§142–166
- Book 2, §§167–191
- Book 2, §§192–216
- Book 2, §§217–241
- Book 2, §§242–266
- Book 2, §§267–291
- Book 2, §§292–292
Book 1, §§1–25
1:1I have conceived the idea of writing the life of Moses, who, according to the account of some persons, was the lawgiver of the Jews, but according to others only an interpreter of the sacred laws, the greatest and most perfect man that ever lived, having a desire to make his character fully known to those who ought not to remain in ignorance respecting him,
1:2for the glory of the laws which he left behind him has reached over the whole world, and has penetrated to the very furthest limits of the universe; and those who do really and truly understand him are not many, perhaps partly out of envy, or else from the disposition so common to many persons of resisting the commands which are delivered by lawgivers in different states, since the historians who have flourished among the Greeks have not chosen to think him worthy of mention,
1:3the greater part of whom have both in their poems and also in their prose writings, disparaged or defaced the powers which they have received through education, composing comedies and works full of Sybaritish profligacy and licentiousness to their everlasting shame, while they ought rather to have employed their natural endowments and abilities in preserving a record of virtuous men and praiseworthy lives, so that honourable actions, whether ancient or modern, might not be buried in silence, and thus have all recollection of them lost, while they might shine gloriously if duly celebrated; and that they might not themselves have seemed to pass by more appropriate subjects, and to prefer such as were unworthy of being mentioned at all, while they were eager to give a specious appearance to infamous actions, so as to secure notoriety for disgraceful deeds.
1:4But I disregard the envious disposition of these men, and shall proceed to narrate the events which befell him, having learnt them both from those sacred scriptures which he has left as marvellous memorials of his wisdom, and having also heard many things from the elders of my nation, for I have continually connected together what I have heard with what I have read, and in this way I look upon it that I am acquainted with the history of his life more accurately than other people.
1:5And I will begin first with that with which it is necessary to begin. Moses was by birth a Hebrew, but he was born, and brought up, and educated in Egypt, his ancestors having migrated into Egypt with all their families on account of the long famine which oppressed Babylon and all the adjacent countries; for they were in search of food, and Egypt was a champaign country blessed with a rich soil, and very productive of every thing which the nature of man requires, and especially of corn and wheat,
1:6for the river of that country at the height of summer, when they say that all other rivers which are derived from winter torrents and from springs in the ground are smaller, rises and increases, and overflows so as to irrigate all the lands, and make them one vast lake. And so the land, without having any need of rain, supplies every year an unlimited abundance of every kind of good food, unless sometimes the anger of God interrupts this abundance by reason of the excessive impiety of the inhabitants.
1:7And his father and mother were among the most excellent persons of their time, and though they were of the same time, still they were induced to unite themselves together more from an unanimity of feeling than because they were related in blood; and Moses is the seventh generation in succession from the original settler in the country who was the founder of the whole race of the Jews.
1:8And he was thought worthy of being bred up in the royal palace, the cause of which circumstance was as follows. The king of the country, inasmuch as the nation of the Hebrews kept continually increasing in numbers, fearing lest gradually the settlers should become more numerous than the original inhabitants, and being more powerful should set upon them and subdue them by force, and make themselves their masters, conceived the idea of destroying their strength by impious devices, and ordered that of all the children that were born the females only should be brought up (since a woman, by reason of the weakness of her nature, is disinclined to and unfitted for war), and that all the male children should be destroyed, that the population of their cities might not be increased, since a power which consists of a number of men is a fortress difficult to take and difficult to destroy.
1:9Accordingly as the child Moses, as soon as he was born, displayed a more beautiful and noble form than usual, his parents resolved, as far as was in their power, to disregard the proclamations of the tyrant. Accordingly they say that for three months continuously they kept him at home, feeding him on milk, without its coming to the knowledge of the multitude;
1:10but when, as is commonly the case in monarchies, some persons discovered what was kept secret and in darkness, of those persons who are always eager to bring any new report to the king, his parents being afraid lest while seeking to secure the safety of one individual, they who were many might become involved in his destruction, with many tears exposed their child on the banks of the river, and departed groaning and lamenting, pitying themselves for the necessity which had fallen upon them, and calling themselves the slayers and murderers of their child, and commiserating the infant too for his destruction, which they had hoped to avert.
1:11Then, as was natural for people involved in a miserable misfortune, they accused themselves as having brought a heavier affliction on themselves than they need have done. "For why," said they, "did we not expose him at the first moment of his birth?" For people in general do not look upon one who has not lived long enough to partake of salutary food as a human being at all. "But we, in our superfluous affection, have nourished him these three entire months, causing ourselves by such conduct more abundant grief, and inflicting upon him a heavier punishment, in order that he, having at last attained to a great capacity for feeling pleasures and pains, should at last perish in the perception of the most grievous evils."
1:12And so they departed in ignorance of the future, being wholly overwhelmed with sad misery; but the sister of the infant who was thus exposed, being still a maiden, out of the vehemence of her fraternal affection, stood a little way off watching to see what would happen, and all the events which concerned him appear to me to have taken place in accordance with the providence of God, who watched over the infant.
1:13Now the king of the country had an only daughter, whom he tenderly loved, and they say that she, although she had been married a long time, had never had any children, and therefore, as was natural, was very desirous of children, and especially of male offspring, which should succeed to the noble inheritance of her father’s prosperity and imperial authority, which was otherwise in danger of being lost, since the king had no other grandsons.
1:14And as she was always desponding and lamenting, so especially on that particular day was she overcome by the weight of her anxiety, that, though it was her ordinary custom to stay in doors and never to pass over the threshold of her house, yet now she went forth with her handmaidens down to the river, where the infant was lying. And there, as she was about to indulge in a bath and purification in the thickest part of the marsh, she beheld the child, and commanded her handmaidens to bring him to her.
1:15Then, after she had surveyed him from head to foot, and admired his elegant form and healthy vigorous appearance, and saw that he was crying, she had compassion on him, her soul being already moved within her by maternal feelings of affection as if he had been her own child. And when she knew that the infant belonged to one of the Hebrews who was afraid because of the commandment of the king, she herself conceived the idea of rearing him up, and took counsel with herself on the subject, thinking that it was not safe to bring him at once into the palace;
1:16and while she was still hesitating, the sister of the infant, who was still looking out, conjecturing her hesitation from what she beheld, ran up and asked her whether she would like that the child should be brought up at the breast by some one of the Hebrew women who had been lately delivered;
1:17and as she said that she wished that she would do so, the maiden went and fetched her own mother and that of the infant, as if she had been a stranger, who with great readiness and willingness cheerfully promised to take the child and bring him up, pretending to be tempted by the reward to be paid, the providence of God thus making the original bringing up of the child to accord with the genuine course of nature. Then she gave him a name, calling him Moses with great propriety, because she had received him out of the water, for the Egyptians call water "mos."
1:18But when the child began to grow and increase, he was weaned, not in accordance with the time of his age, but earlier than usual; and then his mother, who was also his nurse, came to bring him back to the princess who had given him to her, inasmuch as he no longer required to be fed on milk, and as he was now a fine and noble child to look upon.
1:19And when the king’s daughter saw that he was more perfect than could have been expected at his age, and when from his appearance she conceived greater good will than ever towards him, she adopted him as her son, having first put in practise all sorts of contrivances to increase the apparent bulk of her belly, so that he might be looked upon as her own genuine child, and not as a supposititious one; but God easily brings to pass whatever he is inclined to effect, however difficult it may be to bring to a successful issue.
1:20Therefore the child being now thought worthy of a royal education and a royal attendance, was not, like a mere child, long delighted with toys and objects of laughter and amusement, even though those who had undertaken the care of him allowed him holidays and times for relaxation, and never behaved in any stern or morose way to him; but he himself exhibited a modest and dignified deportment in all his words and gestures, attending diligently to every lesson of every kind which could tend to the improvement of his mind.
1:21And immediately he had all kinds of masters, one after another, some coming of their own accord from the neighbouring countries and the different districts of Egypt, and some being even procured from Greece by the temptation of large presents. But in a short time he surpassed all their knowledge, anticipating all their lessons by the excellent natural endowments of his own genius; so that everything in his case appeared to be a ecollecting rather than a learning, while he himself also, without any teacher, comprehended by his instinctive genius many difficult subjects;
1:22for great abilities cut out for themselves many new roads to knowledge. And just as vigorous and healthy bodies which are active and quick in motion in all their parts, release their trainers from much care, giving them little or no trouble and anxiety, and as trees which are of a good sort, and which have a natural good growth, give no trouble to their cultivators, but grow finely and improve of themselves, so in the same manner the well disposed soul, going forward to meet the lessons which are imparted to it, is improved in reality by itself rather than by its teachers, and taking hold of some beginning or principle of knowledge, bounds, as the proverb has it, like a horse over the plain.
1:23Accordingly he speedily learnt arithmetic, and geometry, and the whole science of rhythm and harmony and metre, and the whole of music, by means of the use of musical instruments, and by lectures on the different arts, and by explanations of each topic; and lessons on these subjects were given him by Egyptian philosophers, who also taught him the philosophy which is contained in symbols, which they exhibit in those sacred characters of hieroglyphics, as they are called, and also that philosophy which is conversant about that respect which they pay to animals which they invest with the honours due to God. And all the other branches of the encyclical education he learnt from Greeks; and the philosophers from the adjacent countries taught him Assyrian literature and the knowledge of the heavenly bodies so much studied by the Chaldaeans.
1:24And this knowledge he derived also from the Egyptians, who study mathematics above all things, and he learnt with great accuracy the state of that art among both the Chaldaeans and Egyptians, making himself acquainted with the points in which they agree with and differ from each other—making himself master of all their disputes without encouraging any disputatious disposition in himself—but seeking the plain truth, since his mind was unable to admit any falsehood, as those are accustomed to do who contend violently for one particular side of a question; and who advocate any doctrine which is set before them, whatever it may be, not inquiring whether it deserves to be supported, but acting in the same manner as those lawyers who defend a cause for pay, and are wholly indifferent to the justice of their cause.
1:25And when he had passed the boundaries of the age of infancy he began to exercise his intellect; not, as some people do, letting his youthful passions roam at large without restraint, although in him they had ten thousand incentives by reason of the abundant means for the gratification of them which royal places supply; but he behaved with temperance and fortitude, as though he had bound them with reins, and thus he restrained their onward impetuosity by force.
Book 1, §§26–50
1:26And he tamed, and appeased, and brought under due command every one of the other passions which are naturally and as far as they are themselves concerned frantic, and violent, and unmanageable. And if any one of them at all excited itself and endeavoured to get free from restraint he administered severe punishment to it, reproving it with severity of language; and, in short, he repressed all the principal impulses and most violent affections of the soul, and kept guard over them as over a restive horse, fearing lest they might break all bounds and get beyond the power of reason which ought to be their guide to restrain them, and so throw everything everywhere into confusion. For these passions are the causes of all good and of all evil; of good when they submit to the authority of dominant reason, and of evil when they break out of bounds and scorn all government and restraint.
1:27Very naturally, therefore, those who associated with him and every one who was acquainted with him marvelled at him, being astonished as at a novel spectacle, and inquiring what kind of mind it was that had its abode in his body, and that was set up in it like an image in a shrine; whether it was a human mind or a divine intellect, or something combined of the two; because he had nothing in him resembling the many, but had gone beyond them all and was elevated to a more sublime height.
1:28For he never provided his stomach with any luxuries beyond those necessary tributes which nature has appointed to be paid to it, and as to the pleasures of the organs below the stomach he paid no attention to them at all, except as far as the object of having legitimate children was concerned.
1:29And being in a most eminent degree a practiser of abstinence and self-denial, and being above all men inclined to ridicule a life of effeminacy and luxury (for he desired to live for his soul alone, and not for his body), he exhibited the doctrines of philosophy in all his daily actions, saying precisely what he thought, and performing such actions only as were consistent with his words, so as to exhibit a perfect harmony between his language and his life, so that as his words were such also was his life, and as his life was such likewise was his language, like people who are playing together in tune on a musical instrument.
1:30Therefore men in general, even if the slightest breeze of prosperity does only blow their way for a moment, become puffed up and give themselves great airs, becoming insolent to all those who are in a lower condition than themselves, and calling them dregs of the earth, and annoyances, and sources of trouble, and burdens of the earth, and all sorts of names of that kind, as if they had been thoroughly able to establish the undeviating character of their prosperity on a solid foundation, though, very likely, they will not remain in the same condition even till tomorrow,
1:31for there is nothing more inconstant than fortune, which tosses human affairs up and down like dice. Often has a single day thrown down the man who was previously placed on an eminence, and raised the lowly man on high. And while men see these events continually taking place, and though they are well assured of the fact, still they overlook their relations and friends, and transgress the laws according to which they were born and brought up; and they overturn their national hereditary customs to which no just blame whatever is attached, dwelling in a foreign land, and by reason of their cordial reception of the customs among which they are living, no longer remembering a single one of their ancient usages.
1:32But Moses, having now reached the very highest point of human good fortune, and being looked upon as the grandson of this mighty king, and being almost considered in the expectations of all men as the future inheritor of his grandfather’s kingdom, and being always addressed as the young prince, still felt a desire for and admiration of the education of his kinsmen and ancestors, considering all the things which were thought good among those who had adopted him as spurious, even though they might, in consequence of the present state of affairs, have a brilliant appearance; and those things which were thought good by his natural parents, even though they might be for a short time somewhat obscure, at all events akin to himself and genuine good things.
1:33Accordingly, like an uncorrupt judge both of his real parents and of those who had adopted him, he cherished towards the one a good will and an ardent affection, and he displayed gratitude towards the others in requital of the kindness which he had received at their hands, and he would have displayed the same throughout his whole life if he had not beheld a great and novel iniquity wrought in the country by the king;
1:34for, as I have said before, the Jews were strangers in Egypt, the founders of their race having migrated from Babylon and the upper satrapies in the time of the famine, by reason of their want of food, and come and settled in Egypt, and having in a manner taken refuge like suppliants in the country as in a sacred asylum, fleeing for protection to the good faith of the king and the compassion of the inhabitants;
1:35for strangers, in my opinion, should be looked upon as refugees, and as the suppliants of those who receive them in their country; and, besides, being suppliants, these men were likewise sojourners in the land, and friends desiring to be admitted to equal honours with the citizens, and neighbours differing but little in their character from original natives.
1:36The men, therefore, who had left their homes and come into Egypt, as if they were to dwell in that land as in a second country in perfect security, the king of the country reduced to slavery, and, as if he had taken them prisoners by the laws of war, or had bought them from masters in whose house they had been bred, he oppressed them and treated them as slaves, though they were not only free men, but also strangers, and suppliants, and sojourners, having no respect for nor any awe of God, who presides over the rights of free men, and of strangers, and of suppliants, and of hospitality, and who beholds all such actions as his.
1:37Then he laid commands on them beyond their power to fulfil, imposing on them labour after labour; and, when they fainted from weakness, the sword came upon them. He appointed overseers over their works, the most pitiless and inhuman of men, who pardoned and made allowance for no one, and whom they from the circumstances and from their behaviour called persecutors of work.
1:38And they wrought with clay, some of them fashioning it into bricks, and others collecting straw from all quarters, for straw is the bond which binds bricks together; while others, again, had the task allotted to them of building up houses, and walls, and gates, and cutting trenches, bearing wood themselves day and night without interruption, having no rest or respite, and not even being allowed time so much as to sleep, but being compelled to perform all the works not only of workmen but also of journeymen, so that in a short time their bodies failed them, their souls having already fainted beneath their afflictions.
1:39And so they died, one after another, as if smitten by a pestilential destruction, and then their taskmasters threw their bodies away unburied beyond the borders of the land, not suffering their kinsmen or their friends to sprinkle even a little dust on their corpses, nor to weep over those who had thus miserably perished; but, like impious men as they were, they threatened to extend their despotism over the passions of the soul (that cannot be enslaved, and which are nearly the only things which nature has made completely free), oppressing them with the intolerable weight of a necessity beyond their powers.
1:40At all these events Moses was greatly grieved and indignant, not being able either to chastise the unjust oppressors of his people nor to assist those who were oppressed, but he gave them all the assistance that was in his power, by words, recommending their overseers to treat them with moderation, and to relax and abate somewhat of the oppressive nature of their commands, and exhorting the oppressed who were labouring thus to bear their present distresses with a noble spirit and to be men in their minds, and not to let their souls faint as well as their bodies, but to hope for good fortune after their present adversity;
1:41for that all things in this world have a tendency to change to the opposite, cloudy weather to fine, violent gales to calm and absence of wind, storms and heavy billows at sea to fair weather and an unruffled surface of the water; and much more are human affairs likely to change, inasmuch as they are more unstable than anything.
1:42By using these charms, as it were, like a good physician, he thought he should be able to alleviate their afflictions, although they were most grievous. But whenever their distress abated, then again their taskmasters returned and oppressed them with increased severity, always after the respite adding some new evil which should be even more intolerable than their previous sufferings;
1:43for some of their overseers were very savage and furious men, being, as to their cruelty, not at all different from poisonous serpents or carnivorous beasts—wild beasts in human form—being clothed with the form of a human body so as to give an appearance of gentleness in order to deceive and catch their victim, but in reality being harder than iron or adamant.
1:44One of these men, then, the most violent of them, when, in addition to yielding nothing of his purpose, he was even exasperated at the exhortations of Moses and rendered more savage by them, beating those who did not labour with energy and unremittingly at the work which was imposed upon them, and insulting them and subjecting them to every kind of ill-treatment, so as even to be the death of many, Moses slew, thinking the deed a pious action; and, indeed, it was a pious action to destroy one who only lived for the destruction of others.
1:45When the king heard of this action he was very indignant, thinking it an intolerable thing, not for one man to be dead, or for another to have killed him, whether justly or unjustly, but for his grandson not to agree with him, and not to look upon his friends or his enemies as his own, but to hate persons whom the king loved, and to love persons whom the king looked upon as outcasts, and to pity those whom he regarded with unchangeable and implacable aversion.
1:46But when the Egyptian authorities had once got an opportunity of attacking the young man, having already reason for looking upon him with suspicion (for they well knew that he would hereafter bear them ill-will for their evil practises, and would revenge himself on them when he had an opportunity) they poured in, at all times and from all quarters, thousands and thousands of calumnies into the willing ears of his grandfather, so that they even implanted in his mind an apprehension that Moses was plotting to deprive him of his kingdom, saying to him: "He will strip you of your crown. He has no humble designs or notions. He is continually seeking to busy himself in what does not concern him, and to acquire some additional power. He is eager for the kingdom before his time. He caresses some people; he threatens others; he kills others without a trial; he hates all those who are the best affected towards you. Why do you delay? Why do you not cut short all his designs and machinations? Delay on the part of those against whom they are plotting is of the greatest advantage to those who wish to attack them."
1:47As they urged these arguments to the king he retreated to the contiguous country of Arabia, where it was safe to abide, entreating God that he would deliver his countrymen from inextricable calamities, and would worthily chastise their oppressors who omitted no circumstance of insolence and tyranny, and would double his joy by allowing him to behold the accomplishment of both these prayers. And God heard his prayers, looking favourably on his disposition, so devoted to what is good, and so hostile to what is evil, and not long after he pronounced his decision upon the affairs of that land as became a God.
1:48But while he was preparing to display the decision which he was about to pronounce, Moses was devoting himself to all the labours of virtue, having a teacher within himself, virtuous reason, by whom he had been trained to the most virtuous pursuits of life, and had learnt to apply himself to the contemplation and practise of virtue and to the continual study of the doctrines of philosophy, which he easily and thoroughly comprehended in his soul, and committed to memory in such a manner as never to forget them; and, moreover, he made all his own actions, which were intrinsically praiseworthy, to harmonise with them, desiring not to seem wise and good, but in truth and reality to be so, because he made the right reason of nature his only aim; which is, in fact, the only first principle and fountain of all the virtues.
1:49Any one else, perhaps, fleeing from the implacable fury of the king, and coming now for the first time into a foreign land, when he had not as yet associated with or learnt the customs of the natives, and not knowing with any accuracy the objects in which they delighted or which they regarded with aversion, would have been desirous to enjoy tranquillity and to live in obscurity, escaping the notice of men in general; or else, if he had wished to come forward in public, he would have endeavoured by all means to propitiate the powerful men and those in the highest authority in the country by persevering attentions, as men from whom some advantage or assistance might be expected, if any pursuers should come after him and endeavour to drag him away by force.
1:50But this man proceeded by the path which was the exact opposite of that which was the probable one for him to take, following the healthy impulses of his soul, and not allowing any one of them to be impeded in its progress. On which account, at times, with the fervour of youth, he attempted things beyond his existing strength; looking upon justice as an irresistible power, by which he was encouraged so as to go spontaneously to the assistance of the weaker side.
Book 1, §§51–75
1:51I will also mention one action which was done by him at that time, even although it may be but a trifling one in appearance, but still it proceeded from a lofty spirit. The Arabs are great breeders of cattle, and they all feed their flocks together, not merely men, but also women, and youths, and maidens with them, and this, too, not merely in the obscurer classes and lower ranks of life, but also among the most eminent persons of the nation.
1:52Now there were seven damsels, whose father was the priest, and they all came to a certain fountain leading their flocks, and having loosened their vessels and let them down by thongs they succeeded one another in drawing up the water, so as for them all to have an equal share in the work; and in this way they cheerfully and rapidly filled the troughs which were at hand.
1:53And when other shepherds came up they disregarded the weakness of the damsels and endeavoured to drive them away with their flocks, and then brought their own herds to the drink that was prepared, desiring to reap the fruits of the labour of others.
1:54But Moses, seeing what was done, for he was at no great distance, hastened and ran up; and, when he had come near to them, he said: "Will not you desist from behaving thus unjustly, thinking this solitary place a fitting field for the exercise of your covetousness? Are you not ashamed to have such cowardly arms and hands? You are long-haired people, female flesh, and not men. The damsels behave like vigorous youths, hesitating about nothing that they ought to do; but you, young men, are now behaving lazily, like girls.
1:55Will you not depart? Will you not be off and give place to those who arrived first, to whom the water belongs, and who are entitled to it; when you ought rather to have drawn water for them, that so they might have had it in greater abundance? And are you, on the contrary, endeavouring to take away from them what they themselves have got ready? "But I swear, by the celestial eye of justice, which sees what is done even in the most solitary places, that you shall not take it from them.
1:56And at all events, now justice has sent me and appointed me to bring them assistance who never expected such an officer; for I am an ally to these damsels who are thus injured by violence, and I come with a might which you evil-doers and covetous people cannot face, but you shall feel it wounding you in an invisible manner, if you do not change your ways."
1:57He said this; and they, being alarmed at his words, since while he was speaking he appeared inspired, and his appearance became changed, so that he looked like a prophet, and fearing lest he might be uttering divine oracles and predictions, they obeyed and became submissive, and brought back the flock of the maidens to the troughs, first of all removing their own cattle.
1:58So the damsels went home exceedingly delighted, and they related all that had happened to them beyond their hopes, so that they wished their father with an earnest desire to see the stranger. At all events he blamed them for their ingratitude, speaking as follows: "What were ye about, that ye let him go, when you ought at once to have brought him hither, and to have entreated him to come if he declined? Or when did you see any inhospitality in me? Or do you expect never again to fall into difficulties? Those who are forgetful of services must needs lack defenders, but nevertheless hasten after him, for as yet the error which you have committed may be repaired; and go with haste and invite him first of all to a hospitable reception, and then endeavour to requite his service, for great thanks are due to him."
1:59So they made haste, and went after him, and overtook him at no great distance from the fountain; and when they had delivered their father’s message to him, they persuaded him to return home with them. And their father was at once greatly struck by his appearance, and soon afterwards he learnt to admire his wisdom, for great natures are very easily discovered, and do not require a length of time to be appreciated, and so he gave him the most beautiful of his daughters to be his wife, conjecturing by that one action of his how completely good and excellent he was, and testifying that what is good is the only thing which deserves to be loved, and that it does not require any external recommendation, but bears in itself proofs by which it may be known and understood.
1:60And after his marriage, Moses took his father-in-law’s herds and tended them, being thus instructed in the lessons proper to qualify him for becoming the leader of a people, for the business of a shepherd is a preparation for the office of a king to any one who is destined to preside over that most manageable of all flocks, mankind, just as hunting is a good training-school for men of warlike dispositions; for they who are practising with a view to learning the management of an army, previously study the science of hunting, brute animals being as some raw material exposed to their attacks in order for them to practise the art of commanding on each occasion of war or of peace,
1:61for the pursuit of wild beasts is a training-school of strategy to be developed against enemies, and the care and management of tame animals is a royal training for the government of subjects; for which reason kings are called shepherds of their people, not by way of reproach, but as a most especial and preeminent honour.
1:62And it appears to me, who have examined the matter not with any reference to the opinions of the many, but solely with regard to truth (and he may laugh who pleases), that that man alone can be a perfect king who is well skilled in the art of the shepherd, being thus instructed as to more important matters by experience of the inferior animals; for it is impossible for great things to be brought to perfection before small ones.
1:63Therefore Moses, having become the most skilful herdsman of his time, and the most prudent provider of all the necessary things for his flock, and of all things which tended to their advantage, because he never delayed or hesitated, but exerted a voluntary and spontaneous cheerfulness in all things necessary for the animals under his charge,
1:64saw his flocks increase with great joy and guileless good faith, so that he soon incurred the envy of the other herdsmen, who saw nothing in their own flocks resembling the condition of his; but they thought themselves well off if they continued as before, while the flock of Moses would have been thought to be falling off if it had not improved, every day, by reason of the vast augmentations that it was in the habit of receiving in beauty from its high condition and fatness, and in number from the prolific character of the females, and the wholesome way in which it was fed and managed.
1:65And when Moses was leading his flock into a situation full of good water and good grass, where there was also a great deal of herbage especially suitable for sheep, he came upon a certain grove in a valley, where he saw a most marvellous sight. There was a bush or briar, a very thorny plant, and very weak and supple. This bush was on a sudden set in a blaze without any one applying any fire to it, and being entirely enveloped from the root to the topmost branch by the abundant flame, as though it had proceeded from some fountain showering fire over it, it nevertheless remained whole without being consumed, like some impassible essence, and not as if it were itself the natural fuel for fire, but rather as if it were taking the fire for its own fuel.
1:66And in the middle of the flame there was seen a certain very beautiful form, not resembling any visible thing, a most Godlike image, emitting a light more brilliant than fire, which any one might have imagined to be the image of the living God. But let it be called an angel, because it merely related (διηγέλλετο) the events which were about to happen in a silence more distinct than any voice by reason of the marvellous sight which was thus exhibited.
1:67For the burning bush was a symbol of the oppressed people, and the burning fire was a symbol of the oppressors; and the circumstance of the burning bush not being consumed was an emblem of the fact that the people thus oppressed would not be destroyed by those who were attacking them, but that their hostility would be unsuccessful and fruitless to the one party, and the fact of their being plotted against would fail to be injurious to the others. The angel, again, was the emblem of the providence of God, who mitigates circumstances which appear very formidable, so as to produce from them great tranquillity beyond the hopes or expectation of any one.
1:68But we must now accurately investigate the comparison here made. The briar, as has been already said, is a most weak and supple plant, yet it is not without thorns, so that it wounds one if one only touches it. Nor was it consumed by fire, which is naturally destructive, but on the contrary it was preserved by it, and in addition to not being consumed, it continued just as it was before, and without undergoing any change whatever itself, acquired additional brilliancy.
1:69All these circumstances are an allegory to intimate the suggestions given by the other notions which at that time prevailed, almost crying out in plain words to persons in affliction, "Do not faint; your weakness is your strength, which shall pierce and wound innumerable hosts. You shall be saved rather than destroyed, by those who are desirous to destroy your whole race against their will, so that you shall not be overwhelmed by the evils with which they will afflict you, but when your enemies think most surely that they are destroying you, then you shall most brilliantly shine out in glory."
1:70Again, the fire, which is a destructive essence, convicting the men of cruel dispositions, says, Be not elated so as to rely on your own strength; be admonished rather when you see irresistible powers destroyed. The consuming power of flame is itself consumed like firewood, and the wood, which is by its intrinsic nature capable of being burnt, burns other things visibly like fire.
1:71God, having shown this prodigious and miraculous sight to Moses, gave him, in this way, a most visible lesson as to the events which are about to be accomplished; and he begins to exhort him, by divine admonitions and predictions, to apply himself to the government of his nation, as one who was to be not only the author of its freedom, but also its leader in its migration from Egypt, which should take place at no distant period; promising to be present with him as his coadjutor in every thing.
1:72For says God, "I myself have had compassion for a long time on them while ill-treated and subjected to insolence hard to be borne, while there was no man to lighten their sufferings, nor to pity their calamities; for I have seen them all, each individual privately and the whole nation, with one accord turning to address supplications and prayers to me, and hoping for assistance from me. And I am by nature merciful, and propitious to all sincere suppliants.
1:73But go thou to the king of the country, without fearing any thing whatever; for the former king is dead from whom you fled for fear of his plotting against thee. And another king now governs the land, who has no ill-will against thee on account of any thing, and who has taken the elders of the nation into his council; tell him that the whole nation is called forth by me, by my divine oracle, that in accordance with the customs of their ancestors they may depart three days’ journey out of the country, and there may sacrifice unto me."
1:74But Moses, not being ignorant that even his own countrymen would distrust his word, and also that every one else would do so, said, "If then they ask what is the name of him who sent thee, and if I know not what to reply to them, shall I not seem to be deceiving them?"
1:75And God said, "At first say unto them, I am that I am, that when they have learnt that there is a difference between him that is and him that is not, they may be further taught that there is no name whatever that can properly be assigned to me, who am the only being to whom existence belongs.
Book 1, §§76–100
1:76And if, inasmuch as they are weak in their natural abilities, they shall inquire further about my appellation, tell them not only this one fact that I am God, but also that I am the God of those men who have derived their names from virtue, that I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, one of whom is the rule of that wisdom which is derived from teaching, another of natural wisdom, and the third of that which is derived from practise. And if they are still distrustful they shall be taught by these tokens, and then they shall change their dispositions, seeing such signs as no man has hitherto either seen or heard."
1:77Now the tokens were as follows. The rod which Moses held in his hand God ordered him to throw down on the ground; and immediately it received life, and crawled along, and speedily became the most powerful of all the animals which want feet, namely an immense serpent, complete in all its parts. And when Moses retreated from the beast, and out of fear was on the point of taking to flight, he was called back again; and when God laid his commands upon him, and inspired him with courage, he laid hold of it by the tail;
1:78and the serpent, though still crawling onwards, stopped at his touch, and being stretched out at its full length again returned to its original elements and became the same rod as before, so that Moses marvelled at both the changes, not knowing which was the most wonderful; as he was unable to decide between them, his soul being overwhelmed with these appearances of equal strangeness.
1:79This now was the first sign. The second miraculous token was afforded to him at no great distance of time. God commanded him to put one of his hands in his bosom and hide it there, and a moment afterwards to draw it out again. And when he had done what he was commanded, his hand in a moment appeared whiter than snow. Again, when he had put his hand a second time into his bosom, and had a second time drawn it forth, it returned to its original complexion, and resumed its proper appearance.
1:80These two lessons he was taught in solitude, when he was alone with God, like a pupil alone with his master, and having about him the instruments with which these wonders were worked, namely, his hand and his rod, with which indeed he walked along the road.
1:81But the third he could not carry about with him, nor could he be instructed as to that beforehand; but it was destined to astonish him not less than the others, deriving the origin of its existence from Egypt. And this was its character. God said, "The water of the river, as much as you can take up in your hand and pour upon the ground shall be dark blood, being both in colour and in power transformed with a complete transformation."
1:82And, as was natural, this also appeared credible to Moses, not merely by reason of the truth-telling nature of the speaker, but also because of the marvels that had already been shown to him, with respect to his hand and to his rod.
1:83But though he believed the words of God, nevertheless he tried to avoid the office to which God was appointing him, urging that he was a man of a weak voice, and slow of speech, and not eloquent, and especially so ever since he had heard God himself speaking. For judging the greatest human eloquence to be mere speechlessness in comparison with the truth, and being also prudent and cautious by nature, he shrunk from the undertaking, thinking such great matters proper for proud and bold men and not for him. And he entreated God to choose some one else who would be able easily to accomplish all the commands which he thus laid upon him.
1:84But he approved of his modesty, and said, "Art thou ignorant who it is that giveth to man a mouth, and who has formed his windpipe and his tongue, and all the apparatus of the articulate voice? I am he. Therefore, fear thou nothing. For when I approve, every thing will become articulate and clear, and will change for the better, and improve; so that no one shall hinder thee, but the stream of thy words shall flow forth in a rapid and smooth current as if from a pure fountain. And if there is any need of an interpreter, thou shalt have thy brother, who will be a subordinate mouthpiece for thee, that he may utter to the multitude the words which he receives from thee, while thou utterest to him the words that thou receivest from God."
1:85Having heard these things (for it was not at all safe or free from danger to oppose the commands of God), he departed and proceeded with his wife and children by the road leading to Egypt, on which he met with his brother and persuaded him to accompany him, announcing to him the oracular commands which he had received from God. And his brother’s soul was already wrought up to obedience by divine providence, so that he, without hesitation, agreed to his proposal and readily followed him.
1:86And when they thus arrived in Egypt with one mind and soul, they first of all collected together the elders of the nation in a secret place, and there they laid the commands of God before them, and told them how God had conceived pity and compassion for them, promised them freedom and a departure from thence to a better country, promising also that he himself would be their guide on their road.
1:87And after these events, they take courage now to converse with the king with respect to sending forth their people from his territories that they might sacrifice to God; for they said, "That it was necessary that their national sacrifices should be accomplished in the wilderness, inasmuch as they were not performed in the same manner as the sacred rites of other nations, but according to a system and law removed from the ordinary course, on account of the special peculiarities of their habits."
1:88But the monarch, who from his cradle had had his soul filled with all the arrogance of his ancestors, and who had no notion in the world of any God appreciable only by the intellect apart from those objects which are visible to the sight, answered them with insolence, saying, "Who is it whom I am to obey? I know not this new Lord of whom you are speaking. I will not let the nation go to be disobedient and headstrong under pretence of fasts and sacrifices."
1:89And then, like a man of cruel and passionate disposition and implacable in his anger, he commanded the overseers of the works to oppress them still more, because they had previously given them some relaxation and leisure, saying that, it was from this relaxation and leisure that their forming designs of feasting and sacrifice had arisen; for that men who were in great straits did not think of these things, but only those whose life had been spent in much ease and luxury.
1:90Therefore the Jews had now to endure more terrible afflictions than before, and were indignant at Moses and his brother as deceivers, and accused them, sometimes secretly and sometimes openly, and charged them with impiety in appearing to have spoken falsely against God; and accordingly Moses began to exhibit the marvellous wonders which he had been previously taught, thinking that thus he should be able to bring over those who saw them from their former incredulity to believe all that he said.
1:91And this exhibition of prodigies was carefully displayed before the king and magistrates of the Egyptians. Therefore, when all the powerful men of the state were assembled round the king, the brother of Moses taking his rod, and shaking it in a very remarkable and demonstrative manner, threw it on the ground, and it immediately became a serpent. And all those who were standing around saw it, and marvelled, and, in alarm and terror, withdrew, and fled.
1:92But all the sophists and magicians who were present said, "Why are you thus alarmed? we also are not unpractised in such tricks as these, and we are skilled in an art which can produce similar effects." And then each of them threw down the rod which he held in his hand, and so there was a multitude of serpents which went crawling about that rod which had first been changed.
1:93And that serpent, with the excess of his power, raised himself up on high, and dilated his chest, and opened his mouth, and with the violent impulse of an attractive drawing in of his breath, drew them all towards him as if he had surrounded a large cast of fishes in a net cast around them, and then, when he had swallowed them all, he returned to his original nature of a stick.
1:94So now the marvellous sight thus exhibited to them wrought a fear in the soul of every one of these wicked and malicious men, so that they no longer fancied that what was done was the trick or artifice of men, devised merely for deceit; but they saw that it was a more divine power which was the cause of these things, to which all things are easy.
1:95But when by the evident might of what was done they were compelled to confess this, they still were not the less audacious, clinging to their original inhumanity and impiety as to some inalienable virtue, and not pitying those who were unjustly enslaved, nor doing any such things as they were commanded by the word of God. And though God himself had declared his will to them by demonstrations clearer than any verbal commands, namely, by signs and wonders, still they required a yet more severe impression to be made upon them, and it was necessary for him to rise up against them with still greater power; and accordingly, those foolish men, whom reason and command could not influence, are corrected by a series of afflictions: and ten punishments were inflicted on the land;
1:96so that the number of the chastisements might be complete which was inflicted upon those who had completed their sins; and the punishment far transcended all ordinary visitations. For the elements of the universe, earth, water, air, and fire, of which the world was made, were all by the command of God, brought into a state of hostility against them, so that the country of those impious men was destroyed, in order to exhibit the height of the authority which God wielded, who had also fashioned those same elements at the creation of the universe, so as to secure its safety, and who could change them all whenever he pleased, to effect the destruction of impious men.
1:97And he divided his punishments, entrusting three, those which proceeded from those elements which are composed of more solid parts, namely, earth and water, from which all the corporeal distinctive realities are perfected, to the brother of Moses. An equal number, those which proceeded from the elements which are the most prolific of life, namely, air and fire, he committed to Moses himself alone. One, the seventh, he entrusted to both in common; the other three, to make up the whole number of ten, he reserved for himself.
1:98And first of all he began to bring on the plagues derived from water; for as the Egyptians used to honour the water in an especial degree, thinking that it was the first principle of the creation of the universe, he thought it fitting to summon that first to the affliction and correction of those who thus honoured it.
1:99What then happened no long time after the events I have already mentioned? The brother of Moses, by the divine command, smote with his rod upon the river, and immediately, throughout its whole course, from Ethiopia down to the sea, it is changed into blood; and simultaneously with its change, all the lakes, and ditches, and fountains, and wells, and springs, and every particle of water in all Egypt, was changed into blood, so that, for want of drink, they digged round about the banks of the river, but the streams that came up were like veins of the body in a hoemorrhage, and spirted up channels of blood like springs, no transparent water being seen anywhere.
1:100And all the different kinds of fish died, inasmuch as all the vivifying power of the river was changed to a destructive power, so that everything was everywhere filled with foetid odours, from such s of bodies putrifying all together. Moreover, a great number of men perished from thirst, and their bodies lay in heaps in the roads, since their relations had not strength to convey those who had died to the tombs;
Book 1, §§101–125
1:101for this evil lasted seven days, until the Egyptians entreated Moses, and Moses entreated God, to show pity on those who were thus perishing. And God, being merciful in his nature, changed the blood back again to wholesome water, restoring to the river its pristine clear and vivifying streams.
1:102But again, after a brief respite, the Egyptians returned to the same cruelty and carelessness as before, as if either justice had been utterly banished from among men, or as if those who had endured one punishment were not wont to be chastised a second time; but when they suffered they were taught like young children, not to despise those who corrected them; for the punishment which followed, on the track of the last, was slow indeed to come, while they were also slow, but when they hastened to do wrong, it ran after them and overtook them.
1:103For again, the brother of Moses, being ordered to do so, stretched out his hand and held his rod over all the canals, and lakes, and marshes; and at the holding forth of his rod, so immense a multitude of frogs came up, that not only the market-place, and all the spots open to the air, were filled with them, but likewise all the stables for cattle, the houses, and all the temples, and every building, public or private, as if nature had designed to send forth one race of aquatic animals into the opposite region of earth, to form a colony there, for the opposite region to water is earth.
1:104Inasmuch then as they could not go out of doors, because all the passages were blocked up, and could not remain in-doors, for the frogs had already occupied all the recesses, and had crawled up to the very highest parts of the houses, they were now in the very greatest distress, and in complete despair of safety.
1:105Again, therefore, they have recourse to the same means of escape by entreating Moses, and the king now promised to permit the Hebrews to depart, and they propitiated God with prayers. And when God consented, some of the frogs at once returned into the river, and there were also heaps of those which died in the roads, and the people also brought loads of them out of their houses, on account of the intolerable stench which proceeded from them, and the smell from their dead carcases, in such numbers, went up to heaven, especially as frogs, even while alive, cause great annoyance to the outward senses.
1:106And when they had a little recovered from this punishment, then, like wrestlers at the games, who have recovered fresh strength after a struggle, that so they may contend again with renewed vigour, they again returned to their original wickedness, forgetting the evils which they had already experienced.
1:107And when God had put an end to the punishments which were to proceed out of the water, he brought up others out of the land, still employing the same minister of punishment; and he now, in obedience to the command which he received, smote the ground with his rod, and an abundance of lice was poured out everywhere, and it extended like a cloud, and covered the whole of Egypt.
1:108And that little animal, even though it is very small, is exceedingly annoying; for not only does it spoil the appearance, creating unseemly and injurious itchings, but it also penetrates into the inmost parts, entering in at the nostrils and ears? And it flies into the eyes and injures the pupils, unless one takes great care; and what care could be taken against so extensive a plague, especially when it was God who was inflicting the punishment?
1:109And perhaps some one may here ask why God punished the land with such insignificant and generally despised animals, omitting bears, and lions, and leopards, and the other races of wild beasts who devour human flesh; and if he did not send these, at least, he might have sent Egyptian asps, the bites of which have naturally the power to cause death instantly.
1:110But if such a man really does not know, let him learn, first of all, that God was desirous rather to admonish the Egyptians than to destroy them: for if he had designed to destroy them utterly once for all, he would not have employed animals to be, as it were, his coadjutors in the work of destruction, but rather such heaven-sent afflictions as famine and pestilence;
1:111and in the second place, let him also learn a lesson which is necessary to be learnt, and applicable to every condition and age of life; and what is the lesson? This; that men, when they make war, seek out the most mighty powers to gain them over to their alliance, such as shall make amends for their own want of power: but God, who is the supreme and mightiest of all powers, having need of no assistant, if ever he desires to use any instruments as it were for the punishments which he desires to inflict, does not choose the most mighty or the greatest things as his ministers, since he takes but little heed of their capacity, but he uses insignificant and small agents, which he renders irresistible and invincible powers, and by their means he chastises those who do wrong, as he does in this instance,
1:112for what can be more insignificant than a louse? And yet it was so powerful that all Egypt fainted under the host of them, and was compelled to cry out, that "this is the anger of God." For all the earth put together, from one end to the other, could not withstand the hand of God, no nor all the universe.
1:113Such then were the chastisements which were inflicted by the agency of the brother of Moses. But those in which Moses himself was the minister, and from what parts of nature they were derived, must be next considered. Now next after the earth and the water, the air and the heaven, which are the purest portions of the essence of the universe, succeeded them as the medium of the correction of the Egyptians: and of this correction Moses was the minister;
1:114and first of all he began to operate upon the air. For Egypt almost alone, if you except those countries which lie to the south of the equator, never is subject to that one of the seasons of the year which is called winter, perhaps, as some say, from the fact of its not being at any great distance from the torrid zone, since the essence of fire flows from that quarter in an invisible manner, and scorches everything all around, or perhaps it is because the river overflows at the time of the summer solstice, and so consumes all the clouds before they can collect for winter;
1:115for the river begins to rise at the beginning of the summer, and to fall towards the end of summer; during which period the etesian gales increase in violence blowing from a direction opposite to the mouths of the Nile, and by which it is prevented from flowing freely into the sea, and by the violence of which winds, the sea itself is also raised to a considerable height, and erects vast waves like a long wall, and so the river is agitated within the country. And then when the two streams meet together, the river descending from its sources above, and the waters which ought to escape abroad being turned back by the beating of the sea, and not being able to extend their breadth, for the banks on each side of the river confine its streams, the river, as is natural, rises to a height, and breaks its bounds;
1:116perhaps also it does so because it was superfluous for winter to occur in Egypt; for the object for which showers of rain are usually serviceable, is in this instance provided for by the river which overflows the fields, and turns them into one vast lake, to make them productive of the annual crops;
1:117but nature does not expend her powers to no purpose when they are not wanted, so as to provide rain for a land which does not require it, but it rejoices in the variety and diversity of scientific operations, and arranges the harmony of the universe from a number of opposite qualities. And for this reason it supplies the benefits which are derivable from water, to some countries, by bestowing it on them from above, namely from heaven, and to others it gives it from below by means of springs and rivers;
1:118though then the land was thus arranged, and enjoyed spring during the winter solstice, and since it is only the parts along the seacoasts that are ever moistened with a few drops of rain, and since the country beyond Memphis, where the palace of the king of Egypt is, does never even see snow at all; now, on the contrary, the air suddenly assumed a new appearance, so that all the things which are seen in the most stormy and wintry countries, come upon it all together; abundance of rain, and torrents of dense and ceaseless hail, and heavy winds met together and beat against one another with violence; and the clouds burst, and there were incessant lightnings, and thunders, and continued roarings, and flashes which made a most wonderful and fearful appearance. For though the lightning and the thunderbolts penetrated and descended through the hail, being quite a contrary substance, still they did not melt it, nor were the flashes extinguished by it, but they remained as they were before, and ran up and down in long lines, and even preserved the hail.
1:119And not only did the excessive violence of the storm drive all the inhabitants to excessive despair, but the unprecedented character of the visitation tended likewise to the same point. For they believed, as was indeed the case, that all these novel and fearful calamities were caused by the divine anger, the air having assumed a novel appearance, such as it had never worn before, to the destruction and overthrow of all trees and fruits, by which also great numbers of animals were destroyed, some in consequence of the exceeding cold, others through the weight of the hail which fell upon them, as if they had been stoned, while some again were destroyed by the fire of the lightning. And some remained half consumed, bearing the marks of the wounds caused by the thunderbolts, for the admonition and warning of all who saw them.
1:120And when this evil had abated, and when the king and his court had again resumed their confidence, Moses stretched forth his rod into the air, at the command of God. And then a south wind of an uncommon violence set in, which increased in intensity and vehemence the whole of that day and night, being of itself a very great affliction; for it is a drying wind, causing headaches, and terrible to bear, calculated to cause grief, and terror, and perplexity in Egypt above all countries, inasmuch as it lies to the south, in which part of the heaven the revolutions of the light-giving stars take place, so that whenever that wind is set in motion, the light of the sun and its fire is driven in that direction and scorches up every thing.
1:121And with this wind a countless number of animals was brought over the land, animals destroying all plants, locusts, which devoured every thing incessantly like a stream, consuming all that the thunderstorms and the hail had left, so that there was not a green shoot seen any longer in all that vast country.
1:122And then at length the men in authority came, though late, to an accurate perception of the evils that had come upon them, and came and said to the king, "How long wilt thou refuse to permit the men to depart? Dost thou not understand, from what has already taken place, that Egypt is destroyed?" And he agreed to all they said, yielding as far as appearances went at least; but again, when the evil was abated at the prayer of Moses, the wind came from the sea side, and took up the locusts and scattered them.
1:123And when they had been completely dispersed, and when the king was again obstinate respecting the allowing the nation to depart, a greater evil than the former ones was descended upon him. For while it was bright daylight, on a sudden, a thick darkness overspread the land, as if an eclipse of the sun more complete than any common one had taken place. And it continued with a long series of clouds and impenetrable density, all the course of the sun’s rays being cut off by the massive thickness of the veil which was interposed, so that day did not at all differ from night. For what indeed did it resemble, but one very long night equal in length to three days and an equal number of nights?
1:124And at this time they say that some persons threw themselves on their beds, and did not venture to rise up, and that some, when any of the necessities of nature overtook them, could only move with difficulty by feeling their way along the walls or whatever else they could lay hold of, like so many blind men; for even the light of the fire lit for necessary uses was either extinguished by the violence of the storm, or else it was made invisible and overwhelmed by the density of the darkness, so that that most indispensable of all the external senses, namely, sight, though unimpaired, was deprived of its office, not being able to discern any thing, and all the other senses were overthrown like subjects, the leader having fallen down.
1:125For neither was any one able to speak or to hear, nor could any one venture to take food, but they lay themselves down in quiet and hunger, not exercising any of the outward senses, but being wholly overwhelmed by the affliction, till Moses again had compassion on them, and besought God in their behalf. And he restored fine weather, and produced light instead of darkness, and day instead of night.
Book 1, §§126–150
1:126Such, they say, were the punishments inflicted by the agency of Moses alone, the plague, namely, of hail and thunderstorms, the plague of locusts, and the plague of darkness, which rejected every imaginable description of light. Then he himself and his brother brought on one together, which I shall proceed to relate.
1:127At the command of God they both took up ashes from the furnace in their hands, which Moses on his part sprinkled in the air. Then a dust arose on a sudden, and produced a terrible, and most painful, and incurable ulceration over the whole skin both of man and of the brute beasts; and immediately their bodies became swollen with the pustules, having blisters all over them full of matter which any one might have supposed were burning underneath and ready to burst;
1:128and the men were, as was natural, oppressed with pain and excessive agony from the ulceration and inflammation, and they suffered in their souls even more than in their bodies, being wholly exhausted with anguish. For there was one vast uninterrupted sore to be seen from head to foot, those which covered any particular part of any separate limb spreading so as to become confused into one huge ulcer; until again, at the supplication of the lawgiver, which he made on behalf of the sufferers, the disease became more tolerable.
1:129Therefore, in this instance the two brothers afforded the Egyptians this warning in unison, and very properly; the brother of Moses acting by means of the dust which rose up, since to him had been committed the superintendence of the things which proceeded from the earth; and Moses, by means of the air which was thus changed for the affliction of the inhabitants, and his ministrations were assigned to the afflictions to be caused by the air and by the heaven.
1:130The remaining punishments are three in number, and they were inflicted by God himself without any agency or ministration of man, each of which I will now proceed to relate as well I can. The first is that which was inflicted by means of that animal which is the boldest in all nature, namely, the dog-fly (κυνόμοια) which those persons who invent names have named with great propriety (for they were wise men); combining the name of the appellation of the most impudent of all animals, a fly and a dog, the one being the boldest of all terrestrial, and the other the boldest of all flying, animals. For they approach and run up fearlessly, and if any one drives them away, they still resist and renew their attack, so as never to yield until they are sated with blood and flesh.
1:131And so the dog-fly, having derived boldness from both these animals, is a biting and treacherous creature; for it shoots in from a distance with a whizzing sound like an arrow; and when it has reached its mark it sticks very closely with great force.
1:132But at this time its attack was prompted by God, so that its treachery and hostility were redoubled, since it not only displayed all its own natural covetousness, but also all that eagerness which it derived from the divine providence which sent it forth, and armed it and excited it to acts of valour against the natives.
1:133And after the dog-fly there followed another punishment unconnected with any human agency, namely, the mortality among the cattle; for all the herds of oxen, and flocks of goats, and vast flocks of sheep, and all the beasts of burden, and all other domestic animals of every kind died in one day in a body, as if by some agreement or at some given signal; foreshowing the destruction of human beings which was about to take place a short time afterwards as in a pestilential disease; for the sudden destruction of irrational animals is said to be an ordinary prelude to pestilential diseases.
1:134After which the tenth and last punishment came, exceeding in terror all that had gone before, namely, the death of the Egyptians themselves. Not of them all, for God had not decreed to make the whole country desolate, but only to correct it. Nor even of the greatest number of the men and women of every age all together, but he permitted the rest to live, and only passed sentence of death on all the first-born, beginning with the eldest of the king’s sons, and ceasing with the first-born son of the most obscure grinder at the mill;
1:135for, about midnight, all those children who had been the first to address their fathers and their mothers, and who had also been the first to be addressed by them as their sons, though they were in good health and in full vigour of body, all, without any apparent cause, were suddenly slain in the flower of their youth; and they say that there was not a single house in the whole land which was exempt from the visitation.
1:136But at dawn of day, as was natural, when every one beheld his nearest and dearest relatives unexpectedly dead, with whom up to the evening before they had lived in one home and at one table, being overwhelmed with the most bitter grief, filled every place with lamentation. So that it came to pass, on account of the universality of the calamity, as all men were weeping altogether with one accord, that there was but one universal sound of wailing heard over the whole land from one end to the other.
1:137And, for a while, they remained in their houses, no one being aware of the misfortune which had befallen his neighbour, but lamenting only for his individual loss. But when any one went out of doors and learnt the misfortunes of others also, he at once felt a double sorrow, grieving for the common calamity, in addition to his own private misfortune, a greater and more grievous sorrow being thus added to the lesser and lighter one, so that every one felt deprived of all hope of consolation. For who was likely to comfort another when he himself stood in need of the same consolation?
1:138But, as is usual in such circumstances, men thinking that the present evils were the beginning of greater ones, and being filled with fear lest those who were still living should also be destroyed, ran weeping to the king’s palace, and rent their clothes, and cried out against the sovereign, as the cause of all the terrible evils that had befallen them.
1:139"For if," said they, "immediately when Moses at the beginning first came to him he had allowed his nation to depart, we should never have experienced any one of the miseries that have befallen us at all. But he yielded to his natural obstinacy and haughtiness, and so we have reaped the ready reward of his unreasonable contentiousness." Then one man encouraged another to drive the Jewish people with all speed out of the whole country, and not to allow them to remain one day, or rather one single hour, looking upon every moment that they abode among them as an irremediable calamity.
1:140So they, being now driven out of the land and pursued, coming at last to a proper notion of their own nobility and worth, ventured upon a deed of daring such as became the free to dare, as men who were not forgetful of the iniquitous plots that had been laid against them;
1:141for they carried off abundant booty, which they themselves collected, by means of the hatred in which they were held, and some of it they carried themselves, submitting to heavy burdens, and some they placed upon their beasts of burden, not in order to gratify any love of money, or, as any usurer might say, because they coveted their neighbours’ goods. (How should they do so?) But, first of all, because they were thus receiving the necessary wages from those whom they had served for so long a time; and, secondly, because they had a right to afflict those at whose hands they had suffered wrong with afflictions slighter than, and by no means equal to, what they had endured. For how can the deprivation of money and treasures be equivalent to the loss of liberty? on behalf of which those who are in possession of their senses dare not only to cast away all their property, but even to venture their lives?
1:142So they now prospered in both particulars: whether in that they received wages as if in price, which they now exacted from unwilling paymasters, who for a long period had not paid them at all; and, also, as if they were at war, they looked upon it as fitting to carry off the treasures of the enemy, according to the laws of conquerors; for it was the Egyptians who had set the example of acts of injustice, having, as I said before, enslaved foreigners and suppliants, as if they had been prisoners taken in war. And so they now, when an opportunity offered, avenged themselves without any preparation of arms, justice itself holding a shield over them, and stretching forth its hand to help them.
1:143Such, then, were the afflictions and punishments by which Egypt was corrected; not one of which ever touched the Hebrews, although they were dwelling in the same cities and villages, and even houses, as the Egyptians, and touching the same earth and water, and air and fire, which are all component parts of nature, and which it is impossible to escape from. And this is the most extraordinary and almost incredible thing, that, by the very same events happening in the same place and at the same time, one people was destroyed and the other people was preserved.
1:144The river was changed into blood, but not to the Hebrews; for when these latter went to draw water from it, it underwent another change and became drinkable. Frogs went up from the water upon the land, and filled all the market-places, and stables, and dwelling-houses; but they retreated from before the Hebrews alone, as if they had been able to distinguish between the two nations, and to know which people it was proper should be punished and which should be treated in the opposite manner.
1:145No lice, no dog-flies, no locusts, which greatly injured the plants, and the fruits, and the animals, and the human beings, ever descended upon the Hebrews. Those unceasing storms of rain and hail, and thunder and lightning, which continued so uninterruptedly, never reached them; they never felt, no not even in their dreams, that most terrible ulceration which caused the Egyptians so much suffering; when that most dense darkness descended upon the others, they were living in bright daylight, a brilliancy as of noon-day shining all around them; when, among the Egyptians, all the first-born were slain, not one of the Hebrews died; for it was not likely, since even that destruction of such countless flocks and herds of cattle never carried off or injured a single flock or a single beast belonging to the Hebrews.
1:146And it seems to me that if any one had been present to see all that happened at that time, he would not have conceived any other idea than that the Hebrews were there as spectators of the miseries which the other nation was enduring; and, not only that, but that they were also there for the purpose of being taught that most beautiful and beneficial of all lessons, namely, piety. For a distinction could otherwise have never been made so decidedly between the good and the bad, giving destruction to the one and salvation to the other.
1:147And of those who now went forth out of Egypt and left their abodes in that country, the men of age to bear arms were more than six hundred thousand men, and the other multitude of elders, and children, and women were so great that it was not easy to calculate it. Moreover, there also went forth with them a mixed multitude of promiscuous persons collected from all quarters, and servants, like an illegitimate crowd with a body of genuine citizens. Among these were those who had been born to Hebrew fathers by Egyptian women, and who were enrolled as members of their father’s race. And, also, all those who had admired the decent piety of the men, and therefore joined them; and some, also, who had come over to them, having learnt the right way, by reason of the magnitude and multitude of the incessant punishments which had been inflicted on their own countrymen.
1:148Of all these men, Moses was elected the leader; receiving the authority and sovereignty over them, not having gained it like some men who have forced their way to power and supremacy by force of arms and intrigue, and by armies of cavalry and infantry, and by powerful fleets, but having been appointed for the sake of his virtue and excellence and that benevolence towards all men which he was always feeling and exhibiting; and, also, because God, who loves virtue, and piety, and excellence, gave him his authority as a well-deserved reward.
1:149For, as he had abandoned the chief authority in Egypt, which he might have had as the grandson of the reigning king, on account of the iniquities which were being perpetrated in that country, and by reason of his nobleness of soul and of the greatness of his spirit, and the natural detestation of wickedness, scorning and rejecting all the hopes which he might have conceived from those who had adopted him, it seemed good to the Ruler and Governor of the universe to recompense him with the sovereign authority over a more populous and more powerful nation, which he was about to take to himself out of all other nations and to consecrate to the priesthood, that it might for ever offer up prayers for the whole universal race of mankind, for the sake of averting evil from them and procuring them a participation in blessings.
1:150And when he had received this authority, he did not show anxiety, as some persons do, to increase the power of his own family, and promote his sons (for he had two) to any great dignity, so as to make them at the present time partakers in, and subsequently successors to, his sovereignty; for as he always cherished a pure and guileless disposition in all things both small and great, he now subdued his natural love and affection for his children, like an honest judge, making these feelings subordinate to his own incorruptible reason;
Book 1, §§151–175
1:151for he kept one most invariable object always steadily before him, namely, that of benefiting those who were subjected to his authority, and of doing everything both in word and deed, with a view to their advantage, never omitting any opportunity of doing anything that might tend to their prosperity.
1:152Therefore he alone of all the persons who have ever enjoyed supreme authority, neither accumulated treasures of silver and gold, nor levied taxes, nor acquired possession of houses, or property, or cattle, or servants of his household, or revenues, or anything else which has reference to magnificence and superfluity, although he might have acquired an unlimited abundance of them all.
1:153But as he thought it a token of poverty of soul to be anxious about material wealth, he despised it as a blind thing, but he honoured the far-sighted wealth of nature, and was as great an admirer as any one in the world of that kind of riches, he showed himself to be in his clothes, and in his food, and in his whole system and manner of life, not indulging in any theatrical affectation of pomp and magnificence, but cultivating the simplicity and unpretending affable plainness of a private individual, but a sumptuousness which was truly royal, in those things which it is becoming for a ruler to desire and to abound in;
1:154and these things are, temperance, and fortitude, and continence, and presence of mind, and acuteness, and knowledge, and industry, and patience under evil, and contempt of pleasure, and justice, and exhortations to virtue and blame, and lawful punishment of offenders, and, on the contrary, praise and honour to those who did well in accordance with law.
1:155Therefore, as he had utterly discarded all desire of gain and of those riches which are held in the highest repute among men, God honoured him, and gave him instead the greatest and most perfect wealth; and this is the wealth of all the earth and sea, and of all the rivers, and of all the other elements, and all combinations whatever; for having judged him deserving of being made a partaker with himself in the portion which he had reserved for himself, he gave him the whole world as a possession suitable for his heir:
1:156therefore, every one of the elements obeyed him as its master, changing the power which it had by nature and submitting to his commands. And perhaps there was nothing wonderful in this; for if it be true according to the proverb, — "That all the property of friends is common;" and if the prophet was truly called the friend of God, then it follows that he would naturally partake of God himself and of all his possessions as far as he had need;
1:157for God possesses everything and is in need of nothing; but the good man has nothing which is properly his own, no, not even himself; but he has a share granted to him of the treasures of God as far as he is able to partake of them. And this is natural enough; for he is a citizen of the world; on which account he is not spoken of as to be enrolled as a citizen of any particular city in the habitable world, since he very appropriately has for his inheritance not a portion of a district, but the whole world.
1:158What more shall I say? Has he not also enjoyed an even greater communion with the Father and Creator of the universe, being thought unworthy of being called by the same appellation? For he also was called the god and king of the whole nation, and he is said to have entered into the darkness where God was; that is to say, into the invisible, and shapeless, and incorporeal world, the essence, which is the model of all existing things, where he beheld things invisible to mortal nature; for, having brought himself and his own life into the middle, as an excellently wrought picture, he established himself as a most beautiful and God-like work, to be a model for all those who were inclined to imitate him.
1:159And happy are they who have been able to take, or have even diligently laboured to take, a faithful copy of this excellence in their own souls; for let the mind, above all other parts, take the perfect appearance of virtue, and if that cannot be, at all events let it feel an unhesitating and unvarying desire to acquire that appearance;
1:160for, indeed, there is no one who does not know that men in a lowly condition are imitators of men of high reputation, and that what they see, these last chiefly desire, towards that do they also direct their own inclinations and endeavours. Therefore, when the chief of a nation begins to indulge in luxury and to turn aside to a delicate and effeminate life, then the whole of his subjects, or very nearly the whole, carry their desire for indulging the appetites of the belly and the parts below the belly beyond all reasonable bounds, except that there may be some persons who, through the natural goodness of their disposition, have a soul far removed from treachery, being rather merciful and kind.
1:161If, on the other hand, the chief of a people adopts a more austere and dignified course of life, then even those of his subjects, who are inclined to be very incontinent, change and become temperate, hastening, either out of fear or out of shame, to give him an idea that they are devoted to the same pursuits and inclinations that he is; and, in fact, the lower orders will never, no, nor will mad men even, reject the customs and habits of their superiors:
1:162but, perhaps, since Moses was also destined to be the lawgiver of his nation, he was himself long previously, through the providence of God, a living and reasonable law, since that providence appointed him to be the lawgiver, when as yet he knew nothing of his appointment.
1:163When then he received the supreme authority, with the good will of all his subjects, God himself being the regulator and approver of all his actions, he conducted his people as a colony into Phoenicia, and into the hollow Syria (Coele-syria), and Palestine, which was at that time called the land of the Canaanites, the borders of which country were three days’ journey distant from Egypt.
1:164Then he led them forward, not by the shortest road, partly because he was afraid lest the inhabitants should come out to meet and to resist him in his march, from fear of being overthrown and enslaved by such a multitude, and so, if a war arose, they might be again driven back into Egypt, falling from one enemy to another, and being driven by their new foes upon their ancient tyrants, and so become a sport and a laughing-stock to the Egyptians, and have to endure greater and more grievous hardships than before. He was also desirous, by leading them through a desolate and extensive country, to prove them, and see how obedient they would be when they were not surrounded by any abundance of necessaries, but were but scantily provided and nearly in actual want.
1:165Therefore, turning aside from the direct road he found an oblique path, and thinking that it must extend as far as the Red Sea, he began to march by that road, and, they say, that a most portentous miracle happened at that time, a prodigy of nature, which no one anywhere recollects to have ever happened before;
1:166for a cloud, fashioned into the form of a vast pillar, went before the multitude by day, giving forth a light like that of the sun, but by night it displayed a fiery blaze, in order that the Hebrews might not wander on their journey, but might follow the guidance of their leader along the road, without any deviation. Perhaps, indeed, this was one of the ministers of the mighty King, an unseen messenger, a guide of the way enveloped in this cloud, whom it was not lawful for men to behold with the eyes of the body.
1:167But when the king of Egypt saw them proceeding along a pathless track, as he fancied, and marching through a rough and untrodden wilderness, he was delighted with the blunder they were making respecting their line of march, thinking that now they were hemmed in, having no way of escape whatever. And, as he repented of having let them go, he determined to pursue them, thinking that he should either subdue the multitude by fear, and so reduce them a second time to slavery, or else that if they resisted he should slay them all from the children upwards.
1:168Accordingly, he took all his force of cavalry, and his darters, and his slingers, and his equestrian archers, and all the rest of his light-armed troops, and he gave his commanders six hundred of the finest of his scythe-bearing chariots, that with all becoming dignity and display they might pursue these men, and join in the expedition, and so using all possible speed, he sallied forth after them and hastened and pressed on the march, wishing to come upon them suddenly before they had any expectation of him. For an unexpected evil is at all times more grievous than one which has been looked for, in proportion as that which has been despised finds it easier to make a formidable attack than that which has been regarded with care.
1:169The king, therefore, with these ideas, pursued after the Hebrews, thinking that he should subdue them by the mere shout of battle. And, when he overtook them, they were already encamped along the shore of the Red Sea. And they were just about to go to breakfast, when, at first, a mighty sound reached them, as was natural from such a host of men and beasts of burden all proceeding on with great haste, so that they all ran out of their tents to look round, and stood on tip-toes to see and hear what was the matter. Then, a short time afterwards, the army of the enemy came in sight as it rose over a hill, all in arms, and ready arranged in line of battle.
1:170And the Hebrews, being terrified at this extraordinary and unexpected danger, and not being well prepared for defence, because of a scarcity of defensive armour and of weapons (for they had not marched out for war, but to found a colony), and not being able to escape, for behind was the sea, and in front was the enemy, and on each side a vast and pathless wilderness, reviled against Moses, and, being dismayed at the magnitude of the evils that threatened them, began, as is very common in such calamities, to blame their governors, and said:
1:171"Because there were no graves in Egypt in which we could be buried after we were dead, have you brought us out hither to kill and bury us here? Or, is not even slavery a lighter evil than death? Having allured the multitude with the hope of liberty, you have caused them to incur a still more grievous danger than slavery, namely, the risk of the loss of life.
1:172Did you not know our simplicity, and the bitterness and cruel anger of the Egyptians? Do you not see the magnitude of the evils which surround us, and from which we cannot escape? What are we to do? Are we, unarmed, to fight against men in complete armour? or shall we flee now that we are hemmed in as by nets cast all around us by our pitiless enemies—hemmed in by pathless deserts and impassable seas? Or, even, if the sea was navigable, how are we to get any vessels to cross over it?"
1:173Moses, when he heard these complaints, pardoned his people, but remembered the oracles of God. And, at the same time, he so divided and distributed his mind and his speech, that with the one he associated invisibly with God, in order that God might deliver him from otherwise inextricable calamities; and, with the other, he encouraged and comforted those who cried out to him, saying: "Do not faint and despair. God does not deliver in the same way that man does.
1:174Why do you only trust such means of deliverance as seem probable and likely? God, when he comes as an assistant, stands in need of no adventitious preparations. It is his peculiar attribute to find a path amid inextricable perplexities. What is impossible to every created being is possible and easy to him above."
1:175Thus he spoke to them while yet standing still. But after a short time he became inspired by God, and being full of the divine spirit and under the influence of that spirit which was accustomed to enter into him, he prophesied and animated them thus: "This army which you behold so splendidly equipped with arms, you shall no more see arrayed against you; for it shall fall, utterly and completely overthrown, so that not a relic shall be seen any more upon the earth, and that not at any distance of time, but this very next night."
Book 1, §§176–200
1:176He then spoke thus. But when the sun had set, immediately a most violent south wind set in and began to blow, under the influence of which the sea retreated; for, as it was accustomed to ebb and flow, on this occasion it was driven back much further towards the shore, and drawn up in a heap as if into a ravine or a whirlpool. And no stars were visible, but a dense and black cloud covered the whole of the heaven, so that the night became totally dark, to the consternation of the pursuers.
1:177And Moses, at the command of God, smote the sea with his staff. And it was broken and divided into two parts, and one of the divisions at the part where it was broken off, was raised to a height and mounted up, and being thus consolidated like a strong wall, stood quiet and unshaken; and the portion behind the Hebrews was also contracted and raised in, and prevented from proceeding forwards, as if it were held back by invisible reins. And the intermediate space, where the fracture had taken place, was dried up and became a broad, and level, and easy road. When Moses beheld this he marvelled and rejoiced; and, being filled with joy, he encouraged his followers and exhorted them to march forward with all possible speed.
1:178And when they were about to pass over, a most extraordinary prodigy was seen; for the cloud, which had been their guide, and which during all the rest of the period of their march had gone in front of them, now turned back and placed itself at the back of the multitude to guard their rear; and, being situated between the pursuers and the pursued, it guided the one party so as to keep them with safety and perfect freedom from danger, and it checked and embarrassed the others, who were hastening on to pursue them. And, when the Egyptians saw this, they were entirely filled with disorder and confusion, and through their consternation they threw all their ranks into disorder, falling upon one another and endeavouring to flee, when there was no advantage to be derived from flight.
1:179For, at the first appearance of morning, the Hebrews passed over by a dry path, with their wives, and families, and infant children. But the portions of the sea which were rolled up and consolidated on each side overwhelmed the Egyptians with their horses and chariots, the tide being brought back by a strong north wind and poured over them, and coming upon them with vast waves and overpowering billows, so that there was not even a torchbearer left to carry the news of this sudden disaster back to Egypt.
1:180Then the Hebrews, being amazed at this great and wonderful event, gained a victory which they had never hoped for without bloodshed or loss; and, seeing the instantaneous and complete destruction of the enemy, formed two choruses, one of men and the other of women, on the sea shore, and sang hymns of gratitude to God, Moses leading the song of the men, and his sister that of the women; for these two persons were the leaders of the choruses.
1:181And when they had departed from the sea they went on for some time travelling, and no longer feeling any apprehension of their enemies. But when water failed them, so that for three days they had nothing to drink, they were again reduced to despondency by thirst, and again began to blame their fate as if they had not enjoyed any good fortune previously; for it always happens that the presence of an existing and present evil takes away the recollection of the pleasure which was caused by former good.
1:182At last, when they beheld some fountains, they ran up full of joy with the idea that they were going to drink, being deceived by ignorance of the truth; for the springs were bitter. Then when they had tasted them they were bowed down by the unexpected disappointment, and fainted, and yielded both in body and soul, lamenting not so much for themselves as for their helpless children, whom they could not endure without tears to behold imploring drink;
1:183and some of those who were of more careless dispositions, and of no settled notions of piety, blamed all that had gone before, as if it had turned out not so as to do them any good, but rather so as to lead them to a suffering of more grievous calamities than ever; saying that it was better for them to die, not only once but three times over, by the hands of their enemies, than to perish with thirst; for they affirmed that a quick and painless departure from life did in no respect differ from freedom from death in the opinion of wise men, but that that was real death which was slow and accompanied by pain; that what was fearful was not to be dead but only to be dying.
1:184When they were lamenting and bewailing themselves in this manner, Moses again besought God, who knew the weakness of all creatures, and especially of men, and the necessary wants of the body which depends for its existence on food, and which is enslaved by those severe task-mistresses, eating and drinking, to pardon his desponding people, and to relieve their want of everything, and that too not after a long interval of time, but by a prompt and undeferred liberality, since by reason of the natural impotency of their mortal nature, they required a very speedy measure of assistance and deliverance.
1:185But he, by his bountiful and merciful power, anticipated their wishes, sending forth and opening the watchful, anxious eye of the soul of his suppliant, and showed him a piece of wood which he bade him take up and throw into the water, which indeed had been made by nature with such a power for that purpose, and which perhaps had a quality which was previously unknown, or perhaps was then first endowed with it, for the purpose of effecting the service which it was then about to perform:
1:186and when he had done that which he was commanded to do, the fountains became changed and sweet and drinkable, so that no one was able to recognise the fact of their having been bitter previously, because there was not the slightest trace or spark of their ancient bitterness left to excite the recollection.
1:187And so having appeased their thirst with double pleasure, since the blessing of enjoyment when it comes beyond one’s hopes delights one still more, and having also replenished their ewers, they departed as from a feast, as if they had been entertained at a luxurious banquet, and as if they were intoxicated not with the drunkenness which proceeds from wine, but with a sober joy which they had imbibed purely, while pledging and being pledged by the piety of the ruler who was leading them;
1:188and so they arrive at a second halting place, well supplied with water, and well shaded with trees, called Aileem, irrigated with twelve fountains, near which were young and vigorous trunks of palm trees to the number of seventy, a visible indication and token of good to the whole nation, to all who were gifted with a clear-sighted intellect.
1:189For the nation itself was divided into twelve tribes, each of which, if pious and religious, would be looked upon in the light of a fountain, since piety is continually pouring forth everlasting and unceasing springs of virtuous actions. And the elders and chiefs of the whole nation were seventy in number, being therefore very naturally likened to palm trees, which are the most excellent of all trees, being both most beautiful to behold, and bearing the most exquisite fruit, which has also its vitality and power of existence, not buried in the roots like other trees, but situated high up like the heart of a man, and lodged in the centre of its highest branches, by which it is attended and guarded like a queen as it really is, they being spread all round it.
1:190And the intellect too of those persons who have tasted of holiness has a similar nature; for it has learned to look upwards and to soar on high, and is continually keeping its eye fixed on sublime objects, and investigating divine things, and ridiculing, and scorning all earthly beauty, thinking the last only toys, and divine things the only real and proper objects worthy of its attention.
1:191But after these events only a short time elapsed, when they became oppressed by famine through the scarcity of provisions, as if one necessary thing after another was to foil them in succession: for thirst and hunger are very cruel and terrible mistresses, and having portioned out the afflictions between them, attacked them by turns; and it so fell out that when the first calamity was relaxed the second came on, which was most intolerable to those who had to bear it, inasmuch as having only just fancied that they were delivered from thirst, they now found another evil, namely famine, lying in ambush to attack them;
1:192and not only was their present scarcity terrible, but they were also in despair as to the supply of necessary food for the future; for when they saw the vast and extensive desert around them, so utterly unproductive of any kind of crop, their hearts sank within them. For all around were rugged and precipitous rocks, or else a salt and brackish plain, and stony mountains, or deep sands reaching up and forming mountains of inaccessible height; and moreover there was no river, neither winter torrent nor ever-flowing stream; there were no springs, no plant growing from seed, no tree whether for fruit or timber, no animal whether flying or terrestrial, except some few poisonous reptiles born for the destruction of mankind, and serpents, and scorpions.
1:193So then the Hebrews, remembering the plenty and luxury which they had enjoyed in Egypt, and the abundance of all things which was bestowed upon them there, and contrasting it with the universal want of all things which they were now experiencing, were grieved and indignant, and talked the matter over with one another, saying:— "We left our former abodes and emigrated, from a hope of freedom, happy only in the promises of our leader; as far as his actions go, we are of all men the most miserable.
1:194What will be the end of this long and interminable journey? Everyone else, whether sailing over the sea or marching on foot, has some limit before him at which he will eventually arrive; some being bound for marts and harbours, others for some city or country; but we alone have nothing to look forward to but a pathless desert, and a difficult journey, and terrible hopelessness, and despair; for as we advance, the desert lies before us like an ever open, vast, and pathless sea which widens and increases every day.
1:195But Moses having raised our expectations, and puffed us up with fine speeches, and filled our ears with vain hopes, racks our bodies with hunger, and does not give us even necessary food. He has deceived this vast multitude with the name of a settlement in a colony; having first of all led us out of an inhabited country into an uninhabitable district, and now sending us down to the shades below, which is the last journey of life."
1:196Moses, being reviled in this way, was nevertheless not so much grieved at their accusations which they brought against himself, as at the inconstancy of their own resolutions and minds. For though they had already experienced an infinite number of blessings which had befallen them unexpectedly and out of the ordinary course of affairs, they ought, in his opinion, not to have allowed themselves to be led away by any specious or plausible complaints, but to have trusted in him, as they had already received the clearest possible proofs that he spoke truly about everything.
1:197But again, when he came to take into consideration the want of food, than which there is no more terrible evil which can afflict mankind, he pardoned them, knowing that the multitude is by nature inconstant and always moved by present circumstances, which cause it to forget what has gone before, and despair of the future.
1:198Therefore, as they were all in the extremity of suffering, and expecting the most fearful misery which they fancied was lying in ambush for them and close at hand, God, partly by reason of his natural love and compassion for man, and partly because he desired to honour the commander whom he had appointed to govern them, and still more to show his great piety and holiness in all matters whether visible or invisible, pitied them and relieved their distress.
1:199Therefore he now devised an entirely new kind of benefit, that they, being taught by manifest signs and displays of his power, might feel reverence for him, and learn for the future not to be impatient if anything turned out contrary to their wishes, but to endure present evils with fortitude, in the expectation of future blessings.
1:200What then happened? The very next day, about sun-rise, a dense and abundant dew fell in a circle all round about the camp, which rained down upon it gently and quietly in the unusual and unprecedented shower; not water, nor hail, nor snow, nor ice, for these are the things which the changes of the clouds produce in the winter season; but what was now rained down upon them was a very small and light grain, like millet, which, by reason of its incessant fall, rested in heaps before the camp, a most extraordinary sight. And the Hebrews marvelled at it, and inquired of the commander what this rain was, which no man had ever seen before, and for what it was sent.
Book 1, §§201–225
1:201And he was inspired, and full of the spirit of prophecy, and spoke to them as follows: "A fertile plain has been granted to mortal men, which they cut up into furrows, and plough, and sow, and do everything else which relates to agriculture, providing the yearly fruits so as to enjoy abundance of necessary food. But it is not one portion only of the universe, but the whole world that belongs to God, and all its parts obey their master, supplying everything which he desires that they should supply.
1:202Now therefore, it has seemed good to him that the air should produce food instead of water, since the earth has often brought forth rain; for when the river in Egypt every year overflows with inundations and irrigates all the fields, what else is that but a rain which is showered up from below?"
1:203That other would have been indeed a most surprising fact if it had stopped there; but now he wrought wonders with still more surprising circumstances; for all the population bringing vessels one after another, collected what fell, some putting them upon beasts of burden, others loading themselves and taking them on their shoulders, being prudently eager to provide themselves with necessary food for a longer time.
1:204But it was something that would bear to be stored up and dispensed gradually, since God is accustomed always to give his gifts fresh. Accordingly, they now prepared enough for their immediate necessities and present use, and ate it with pleasure. But of what was left till the next day they found not a morsel unhurt, but it was all changed and fetid, and full of little animals of the kind which usually cause putrefaction. So this they naturally threw away, but they found fresh quantities of it ready for food, so that it fell out that this food was carried down every day with the dew.
1:205But the holy seventh day had an especial honour; for, as it is not permitted to do anything whatever on that day (and it is expressly commanded that men are then to abstain from every work, great or little), so that they were not able to collect food that day, instead of food for one day, God rained upon them a double quantity, and ordered them to collect what shall be food enough for two days. And what was then collected remained sound, no portion of it becoming spoiled as it had before.
1:206I will also relate a circumstance which is more marvellous than even this one; for, though they were travelling for forty years, yet during all this long period of time they had an abundant supply of all necessary things in their appointed order, as is the case in clubs and messes which are regularly measured out with a view to the distribution of what is required by each individual. And, at the same time, they learnt the value of that long-wished for day;
1:207for, having inquired for a long time what the day of the creation of the world was, the day on which the universe was completely finished, and, having received this question from their fathers and their ancestors undecided, they at last, though with great difficulty, did ascertain it, not being taught only by the sacred scriptures, but also by a certain proof which was very distinct; for, as that portion of the manna (as has been already said) which was more than was wanted on the other days of the week was spoiled, still that portion which was rained down on the day before the seventh not only did not change its nature, but was dispensed in a twofold quantity.
1:208And the use was as follows. At dawn they collected what had been showered down, and then they ground or pounded it; and then they roasted it and made a very sweet food of it, like honey cheesecake, and so they ate it, without requiring any exceeding skill on the part of the preparers of the food.
1:209But they also had no scarcity of, nor any great distance to go for, the means of making life even luxurious, as if they had been in a populous and productive land, since God had determined out of his great abundance to supply them with plenty of all things which they required even in the wilderness; for, in the evenings, there was an uninterrupted cloud of quails borne to them from the sea, which overshadowed the whole camp, flying very near the ground so as to be easily caught. Therefore, the Hebrews, taking them and preparing them as each individual liked, enjoyed the most exquisite meat, pleasing themselves and varying their food with this necessary and delicious addition.
1:210Accordingly, they had a great abundance of these birds, as they never failed. But, a second time, a terrible scarcity of water came upon them and afflicted them; and, as they again speedily began to despair of their safety, Moses, taking his sacred rod with which he had wrought the signs in Egypt, being inspired by God, smote the precipitous rock.
1:211And the rock being struck this seasonable blow, whether it was that there was a spring previously concealed beneath it, or whether water was then for the first time conveyed into it by invisible channels pouring in all together and being forced out with violence, at all events the rock, I say, was cleft open by the force of the blow and poured forth water in a stream, so that it not only then furnished a relief from thirst, but also supplied for a long time an abundance of drink for so many myriads of people. For they filled all their water vessels, as they had done before, from the fountains which were bitter by nature, but which, by divine providence, were changed to sweet water.
1:212And, if any one disbelieves these facts, he neither knows God nor has he ever sought to know him; for, if he had, he would have instantly known, he would have known and surely comprehended, that all these unexpected and extraordinary things are the amusement of God; looking at the things which are really great and deserving of serious attention, namely, the creation of the heaven, and the revolutions of the planets and fixed stars, and the shining of light—of the light of the sun by day and that of the moon by night—and the position of the earth in the most centre spot of the universe, and the vast dominions of the different continents and islands, and the innumerable varieties of animals and plants, and the effusion of the sea, and the rapid courses of the ever-flowing rivers and winter mountain torrents, and the streams of everlasting springs, some of which pour forth cold and others hot water, and the various changes and alterations of the air and climate, and the different seasons of the year, and an infinite number of other beautiful objects.
1:213And the whole of a man’s life would be too short if he wished to enumerate all the separate instances of such things, or even to detail fully all that is to be seen in one complete portion of the world; aye, if he were to be the most long-lived man that has ever been seen. But all these things, though they are in truth really wonderful, are despised by us by reason of our familiarity with them. But the things to which we are not accustomed, even though they may be unimportant, still make an impression upon us from our love of novelty, while we yield to strange ideas concerning them.
1:214And now, as they had gone over a vast tract of land previously untravelled, there appeared some boundaries of habitable country and some suburbs, as it were, of the land to which they were proceeding, and the Phoenicians inhabited it. But they, hoping that a tranquil and peaceable life would now be permitted to them, were deceived in their expectation;
1:215for the king of the country, being afraid lest he might be destroyed, roused up all the youth of his cities, and collected an army, and went forth to meet them to keep them from his borders. And if they attempted to force their way, he showed that he would proceed to repel them with all his forces, his army being fresh, and now for the first time levied and marshalled for battle, while the Hebrews were wearied and worn out with their long travelling and with the scarcity of meat and drink which had in turns oppressed them.
1:216But when Moses had learnt from his scouts that the army of the enemy was marshalled at no great distance, he chose out those men who were in the flower of their youth, and appointed one of his subordinate officers, named Joshua, to be their general, while he himself went to procure a more powerful alliance; for, having purified himself with the customary purification, he rode up with speed to a neighbouring hill, and there he besought God to hold his shield over the Hebrews and to give them the victory and the mastery, as he had delivered them before from more formidable dangers and from other evils, not only dissipating the calamities with which they were threatened at the hands of men, but also all those which the transformation of the elements so wonderfully caused in the land of Egypt, and from those which the long scarcity inflicted upon them in their travels.
1:217And just as the two armies were about to engage in battle, a most marvellous miracle took place with respect to his hands; for they became by turns lighter and heavier. Then, whenever they were lighter, so that he could hold them up on high, the alliance between God and his people was strengthened, and waxed mighty, and became more glorious. But whenever his hands sank down the enemy prevailed, God showing thus by a figure that the earth and all the extremities of it were the appropriate inheritance of the one party, and the most sacred air the inheritance of the other. And as the heaven is in every respect supreme to and superior over the earth, so also shall the nation which has heaven for its inheritance be superior to their enemies.
1:218For some time, then, his hands, like the balances in a scale, were by turns light, and by turns descended as being heavy; and, during this period, the battle was undecided. But, on a sudden, they became quite devoid of weight, using their fingers as if they were wings, and so they were raised to a lofty height, like winged birds who traverse the heaven, and they continued at this height until the Hebrews had gained an unquestionable victory, their enemies being slain to a man from the youth upward, and suffering with justice what they had endeavoured to inflict on others, contrary to what was befitting.
1:219Then Moses erected an altar, which from the circumstances that had taken place he named the refuge of God, on which he offered sacrifices in honour of his victory, and poured forth prayers of gratitude to God.
1:220After this battle he considered that it was proper to reconnoitre the country into which the nation was being led as a colony (and it was now the second year that they had been travelling), not wishing that his followers should (as is often the case) change their designs out of ignorance, but that they should learn by accurate report, what the nature of the country really was, availing themselves of the positive knowledge of the inhabitants, and should then consider what was best to be done;
1:221and accordingly he chose out twelve men, to correspond in number to the twelve tribes, one out of each tribe to be the leader of it, selecting the most approved men, with reference to their excellence, in order that no quarrels might arise from any one party being better or worse off than another, but that they might all, by the agency of those to whom the matter was entrusted, be equally instructed as to the state of affairs among the inhabitants, if only the spies who were sent out brought a true report.
1:222And when he had selected the men he spoke to them as follows: "The inheritance which is before us is the prize of those labours and dangers which we have endured hitherto, and are still enduring, and let us not lose the hope of these things, we who are thus conducting a most populous nation to a new settlement. But the knowledge of the places, and of the men, and of the circumstances, is most useful, just as ignorance of these particulars is most injurious.
1:223We have therefore appointed you as spies, that we, by your eyes and by your intellects, may see the state of things there; ye, therefore, must be the ears and eyes of all these myriads of people, that thus they may arrive at an accurate comprehension of what is indispensable to be known.
1:224"Now what we wish to know consists of three points; the number of the inhabitants, and the strength of their cities, whether they are planted in favourable situations, whether they are strongly built and fortified, or the contrary. As to the country, we wish to know whether it has a deep and rich soil, whether it is good to bear all kinds of fruits, both of such plants as are raised from seed and of fruit-trees; or whether, on the contrary, it has a shallow soil; that so we may be prepared against the power and numbers of the inhabitants with equal forces, and against the fortified state of the buildings and cities by means of engines and machines, for the destruction of cities. "And it is indispensable to understand the nature of the country, and whether it is a good land or not; for to encounter voluntary dangers for a poor and bad land is an act of folly;
1:225and our weapons, and our engines, and all our power, consist solely in our trust and confidence in God. Having this preparation we will yield to no danger or fear, for this is sufficient with great superfluity of power to subdue otherwise invincible strength, which relies only on bodily vigour and on armies, and on courage, and skill, and numbers; since to that too we owe it, that even in a vast wilderness we have full supplies of everything, as if we were in well-stocked cities;
Book 1, §§226–250
1:226and the time in which it is most easy to come to a proper understanding of the good qualities of the land is the spring, the season which is now present; for in the season of spring what has been sown is coming to perfection, and the natures of the trees are beginning to propagate themselves further. It will be better, therefore, for you to enter the land now, and to remain till the middle of the summer, and to bring back with you fruits, as samples of what is to be procured from a prosperous and fertile country."
1:227When they had received these orders, they went forth to spy out the land, being conducted on their way by the whole multitude who feared lest they might be taken prisoners and so be put to death, and lest in that way two great evils might happen to them, namely, the slaughter of the men who were the eye of each tribe, and also ignorance of what was being done by their enemies who were plotting against them, the knowledge of which was most desirable.
1:228So, taking with them scouts to examine the road and guides to show them the way, they accompanied them at their first setting out. And when they approached the borders of the country they ran up to the highest mountain of all those in that district, and from thence they surveyed the land, part of which was an extensive champaign district, fertile in barley, and wheat, and herbage; and the mountain region was not less productive of vines, and all kinds of other trees, and rich in every kind of timber, full of dense thickets, and girdled by rivers and fountains so as to be abundantly well watered, so that even from the foot of the mountain district to the highest summit of the hills themselves, the whole region was covered closely with a net-work of shady trees, and more especially the lower ridges, and the deep valleys and glens.
1:229They also surveyed all the strongest cities, looking upon them in two points of view; first, with reference to their advantages of situation, and also to the strength of their fortification; also, when they inquired respecting the inhabitants, they saw that they were very numerous indeed, and giants of exceeding tallness with absolutely gigantic bodies, both as to their magnitude and their strength.
1:230When they had seen thus much they waited to get a more accurate knowledge of everything: for first impressions are not trustworthy, but require the slow confirmation of time. They also took great care to gather specimens of the productions of the land, though they were not as yet ripe and solid, but only just beginning to be properly coloured, that they might show them to all the multitude, for which reason they selected such as would not be easily spoiled;
1:231but what above all things astonished them was the fruit of the vines, for the branches were of unrivalled sizes, stretching along all the young shoots and branches in a way that seemed almost incredible. Therefore, having cut off one branch, and having suspended it on a stick by the middle, the ends of which they gave to two young men, placing one on one side and one on the other, and others succeeding them as bearers of it as the former bearers got tired, for the weight was very great, they carried it so, the whole body of the spies not at all agreeing with respect to some points of necessary importance.
1:232Accordingly, there were a great many contests between them even before they returned to the camp, but not very serious ones, in order that there might not be seditions between them from any of them adhering very contentiously to his own opinion, or from different persons giving different accounts, but they became more violent after their return;
1:233for some of them brought back formidable stories of the strength of the different cities, and the great populousness and opulence of each of them, exaggerating and making the most of everything in their description so as to cause excessive consternation among their hearers; while others, on the contrary, disparaged and made light of all that they saw, and exhorted their fellow countrymen not to faint but to persevere in their design of colonising that country, as they would subdue the natives with a mere shout; for that no city whatever would be able to resist the onset of so mighty a power attacking it with its united force, but would be overwhelmed with its might and submit at once. Moreover, each of the spies infused into the souls of his hearers some portion of his own spirit, the cowardly spreading cowardice, and the indomitable and bold diffusing confidence united with sanguine hope.
1:234But these last made but a fifth part of those who were frightened out of their senses, while they, on the other hand, were five times as numerous as the high-spirited; and the small number of those who displayed any courage, is often beaten down by the vast number of those who behaved in a cowardly manner, as they say was the case at this time also; for they who maintained the better side of the question were only two, while those who made the contrary report were ten; and these last so entirely prevailed over the two former, that they led away the whole multitude after them, alienating them from the two, and binding them wholly to themselves.
1:235But about the country itself they all brought back the same report with perfect unanimity, praising the beauty both of the champaign and of the mountainous district. But then they further cried out, "But what is the advantage to us of those good things which belong to others, when they are guarded by a mighty force, so that they can never be taken from their owners?" And so, attacking the two who brought the opposite report, they were very near stoning them, preferring to hear pleasant rather than useful things, and also preferring deceit to truth.
1:236At which their leader was indignant, and he was also at the same time afraid lest some heaven-inflicted evil might descend upon them, since they so obstinately persisted in despairing and in disbelieving the word of God, which indeed took place. For of the spies, the ten who brought back cowardly tiding all perished by a pestilential disease, with those of the multitude who united in their feelings of despondency, and only the two who had agreed and counselled the people not to fear but to persevere in the plan of the colony were saved, because they were obedient to the word of God, on which account they received the especial honour of not being involved in the destruction of the others.
1:237This was the reason why they did not arrive sooner in the land which they went forth to colonize; for though they might, in the second year after their departure from Egypt, have conquered all the cities in Syria, and divided the inheritance amongst themselves, still they turned aside from the direct and short road, and wandered about, using one long, and difficult, and pathless line of march after another, so as to be incessantly toiling both in soul and body, and enduring the necessary and deserved punishment of their excessive impiety:
1:238accordingly, for eight and thirty years more, after the two years which I have already mentioned as having elapsed, the life of a complete generation of mankind did they wander up and down, traversing the pathless wilderness; and at last in the fortieth year, they with difficulty came to the borders of the country which they had reached so many years before.
1:239And at the entrance to this country there dwelt other tribes akin to themselves, who they thought would cheerfully join them in the war against their neighbours, and would co-operate in everything necessary for the establishment of the colony; and if they hesitated to do that, they thought that at all events they would range themselves on neither side, but would preserve a strict neutrality, holding up their hands;
1:240for in fact the ancestors of both nations, both of the Hebrews and of those who dwelt on the skirts of the country, were brethren descended from the same father and the same mother, and moreover were twins; for it was from two brothers, who had thus increased with numerous descendants, and had enjoyed a great productiveness of offspring, that each of their families had grown into a vast and numerous nation. But one of these nations had clung to its original abodes; but the other, as has been already mentioned, having migrated to Egypt by reason of the famine, at this subsequent period was now returning,
1:241and one of the two preserved its respect for its kindred though it had been for such a length of time separated from it, still having a regard for those who no longer preserved any one of their ancestral customs, but who had in every respect departed from their ancient habits and constitutions, thinking that it became those who claimed to be of civilised natures, to give and yield something to the name of relationship.
1:242But the other utterly overturned all notions of friendship and affection, giving in to fierce, and unfriendly, and irreconcilable dispositions, and language, and counsels, and actions; and thus keeping alive the ill-will of their original ancestor to his brother; for the first founder of their race, though he had himself given up his birthright to his brother, yet a short time afterwards endeavoured to assert his claim to what he had abandoned voluntarily, violating his agreement, and he sought to slay his brother, threatening him with death if he did not surrender what he had purchased. And now the whole nation after the interval of so many generations, renewed the ancient enmity between one individual and another.
1:243Therefore Moses, the leader of the Hebrews, although he might with one single effort, aye with the mere shout of his army, have subdued the whole nation, still, by reason of the aforesaid relationship did not think fit to do so; but desired only to use the road through their country, promising that he would in every respect observe the treaties between them, and not despoil them of territory, or cattle, or of any booty, that he would even pay a price for water if there should be a scarcity of drink, and for anything else that they might require to buy, as not being supplied with it; but they violently rejected their peaceful invitations, threatening them with war, if they heard of their crossing over their borders or even of their setting foot upon them.
1:244But as the Hebrews received their answer with great indignation, and prepared at once to oppose them, Moses stood in a place from whence he would be well heard, and said, "O men, your indignation is reasonable and just; for though we, in a peaceable disposition, have made them good and friendly offers, they have made us an evil reply out of their evil and perverse disposition.
1:245But it does not follow that because they deserve to pay the penalty for their cruelty, therefore it is desirable for us to proceed to take vengeance upon them, by reason of the honour due to our own nation, that we may show that in this particular we are good and different from wicked men, inasmuch as we consider not only whether such and such persons deserve to be punished, but whether also it is proper that they should receive their punishment from us."
1:246On this he turned aside and led his army by another road, since he knew that all the roads in that district were surrounded with garrisons, by those who were not in danger of receiving any injury, but who out of envy and jealousy would not allow them to proceed by the shortest road;
1:247and this was the most manifest proof of their sorrow, which they felt in consequence of the nation having obtained their liberty, namely when they rejoiced when they were enduring that bitter slavery of theirs in Egypt; for it follows of necessity that those men to whom the good fortune of their neighbours causes grief, do also rejoice at their evil fortune, even if they do not admit that they do so;
1:248for they had already related to their neighbours, as to persons in accordance with themselves, and cherishing the same thoughts, all the misfortunes and also all the agreeable pieces of good fortune which had happened to them, not knowing that they had proceeded to a great degree of iniquity, and that they were full of unfriendly, and hostile, and malicious thoughts towards them, so that they were like to grieve at their good fortune, but to rejoice at any thing of a contrary tendency.
1:249But when their malevolence was fully revealed, the Hebrews were nevertheless restrained from coming to open war with them by their ruler, who thus displayed two most excellent qualities at the same time; namely prudence and a compassionate disposition; for to take care that no evil should happen to any one is the part of wisdom, and not to be willing even to repel one’s own kinsmen is a proof of a humane disposition.
1:250Therefore he passed by the cities of these nations; but a certain king of the neighbouring country, Canaan by name, when his spies reported to him that the army of the Hebrews, which was making in his direction was at no great distance, thinking that it was in a state of confusion and disorder, and that he should be able easily to conquer it if he were to attack it at once, proceeded forth with the youth of his nation well armed and equipped, and marched with all speed, and put the van of their host to flight as soon as he encountered them, inasmuch as they were not arrayed or prepared for battle; and having taken many prisoners, and being elated at the prosperity beyond his hopes which he had met with, he marched on thinking that he should defeat all the others also.
Book 1, §§251–275
1:251But the Hebrews, for they were not dismayed at the defeat of their advanced guard, but had rather derived even more confidence than they had felt before, being eager also to make amends by their eagerness for battle for the loss of those of their number who had been taken prisoners, exhorted one another not to faint nor to yield. "Let us rise up," said they; "let us at once invade their land. Let us show that we are in no wise alarmed or depressed, by our vigour in action and our confidence. The end is very often judged of by the beginning. Let us seize the keys of the country and strike terror into the inhabitants as deriving prosperity from cities, and inflicting upon them in return the want of necessary things which we bring with us out of the wilderness."
1:252And they, at the same time, exhorted one another often with these words, and likewise began to dedicate to God, as the first fruits of the land, the cities of the king and all the citizens of each city. And he accepted their views and inspired the Hebrews with courage, and prepared the army of the enemy to be defeated.
1:253Accordingly, the Hebrews defeated them with mighty power, and fulfilled the agreement of gratitude which they had made, not appropriating to themselves the slightest portion of the booty. And they dedicated to God the cities with all the men and treasures that were in them, and, from what had thus taken place, they called the whole country an offering to God;
1:254for, as every pious man offers unto God the first fruits of the fruits of the year, which he collects from his own possessions, so in the same manner did the Hebrews dedicate the whole nation of this mighty country into which they had come as settlers, and that great spoil, the kingdom which they had so speedily subdued, as a sort of first-fruit of their colony; for they did not think it consistent with piety to distribute the land among themselves, or to inherit the cities, before they had offered up to God the first fruits of that country and of those cities.
1:255A short time afterwards, having found a copious spring of water which supplied drink to all the multitude, and the spring was in a well and on the borders of the country, drawing it up and drinking it as though it had been not water but pure wine, they were refreshed in their souls, and those among the people who loved God established choruses and dances in a circle around the well, out of their cheerfulness and joy, and sang a new song to God, the possessor and giver of their inheritance and the real leader of their colony, because now at the first moment of their coming forth from the direction in which they had so long been dwelling in to the inhabited land which they were ordained to possess, they had found abundant drink, and therefore they thought it right not to pass this spring by without due honour.
1:256For this well had been originally cut not by the hands of private individuals, but of kings, who had laboured in rivalry of one another, as the tale went, not only in the discovery of the water, but likewise in the digging of the well, in order that by its magnificence it might be seen to be a royal work, and that the power and magnanimity of those who built it might appear from the beginning.
1:257And Moses, rejoicing at the unexpected blessings which from time to time were presenting themselves to him, advanced further, dividing the youth of his people into the vanguard and the rearguard, and placing the old men, and the women, and the children in the centre, that they might be protected by those who were thus at each extremity, in the case of their having to encounter any force of the enemy either in front or behind.
1:258A few days afterwards he entered the country of the Amorites, and sent ambassadors to the king, whose name was Sihon, exhorting him to the same measures to which he had previously invited his kinsman. But he not only replied to these ambassadors when they came with great insolence, but he very nearly put them to death, and would have done so if the law with respect to ambassadors had not hindered him; but he did collect an army and made against them, thinking that he should immediately be able to subdue them in war.
1:259But when he encountered them he then found that he had to fight not men who had no experience or practise in the art of war, but men skilful in all warfare and truly invincible, who only a short time before had done many and important valiant achievements, displaying great personal valour, and great wisdom, and excellence of sense and virtue. Owing to which qualities they subdued these their enemies with great ease and defeated them with great loss, but they took no part of the spoil, desiring to dedicate to God the first booty which they gained;
1:260and, on this occasion, they guarded their own camp vigorously, and then, with one accord and with equally concerted preparation, rushed forward in opposition to the enemy as he advanced and charged them, availing themselves of the invincible alliance of the just God, in consequence of which they had the greatest boldness, and became cheerful and sanguine combatants.
1:261And the proof of this was clear; there was no need of any second battle, but the first was also the only one, and in it the whole power of the enemy was frustrated for ever. And it was utterly overthrown, and immediately it disappeared for ever.
1:262And about the same time the cities were both empty and full; empty of their ancient inhabitants, and full of those who now succeeded to their dominions over them. In the same manner, also, the stables of cattle in the fields, being made desolate, received instead men who were in all respects better than their former masters.
1:263This war struck all the Asiatic nations with terrible consternation, and especially all those who were near the borders of the Amorites, inasmuch as they looked upon the dangers as being nearer to themselves. Accordingly, one of the neighbouring kings, by name Balak, who ruled over a large and thickly inhabited country of the east, before he met them in battle, feeling great distrust of his own power, did not think fit to meet them in close combat, being desirous to avoid carrying on a war of extermination by open arms; but he had recourse to inquiries and divination, thinking that by some kind of ruse or other he might be able to overthrow the irresistible power of the Hebrews.
1:264Now there was a man at that time very celebrated for his skill in divination, dwelling in Mesopotamia, who was initiated in every branch of the soothsayers’ art. And he was celebrated and renowned above all men for his experience as a diviner and prophet, as he had in many instances foretold to many people incredible and most important events;
1:265for, on one occasion, he had predicted heavy rain to one nation at the height of summer; to another he had foretold a drought and burning heat in the middle of winter. Others he had forewarned of a dearth which should follow a season of abundance; and, on the other hand, plenty after famine. In some instances he had predicted the inundations of rivers; or, on the contrary, their falling greatly and becoming dried up; and the departure of pestilential diseases, and ten thousand other things. From all which he had obtained a name of wide celebrity, as he was believed to have foreseen them all, and so he had attained to great renown and his glory had spread everywhere and was continually increasing.
1:266So this man, Balak, now sent some of his companions, entreating him to come to him, and he gave him some presents at once, and he promised to give him others also, explaining to him the necessity which he was in, on account of which he had sent for him. But he did not treat the messengers with any noble or consistent disposition, but with great courtesy and civility evaded their request, as if he were one of the most celebrated prophets, and as such was accustomed to do nothing whatever without first consulting the oracle, and so he declined, saying that the Deity would not permit him to go with them.
1:267So the messengers returned back to the king, without having succeeded in their errand. And immediately other messengers of the highest rank in the whole land were sent on the same business, bringing with them more abundant presents of money, and promising still more ample rewards than the former ambassadors had promised.
1:268And Balaam, being allured by the gifts which were already proffered to him, and also by the hopes for the future which they held out to him, and being influenced also by the rank of those who invited him, began to yield, again alleging the commands of the Deity as his excuse, but no longer with sincerity. Accordingly, on the next day he prepared for his departure, relating some dreams by which he said he had been influenced, affirming that he had been compelled by their manifest visions not to remain, but to follow the ambassadors.
1:269But when he was on his road a very manifest sign met him in the way, showing him plainly that the purpose for which he was travelling was displeasing to God, and ill-omened; for the beast on which he was riding, while proceeding onwards in the straight road, at first stopped suddenly,
1:270then, as if some one was forcibly resisting it, or standing in front and driving it back by force, it retreated, moving first to the right and then to the left, and could not stand still, but kept moving, first to one side and then to the other, as if it had been under the influence of wine and intoxication; and though it was repeatedly beaten, it disregarded the blows, so that it very nearly threw its rider, and though he stuck on did still hurt him considerably;
1:271for close on each side of the path there were walls and strong fences; therefore, when the beast in its violent motions struck heavily against the walls, the owner had his knee, and leg, and foot pressed and crushed, and was a good deal lacerated.
1:272The truth is, that there was, as it seems, a divine vision, which, as the beast, on which the diviner was seeking, saw at a great distance as it was coming towards him, and it was frightened at it; but the man did not see it, which was a proof of his insensibility, for he was thus shown to be inferior to a brute beast in the power of sight, at a time when he was boasting that he could see, not only the whole world, but also the Creator of the world.
1:273Accordingly, having after some time seen the angel opposing him, not because he was desiring to see so astonishing a spectacle, but that he might become acquainted with his own insignificance and nothingness, he betook himself to supplications and prayers, entreating to be pardoned, on the ground that he had acted as he had done out of ignorance, and had not sinned of deliberate purpose.
1:274Then, as he said that he ought to return back again, he asked of the vision which appeared to him, whether he should go back again to his own house; but the angel beholding his insincerity, and being indignant at it (for what need was there for him to ask questions in a matter which was so evident, which had its answer plain in itself, and which did not require any more positive information by means of words, unless a person’s ears are more to be trusted than his eyes, and words than things), said, "Go on in the journey in which you have set out, for you shall do no good to those who have sent for you, and you must say what I prompt you, without any thoughts of your own, finding utterance, as I will guide the organs of your speech in the way that shall be just and expedient, for I will direct your words, predicting all that shall happen through the agency of your tongue, though you yourself understand nothing of it.
1:275But when the king heard that he was now near at hand, he went forth with his guards to meet him; and when they met at first there were, as was natural, greetings and salutations, and then a brief reproof of his tardiness and of his not having come more readily. After this there were feastings and costly entertainments, and all those other things which are usually prepared on the occasion of the reception of strangers, everything with royal magnificence being prepared, so as to give an exaggerated idea of the power and glory of the king.
Book 1, §§276–300
1:276The next day at the rising of the sun, Balak took the prophet and led him up to a high hill, where it also happened that a pillar had been erected to some deity which the natives of the country had been accustomed to worship; and from thence there was seen a portion of the camp of the Hebrews, which was shown to the magician from this point, as if from a watch tower.
1:277And he when he beheld it said: "Do thou, O king, build here seven altars, and offer upon every one of them a bullock and a ram. And I will turn aside and inquire of God what I am to say." So, having gone forth, immediately he became inspired, the prophetic spirit having entered into him, which drove all his artificial system of divination and cunning out of his soul; for it was not possible that holy inspiration should dwell in the same abode with magic. Then, returning back to the king, and beholding the sacrifices and the altars flaming, he became like the interpreter of some other being who was prompting his words,
1:278and spoke in prophetic strain as follows: "Balak has sent for me from Mesopotamia, having caused me to take a long journey from the east, that he might chastise the Hebrews by means of curses. But in what manner shall I be able to curse those who have not been cursed by God? For I shall behold them with my eyes from the loftiest mountains, and I shall see them with my mind; and I shall never be able to injure the people which shall dwell alone, not being numbered among the other nations, not in accordance with the inheritance of any particular places, or any apportionment of lands, but by reason of the peculiar nature of their remarkable customs, as they will never mingle with any other nation so as to depart from their national and ancestral ways.
1:279Who has ever discovered with accuracy the first origin of the birth of these people? Their bodies, indeed, may have been fashioned according to human means of propagation; but their souls have been brought forth by divine agency, wherefore they are nearly related to God. May my soul die as to the death of the body, that it may be remembered among the souls of the righteous, such as the souls of these men are."
1:280When Balak heard these words he was grieved within himself; and after he had stopped speaking, not being able to contain his sorrow, he said: "You were invited hither to curse my enemies, and are you not ashamed to offer up prayers for their good? I must, without knowing it, have been deceiving myself, thinking you a friend; who were, on the contrary, without my being aware of it, enrolled among the ranks of the enemy, as is now plain. Perhaps, too, you made all the delay in coming to me by reason of the regard for them, which you were secretly cherishing in your soul, and your secret dislike to me and to my people; for, as the old proverb says, what is apparent affords the best means of judging of what is not visible."
1:281But Balaam, his moment of inspiration being now past, replied: "I am exposed in this to a most unjust charge, and am undeservedly accused; for I am saying nothing of my own, but whatever the Deity prompts me to say. And this is not the first time that I have said and that you have heard this, but I declared it on the former occasion when you sent the ambassadors, to whom I made the same answer."
1:282But as the king thought either that the prophet was deceiving him, or that the Deity might change his mind, and the consequence of a change of place might alter the firmness of his decision, he led him off to another spot, where, from an exceedingly long, and high, and distant hill, he might be able to show him a part of the army of his enemies. Then, again, he built seven altars and sacrificed the same number of victims that he had sacrificed at first, and sent the prophet to look for favourable omens and predictions.
1:283And he, as soon as he was by himself, was again suddenly filled by divine inspiration, and, without at all understanding the words which he uttered, spoke everything that was put into his mouth, prophesying in the following manner:— "Rise up and listen, O king! prick up thy ears and hear. God is not able to speak falsely as if he were a man, nor does he change his purpose like the son of man. When he has once spoken, does he not abide by his word? For he will say nothing at all which shall not be completely brought to pass, since his word is also his deed. I, indeed, have been brought hither to bless this nation, and not to curse it.
1:284There shall be no labour or distress among the Hebrews. God visibly holds his shield over them, who also dissipated the violence of the Egyptian attacks, leading forth all these myriads of people as one man. Therefore they disregarded auguries and every other part of the prophetic art, trusting to the one sole Governor of the world alone. And I see the people rising up like a young lion, and exulting as a lion. He shall feast on the prey, and for drink he shall drink the blood of the wounded; and, when he is satisfied, he shall not turn to sleep, but he shall be awake and sing the song of victory."
1:285But Balak, being very indignant at finding that all the assistance which he expected to derive from divination was turning out contrary to his hopes, said: "O man, neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all; for silence, which is free from danger, is better than unpleasant speeches." And when he had said this, as if he had forgotten what he had said, owing to the inconstancy of his mind, he led the prophet to another place, from which he could show him a part of the Hebrew army; and again he invited him to curse them.
1:286But the prophet, as being even more wicked than the king, although he had always replied to the accusations which were brought against him with one true excuse, namely, that he was saying nothing out of his own head, but was only interpreting the words of another, being himself carried away and inspired, when he ought no longer to have accompanied him but to have gone away home, ran forward even more eagerly than his conductor, although in his secret thoughts he was oppressed by a heavy feeling of evil, yet still desired in his mind to curse this people, though he was forbidden to do so with his mouth.
1:287So, coming to a mountain greater than any of those on which he had stood before, and which reached a very long way, he bade the king perform the same sacrifices as before, again building seven altars, and again offering up fourteen victims, on each altar two, a bullock and a ram. And he himself did no longer, according to his usual custom, go to seek for divination and auguries, since he much loathed his art, looking upon it as a picture which had become defaced through age, and had been obscured, and lost its felicity of conjecture. But he now, though with difficulty, understood the fact that the designs of the king, who had hired him, did not correspond with the will of God.
1:288Therefore, turning to the wilderness, he saw the Hebrews encamped in their tribes, and he saw their numbers and their array, and admired it as being like the order of a city rather than of a camp, and, becoming inspired, he again spoke.
1:289What, then, said the man who saw truly, who in his sleep saw a clear vision of God with the ever open and sleepless eyes of his soul? "How goodly are thy abodes, O army of Hebrews; they tents are shady as groves, as a paradise on the bank of a river, as a cedar by the waters.
1:290A man shall hereafter come forth out of thee who shall rule over many nations, and his kingdom shall increase every day and be raised up to heaven. This people hath God for its guide all the way from Egypt, who leads on their multitude in one line.
1:291Therefore they shall devour many nations of their enemies, and they shall take all their fat as far as their very marrow, and shall destroy their enemies with their far-shooting arrows. He shall lie down to rest like a lion, and like a lion’s whelp, fearing no one, but showing great contempt for every one, and causing fear to all other nations. Miserable is he who shall stir up and rouse him to anger. Blessed are they that bless thee, and cursed are they that curse thee."
1:292And the king, being very indignant at these words, said: "Having been invited hither to curse my enemies, you have now prayed for and blessed them these three times. Fly, therefore, quickly, passion is a hasty affection, lest I be compelled to do something more violent than usual.
1:293Of what a vast amount of money, O most foolish of men, of how many presents, and of how much renown, and celebrity, and glory, hast thou deprived thyself in thy madness! Now you will return to thy home from a foreign land, bearing with thee no good thing, but only reproaches and (as it seems likely) great disgrace, being ridiculed and despised for that knowledge on which you formerly so greatly prided yourself."
1:294And Balaam replied: "All that I have hitherto uttered have been oracles and words of God; but what I am going to say are merely the suggestions of my own mind: and taking him by the right hand, he, while they two were alone, gave him advice, by the adoption of which he might, as far as possible, guard against the power of his enemies, accusing himself of the most enormous crimes. For why, some one may perhaps say, do you thus retire into solitude and give counsel suggesting things contrary to the oracles of God, unless indeed that your counsels are more powerful than his decrees?"
1:295Come, then, let us examine into his fine recommendations, and see how cunningly they were contrived with reference to the most certain defeat of those who had hitherto always been able to conquer. As he knew that the only way by which the Hebrews could be subdued was by leading them to violate the law, he endeavoured to seduce them by means of debauchery and intemperance, that mighty evil, to the still greater crime of impiety, putting pleasure before them as a bait;
1:296for, said he, "O king! the women of the country surpass all other women in beauty, and there are no means by which a man is more easily subdued than by the beauty of a woman; therefore, if you enjoin the most beautiful of them to grant their favours to them and to prostitute themselves to them, they will allure and overcome the youth of your enemies.
1:297But you must warn them not to surrender their beauty to those who desire them with too great facility and too speedily, for resistance and coyness will stimulate the passions and excite them more, and will kindle a more impetuous desire; and so, being wholly subdued by their appetites, they will endure to do and to suffer anything.
1:298"And let any damsel who is thus prepared for the sport resist, and say, wantonly, to a lover who is thus influenced, "It is not fitting for you to enjoy my society till you have first abandoned your native habits, and have changed, and learnt to honour the same practises that I do. And I must have a conspicuous proof of your real change, which I can only have by your consenting to join me in the same sacrifices and libations which I use, and which we may then offer together at the same images and statues, and other erections in honour of my gods.
1:299And the lover being, as it were, taken in the net of her manifold and multiform snares, not being able to resist her beauty and seductive conversation, will become wholly subdued in his reason, and, like a miserable man, will obey all the commands which she lays upon him, and will be enrolled as the slave of passion."
1:300This, then, was the advice which Balaam gave to Balak. And he, thinking that what he said to him did not want sense, repealed the law against adulteries, and having abrogated all the enactments which had been established against seduction and harlotry, as if they had never been enacted at all, exhorted the women to admit to their favours, without any restraint, every man whom they chose.
Book 1, §§301–325
1:301Accordingly, when licence was thus given, they brought over a multitude of young men, having already long before this seduced their minds, and having by their tricks and allurements perverted them to impiety; until Phinehas, the son of the chief priest, being exceedingly indignant at all that was taking place (for it appeared to him to be a most scandalous thing for his countrymen to give up at one time both their bodies and souls—their bodies to pleasure, and their souls to transgression of the law, and to works of wickedness), undertook a bold and impetuous action, such as was becoming to a young, and brave, and virtuous man.
1:302For when he saw a man of his nation sacrificing with and then entering into the tent of a harlot, and that too without casting his eyes down on the ground and seeking to avoid the notice of the multitude, but making a display of his licentiousness with shameless boldness, and giving himself airs as if he were about to engage in a creditable action, and one deserving of smiles—Phinehas, I say, being very indignant and being filled with a just anger, ran in, and while they were still lying on the bed, slew both the lover and the harlot, cutting them in two pieces in the middle, because they thus indulged in illicit connections.
1:303When some persons of those who admired temperance, and chastity, and piety, saw this example, they, at the command of Moses, imitated it, and slew all their own relations and friends, even to a man, who had sacrificed to idols made with hands, and thus they effaced the stain which was defiling the nation by this implacable revenge which they thus wreaked on those who had set the example of wrong doing, and so saved the rest, who made a clear defence of themselves, demonstrating their own piety, showing no compassion on any one of those who were justly condemned to death, and not passing over their offences out of pity, but looking upon those who slew them as pure from all sin. Therefore they did not allow any escape whatever to those who sinned in this way, and such conduct is the truest praise;
1:304and they say that twenty-four thousand men were slain in one day, the common pollution, which was defiling the whole army, being thus at once got rid of. And when the works of purification were thus accomplished, Moses began to seek how he might give an honour worthy of him who had displayed such permanent excellence to the son of the chief priest, who was the first who hastened to inflict chastisement on the offenders. But God was beforehand with him, giving to Phinehas, by means of his holy word, the greatest of all good things, namely, peace, which no man is able to bestow; and also, in addition to this peace, he gave him the perpetual possession of the priesthood, an inheritance to his family, which could not be taken from it.
1:305But when none of the civil and intestine evils remained any longer, but when all the men who were suspected of having either forsaken the ways of their ancestors or of treachery had perished, it appeared to be a most favourable opportunity for making an expedition against Balak, a man who had both planned to do, and had also executed an innumerable host of evil deeds, since he had planned them through the agency of the prophet, who he hoped would be able, by means of his curses, to destroy the power of the Hebrews, and who had executed his purpose by the agency of the licentiousness and incontinence of the women, who destroyed the bodies of those who associated with them by debauchery, and their souls by impiety.
1:306Therefore Moses did not think fit to carry on war against him with his whole army, knowing that superfluous numbers are apt to meet with disaster in consequence of those very numbers; and also, at the same time, thinking it useful to have stations of reserve, to be assistants to those of their allies who appeared likely to fail; but he selected a thousand picked men of the youth of the nation, selected man by man, out of each tribe, twelve thousand in all, for that was the number of the tribes, and he appointed Phinehas to be the commander in the war, as he had already given proof of the happy daring which becomes a general; and after he had offered up sacrifices of good omen, he sent forth his warriors, and encouraged them in the following words:—
1:307"The present contest is not one for dominion or sovereignty, nor is it waged for the sake of acquiring the property of others, though these are the objects for which alone, or almost invariably, wars take place; but this war is undertaken in the cause of piety and holiness, from which the enemy has alienated our relations and friends, being the causes of bitter destruction to those who have been brought under their yoke.
1:308It is therefore absurd for us to be the slayers of our own countrymen, for having offended against the law, and to spare our enemies, who have violated it in a much worse degree, and to slay, with every circumstance of violence, those who were only learning and beginning to sin, but to leave those who taught them to do so unpunished, who are, in reality, the guilty causes of all that has taken place, and of all the evils which our countrymen have either done or suffered."
1:309Therefore being nerved by these exhortations, and being kindled and filled with noble courage which was indeed in their souls already, they went forth to that contest with invincible spirit as to a certain victory; and when they engaged with the enemy, they displayed such incredible vigour and courage that they slew all their enemies, and returned themselves unhurt, every one of them, not one of their number having been slain or even wounded.
1:310Any one who did not know what had taken place, might have supposed, when he saw them returning, that they were coming in, not from war and from a pitched battle, but rather from a display and field-day of exercise under arms, such as often take place in time of peace; and these field-days are days of exercise and practise, while the men train themselves among friends to attack their enemies.
1:311Therefore they destroyed all their cities, razing them to the ground or else burning them, so that no one could tell that any cities had ever been inhabited in that land. And they led away a perfectly incalculable number of prisoners, of whom they chose to slay all the full-grown men and women, the men because they had set the example of wicked counsels and actions, and the women because they had beguiled the youth of the Hebrews, becoming the causes to them of incontinence and impiety, and at the last of death; but they pardoned all the young male children and all the virgins, their tender age procuring them forgiveness;
1:312and as they had taken a vast booty from the king’s palace, and from private houses, and also from the dwellings of all kinds in the open country (for there was not less booty in the country places than in the cities), they came to the camp, laden with all the wealth which they had taken from the enemy.
1:313And Moses praised Phinehas their general, and those who had served under him for their good success, and also because they had not been covetous of their own advantage, running after booty and thinking of nothing, but appropriating the spoil to themselves, but because they had brought it all into the common stock, so that they who had staid behind in the tents might share in the booty; and he ordered those men to remain outside the camp for some days, and the high priest he commanded to purify both the men themselves, and those of their allies who had returned from fighting by their side, of bloodshed;
1:314for even though the slaughter of the enemies of one’s country is according to law, still he who kills a man, even though justly and in self-defence, and because he has been attacked, still appears to be guilty of blood by reason of his supreme and common relationship to a common father; on which account those who had slain enemies were in need of rites of purification, to cleanse them from what was looked upon as a pollution.
1:315However, after no long lapse of time he divided the booty among those who had taken a part in the expedition, and they were but a small number, giving one half among those who had remained inactive at home, and the other half to those who were still in the camp; for he looked upon it as just and equitable to give the share of the advantages gained, to those who had shared in the contest, if not with their souls, at all events with their bodies; for as the spectators were not inferior to the actual combatants in their zeal, they were inferior only in point of time and in respect of their being anticipated.
1:316And as the smaller body had received each a larger share of the booty, by reason of their having been the foremost in encountering danger, and the larger body had received each a smaller share, by reason of their having remained at home; it appeared indispensable that they should consecrate the first fruits of the whole of the booty; those therefore who had remained at home brought a fiftieth, and those who had been actually engaged in the war, brought and contributed a five hundredth part; and of ten first fruits Moses commanded that portion which came from those who had borne a part in the expedition, to be given to the high priest, and that portion which came from those who had remained in the camp, to the keepers of the temple whose name were the Levites.
1:317And the captains of thousands, and centurions, and all the rest of the multitude of commanders of battalions and companies willingly contributed special first fruits, as an offering for their own safety, and that of those who had gone out to war, and for the victory which had been gained in a manner beyond all hope, giving up all the golden ornaments which had fallen to the lot of each individual, in the apportionment of the booty, and the most costly vessels, of which the material was gold. All which things Moses took, and, admiring the piety of those who contributed them, dedicated them in the consecrated tabernacle as a memorial of the gratitude of the men; and the division of the first fruits was very beautiful;
1:318those which had been given by the men who had borne their share in the war, he distributed among the keepers of the temple as among men who had only displayed one half of virtue, namely eagerness without action; but the first fruits of those who had warred and fought, who had encountered danger with their bodies and lives, and thus had displayed perfect and complete excellence, he allotted to him who presided over the keepers of the temple, namely to the high priest; and the first fruits of the captains, as being the offerings of chiefs and rulers, he allotted to the great ruler of all, namely to God.
1:319All these wars were carried on and brought to an end before the Hebrews had crossed Jordan, the river of the country, being wars against the inhabitants of the country on the other side of Jordan, which was a rich and fertile land, in which there was a large champaign fertile in corn, and also very productive of herbage and fodder for cattle;
1:320and when the two tribes who were occupied in feeding cattle saw this country, the two tribes being a sixth part of the whole Hebrew host, they besought Moses to permit them to take their inheritance in that district, where in fact they were already settled; for they said that the place was very suitable for cattle to be kept, and fed, and bred in, inasmuch as it was well watered and full of good herbage, and as it produced spontaneously abundant grass for the feeding of sheep.
1:321But as he thought that they claimed a sort of right, by some kind of pre-eminence, to receive their share and the honours due to them before their time, or else that they preferred this petition by reason of their being unwilling to encounter the wars which were impending, as there were still many kings who were making ready to attack them, and who were the possessors of all the country inside the river, he was very indignant at their request, and answered them in anger, and said,
1:322"Shall you then sit here and enjoy leisure, and yield to indolence at so improper a time? and shall the wars which still threaten us, afflict all your countrymen, and your relations, and your friends, and shall the prizes be given to you alone, as if you had all contributed to the success? And shall battles and wars, and distresses, and the most extreme dangers await others?
1:323But it is not just that you should enjoy peace, and the blessings that flow from peace, and that the rest should endure wars and all the other indescribable evils which they bring with them, and that the whole should only be looked upon as an adjunct of a part; while, on the contrary, it is for the sake of the whole that the parts are thought worthy of any inheritance at all.
1:324Ye are all entitled to equal honour, ye are one race, ye have the same fathers, one house, ye have the same customs, a community of laws, and an infinite number of other things, every one of which binds your kindred closer together, and cements your mutual good will; why then when you are thought worthy of equal shares of the most important and most necessary things, do you show a covetous spirit in the division of the lands, as if you were rulers despising your subjects as masters looking disdainfully on your slaves?"
1:325You ought to have derived instruction from the afflictions of others; for it is the part of wise men not to wait till misfortunes come upon themselves. But now, though you have domestic examples in your own fathers, who went and spied out this land, and in the calamities which befell them, and all who participated in their despondency (for they all perished except two), and when, therefore, you ought to take care and avoid resembling them in any respect whatever, still, foolish-minded men that ye are, ye are imitating their cowardice, as if by such conduct you would be more strongly fortified against capture; and you check and damp the eagerness of those who are desirous to display their manhood and valour, relaxing and depressing their spirits;
Book 1, §§326–334; Book 2, §§1–16
1:326therefore, while you are hastening to do wrong, you are also hastening to incur punishment. For justice is always a long time before it can be put in motion, but when it is once put in motion it makes great haste and speedily overtakes those who flee from it.
1:327When, therefore, all our enemies are destroyed, and when there is no other war which can be expected or feared as impending, and when all those in our present alliance have been, on examination, found to be without reproach nor liable to any charge of desertion or treachery, or of any misconduct which could possibly tend to our defeat, but shall be seen to have endured steadfastly from the beginning to the end, with their bodily exertion and with all eagerness of mind, and when the whole country is cleared of those who have previously inherited it, then rewards and prizes for valour shall be given to all the tribes with perfect fairness.
1:328So they, bearing this rebuke with moderation, as being genuine sons of a very kindly-disposed father (for they knew that Moses was not a man to behave insolently because of his power and authority, but one who cared for all of them, and honoured justice and equality, and who hated wickedness, not so as to reproach or insult the wicked, but so as to be constantly endeavouring by admonition and correction to improve those who were susceptible of improvement), said to him, "Very naturally you are indignant, if you imagine that we now are anxious to desert the alliance and to obtain our allotments before the proper time;
1:329but you must know that we are not alarmed at any undertaking that calls for valorous and virtuous exertion, even though it may be most laborious. And we judge that the task of virtue is to obey you who are such a brave and wise ruler, and not to fear to encounter dangers, and to be willing to bear our share in all future expeditions until all our business is brought to a fortunate conclusion.
1:330"We, therefore, as we have agreed before, will remain in our ranks and cross over Jordan in complete armour, giving no soldier any excuse for lagging behind. But our infant children, and our daughters, and wives, and mothers, and the bulk of our cattle, shall, if you have no objection, be left behind, after we have made houses for our children and wives, and stables for our cattle that they may not be exposed to any incursion of the enemy, and so suffer injury from being taken in unwalled and unprotected dwellings."
1:331And Moses answered with a mild look and even still gentler voice, "If you speak the truth and behave honestly, the allotments which you have asked for shall remain assured to you. Leave behind you now, as you desire, your wives and children, and flocks and herds, and go yourselves across Jordan in your ranks with the rest of the soldiers in full armour, arrayed for battle, as if you were prepared to fight at once, if it should be needful.
1:332And hereafter when all our enemies are destroyed, and when, peace being established, we have made ourselves masters of the whole country, and have begun to divide it among ourselves, then you also shall return to your families to enjoy the good things which belong to you, and to possess the region which you have selected."
1:333When Moses had said this, and given them this promise, they were filled with cheerfulness and joy, and established their families in safety as well as their flocks and herds in well-fortified and impregnable strongholds, the greater part of which were artificial. And taking their arms they marched forth more cheerfully than any of the rest of the allied forces, as if they alone had been going to fight, or at all events to fight in the first ranks as the champions of the whole army, for he who has received any gift beforehand is more eager in the cause in which he is engaged, since he thinks that he is repaying a necessary debt, and not giving a free gift.
1:334I have now, then, given an account of what was done by Moses while invested with kingly power. I must now proceed to relate in order all the actions which he performed in accordance with virtue, and also successfully as a chief priest, and also in his character as a lawgiver; for he also exercised these two powers as very closely connected with his kingly authority.
2:1The first volume of this treatise relates to the subject of the birth and bringing up of Moses, and also of his education and of his government of his people, which he governed not merely irreproachably, but in so exceedingly praiseworthy a manner; and also of all the affairs which took place in Egypt, and in the travels and journeyings of the nation, and of the events which happened with respect to their crossing the Red Sea and in the desert, which surpass all power of description; and, moreover, of all the labours which he conducted to a successful issue, and of the inheritances which he distributed in portions to his soldiers. But the book which we are now about to compose relates to the affairs which follow those others in due order, and bear a certain correspondence and connection with them.
2:2For some persons say, and not without some reason and propriety, that this is the only way by which cities can be expected to advance in improvement, if either the kings cultivate philosophy, or if philosophers exercise the kingly power. But Moses will be seen not only to have displayed all these powers—I mean the genius of the philosopher and of the king—in an extraordinary degree at the same time, but three other powers likewise, one of which is conversant about legislation, the second about the way of discharging the duties of high priest, and the last about the prophetic office;
2:3and it is on these subjects that I have now been constrained to choose to enlarge; for I conceive that all these things have fitly been united in him, inasmuch as in accordance with the providential will of God he was both a king and a lawgiver, and a high priest and a prophet, and because in each office he displayed the most eminent wisdom and virtue. We must now show how it is that every thing is fitly united in him.
2:4It becomes a king to command what ought to be done, and to forbid what ought not to be done; but the commanding what ought to be done, and the prohibition of what ought not to be done, belongs especially to the law, so that the king is at once a living law, and the law is a just king.
2:5But a king and a lawgiver ought to pay attention not only to human things, but also to divine ones, for the affairs of neither kings nor subjects go on well except by the intervention of divine providence; on which account it was necessary that such a man as Moses should enjoy the first priesthood, in order that he might with perfectly conducted sacrifices, and with a perfect knowledge of the proper way to serve God, entreat for a deliverance from evil and for a participation in good, both for himself and for the people whom he was governing, from the merciful God who listens favourably to prayers.
2:6But since there is an infinite variety of both human and divine circumstances which are unknown both to king, and lawgiver, and chief priest, for a man is no less a created and mortal being from having all these offices, or because he is clothed with such a vast and boundless inheritance of honour and happiness, he was also of necessity invested with the gift of prophecy, in order that he might through the providence of God learn all those things which he was unable to comprehend by his own reason; for what the mind is unable to attain to, that prophecy masters.
2:7Therefore the connection of these four powers is beautiful and harmonious, for being all connected together and united one to another, they unite in concert, receiving and imparting a reciprocity of benefits from and to one another, imitating the virgin graces with whom it is an immutable law of their nature that they cannot be disunited, with respect to whom one might fairly say, what is habitually said of the virtues, that he who has one has them all.
2:8And first of all we must speak of the matters which relate to his character and conduct as a lawgiver. I am not ignorant that the man who desires to be an excellent and perfect lawgiver ought to exercise all the virtues in their complete integrity and perfection, since in the houses of his nation some are near relations and some distant, but still they are all related to one another. And in like manner we must look upon some of the virtues as connected more closely with some matters, and on others as being more removed from them.
2:9Now these four qualities are closely connected with and related to the legislative power, namely, humility, the love of justice, the love of virtue, and the hatred of iniquity; for every individual who has any desire for exercising his talents as a lawgiver is under the influence of each of these feelings. It is the province of humanity to prepare for adoption such opinions as will benefit the common weal, and to teach the advantages which will proceed from them. It is the part of justice to point out how we ought to honour equality, and to assign to every man his due according to his deserts. It is the part of the love of virtue to embrace those things which are by nature good, and to give to every one who deserves them facilities without limit for the most unrestrained enjoyment of happiness. It is also the province of the hatred of iniquity to reject all those who dishonour virtue, and to look upon them as common enemies of the human race.
2:10Therefore it is a very great thing if it has fallen to the lot of any one to arrive at any one of the qualities before mentioned, and it is a marvellous thing, as it should seem, for any one man to have been able to grasp them all, which in fact Moses appears to have been the only person who has ever done, having given a very clear description of the aforesaid virtues in the commandments which he established.
2:11And those who are well versed in the sacred scriptures know this, for if he had not had these principles innate within him he would never have compiled those scriptures at the promptings of God. And he gave to those who were worthy to use them the most admirable of all possessions, namely, faithful copies and imitations of the original examples which were consecrated and enshrined in the soul, which became the laws which he revealed and established, displaying in the clearest manner the virtues which I have enumerated and described above.
2:12But that he himself is the most admirable of all the lawgivers who have ever lived in any country either among the Greeks or among the barbarians, and that his are the most admirable of all laws, and truly divine, omitting no one particular which they ought to comprehend, there is the clearest proof possible in this fact, the laws of other lawgivers,
2:13if any one examines them by his reason, he will find to be put in motion in an innumerable multitude of pretexts, either because of wars, or of tyrannies, or of some other unexpected events which come upon nations through the various alterations and innovations of fortune; and very often luxury, abounding in all kind of superfluity and unbounded extravagance, has overturned laws, from the multitude not being able to bear unlimited prosperity, but having a tendency to become insolent through satiety, and insolence is in opposition to law.
2:14But the enactments of this lawgiver are firm, not shaken by commotions, not liable to alteration, but stamped as it were with the seal of nature herself, and they remain firm and lasting from the day on which they were first promulgated to the present one, and there may well be a hope that they will remain to all future time, as being immortal, as long as the sun and the moon, and the whole heaven and the whole world shall endure.
2:15At all events, though the nation of the Hebrews experienced so many changes both in the direction of prosperity and of the opposite destiny, no one, no not even the very smallest and most unimportant of all his commandments was changed, since every one, as it seems, honoured their venerable and godlike character;
2:16and what neither famine, nor pestilence, nor war, nor sovereign, nor tyrant, nor the rise of any passions or evil feelings against either soul or body, nor any other evil, whether inflicted by God or deriving its rise from men, ever dissolved, can surely never be looked upon by us in any other light than as objects of all admiration, and beyond all powers of description in respect of their excellence.
Book 2, §§17–41
2:17But this is not so entirely wonderful, although it may fairly by itself be considered a thing of great intrinsic importance, that his laws were kept securely and immutably from all time; but this is more wonderful by far, as it seems, that not only the Jews, but that also almost every other nation, and especially those who make the greatest account of virtue, have dedicated themselves to embrace and honour them, for they have received this especial honour above all other codes of laws, which is not given to any other code.
2:18And a proof of this is to be found in the fact that of all the cities in Greece and in the territory of the barbarians, if one may so say, speaking generally, there is not one single city which pays any respect to the laws of another state. In fact, a city scarcely adheres to its own laws with any constancy for ever, but continually modifies them, and adapts them to the changes of times and circumstances.
2:19The Athenians rejected the customs and laws of the Lacedaemonians, and so did the Lacedaemonians repudiate the laws of the Athenians. Nor, again, in the countries of the barbarians do the Egyptians keep the laws of the Scythians, nor do the Scythians keep the laws of the Egyptians; nor, in short, do those who live in Asia attend to the laws which obtain in Europe, nor do the inhabitants of Europe respect the laws of the Asiatic nations. And, in short, it is very nearly an universal rule, from the rising of the sun to its extreme west, that every country, and nation, and city, is alienated from the laws and customs of foreign nations and states, and that they think that they are adding to the estimation in which they hold their own laws by despising those in use among other nations.
2:20But this is not the case with our laws which Moses has given to us; for they lead after them and influence all nations, barbarians, and Greeks, the inhabitants of continents and islands, the eastern nations and the western, Europe and Asia; in short, the whole habitable world from one extremity to the other.
2:21For what man is there who does not honour that sacred seventh day, granting in consequence a relief and relaxation from labour, for himself and for all those who are near to him, and that not to free men only, but also to slaves, and even to beasts of burden;
2:22for the holiday extends even to every description of animal, and to every beast whatever which performs service to man, like slaves obeying their natural master, and it affects even every species of plant and tree; for there is no shoot, and no branch, and no leaf even which it is allowed to cut or to pluck on that day, nor any fruit which it is lawful to gather; but everything is at liberty and in safety on that day, and enjoys, as it were, perfect freedom, no one ever touching them, in obedience to a universal proclamation.
2:23Again, who is there who does not pay all due respect and honour to that which is called "the fast," and especially to that great yearly one which is of a more austere and venerable character than the ordinary solemnity at the full moon? on which, indeed, much pure wine is drunk, and costly entertainments are provided, and everything which relates to eating and drinking is supplied in the most unlimited profusion, by which the insatiable pleasures of the belly are inflamed and increased.
2:24But on this fast it is not lawful to take any food or any drink, in order that no bodily passion may at all disturb or hinder the pure operations of the mind; but these passions are wont to be generated by fulness and satiety, so that at this time men feast, propitiating the Father of the universe with holy prayers, by which they are accustomed to solicit pardon for their former sins, and the acquisition and enjoyment of new blessings.
2:25And that beauty and dignity of the legislation of Moses is honoured not among the Jews only, but also by all other nations, is plain, both from what has been already said and from what I am about to state.
2:26In olden time the laws were written in the Chaldaean language, and for a long time they remained in the same condition as at first, not changing their language as long as their beauty had not made them known to other nations;
2:27but when, from the daily and uninterrupted respect shown to them by those to whom they had been given, and from their ceaseless observance of their ordinances, other nations also obtained an understanding of them, their reputation spread over all lands; for what was really good, even though it may through envy be overshadowed for a short time, still in time shines again through the intrinsic excellence of its nature. Some persons, thinking it a scandalous thing that these laws should only be known among one half portion of the human race, namely, among the barbarians, and that the Greek nation should be wholly and entirely ignorant of them, turned their attention to their translation.
2:28And since this undertaking was an important one, tending to the general advantage, not only of private persons, but also of rulers, of whom the number was not great, it was entrusted to kings and to the most illustrious of all kings.
2:29Ptolemy, surnamed Philadelphus, was the third in succession after Alexander, the monarch who subdued Egypt; and he was, in all virtues which can be displayed in government, the most excellent sovereign, not only of all those of his time, but of all that ever lived; so that even now, after the lapse of so many generations, his fame is still celebrated, as having left many instances and monuments of his magnanimity in the cities and districts of his kingdom, so that even now it is come to be a sort of proverbial expression to call excessive magnificence, and zeal, for honour and splendour in preparation, Philadelphian, from his name;
2:30and, in a word, the whole family of the Ptolemies was exceedingly eminent and conspicuous above all other royal families, and among the Ptolemies, Philadelphus was the most illustrious; for all the rest put together scarcely did as many glorious and praiseworthy actions as this one king did by himself, being, as it were, the leader of the herd, and in a manner the head of all the kings.
2:31He, then, being a sovereign of this character, and having conceived a great admiration for and love of the legislation of Moses, conceived the idea of having our laws translated into the Greek language; and immediately he sent out ambassadors to the high-priest and king of Judea, for they were the same person.
2:32And having explained his wishes, and having requested him to pick him out a number of men, of perfect fitness for the task, who should translate the law, the high-priest, as was natural, being greatly pleased, and thinking that the king had only felt the inclination to undertake a work of such a character from having been influenced by the providence of God, considered, and with great care selected the most respectable of the Hebrews whom he had about him, who in addition to their knowledge of their national scriptures, had also been well instructed in Grecian literature, and cheerfully sent them.
2:33And when they arrived at the king’s court they were hospitably received by the king; and while they feasted, they in return feasted their entertainer with witty and virtuous conversation; for he made experiment of the wisdom of each individual among them, putting to them a succession of new and extraordinary questions; and they, since the time did not allow of their being prolix in their answers, replied with great propriety and fidelity as if they were delivering apophthegms which they had already prepared.
2:34So when they had won his approval, they immediately began to fulfil the objects for which that honourable embassy had been sent; and considering among themselves how important the affair was, to translate laws which had been divinely given by direct inspiration, since they were not able either to take away anything, or to add anything, or to alter anything, but were bound to preserve the original form and character of the whole composition, they looked out for the most completely purified place of all the spots on the outside of the city. For the places within the walls, as being filled with all kinds of animals, were held in suspicion by them by reason of the diseases and deaths of some, and the accursed actions of those who were in health.
2:35The island of Pharos lies in front of Alexandria, the neck of which runs out like a sort of tongue towards the city, being surrounded with water of no great depth, but chiefly with shoals and shallow water, so that the great noise and roaring from the beating of the waves is kept at a considerable distance, and so mitigated.
2:36They judged this place to be the most suitable of all the spots in the neighbourhood for them to enjoy quiet and tranquillity in, so that they might associate with the laws alone in their minds; and there they remained, and having taken the sacred scriptures, they lifted up them and their hands also to heaven, entreating of God that they might not fail in their object. And he assented to their prayers, that the greater part, or indeed the universal race of mankind might be benefited, by using these philosophical and entirely beautiful commandments for the correction of their lives.
2:37Therefore, being settled in a secret place, and nothing ever being present with them except the elements of nature, the earth, the water, the air, and the heaven, concerning the creation of which they were going in the first place to explain the sacred account; for the account of the creation of the world is the beginning of the law; they, like men inspired, prophesied, not one saying one thing and another another, but every one of them employed the self-same nouns and verbs, as if some unseen prompter had suggested all their language to them.
2:38And yet who is there who does not know that every language, and the Greek language above all others, is rich in a variety of words, and that it is possible to vary a sentence and to paraphrase the same idea, so as to set it forth in a great variety of manners, adapting many different forms of expression to it at different times. But this, they say, did not happen at all in the case of this translation of the law, but that, in every case, exactly corresponding Greek words were employed to translate literally the appropriate Chaldaic words, being adapted with exceeding propriety to the matters which were to be explained;
2:39for just as I suppose the things which are proved in geometry and logic do not admit any variety of explanation, but the proposition which was set forth from the beginning remains unaltered, in like manner I conceive did these men find words precisely and literally corresponding to the things, which words were alone, or in the greatest possible degree, destined to explain with clearness and force the matters which it was desired to reveal.
2:40And there is a very evident proof of this; for if Chaldaeans were to learn the Greek language, and if Greeks were to learn Chaldaean, and if each were to meet with those scriptures in both languages, namely, the Chaldaic and the translated version, they would admire and reverence them both as sisters, or rather as one and the same both in their facts and in their language; considering these translators not mere interpreters but hierophants and prophets to whom it had been granted with their honest and guileless minds to go along with the most pure spirit of Moses.
2:41On which account, even to this very day, there is every year a solemn assembly held and a festival celebrated in the island of Pharos, to which not only the Jews but a great number of persons of other nations sail across, reverencing the place in which the first light of interpretation shone forth, and thanking God for that ancient piece of beneficence which was always young and fresh.
Book 2, §§42–66
2:42And after the prayers and the giving of thanks some of them pitched their tents on the shore, and some of them lay down without any tents in the open air on the sand of the shore, and feasted with their relations and friends, thinking the shore at that time a more beautiful abode than the furniture of the king’s palace.
2:43In this way those admirable, and incomparable, and most desirable laws were made known to all people, whether private individuals or kings, and this too at a period when the nation had not been prosperous for a long time. And it is generally the case that a cloud is thrown over the affairs of those who are not flourishing, so that but little is known of them;
2:44and then, if they make any fresh start and begin to improve, how great is the increase of their renown and glory? I think that in that case every nation, abandoning all their own individual customs, and utterly disregarding their national laws, would change and come over to the honour of such a people only; for their laws shining in connection with, and simultaneously with, the prosperity of the nation, will obscure all others, just as the rising sun obscures the stars.
2:45Now what has been here said is quite sufficient for the abundant praise of Moses as a lawgiver. But there is another more extensive praise which his own holy writings themselves contain, and it is to them that we must now turn for the purpose of exhibiting the virtue of him who compiled them.
2:46Now these writings of Moses may be divided into several parts; one of which is the historical part, another is occupied with commands and prohibitions, respecting which part we will speak at some other time when we have first of all accurately examined that part which comes first in the order of our division.
2:47Again, the historical part may be subdivided into the account of the creation of the world, and the genealogical part. And the genealogical part, or the history of the different families, may be divided into the accounts of the punishment of the wicked, and of the honours bestowed on the just; we must also explain on what account it was that he began his history of the giving of the law with these particulars, and placed the commandments and prohibitions in the second order;
2:48for he was not like any ordinary compiler of history, studying to leave behind him records of ancient transactions as memorials to future ages for the mere sake of affording pleasure without any advantage; but he traced back the most ancient events from the beginning of the world, commencing with the creation of the universe, in order to make known two most necessary principles. First, that the same being was the father and creator of the world, and likewise the lawgiver of truth; secondly, that the man who adhered to these laws, and clung closely to a connection with and obedience to nature, would live in a manner corresponding to the arrangement of the universe with a perfect harmony and union, between his words and his actions and between his actions and his words.
2:49Now of all other lawgivers, some the moment that they have promulgated positive commands as to what it is right to do and what is right not to do, proceed to appoint punishments for those who transgress those laws; but others, who appear to have proceeded on a better plan, have not begun in this manner, but, having first of all built and established their city in accordance with reason, have then adapted to this city which they have built, that constitution which they have considered the best adapted and most akin to it, and have confirmed this constitution by the giving of the laws.
2:50But he, thinking the first of the two courses above mentioned to be tyrannical and despotic, as indeed it is, namely, that of laying positive commands on persons as if they were not free men but slaves, without offering them any alleviation; and that the second course was better indeed, but was not entirely to be commended, must appear to all judges to be superior in each of the above considerations.
2:51For both in his commandments and also in his prohibitions he suggests and recommends rather than commands, endeavouring with many prefaces and perorations to suggest the greater part of the precepts that he desires to enforce, desiring rather to allure men to virtue than to drive them to it, and looking upon the foundation and beginning of a city made with hands, which he has made the commencement of his work a commencement beneath the dignity of his laws, looking rather with the most accurate eye of his mind at the importance and beauty of his whole legislative system, and thinking it too excellent and too divine to be limited as it were by any circle of things on earth; and therefore he has related the creation of that great metropolis, the world, thinking his laws the most fruitful image and likeness of the constitution of the whole world.
2:52At all events if any one were inclined to examine with accuracy the powers of each individual and particular law, he will find them all aiming at the harmony of the universe, and corresponding to the law of eternal nature:
2:53on which account those men who have had unbounded prosperity bestowed upon them, and all things tending to the production of health of body, and riches, and glory, and all other external parts of good fortune, but who have rejected virtue, and have chosen crafty wickedness, and all other kinds of vice, not through compulsion, but of their own spontaneous free will, looking upon that which is the greatest of all evils as the greatest possible advantage, he looks upon as enemies not of mankind only, but of the entire heaven and world, and says that they are awaiting, not any ordinary punishments, but new and extraordinary ones, which that constant assessor of God, justice, who detests wickedness, invents and inflicts terribly upon them, turning against them the most powerful elements of the universe, water and fire, so that at appointed times some are destroyed by deluges, others are burnt with fire, and perish in that manner.
2:54The seas were raised up, and the rivers both such as flow everlastingly, and the winter torrents were swollen and washed away, and carried off all the cities in the plain; and those in the mountain country were destroyed by incessant and irresistible impetuosity of rain, ceasing neither by day nor by night,
2:55and when at a subsequent period the race of mankind had again increased from those who had been spared, and had become very numerous, since the succeeding generations did not take the calamities which had befallen their ancestors as a lesson to teach themselves wisdom and moderation, but turned to acts of intemperance and became studiers of evil practises, God determined to destroy them with fire.
2:56Therefore on this occasion, as the holy scriptures tell us, thunderbolts fell from heaven, and burnt up those wicked men and their cities; and even to this day there are seen in Syria monuments of the unprecedented destruction that fell upon them, in the ruins, and ashes, and sulphur, and smoke, and dusky flame which still is sent up from the ground as of a fire smouldering beneath;
2:57and in this way it came to pass that those wicked men were punished with the aforesaid chastisements, while those who were eminent for virtue and piety were well off, receiving rewards worthy of their virtue.
2:58But when the whole of that district was thus burnt, inhabitants and all, by the impetuous rush of the heavenly fire, one single man in the country, a sojourner, was preserved by the providence of God because he had never shared in the transgressions of the natives, though sojourners in general were in the habit of adopting the customs of the foreign nations, among which they might be settled, for the sake of their own safety, since, if they despised them, they might be in danger from the inhabitants of the land. And yet this man had not attained to any perfection of wisdom, so as to be thought worthy of such an honour by reason of the perfect excellence of his nature; but he was spared only because he did not join the multitude who were inclined to luxury and effeminacy, and who pursued every kind of pleasure and indulged every kind of appetite, gratifying them abundantly, and inflaming them as one might inflame fire by heaping upon it plenty of rough fuel.
2:59But in the great deluge I may almost say that the whole of the human race was destroyed, while the history tells us that the house of Noah alone was preserved free from all evil, inasmuch as the father and governor of the house was a man who had never committed any intentional or voluntary wickedness. And it is worth while to relate the manner of his preservation as the sacred scriptures deliver it to us, both on account of the extraordinary character of it, and also that it may lead to an improvement in our own dispositions and lives.
2:60For he, being considered a fit man, not only to be exempted from the common calamity which was to overwhelm the world, but also to be himself the beginning of a second generation of men, in obedience to the divine commands which were conveyed to him by the word of God, built a most enormous fabric of wood, three hundred cubits in length, and fifty in width, and thirty in height, and having prepared a number of connected chambers within it, both on the ground floor and in the upper story, the whole building consisting of three, and in some parts of four stories, and having prepared food, brought into it some of every description of animals, beasts and also birds, both male and female, in order to preserve a means of propagating the different species in the times that should come hereafter;
2:61for he knew that the nature of God was merciful, and that even if the subordinate species were destroyed, still there would be a germ in the entire genus which should be safe from destruction, for the sake of preserving a similitude to those animals which had hitherto existed, and of preventing anything that had been deliberately called into existence from being utterly destroyed. On which account everything was now made obedient to Noah; and even beasts, which up to that time had been savage, became gentle, and being tamed, followed him as their shepherd and superintendent;
2:62and after they had all entered into the ark, if any one had beheld the entire collection, he would not have been wrong if he had said that it was a representation of the whole earth, containing, as it did, every kind of animal, of which the whole earth had previously produced innumerable species, and will hereafter produce such again.
2:63And what was expected happened at no long period after; for the evil abated, and the destruction caused by the deluge was diminished every day, the rain being checked, and the water which had been spread over the whole earth, being partly dried up by the flame of the sun, and partly returning into the chasms and rivers, and other channels and receptacles in the earth; for, as if God had issued a command to that effect, every nature received back, as a necessary repayment of a loan, what it had lent, that is, every sea, and fountain, and river, received back their waters; and every stream returned into its appropriate channel.
2:64But after the purification, in this way, of all the things beneath the moon, the earth being thus washed and appearing new again, and such as it appeared to be when it was at first created, along with the entire universe, Noah came forth out of his wooden edifice, himself and his wife, and his sons and their wives, and with his family there came forth likewise, in one company, all the races of animals which had gone in with them, in order to the generation and propagation of similar creatures in future. .
2:65These are the rewards and honours for preeminent excellence given to good men, by means of which, not only did they themselves and their families obtain safety, having escaped from the greatest dangers which were thus aimed against all men all over the earth, by the change in the character of the elements; but they became also the founders of a new generation, and the chiefs of a second period of the world, being left behind as sparks of the most excellent kind of creatures, namely, of men, man having received the supremacy over all earthly creatures whatsoever, being a kind of copy of the powers of God, a visible image of his invisible nature, a created image of an uncreated and immortal original.
2:66We have already, then, gone through two parts of the life of Moses, discussing his character in his capacity of a king and of a lawgiver. We must now consider him in a third light, as fulfilling the office of the priesthood. Now this man, Moses, practised beyond all other men that which is the most important and most indispensable virtue in a chief priest, namely, piety, partly because he was endowed with most admirable natural qualities; and philosophy, receiving his nature like a fertile field, cultivated and improved it by the contemplation of excellent and beautiful doctrines, and did not dismiss it until all the fruits of virtue were brought to perfection in him, in respect of words and actions.
Book 2, §§67–91
2:67Therefore he, with a few other men, was dear to God and devoted to God, being inspired by heavenly love, and honouring the Father of the universe above all things, and being in return honoured by him in a particular manner. And it was an honour well adapted to the wise man to be allowed to serve the true and living God. Now the priesthood has for its duty the service of God. Of this honour, then, Moses was thought worthy, than which there is no greater honour in the whole world, being instructed by the sacred oracles of God in everything that related to the sacred offices and ministrations.
2:68But, in the first place, before assuming that office, it was necessary for him to purify not only his soul but also his body, so that it should be connected with and defiled by no passion, but should be pure from everything which is of a mortal nature, from all meat and drink, and from all connection with women.
2:69And this last thing, indeed, he had despised for a long time, and almost from the first moment that he began to prophesy and to feel a divine inspiration, thinking that it was proper that he should at all times be ready to give his whole attention to the commands of God. And how he neglected all meat and drink for forty days together, evidently because he had more excellent food than that in those contemplations with which he was inspired from above from heaven, by which also he was improved in the first instance in his mind, and, secondly, in his body, through his soul, increasing in strength and health both of body and soul, so that those who saw him afterwards could not believe that he was the same person.
2:70For, having gone up into the loftiest and most sacred mountain in that district in accordance with the divine commands, a mountain which was very difficult of access and very hard to ascend, he is said to have remained there all that time without eating any of that food even which is necessary for life; and, as I said before, he descended again forty days afterwards, being much more beautiful in his face than when he went up, so that those who saw him wondered and were amazed, and could no longer endure to look upon him with their eyes, inasmuch as his countenance shone like the light of the sun.
2:71And while he was still abiding in the mountain he was initiated in the sacred will of God, being instructed in all the most important matters which relate to his priesthood, those which come first in order being the commands of God respecting the building of a temple and all its furniture.
2:72If, then, they had already occupied the country into which they were migrating, it would have been necessary for them to have erected a most magnificent temple of the most costly stone in some place unincumbered with wood, and to have built vast walls around it, and abundant and well-furnished houses for the keepers of the temple, calling the place itself the holy city.
2:73But, as they were still wandering in the wilderness, it was more suitable for people who had as yet no settled habitation to have a moveable temple, that so, in all their journeyings, and military expeditions, and encampments, they might be able to offer up sacrifices, and might not feel the want of any of the things which related to their holy ministrations, and which those who dwell in cities require to have.
2:74Therefore Moses now determined to build a tabernacle, a most holy edifice, the furniture of which he was instructed how to supply by precise commands from God, given to him while he was on the mount, contemplating with his soul the incorporeal patterns of bodies which were about to be made perfect, in due similitude to which he was bound to make the furniture, that it might be an imitation perceptible by the outward senses of an archetypal sketch and pattern, appreciable only by the intellect;
2:75for it was suitable and consistent for the task of preparing and furnishing the temple to be entrusted to the real high priest, that he might with all due perfection and propriety make all his ministrations in the performance of his sacred duties correspond to the works which he was now to make.
2:76Therefore the general form of the model was stamped upon the mind of the prophet, being accurately painted and fashioned beforehand invisibly without any materials, in species which were not apparent to the eye; and the completion of the work was made in the similitude of the model, the maker giving an accurate representation of the impression in material substances corresponding to each part of the model,
2:77and the fashion of the building was as follows. There were eight and forty pillars of cedar, which is the most incorruptible of all woods, cut out of solid trunks of great beauty, and they were all veneered with gold of great thickness. Then under each pillar there were placed two silver pedestals to support it, and on the top of each was placed one golden capital;
2:78and of these pillars the architect arranged forty along the length of the tabernacle, one half of them, or twenty, on each side, placing nothing between them, but arranging them and uniting them all in regular order, and close together, so that they might present the appearance of one solid wall; and he ranged the other eight along the inner breadth, placing six in the middle space, and two at the extreme corners, one on each side at the right and left of the centre. Again, at the entrance he placed four others, like the first in all other respects except that they had only one pedestal instead of two, as those opposite to them had, and behind them he placed five more on the outside differing only in the pedestals, for the pedestals of these last were made of brass.
2:79So that all the pillars of the tabernacle taken together, besides the two at the corners which could not be seen, were fifty-five in number, all conspicuous, being the number made by the addition of all the numbers from the unit to the complete and perfect decade.
2:80And if any were inclined to count those five pillars of the outer vestibule in the open air separately, as being in the outer court as it was called, there will then be left that most holy number of fifty, being the power of a rectangular triangle, which is the foundation of the creation of the universe, and is here entirely completed by the pillars inside the tabernacle; there being first of all forty, twenty on either side, and those in the middle being six, without counting those which were out of sight and concealed at the corners, and those opposite to the entrance, from which the veil was suspended, being four;
2:81and the reason for which I reckon the other five with the first fifty, and again why I separate them from the fifty, I will now explain. The number five is the number of the external senses, and the external sense in man at one time inclines towards external things, and at another time comes back again upon the mind, being as it were a kind of handmaid of the laws of its nature; on which account it is that the architect has here allotted a central position to the five pillars, for those which are inside of them leant towards the innermost shrine of the tabernacle, which under a symbol is appreciable only by the intellect; and the outermost pillars, which are in the open air, and in the outer courtyard, and which are also perceptible by the external senses,
2:82in reference to which fact it is that they are said to have differed from the others only in the pedestals, for they were made of brass. But since the mind is the principal thing in us, having an authority over the external senses, and since that which is an object of the external senses is the extremity, and as it were the pedestal or foundation of it, the architect has likened the mind to gold, and the object of the external sense to brass.
2:83And these are the measures of the pillars, they are ten cubits in length, and five cubits and a half in width, in order that the tabernacle may be seen to be of equal dimensions in all its parts.
2:84Moreover the architect surrounded the tabernacle with very beautiful woven work of all kinds, employing work of hyacinth colour, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen for the tapestry; for he caused to be wrought ten cloths, which in the sacred scriptures he has called curtains, of the kinds which I have just mentioned, every one of them being eight and twenty cubits in length, and extending four cubits in width, in order that the complete number of the decade, and also the number four, which is the essence of the decade, and also the number twenty-eight, which is likewise a perfect number, being equal to its parts; and also the number forty, the most prolific and productive of all numbers, in which number they say that man was fashioned in the workshop of nature.
2:85Therefore the eight and twenty cubits of the curtains have this distribution: there are ten along the roof, for that is the width of the tabernacle, and the rest are placed along the sides, on each side nine, which are extended so as to cover and conceal the pillars, one cubit from the floor being left uncovered in order that the beautiful and holy looking embroidery might not be dragged.
2:86And of the forty which are included in the calculation and made up of the width of the ten curtains, the length takes thirty, for such is the length of the tabernacle, and the chamber behind takes nine. And the remaining one is in the outer vestibule, that it may be the bond to unite the whole circumference.
2:87And the outer vestibule is overshadowed by the veil; and the curtains themselves are nearly the same as veils, not only because they cover the roof and the walls, but also because they are woven and embroidered by the same figures, and with hyacinth colour, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen. And the veil, and that thing, too, which was called the covering, was made of the same things. That which was within was placed along the five pillars, that the innermost shrine might be concealed; and that which was outside being placed along the five pillars, that no one of those who were not holy men might be able from any secret or distant place to behold the holy rites and ceremonies.
2:88Moreover, he chose the materials of this embroidery, selecting with great care what was most excellent out of an infinite quantity, choosing materials equal in number to the elements of which the world was made, and having a direct relation to them; the elements being the earth and the water, and the air and the fire. For the fine flax is produced from the earth, and the purple from the water, and the hyacinth colour is compared to the air (for, by nature, it is black), and the scarlet is likened to fire, because each is of a red colour; for it followed of necessity that those who were preparing a temple made by hands for the Father and Ruler of the universe must take essences similar to those of which he made the universe itself.
2:89Therefore the tabernacle was built in the manner that has been here described, like a holy temple. And all around it a sacred precinct extended a hundred cubits in length and fifty cubits in width, having pillars all placed at an equal distance of five cubits from one another, so that there were in all sixty pillars; and they were divided so that forty were placed along the length and twenty along the breadth of the tabernacle, one half on each side.
2:90And the material of which the pillars were composed was cedar within, and on the surface without silver; and the pedestals of all of them were made of brass, and the height was equal to five cubits. For it seemed to the architect to be proper to make the height of what was called the hall equal to one half of the entire length, that so the tabernacle might appear to be elevated to double its real height. And there were thin curtains fitted to the pillars along their entire length and breadth, resembling so many sails, in order that no one might be able to enter in who was not pure.
2:91And the situation was as follows. In the middle was placed a tent, being in length thirty cubits and in width ten cubits, including the depth of the pillars. And it was distant from the centre space by three intervals of equal distance, two being at the sides and one along the back chamber. And the interval between was by measurement twenty cubits. But along the vestibule, as was natural, by reason of the number of those who entered, the distance between them was increased and extended to fifty cubits and more; for in this way the hundred pillars of the hall were intended to be made up, twenty being along the chamber behind, and those which the tent contained, thirty in number, being included in the same calculation with the fifty at the entrances;
Book 2, §§92–116
2:92for the outer vestibule of the tabernacle was placed as a sort of boundary in the middle of the two fifties, the one, I mean, towards the east where the entrance was, and the other being on the west, in which direction the length of the tabernacle and the surrounding wall behind was.
2:93Moreover, another outer vestibule, of great size and exceeding beauty, was made at the beginning of the entrance into the hall, by means of four pillars, along which was stretched the embroidered curtain in the same manner as the inner curtains were stretched along the tabernacle, and wrought also of similar materials;
2:94and with this there were also many sacred vessels made, an ark, and a candlestick, and a table, and an altar of incense, and an altar of sacrifice. Now, the altar of sacrifice was placed in the open air, right opposite to the entrances of the tabernacle, being distant from it just so far as was necessary to give the ministering officers room to perform the sacrifices that were offered up every day.
2:95But the ark was in the innermost shrine, in the inaccessible holy of holies, behind curtains; being gilded in a most costly and magnificent manner within and without, the covering of which was like to that which is called in the sacred scriptures the mercy-seat.
2:96Its length and width are accurately described, but its depth is not mentioned, being chiefly compared to and resembling a geometrical superficies; so that it appears to be an emblem, if looked at physically, of the merciful power of God; and, if regarded in a moral point of view, of a certain intellect spontaneously propitious to itself, which is especially desirous to contract and destroy, by means of the love of simplicity united with knowledge, that vain opinion which raises itself up to an unreasonable height and puffs itself up without any grounds.
2:97But the ark is the depository of the laws, for in that are placed the holy oracles of God, which were given to Moses; and the covering of the ark, which is called the mercy-seat, is a foundation for two winged creatures to rest upon, which are called, in the native language of the Hebrews, cherubim, but as the Greeks would translate the word, vast knowledge and science.
2:98Now some persons say, that these cherubim are the symbols of the two hemispheres, placed opposite to and fronting one another, the one beneath the earth and the other above the earth, for the whole heaven is endowed with wings.
2:99But I myself should say, that what is here represented under a figure are the two most ancient and supreme powers of the divine God, namely, his creative and his kingly power; and his creative power is called God; according to which he arranged, and created, and adorned this universe, and his kingly power is called Lord, by which he rules over the beings whom he has created, and governs them with justice and firmness;
2:100for he, being the only true living God, is also really the Creator of the world; since he brought things which had no existence into being; and he is also a king by nature, because no one can rule over beings that have been created more justly than he who created them.
2:101And in the space between the five pillars and the four pillars, is that space which is, properly speaking, the space before the temple, being cut off by two curtains of woven work, the inner one of which is called the veil, and the outer one is called the covering: and the remaining three vessels, of those which I have enumerated, were placed as follows:—The altar of incense was placed in the middle, between earth and water, as a symbol of gratitude, which it was fitting should be offered up, on account of the things that had been done for the Hebrews on both these elements, for these elements have had the central situation of the world allotted to them.
2:102The candlestick was placed on the southern side of the tabernacle, since by it the maker intimates, in a figurative manner, the motions of the stars which give light; for the sun, and the moon, and the rest of the stars, being all at a great distance from the northern parts of the universe, make all their revolutions in the south. And from this candlestick there proceeded six branches, three on each side, projecting from the candlestick in the centre, so as altogether to complete the number of seven;
2:103and in all the seven there were seven candles and seven lights, being symbols of those seven stars which are called planets by those men who are versed in natural philosophy; for the sun, like the candlestick, being placed in the middle of the other six, in the fourth rank, gives light to the three planets which are above him, and to those of equal number which are below him, adapting to circumstances the musical and truly divine instrument.
2:104And the table, on which bread and salt are laid, was placed on the northern side, since it is the north which is the most productive of winds, and because too all nourishment proceeds from heaven and earth, the one giving rain, and the other bringing to perfection all seeds by means of the irrigation of water;
2:105for the symbols of heaven and earth are placed side by side, as the holy scripture shows, the candlestick being the symbol of heaven, and that which is truly called the altar of incense, on which all the fumigatory offerings are made, being the emblem of the things of earth.
2:106But it became usual to call the altar which was in the open air the altar of sacrifice, as being that which preserved and took care of the sacrifices; intimating, figuratively, the consuming power of these things, and not the lambs and different parts of the victims which were offered, and which were naturally calculated to be destroyed by fire, but the intention of him who offered them;
2:107for if the man who made the offerings was foolish and ignorant, the sacrifices were no sacrifices, the victims were not sacred or hallowed, the prayers were ill-omened, and liable to be answered by utter destruction, for even when they appear to be received, they produce no remission of sins but only a reminding of them.
2:108But if the man who offers the sacrifice be holy and just, then the sacrifice remains firm, even if the flesh of the victim be consumed, or rather, I might say, even if no victim be offered up at all; for what can be a real and true sacrifice but the piety of a soul which loves God? The gratitude of which is blessed with immortality, and without being recorded in writing is engraved on a pillar in the mind of God, being made equally everlasting with the sun, and moon, and the universal world.
2:109After these things the architect of the tabernacle next prepared a sacred dress for him who was to be appointed high priest, having in its embroidery a most exceedingly beautiful and admirable work; and the robe was two-fold; one part of which was called the under-robe, and the other the robe over the shoulders.
2:110Now the under-robe was of a more simple form and character, for it was entirely of hyacinthine colours, except the lowest and exterior portions, and these were ornamented with golden pomegranates, and bells, and wreaths of flowers;
2:111but the robe over the shoulders or mantle was a most beautiful and skilful work, and was made with most perfect skill of all the aforesaid kinds of material, of hyacinth colour, and purple, and fine linen, and scarlet, gold thread being entwined and embroidered in it. For the leaves were divided into fine hairs, and woven in with every thread,
2:112and on the collar stones were fitted in, two being costly emeralds of exceeding value, on which the names of the patriarchs of the tribes were engraved, six on each, making twelve in all; and on the breast were twelve other precious stones, differing in colour like seals, in four rows of three stones each, and these were fitted in what was called the logeum
2:113and the logeum was made square and double, as a sort of foundation, that it might bear on it, as an image, two virtues, manifestation and truth; and the whole was fastened to the mantle by fine golden chains, and fastened to it so that it might never get loose;
2:114and a golden leaf was wrought like a crown, having four names engraved on it which may only be mentioned or heard by holy men having their ears and their tongues purified by wisdom, and by no one else at all in any place whatever.
2:115And this holy prophet Moses calls the name, a name of four letters, making them perhaps symbols of the primary numbers, the unit, the number two, the number three, the number four: since all things are comprised in the number four, namely, a point, and a line, and a superficies, and a solid, and the measures of all things, and the most excellent symphonies of music, and the diatessaron in the sesquitertial proportion, and the chord in fifths, in the ratio of one and a half to one, and the diapason in the double ratio, and the double diapason in the fourfold ratio. Moreover, the number four has an innumerable list of other virtues likewise, the greater part of which we have discussed with accuracy in our dissertation on numbers.
2:116And in it there was a mitre, in order that the leaf might not touch the head; and there was also a cidaris made, for the kings of the eastern countries are accustomed to use a cidaris, instead of a diadem.
Book 2, §§117–141
2:117Such, then, is the dress of the high priest. But we must not omit to mention the signification which it conceals beneath both in its whole and in its parts. In its whole it is a copy and representation of the world; and the parts are a representation of the separate parts of the world.
2:118And we must begin with the long robe reaching down to the feet of the wearer. This tunic is wholly of the colour of a hyacinth, so as to be a representation of the air; for by nature the air is black, and in a measure it reaches down from the highest parts to the feet, being stretched from the parts about the moon, as far as the extremities of the earth, and being diffused everywhere. On which account also, the tunic reaches from the chest to the feet, and is spread over the whole body,
2:119and unto it there is attached a fringe of pomegranates round the ankles, and flowers, and bells. Now the flowers are an emblem of the earth; for it is from the earth that all flowers spring and bloom; but the pomegranates (ῥοΐσκοι) are a symbol of water, since, indeed, they derive their name from the flowing (ῥύσις) of water, being very appropriately named; and the bells are the emblem of the concord and harmony that exist between these things; for neither is the earth without the water, nor the water without the earthly substance, sufficient for the production of anything; but that can only be effected by the meeting and combination of both.
2:120And the place itself is the most distinct possible evidence of what is here meant to be expressed; for as the pomegranates, and the flowers, and the bells, are placed in the hem of the garment which reaches to the feet, so likewise the things of which they are the symbols, namely, the earth and water, have had the lowest position in the world assigned to them, and being in strict accord with the harmony of the universe, they display their own particular powers in definite periods of time and suitable seasons.
2:121Now of the three elements, out of which and in which all the different kinds of things which are perceptible by the outward senses and perishable are formed, namely, the air, the water and the earth, the garment which reached down to the feet in conjunction with the ornaments which were attached to that part of it which was about the ankles have been plainly shown to be appropriate symbols; for as the tunic is one, and as the aforesaid three elements are all of one species, since they all have all their revolutions and changes beneath the moon, and as to the garment are attached the pomegranates, and the flowers; so also in a certain manner the earth and the water may be said to be attached to and suspended from the air, for the air is their chariot.
2:122And our argument will be able to bring forth twenty probable reasons that the mantle over the shoulders is an emblem of heaven. For in the first place, the two emeralds on the shoulder-blades, which are two round stones, are, in the opinion of some persons who have studied the subject, emblems of those stars which are the rulers of night and day, namely, the sun and moon; or rather, as one might argue with more correctness and a nearer approach to truth, they are the emblems of the two hemispheres; for, like those two stones, the portion below the earth and that over the earth are both equal, and neither of them is by nature adapted to be either increased or diminished like the moon.
2:123And the colour of the stars is an additional evidence in favour of my view; for to the glance of the eye the appearance of the heaven does resemble an emerald; and it follows necessarily that six names are engraved on each of the stones, because each of the hemispheres cuts the zodiac in two parts, and in this way comprehends within itself six animals.
2:124Then the twelve stones on the breast, which are not like one another in colour, and which are divided into four rows of three stones in each, what else can they be emblems of, except of the circle of the zodiac? For that also is divided into four parts, each consisting of three animals, by which divisions it makes up the seasons of the year, spring, summer, autumn, and winter, distinguishing the four changes, the two solstices, and the two equinoxes, each of which has its limit of three signs of this zodiac, by the revolutions of the sun, according to that unchangeable, and most lasting, and really divine ratio which exists in numbers;
2:125on which account they attached it to that which is with great propriety called the logeum. For all the changes of the year and the seasons are arranged by well-defined, and stated, and firm reason; and, though this seems a most extraordinary and incredible thing, by their seasonable changes they display their undeviating and everlasting permanence and durability.
2:126And it is said with great correctness, and exceeding beauty also, that the twelve stones all differ in their colour, and that no one of them resembles the other; for also in the zodiac each animal produces that colour which is akin to and belongs to itself, both in the air, and in the earth, and in the water; and it produces it likewise in all the affections which move them, and in all kinds of animals and of plants.
2:127And this logeum is described as double with great correctness; for reason is double, both in the universe and also in the nature of mankind, in the universe there is that reason which is conversant about incorporeal species which are like patterns as it were, from which that world which is perceptible only by the intellect was made, and also that which is concerned with the visible objects of sight, which are copies and imitations of those species above mentioned, of which the world which is perceptible by the outward senses was made. Again, in man there is one reason which is kept back, and another which finds vent in utterance: and the one is, as it were a spring, and the other (that which is uttered) flows from it; and the place of the one is the dominant part, that is, the mind; but the place of the one which finds vent in utterance is the tongue, and the mouth, and all the rest of the organs of the voice.
2:128And the architect assigned a quadrangular form to the logeum, intimating under an exceedingly beautiful figure, that both the reason of nature, and also that of man, ought to penetrate everywhere, and ought never to waver in any case; in reference to which, it is that he has also assigned to it the two virtues that have been already enumerated, manifestation and truth; for the reason of nature is true, and calculated to make manifest, and to explain everything; and the reason of the wise man, imitating that other reason, ought naturally, and appropriately to be completely sincere, honouring truth, and not obscuring anything through envy, the knowledge of which can benefit those to whom it would be explained;
2:129not but what he has also assigned their two appropriate virtues to those two kinds of reason which exist in each of us, namely, that which is uttered and that which is kept concealed, attributing clearness of manifestation to the uttered one, and truth to that which is concealed in the mind; for it is suitable to the mind that it should admit of no error or falsehood, and to explanation that it should not hinder anything that can conduce to the most accurate manifestation.
2:130Therefore there is no advantage in reason which expends itself in dignified and pompous language, about things which are good and desirable, unless it is followed by consistent practise of suitable actions; on which account the architect has affixed the logeum to the robe which is worn over the shoulder, in order that it may never get loose, as he does not approve of the language being separated from the actions; for he puts forth the shoulder as the emblem of energy and action.
2:131Such then are the figurative meanings which he desires to indicate by the sacred vestments of the high priest; and instead of a diadem he represents a cidaris on the head, because he thinks it right that the man who is consecrated to God, as his high priest, should, during the time of his exercising his office be superior to all men, not only to all private individuals, but even to all kings;
2:132and above this cidaris is a golden leaf, on which an engraving of four letters was impressed; by which letters they say that the name of the living God is indicated, since it is not possible that anything that is in existence, should exist without God being invoked; for it is his goodness and his power combined with mercy that is the harmony and uniter of all things.
2:133The high priest, then, being equipped in this way, is properly prepared for the performance of all sacred ceremonies, that, whenever he enters the temple to offer up the prayers and sacrifices in use among his nation, all the world may likewise enter in with him, by means of the imitations of it which he bears about him, the garment reaching to his feet, being the imitation of the air, the pomegranate of the water, the flowery hem of the earth, and the scarlet dye of his robe being the emblem of fire; also, the mantle over his shoulders being a representation of heaven itself; the two hemispheres being further indicated by the round emeralds on the shoulder-blades, on each of which were engraved six characters equivalent to six signs of the zodiac; the twelve stones arranged on the breast in four rows of three stones each, namely the logeum, being also an emblem of that reason which holds together and regulates the universe.
2:134For it was indispensable that the man who was consecrated to the Father of the world, should have as a paraclete, his son, the being most perfect in all virtue, to procure forgiveness of sins, and a supply of unlimited blessings;
2:135perhaps, also, he is thus giving a previous warning to the servant of God, even if he is unable to make himself worthy of the Creator of the world, at least to labour incessantly to make himself worthy of the world itself; the image of which he is clothed in, in a manner that binds him from the time that he puts it on, to bear about the pattern of it in his mind, so that he shall be in a manner changed from the nature of a man into the nature of the world, and, if one may say so (and one may by all means and at all times speak the plain truth in sincerity), become a little world himself.
2:136Again, outside the outer vestibule, at the entrance, is a brazen laver; the architect having not taken any mere raw material for the manufacture of it, as is very common, but having employed on its formation vessels which had been constructed with great care for other purposes; and which the women contributed with all imaginable zeal and eagerness, in rivalry of one another, competing with the men themselves in piety, having determined to enter upon a glorious contest, and to the utmost extent of their power to exert themselves so as not to fall short of their holiness.
2:137For though no one enjoined them to do so, they, of their own spontaneous zeal and earnestness, contributed the mirrors with which they had been accustomed to deck and set off their beauty, as the most becoming first fruits of their modesty, and of the purity of their married life, and as one may say of the beauty of their souls.
2:138The maker then thought it well to accept these offerings, and to melt them down, and to make nothing except the laver of them, in order that the priests who were about to enter the temple might be supplied from it, with water of purification for the purpose of performing the sacred ministrations which were appointed for them; washing their feet most especially, and their hands, as a symbol of their irreproachable life, and of a course of conduct which makes itself pure in all kinds of praiseworthy actions, proceeding not along the rough road of wickedness which one may more properly call no road at all, but keeping straight along the level and direct path of virtue.
2:139Let him remember, says he, let him who is about to be sprinkled with the water of purification from this laver, remember that the materials of which this vessel was composed were mirrors, that he himself may look into his own mind as into a mirror; and if there is perceptible in it any deformity arising from some agitation unconnected with reason or from any pleasure which would excite us, and raise us up in hostility to reason, or from any pain which might mislead us and turn us from our purpose of proceeding by the straight road, or from any desire alluring us and even dragging us by force to the pursuit of present pleasures, he seeks to relieve and cure that, desiring only that beauty which is genuine and unadulterated.
2:140For the beauty of the body consists in symmetry of parts, and in a good complexion, and a healthy firmness of flesh, having also but a short period during which it is in its prime; but the beauty of the mind consists in a harmony of doctrines and a perfect accord of virtues, which do not fade away or become impaired by lapse of time, but as long as they endure at all are constantly acquiring fresh vigour and renewed youth, being set off by the preeminent complexion of truth, and the agreement of its words with its actions, and of its actions with its words, and also of its designs with both.
2:141And when he had been taught the patterns of the sacred tabernacle, and had in turn himself taught those who were gifted with acute comprehension, and well-qualified by nature for the comprehension and execution of those works, which it was indispensably necessary should be made; then, as was natural, when the temple had been built and finished, it was fitting also, that most suitable persons should be appointed as priests, and should be instructed in what manner it was proper for them to offer up their sacrifices, and perform their sacred ministrations.
Book 2, §§142–166
2:142Accordingly, Moses selected his brother, choosing him out of all men, because of his superior virtue, to be high priest, and his sons he appointed priests, not giving precedence to own family, but to the piety and holiness which to exist in those men; and what is the clearest proof of this is, that he did not think either of his sons worthy of this honour (and he had two); while he must inevitably have appointed both of them, if he had attached any importance to love for his family;
2:143and he appointed them with the unanimous consent of the whole nation, as the sacred scriptures have recorded, which was a most novel mode of proceeding, and one especially worthy of being mentioned; and, in the first place, he washed them all over with the most pure and vivifying water of the fountain; and then he gave them their sacred vestments, giving to his brother the robe which reached down to his feet, and the mantle which covered the shoulders, as a sort of breast-plate, being an embroidered robe, adorned with all kinds of figures, and a representation of the universe. And to all his nephews he gave linen tunics, and girdles, and trowsers;
2:144the girdles, in order that the wearers might be unimpeded and ready for all their sacred ministrations, were fastened up tight round the loose waists of the tunics; and the breeches, that nothing which ought to be hidden might be visible, especially when they were going up to the altar, or coming down from the high place, and doing everything with earnestness and celerity.
2:145For if their equipment had not been so accurately attended to for the sake of guarding against the uncertain future, and for the sake of providing for an energetic promptness in the sacred ministrations, the men would have appeared naked, not being able to preserve the becoming order necessary to holy men dedicated to the service of God.
2:146And when he had thus furnished them with proper vestments, he took very fragrant ointment, which had been made by the skill of the perfumer, and first of all he anointed the altar in the open air, and the laver, sprinkling it with the perfume seven times; after that he anointed the tabernacle and every one of the sacred vessels, the ark, and the candlestick, and the altar of incense, and the table, and the censers, and the vials, and all the other things which were either necessary or useful for the sacrifices; and last of all bringing the high priest close to himself, he anointed his head with abundant quantities of oil.
2:147When he had done all this, he then, in strict accordance with what was holy, commanded a heifer and two rams to be brought; the one that he might sacrifice it for the remission of sins, intimating by a figure that to sin is congenital with every created being, however good it may be, inasmuch as it is created, and that therefore it is indispensable that God should be propitiated in its behalf by means of prayers and sacrifices, that he may not be provoked to chastise it.
2:148And of the rams, one he required for a whole burnt-offering of gratitude for the successful arrangement of all those things, of which every individual has such a share as is suited to him, deriving benefit from all the elements, enjoying the earth for his abode and in respect of the nourishment which is derived from it; the water for drinking, and washing, and sailing on; the air for breathing and for the comprehension of those things which are the objects of our outward senses (since the air is the medium in which they all are exerted), and for the seasons of the year; enjoying fire both of that kind which is used for cooking food and for warming one’s self, and also that heavenly kind which is serviceable for light and for all the objects of sight.
2:149The other ram he employed for the complete accomplishment of the purification of the priests, which he appropriately called the ram of perfection, since the priests were intended to exercise their office in teaching proper and convenient rites and ceremonies to the servants and ministers of God.
2:150And he took the blood, and with some of it he poured a libation all round the altar, and part he took, holding a vial under it to catch it, and with it he anointed three parts of the body of the initiated priests, the tip of the ear, the extremity of the hand, and the extremity of the foot, all on the right side, signifying by this action that the perfect man must be pure in every word and action, and in his whole life, for it is the hearing which judges of his words, and the hand is the symbol of action, and the foot of the way in which a man walks in life;
2:151and since each of these members is an extremity of the body, and is likewise on the right side, we must imagine that it is here indicated by a figure that improvement in every thing is to be arrived at by a certain dexterity, being a portion of supreme felicity, and being the true aim in life, which a man must necessarily labour to attain, and to which he ought to refer all his actions, aiming at them in his life, as in the practise of archery men aim at a target.
2:152Accordingly, he first of all anointed the three parts before mentioned of the bodies of the priests with the unmixed blood of one of the victims, that, namely, which was called the ram of perfection; and afterwards, taking some of the blood which was upon the altar, being the blood of all the victims mingled together, and some also of the unguent which has already been mentioned, which the ointment makers had prepared, and mixing some of the oil with the mingled blood of the different victims, he sprinkled some upon the priests and upon their garments, with the intention that they should have a share not only in that purity which was external and in the open air, but also of that which was in the inmost shrine, since they were about to minister within the temple. And all the things within the temple were anointed with oil.
2:153And when they had brought forward other sacrifices in addition to the former ones, partly the priests sacrificing for themselves, and partly the elders sacrificing on behalf of the whole nation, then Moses entered into the tabernacle, leading his brother by the hand (and it was the eighth and last day of the festival, for the seven previous days had been devoted to the initiation of the hierophants), he now initiated both him and his nephews. And when he had entered in he taught him as a learned teacher might instruct an ignorant pupil, in what way the high priest ought to perform the ministrations which are performed inside the temple.
2:154Then, when they had both come out and held up their hands in front of their head, they, with a pure and holy mind, offered up such prayers as were suitable and becoming for the nation. And while they were still praying a most marvellous prodigy happened; for from out of the inmost shrine, whether it was a portion of the purest possible aether, or whether the air, according to some natural change of the elements, had become dissolved with fire, on a sudden a body of flame shone forth, and with impetuous violence descended on the altar and consumed all that was thereon, with the view, as I imagine, of showing in the clearest manner that none of the things which had been done had been done without the especial providence of God.
2:155For it was natural that an especial honour should be assigned to the holy place, not only by means of those things in which men are the workmen employed, but also by that purest of all essences, fire, in order that the ordinary fire which is used by men might not touch the altar; perhaps by reason of its being defiled by ten thousand impurities.
2:156For it is concerned not only with irrational animals when they are roasted or boiled for the unjust appeasing of our miserable bellies, but also in the case of men who are slain by hostile attack, not merely in a small body of three or four, but in numerous hosts.
2:157At all events, before now, arrows charged with fire have been aimed at vast naval fleets and have burnt them; and fire has destroyed whole cities, which have blazed away till they have been consumed down to their very foundations and reduced to ashes, so that no trace whatever has remained of their former situation.
2:158It appears to me that this was the reason for which God rejected from his sacred altar the fire which is applied to common uses, as being defiled; and that, instead of it, he rained down celestial flame from heaven, in order to make a distinction between holy and profane things, and to separate the things belonging to man from the things belonging to God; for it was fitting that a more incorruptible essence of fire than that which served the common purposes of life should be set apart for sacrifices.
2:159And as many sacrifices were of necessity offered up every day, and especially on all days of solemn assembly and festival, both on behalf of each individual separately and in common for the whole nation, for innumerable and various reasons, inasmuch as the nation was very populous and very pious, there was a need also of a multitude of keepers of the temple for the sacred and subordinate ministrations.
2:160And, again, the election of these officers was conducted in a novel and not in the ordinary manner. God chose out one of the twelve tribes, having selected it for its superior excellence, and appointed that to furnish the keepers of the temple, giving it rewards and peculiar honours in return for its pious acting. And the action which it had to perform was of this kind.
2:161When Moses had gone up into the neighbouring mountain and had remained several days alone with God, the fickle-minded among the people, thinking that his absence was a favourable opportunity, as if they had no longer any ruler at all, rushed unrestrainedly to impiety, and, forgetting the holiness of the living God, became eager imitators of the Egyptian inventions.
2:162Then, having made a golden calf in imitation of that which appeared to be the most sacred animal in that district, they offered up unholy sacrifices, and instituted blasphemous dances, and sang hymns which differed in no respect from dirges, and, being filled with strong wine, gave themselves up to a twofold intoxication, the intoxication of wine and that of folly, revelling and devoting the night to feasting, and, having no foresight as to the future, they spent their time in pleasant sins, though justice had her eye upon them, who saw them while they could not see, and decided what punishments they deserved.
2:163But when the continued outcries in the camp, from men collected in numerous and dense crowds, reached over a great distance, so that the sound penetrated even to the summit of the mountain, Moses, hearing the uproar, was in great perplexity, as being at the same time a devout worshipper of God and a friend to mankind, not being able to bring his mind to quit the society of God with whom he was conversing, and in which he, being alone with him, was conferring with him by himself, nor, on the other hand, could he be indifferent to the multitude thus full of anarchy and wickedness;
2:164for he recognised the tumult, since he was a very shrewd man at conjecturing, from inarticulate sounds of no distinct meaning, the passions of the soul which were inaccessible to and out of the reach of the conjectures of others, because he perceived at once that the noise proceeded partly from intoxication, since intemperance had produced satiety and a disposition to insult the law.
2:165And being drawn both ways, and under strong attraction in both directions, he fluctuated this way and that way, and did not know what he ought to do; and while he was considering the matter the following command was given to him. "Go down quickly; descend from this place, the people have turned with haste to lawlessness, having fashioned a god made with hands in the form of a bull, they are falling down before that which is no god, and sacrificing unto him, forgetting all the things that they have seen, and all that they have heard, which might lead them to piety."
2:166So Moses, being amazed, and being also constrained by this command, believes those incredible events, and springs down to be a mediator and reconciler; not however, in a moment, for first of all he addressed supplications and prayers on behalf of his nation to God, entreating God that he would pardon these their sins; then, this governor of and intercessor for his people, having appeased the Ruler of the universe, went down at the same time rejoicing and feeling sorrowful; he rejoiced indeed that God had admitted his supplication, but he was full of anxiety and depression, being greatly indignant at the lawless transgression of the multitude.
Book 2, §§167–191
2:167And when he came into the middle of the camp, and marvelled at the sudden way in which the multitude had forsaken all their ancient habits, and at the vast amount of falsehood which they had embraced instead of truth, he, seeing that the disease had not extended among them all, but that some were still sound, and still cherished a disposition which loathed wickedness; wishing to distinguish those who were incurable from those who felt indignation at what had taken place, and to know also whether any of those who had offended repented them of their sin, caused a proclamation to be made; and it was indeed a shrewd test of the inclination of each individual, to see how he was disposed to holiness, or to the contrary.
2:168"Whoever," said he, "is on the side of the Lord, let him come to me." It was but a brief sentence which he thus uttered, but the meaning concealed under it was important; for what was intimated by his words was the following sense: "If any one does not think anything whatever that is made by hands, or anything that is created, a god, but believes that there is one ruler of the universe only, let him come to me."
2:169Now of the others, some resisted by reason of the admiration which they had conceived for the Egyptian pride, and they did not attend to what he said; others wanted courage to come nearer to him, perhaps out of fear of punishment; or else perhaps they dreaded punishment at the hand of Moses, or a rising up against them on the part of the people; for the multitude invariably attack those who do not share in their frenzy.
2:170But that single tribe of the whole number which was called the tribe of Levi, when they heard the proclamation, as if by one preconcerted agreement, ran with great haste, displaying their earnestness by their promptness and rapidity, and proving the keenness of the desire of their soul for piety;
2:171and, when Moses saw them rushing forward as if starting from the goal in a race, he said, "Surely it is not with your bodies alone that you are hastening to come unto me, but you shall soon bear witness with your minds to your eagerness; let every one of you take a sword, and slay those men who have done things worthy of ten thousand deaths, who have forsaken the true God, and made for themselves false gods, of perishable and created substances, calling them by the name which belongs only to the uncreated and everlasting God; let every one, I say, slay those men, whether it be his own kinsmen or his friends, looking upon nothing to be either friendship or kindred but the holy fellowship of good men."
2:172And the tribe of Levi, outrunning his command with the most eager readiness, since they were already alienated from those men in their minds, almost from the first moment that they beheld the beginning of their lawless iniquity, killed them all to a man, to the number of three thousand, though they had been but a short time before their dearest friends; and as the corpses were lying in the middle of the place of the assembly of the people, the multitude beholding them pitied them, and fearing the still fervid, and angry, and indignant disposition of those who had slain them, reproved them out of fear;
2:173but Moses, gladly approving of their exceeding virtue, devised in their favour and confirmed to them an honour which was appropriate to their exploit, for it was fitting that those who had undertaken a voluntary war for the sake of the honour of God, and who had carried it out successfully in a short time, should be thought worthy to receive the priesthood and charge of officiating in his service.
2:174But, since there is not one order only of consecrated priests, but since to some of them the charge is committed of attending to all the prayers, and sacrifices, and other most sacred ceremonies, being allowed to enter into the inmost and most holy shrine; while others are not permitted to do any of these things, but have the duty of taking care of and guarding the temple and all that is therein, both day and night, whom some call keepers of the temple; a sedition arose respecting the precedency in honour, which was to many persons in many ways the cause of infinite evils, and it broke out now from the keepers of the temple attacking the priests, and endeavouring to deprive them of the honour which belonged to them; and they thought that they should be able easily to succeed in their object, since they were many times more numerous than the others.
2:175But for the sake of not appearing to be planning any innovations of their own heads, they persuaded also the eldest of the twelve tribes to embrace their opinions, which last tribe was followed by many of the more fickle of the populace, as thinking it entitled to the precedence and to the principal share of authority over the whole host.
2:176Moses now knew that a great plot was in agitation against him; for he had appointed his brother high priest in accordance with the will of God, which had been declared to him. And now false accusations were brought against him, as if he had falsified the oracles of God, and as if he had done so and made the appointment by reason of his family affection and goodwill towards his brother.
2:177And he, being very naturally grieved at this, inasmuch as he was not only distrusted by such accusations while exhibiting his own good faith in a most genuine manner, but he was also grieved at those actions of his being calumniated which had for their object the honour of God, and which were of such a nature as to deserve by themselves that even such a man who had in other respects shown an insincere disposition should be looked upon as behaving in this case with truth; for truth is the invariable attendant of God. But he did not think fit to give any explanation by words respecting his appointment of his brother, knowing that it was difficult to endeavour to persuade those who were previously possessed by contrary opinions to change their minds; but he besought God to give the people a visible demonstration that he had in no respect behaved with dishonesty respecting the appointment to the priesthood.
2:178And he, therefore, commanded that twelve rods should be taken, so as to be equal in number to the tribes of the nation; and he commanded further that the names of the other patriarchs of the tribes should be written on eleven of the rods, but on the remaining one the name of his brother, the high priest, and then that they should all be carried into the temple as far as the inmost shrine; and the officer who did what he had been commanded waited in expectation to see the result.
2:179And on the next day, in obedience to a command from God, he went into the temple, while all the people were standing around, and brought out the rods, the others differing in no respect from the state in which they were when they were put in; but the one on which the name of his brother was written had undergone a miraculous change; for like a fine plant it suddenly put forth shoots all over, and was weighed down with the abundance of its crop of fruit.
2:180And the fruit were almonds, which is a fruit of a different character from any other. For in most fruit, such as grapes, olives, and apples, the seed and the eatable part differ from one another, and being different are separated as to their position, for the eatable part is outside, and the seed is shut up within; but in the case of this fruit the seed and the eatable part are the same, both of them being comprised in one species, and their position is one and the same, being without strongly protected and fortified with a twofold fence, consisting partly of a very thick bark, and partly of what appears in no respect short of a wooden case,
2:181by which perfect virtue is figuratively indicated. For as in the almond the beginning and the end are the same, the beginning as far as it is seed, and the end as far as it is fruit; so also is it the case with the virtues; for each one of them is at the same time both beginning and end, a beginning, because it proceeds not from any other power, but from itself; and an end, because the life in accordance with nature hastens towards it.
2:182This is one reason; and another is also mentioned, more clear and emphatic than the former; for the part of the almond which looks like bark is bitter, but that which lies inside the bark, like a wooden case, is very hard and impenetrable, so that the fruit, being enclosed in these two coverings, is not very easily to be got at. ‘
2:183This is an emblem of the soul which is inclined to the practise of meditation, from which he thinks it is proper to turn it to virtue by showing it that it is necessary first of all to encounter danger. But labour is a bitter, and distasteful, and harsh thing, from which good is produced, for the sake of which one must not yield to effeminate indolence;
2:184for he who seeks to avoid labour is also avoiding good. And he, again, who encounters what is disagreeable to be borne with fortitude and manly perseverance, is taking the best road to happiness; for it is not the nature of virtue to abide with those who are given up to delicacy and luxury, and who have become effeminate in their souls, and whose bodies are enervated by the incessant luxury which they practise every day; but it is subdued by such conduct, and determined to change its abode, having first of all arranged its departure so as to depart to, and abide with, the ruler of right reason.
2:185But, if I must tell the truth, the most sacred company of prudence, and temperance, and courage, and justice seeks the society of those who practise virtue, and of those who admire a life of austerity and rigid duty, devoting themselves to fortitude and self-denial, with wise economy and abstinence; by means of which virtues the most powerful of all the principles within us, namely, reason, improves and attains to a state of perfect health and vigour, overthrowing the violent attacks of the body, which the moderate use of wine, and epicurism, and licentiousness, and other insatiable appetites excite against it, engendering a fulness of flesh which is the direct enemy of shrewdness and wisdom.
2:186Moreover, it is said, that of all the trees that are accustomed to blossom in the spring, the almond is the first to flourish, bringing as it were good tidings of abundance of fruit; and that afterwards it is the last to lose its leaves, extending the yearly old age of its verdure to the longest period; in each of which particulars it is an emblem of the tribe of the priesthood, as Moses intimates under the figure of this tree that this tribe shall be the first of the whole human race to flourish, and likewise the last; as long as it shall please God to liken our life to the revolutions of the spring, destroying covetousness that most treacherous of passions, and the fountain of all unhappiness.
2:187Since, therefore, I have now stated that in the absolutely perfect governor there ought to be four things, royal power, the legislative disposition, and the priesthood, and the prophetic office (in order that by his legislative disposition he may command such things as are right to be done, and forbid such things as are not proper to be done, and that by his priesthood he may arrange not only all human but likewise all divine things; and that by his prophetic office he may predict those things which cannot be comprehended by reason): having fully discussed the first three, and having shown that Moses as a most excellent king, and lawgiver, and high priest, I come in the last place to show that he was also the most illustrious of prophets.
2:188I am not unaware then that all the things which are written in the sacred books are oracles delivered by him; and I will set forth what more peculiarly concerns him, when I have first mentioned this one point, namely, that of the sacred oracles some are represented as delivered in the person of God by his interpreter, the divine prophet, while others are put in the form of question and answer, and others are delivered by Moses in his own character as a divinely-prompted lawgiver possessed by divine inspiration.
2:189Therefore, all the earliest oracles are manifestations of the whole of the divine virtues, and especially of that merciful and bounteous character by means of which he trains all men to virtue, and especially the race which is devoted to his service, to which he lays open the road leading to happiness.
2:190The second class have a sort of admixture and communication in them, the prophet asking information on the subjects as to which he is in difficulty, and God answering him and instructing him. The third sort are attributed to the lawgiver, God having given him a share of his prescient power, by means of which he will be able to foretell the future.
2:191Therefore, we must for the present pass by the first; for they are too great to be adequately praised by any man, as, indeed, they could scarcely be panegyrised worthily by the heaven itself and the nature of the universe; and they are also uttered by the mouth, as it were, of an interpreter. But interpretation and prophecy differ from one another. And concerning the second kind I will at once endeavour to explain the truth, connecting with them the third species also, in which the inspired character of the speaker is shown, according to which it is that he is most especially and appropriately looked upon as a prophet.
Book 2, §§192–216
2:192And we must here begin with the promise. There are four places where the oracles are given by way of question and answer, being contained in the exposition of the law, and having a mixed character. For, first, the prophet feels inspiration and asks questions, and then the father prophesies to him, giving him a share of his discourse and replies. And the first case where this occurs is one which would have irritated, not only Moses, who was the most holy and pious man that ever lived, but even any one who had only had a slight taste of piety.
2:193A certain man, illegitimately born of two unequal parents, namely, an Egyptian father and a Jewish mother, and who disregarded the national and hereditary customs which he had learnt from her, as it is reported, inclined to the Egyptian impiety, being seized with admiration for the ungodly practises of the men of that nation;
2:194for the Egyptians, almost alone of all men, set up the earth as a rival of the heaven considering the former as entitled to honours equal with those of the gods, and giving the latter no especial honour, just as if it were proper to pay respect to the extremities of a country rather than to the king’s palace. For in the world the heaven is the most holy temple, and the further extremity is the earth; though this too is in itself worthy of being regarded with honour; but if it is brought into comparison with the air, is as far inferior to it as light is to darkness, or night to day, or corruption to immortality, or a mortal to God.
2:195For, since that country is not irrigated by rain as all other lands are, but by the inundations of the river which is accustomed every year to overflow its banks; the Egyptians, in their impious reason, make a god of the Nile, as if it were a copy and a rival of heaven, and use pompous language about the virtue of their country.
2:196Accordingly, this man of mixed race, having had a quarrel with some one of the consecrated and well-instructed house of Israel, becoming carried away by his anger, and unable to restrain himself, and being also an admirer and follower of the impiety of the Egyptians, extended his impiety from earth to heaven, cursing it with his accursed, and polluted, and defiled soul, and with his wicked tongue, and with the whole power of all his vocal organs in the superfluity of his ungodliness; though it ought to be blessed and praised, not by all men, indeed, but only by those who are most virtuous and pious, as having received perfect purification.
2:197Wherefore Moses, marvelling at his insanity and at the extravagance of his audacity, although he was filled with a noble impetuosity and indignation, and desired to slay the man with his own hand, nevertheless feared lest he should be inflicting on him too light a punishment; for he conceived that no man could possibly devise any punishment adequate to such enormous impiety.
2:198And since it followed of necessity that a man who did not worship God could not honour his father either, or his mother, or his country, or his benefactors, this man, in addition to not reverencing them, dared to speak ill of them. And then what extravagance of wickedness did he fall short of? And yet evil-speaking, if compared with cursing, is the lighter evil of the two. But when intemperate language and an unbridled tongue are subservient to lawless folly, then inevitably and invariably some iniquitous conduct must follow.
2:199O man! does any one curse God? What other god can he invoke to ratify and confirm his curse? Is it not plain that he must invoke God to give effect to his curses against himself? Away with such profane and impious ideas! It would be well to cleanse that miserable soul which has been insulted by the voice, and which has used the ears for ministers, keeping the external senses blind.
2:200And was not either the tongue of the man who uttered such impiety loosened, or the ears of him who was destined to hear such things closed up? unless, indeed, that was done in consequence of some providential arrangement of justice, which does not think that either any extraordinary good or that any enormous evil ought to be kept in darkness, but that such should be revealed in order to the most complete manifestation of virtue or vice, so that it may adjudge the one to be worthy of acceptance and the other of punishment.
2:201On this account Moses ordered the man to be thrown into prison and bound with chains; and then he addressed propitiatory prayers to God, begging him to be merciful to the necessities of the external senses (by means of which we both see what it is not proper to see, and hear what it is not lawful to hear), and to point out what the author of such a strange and unprecedented blasphemy and impiety ought to suffer.
2:202And God commanded him to be stoned, considering, as I imagine, the punishment of stoning to be a suitable and appropriate one for a man who had a stony and hardened heart, and wishing at the same time that all his fellow countrymen should have a share in inflicting punishment on him, as he knew that they were very indignant and eager to slay him; and the only punishment which so many myriads of men could possibly join in was that which was inflicted by throwing stones.
2:203But after the punishment of this impious murderer, a new commandment was enacted, which had never before been thought worthy of being reduced to writing; but unexpected innovations cause new laws to be devised for the repression of their evils. At all events, the following law was immediately introduced: "Whoever curses God shall be guilty of sin, and whoever names the name of the Lord shall die."
2:204Well done, O all-wise man! You alone have drunk of the cup of unalloyed wisdom. You have seen that it was worse to name God than even to curse him; for you would never have treated lightly a man who had committed the heaviest of all impieties, and inflicted the heaviest punishment possible on those who committed the slightest faults; but you fixed death, which is the very greatest punishment imaginable, as the penalty for the man who appeared to have committed the heaviest crime.
2:205But, as it seems, he is not now speaking of that God who was the first being who had any existence, and the Father of the universe, but of those who are accounted gods in the different cities; and they are falsely called gods, being only made by the arts of painters and sculptors, for the whole inhabited world is full of statues and images, and erections of that kind, of whom it is necessary however to abstain from speaking ill, in order that no one of the disciples of Moses may ever become accustomed at all to treat the appellation of God with disrespect; for that name is always most deserving to obtain the victory, and is especially worthy of love.
2:206But if any one were, I will not say to blaspheme against the Lord of gods and men, but were even to dare to utter his name unseasonably, he must endure the punishment of death;
2:207for those persons who have a proper respect for their parents do not lightly bring forward the names of their parents, though they are but mortal, but they avoid using their proper names by reason of the reverence which they bear them, and call them rather by the titles indicating their natural relationship, that is, father and mother, by which names they at once intimate the unsurpassable benefits which they have received at their hands, and their own grateful disposition.
2:208Therefore these men must not be thought worthy of pardon who out of volubility of tongue have spoken unseasonably, and being too free of their words have repeated carelessly the most holy and divine name of God.
2:209Moreover, in accordance with the honour due to the Creator of the universe, the prophet hallowed the sacred seventh day, beholding with eyes of more acute sight than those of mortals its preeminent beauty, which had already been deeply impressed on the heaven and the whole universal world, and had been borne about as an image by nature itself in her own bosom;
2:210for first of all Moses found that day destitute of any mother, and devoid of all participation in the female generation, being born of the Father alone without any propagation by means of seed, and being born without any conception on the part of any mother. And then he beheld not only this, that it was very beautiful and destitute of any mother, neither being born of corruption nor liable to corruption; and then, in the third place, he by further inquiry discovered that it was the birthday of the world, which the heaven keeps as a festival, and the earth and all the things in and on the earth keep as a festival, rejoicing and delighting in the all-harmonious number of seven, and in the sabbath day.
2:211For this reason the all-great Moses thought fit that all who were enrolled in his sacred polity should follow the laws of nature and meet in a solemn assembly, passing the time in cheerful joy and relaxation, abstaining from all works, and from all arts which have a tendency to the production of anything; and from all business which is connected with the seeking of the means of living, and that they should keep a complete truce, abstaining from all laborious and fatiguing thought and care, and devoting their leisure, not as some persons scoffingly assert, to sports, or exhibitions of actors and dancers, for the sake of which those who run madly after theatrical amusements suffer disasters and even encounter miserable deaths, and for the sake of these the most dominant and influential of the outward senses, sight and hearing, make the soul, which should be the heavenly nature, the slave of these senses.
2:212But, giving up their time wholly to the study of philosophy, not of that sort of philosophy which word-catchers and sophists seek to reduce to a system, selling doctrines and reasonings as they would any other vendible thing in the market. Men who (O you earth and sun!) employ philosophy against philosophy, and yet never wear a blush on their countenance; but who, applying themselves to the kindred philosophy, which they make up of these component parts, namely, of intention, and words, and actions, all united into one species, in order to the acquisition and enjoyment of happiness.
2:213Now some one disregarding this injunction, even while he yet had the sacred words of God respecting the holy seventh day still ringing in his ears, which God had uttered without the intervention of the prophet, and, what is the most wonderful thing of all, by a visible voice which affected the eyes of those who were present even more than their ears, went forth through the middle of the camp to pick up sticks, well knowing that all the people in the camp were perfectly quiet and doing nothing, and even while he was committing the iniquity was seen and detected, all disguise being impossible;
2:214for some persons, having gone forth out of the gates to some quiet spot, that they might pray in some retired and peaceful place, seeing a most unholy spectacle, namely this man carrying a faggot of sticks, and being very indignant, were about to put him to death; but reasoning with themselves they restrained the violence of their wrath, that they might not appear, as they were only private persons, to chastise any one rather than the magistrates, and that too uncondemned; though indeed in other respects the transgression was manifest and undeniable, wishing also that no pollution arising from an execution, even though most righteously inflicted, should defile the sacred day. But they apprehended him, and led him away to the magistrate, with whom the priests were sitting as assessors; and the whole multitude collected together to hear the trial;
2:215for it was invariably the custom, as it was desirable on other days also, but especially on the seventh day, as I have already explained, to discuss matters of philosophy; the ruler of the people beginning the explanation, and teaching the multitude what they ought to do and to say, and the populace listening so as to improve in virtue, and being made better both in their moral character and in their conduct through life;
2:216in accordance with which custom, even to this day, the Jews hold philosophical discussions on the seventh day, disputing about their national philosophy, and devoting that day to the knowledge and consideration of the subjects of natural philosophy; for as for their houses of prayer in the different cities, what are they, but schools of wisdom, and courage, and temperance, and justice, and piety, and holiness, and every virtue, by which human and divine things are appreciated, and placed upon a proper footing?
Book 2, §§217–241
2:217On this day, then, the man who had done this deed of impiety was led away to prison; and Moses being at a loss what ought to be done to the man (for he knew that he had committed a crime worthy of death, but did not know what was the most suitable manner for the punishment to be inflicted upon him), came with his invisible soul to the invisible judgment seat, and asked of that Judge who heareth everything before it is related to him what his sentence was.
2:218And that Judge delivered his sentence that the man ought to die, and in no other way than being stoned, since in his case, as in that of the criminal mentioned above, his mind had been changed to a dumb stone, and he had committed the most complete of offences, in which nearly every other sin is comprised which can be committed against the laws enacted respecting the reverence due to the seventh day.
2:219Why so? Because, not only mere handicraft trades, but also nearly all other acts and businesses, and especially all such as have reference to any providing of or seeking for the means of life, are either carried on by means of fire themselves, or, at all events, not without those instruments which are made by fire. On which account Moses, in many places, forbids any one to handle a fire on the sabbath day, inasmuch as that is the most primary and efficient source of things and the most ancient and important work; and if that is reduced to a state of tranquillity, he thought that it would be probable that all particular works would be at a stand-still likewise.
2:220And wood is the material of fire, so that a man who is picking up wood is committing a crime which is akin to and nearly connected with that of burning fire, doubling his transgression, in fact, partly in that he was collecting what it was commanded should remain unmoved, and partly that what he was collecting was that which is the material of fire, the beginning of all arts.
2:221Therefore both those instances which I have mentioned comprise the punishments of wicked men, appointed and confirmed by question and answer. And there are two other instances, not of the same, but of a different character; the one of which has reference to the succession of an inheritance; the other, as far at least as it appears to me, to a sacrifice which was performed at an unseemly time. And we must first discuss the latter of the two.
2:222Moses puts down the beginning of the vernal equinox as the first month of the year, attributing the chief honour, not as some persons do to the periodical revolutions of the year in regard of time, but rather to the graces and beauties of nature which it has caused to shine upon men; for it is through the bounty of nature that the seeds which are sown to produce the necessary food of mankind are brought to perfection. And the fruit of trees in their prime, which is second in importance only to the necessary crops, is engendered by the same power, and as being second in importance it also ripens late; for we always find in nature that those things which are not very necessary are second to those which are indispensable.
2:223Now wheat and barley are among the things which are very necessary; as, likewise, are all the other species of food, without which it is impossible to live. But oil, and wine, and almonds are not among necessaries, since men often live without them to the very extremity of old age, extending their life over a number of years.
2:224Accordingly, in this month, about the fourteenth day of the month, when the orb of the moon is usually about to become full, the public universal feast of the passover is celebrated, which in the Chaldaic language is called pascha; at which festival not only do private individuals bring victims to the altar and the priests sacrifice them, but also, by a particular ordinance of this law, the whole nation is consecrated and officiates in offering sacrifice; every separate individual on this occasion bringing forward and offering up with his own hands the sacrifice due on his own behalf.
2:225Therefore all the rest of the people rejoiced and was of joyful countenance, every one thinking that he himself was honoured by this participation in the priesthood. But the others passed the time of the festival amid tears and groans, their own relations having lately died, whom they were now mourning for, and were overwhelmed with a two fold sorrow, having, in addition to their grief for their relations who were slain, the pain also which arose from being deprived of the pleasure and honour which accrue from the offering up of sacrifice, as they were not purified or cleansed on that day, inasmuch as their mourning had not yet lasted beyond the appointed and legitimate period of lamentation.
2:226These men coming, after the assembly was over, to the ruler of the people, being full of melancholy and depression, related to him what had happened, namely, "that the recent death of their relations was an unavoidable affliction to which they could not help yielding, and that it was a further grief that, on that account, they were unable to bear their share in the sacrifice of the passover.
2:227And then they besought him that they too might make their offerings no less than the others, and that the misfortune which had befallen them in the death of their kinsmen might not be reckoned against them as an iniquity of theirs, so as to produce them punishment instead of compassion; for that they thought that they were worse off than even the people who were dead, since these last had, indeed, no sense of the grievous privation, but they who continued live would appear to die the death perceptible to the outward sense."
2:228When he heard this he saw that the justification which they alleged was not inconsistent with reason and truth, and that the excuse which they alleged for not having previously offered their sacrifice was founded in necessity, and that they were entitled to merciful consideration. And while he was wavering in his opinion, and inclining this way and that way as if in the balance of a scale, for compassion and justice inclined him one way, and on the other side the law of the sacrifice of the passover weighed him down, in which the first month and the fourteenth day of the month are appointed for the offering of the sacrifice; accordingly, Moses, being perplexed and balancing between consent and refusal, besought God to decide the question and to announce his decision to him by an oracular command.
2:229And God listened to his entreaty and gave him an oracle bearing not only on the circumstances which had taken place, but on all such as should hereafter happen with reference to the same subject, if people should ever again find themselves in a similar case. He likewise, out of the abundance of his providence, gave further and general directions with respect to other individuals who at any time, for one reason or other, should be unable to offer up their sacrifice with the whole of the rest of the nation.
2:230We must now, therefore, proceed to relate the oracular commands which were thus given by God with reference to these cases. He says, "The mourning for a relation is a necessary sorrow to those who are related by blood, and it is not set down as a piece of guilty indifference.
2:231As long, therefore, as it lasts, until the time that is appointed by law for it to cease, let the man be repelled from the sacred precincts, which must be kept pure, not only from all intentional pollution, but likewise from all such as is involuntary. But when the legal time for mourning is expired, then let the mourners be no longer deprived of an equal share in the performance of the sacrifices, that those who are alive may not become an adjunct to those who are dead. And let them, as if they were in a second class, come again in the second month, on the fourteenth day of the month, and let them sacrifice in the same manner as the former sacrificers, and let them adopt the sacrifice in the same way as they did, in a similar manner and under similar rules."
2:232Also, let the same regulations be observed with respect to those who are hindered, not by mourning, but by a distant journey, from offering up their sacrifice in common with and at the same time with the whole nation. "For those who are travelling in a foreign land, or dwelling in some other country, do no wrong, so as to deserve to be deprived of equal honour with the rest, especially since one country will not contain the entire nation by reason of its great numbers, but has sent out colonies in every direction."
2:233Having now, then, given this account of those who were too late to sacrifice the festival of the passover with the rest of the nation by reason of some unexpected circumstances, but who were desirous to fulfil the duty which had thus been omitted, even though late, still in the necessary manner, I now proceed to the last injunction relating to the succession to inheritances; that being, in like manner, of a mixed character, and consisting of question and answer.
2:234There was a certain man, named Shalpaath, a man of high character and of a distinguished tribe. He had four daughters, but not a single son. And after the death of their father the daughters, being afraid that they should be deprived of their father’s inheritance, because the allotments of such inheritances were given to the male heirs, came to the ruler of the people with the modesty befitting maidens, not because they were eager for riches, but because they desired to preserve the name and reputation of their father.
2:235And they said to Moses, "Our father is dead; and he died without having been mixed up in any of those seditions in which it has happened that so many thousands have been slain; but he was a cultivator of a life free from trouble and notoriety; unless, indeed, it is to be considered as a crime that he was without male offspring. And we are now here orphans in appearance, but in real fact desiring to find a father in you; for a lawful ruler is as closely connected with his subjects as a father."
2:236And Moses marvelled at the wisdom of the maidens, and at their affection for their father, nevertheless he hesitated, being biased in some degree by other thoughts in accordance with which it seemed proper for men to divide the inheritances among themselves, that so they might receive the due reward of their military services and of the wars which they had gone through. But nature, which has given to woman protection from all such contests, does likewise by so doing plainly deprive them of their right to a share in what is put forward as a reward for encountering them.
2:237On which account the mind of Moses was very naturally in a state of indecision, and was dragged different ways, so that Moses laid his perplexities before God, whom he knew to be the only being who could with true and unerring judgment decide such delicate differences with a complete display of truth and justice.
2:238But the Creator of the universe, the Father of the world, who holds together earth and heaven, and the water and the air, and everything which is composed of any one of these things, and who rules the whole world, the King of gods and men, did not think it unbecoming for him to take upon himself the part of arbitrator respecting these orphan maidens. And, as arbitrator, he, in my opinion, did more for them than if he had been merely a judge of the law, inasmuch as he is merciful and beneficent, and has filled all things everywhere with his beneficent power for he gave great praise to the maidens.
2:239O! Master how can any one sing your praises adequately, with what mouth, with what tongue, with what organisation of voice? Can the stars become a chorus and pour forth any melody which shall be worthy of the subject? Even if the whole of the heaven were to be dissolved into voice, would it be able to recount even a portion of your virtues? "Very rightly," says God, "have the daughters of Shalpaath spoken."
2:240Who is there who can fail to perceive how great a praise this is when God bears witness in their favour? Come, now, ye who are violent; ye, who give yourselves airs because of your virtuous actions; ye, who hold up your hands higher than nature justifies, and who raise your eye-brows; ye, among whom the widowhood of woman is a cause for laughter, though it is a most pitiable evil; and in whose thoughts the desolation of orphan children is ridiculed even more shamefully than the distress before mentioned.
2:241So now, seeing that those who appeared in such a low and unfortunate condition were not marked by God among the neglected and obscure, though all the kingdoms of the whole habitable world are the most insignificant portion of his dominion, because the whole circumference and space of the world is but the extremity of his works, learn a necessary lesson from this fact.
Book 2, §§242–266
2:242But Moses, having praised the conversation of the maidens, did not either leave them without their due honour and reward, nor yet, on the other hand, did he raise them to an equal degree of honour with the men on whom the brunt of the war falls; but to the latter he allotted the inheritances as the prizes which belonged to them as a reward for the gallant exploits which they had performed. But the former he thought worthy of grace and kindness, not of reward; as he showed most plainly by the expressions which he used, speaking of "gifts" and "presents," but not of "requital" or "recompense." For the one form of language is suited to those who receive what they have a right to, and the other belongs to those who are treated with gratuitous favour.
2:243And having given his divine directions respecting the petitions which the orphan maidens had preferred, he proceeds to lay down a more general law concerning the succession to inheritances, summoning the sons in the first instance to the sharing of the paternal property; and, if there should be no sons, then the daughters in the second place, to whom he says that it is proper to attach the inheritance as an external and adventitious ornament, but not as a possession belonging to and rightly connected with them; for that which is attached to anything has no actual relationship to that which is adorned by it, inasmuch as it is devoid of all harmony and union with it.
2:244And, after the daughters, then he invites the brothers to share it in the third place; and, in the fourth place, he assigns the property to the uncles on the father’s side, showing under this figure that the fathers might, if alive be the heirs of their sons. For it is a very foolish idea to imagine that when he allots the inheritance of the nephew to his father’s brother, out of a regard to his relationship to his father, he has excluded the father himself from the succession.
2:245But since the law permits the property of parents to be inherited by the children, but does not allow the parents themselves to inherit, he has abstained from any express mention of the subject as one to be deprecated and of evil omen, in order that the father and mother might not seem to receive any gain from the inconsolable affliction of the loss of children dying prematurely; but he indirectly intimated their right to be invited to such an inheritance when he conceded it to the uncles, in order that in this way he might attain the best objects of cultivating propriety and of avoiding the improper alienation of the estate. And, after the uncles, the fifth class of inheritors was to be composed of the nearest relations, to the first of whom he invariably assigns the inheritance.
2:246Having now, as I was forced to do, gone through the entire account of those sacred commands referring to a mixed possession of an inheritance, I shall now proceed to show the oracles which were divinely given by the inspiration of the prophet; for this was a subject which I promised to explain. Now the beginning of his divine inspiration, which was also the commencement of prosperity to his nation, arose when he was sent out of Egypt to dwell as a settler in the cities of Syria, with many thousands of his countrymen;
2:247for both men and women, having accomplished together a long and desolate journey through the wilderness, destitute of any beaten road, at last arrived at the sea which is called the Red Sea. Then, as was natural, they were in great perplexity, neither being able to cross over by reason of their want of vessels, nor thinking it safe to return back by the way by which they had come.
2:248And while they were all in this state of mind, a still greater evil was impending over them; for the king of the Egyptians, having collected a power which was far from contemptible, a vast army of cavalry and infantry, sallied forth in pursuit of them, and made haste to overtake them, that he might avenge himself on them for the departure which he had been compelled by undeniable communications from God to permit them to take. But, as it should seem, the disposition of wicked men is unstable, so that, like any thing in a lightly-balanced scale, it inclines on very slight causes to different directions at different times.
2:249So now, the Hebrews being intercepted between their enemies and the sea, despaired of their safety, some looking on the most miserable death as a blessing to be prayed for; and others thinking it better to perish by the agency of the parts of nature than to become a laughing-stock to their enemies, were inclined to throw themselves into the sea; and now, being laden with heavy burdens, they sat down on the sea shore, that when they saw the enemy near they might more readily leap into the sea.
2:250For now, by reason of the necessity which environed them, and from which they saw no means of extricating themselves, they were in great agitation, being full of expectation of a miserable death. But when the prophet saw that the whole nation was now enclosed like a shoal of fish, and in great consternation, he no longer remained master of himself, but became inspired, and prophesied as follows:—
2:251"The fear is necessary, and the terror is inevitable, and the danger is great; in front of us is the widely open sea, there is no retreat to which we can flee, we have no vessels, behind are the phalanxes of the enemy ready to attack us, which march on and pursue us, never stopping to take breath. Where shall any one turn? Which way can any one look to escape? Everything from every quarter has unexpectedly become hostile to us, the sea, the land, men, and the elements of nature.
2:252But be ye of good cheer; do not faint; stand still without wavering in your minds; await the invincible assistance of God; it will be present immediately of its own accord; it will fight in our behalf without being seen. Before now you have often had experience of it, defending you in an invisible manner. I see it now preparing to take part in the contest; casting halters round the necks of the enemy, who are now, as if violently dragged onward, going down into the depths of the sea like lead. You now see them while still alive; but I conceive the idea of them as dead. And this very day you yourselves shall also behold them dead."
2:253He then now said these things to them, things greater than any hopes that could have been formed. And they very speedily experienced in the real facts the truth of his divine words; for what he thus predicted by means of the power divinely given to him, came to pass in a manner more marvellous than can be well expressed. The sea was broken asunder, each portion retired back, there was a consolidation of the waves along each broken-off fragment throughout the whole breadth and depth, so that the waves stood up like the strongest walls; and there was a straight line cut of a road thus miraculously made, which was a path for the Hebrews between the congealed waters,
2:254so that the whole nation without any danger passed on foot through the sea, as if on a dry road and on a stony soil; for the sand was dried up, and its usually fine grains were now united into one compact substance. Then, also, there was a rush onwards of their enemies pursuing them, without stopping to take breath, hastening to their own destruction, and a driving forward of the cloud that guarded the rear of the Hebrews, on which there was a certain divine appearance of fire emitting a brilliant blaze, and a reflux of the sea, which up to that moment had been cut in two parts and stood asunder, and a sudden returning of the part which had been cut off and dried up into its original channel,
2:255and an utter destruction of the enemy, whom the walls of the sea, which had been congealed and which now turned back again, overwhelmed, and the sea pouring down and hurrying into what had just been a road, as if into some deep ravine, washed away every thing, and there was evidence of the completeness of the destruction in the bodies which floated on the waters, and which strewed the surface of the sea; and a great agitation of the waves, by which all the dead were cast up into a heap on the opposite shore, becoming a necessary spectacle to those who had been delivered, and to whom it had been granted not merely to escape from their dangers, but also to behold their enemies punished, in a manner too marvellous for description, by no human but by a divine power.
2:256For this mercy Moses very naturally honoured his Benefactor with hymns of gratitude. For having divided the host into two choruses, one of men and one of women, he himself became the leader of that of the men, and appointed his sister to be the chief of that of the women, that they might sing hymns to their father and Creator, joining in harmonies responsive to one another, by a combination of dispositions and melody, the former being eager to offer the same requital for the mercies which they had received, and the latter consisting of a symphony of the deep male with the high female voices, for the tones of men are deep and those of women are high; and when there is a perfect and harmonious combination of the two a most delightful and thoroughly harmonious melody is effected.
2:257And he persuaded all those myriads of men and women to be of one mind, and to sing in concert the same hymn at the same time in praise of those marvellous and mighty works which they had beheld, and which I have been just now relating. At which the prophet rejoicing, and seeing also the exceeding joy of his nation, and being himself too unable to contain his delight, began the song. And they who heard him being divided into two choruses, sang with him, taking the words which he uttered.
2:258This is the beginning and preface of the prophecies of Moses under the influence of inspiration. After this he prophesied about the first and most necessary of all things, namely, food, which the earth did not produce, for it was barren and unfruitful; and the heaven rained down not once only, but every day for forty years, before the dawn of day, an ethereal fruit under the form of a dew very like millet seed.
2:259And Moses, when he saw it, commanded them to collect it; and being full of inspiration, said: "You must believe in God, inasmuch as you have already had experience of his mercies and benefits in matters beyond all your hopes. This food may not be treasured up or laid up in garners. Let no one leave any portion of it till the morning."
2:260When they heard this, some of those who had no firm piety, thinking perhaps that what was now said to them was not an oracle from God, but merely the advice of their leader, left some till the next day. And it putrified, and at first filled all the camp around with its foul smell, and then it turned to worms, the origin of which always is from corruption.
2:261And Moses, when he saw this, was naturally indignant with those who were thus disobedient; for how could he help being so, when those who had beheld such numerous and great actions which could not possibly be perverted into mere fictitious and well contrived appearances, but which had been easily accomplished by the divine providence, did not only doubt, but even absolutely disbelieved, and were the hardest of all men to be convinced?
2:262But the Father established the oracle of his prophet by two most conspicuous manifestations, the one of which he gave immediately by the destruction of what had been left, and by the evil stench which arose, and by the change of it into worms, the vilest of animals; and the other demonstration he afforded subsequently, for that which was over and above after that which had been collected by the multitude, was always melted away by the beams of the sun, and consumed, and destroyed in that manner.
2:263He gave a second instance of his prophetical inspiration not long afterwards in the oracle which he delivered about the sacred seventh day. For though it had had a natural precedence over all other days, not only from the time that the world was created, but even before the origination of the heaven and all the objects perceptible to the outward senses, men still knew it not, perhaps because, by reason of the continued and uninterrupted destructions which had taken place by water and fire, succeeding generations had not been able to receive from former ones any traditions of the arrangement and order which had been established in the connection of preceding times, which, as it was not known, Moses, now being inspired, declared to his people in an oracle which was borne testimony to by a visible sign from heaven.
2:264And the sign was this. A smaller portion of food descended from the air on the previous days, but a double portion on the day before the seventh day. And on the previous days, if any portion was left it became liquefied and melted away, until it was entirely changed into dew, and so consumed; but on this day it endured no alteration, but remained in the same state as before, and when this was reported to him, and beheld by him, Moses did not so much conjecture as receive the impulse of divine inspiration under which he prophesied of the seventh day.
2:265I omit to mention that all such conjectures are akin to prophecy; for the mind could never make such correct and felicitous conjectures, unless it were a divine spirit which guided their feet into the way of truth;
2:266and the miraculous nature of the sign was shown, not merely in the fact of the food being double in quantity, nor in that of its remaining unimpaired, contrary to the usual customs, but in both these circumstances taking place on the sixth day, from the day on which this food first began to be supplied from heaven, from which day the most sacred number of seven begun to be counted, so that if any one reckons he will find that this heavenly food was given in exact correspondence with the arrangement instituted at the creation of the world. For God began to create the world on the first day of a week of six days: and he began to rain down the food which has just been mentioned on the same first day;
Book 2, §§267–291
2:267and the two images are alike; for as he produced that most perfect work, the world, bringing it out of non-existence into existence, so in the same manner did he produce plenty in the wilderness, changing the elements with reference to the pressing necessity, that, instead of the earth, the air might bestow food without labour, and without trouble, to those who had no opportunity of providing themselves with food at their leisure.
2:268After this he delivered to the people a third oracle of the most marvellous nature, namely that on the seventh day the air would not afford the accustomed food, and that not the very slightest portion would fall upon the earth, as it did on other days;
2:269and this turned out to be the case in point of fact; for he delivered this prediction on the day before; but some of those who were unstable in their dispositions, went forth to collect it, and being deceived in their expectations, returned unsuccessful, reproaching themselves for their unbelief, and calling the prophet the only true prophet, the only one who knew the will of God, and the only one who had any foreknowledge of what was uncertain and future.
2:270Such then are the predictions which he delivered, under the influence of inspiration, respecting the food which came down from heaven; but he also delivered others in succession of great necessity, though they appeared to resemble recommendations rather than actual oracles; one of which is that prediction, which he delivered respecting their greatest abandonment of their national customs, of which I have already spoken, when they made a golden calf in imitation of the Egyptian worship and folly, and established dances and prepared an altar, and offered up sacrifices, forgetful of the true God and discarding the noble disposition of their ancestors, which had been increased by piety and holiness,
2:271at which Moses was very indignant, first of all, at all the people having thus suddenly become blind, which but a short time before had been the most sharp-sighted of all nations; and secondly, at a vain invention of fable being able to extinguish such exceeding brilliancy of truth, which even the sun in its eclipse or the whole company of the stars could never darken; for it is comprehended by its own light, appreciable by the intellect and incorporeal, in comparison of which the light, which is perceptible by the external senses, is like night if compared to day.
2:272And, moved by this cause, he no longer continued as before, but leaped as it were out of his former appearance and disposition, and became inspired, and said, "Who is there who has not consented to this error, and who has not given sanction to what ought not to be sanctioned? Let all such come over to me."
2:273And when one tribe had come over to him, and not less with their minds than with their bodies, who indeed had some time before been eager for the slaughter of the impious and wicked doers, and who had sought for a leader and chief of their host who would justly point out to them the opportunity and proper manner of repressing their wickedness; then he, seeing that they were enraged and full of good confidence and courage, was inspired still more than before, and said, "Let every one of you take a sword, and go swiftly through the whole army, and slay not only strangers, but also those who are nearest and dearest to him of his own friends and relations, attacking them all, judging his action to be a most holy one, as being in the defence of truth and of the honour due to God, to fight for which, and to be the champion of which objects, is the lightest of labours."
2:274So they rushed forth with a shout, and slew three thousand, especially those who were the leaders of this impiety, and not only were excused themselves from having had any participation in the wicked boldness of the others, but were also enrolled among the most noble of valiant men, and were thought worthy of an honour and reward most appropriate to their action, to wit the priesthood. For it was inevitable that those men should be ministers of holiness, who had shown themselves valiant in defence of it, and had warred bravely as its champions.
2:275I have also another still more marvellous and prodigy-like oracle to report, which indeed I have mentioned before, when I was relating the circumstances of the high priesthood of the prophet, one which he himself uttered when fully inspired by the divine spirit, and which received its accomplishment at no long period afterwards, but at the very moment that it was delivered.
2:276There were two classes of ministrations concerning the temple; the higher one belonging to the priests, and the lower one to the keepers of the temple; and there were at this time three priests, but many thousand keepers of the temple.
2:277These men, being puffed up at the exceeding greatness of their own numbers, despised the scanty numbers of the priests; and so they concerted two impious attempts at the same time, the one of which was the destruction of those who were superior to them, and the other was the promotion of the inferior body, the subjects as it were attacking the leaders, to the confusion and overthrow of that most excellent and most beneficial thing for the people, namely order.
2:278Then, joining together and assembling in one place, they cried out upon the prophet as if he had given the priesthood to his brother, and to his nephews, out of consideration for their relationship to him, and had given a false account of their appointment, as if it had not taken place under the direction of divine providence, as we have represented.
2:279And Moses, being vexed and grieved beyond measure at these things, although he was the meekest and mildest of men, was now so excited to a just anger by his disposition, which hated iniquity, that he besought God to reject their sacrifice. Not because there was any chance of that most righteous Judge receiving the unholy offerings of wicked men, but because the soul of the man who loved God could not be silent for his part, so eager was it that the wicked should not prosper, but should always fail in their purpose;
2:280and while he was still boiling over and inflamed with anger by this lawful indignation he became inspired, and changed into a prophet, and uttered the following oracles: "Apostacy is an evil thing, but these faithless men shall be taught, not only by words but also by actions; they shall, by personal suffering, learn my truth and good faith, since they would not learn it by ordinary instruction;
2:281and this shall be discerned in the end of their life: for if they receive the ordinary death according to nature, then I have invented these oracles; but if they experience a new and unprecedented destruction, then my truth will be testified to; for I see chasms of the earth opening against them, and widened to the greatest extent, and numbers of men perishing in them, dragged down into the gulf with all their kindred, and their very houses swallowed up, and the men going down alive into hell."
2:282And when he ceased speaking the earth was cloven asunder, being shaken by an earthquake, and it was burst open, especially where the tents of those wicked men were so that they were all swallowed up together, and so hidden from sight. For the parts which were rent asunder came together again as soon as the purpose for which they had been divided was accomplished.
2:283And a little after this thunderbolts fell on a sudden from heaven, and slew two hundred men, the leaders of this sedition, and destroyed them all together, not leaving any portion of their bodies to receive burial.
2:284And the rapid and unintermittent character of the punishment, and the magnitude of each infliction, rendered the piety of the prophet conspicuous and universally celebrated, as he thus brought God forward as a witness of the truth of his oracular denunciations.
2:285We must also not overlook this circumstance, that both earth and heaven, which are the first principles of the universe, bore their share in the punishment of these wicked men, for they had rooted their wickedness in the earth, and extended it up to the sky, raising it to that vast height,
2:286on which account each of the elements contributed its part to their chastisement, the earth, so as to drag down and swallow up those who were at that time weighing it down, bursting asunder and dividing; and the heaven, by tearing up and destroying them, raining down a mighty storm of much fire, a most novel kind of rain, and the end was the same,
2:287both to those who were swallowed up by the earth and to those who were destroyed by the thunderbolts, for neither of them were seen any more; the one body being concealed by the earth, the chasm being united again and meeting as before, so as to make solid ground; and the other people being consumed entirely by the fire of the thunderbolts.
2:288And some time afterwards, when he was about to depart from hence to heaven, to take up his abode there, and leaving this mortal life to become immortal, having been summoned by the Father, who now changed him, having previously been a double being, composed of soul and body, into the nature of a single body, transforming him wholly and entirely into a most sun-like mind; he then, being wholly possessed by inspiration, does not seem any longer to have prophesied comprehensively to the whole nation altogether, but to have predicted to each tribe separately what would happen to each of them, and to their future generations, some of which things have already come to pass, and some are still expected, because the accomplishment of those predictions which have been fulfilled is the clearest testimony to the future.
2:289For it was very appropriate that those who were different in the circumstances of their birth and in the mothers, from whom they were descended, should differ also in the variety of their designs and counsels, and also in the excessive diversity of their pursuits in life, and should therefore have for their inheritance, as it were, a different distribution of oracles and predictions.
2:290These things, therefore, are wonderful; and most wonderful of all is the end of his sacred writings, which is to the whole book of the law what the head is to an animal.
2:291For when he was now on the point of being taken away, and was standing at the very starting-place, as it were, that he might fly away and complete his journey to heaven, he was once more inspired and filled with the Holy Spirit, and while still alive, he prophesied admirably what should happen to himself after his death, relating, that is, how he had died when he was not as yet dead, and how he was buried without any one being present so as to know of his tomb, because in fact he was entombed not by mortal hands, but by immortal powers, so that he was not placed in the tomb of his forefathers, having met with particular grace which no man ever saw; and mentioning further how the whole nation mourned for him with tears a whole month, displaying the individual and general sorrow on account of his unspeakable benevolence towards each individual and towards the whole collective host, and of the wisdom with which he had ruled them.
Book 2, §§292–292
2:292Such was the life and such was the death of the king, and lawgiver, and high priest, and prophet, Moses, as it is recorded in the sacred scriptures.
Contents — 26 sections
- Book 1, §§1–25
- Book 1, §§26–50
- Book 1, §§51–75
- Book 1, §§76–100
- Book 1, §§101–125
- Book 1, §§126–150
- Book 1, §§151–175
- Book 1, §§176–200
- Book 1, §§201–225
- Book 1, §§226–250
- Book 1, §§251–275
- Book 1, §§276–300
- Book 1, §§301–325
- Book 1, §§326–334; Book 2, §§1–16
- Book 2, §§17–41
- Book 2, §§42–66
- Book 2, §§67–91
- Book 2, §§92–116
- Book 2, §§117–141
- Book 2, §§142–166
- Book 2, §§167–191
- Book 2, §§192–216
- Book 2, §§217–241
- Book 2, §§242–266
- Book 2, §§267–291
- Book 2, §§292–292
Book 1, §§1–25
1:1Μωυσέως τοῦ κατὰ μέν τινας νομοθέτου τῶν Ἰουδαίων, κατὰ δέ τινας ἑρμηνέως νόμων ἱερῶν, τὸν βίον ἀναγράψαι διενοήθην, ἀνδρὸς τὰ πάντα μεγίστου καὶ τελειοτάτου, καὶ γνώριμον τοῖς ἀξίοις μὴ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἀποφῆναι.
1:2τῶν μὲν γὰρ νόμων τὸ κλέος, οὓς ἀπολέλοιπε, διὰ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης πεφοιτηκὸς ἄχρι καὶ τῶν τῆς γῆς τερμάτων ἔφθακεν, αὐτὸν δὲ ὅστις ἦν ἐπ’ ἀληθείας ἴσασιν οὐ πολλοί, διὰ φθόνον ἴσως καὶ ἐν οὐκ ὀλίγοις τῶν διατεταγμένων ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ πόλεις νομοθετῶν ἐναντίωσιν οὐκ ἐθελησάντων αὐτὸν μνήμης ἀξιῶσαι τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησι λογίων·
1:3ὧν οἱ πλείους τὰς δυνάμεις ἃς ἔσχον διὰ παιδείας ὕβρισαν ἔν τε ποιήμασι καὶ τοῖς καταλογάδην συγγράμμασι κωμῳδίας καὶ συβαριτικὰς ἀσελγείας συνθέντες, περιβόητον αἰσχύνην, οὓς ἔδει ταῖς φύσεσι καταχρήσασθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ βίων ὑφήγησιν, ἵνα μήτε τι καλὸν ἡσυχίᾳ παραδοθὲν ἀρχαῖον ἢ νέον ἀφανισθῇ λάμψαι δυνάμενον μήτ’ αὖ τὰς ἀμείνους ὑποθέσεις παρελθόντες τὰς ἀναξίους ἀκοῆς προκρῖναι δοκῶσι σπουδάζοντες τὰ κακὰ καλῶς ἀπαγγέλλειν εἰς ὀνειδῶν ἐπιφάνειαν.
1:4ἀλλ’ ἔγωγε τὴν τούτων βασκανίαν ὑπερβὰς τὰ περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα μηνύσω μαθὼν αὐτὰ κἀκ βίβλων τῶν ἱερῶν, ἃς θαυμάσια μνημεῖα τῆς αὑτοῦ σοφίας ἀπολέλοιπε, καὶ παρά τινων ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους πρεσβυτέρων· τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα τοῖς ἀναγινωσκομένοις ἀεὶ συνύφαινον καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἔδοξα μᾶλλον ἑτέρων τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀκριβῶσαι.
1:5Ἄρξομαι δ’ ἀφ’ οὗπερ ἀναγκαῖον ἄρξασθαι. Μωυσῆς γένος μέν ἐστι Χαλδαῖος, ἐγεννήθη δ’ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐτράφη, τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ διὰ πολυχρόνιον λιμόν, ὃς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τοὺς πλησιοχώρους ἐπίεζε, κατὰ ζήτησιν τροφῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον πανοικὶ μεταναστάντων, γῆν πεδιάδα καὶ βαθεῖαν καὶ πρὸς πάντα γονιμωτάτην, ὧν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις δεῖται, καὶ μάλιστα τὸν τοῦ σίτου καρπόν.
1:6ὁ γὰρ ταύτης ποταμὸς θέρους ἀκμάζοντος, ἡνίκα τοὺς ἄλλους φασὶ μειοῦσθαι χειμάρρους τε καὶ αὐθιγενεῖς, ἐπιβαίνων τε καὶ ἀναχεόμενος πλημμυρεῖ καὶ λιμνάζει τὰς ἀρούρας, αἳ ὑετοῦ μὴ δεόμεναι φορᾶς ἀφθονίαν παντοίων ἀγαθῶν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος χορηγοῦσιν, εἰ μή που μεσολαβήσειεν ὀργὴ θεοῦ δι’ ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἀσέβειαν τῶν οἰκητόρων.
1:7πατρὸς δὲ καὶ μητρὸς ἔλαχε τῶν καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς ἀρίστων, οὓς φυλέτας ὄντας ἡ ὁμοφροσύνη μᾶλλον ᾠκείωσεν ἢ τὸ γένος. ἑβδόμη γενεὰ δ’ οὗτός ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου, ὃς ἐπηλύτης ὢν τοῦ σύμπαντος Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ἀρχηγέτης ἐγένετο.
1:8τροφῆς δ’ ἠξιώθη βασιλικῆς ἀπ’ αἰτίας τοιᾶσδε· τῆς χώρας ὁ βασιλεύς, εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδιδόντος ἀεὶ τοῦ ἔθνους, δείσας μὴ οἱ ἔποικοι πλείους γενόμενοι δυνατωτέρᾳ χειρὶ τοῖς αὐτόχθοσι περὶ κράτους ἀρχῆς ἁμιλλῶνται, τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν ἀφαιρεῖν ἐπινοίαις ἀνοσιουργοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο καὶ κελεύει τῶν γεννωμένων τὰ μὲν θήλεα τρέφειν — ἐπεὶ γυνὴ διὰ φύσεως ἀσθένειαν ὀκνηρὸν εἰς πόλεμον —, τὰ δ’ ἄρρενα διαφθείρειν, ἵνα μὴ αὐξηθῇ κατὰ πόλεις· εὐανδροῦσα γὰρ δύναμις δυσάλωτον καὶ δυσκαθαίρετον ἐπιτείχισμα.
1:9γεννηθεὶς οὖν ὁ παῖς εὐθὺς ὄψιν ἐνέφαινεν ἀστειοτέραν ἢ κατ’ ἰδιώτην, ὡς καὶ τῶν τοῦ τυράννου κηρυγμάτων, ἐφ’ ὅσον οἷόν τε ἦν, τοὺς γονεῖς ἀλογῆσαι· τρεῖς γοῦν φασι μῆνας ἐφεξῆς οἴκοι γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι λανθάνοντα τοὺς πολλούς.
1:10ἐπεὶ δ’, οἷα ἐν μοναρχίαις φιλεῖ, καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἔνιοι διηρεύνων σπεύδοντες ἀεί τι καινὸν ἄκουσμα προσφέρειν τῷ βασιλεῖ, φοβηθέντες μὴ σωτηρίαν ἑνὶ μνώμενοι πλείους ὄντες αὐτοὶ σὺν ἐκείνῳ παραπόλωνται, δεδακρυμένοι τὸν παῖδα ἐκτιθέασι παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ στένοντες ἀπῄεσαν, οἰκτιζόμενοι μὲν αὑτοὺς τῆς ἀνάγκης αὐτόχειράς τε καὶ τεκνοκτόνους ἀποκαλοῦντες, οἰκτιζόμενοι δὲ καὶ τὸν παῖδα τῆς παραλογωτάτης ἀπωλείας.
1:11εἶθ’, ὡς εἰκὸς ἐν ἀλλοκότῳ πράγματι, κατηγόρουν αὑτῶν ὡς μείζονος αἰτίων συμφορᾶς· „τί γὰρ“ ἔφασκον „εὐθὺς γεννώμενον οὐκ ἐξεθήκαμεν; τὸν μὴ φθάσαντα τροφῆς ἡμέρου μεταλαχεῖν οὐδ’ ἄνθρωπον οἱ πολλοὶ νομίζουσιν· ἡμεῖς δ’ οἱ περιττοὶ καὶ τρεῖς μῆνας ὅλους ἀνεθρέψαμεν, δαψιλεστέρας μὲν ἑαυτοῖς ἀνίας, τῷ δὲ τιμωρίας ἐκπορίζοντες, ἵν’ ἡδονῶν καὶ ἀλγηδόνων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι δυνάμενος
1:12ἐν αἰσθήσει κακῶν ἀργαλεωτέρων διαφθείρηται.“ καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπῄεσαν οἰκτρῷ κατεσχημένοι πένθει, ἀδελφὴ δὲ τοῦ ἐκτεθέντος βρέφους ἔτι παρθένος ὑπὸ φιλοικείου πάθους μικρὸν ἄποθεν ἐκαραδόκει τὸ ἀποβησόμενον· ἅ μοι δοκεῖ πάντα συμβῆναι κατὰ θεὸν προμηθούμενον τοῦ παιδός.
1:13θυγάτηρ ἦν τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς χώρας ἀγαπητὴ καὶ μόνη· ταύτην φασὶ γημαμένην ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου μὴ κυΐσκειν τέκνων ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπιθυμοῦσαν καὶ μάλιστα γενεᾶς ἄρρενος, ἣ τὸν εὐδαίμονα κλῆρον τῆς πατρῴας ἡγεμονίας διαδέξεται κινδυνεύοντα ἐρημίᾳ θυγατριδῶν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι.
1:14κατηφοῦσαν δὲ ἀεὶ καὶ στένουσαν ὡς μάλιστα ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ βάρει τῶν φροντίδων ἀπαγορεῦσαι καὶ δι’ ἔθους ἔχουσαν οἴκοι καταμένειν καὶ μηδὲ τὰς κλισιάδας ὑπερβαίνειν ἐξορμῆσαι μετὰ θεραπαινίδων ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ἔνθα ὁ παῖς ἐξέκειτο· κἄπειτα λουτροῖς καὶ περιρραντηρίοις χρῆσθαι μέλλουσαν ἐν τῷ δασυτάτῳ τῶν ἑλῶν αὐτὸν θεάσασθαι καὶ κελεῦσαι προσφέρειν.
1:15εἶτα ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄχρι ποδῶν καταθεωμένην τήν τε εὐμορφίαν καὶ εὐεξίαν ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ δεδακρυμένον ὁρῶσαν ἐλεεῖν, ἤδη τῆς ψυχῆς τετραμμένης αὐτῇ πρὸς μητρῷον πάθος ὡς ἐπὶ γνησίῳ παιδί· γνοῦσαν δ’ ὅτι τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐστὶ καταδεισάντων τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ πρόσταγμα βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ· μὴ γὰρ ἀσφαλὲς εὐθὺς εἶναι νομίζειν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια ἄγειν.
1:16διαπορούσης δ’ ἔτι, τὴν ἀδελφὴν τοῦ παιδὸς καθάπερ ἀπὸ σκοπῆς τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν στοχασαμένην πυνθάνεσθαι προσδραμοῦσαν, εἰ βουλήσεται γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι τοῦτον παρὰ γυναίῳ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ κυήσαντι·
1:17τῆς δὲ βούλεσθαι φαμένης, τὴν αὑτῆς καὶ τοῦ βρέφους μητέρα παραγαγεῖν ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν, ἣν ἑτοιμότερον ἀσμένην ὑπισχνεῖσθαι πρόφασιν ὡς ἐπὶ μισθῷ τροφεύσειν, ἐπινοίᾳ θεοῦ τοῦ τὰς πρώτας τροφὰς τῷ παιδὶ γνησίας εὐτρεπίζοντος· εἶτα δίδωσιν ὄνομα θεμένη Μωυσῆν ἐτύμως διὰ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος αὐτὸν ἀνελέσθαι· τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶυ ὀνομάζουσιν Αἰγύπτιοι.
1:18Ἐπεὶ δ’ ἀθρόας ἐπιδόσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις λαμβάνων οὐ σὺν λόγῳ τῷ κατὰ χρόνον θᾶττον δ’ ἀπότιτθος γίνεται, παρῆν ἡ μήτηρ ἅμα καὶ τροφὸς κομίζουσα τῇ δούσῃ μηκέτι γαλακτοτροφίας δεόμενον, εὐγενῆ καὶ ἀστεῖον ὀφθῆναι.
1:19τελειότερον δὲ τῆς ἡλικίας ἰδοῦσα κἀκ τῆς ὄψεως ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον σπάσασα εὐνοίας υἱὸν ποιεῖται τὰ περὶ τὸν ὄγκον τῆς γαστρὸς τεχνάσασα πρότερον, ἵνα γνήσιος ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑποβολιμαῖος νομισθῇ· πάντα δ’ ἐξευμαρίζει θεὸς ἃ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ καὶ τὰ δυσκατόρθωτα.
1:20τροφῆς οὖν ἤδη βασιλικῆς καὶ θεραπείας ἀξιούμενος οὐχ οἷα κομιδῇ νήπιος ἥδετο τωθασμοῖς καὶ γέλωσι καὶ παιδιαῖς, καίτοι τῶν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτοῦ παρειληφότων ἀνέσεις ἔχειν ἐπιτρεπόντων καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιδεικνυμένων σκυθρωπόν, ἀλλ’ αἰδῶ καὶ σεμνότητα παραφαίνων ἀκούσμασι καὶ θεάμασιν, ἃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔμελλεν ὠφελήσειν, προσεῖχε.
1:21διδάσκαλοι δ’ εὐθὺς ἀλλαχόθεν ἄλλοι παρῆσαν, οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν πλησιοχώρων καὶ τῶν κατ’ Αἴγυπτον νομῶν αὐτοκέλευστοι, οἱ δ’ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπὶ μεγάλαις δωρεαῖς μεταπεμφθέντες· ὧν ἐν οὐ μακρῷ χρόνῳ τὰς δυνάμεις ὑπερέβαλεν εὐμοιρίᾳ φύσεως φθάνων τὰς ὑφηγήσεις, ὡς ἀνάμνησιν εἶναι δοκεῖν, οὐ μάθησιν, ἔτι καὶ προσεπινοῶν αὐτὸς τὰ δυσθεώρητα.
1:22πολλὰ γὰρ αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καινοτομοῦσι τῶν εἰς ἐπιστήμην· καὶ καθάπερ τὰ εὐεκτικὰ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν εὐκίνητα φροντίδων ἀπαλλάττει τοὺς ἀλείπτας οὐδὲν ἢ βραχέα παρέχοντας τῶν εἰς ἐπιμέλειαν, ὥσπερ καὶ γεωργοὺς τὰ εὔβλαστα καὶ εὐγενῆ δένδρα βελτιούμενα δι’ ἑαυτῶν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον εὐφυὴς ψυχὴ προαπαντῶσα τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑφ’ αὑτῆς μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν διδασκόντων ὠφελεῖται καὶ λαβομένη τινὸς ἐπιστημονικῆς ἀρχῆς κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν „ἵππος εἰς πεδίον„ ὁρμᾷ.
1:23ἀριθμοὺς μὲν οὖν καὶ γεωμετρίαν τήν τε ῥυθμικὴν καὶ ἁρμονικὴν καὶ μετρικὴν θεωρίαν καὶ μουσικὴν τὴν σύμπασαν διά τε χρήσεως ὀργάνων καὶ λόγων τῶν ἐν ταῖς τέχναις καὶ διεξόδοις τοπικωτέραις Αἰγυπτίων οἱ λόγιοι παρεδίδοσαν καὶ προσέτι τὴν διὰ συμβόλων φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν ἐπιδείκνυνται καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν ζῴων ἀποδοχῆς, ἃ καὶ θεῶν τιμαῖς γεραίρουσι· τὴν δ’ ἄλλην ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν Ἕλληνες ἐδίδασκον, οἱ δ’ ἐκ τῶν πλησιοχώρων τά τε Ἀσσύρια γράμματα καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων Χαλδαϊκὴν ἐπιστήμην.
1:24ταύτην καὶ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίων ἀνελάμβανε μαθηματικὴν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ἐπιτηδευόντων· καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἀκριβῶς ἐν οἷς τε συμφωνοῦσι καὶ διαφέρονται καταμαθών, ἀφιλονείκως τὰς ἔριδας ὑπερβάς, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐζήτει, μηδὲν ψεῦδος τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ παραδέχεσθαι δυναμένης, ὡς ἔθος τοῖς αἱρεσιομάχοις, οἳ τοῖς προτεθεῖσι δόγμασιν ὁποῖα ἂν τύχῃ βοηθοῦσιν οὐκ ἐξετάζοντες, εἰ δόκιμα, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ δρῶντες τοῖς ἐπὶ μισθῷ συναγορεύουσι καὶ μηδὲν τοῦ δικαίου πεφροντικόσιν.
1:25ἤδη δὲ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας ὑπερβαίνων ἐπέτεινε τὴν φρόνησιν, οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι τὰς μειρακιώδεις ἐπιθυμίας ἀχαλινώτους ἐῶν καίτοι μυρία ἐχούσας ὑπεκκαύματα διὰ παρασκευὰς ἀφθόνους, ἃς αἱ βασιλεῖαι χορηγοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ καρτερίᾳ ὥσπερ τισὶν ἡνίαις ἐνδησάμενος αὐτὰς τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν ἀνεχαίτιζε βίᾳ.
Book 1, §§26–50
1:26καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μέντοι παθῶν ἕκαστον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μεμηνὸς καὶ λελυττηκὸς φύσει τιθασεύων κἀξημερῶν ἐπράυνεν· εἰ δέ που διακινηθείη μόνον ἡσυχῇ καὶ πτερύξαιτο, κολάσεις ἐμβριθεστέρας παρείχετο ἢ διὰ λόγων ἐπιπλήξεις· καὶ συνόλως τὰς πρώτας τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιβολάς τε καὶ ὁρμὰς ὡς ἀφηνιαστὴν ἵππον ἐπετήρει δεδιώς, μὴ προεκδραμοῦσαι τοῦ ἡνιοχεῖν ὀφείλοντος λογισμοῦ πάντα διὰ πάντων συγχέωσιν· αὗται γάρ εἰσιν αἱ ἀγαθῶν αἴτιαι καὶ κακῶν, ἀγαθῶν μέν, ὅταν ἡγεμόνι λόγῳ πειθαρχῶσι, τῶν δ’ ἐναντίων, ὅταν εἰς ἀναρχίαν ἐκδιαιτῶνται.
1:27κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς οὖν οἵ τε συνδιατρίβοντες καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐτεθήπεσαν, ὡς ἐπὶ καινῷ θεάματι καταπληττόμενοι καὶ τίς ἄρα ὁ ἐνοικῶν αὐτοῦ τῷ σώματι καὶ ἀγαλματοφορούμενος νοῦς ἐστι, πότερον ἀνθρώπειος ἢ θεῖος ἢ μικτὸς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν, διερευνώμενοι, τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅμοιον, ἀλλ’ ὑπερκύπτειν καὶ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλειότερον ἐξῆρθαι.
1:28γαστρί τε γὰρ ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων δασμῶν, οὓς ἡ φύσις ἔταξεν, οὐδὲν πλέον ἐχορήγει, τῶν τε ὑπογαστρίων ἡδονῶν εἰ μὴ μέχρι σπορᾶς παίδων γνησίων οὐδὲ ἐμέμνητο.
1:29γενόμενός τε διαφερόντως ἀσκητὴς ὀλιγοδεείας καὶ τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον βίον ὡς οὐδεὶς ἕτερος χλευάσας — ψυχῇ γὰρ ἐπόθει μόνῃ ζῆν, οὐ σώματι — τὰ φιλοσοφίας δόγματα διὰ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἔργων ἐπεδείκνυτο, λέγων μὲν οἷα ἐφρόνει, πράττων δὲ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς λεγομένοις εἰς ἁρμονίαν λόγου καὶ βίου, ἵν’ οἷος ὁ λόγος τοιοῦτος ὁ βίος καὶ οἷος ὁ βίος τοιοῦτος ὁ λόγος ἐξετάζωνται καθάπερ ἐν ὀργάνῳ μουσικῷ συνηχοῦντες.
1:30οἱ μὲν οὖν πολλοί, κἂν αὐτὸ μόνον αὔρα βραχεῖά τινος εὐτυχίας προσπέσῃ, φυσῶσι καὶ πνέουσι μεγάλα καὶ καταλαζονευόμενοι τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καθάρματα καὶ παρενοχλήματα καὶ γῆς ἄχθη καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα ἀποκαλοῦσιν, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀκλινὲς τῆς εὐπραγίας ἐν βεβαίῳ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς εὖ μάλα σφραγισάμενοι μηδὲ μέχρι τῆς ὑστεραίας ἴσως διαμενοῦντες ἐν ὁμοίῳ.
1:31τύχης γὰρ ἀσταθμητότερον οὐδὲν ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὰ ἀνθρώπεια πεττευούσης, ἣ μιᾷ πολλάκις ἡμέρᾳ τὸν μὲν ὑψηλὸν καθαιρεῖ, τὸν δὲ ταπεινὸν μετέωρον ἐξαίρει· καὶ ταῦτα ὁρῶντες ἀεὶ γινόμενα καὶ σαφῶς εἰδότες ὅμως ὑπερόπται μὲν οἰκείων καὶ φίλων εἰσί, νόμους δὲ παραβαίνουσι, καθ’ οὓς ἐγενήθησαν καὶ ἐτράφησαν, ἔθη δὲ πάτρια, οἷς μέμψις οὐδεμία πρόσεστι δικαία, κινοῦσιν ἐκδεδιῃτημένοι καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν παρόντων ἀποδοχὴν οὐδενὸς ἔτι τῶν ἀρχαίων μνήμην λαμβάνουσιν.
1:32ὁ δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν φθάσας τὸν ὅρον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐτυχίας καὶ θυγατριδοῦς μὲν τοῦ τοσούτου βασιλέως νομισθείς, τῆς δὲ παππῴας ἀρχῆς ὅσον οὐδέπω γεγονὼς ἐλπίσι ταῖς ἁπάντων διάδοχος καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλ’ ἢ ὁ νέος βασιλεὺς προσαγορευόμενος, τὴν συγγενικὴν καὶ προγονικὴν ἐζήλωσε παιδείαν, τὰ μὲν τῶν εἰσποιησαμένων ἀγαθά, καὶ εἰ λαμπρότερα καιροῖς, νόθα εἶναι ὑπολαβών, τὰ δὲ τῶν φύσει γονέων, εἰ καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀφανέστερα, οἰκεῖα γοῦν καὶ γνήσια·
1:33καθάπερ τε κριτὴς ἀδέκαστος τῶν γεννησάντων καὶ τῶν εἰσποιησαμένων τοὺς μὲν εὐνοίᾳ καὶ τῷ φιλεῖν ἐκθύμως τοὺς δ’ εὐχαριστίαις ἀνθ’ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθεν ἠμείβετο καὶ μέχρι παντὸς ἠμείψατ’ ἄν, εἰ μὴ κατεῖδεν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ μέγα καινουργηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀσέβημα.
1:34ξένοι γὰρ ἦσαν, ὡς ἔφην πρότερον, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, τῶν τοῦ ἔθνους ἀρχηγετῶν διὰ λιμὸν ἀπορίᾳ τροφῆς ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος καὶ τῶν ἄνω σατραπειῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστάντων, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἱκέται καταπεφευγότες ὡς ἐπ’ ἄσυλον ἱερὸν τήν τε βασιλέως πίστιν καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκητόρων ἔλεον.
1:35οἱ γὰρ ξένοι παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ τῶν ὑποδεξαμένων ἱκέται γραφέσθωσαν, μέτοικοι δὲ πρὸς ἱκέταις καὶ φίλοι, σπεύδοντες εἰς ἀστῶν ἰσοτιμίαν καὶ γειτνιῶντες ἤδη πολίταις, ὀλίγῳ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων διαφέροντες.
1:36τούτους οὖν, οἳ τὴν μὲν οἰκείαν ἀπέλιπον, εἰς δ’ Αἴγυπτον ἧκον ὡς ἐν δευτέρᾳ πατρίδι μετ’ ἀσφαλείας οἰκήσοντες, ὁ τῆς χώρας ἡγεμὼν ἠνδραποδίζετο καὶ ὡς πολέμου νόμῳ λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους ἢ πριάμενος παρὰ δεσποτῶν, οἷς ἦσαν οἰκότριβες, ὑπήγετο καὶ δούλους ἀπέφαινε τοὺς οὐκ ἐλευθέρους μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ξένους καὶ ἱκέτας καὶ μετοίκους οὔτε αἰδεσθεὶς οὔτε δείσας τὸν ἐλευθέριον καὶ ξένιον καὶ ἱκέσιον καὶ ἐφέστιον θεόν, ὃς τῶν τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἔφορος.
1:37εἶτ’ ἐπιτάγματα ἐπέταττε βαρύτερα τῆς δυνάμεως ἄλλους ἐπ’ ἄλλοις πόνους προστιθείς, καὶ τοῖς ἀπαγορεύουσιν ὑπ’ ἀσθενείας ὁ σίδηρος εἵπετο· ἐπιστάτας γὰρ τῶν ἔργων ἀνηλεεστάτους καὶ ὠμοθύμους οὐδενὶ συγγνώμης μεταδιδόντας ᾑρεῖτο, οὓς „ἐργοδιώκτας“ (Exod. 3,7 al.) ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμαζον.
1:38εἰργάζοντο δ’ οἱ μὲν πηλὸν εἰς πλίνθον σχηματίζοντες, οἱ δὲ πανταχόθεν ἄχυρα συγκομίζοντες — πλίνθου γὰρ ἄχυρα δεσμός —, οἱ δ’ ἦσαν ἀποτεταγμένοι πρὸς οἰκιῶν καὶ τειχῶν καὶ πόλεων κατασκευὰς καὶ διωρύχων ἀνατομάς, ὑλοφοροῦντες αὐτοὶ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἄνευ διαδοχῆς, οὐδεμίαν ἔχοντες ἀνάπαυλαν, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὅσον καταδαρθεῖν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐώμενοι, πάντα καὶ τὰ τῶν δημιουργῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν ὑπουργῶν δρᾶν ἀναγκαζόμενοι, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ τὰ σώματα αὐτοῖς ἀπαγορεύειν, ἅτε καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς προαναπιπτούσης.
1:39ἄλλοι γοῦν ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐξέθνῃσκον ὡς ὑπὸ λοιμώδους φθορᾶς, οὓς ἀτάφους ἔξω τῶν ὁρίων ἀπερρίπτουν οὐδὲ κόνιν ἐπαμήσασθαι τοῖς σώμασιν ἐῶντες ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ δακρῦσαι συγγενεῖς ἢ φίλους οὕτως οἰκτρῶς διαφθαρέντας· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀδουλώτοις πάθεσι τῆς ψυχῆς, ἃ μόνα σχεδὸν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐλεύθερα ἡ φύσις ἀνῆκε, δεσποτείαν ἐπηπείλουν οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἀνάγκης ἀνυποίστῳ βάρει δυνατωτέρας πιέζοντες.
1:40ἐπὶ δὴ τούτοις ἀθυμῶν καὶ δυσχεραίνων διετέλει μήτ’ ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μήτε βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἱκανὸς ὤν· ἃ δ’ οἷός τε ἦν, διὰ λόγων ὠφέλει παραινῶν τοῖς μὲν ἐφεστῶσι μετριάζειν καὶ τὸ σφοδρὸν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων ὑπανιέναι καὶ χαλᾶν, τοῖς δ’ ἐργαζομένοις φέρειν τὰ παρόντα γενναίως ἄνδρας τε εἶναι τὰ φρονήματα καὶ μὴ συγκάμνειν τὰς ψυχὰς τοῖς σώμασιν, ἀλλὰ χρηστὰ προσδοκᾶν ἐκ πονηρῶν·
1:41πάντα γὰρ μεταβάλλειν τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ πρὸς τἀναντία, νέφωσιν εἰς αἰθρίαν, πνευμάτων βίας εἰς ἀέρα νήνεμον, κλύδωνα θαλάττης εἰς ἡσυχίαν καὶ γαλήνην, τὰ δ’ ἀνθρώπεια καὶ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ καὶ ἀσταθμητότερα.
1:42τοιούτοις κατεπᾴδων ὥσπερ ἀγαθὸς ἰατρὸς ᾤετο τὰς νόσους καίτοι βαρυτάτας οὔσας ἐπικουφιεῖν· αἱ δ’ ὁπότε λωφήσειαν, αὖθις ἐκ περιτροπῆς ἐπετίθεντο φέρουσαί τι πάντως ἐκ τοῦ διαπνεῦσαι καινὸν κακὸν ἀργαλεώτερον τῶν προτέρων.
1:43ἦσαν γάρ τινες τῶν ἐφεστηκότων ἀτίθασοι σφόδρα καὶ λελυττηκότες, μηδὲν εἰς ἀγριότητα τῶν ἰοβόλων καὶ σαρκοβόρων διαφέροντες, ἀνθρωποειδῆ θηρία, τὴν τοῦ σώματος μορφὴν εἰς δόκησιν ἡμερότητος ἐπὶ θήρᾳ καὶ ἀπάτῃ προβεβλημένοι, σιδήρου καὶ ἀδάμαντος ἀπειθέστεροι.
1:44τούτων ἕνα τὸν βιαιότατον, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν ἐνδιδόναι καὶ ταῖς παρακλήσεσιν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐξετραχύνετο, τοὺς τὸ προσταχθὲν μὴ ἀπνευστὶ καὶ ὀξυχειρίᾳ δρῶντας τύπτων, προπηλακίζων ἄχρι θανάτου, πάσας αἰκιζόμενος αἰκίας, ἀναιρεῖ δικαιώσας εὐαγὲς εἶναι τὸ ἔργον· καὶ ἦν εὐαγὲς τὸν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ ζῶντα ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλλυσθαι.
1:45ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἠγανάκτει δεινὸν ἡγούμενος, οὐκ εἴ τις τέθνηκεν ἢ ἀνῄρηκεν ἀδίκως ἢ δικαίως, ἀλλ’ εἰ ὁ θυγατριδοῦς αὐτῷ μὴ συμφρονεῖ μηδὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ φίλους ὑπείληφεν, ἀλλὰ μισεῖ μὲν οὓς αὐτὸς στέργει, φιλεῖ δὲ οὓς προβέβληται καὶ ἐλεεῖ πρὸς οὓς ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀπαραιτήτως ἔχει.
1:46λαβόμενοι δ’ ἅπαξ ἀφορμῆς οἱ ἐν τέλει καὶ τὸν νεανίαν ὑφορώμενοι — ᾔδεσαν γὰρ μνησικακήσοντα τῶν ἀνοσιουργημάτων αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ καιρῶν ἀμυνούμενον — ἀναπεπταμένοις ὠσὶ τοῦ πάππου μυρίας διαβολὰς ἐπήντλουν, οἱ μὲν ἔνθεν, οἱ δ’ ἔνθεν, ὡς καὶ περὶ ἀφαιρέσεως τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐμποιῆσαι δέος, „ἐπιθήσεται“ λέγοντες, „οὐδὲν φρονεῖ μικρόν, ἀεί τι προσπεριεργάζεται, πρὸ καιροῦ βασιλείας ἐρᾷ, θωπεύει τινάς, ἑτέροις ἀπειλεῖ, κτείνει χωρὶς δίκης, τοὺς μάλιστ’ εὔνους σοι προβέβληται. τί δὴ μέλλεις, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἃ διανοεῖται δρᾶν ὑποτέμνεις; μέγα τοῖς ἐπιθεμένοις αἱ τῶν ἐπιβουλευομένων ἀναβολαί.“
1:47τοιαῦτα διεξιόντων, ὑπανεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν ὅμορον Ἀραβίαν, ἔνθα διατρίβειν ἦν ἀσφαλές, ἅμα καὶ τὸν θεὸν ποτνιώμενος, ἵνα τοὺς μὲν ἐξ ἀμηχάνων ῥύσηται συμφορῶν, τοὺς δὲ μηδὲν παραλιπόντας τῶν εἰς ἐπήρειαν ἀξίως τίσηται, παράσχῃ δ’ αὐτῷ ταῦτ’ ἐπιδεῖν ἀμφότερα διπλασιάσας τὴν χάριν. ὁ δὲ ἐπακούει τῶν εὐχῶν ἀγάμενος αὐτοῦ τὸ φιλόκαλον ἦθος καὶ μισοπόνηρον, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ὡς θεῷ πρέπον, δικάσας.
1:48ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἔμελλε δικάζειν, τοὺς ἀρετῆς ἄθλους Μωυσῆς διήθλει τὸν ἀλείπτην ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ λογισμὸν ἀστεῖον, ὑφ’ οὗ γυμναζόμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀρίστους βίους, τόν τε θεωρητικὸν καὶ πρακτικόν, ἐπονεῖτο φιλοσοφίας ἀνελίττων ἀεὶ δόγματα καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ διαγινώσκων εὐτρόχως καὶ μνήμῃ παρακατατιθέμενος εἰς τὸ ἄληστον αὐτὰ καὶ τὰς οἰκείας αὐτίκα πράξεις ἐφαρμόττων ἐπαινετὰς πάσας, ἐφιέμενος οὐ τοῦ δοκεῖν ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, διὰ τὸ προκεῖσθαι σκοπὸν ἕνα τὸν ὀρθὸν τῆς φύσεως λόγον, ὃς μόνος ἐστὶν ἀρετῶν ἀρχή τε καὶ πηγή.
1:49ἕτερος μὲν οὖν ὀργὴν ἀμείλικτον βασιλέως ἀποδιδράσκων καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον εἰς ἀλλοδαπὴν ἀφιγμένος, μήπω τοῖς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ἔθεσιν ἐνωμιληκὼς μηδὲ ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενος οἷς χαίρουσιν ἢ ἀλλοτριοῦνται, κἂν ἐσπούδασεν ἡσυχίᾳ χρώμενος ἀφανέστερον ζῆν τοὺς πολλοὺς λανθάνων ἢ βουληθεὶς εἰς μέσον παρέρχεσθαι τοὺς γοῦν δυνατοὺς καὶ τοὺς πλεῖστον ἰσχύοντας λιπαρέσι θεραπείαις ἐξευμενίζεσθαι, παρ’ ὧν τις ὠφέλεια προσεδοκᾶτο καὶ βοήθεια, εἴ τινες ἐπελθόντες ἀπάγειν πρὸς βίαν ἐπειρῶντο.
1:50ὁ δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν τοῦ εἰκότος ἀτραπὸν ἤλαυνε ταῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγιαινούσαις ὁρμαῖς ἑπόμενος καὶ μηδεμίαν ἐῶν ὑποσκελίζεσθαι· διὸ καὶ τῆς ὑπούσης δυνάμεως ἔστιν ὅτε πλέον ἐνεανιεύετο δύναμιν ἀκαθαίρετον τὸ δίκαιον ἡγούμενος, ὑφ’ οὗ προτραπεὶς αὐτοκέλευστος ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων συμμαχίαν ἵετο.
Book 1, §§51–75
1:51Λέξω δὲ καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον αὐτῷ τὸν χρόνον πραχθέν, εἰ καὶ μικρὸν ὅσα γε τῷ δοκεῖν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ φρονήματος μικροῦ. κτηνοτροφοῦσιν Ἄραβες καὶ νέμουσι τὰ θρέμματα οὐκ ἄνδρες μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκες νέοι τε καὶ παρθένοι παρ’ αὐτοῖς, οὐχὶ τῶν ἠμελημένων καὶ ἀδόξων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄγαν ἐπιφανῶν.
1:52ἑπτὰ δὴ κόραι πατρὸς ἱερέως ποίμνην ἄγουσαι παρῆσαν ἐπί τινα πηγὴν καὶ τῶν ἱμονιῶν ἐκδησάμεναι τοὺς καδίσκους ἄλλη διαδεχομένη παρ’ ἄλλης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐν τῷ πονεῖν ἰσομοιρίας μάλα προθύμως τὰς δεξαμενάς, αἳ πλησίον ἔκειντο, πληροῦσιν.
1:53ἐπιφοιτήσαντες δ’ ἕτεροι ποιμένες καὶ τῆς τῶν παρθένων ἀσθενείας ὑπεριδόντες τὰς μὲν ἐπεχείρουν μετὰ τῆς ποίμνης ἐλαύνειν, τὰ δ’ οἰκεῖα θρέμματα προσῆγον ἐπὶ τὸ εὐτρεπισθὲν ποτὸν ἀλλότριον καρπωσόμενοι πόνον.
1:54ἰδὼν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ γενόμενον — οὐ γὰρ ἦν πόρρω — συντείνας ἔθει καὶ πλησίον στὰς „οὐ παύσεσθε“ εἶπεν „ἀδικοῦντες, τὴν ἐρημίαν νομίζοντες εἶναι πλεονεξίαν; βραχίονας καὶ πήχεις ἀργοὺς τρέφοντες οὐκ ἐρυθριᾶτε; χαῖται βαθεῖαι καὶ σάρκες ὑμεῖς ἐστε, οὐκ ἄνδρες· αἱ μὲν κόραι νεανιεύονται μηδὲν ὀκνοῦσαι τῶν πρακτέων, οἱ δὲ νεανίαι κορικῶς ἤδη τρυφᾶτε. οὐ βαδιεῖσθε;
1:55οὐχ ὑπεκστήσεσθε ταῖς πρότερον ἡκούσαις, ὧν καὶ τὸ ποτόν ἐστι; δικαίως ἂν αὐταῖς ἐπαντλήσαντες, ἵν’ ἀφθονώτερον ὕδωρ εἴη, καὶ τὸ εὐτρεπισθὲν ἀφελέσθαι σπεύδετε; ἀλλὰ μὰ τὸν οὐράνιον τῆς δίκης ὀφθαλμὸν οὐκ ἀφελεῖσθε βλέποντα καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἐρημοτάτοις.
1:56ἐμὲ γοῦν ἐχειροτόνησε βοηθὸν οὐ προσδοκηθέντα· καὶ γάρ εἰμι σύμμαχος ταῖς ἀδικουμέναις μετὰ μεγάλης χειρός, ἣν οὐ θέμις πλεονέκταις ὁρᾶν· αἰσθήσεσθε δὲ αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς τιτρωσκούσης, εἰ μὴ μεταβάλοιτε.“
1:57ταῦτα διεξιόντος, φοβηθέντες, ἐπεὶ καὶ λέγων ἅμα ἐνεθουσία μεταμορφούμενος εἰς προφήτην, μὴ χρησμοὺς καὶ λόγια θεσπίζει, καταπειθεῖς τε γίνονται καὶ τὴν ποίμνην τῶν παρθένων ἐπὶ τὰς δεξαμενὰς ἄγονται πρότερον μεταστησάμενοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν.
1:58αἱ δ’ ἐπανῄεσαν οἴκαδε σφόδρα γεγηθυῖαι καὶ τὰ συμβάντα παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἐκδιηγοῦντο, ὡς πολὺν ἵμερον ἐνεργάσασθαι τοῦ ξένου τῷ πατρί. κατεμέμφετο γοῦν αὐτὰς ἐπ’ ἀχαριστίᾳ τοιαῦτα λέγων· „τί παθοῦσαι μεθίετε, δέον ἄγειν εὐθὺς καὶ εἴπερ ἀνεδύετο λιπαρεῖν; ἤ τινα μισανθρωπίαν μου κατέγνωτε; ἢ δεύτερον περιπεσεῖν ἀδίκοις οὐ προσδοκᾶτε; βοηθῶν ἀπορεῖν ἀνάγκη τοὺς ἐπιλήσμονας χαρίτων. ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἀναδραμοῦσαι (τὸ γὰρ ἁμάρτημα μέχρι νῦν ἐστιν ἰάσιμον) ἴτε μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ καλεῖτε ξενίων μὲν πρότερον αὖθις δὲ καὶ ἀμοιβῆς (ὀφείλεται γὰρ αὐτῷ χάρις) μεθέξοντα.“
1:59συντείνασαι δὲ καταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν οὐ πόρρω τῆς πηγῆς καὶ δηλώσασαι τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς οἴκαδε συμπείθουσιν ἥκειν. ὁ δὲ πατὴρ τὴν μὲν ὄψιν εὐθὺς τὸ δὲ βούλημα ὀλίγον ὕστερον καταπλαγεὶς — ἀρίδηλοι γὰρ αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου γνωριζόμεναι — δίδωσι τὴν καλλιστεύουσαν αὐτῷ τῶν θυγατέρων γυναῖκα, δι’ ἑνὸς ἔργου πάνθ’ ὅσα τῶν εἰς καλοκἀγαθίαν μαρτυρήσας καὶ ὡς ἀξιέραστον μόνον τὸ καλόν ἐστι τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρου συστάσεως οὐ δεόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιφέρον τὰ γνωρίσματα.
1:60μετὰ δὲ τὸν γάμον παραλαβὼν τὰς ἀγέλας ἐποίμαινε προδιδασκόμενος εἰς ἡγεμονίαν· ποιμενικὴ γὰρ μελέτη καὶ προγυμνασία βασιλείας τῷ μέλλοντι τῆς ἡμερωτάτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστατεῖν ἀγέλης, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς τὰς φύσεις τὰ κυνηγέσια· θήραις γὰρ ἐμπρομελετῶσιν οἱ πρὸς τὰς στραταρχίας ἀλειφόμενοι, τῶν ἀλόγων οἷά τινος ὕλης ὑποβεβλημένων πρὸς ἄσκησιν τῆς καθ’ ἑκάτερον καιρὸν ἀρχῆς, τόν τε πολέμου καὶ τὸν εἰρήνης.
1:61ἡ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀγρίων θήρα στρατηγικὸν κατ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐστι γύμνασμα, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἡμέρων ἐπιμέλεια καὶ προστασία βασιλικὸν πρὸς ὑπηκόους ἀγώνισμα· διὸ καὶ „ποιμένες λαῶν“ οἱ βασιλεῖς, οὐχ ὡς ὄνειδος ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑπερβάλλουσα τιμή, προσαγορεύονται.
1:62καί μοι δοκεῖ μὴ πρὸς δόξας τῶν πολλῶν ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἐρευνωμένῳ τὸ πρᾶγμα — γελάτω δ’ ὁ βουλόμενος — μόνος ἂν γενέσθαι βασιλεὺς τέλειος ὁ τὴν ποιμενικὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀγαθός, ἐν ἐλάττοσι ζῴοις παιδευθεὶς τὰ τῶν κρειττόνων· ἀμήχανον γὰρ τὰ μεγάλα πρὸ τῶν μικρῶν τελεσθῆναι.
1:63Γενόμενος οὖν τῶν καθ’ αὑτὸν ἀγελαρχῶν ἄριστος καὶ ποριστὴς τῶν ὅσα πρὸς τὴν τῶν θρεμμάτων συνέτεινεν ὠφέλειαν ἱκανὸς ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀποκνεῖν ἀλλ’ ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ εἰς δέον τῇ προστασίᾳ χρῆσθαι μετὰ καθαρᾶς καὶ ἀδόλου πίστεως ηὔξησε τὰς ἀγέλας·
1:64ὡς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων νομέων ἤδη καὶ φθονεῖσθαι μηδὲν ὁμοιότροπον ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις ποίμναις ὁρώντων, αἷς εὐτυχὲς εἶναι ἐδόκει ἡ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μονή, ταῖς δὲ τὸ μὴ βελτιοῦσθαι καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐλάττωσις διὰ τὸ μεγάλας εἰωθέναι λαμβάνειν ἐπιδόσεις ἐκ μὲν εὐσαρκίας καὶ πιότητος εἰς κάλλος, εἰς δὲ πλῆθος ἐξ εὐτοκίας καὶ τῶν περὶ δίαιταν ὑγιεινῶν.
1:65ἄγων δὲ τὴν ποίμνην εἰς τόπον εὔυδρόν τε καὶ εὔχορτον, ἔνθα συνέβαινε καὶ πολλὴν πόαν προβατεύσιμον ἀναδίδοσθαι, γενόμενος πρός τινι νάπει θέαμα ἐκπληκτικώτατον ὁρᾷ. βάτος ἦν, ἀκανθῶδές τι φυτὸν καὶ ἀσθενέστατον· οὗτος, οὐδενὸς πῦρ προσενεγκόντος, ἐξαίφνης ἀνακαίεται καὶ περισχεθεὶς ὅλος ἐκ ῥίζης εἰς ἀκρέμονα πολλῇ φλογὶ καθάπερ ἀπό τινος πηγῆς ἀνομβρούσης διέμενε σῷος, οὐ κατακαιόμενος, οἷά τις ἀπαθὴς οὐσία καὶ οὐχ ὕλη πυρὸς αὐτὸς ὤν, ἀλλὰ τροφῇ χρώμενος τῷ πυρί.
1:66κατὰ δὲ μέσην τὴν φλόγα μορφή τις ἦν περικαλλεστάτη, τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐμφερὴς οὐδενί, θεοειδέστατον ἄγαλμα, φῶς αὐγοειδέστερον τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπαστράπτουσα, ἣν ἄν τις ὑπετόπησεν εἰκόνα τοῦ ὄντος εἶναι· καλείσθω δὲ ἄγγελος, ὅτι σχεδὸν τὰ μέλλοντα γενήσεσθαι διήγγελλε τρανοτέρᾳ φωνῆς ἡσυχίᾳ διὰ τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ὄψεως.
1:67σύμβολον γὰρ ὁ μὲν καιόμενος βάτος τῶν ἀδικουμένων, τὸ δὲ φλέγον πῦρ τῶν ἀδικούντων, τὸ δὲ μὴ κατακαίεσθαι τὸ καιόμενον τοῦ μὴ πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων φθαρήσεσθαι τοὺς ἀδικουμένους, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ἄπρακτον καὶ ἀνωφελῆ γενέσθαι τὴν ἐπίθεσιν, τοῖς δὲ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἀζήμιον, ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος προνοίας τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ τὰ λίαν φοβερὰ παρὰ τὰς ἁπάντων ἐλπίδας κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἐξευμαρίζοντος.
1:68τὴν δὲ εἰκασίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐπισκεπτέον. ὁ βάτος, ὡς ἐλέχθη, φυτὸν ἀσθενέστατον ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἄκεντρον, ὡς εἰ καὶ μόνον ἐπιψαύσειέ τις τιτρώσκειν, οὔτ’ ἐξαναλώθη τῷ φύσει δαπανηρῷ πυρί, τοὐναντίον δὲ ἐφυλάχθη πρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ διαμένων ὁποῖος ἦν πρὶν ἀνακαίεσθαι μηδὲν ἀποβαλὼν τὸ παράπαν αὐγὴν προσέλαβε.
1:69τοῦθ’ ἅπαν ὑπογραφή τίς ἐστι τῆς ἐθνικῆς ὑποθέσεως, ἣ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐπεῖχε, μόνον οὐ βοῶσα τοῖς ἐν συμφοραῖς· „μὴ ἀναπίπτετε, τὸ ἀσθενὲς ὑμῶν δύναμίς ἐστιν, ἣ καὶ κεντεῖ καὶ κατατρώσει μυρίους. ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξαναλῶσαι γλιχομένων τὸ γένος ἀκόντων διασωθήσεσθε μᾶλλον ἢ ἀπολεῖσθε, τοῖς κακοῖς οὐ κακωθήσεσθε, ἀλλ’ ὅταν μάλιστα πορθεῖν νομίσῃ τις ὑμᾶς, τότε μάλιστα πρὸς εὔκλειαν ἐκλάμψετε.“
1:70πάλιν τὸ πῦρ φθοροποιὸς οὐσία διελέγχουσα τοὺς ὠμοθύμους· „μὴ ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀλκαῖς ἐπαίρεσθε, τὰς ἀμάχους ῥώμας ἰδόντες καθαιρουμένας σωφρονίσθητε· ἡ μὲν καυστικὴ δύναμις τῆς φλογὸς ὡς ξύλον καίεται, τὸ δὲ φύσει καυστὸν ξύλον οἷα πῦρ ἐμφανῶς καίει.“
1:71Τὸ τεράστιον τοῦτο καὶ τεθαυματουργημένον δείξας ὁ θεὸς τῷ Μωυσεῖ, παραίνεσιν ἐναργεστάτην τῶν μελλόντων ἀποτελεῖσθαι, καὶ διὰ χρησμῶν ἄρχεται προτρέπειν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους σπεύδειν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὡς οὐ μόνον ἐλευθερίας παραίτιον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἐνθένδε ἀποικίας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν γενησόμενον, ὁμολογῶν ἐν ἅπασι συλλήψεσθαι.
1:72„κακουμένων γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ καὶ δυσανασχέτους ὕβρεις ὑπομενόντων, οὐδενὸς ἀνθρώπων οὔτ’ ἐπικουφίζοντος οὔτ’ ἐλεοῦντος τὰς συμφοράς, οἶκτον“ φησίν „αὐτὸς ἔλαβον· καὶ γὰρ οἶδ’ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον καὶ πάντας ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐφ’ ἱκετείας καὶ λιτὰς τραπομένους ἐλπίζειν τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ βοήθειαν· εἰμὶ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἤπιος καὶ γνησίοις ἱκέταις ἵλεως.
1:73ἴθι δὴ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τῆς χώρας μηδὲν εὐλαβηθεὶς τὸ παράπαν — ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρότερος τέθνηκεν, ὃν ἀπεδίδρασκες διὰ φόβον ἐπιβουλῆς, ἕτερος δὲ τὴν χώραν ἐπιτέτραπται μηδενὸς τῶν πραγμάτων σοι μνησικακῶν — καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους γερουσίαν προσπαραλαβὼν εἰπὲ χρησμῷ προσκεκλῆσθαι ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ἔθνος, ἵνα κατὰ τὰ πάτρια θύσῃ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἔξω τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας προελθόν.“
1:74ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀπιστήσοντας τούς τε ὁμοφύλους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας „ἐὰν οὖν“ φησί „πυνθάνωνται, τί τὸ ὄνομα τῷ πέμψαντι, μηδ’ αὐτὸς εἰπεῖν ἔχων ἆρ’ οὐ δόξω διαπατᾶν“;
1:75ὁ δὲ „τὸ μὲν πρῶτον λέγε“ φησίν „αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν, ἵνα μαθόντες διαφορὰν ὄντος τε καὶ μὴ ὄντος προσαναδιδαχθῶσιν, ὡς οὐδὲν ὄνομα τὸ παράπαν ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ κυριολογεῖται, ᾧ μόνῳ πρόσεστι τὸ εἶναι.
Book 1, §§76–100
1:76ἐὰν δ’ ἀσθενέστεροι τὰς φύσεις ὄντες ἐπιζητῶσι πρόσρησιν, δήλωσον αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον τοῦθ’ ὅτι θεός εἰμι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ τριῶν τῶν ἐπωνύμων ἀνδρῶν ἀρετῆς, θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ, ὧν ὁ μὲν τῆς διδακτῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς φυσικῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀσκητικῆς σοφίας κανών ἐστιν. ἐὰν δὲ ἔτι ἀπιστῶσι, τρισὶ σημείοις ἀναδιδαχθέντες μεταβαλοῦσιν, ἃ πρότερον οὔτε τις εἶδεν οὔτε ἤκουσεν ἀνθρώπων.“
1:77ἦν δὲ τὰ σημεῖα τοιάδε· ῥάβδον, ἣν εἶχεν, εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥῖψαι κελεύει· ἡ δ’ αὐτίκα ψυχωθεῖσα εἷρπε καὶ τῶν ἀπόδων τὸ ἡγεμονικώτατον ὑπερμεγέθης δράκων γίνεται τελειότατος· ταχέως δ’ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῴου καὶ διὰ δέος ἤδη πρὸς φυγὴν ὁρμῶν μετακαλεῖται καὶ θεοῦ προστάξαντος ἅμα τε θάρσος ἐμποιήσαντος ἐπιδράττεται τῆς οὐρᾶς.
1:78ὁ δὲ ἰλυσπώμενος ἔτι κατὰ τὴν ἐπαφὴν ἵσταται καὶ πρὸς μῆκος εὖ μάλα ταθεὶς εὐθὺς εἰς βακτηρίαν μετεστοιχειοῦτο τὴν αὐτήν, ὡς θαυμάζειν μὲν τὰς μεταβολὰς ἀμφοτέρας, ποτέρα δὲ καταπληκτικωτέρα, μὴ δύνασθαι διακρίνειν, τῆς ψυχῆς ἰσορρόπῳ πληχθείσης φαντασίᾳ.
1:79τοῦτο μὲν δὴ πρῶτον, ἕτερον δ’ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐθαυματουργεῖτο· τῶν χειρῶν τὴν ἑτέραν προστάττει τοῖς κόλποις ἐπικρύψαντα μικρὸν ὕστερον προενεγκεῖν· δράσαντος δὲ τὸ κελευσθέν, ἡ χεὶρ λευκοτέρα χιόνος ἐξαπιναίως ἀναφαίνεται· πάλιν δὲ καθέντος εἰς τοὺς κόλπους καὶ ἀνενεγκόντος, εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν χρόαν τρέπεται τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀπολαβοῦσα εἶδος.
1:80ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ μόνου μόνος ἐπαιδεύετο, ὡς παρὰ διδασκάλῳ γνώριμος, ἔχων παρ’ ἑαυτῷ τὰ τῶν τεράτων ὄργανα, τήν τε χεῖρα καὶ τὴν βακτηρίαν, οἷς προεφωδιάσθη.
1:81τρίτον δ’ ἐπιφέρεσθαι μὲν οὐκ ἦν οὐδὲ προδιδάσκεσθαι, ἔμελλε δ’ ἐκπλήττειν οὐκ ἔλαττον τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ. ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο· „τοῦ ποταμίου“ φησίν „ὕδατος ὅσον ἂν ἀρυσάμενος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆς ἐκχέῃς, αἷμα ξανθότατον ἔσται πρὸς τῇ χρόᾳ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἑτεροιωθὲν εἰς ἀλλαγὴν παντελῆ.“
1:82πιστὸν δ’ ὡς ἔοικε καὶ τοῦτ’ ἀνεφαίνετο, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ τοῦ λέγοντος ἀψευδές, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὰ ἤδη προεπιδειχθέντα ἐπί τε τῆς χειρὸς καὶ τῆς βακτηρίας θαυματουργήματα.
1:83πιστεύων δ’ ὅμως παρῃτεῖτο τὴν χειροτονίαν ἰσχνόφωνον καὶ βραδύγλωσσον, οὐκ εὔλογον, αὑτὸν εἶναι φάσκων καὶ μάλιστ’ ἀφ’ οὗ λέγοντος ἤκουε θεοῦ· νομίσας γὰρ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην λογιότητα κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῆς θείας ἀφωνίαν εἶναι καὶ ἅμα τὴν φύσιν εὐλαβὴς ὢν ὑπεστέλλετο τοῖς ὑπερόγκοις, τὰ λίαν μεγάλα κρίνων οὐ καθ’ αὑτόν, καὶ παρεκάλει ἕτερον ἑλέσθαι τὸν εὐμαρῶς ἕκαστα τῶν ἐπισταλέντων διαπράξασθαι δυνησόμενον.
1:84ὁ δ’ ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτὸν τῆς αἰδοῦς "ἆρά γε ἀγνοεῖς“ εἶπε "τὸν δόντα ἀνθρώπῳ στόμα καὶ κατασκευάσαντα γλῶτταν καὶ ἀρτηρίαν καὶ τὴν ἅπασαν λογικῆς φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίαν; αὐτός εἰμι ἐγώ. μηδὲν οὖν δείσῃς· ἐμοῦ γὰρ ἐπινεύσαντος ἀρθρωθήσεται πάντα καὶ μεταβαλεῖ πρὸς τὸ μέτριον, ὡς μηδενὸς ἔτι ἐμποδίζοντος ῥεῖν εὔτροχον καὶ λεῖον ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς πηγῆς τὸ τῶν λόγων νᾶμα. χρεία δ’ εἰ γένοιτο ἑρμηνέως, ὑποδιακονικὸν στόμα τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἕξεις, ἵν’ ὁ μὲν τῷ πλήθει ἀπαγγέλλῃ τὰ ἀπὸ σοῦ, σὺ δ’ ἐκείνῳ τὰ θεῖα.“
1:85Ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας — οὐ γὰρ ἦν εἰς ἅπαν ἀντιλέγειν ἀσφαλὲς οὐδ’ ἀκίνδυνον — ἄρας ἐβάδιζε μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνων ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον, καθ’ ἣν ὑπαντήσαντα τὸν ἀδελφὸν πείθει συνακολουθεῖν ὑπειπὼν τὰ θεῖα λόγια· τῷ δ’ ἄρα προϋπείργαστο ἡ ψυχὴ κατ’ ἐπιφροσύνην θεοῦ πρὸς πειθαρχίαν, ὡς ἀνενδοιάστως συναινεῖν καὶ ἑτοίμως ἕπεσθαι.
1:86παραγενόμενοι δ’ εἰς Αἴγυπτον γνώμῃ καὶ ψυχῇ μιᾷ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοὺς δημογέροντας τοῦ ἔθνους συναγαγόντες ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ μηνύουσι τοὺς χρησμοὺς καὶ ὡς ἔλεον καὶ οἶκτον λαβὼν αὐτῶν ὁ θεὸς ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάστασιν εἰς ἀμείνω χώραν ὁμολογῶν αὐτὸς ἔσεσθαι τῆς ὁδοῦ ἡγεμὼν ὑπισχνεῖται.
1:87μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ θαρροῦσιν ἤδη διαλέγεσθαι περὶ τοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἱερουργήσοντα ἐκπέμψαι τῶν ὅρων· δεῖν γὰρ ἔφασκον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τὰς πατρίους θυσίας ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, μὴ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων γινομένας, ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ καὶ νόμῳ διαφεύγοντι τὴν κοινότητα διὰ τὰς τῶν ἐθῶν ἐξαιρέτους ἰδιότητας.
1:88ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἔτι σπαργάνων προγονικῷ τύφῳ τὴν ψυχὴν πεπιεσμένος καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν νοητὸν θεὸν ἔξω τῶν ὁρατῶν νομίζων ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς ὕβριν εἰπών· „τίς ἐστιν οὗ χρή με ὑπακούειν; οὐκ οἶδα τὸν λεγόμενον τοῦτον καινὸν κύριον· οὐκ ἐξαποστέλλω τὸ ἔθνος ἐπὶ προφάσει ἑορτῆς καὶ θυσιῶν ἀφηνιάσον“ (cf. Exod. 5,2).
1:89εἶθ’ ἅτε χαλεπὸς καὶ βαρύμηνις καὶ ἀπαραίτητος τὴν ὀργὴν κελεύει τοὺς τοῖς ἔργοις ἐφεστῶτας προπηλακίζεσθαι ὡς ἀνέσεις καὶ σχολὴν ἐνδιδόντας, ἀνέσεως καὶ σχολῆς εἶναι λέγων τὸ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ θυσιῶν καὶ ἑορτῶν· τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ἀνάγκαις τούτων οὐδὲ μεμνῆσθαι, ἀλλ’ οἷς ὁ βίος ἐν εὐπαθείᾳ πολλῇ καὶ τρυφῇ.
1:90βαρυτέρας οὖν ἢ πρότερον συμφορὰς ὑπομενόντων καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀμφὶ Μωυσῆν δυσχεραινόντων ὡς ἀπατεῶσι καὶ τὰ μὲν λάθρα τὰ δὲ φανερῶς κακηγορούντων καὶ ἀσεβείας αἰτιωμένων ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν θεοῦ κατεψεῦσθαι, δεικνύειν ἄρχεται Μωυσῆς ἃ προὐδιδάχθη τέρατα, νομίσας τοὺς θεασομένους ἐκ τῆς ἐπεχούσης ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν τῶν λεγομένων μεταβαλεῖν.
1:91ἡ δὲ τῶν τεράτων ἐπίδειξις ἐγένετο καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ διὰ σπουδῆς καὶ τοῖς ἐν τέλει τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. πάντων οὖν τῶν δυνατῶν συρρυέντων εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, λαβὼν τὴν βακτηρίαν ὁ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς καὶ κατασείσας μάλα ἐπιδεικτικῶς εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥίπτει· καὶ ἡ μὲν δράκων αὐτίκα γίνεται, οἱ δ’ ἐν κύκλῳ κατεθεῶντο καὶ ἅμα θαυμαστικῶς ἔχοντες ὑπὸ δέους ἐξαναχωροῦντες ἀπέφευγον.
1:92σοφισταὶ δ’ ὅσοι καὶ μάγοι παρετύγχανον „τί καταπλήττεσθε;“ εἶπον· „οὐδ’ ἡμεῖς τῶν τοιούτων ἀμελετήτως ἔχομεν, ἀλλὰ χρώμεθα τέχνῃ δημιουργῷ τῶν ὁμοίων.“ εἶθ’ ἑκάστου βακτηρίαν ἣν εἶχε ῥίψαντος, δρακόντων πλῆθος ἦν καὶ περὶ ἕνα τὸν πρῶτον εἱλοῦντο.
1:93ὁ δ’ ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος διαναστὰς πρὸς ὕψος τὰ μὲν στέρνα εὐρύνει, τὸ δὲ στόμα διοίξας ὁλκοῦ πνεύματος ῥύμῃ βιαιοτάτῃ καθάπερ βόλον ἰχθύων πάντας ἐν κύκλῳ σαγηνεύσας ἐπισπᾶται καὶ καταπιὼν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν φύσιν τῆς βακτηρίας μετέβαλεν.
1:94ἤδη μὲν οὖν ἐν ἑκάστου τῇ ψυχῇ τῶν ἐθελοκακούντων τὸ ὕποπτον διήλεγξεν ἡ μεγαλουργηθεῖσα ὄψις, ὡς μηκέτι νομίζειν ἀνθρώπων σοφίσματα καὶ τέχνας εἶναι τὰ γινόμενα πεπλασμένας πρὸς ἀπάτην. ἀλλὰ δύναμιν θειοτέραν τὴν τούτων αἰτίαν, ᾗ πάντα δρᾶν εὐμαρές.
1:95ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκασθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν γινομένων ἐμφανοῦς ἐναργείας οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐθρασύνοντο, τῆς αὐτῆς ἀπανθρωπίας καὶ ἀσεβείας ὥσπερ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἐπειλημμένοι βεβαιοτάτου, μήτε τοὺς καταδουλωθέντας ἀδίκως ἐλεοῦντες μήτε τὰ διὰ τῶν λόγων προσταττόμενα δρῶντες, ἅτε δὴ τοῦ θεοῦ τρανοτέραις χρησμῶν ἀποδείξεσι ταῖς διὰ σημείων καὶ τεράτων τὸ βούλημα δεδηλωκότος, ἐμβριθεστέρας ἐπανατάσεως ἐδέησε καὶ πληγῶν ἑσμοῦ, αἷς οἱ ἄφρονες νουθετοῦνται, οὓς λόγος οὐκ ἐπαίδευσε.
1:96Δέκα δὲ ἐπάγονται τῇ χώρᾳ τιμωρίαι, κατὰ τῶν τέλεια ἡμαρτηκότων τέλειος ἀριθμὸς κολάσεως· ἦν δὲ κόλασις παρηλλαχυῖα τὰς ἐν ἔθει. τὰ γὰρ στοιχεῖα τοῦ παντός, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ πῦρ, ἐπιτίθενται, δικαιώσαντος θεοῦ, οἷς ἀπετελέσθη ὁ κόσμος, τὴν ἀσεβῶν χώραν φθαρῆναι, πρὸς ἔνδειξιν κράτους ἀρχῆς ᾗ κέχρηται, τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ σωτηρίως ἐπὶ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων σχηματίζοντος καὶ τρέποντος ὁπότε βουληθείη πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀπώλειαν.
1:97διανέμει δὲ τὰς κολάσεις, τρεῖς μὲν τὰς ἐκ τῶν παχυμερεστέρων στοιχείων γῆς καὶ ὕδατος, ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθησαν αἱ σωματικαὶ ποιότητες, ἐφεὶς τῷ Μωυσέως ἀδελφῷ, τὰς δ’ ἴσας ἐξ ἀέρος καὶ πυρὸς τῶν ψυχογονιμωτάτων μόνῳ Μωυσεῖ, μίαν δὲ κοινὴν ἀμφοτέροις ἑβδόμην ἐπιτρέπει, τρεῖς δὲ τὰς ἄλλας εἰς συμπλήρωσιν δεκάδος ἀνατίθησιν αὑτῷ.
1:98καὶ πρώτας ἐπιφέρειν ἄρχεται τὰς ἀφ’ ὕδατος· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ ὕδωρ Αἰγύπτιοι διαφερόντως ἐκτετιμήκασιν ἀρχὴν τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως τοῦτ’ εἶναι νομίζοντες, αὐτὸ πρῶτον ἠξίωσε καλέσαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀποδεχομένων ἐπίπληξίν τε καὶ νουθεσίαν.
1:99τί οὖν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν συνέβη; τοῦ Μωυσέως ἀδελφοῦ προστάξει θείᾳ κατενεγκόντος τὴν βακτηρίαν ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ὁ μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπ’ Αἰθιοπίας ἄχρι θαλάσσης εἰς αἷμα τρέπεται, συνεξαιματοῦνται δ’ αὐτῷ λίμναι, διώρυχες, κρῆναι, φρέατα, πηγαί, σύμπασα ἡ κατ’ Αἴγυπτον οὐσία ὕδατος, ὡς ἀπορίᾳ ποτοῦ τὰ παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις ἀναστέλλειν, τὰς δ’ ἀνατεμνομένας φλέβας καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς αἱμορραγίαις κρουνηδὸν αὐλοὺς ἀκοντίζειν αἵματος, μηδεμιᾶς ἐνορωμένης διαυγοῦς λιβάδος.
1:100ἐναπέθνῃσκε δὲ καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν ἰχθύων ἅπαντα, ἅτε τῆς ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως εἰς φθοροποιὸν μεταβαλούσης, ὡς δυσωδίας πάντα διὰ πάντων ἀναπεπλῆσθαι, τοσούτων σηπομένων ἀθρόον σωμάτων· πολὺς δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ὄχλος ὑπὸ δίψους διαφθαρεὶς ἔκειτο σωρηδὸν ἐπὶ τῶν τριόδων, οὐ σθενόντων ἐπὶ τὰ μνήματα τῶν οἰκείων τοὺς τετελευτηκότας ἐκκομίζειν.
Book 1, §§101–125
1:101ἐπὶ γὰρ ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ τὸ δεινὸν ἐκράτησεν, ἕως οἱ μὲν Αἰγύπτιοι τοὺς ἀμφὶ Μωυσῆν, οὗτοι δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευσαν, οἶκτον λαβεῖν τῶν ἀπολλυμένων· ὁ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἵλεως μεταβάλλει τὸ αἷμα εἰς ὕδωρ πότιμον ἀποδοὺς τῷ ποταμῷ καθαρὰ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ῥεῖθρα καὶ σωτήρια.
1:102μικρὸν δὲ ὅσον ἀνεθέντες ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὠμότητα καὶ παρανομίαν ἵεντο, ὡς ἢ τοῦ δικαίου παντάπασιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανισθέντος ἢ τῶν ὑπομεινάντων μίαν τιμωρίαν δεύτερον οὐκ εἰωθότων ἐπιπλήττεσθαι· παθόντες δ’ ἀνεδιδάσκοντο νηπίων παίδων τρόπον μὴ καταφρονεῖν· ἡ γὰρ κόλασις ἑπομένη κατ’ ἴχνος μελλόντων μὲν ἐβράδυνε, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἀδικήματα θέοντας ἐπιδραμοῦσα κατελάμβανε.
1:103πάλιν γὰρ ὁ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς κελευσθεὶς διώρυξι καὶ λίμναις καὶ ἕλεσι τὴν ῥάβδον ἐκτείνας ἐπιφέρει· πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἔκτασιν βατράχων πληθὺς ἀνέρπει τοσαύτη, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἀγορὰς καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὕπαιθρον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τούτοις ἐπαύλεις, οἰκίας, ἱερά, πάντα ἰδιωτικὸν καὶ δημόσιον τόπον πεπληρῶσθαι, καθάπερ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἓν γένος τῶν ἐνύδρων τῆς φύσεως ἐκπέμψαι διανοηθείσης πρὸς τὴν ἐναντίαν χώραν· ἐναντία γὰρ χέρσος ὕδατι.
1:104μήτ’ οὖν ἔξω προελθεῖν ἕνεκα τοῦ προκατέχεσθαι τοὺς στενωποὺς μήτ’ ἔνδον δυνάμενοι μένειν — καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἤδη προκατειλήφεσαν ἄχρι καὶ τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων ἀνέρποντες — ἐν ἐσχάταις ἦσαν συμφοραῖς καὶ σωτηρίας ἀπογνώσει.
1:105πάλιν οὖν καταφεύγουσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς αὐτούς, ὑποσχομένου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν ἔξοδον Ἑβραίοις· οἱ δὲ λιταῖς τὸν θεὸν ἐξευμενίζονται· καὶ ἐπινεύσαντος, τῶν φρύνων οἱ μὲν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἀναχωροῦσι, τῶν δ’ εὐθὺς διαφθαρέντων κατὰ τὰς τριόδους θημῶνες ἦσαν, σωρηδὸν ἐπιφερόντων καὶ τοὺς οἴκοθεν διὰ τὰς ἀνυποίστους ὀσμάς, αἳ ἐκ νεκρῶν σωμάτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀνεφέροντο, ἃ καὶ ἔμψυχα ὄντα πολλὴν ἀηδίαν παρέχεται ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι.
1:106διαπνεύσαντες δὲ τῆς τιμωρίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀθληταὶ συλλεξάμενοι δύναμιν, ἵν’ ἀπ’ ἐρρωμενεστέρας ἰσχύος ἀδικῶσι, πάλιν εἰς τὴν συνήθη κακίαν ἀνέδραμον ἐκλαθόμενοι ὧν τέως ὑπέμειναν κακῶν.
1:107ἐπισχὼν δὲ τὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος τιμωρίας ὁ θεὸς τὰς ἐκ γῆς ἐπέφερε τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιστήσας κολαστήν, οὗ πάλιν κατὰ τὸ προσταχθὲν τῇ βακτηρίᾳ τοὔδαφος παίσαντος φορὰ σκνιπῶν ἐχύθη καὶ ταθεῖσα καθάπερ νέφος ἅπασαν ἐπέσχεν Αἴγυπτον.
1:108τὸ δὲ ζῷον, εἰ καὶ βραχύτατον, ὅμως ἀργαλεώτατον· οὐ γὰρ μόνον λυμαίνεται τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν κνησμοὺς ἐμποιοῦν ἀηδεῖς καὶ βλαβερωτάτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τἀντὸς βιάζεται διὰ μυκτήρων καὶ ὤτων· σίνεται δὲ καὶ κόρας ὀφθαλμῶν εἰσπετόμενον, εἰ μὴ φυλάξαιτό τις· φυλακὴ δὲ τίς ἔμελλε πρὸς τοσαύτην ἔσεσθαι φοράν, καὶ μάλιστα θεοῦ κολάζοντος;
1:109ἴσως ἄν τις ἐπιζητήσειε, διὰ τί τοῖς οὕτως ἀφανέσι καὶ ἠμελημένοις ζῴοις ἐτιμωρεῖτο τὴν χώραν παρεὶς ἄρκτους καὶ λέοντας καὶ παρδάλεις καὶ τὰ ἄλλα γένη τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων, ἃ σαρκῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἅπτεται, καὶ εἰ μὴ ταῦτα, τὰς γοῦν Αἰγυπτίας ἀσπίδας, ὧν τὰ δήγματα πέφυκεν ἀνυπερθέτως ἀναιρεῖν.
1:110εἰ δ’ ὄντως ἀγνοεῖ, μαθέτω· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τοὺς οἰκήτορας τῆς χώρας ὁ θεὸς νουθετῆσαι μᾶλλον ἐβούλετο ἢ διαφθεῖραι· βουληθεὶς γὰρ ἀφανίζειν εἰς ἅπαν οὐκ ἂν ζῴοις ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθέσεις ὥσπερ συνεργοῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεηλάτοις κακοῖς, λιμῷ τε καὶ λοιμῷ.
1:111μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κἀκεῖνο προσδιδασκέσθω μάθημα πρὸς ἅπαντα τὸν βίον ἀναγκαῖον· τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν; ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ ὅταν πολεμῶσι, τὸ δυνατώτατον εἰς συμμαχίαν ἐπικουρικὸν ἐξετάζουσιν, ὃ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀσθένειαν ἐκπλήσει· θεὸς δ’ ἡ ἀνωτάτω καὶ μεγίστη δύναμις ὢν οὐδενός ἐστι χρεῖος· ἐὰν δέ που βουληθῇ καθάπερ ὀργάνοις τισὶ χρήσασθαι πρὸς τὰς τιμωρίας, οὐ τὰ ἐρρωμενέστατα καὶ μέγιστα αἱρεῖται, τῆς τούτων ἀλκῆς ἥκιστα φροντίζων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εὐτελέσι καὶ μικροῖς ἀμάχους καὶ ἀηττήτους δυνάμεις ἐγκατασκευάσας ἀμύνεται δι’ αὐτῶν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, καθὰ καὶ νῦν. τί γὰρ εὐτελέστερον σκνιπός;
1:112ἀλλ’ ὅμως τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσεν, ὡς ἀπαγορεῦσαι πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐκβοᾶν ἀναγκασθῆναι, ὅτι „δάκτυλος θεοῦ τοῦτ’ ἐστί“ (Exod. 8,19)· χεῖρα γὰρ θεοῦ μηδὲ τὴν σύμπασαν οἰκουμένην ὑποστῆναι ἂν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα, μᾶλλον δ’ οὐδὲ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον.
1:113Τοιαῦται μὲν αἱ διὰ τοῦ Μωυσέως ἀδελφοῦ τιμωρίαι· ἃς δὲ αὐτὸς Μωυσῆς ὑπηρέτησε καὶ ἐξ οἵων τῆς φύσεως συνέστησαν μερῶν, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐπισκεπτέον. ἀὴρ μὲν οὖν καὶ οὐρανός, αἱ καθαρώταται μοῖραι τῆς τῶν ὅλων οὐσίας, παρ’ ὕδατος καὶ γῆς διαδέχονται τὴν ἐπ’ Αἰγύπτῳ νουθεσίαν, ἧς ἐπίτροπος ἐχειροτονήθη Μωυσῆς.
1:114ἤρξατο δὲ πρότερον τὸν ἀέρα διακινεῖν· Αἴγυπτος γὰρ μόνη σχεδόν τι παρὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ νοτίῳ κλίματι χώρας τῶν ἐτησίων ὡρῶν μίαν τὴν χειμερινὴν οὐ παραδέχεται, τάχα μέν, ὡς λόγος, διὰ τὸ μὴ πόρρω ζώνης διακεκαυμένης εἶναι, ῥέοντος τοῦ πυρώδους ἐκεῖθεν ἀφανῶς καὶ τἀν κύκλῳ πάντα ἀλεαίνοντος, τάχα δὲ ἐπεὶ καὶ ταῖς θεριναῖς τροπαῖς πλημμυρῶν ὁ ποταμὸς προαναλίσκει τὰς νεφώσεις —
1:115ἄρχεται μὲν γὰρ ἐπιβαίνειν θέρους ἐνισταμένου, λήγει δὲ λήγοντος, ἐν ᾧ χρόνῳ καὶ οἱ ἐτησίαι καταράττουσιν ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν τοῦ Νείλου στομάτων, δι’ ὧν ἔτι κωλυόμενος ἐκχεῖσθαι, τῆς θαλάσσης ὑπὸ βίας τῶν ἀνέμων πρὸς ὕψος αἰρομένης καὶ τὰς τρικυμίας ὥσπερ μακρὸν τεῖχος ἀποτεινούσης, ἐντὸς εἱλεῖται, κἄπειτα τῶν ῥείθρων ὑπαντιαζόντων τοῦ τε κατιόντος ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν πηγῶν καὶ τοῦ θύραζε χωρεῖν ὀφείλοντος ταῖς ἀνακοπαῖς ἀνατρέχοντος εὐρύνεσθαί τε μὴ δυναμένων (αἱ γὰρ παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἐκθλίβουσιν ὄχθαι), μετεωριζόμενος ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπιβαίνει —,
1:116τάχα δ’ ἐπεὶ καὶ περιττὸν ἦν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ χειμῶνα γενέσθαι· πρὸς ὃ γὰρ αἱ τῶν ὄμβρων φοραὶ χρήσιμοι, καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς λιμνάζων τὰς ἀρούρας εἰς καρπῶν ἐτησίων γένεσιν.
1:117ἡ δὲ φύσις οὐ ματαιουργός, ὡς ὑετὸν χορηγεῖν μὴ δεομένῃ γῇ, καὶ ἅμα χαίρει τῷ πολυτρόπῳ καὶ πολυσχιδεῖ τῶν ἐπιστημονικῶν ἔργων τὴν συμφωνίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἐξ ἐναντιοτήτων ἐναρμοσαμένη· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ τοῖς δὲ κάτωθεν ἐκ πηγῶν τε καὶ ποταμῶν παρέχει τὴν ἐξ ὕδατος ὠφέλειαν.
1:118οὕτως οὖν τῆς χώρας διακειμένης καὶ ταῖς χειμεριναῖς ἐαριζούσης τροπαῖς καὶ τῶν μὲν πρὸς θαλάττῃ μόναις ψεκάσιν ἀραιαῖς λιπαινομένων, τῶν δ’ ὑπὲρ Μέμφιν, τὸ βασίλειον Αἰγύπτου, μηδὲ νιφομένων τὸ παράπαν, ἐξαίφνης οὕτως ἐνεωτέρισεν ὁ ἀήρ, ὥσθ’ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς δυσχειμέροις ἀθρόα κατασκῆψαι, φορὰς ὑετῶν, χάλαζαν πολλὴν καὶ βαρεῖαν, ἀνέμων συμπιπτόντων καὶ ἀντιπαταγούντων βίας, νεφῶν ῥήξεις, ἐπαλλήλους ἀστραπὰς καὶ βροντάς, κεραυνοὺς συνεχεῖς, οἳ τερατωδεστάτην ὄψιν παρείχοντο· θέοντες γὰρ διὰ τῆς χαλάζης, μαχομένης οὐσίας, οὔτε ἔτηκον αὐτὴν οὔτε ἐσβέννυντο, μένοντες δ’ ἐν ὁμοίῳ καὶ δολιχεύοντες ἄνω καὶ κάτω διετήρουν τὴν χάλαζαν.
1:119ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον ἡ ἐξαίσιος φορὰ πάντων τοὺς οἰκήτορας εἰς ὑπερβαλλούσας δυσθυμίας ἤγαγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ πράγματος ἄηθες· ὑπέλαβον γάρ, ὅπερ καὶ ἦν, ἐκ μηνιμάτων θείων κεκαινουργῆσθαι τὰ συμβάντα, νεωτερίσαντος ὡς οὔπω πρότερον τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπὶ λύμῃ καὶ φθορᾷ δένδρων τε καὶ καρπῶν, οἷς συνεφθάρη ζῷα οὐκ ὀλίγα, τὰ μὲν περιψύξεσι, τὰ δὲ βάρει τῆς ἐπιπιπτούσης χαλάζης ὥσπερ καταλευσθέντα, τὰ δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλωθέντα· ἔνια δ’ ἡμίφλεκτα διέμενε τοὺς τύπους τῶν κεραυνίων τραυμάτων εἰς
1:120νουθεσίαν τῶν ὁρώντων ἐπιφερόμενα. λωφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ πάλιν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν θρασυνομένων, εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Μωυσῆς τὴν ῥάβδον ἐκτείνει, κελεύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ. κἄπειτ’ ἄνεμος καταράττει, νότος βιαιότατος, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα προσεπιτεινόμενος καὶ σφοδρυνόμενος, αὐτὸς καθ’ αὑτὸν ὢν μεγάλη ζημία· ξηρός τε γάρ ἐστι καὶ κεφαλαλγὴς καὶ βαρυήκοος, ἄσας τε καὶ ἀδημονίας ἐμποιεῖν ἱκανός, καὶ μάλιστ’ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ κειμένῃ κατὰ τὰ νότια, δι’ ὧν αἱ περιπολήσεις τῶν φωσφόρων ἀστέρων, ὡς ἅμα τῷ διακινηθῆναι τὸν ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμὸν συνεπωθεῖσθαι καὶ πάντα καίειν.
1:121ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἅμ’ αὐτῷ καὶ πλῆθος ἀμήχανον ζῴων ἐπεφέρετο φθοροποιὸν φυτῶν, ἀκρίδες, αἳ ῥεύματος τρόπον ἀπαύστως ἐκχεόμεναι καὶ πάντα πληρώσασαι τὸν ἀέρα διέφαγον, ὅσα οἱ κεραυνοὶ ὑπελίποντο καὶ ἡ χάλαζα, ὡς μηδὲν ἐν τῇ τοσαύτῃ χώρᾳ βλαστάνον ἔτι θεωρεῖσθαι.
1:122τότε μόλις εἰς ἀκριβεστάτην ἔννοιαν τῶν οἰκείων ἐλθόντες οἱ ἐν τέλει κακῶν προσελθόντες ἔλεγον τῷ βασιλεῖ· „μέχρι τίνος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπεις τὴν ἔξοδον τοῖς ἀνδράσιν; ἢ οὔπω μανθάνεις ἐκ τῶν γινομένων, ὅτι ἀπόλωλεν Αἴγυπτος;“ ὁ δ’ ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν ἐφιεὶς ὡμολόγει, χαλάσαντος τοῦ δεινοῦ. πάλιν δ’ εὐξαμένου Μωυσέως, ὑπολαβὼν ἐκ τῆς θαλάττης ἄνεμος ἀποσκίδνησι τὰς ἀκρίδας.
1:123ἀνασκεδασθεισῶν δὲ καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους ἄφεσιν δυσθανατοῦντος, ἐπιγίνεται τῶν πρότερον κακῶν μεῖζον· λαμπρᾶς γὰρ ἡμέρας οὔσης, ἐξαπιναίως ἀναχεῖται σκότος, ἴσως μὲν καὶ ἡλίου γενομένης ἐκλείψεως τῶν ἐν ἔθει τελειοτέρας, ἴσως δὲ καὶ συνεχείαις νεφῶν καὶ πυκνότησιν ἀδιαστάτοις καὶ πιλήσει βιαιοτάτῃ τῆς τῶν ἀκτίνων φορᾶς ἀνακοπείσης, ὡς ἀδιαφορεῖν ἡμέραν νυκτὸς καὶ τί γὰρ ἀλλ’ ἢ μίαν νύκτα νομίζεσθαι μακροτάτην τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἴσην καὶ ταῖς ἰσαρίθμοις νυξί.
1:124τότε δή φασι τοὺς μὲν ἐρριμμένους ἐν ταῖς εὐναῖς μὴ τολμᾶν ἐξανίστασθαι, τοὺς δ’ ὁπότε κατεπείγοι τι τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαίων ἐπαφωμένους τοίχων ἤ τινος ἑτέρου καθάπερ τυφλοὺς μόλις προέρχεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τοῦ χρειώδους πυρὸς τὸ φέγγος τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς κατεχούσης ζάλης ἐσβέννυτο, τὸ δὲ τῷ βάθει τοῦ σκότους ἀμαυρούμενον ἐνηφανίζετο, ὡς τὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην ὄψιν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὑγιαίνουσαν πηρὸν εἶναι μηδὲν ὁρᾶν δυναμένην, τετράφθαι δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας οἷα ὑπηκόους πεσούσης τῆς ἡγεμονίδος·
1:125οὔτε γὰρ λέγειν τις οὔτ’ ἀκούειν οὔτε προσενέγκασθαι τροφὰς ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ’ ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ παρέτεινον αὑτοὺς οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν αἰσθήσεων σχολάζοντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους ὅλοι συνηρπασμένοι, μέχρι πάλιν Μωυσῆς λαβὼν οἶκτον ἱκετεύει τὸν θεόν· ὁ δὲ φῶς ἀντὶ σκότους καὶ ἡμέραν ἀντὶ νυκτὸς ἐργάζεται σὺν αἰθρίᾳ πολλῇ.
Book 1, §§126–150
1:126Τοιαύτας φασὶ γενέσθαι καὶ τὰς διὰ μόνου Μωυσέως ἐπιπλήξεις, τὴν διὰ χαλάζης καὶ κεραυνῶν, τὴν διὰ τῆς ἀκρίδος, τὴν διὰ σκότους, ὃ πᾶσαν ἰδέαν φωτὸς οὐ παρεδέχετο· κοινῇ δ’ αὐτός τε καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς μίαν ἐπετράπησαν, ἣν αὐτίκα σημανῶ.
1:127κελεύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, τέφραν ἀπὸ καμίνου λαμβάνουσι ταῖς χερσίν, ἣν Μωυσῆς κατὰ μέρος εἰς τὸν ἀέρα διέπαττεν· ἔπειτα κονιορτὸς αἰφνίδιον ἐπενεχθεὶς ἀνθρώποις τε καὶ ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἀγρίαν καὶ δυσαλγῆ κατὰ τῆς δορᾶς ἁπάσης ἕλκωσιν εἰργάζετο καὶ τὰ σώματα εὐθὺς συνῴδει ταῖς ἐξανθήσεσιν ὑποπύους ἔχοντα φλυκταίνας, ἃς ἐτόπασεν ἄν τις ἀφανῶς ὑποκαιομένας ἀναζεῖν.
1:128ἀλγηδόσι τε καὶ περιωδυνίαις κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐκ τῆς ἑλκώσεως καὶ φλογώσεως πιεζόμενοι μᾶλλον ἢ οὐχ ἧττον τῶν σωμάτων τὰς ψυχὰς ἔκαμνον ἐκτετρυχωμένοι ταῖς ἀνίαις — ἓν γὰρ ἄν τις ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄχρι ποδῶν συνεχὲς ἕλκος ἐθεάσατο, τῶν κατὰ μέλος καὶ μέρος διεσπαρμένων εἰς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἰδέαν ἀποκριθέντων —, ἕως πάλιν ἱκεσίαις τοῦ νομοθέτου, ἃς ὑπὲρ τῶν πασχόντων ἐποιήσατο, ἡ νόσος ῥᾴων ἐγένετο.
1:129κοινῇ μέντοι τὴν νουθεσίαν ταύτην ἐπετράπησαν δεόντως, ὁ μὲν ἀδελφὸς διὰ τὸν ἐπενεχθέντα κονιορτόν, ἐπεὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς συμβαινόντων τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἔλαχε, Μωυσῆς δὲ διὰ τὸν ἀέρα μεταβαλόντα πρὸς κάκωσιν τῶν οἰκητόρων· ταῖς δ’ ἀπ’ ἀέρος καὶ οὐρανοῦ πληγαῖς οὗτος ὑπηρέτει.
1:130Λοιπαὶ δὲ τιμωρίαι τρεῖς εἰσιν αὐτουργηθεῖσαι δίχα τῆς ἀνθρώπων ὑπηρεσίας, ὧν κατὰ μίαν ἑκάστην, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, δηλώσω. πρώτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ γενομένη διὰ ζῴου τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει πάντων θρασυτάτου, κυνομυίας, ἣν ἐτύμως ἐκάλεσαν οἱ θετικοὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων — σοφοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν — ἐκ τῶν ἀναιδεστάτων ζῴων συνθέντες τοὔνομα, μυίας καὶ κυνός, τοῦ μὲν τῶν χερσαίων θρασυτάτου, τῆς δὲ τῶν πτηνῶν· ἐπιφοιτῶσι γὰρ καὶ ἐπιτρέχουσιν ἀδεῶς, κἂν ἀνείργῃ τις, εἰς τὸ ἀήττητον ἀντιφιλονεικοῦσιν, ἄχρις ἂν αἵματος καὶ σαρκῶν κορεσθῶσιν.
1:131ἡ δὲ κυνόμυια τὴν ἀφ’ ἑκατέρου τόλμαν προσειληφυῖα δηκτικὸν καὶ ἐπίβουλον ζῷόν ἐστι· καὶ γὰρ πόρρωθεν μετὰ ῥοίζου καθάπερ βέλος εἰσακοντίζεται καὶ ἐπεμπίπτουσα βιαίως εὖ μάλα ἐγχρίμπτεται.
1:132τότε δὲ καὶ θεήλατος ἦν ἡ προσβολή, ὡς δεδιπλασιάσθαι τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκέτι μόνον τοῖς φυσικοῖς κεχρημένης πλεονεκτήμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐκ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης, ἣ τὸ ζῷον ὥπλιζε καὶ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἀνήγειρε κατὰ τῶν ἐγχωρίων.
1:133μετὰ τὴν κυνόμυιαν εἵπετο τιμωρία πάλιν ἄνευ συμπράξεως ἀνθρωπίνης, βοσκημάτων θάνατος· βουκόλια γὰρ καὶ αἰπόλια καὶ ποίμνια μεγάλα καὶ ὅσαι ὑποζυγίων καὶ ἄλλων θρεμμάτων ἰδέαι πᾶσαι μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ, ὡς ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος, ἀγεληδὸν διεφθείροντο, τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀπώλειαν, ἣ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἔμελλε γίνεσθαι, προμηνύουσαι καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς λοιμώδεσι νόσοις· λέγεται γὰρ προάγων τις εἶναι λοιμικῶν ἀρρωστημάτων ἡ ζῴων ἀλόγων αἰφνίδιος φθορά.
1:134μεθ’ ἣν ἡ δεκάτη καὶ τελευταία δίκη πάσας ὑπερβάλλουσα τὰς προτέρας ἐπεγένετο, θάνατος Αἰγυπτίων οὔτε πάντων — οὐ γὰρ ἐρημῶσαι τὴν χώραν προῃρεῖτο ὁ θεὸς ἀλλὰ νουθετῆσαι μόνον — οὔτε τῶν πλείστων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν ἐξ ἁπάσης ἡλικίας, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῆν ἐφιεὶς μόνων τῶν πρωτοτόκων καταψηφίζεται θάνατον ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ πρεσβυτάτου τῶν βασιλέως παίδων καὶ λήξας εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀφανεστάτης ἀλετρίδος.
1:135περὶ γὰρ μέσας νύκτας οἱ πρῶτοι πατέρας καὶ μητέρας προσειπόντες καὶ ὑπ’ ἐκείνων υἱοὶ πάλιν πρῶτον ὀνομασθέντες ὑγιαίνοντες καὶ τὰ σώματα ἐρρωμένοι πάντες ἀπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς προφάσεως ἡβηδὸν ἐξαπιναίως ἀνῄρηντο καὶ οὐδεμίαν οἰκίαν ἀμοιρῆσαί φασι τότε τῆς συμφορᾶς.
1:136ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἕῳ κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἕκαστοι θεασάμενοι τοὺς φιλτάτους ἀπροσδοκήτως τετελευτηκότας, οἷς ὁμοδίαιτοι καὶ ὁμοτράπεζοι μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐγεγένηντο, βαρυτάτῳ πένθει κατασχεθέντες οἰμωγῆς πάντα ἐνέπλησαν, ὥστε συνέβη καὶ διὰ τὴν κοινοπραγίαν τοῦ πάθους ἁπάντων ἀθρόως ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκβοησάντων ἕνα θρῆνον ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα κατὰ πάσης τῆς χώρας συνηχῆσαι.
1:137καὶ μέχρι μὲν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις διέτριβον, ἀγνοῶν ἕκαστος τὸ τοῦ πλησίον κακὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ μόνον ἔστενε, προελθὼν δὲ καὶ γνοὺς τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διπλοῦν πένθος πρὸς τῷ ἰδίῳ καὶ τὸ κοινὸν εὐθὺς ἐλάμβανεν, ἐπ’ ἐλάττονι καὶ κουφοτέρῳ μεῖζον καὶ βαρύτερον, ἅτε καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς παραμυθίας ἀφῃρημένος· τίς γὰρ ἔμελλε παρηγορεῖν ἕτερον αὐτὸς ὢν τοῦδε χρεῖος;
1:138ὅπερ δ’ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ, τὰ παρόντα νομίσαντες ἀρχὴν εἶναι μειζόνων καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἔτι ζώντων ἀπωλείας καταδείσαντες συνέδραμον εἰς τὰ βασίλεια δεδακρυμένοι καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας περιερρηγμένοι κατεβόων τε τοῦ βασιλέως ὡς πάντων αἰτίου τῶν συμβεβηκότων δεινῶν.
1:139εἰ γάρ, ἔλεγον, εὐθὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ Μωυσέως ἐντυχόντος εἴασεν ἐξελθεῖν τὸ ἔθνος, οὐδενὸς ἂν τῶν γεγονότων πειραθῆναι τὸ παράπαν· εἴξαντος δ’ αὐθαδείᾳ τῇ συνήθει, τὰ ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἀκαίρου φιλονεικίας ἐξ ἑτοίμου λαβεῖν. εἶτ’ ἄλλος ἄλλον παρεκάλει τὸν λεὼν μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς χώρας ἐξελαύνειν, καὶ τὸ μίαν ἡμέραν μᾶλλον δὲ ὥραν αὐτὸ μόνον κατασχεῖν πρὸς ἀνήκεστον τιμωρίαν τιθέμενοι.
1:140οἱ δ’ ἐλαυνόμενοι καὶ διωκόμενοι τῆς αὑτῶν εὐγενείας εἰς ἔννοιαν ἐλθόντες τόλμημα τολμῶσιν, ὁποῖον εἰκὸς ἦν τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ μὴ ἀμνήμονας ὧν ἐπεβουλεύθησαν ἀδίκως.
1:141πολλὴν γὰρ λείαν ἐκφορήσαντες τὴν μὲν αὐτοὶ διεκόμιζον ἐπηχθισμένοι, τὴν δὲ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἐπέθεσαν, οὐ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν ἤ, ὡς ἄν τις κατηγορῶν εἴποι, τὴν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίαν — πόθεν; — ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὧν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὑπηρέτησαν ἀναγκαῖον μισθὸν κομιζόμενοι, εἶτα δὲ ὑπὲρ ὧν κατεδουλώθησαν ἐν ἐλάττοσι καὶ οὐχὶ τοῖς ἴσοις ἀντιλυποῦντες· ποῦ γάρ ἐσθ’ ὅμοιον ζημία χρημάτων καὶ στέρησις ἐλευθερίας, ὑπὲρ ἧς οὐ μόνον προΐεσθαι τὰς οὐσίας οἱ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐθέλουσιν;
1:142ἐν ἑκατέρῳ δὴ κατώρθουν, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ μισθὸν λαμβάνοντες, ὃν παρ’ ἀκόντων πολὺν χρόνον οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων ἀπεστεροῦντο, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φέρειν ἀξιοῦντες νόμῳ τῶν κεκρατηκότων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ χειρῶν ἦρξαν ἀδίκων, ξένους καὶ ἱκέτας, ὡς ἔφην πρότερον, καταδουλωσάμενοι τρόπον αἰχμαλώτων, οἱ δὲ καιροῦ παραπεσόντος ἠμύναντο δίχα τῆς ἐν ὅπλοις παρασκευῆς, προασπίζοντος καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ὑπερέχοντος τοῦ δικαίου.
1:143Τοσαύταις μὲν δὴ πληγαῖς καὶ τιμωρίαις Αἴγυπτος ἐνουθετεῖτο, ὧν οὐδεμία τῶν Ἑβραίων καίτοι γε ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς πόλεσι καὶ κώμαις καὶ οἰκίαις συνδιατριβόντων ἥψατο, γῆς ὕδατος ἀέρος πυρός, ἃ μέρη τῆς φύσεώς ἐστιν, ἣν ἀμήχανον ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπιθεμένων· ὃ δὴ καὶ παραδοξότατον ἦν, ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον καὶ χρόνον τοὺς μὲν διαφθείρεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ σῴζεσθαι.
1:144ὁ ποταμὸς εἰς αἷμα μετέβαλεν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ Ἑβραίοις· ἡνίκα γὰρ βουληθεῖεν ἀρύσασθαι, τροπὴν ἐλάμβανεν εἰς πότιμον. βάτραχος ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπὶ τὴν χέρσον ἀνερπύσας ἀγορὰς καὶ ἐπαύλεις καὶ οἰκίας ἐπλήρωσεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐξανεχώρει μόνων καθάπερ διακρίνειν ἐπιστάμενος, οὕς τε χρὴ κολάζεσθαι καὶ τοὐναντίον.
1:145οὐ σκνίπες, οὐ κυνόμυια, οὐκ ἀκρίς, ἣ καὶ φυτὰ καὶ καρποὺς καὶ ζῷα καὶ ἀνθρώπους μεγάλα ἔβλαψε, τούτοις προσέπτησαν· οὐχ ὑετῶν, οὐ χαλάζης, οὐ κεραυνῶν αἱ γενόμεναι συνεχεῖς φοραὶ μέχρι τούτων ἔφθασαν· ἑλκώσεως τῆς ἀργαλεωτάτης εἰς τὸ παθεῖν οὐδ’ ὄναρ ἐπῄσθοντο· βαθυτάτου σκότους τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀναχυθέντος, ἐν αὐγῇ καθαρᾷ διήγαγον, τοῦ ἡμερησίου φωτὸς ἐπιλάμποντος· ἀναιρουμένων τῶν παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις πρωτοτόκων, ἐτελεύτησεν Ἑβραῖος οὐδείς· οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν, ὁπότε καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀμυθήτων φθορὰ θρεμμάτων οὐδεμίαν τῶν παρὰ τούτοις ἀγέλην συνεπεσπάσατο πρὸς ἀπώλειαν.
1:146καί μοί τις δοκεῖ παρατυχὼν τοῖς γενομένοις κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν μηδὲν ἂν ἄλλο νομίσαι τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἢ θεατὰς ὧν ἕτεροι κακῶν ὑπέμενον καὶ οὐ μόνον * * *, ἀλλὰ καὶ μαθημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον ἀναδιδασκομένους, εὐσέβειαν· οὐ γάρ ποθ’ οὕτως ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν κρίσις ἐμφανῶς ἦλθε τοῖς μὲν φθορὰν τοῖς δὲ σωτηρίαν παρασχοῦσα.
1:147Τῶν δ’ ἐξιόντων καὶ μετανισταμένων οἱ μὲν ἀνδρὸς ἔχοντες ἡλικίαν ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα μυριάδας ἦσαν, ὁ δ’ ἄλλος ὅμιλος πρεσβυτῶν, παίδων, γυναικῶν οὐ ῥᾴδιος ἀριθμηθῆναι· μιγάδων δὲ καὶ συγκλύδων καὶ θεραπείας ὄχλος συνεξῆλθεν ὡσανεὶ νόθον μετὰ γνησίου πλήθους· οὗτοι δ’ ἦσαν οἱ ἐκ γυναικῶν γεννηθέντες Αἰγυπτίων τοῖς Ἑβραίοις καὶ τῷ πατρῴῳ γένει προσνεμηθέντες καὶ ὅσοι τὸ θεοφιλὲς ἀγάμενοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐπηλύται ἐγένοντο καὶ εἰ δή τινες τῷ μεγέθει καὶ πλήθει τῶν ἐπαλλήλων κολάσεων μετεβάλοντο σωφρονισθέντες.
1:148τούτων ἁπάντων ἡγεμὼν ἐχειροτονεῖτο Μωυσῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ βασιλείαν λαβὼν οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τῶν ἐπὶ τὰς δυναστείας ὠθουμένων ὅπλοις καὶ μηχανήμασιν ἱππικαῖς τε καὶ πεζικαῖς καὶ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλ’ ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ καλοκἀγαθίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἅπαντας εὐνοίας, ᾗ χρώμενος ἀεὶ διετέλει, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῦ φιλαρέτου καὶ φιλοκάλου θεοῦ γέρας ἄξιον αὐτῷ παρασχόντος.
1:149ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὴν Αἰγύπτου κατέλιπεν ἡγεμονίαν, θυγατριδοῦς τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος ὤν, ἕνεκα τῶν κατὰ τὴν χώραν γινομένων ἀδικημάτων πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσας ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θεμένων ἐλπίσι διὰ ψυχῆς εὐγένειαν καὶ φρονήματος μέγεθος καὶ τὸ μισοπόνηρον φύσει, τῷ πρυτανεύοντι καὶ ἐπιμελουμένῳ τῶν ὅλων ἔδοξεν αὐτὸν ἀμείψασθαι βασιλείᾳ πολυανθρωποτέρου καὶ κρείττονος ἔθνους, ὅπερ ἔμελλεν ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἱερᾶσθαι τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων αἰεὶ ποιησόμενον εὐχὰς ὑπέρ τε κακῶν ἀποτροπῆς καὶ μετουσίας ἀγαθῶν.
1:150παραλαβὼν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τὸν ἴδιον αὔξειν οἶκον καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς — δύο γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ — προάγειν ἐπὶ μέγα δυνάμεως ἐσπούδασεν, ὡς ἐν μὲν τῷ παρόντι κοινωνοὺς αὖθις δὲ καὶ διαδόχους ἀποφῆναι· γνώμῃ γὰρ ἀδόλῳ καὶ καθαρᾷ πρὸς πάντα μικρά τε αὖ καὶ μεγάλα χρώμενος τὴν φυσικὴν πρὸς τὰ τέκνα φιλοστοργίαν οἷα κριτὴς ἀγαθὸς ἐνίκα τῷ περὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ἀδεκάστῳ.
Book 1, §§151–175
1:151προὔκειτο γὰρ ἓν αὐτῷ τέλος ἀναγκαιότατον, ὀνῆσαι τοὺς ἀρχομένους καὶ πάνθ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς τούτων ὠφελείας ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ πραγματεύεσθαι, μηδένα παραλιπόντι καιρὸν τῶν συντεινόντων εἰς κοινὴν κατόρθωσιν.
1:152μόνος οὗτος τῶν πώποθ’ ἡγεμονευσάντων οὐ χρυσὸν οὐκ ἄργυρον ἐθησαυρίσατο, οὐ δασμοὺς ἐξέλεξεν, οὐκ οἰκίας, οὐ κτήματα, οὐ θρέμματα, οὐ θεραπείαν οἰκετικήν, οὐ προσόδους, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν εἰς πολυτέλειαν καὶ περιουσίαν οὐδὲν ἐκτήσατο, καίτοι πάντων ἔχειν ἀφθονίαν δυνάμενος·
1:153ἀλλ’ ὑπολαβὼν πενίας ψυχικῆς ἔργον εἶναι τὸν ἐν ταῖς ὕλαις ἀποδέχεσθαι πλοῦτον τοῦ μὲν ὡς τυφλοῦ κατεφρόνησε, τὸν δὲ βλέποντα τῆς φύσεως ἐξετίμησε καὶ ζηλωτὴς ὡς οὐκ οἶδ’ εἴ τις ἕτερος αὐτοῦ γενόμενος ἐν μὲν ἐσθῆσι καὶ τροφαῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς περὶ δίαιταν οὐδὲν ἐπιτραγῳδῶν πρὸς σεμνότερον ὄγκον εὐτέλειαν καὶ εὐκολίαν ἐπετήδευεν ἰδιώτου, πολυτέλειαν δὲ τῷ ὄντι βασιλικὴν ἐν οἷς καλὸν ἦν πλεονεκτεῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα·
1:154ταῦτα δ’ ἦσαν ἐγκράτειαι, καρτερίαι, σωφροσύναι, ἀγχίνοιαι, συνέσεις, ἐπιστῆμαι, πόνοι, κακοπάθειαι, ἡδονῶν ὑπεροψίαι, δικαιοσύναι, προτροπαὶ πρὸς τὰ βέλτιστα, ψόγοι καὶ κολάσεις ἁμαρτανόντων νόμιμοι, ἔπαινοι καὶ τιμαὶ κατορθούντων πάλιν σὺν νόμῳ.
1:155τοιγαροῦν πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντα πολυχρηματίᾳ καὶ τῷ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις μέγα πνέοντι πλούτῳ γεραίρει θεὸς τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τελεώτατον ἀντιδοὺς πλοῦτον αὐτῷ· οὗτος δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς συμπάσης γῆς καὶ θαλάττης καὶ ποταμῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα στοιχεῖα καὶ συγκρίματα· κοινωνὸν γὰρ ἀξιώσας ἀναφανῆναι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ λήξεως ἀνῆκε πάντα τὸν κόσμον ὡς κληρονόμῳ κτῆσιν ἁρμόζουσαν.
1:156τοιγαροῦν ὑπήκουεν ὡς δεσπότῃ τῶν στοιχείων ἕκαστον ἀλλάττον ἣν εἶχε δύναμιν καὶ ταῖς προστάξεσιν ὑπεῖκον· καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἴσως οὐδέν· εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν „κοινὰ τὰ φίλων„, φίλος δὲ ὁ προφήτης ἀνείρηται θεοῦ (cf. Exod. 33, 11), κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον μετέχοι ἂν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς κτήσεως, καθ’ ὃ χρειῶδες.
1:157ὁ μὲν γὰρ θεὸς πάντα κεκτημένος οὐδενὸς δεῖται, ὁ δὲ σπουδαῖος ἄνθρωπος κέκτηται μὲν οὐδὲν κυρίως ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἑαυτόν, τῶν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κειμηλίων, καθ’ ὅσον ἂν οἷός τε ᾖ, μεταλαγχάνει. καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· κοσμοπολίτης γάρ ἐστιν, ἧς χάριν αἰτίας οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην πόλεων ἐνεγράφη, δεόντως, οὐ μέρος χώρας ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸν κόσμον κλῆρον λαβών. τί δ’;
1:158οὐχὶ καὶ μείζονος τῆς πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων καὶ ποιητὴν κοινωνίας ἀπέλαυσε προσρήσεως τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιωθείς; ὠνομάσθη γὰρ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους θεὸς καὶ βασιλεύς· εἴς τε τὸν γνόφον, ἔνθα ἦν ὁ θεός, εἰσελθεῖν λέγεται (Exod. 20, 21), τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν ἀειδῆ καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον τῶν ὄντων παραδειγματικὴν οὐσίαν, τὰ ἀθέατα φύσει θνητῇ κατανοῶν· καθάπερ τε γραφὴν εὖ δεδημιουργημένην ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον εἰς μέσον προαγαγὼν πάγκαλον καὶ θεοειδὲς ἔργον ἔστησε παράδειγμα τοῖς ἐθέλουσι μιμεῖσθαι.
1:159εὐδαίμονες δ’ ὅσοι τὸν τύπον ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς ἐναπεμάξαντο ἢ ἐσπούδασαν ἐναπομάξασθαι· φερέτω γὰρ ἡ διάνοια μάλιστα μὲν τὸ εἶδος τέλειον ἀρετῆς, εἰ δὲ μή, τὸν γοῦν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαι τὸ εἶδος ἀνενδοίαστον πόθον.
1:160καὶ μὴν οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνό τις ἀγνοεῖ, ὅτι ζηλωταὶ τῶν ἐνδόξων οἱ ἀφανεῖς εἰσι καί, ὧν ἂν ἐκεῖνοι μάλιστ’ ὀρέγεσθαι δοκῶσι, πρὸς ταῦτα τὰς αὑτῶν ἀποτείνουσιν ὁρμάς· ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ἡγεμὼν ἄρξηται καθηδυπαθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον ἀποκλίνειν βίον, σύμπαν ὀλίγου δεῖν τὸ ὑπήκοον τὰς γαστρὸς καὶ τῶν μετὰ γαστέρα προσαναρρήγνυσιν ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐπιθυμίας, εἰ μή τινες εὐμοιρίᾳ χρήσαιντο φύσεως ψυχὴν οὐκ ἐπίβουλον ἀλλ’ εὐμενῆ καὶ ἵλεω κτησάμενοι·
1:161ἐὰν δ’ αὐστηροτέραν καὶ σεμνοτέραν ἕληται προαίρεσιν, καὶ οἱ λίαν αὐτῶν ἀκράτορες μεταβάλλουσι πρὸς ἐγκράτειαν ἢ φόβῳ ἢ αἰδοῖ σπουδάζοντες ὑπόληψιν ἐμποιεῖν, ὅτι ἄρα ζηλωταὶ τῶν ὁμοίων εἰσί· καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποθ’ οἱ χείρους τὰ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μανέντες ἀποδοκιμάζοιεν.
1:162τάχα δ’, ἐπεὶ καὶ νομοθέτης ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι, πολὺ πρότερον αὐτὸς ἐγίνετο νόμος ἔμψυχός τε καὶ λογικὸς θείᾳ προνοίᾳ, ἥτις ἀγνοοῦντα αὐτὸν εἰς νομοθέτην ἐχειροτόνησεν αὖθις.
1:163Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν παρ’ ἑκόντων ἔλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν, βραβεύοντος καὶ ἐπινεύοντος θεοῦ, τὴν ἀποικίαν ἔστελλεν εἰς Φοινίκην καὶ Συρίαν τὴν κοίλην καὶ Παλαιστίνην, ἣ τότε. προσηγορεύετο Χαναναίων, ἧς οἱ ὅροι τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν διειστήκεσαν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου.
1:164εἶτ’ ἦγεν αὐτοὺς οὐ τὴν ἐπίτομον, ἅμα μὲν εὐλαβηθείς, μή ποθ’, ὑπαντιασάντων τῶν οἰκητόρων διὰ φόβον ἀναστάσεως καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ καὶ γενομένου πολέμου, πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ὑποστρέψωσιν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἀπ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐπ’ ἐχθρούς, νέων ἐπ’ ἀρχαίους, γέλως καὶ χλεύη γενησόμενοι καὶ χείρω καὶ ἀργαλεώτερα τῶν προτέρων ὑπομενοῦντες, ἅμα δὲ καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς δι’ ἐρήμης ἄγων καὶ μακρᾶς δοκιμάσαι, πῶς ἔχουσι πειθαρχίας ἐν οὐκ ἀφθόνοις χορηγίαις ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ὑποσπανιζούσαις.
1:165ἐκτραπόμενος οὖν τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας, ἐγκάρσιον ἀτραπὸν εὑρὼν καὶ νομίσας κατατείνειν ἄχρι τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάττης ὁδοιπορεῖν ἤρχετο. τεράστιον δέ φασι συμβῆναι κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μεγαλούργημα τῆς φύσεως, ὃ μηδείς πω μέμνηται πάλαι γεγονός.
1:166νεφέλη γὰρ εἰς εὐμεγέθη κίονα σχηματισθεῖσα προῄει τῆς πληθύος, ἡμέρας μὲν ἡλιοειδὲς ἐκλάμπουσα φέγγος, νύκτωρ δὲ φλογοειδές, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πλάζεσθαι κατὰ τὴν πορείαν, ἀλλ’ ἀπλανεστάτῳ ἕπεσθαι ἡγεμόνι ὁδοῦ. τάχα μέντοι καὶ τῶν ὑπάρχων τις ἦν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, ἀφανὴς ἄγγελος, ἐγκατειλημμένος τῇ νεφέλῃ προηγητήρ, ὃν οὐ θέμις σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρᾶσθαι.
1:167Θεασάμενος δ’ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς ἀνοδίᾳ χρωμένους, ὡς ᾤετο, καὶ διὰ τραχείας καὶ ἀτριβοῦς ἐρήμης βαδίζοντας ἥσθη μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ κατὰ τὴν πορείαν σφάλματι, νομίσας συγκεκλεῖσθαι διέξοδον οὐκ ἔχοντας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ μεθέσθαι μετανοῶν ἐπεχείρει διώκειν, ὡς ἢ φόβῳ τὴν πληθὺν ὑποστρέψων καὶ δουλωσόμενος αὖθις ἢ ἀποκτενῶν ἡβηδὸν ἀφηνιάζουσαν.
1:168εἶθ’ ἅπασαν τὴν ἱππικὴν δύναμιν παραλαβὼν ἀκοντιστάς τε καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ἱπποτοξότας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὅσοι τῆς κούφης ὁπλίσεως καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν δρεπανηφόρων ἁρμάτων ἑξακόσια τοῖς ἐν τέλει δούς, ἵνα μετὰ τοῦ πρέποντος ἀξιώματος ἐπακολουθήσωσι καὶ τῆς στρατείας μετάσχωσιν, οὐδὲν τάχους ἀνεὶς ἐπεξέθει καὶ συντείνων ἔσπευδε βουλόμενος ἐξαπιναίως οὐ προϊδομένοις ἐπιστῆναι· τὸ γὰρ ἀνέλπιστον κακὸν ἀργαλεώτερον αἰεὶ τοῦ προσδοκηθέντος, ὅσῳ καὶ τὸ ὀλιγωρηθὲν εὐεπιχειρητότερον τοῦ σὺν φροντίδι.
1:169καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς ἐπηκολούθει νομίζων αὐτοβοεὶ περιέσεσθαι, οἱ δ’ ἔτυχον ἤδη παρὰ ταῖς ἠϊόσι τῆς θαλάττης στρατοπεδεύοντες· μελλόντων δ’ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πάταγος ἐξηχεῖτο πολύς, ἅτε τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων ὁμοῦ καὶ ὑποζυγίων μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐλαυνόντων, ὡς ἐκχυθέντας τῶν σκηνῶν περιβλέπεσθαι καὶ ὠτακουστεῖν ἀκροβατοῦντας· εἶτ’ ὀλίγῳ ὕστερον ἐπὶ λόφου μετέωρος ἡ ἀντίπαλος καταφαίνεται δύναμις ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐκτεταγμένη πρὸς μάχην.
1:170ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ παραλόγῳ καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτῳ καταπλαγέντες καὶ μήτε πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπεῖς ὄντες διὰ σπάνιν ἀμυντηρίων — οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἀλλ’ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἐξῄεσαν — μήτε φυγεῖν δυνάμενοι — κατόπιν μὲν γὰρ πέλαγος, ἐχθροὶ δ’ ἀντικρύ, τὰ δὲ παρ’ ἑκάτερα βαθεῖα καὶ ἀτριβὴς ἐρήμη — σφαδᾴζοντες καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν κακῶν ἀπειρηκότες, οἷα παρὰ τὰς τοιαύτας φιλεῖ συμφοράς, τὸν ἄρχοντα ᾐτιῶντο φάσκοντες·
1:171„διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι μνήματα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, οἷς ἀποθανόντες ἐνταφησόμεθα, ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς, ἵν’ ἐνταῦθα κηδεύσῃς ἀποκτείνας; ἢ οὐ πᾶσα δουλεία κουφότερον κακὸν θανάτου; δελεάσας ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδι τὸ πλῆθος τὸν χαλεπώτερον περὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἐπεκρέμασας κίνδυνον.
1:172ἠγνόεις τὴν ἡμετέραν ἁπλότητα καὶ τὴν Αἰγυπτίων πικρίαν καὶ τὸ βαρύμηνι; τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀφύκτων κακῶν οὐχ ὁρᾷς; τί πρακτέον; πολεμῶμεν ἄοπλοι πρὸς ὡπλισμένους; ἀλλὰ φεύγωμεν καθάπερ ἄρκυσι κυκλωθέντες ἀνηλεέσιν ἐχθροῖς, ἐρημίαις ἀβάτοις, ἀπλώτοις πελάγεσιν;
1:173εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ πλωτά, τίς εὐπορία σκαφῶν εἰς περαίωσιν;“ ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούων τοῖς μὲν συνεγίνωσκε, τῶν δὲ χρησμῶν ἐμέμνητο· καὶ διανείμας τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸν λόγον κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τῷ μὲν ἐνετύγχανεν ἀφανῶς τῷ θεῷ, ἵν’ ἐξ ἀμηχάνων ῥύσηται συμφορῶν, δι’ οὗ δ’ ἐθάρσυνε καὶ παρηγόρει τοὺς καταβοῶντας „μὴ ἀναπίπτετε“ λέγων· „οὐχ ὁμοίως ἄνθρωπος ἀμύνεται καὶ θεός.
1:174τί μόνοις τοῖς εὐλόγοις καὶ πιθανοῖς προπιστεύετε; παρασκευῆς οὐδεμιᾶς ἐστι χρεῖος ὁ θεὸς βοηθός· ἐν ἀπόροις πόρον εὑρεῖν ἴδιον θεοῦ· τὰ ἀδύνατα παντὶ γενητῷ μόνῳ δυνατὰ καὶ κατὰ χειρός.“
1:175καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἔτι καθεστὼς διεξῄει· μικρὸν δ’ ἐπισχὼν ἔνθους γίνεται καταπνευσθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ εἰωθότος ἐπιφοιτᾶν αὐτῷ πνεύματος καὶ θεσπίζει προφητεύων τάδε· „ἣν ὁρᾶτε στρατιὰν εὐοπλοῦσαν, οὐκέτ’ ἀντιτεταγμένην ὄψεσθε· πεσεῖται γὰρ προτροπάδην πᾶσα καὶ βύθιος ἀφανισθήσεται, ὡς μηδὲ λείψανον αὐτῆς ὑπὲρ γῆς ἔτι φανῆναι, καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτί.“
Book 1, §§176–200
1:176καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτ’ ἀπεφθέγγετο. καταδύντος δ’ ἡλίου, νότος εὐθὺς ἤρξατο κατασκήπτειν βιαιότατος, ὑφ’ οὗ τὸ πέλαγος ἐξανεχώρησεν, εἰωθὸς μὲν ἀμπωτίζειν, τότε δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ὠθούμενον τὸ πρὸς αἰγιαλοῖς ὑπεσύρη καθάπερ εἰς χαράδραν ἢ χάρυβδιν· ἀστήρ τε προὐφαίνετ’ οὐδείς, ἀλλὰ πυκνὸν καὶ μέλαν νέφος ἅπαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπεῖχε, γνοφώδους τῆς νυκτὸς οὔσης εἰς κατάπληξιν τῶν διωκόντων.
1:177προσταχθεὶς δὲ Μωυσῆς τῇ βακτηρίᾳ παίει τὴν θάλασσαν· ἡ δὲ ῥαγεῖσα διίσταται καὶ τῶν τμημάτων τὰ μὲν πρὸς τῷ ῥαγέντι μέρει μετέωρα πρὸς ὕψος ἐξαίρεται καὶ παγέντα τρόπον τείχους κραταιῶς ἠρέμει καὶ ἡσύχαζε, τὰ δ’ ὀπίσω σταλέντα καὶ χαλινωθέντα τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν καθάπερ ἡνίαις ἀφανέσιν ἀνεχαίτιζε, τὸ δὲ μεσαίτατον, καθ’ ὃ ἐγένετο ἡ ῥῆξις, ἀναξηρανθὲν ὁδὸς εὐρεῖα καὶ λεωφόρος γίνεται. τοῦτο ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς καὶ θαυμάσας ἐγεγήθει καὶ πληρωθεὶς χαρᾶς ἐθάρσυνε τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ ᾗ τάχιστα προὔτρεπεν ἀναζευγνύναι.
1:178περαιοῦσθαι δὲ μελλόντων, σημεῖον ἐπιγίνεται τερατωδέστατον· ἡ γὰρ ὁδηγὸς νεφέλη πρωτοστατοῦσα τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀνακάμπτει πρὸς τὰ οὐραῖα τοῦ πλήθους, ὅπως ὀπισθοφυλακῇ, καὶ ταχθεῖσα μεθόριος τῶν διωκόντων καὶ τῶν διωκομένων τοὺς μὲν ἡνιοχοῦσα σωτηρίως καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ἐπήλαυνε, τοὺς δὲ ἀνεῖργε καὶ ἀνέκρουεν ἐφορμᾶν ἐπειγομένους· ἅπερ ὁρῶντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς πάντ’ ἐπλήρουν τάς τε τάξεις ὑπὸ δέους συνέχεον ἐπεμπίπτοντες ἀλλήλοις καὶ ζητοῦντες ἤδη φυγεῖν, ὅτ’ οὐδὲν ἦν ὄφελος.
1:179οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἑβραῖοι διὰ ξηρᾶς ἀτραποῦ περὶ βαθὺν ὄρθρον μετὰ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων ἔτι κομιδῇ νηπίων περαιοῦνται· τοὺς δὲ τὰ τμήματα τοῦ πελάγους ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπικυλισθέντα καὶ ἑνωθέντα αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις καταποντοῖ, βορείοις πνεύμασι τῆς παλιρροίας ἀναχυθείσης καὶ μετεώροις τρικυμίαις ἐπιδραμούσης, ὡς μηδὲ πυρφόρον ὑπολειφθῆναι τὸν ἀπαγγελοῦντα τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τὰς αἰφνιδίους συμφοράς.
1:180τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἔργον Ἑβραῖοι καταπλαγέντες ἀναιμωτὶ νίκην οὐκ ἐλπισθεῖσαν ἤραντο καὶ κατιδόντες ἐν ἀκαρεῖ φθορὰν ἀθρόαν πολεμίων δύο χορούς, τὸν μὲν ἀνδρῶν, τὸν δὲ γυναικῶν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἠϊόνος στήσαντες εὐχαριστικοὺς ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν ᾖδον, ἐξάρχοντος Μωυσέως μὲν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἀδελφῆς δὲ τούτου ταῖς γυναιξίν· ἡγεμόνες γὰρ οὗτοι τῶν χορῶν ἐγεγένηντο.
1:181Ἄραντες δ’ ἀπὸ θαλάττης μέχρι μέν τινος ὡδοιπόρουν μηκέτι τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὀρρωδοῦντες φόβον. ἐπιλιπόντος δὲ τοῦ ποτοῦ τρισὶν ἡμέραις, αὖθις ἐν ἀθυμίαις ἦσαν ὑπὸ δίψους καὶ πάλιν ἤρξαντο μεμψιμοιρεῖν ὡς μηδὲν εὖ προπεπονθότες· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ παρόντος προσβολὴ δεινοῦ τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις ἀγαθοῖς ἡδονὰς ἀφαιρεῖται. θεασάμενοι δὲ πηγὰς ἐπιτρέχουσιν ὡς ἀρυσόμενοι χαρᾶς ὑπόπλεῳ,
1:182δι’ ἄγνοιαν τἀληθοῦς ἀπατηθέντες· πικραὶ γὰρ ἦσαν· εἶτα γευσάμενοι γναμφθέντες τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδα τά τε σώματα παρεῖντο καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀναπεπτώκεσαν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς νηπίοις παισὶ στένοντες, οὓς ἀδακρυτὶ ποτὸν αἰτοῦντας ὁρᾶν οὐχ ὑπέμενον.
1:183ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν ὀλιγωροτέρων καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀβεβαίων καὶ τὰ προγεγονότα ᾐτιῶντο ὡς οὐκ ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ συμβάντα μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ μετουσίαν ἀργαλεωτέρων συμφορῶν, ἄμεινον εἶναι λέγοντες τρίς, οὐχ ἅπαξ, ὑπ’ ἐχθρῶν ἀποθανεῖν ἢ δίψει παραπολέσθαι· τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἄπονον καὶ ταχεῖαν τοῦ βίου μετάστασιν οὐδὲν ἀθανασίας διαφέρειν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι, θάνατον δ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς εἶναι τὸν βραδὺν καὶ μετ’ ἀλγηδόνων, οὐκ ἐν τῷ τεθνάναι τὸ φοβερὸν ἀλλ’ ἐν μόνῳ τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐπιδεικνύμενον.
1:184τοιαύταις χρωμένων ὀλοφύρσεσι, πάλιν ἱκετεύει τὸν θεὸν Μωυσῆς ἐπιστάμενον τὴν ζῴων καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνάγκας ἐκ τροφῆς ἠρτημένου καὶ δεσποίναις χαλεπαῖς συνεζευγμένου, βρώσει καὶ πόσει, συγγνῶναι μὲν τοῖς ἀθυμοῦσι, τὴν δὲ πάντων ἔνδειαν ἐκπλῆσαι, μὴ χρόνου μήκει, δωρεᾷ δ’ ἀνυπερθέτῳ καὶ ταχείᾳ, διὰ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ φυσικὴν ὀλιγωρίαν ὀξὺν καιρὸν τῆς βοηθείας ἐπιποθοῦντος.
1:185ὁ δὲ τὴν ἵλεων αὑτοῦ δύναμιν φθάνει προεκπέμψας καὶ διοίξας τὸ τοῦ ἱκέτου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοίμητον ὄμμα ξύλον δείκνυσιν, ὃ προσέταξεν ἀράμενον εἰς τὰς πηγὰς καθεῖναι, τάχα μὲν κατεσκευασμένον ἐκ φύσεως ποιοῦν δύναμιν, ἣ τάχα ἠγνόητο, τάχα δὲ καὶ τότε πρῶτον ποιηθὲν εἰς ἣν ἔμελλεν ὑπηρετεῖν χρείαν.
1:186γενομένου δὲ τοῦ κελευσθέντος, αἱ μὲν πηγαὶ γλυκαίνονται μεταβαλοῦσαι πρὸς τὸ πότιμον, ὡς μηδ’ εἰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγένοντό ποτε πικραὶ δύνασθαι διαγνῶναι, διὰ τὸ μηδὲ ἴχνος ἢ ζώπυρον τῆς ἀρχαίας κακίας εἰς μνήμην ὑπολελεῖφθαι.
1:187τὸ δὲ δίψος ἀκεσάμενοι μεθ’ ἡδονῆς διπλασίας, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως τὸ παρ’ ἐλπίδα συμβεβηκὸς ἀγαθὸν εὐφραίνει μᾶλλον, ἔτι καὶ τὰς ὑδρίας πληρώσαντες ἀνεζεύγνυσαν, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ θοίνης καὶ ἱλαρᾶς εὐωχίας ἑστιαθέντες καὶ μεθύοντες οὐ τὴν ἐν οἴνῳ μέθην ἀλλὰ τὴν νηφάλιον, ἣν ἠκρατίσαντο τὰς προπόσεις λαβόντες παρὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας τοῦ προεστῶτος ἄρχοντος.
1:188ἀφικνοῦνται δ’ εἰς σταθμὸν δεύτερον, εὔυδρόν τε καὶ εὔδενδρον — Αἰλεὶμ ὠνομάζετο (Exod. 15,27) —, πηγαῖς καταρρεόμενον δώδεκα, παρ’ αἷς στελέχη νέα φοινίκων εὐερνέστατα ἦν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑβδομήκοντα, τοῖς ὀξὺ τῇ διανοίᾳ βλέπειν δυναμένοις ἀγαθῶν τῶν ἐθνικῶν ἐναργῆ σημεῖα καὶ δείγματα·
1:189φυλαί τε γάρ εἰσι τοῦ ἔθνους δώδεκα, ὧν ἑκάστη πηγῆς ἕξει λόγον εὐσεβοῦσα, χορηγούσης εὐσεβείας ἀενάους καὶ ἀνελλιπεῖς καλὰς πράξεις, γενάρχαι δὲ τοῦ σύμπαντος ἔθνους ἑβδομήκοντα γεγόνασι φοίνικι τῷ τῶν δένδρων ἀρίστῳ προσηκόντως παρεικασθέντες, ὃ καὶ ὀφθῆναι καὶ καρπὸν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐστι κάλλιστον, ὅπερ καὶ τὴν ζωτικὴν ἔχει δύναμιν οὐκ ἐν ῥίζαις ὥσπερ τὰ ἄλλα κατορωρυγμένην ἀλλ’ ἀνώφοιτον, καρδίας τρόπον ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τῶν ἀκρεμόνων ἱδρυμένην, ὑφ’ ὧν οἷα ἡγεμονὶς ὄντως ἐν κύκλῳ δορυφορεῖται.
1:190τοιαύτην δ’ ἔχει φύσιν καὶ ἡ διάνοια τῶν γευσαμένων ὁσιότητος· ἄνω γὰρ μεμάθηκε βλέπειν τε καὶ φοιτᾶν καὶ μετεωροπολοῦσα ἀεὶ καὶ τὰ θεῖα διερευνωμένη κάλλη χλεύην τίθεται τὰ ἐπίγεια, ταῦτα μὲν παιδιάν, ἐκεῖνα δὲ σπουδὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς νομίζουσα.
1:191Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ οὐ πολὺς διῆλθε χρόνος καὶ ἀπορίᾳ σιτίων ἐλίμωττον, ὥσπερ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἀντεπιτιθεμένων τῶν ἀναγκαίων· δέσποιναι γὰρ χαλεπαὶ καὶ βαρεῖαι, πεῖνα καὶ δίψα, διακληρωσάμεναι τὰς κακώσεις ἐν μέρει προσέκειντο καὶ συνέβαινε κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἑτέρας ἄνεσιν ἐπιγίνεσθαι τὴν ἑτέραν, ὅπερ ἦν τοῖς πάσχουσιν ἀφορητότατον, εἴ γε πρὸ μικροῦ δόξαντες ἀπαλλαγῆναι δίψους ἐφεδρεῦον κακὸν πεῖναν εὕρισκον.
1:192ἦν δ’ οὐ μόνον ἡ παροῦσα σπάνις χαλεπόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα χρόνον τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπόγνωσις· ὁρῶντες γὰρ βαθεῖαν καὶ πολλὴν ἔρημον καὶ καρπῶν ἀγονωτάτην σφόδρα ἠθύμουν· πάντα γὰρ ἦσαν ἢ τραχεῖαι καὶ ἀπορρῶγες πέτραι ἢ ἁλμυρόγεως πεδιὰς ἢ ὄρη λιθωδέστατα ἢ ψάμμοι βαθεῖαι πρὸς ἠλίβατον ὕψος ἀνατείνουσαι, καὶ προσέτι ποταμὸς οὐδείς, οὐκ αὐθιγενής, οὐ χειμάρρους, οὐδεμία πηγή, σπαρτὸν οὐδὲν οὐδὲ δένδρον, οὐχ ἥμερον, οὐ τῆς ἀγρίας ὕλης, οὐ ζῷον πτηνὸν ἢ χερσαῖον, ὅτι μὴ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ ἰοβόλα πρὸς ὄλεθρον ἀνθρώπων, ὄφεις καὶ σκορπίοι.
1:193εἶθ’ ὑπομιμνῃσκόμενοι τῆς κατ’ Αἴγυπτον εὐθηνίας καὶ εὐετηρίας καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκεῖ πάντων ἀφθονίαν ἀντιτιθέντες τῇ πάντων ἐνταῦθα ἐνδείᾳ χαλεπῶς ἔφερον καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους ἕτεροι τοιαῦτ’ ἐλογοποίουν· „ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδι μεταναστάντες οὐδὲ τοῦ ζῆν ἄδειαν ἔχομεν οἱ ταῖς μὲν ὑποσχέσεσι τοῦ ἡγεμόνος εὐδαίμονες, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων κακοδαιμονέστατοι.
1:194τί τέλος ἔσται τῆς ἀνηνύτου καὶ μακρᾶς οὕτως ὁδοῦ; πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς πλέουσι καὶ τοῖς πεζεύουσιν ὅρος εἰς ὃν ἀφίξονται πρόκειται, τοῖς μὲν ἐμπόρια καὶ λιμένες, τοῖς δὲ πόλις τις ἢ χώρα, μόνοις δ’ ἡμῖν ἄβατος ἐρημία καὶ δυσοδία καὶ χαλεπαὶ δυσελπιστίαι· προϊόντων γάρ, ὥσπερ ἀχανὲς καὶ βαθὺ πέλαγος ἀπόρευτον ἀναφαίνεται καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εὐρυνόμενον.
1:195μετεωρίσας καὶ φυσήσας ἡμᾶς τῷ λόγῳ καὶ κενῶν ἐλπίδων τὰ ὦτα πληρώσας παρατείνει λιμῷ τὰς γαστέρας οὐδὲ τὰς ἀναγκαίας ἐκπορίζων τροφάς· ἀποικίας ὀνόματι τοσαύτην πληθὺν ἠπάτησεν ἐξ οἰκουμένης τὸ πρῶτον εἰς ἀοίκητον ἀγαγών, εἶτα καὶ εἰς ᾅδου προπέμπων, τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευταίαν ὁδόν.“
1:196τοιαῦτ’ ὀνειδιζόμενος οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ ταῖς εἰς αὑτὸν κακηγορίαις ἐδυσχέραινεν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς γνώμης αὐτῶν ἀνιδρύτῳ· πεπειραμένοι γὰρ μυρίων ὅσων ἐκ τοῦ παραλόγου συμβεβηκότων πραγμάτων παρὰ τὸ καθεστὸς ἔθος ὤφειλον ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν εὐλόγων καὶ πιθανῶν ἄγεσθαι, πεπιστευκέναι δ’ αὐτῷ λαβόντες ἀποδείξεις ἐναργεστάτας τοῦ περὶ ἁπάντων ἀψευδεῖν.
1:197πάλιν δ’ ὅτε εἰς ἔννοιαν ἦλθε τῆς ἐνδείας, ἧς μεῖζον οὐδὲν κακὸν ἀνθρώποις ἐστί, συνεγίνωσκεν ὄχλον εἰδὼς ἀβέβαιον φύσει πρᾶγμα καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν χερσὶ διακινούμενον, ἃ λήθην μὲν τῶν προγεγονότων ἐργάζεται, δυσελπιστίαν δ’ εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα.
1:198πάντων οὖν ἐν ἀσχέτοις ὄντων ἀνίαις καὶ τὰς ἀνωτάτω προσδοκώντων συμφοράς, ἃς ἐνόμιζον ἐφεδρεύειν καὶ ἐγγυτάτω παρεῖναι, τοῦτο μὲν διὰ τὴν σύμφυτον ἐπιείκειαν καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν, τοῦτο δὲ βουλόμενος ὃν ἐχειροτόνησεν ἡγεμόνα τιμῆσαι καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ὡς εὐσεβείας ἔχει καὶ ὁσιότητος ἔν τε τοῖς φανεροῖς κἀν τοῖς ἀδήλοις ἅπασι διασυστῆσαι ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήσας τὸ πάθος ἰᾶται.
1:199ξένας οὖν εὐεργεσίας ἐκαινοτόμει, τρανοτέραις ὅπως ἐμφάσεσι παιδευθῶσιν ἤδη μὴ δυσανασχετεῖν, εἴ τι μὴ κατὰ γνώμην εὐθὺς ἀποβαίη, τλητικῶς δ’ ὑπομένειν χρηστὰ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων προσδοκῶντες.
1:200τί οὖν συνέβη; τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ περὶ τὴν ἕω δρόσος βαθεῖα καὶ πολλὴ περὶ σύμπαν ἦν ἐν κύκλῳ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἣν ἐπένιφεν ἡσυχῇ, ἀήθη ὑετὸν καὶ παρηλλαγμένον, οὐχ ὕδωρ, οὐ χάλαζαν, οὐ χιόνα, οὐ κρύσταλλον — ταῦτα γὰρ αἱ τῶν νεφῶν ἀπεργάζονται μεταβολαὶ ταῖς χειμεριναῖς τροπαῖς —, ἀλλὰ κέγχρον βραχυτάτην καὶ λευκοτάτην, ἣ διὰ τὴν ἐπάλληλον φορὰν σωρηδὸν προὐκέχυτο τῶν σκηνῶν, ἄπιστος ὄψις· ἣν καταπλαγέντες ἐπυνθάνοντο τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, τίς τε ὁ ὑετὸς οὗτός ἐστιν, ὃν οὐδείς πω πρότερον εἶδεν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πρὸς τί γέγονεν.
Book 1, §§201–225
1:201ὁ δὲ καταπνευσθεὶς ἔνθους γίνεται καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε· „θνητοῖς μὲν ἀνεῖται πεδιὰς ἡ βαθύγειος, ἣν ἀνατεμόντες εἰς αὔλακας ἀροῦσι καὶ σπείρουσι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ κατὰ γεωργίαν δρῶσι καρποὺς ἐτησίους ἐκπορίζοντες εἰς ἀφθονίαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων· θεῷ δ’ οὐ μία μοῖρα τοῦ παντὸς ἀλλ’ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος ὑποβέβληται καὶ τὰ τούτου μέρη πρὸς ἅπασαν χρείαν ὧν ἂν θέλῃ ὡς δεσπότῃ δοῦλα ὑπηρετήσοντα.
1:202νῦν οὖν ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ, τὸν ἀέρα τροφὴν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀνθ’ ὕδατος, ἐπεὶ καὶ γῆ πολλάκις ὑετὸν ἤνεγκεν· ὁ γὰρ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ποταμὸς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς ἐπιβάσεσι πλημμυρῶν ὅταν ἄρδῃ τὰς ἀρούρας, τί ἕτερον ἢ ὑετός ἐστι κάτωθεν ἐπινίφων;“ παράδοξον μὲν δὴ τὸ ἔργον, εἰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη·
1:203νυνὶ δὲ καὶ παραδοξοτέροις ἄλλοις ἐθαυματουργεῖτο. ἐπενεγκάμενοι γὰρ ἄλλος ἀλλαχόθεν ἀγγεῖα συνεκόμιζον, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τῶν ὤμων ἐπηχθισμένοι, προνοίᾳ τοῦ πρὸς πλείω χρόνον ταμιεύεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
1:204ἦν δ’ ἄρα ἀταμίευτα καὶ ἀθησαύριστα, δωρεὰς ἀεὶ νέας ἐγνωκότος τοῦ θεοῦ χαρίζεσθαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν τότε χρῆσιν αὐτάρκη σκευάσαντες μεθ’ ἡδονῆς προσηνέγκαντο, τῶν δ’ ἀπολειφθέντων εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐδὲν ἔτι σῷον εὕρισκον, ἀλλὰ μεταβεβληκότα καὶ δυσώδη καὶ μεστὰ τοιουτοτρόπων ζῴων, ἃ κατὰ σῆψιν εἴωθε γεννᾶσθαι· ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπερρίπτουν κατὰ τὸ εἰκός, ἑτέρας δ’ εὐτρεπεῖς τροφὰς ἀνεύρισκον, ἃς ἅμα τῇ δρόσῳ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν συνέβαινε νίφεσθαι.
1:205γέρας δ’ ἐξαίρετον ἡ ἱερὰ ἑβδομὰς εἶχεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐφεῖται δρᾶν ἐν αὐτῇ, πάντων δὲ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἔργων ἀνέχειν διείρηται, συγκομίζειν οὐ δυναμένοις τότε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πρὸ μιᾶς ὁ θεὸς ὕει διπλᾶ καὶ κελεύει φέρειν εἰς δύο ἡμέρας αὐτάρκη τροφὴν ἐσομένην· τὰ δὲ συγκομισθέντα σῷα διέμενεν, οὐδενὸς ᾗ πρότερον φθαρέντος τὸ παράπαν.
1:206λέξω δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔτι τούτου θαυμασιώτερον· ἐπὶ γὰρ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα, τοσοῦτον μῆκος αἰῶνος, ὁδοιποροῦσιν αὐτοῖς αἱ χορηγίαι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐν τάξεσι ταῖς εἰρημέναις ἐγίνοντο καθάπερ ἐν σιταρχίαις μεμετρημέναις πρὸς τὰς ἐπιβαλλούσας ἑκάστοις διανομάς.
1:207ἅμα μέντοι καὶ τὴν τριπόθητον ἡμέραν ἀνεδιδάσκοντο — ζητοῦντες γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ, τίς ἄρ’ ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου γενέθλιος, ἐν ᾗ τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἀπετελέσθη, καὶ παρὰ πατέρων καὶ προγόνων τὴν ζήτησιν ἄλυτον διαδεξάμενοι μόλις ἐδυνήθησαν εὑρεῖν — οὐ μόνον χρησμοῖς ἀναδιδαχθέντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκμηρίῳ πάνυ σαφεῖ· τοῦ γὰρ πλεονάζοντος ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἡμέραις, ὡς ἐλέχθη, φθειρομένου, τὸ πρὸ τῆς ἑβδόμης ὑόμενον οὐ μόνον οὐ μετέβαλεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέτρον εἶχε διπλάσιον.
1:208ἡ δὲ χρῆσις ἦν τοιάδε· συλλέγοντες ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ τὸ νιφόμενον ἤλουν ἢ ἔτριβον, εἶθ’ ἕψοντες ἡδεῖαν πάνυ τροφὴν οἷα μελίπηκτον προσεφέροντο μὴ δεόμενοι σιτοπόνων περιεργίας.
1:209ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν εἰς ἁβροδίαιτον βίον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν εὐπόρουν, ὅσαπερ ἐν οἰκουμένῃ χώρᾳ καὶ εὐδαίμονι βουληθέντος τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ πολλὴν περιουσίαν ἄφθονα χορηγεῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ· ταῖς γὰρ ἑσπέραις ὀρτυγομητρῶν νέφος συνεχὲς ἐκ θαλάττης ἐπιφερόμενον ἅπαν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπεσκίαζε τὰς πτήσεις προσγειοτάτας ποιουμένων εἰς τὸ εὔθηρον· συλλαμβάνοντες οὖν καὶ σκευάζοντες ὡς φίλον ἑκάστοις κρεῶν ἀπέλαυον ἡδίστων ἅμα καὶ τὴν τροφὴν παρηγοροῦντες ἀναγκαίῳ προσοψήματι.
1:210Τούτων μὲν οὖν πολλὴν ἦγον ἀφθονίαν οὐκ ἐπιλειπόντων, ὕδατος δὲ καὶ πάλιν πιέσασα δεινὴ σπάνις ἐπιγίνεται· καὶ πρὸς ἀπόγνωσιν ἤδη τραπομένων σωτηρίας, λαβὼν Μωυσῆς τὴν ἱερὰν βακτηρίαν ἐκείνην, δι’ ἧς τὰ κατ’ Αἴγυπτον ἀπετέλεσε σημεῖα, θεοφορηθεὶς τὴν ἀκρότομον πέτραν παίει.
1:211ἡ δ’, εἴτε προϋποκειμένης πηγῆς φλέβα καίριον διακοπεῖσα εἴτε καὶ τότε πρῶτον ὕδατος ἀφανέσιν ὑπονόμοις εἰς αὐτὴν ἀθρόου συρρυέντος καὶ σφόδρα ἐκθλιβέντος, ἀναστομωθεῖσα τῇ βίᾳ τῆς φορᾶς κρουνηδὸν ἐκχεῖται, ὡς μὴ τότε μόνον παρασχεῖν ἄκος δίψους ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς πλείω χρόνον τοσαύταις μυριάσιν ἀφθονίαν ποτοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ὑδρία πάντ’ ἐπλήρωσαν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν, αἳ πικραὶ μὲν ἦσαν φύσει, μετέβαλον δ’ ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ πρὸς τὸ γλύκιον.
1:212εἰ δέ τις τούτοις ἀπιστεῖ, θεὸν οὔτ’ οἶδεν οὔτ’ ἐζήτησέ ποτε· ἔγνω γὰρ ἂν εὐθέως, ἔγνω παγίως καταλαβών, ὅτι τὰ παράδοξα δὴ ταῦτα καὶ παράλογα θεοῦ παίγνιά ἐστιν, ἀπιδὼν εἰς τὰ τῷ ὄντι μεγάλα καὶ σπουδῆς ἄξια, γένεσιν οὐρανοῦ καὶ πλανήτων καὶ ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων χορείας καὶ φωτὸς ἀνάλαμψιν, ἡμέρας μὲν ἡλιακοῦ, νύκτωρ δὲ τοῦ διὰ σελήνης, καὶ γῆς ἵδρυσιν ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τοῦ παντός, ἠπείρων τε καὶ νήσων ὑπερβάλλοντα μεγέθη καὶ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν ἀμυθήτους ἰδέας, ἔτι δὲ πελαγῶν ἀναχύσεις, ποταμῶν αὐθιγενῶν καὶ χειμάρρων φοράς, ἀενάων ῥεῖθρα πηγῶν, ὧν αἱ μὲν ψυχρὸν αἱ δὲ θερμὸν ὕδωρ ἀνομβροῦσιν, ἀέρος παντοίας τροπάς, ἐτησίων ὡρῶν διακρίσεις, ἄλλα κάλλη μυρία.
1:213ἐπιλίποι ἂν ὁ βίος τοῦ βουλομένου διηγεῖσθαι τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα, μᾶλλον δ’ ἕν τι τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν, κἂν εἰ μέλλοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔσεσθαι μακροβιώτατος. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντα θαυμάσια καταπεφρόνηται τῷ συνήθει· τὰ δὲ μὴ ἐν ἔθει, κἂν μικρὰ ᾖ, ξέναις φαντασίαις ἐνδιδόντες καταπληττόμεθα τῷ φιλοκαίνῳ.
1:214Ἤδη δὲ πολλὴν καὶ ἀπόρευτον διεξεληλυθότων, ὅροι τινὲς ἀνεφαίνοντο γῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ προάστεια χώρας, εἰς ἣν μεθωρμίζοντο· νέμονται δ’ αὐτὴν Φοίνικες. ἐλπίσαντες δὲ βίον εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν αὑτοῖς ἀπαντήσεσθαι γνώμης ἐσφάλησαν.
1:215ὁ γὰρ προκαθήμενος βασιλεὺς πόρθησιν εὐλαβηθείς, ἀναστήσας τὴν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων νεότητα, μάλιστα μὲν ἀνείρξων ὑπηντίαζεν, εἰ δὲ βιάζοιντο, διὰ χειρῶν ἀμυνούμενος ἀκμῆσι καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον καθισταμένοις εἰς ἀγῶνα κεκμηκότας ὁδοιπορίαις καὶ ἐνδείαις σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν, ἃ κατὰ μέρος ἀντεπετίθετο.
1:216Μωυσῆς δὲ παρὰ τῶν σκοπῶν γνοὺς οὐ μακρὰν διεστηκότα τὸν ἐχθρὸν στρατόν, καταλέξας τοὺς ἡβῶντας καὶ στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενος ἕνα τῶν ὑπάρχων Ἰησοῦν, πρὸς τὴν μείζονα συμμαχίαν αὐτὸς ἠπείγετο· περιρρανάμενος γὰρ τοῖς εἰωθόσι καθαρμοῖς ἐπὶ κολωνὸν τὸν πλησίον μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀναδραμὼν ἱκέτευε τὸν θεὸν ὑπερασπίσαι καὶ νίκην καὶ κράτος περιποιῆσαι τοῖς Ἑβραίοις, οὓς ἐκ χαλεπωτέρων πολέμων καὶ κακῶν ἄλλων ἐρρύσατο μὴ μόνον τὰς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐπικρεμασθείσας συμφορὰς ἀποσκεδάσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσας ὅ τε τῶν στοιχείων νεωτερισμὸς ἐκαινούργησε κατ’ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὁ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις ἀνήνυτος λιμός.
1:217ἤδη δὲ μελλόντων εἰς μάχην καθίστασθαι, τερατωδέστατόν τι συμβαίνει πάθος περὶ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ· κουφόταται γὰρ ἐγίνοντο ἐν μέρει καὶ βαρύταται· εἶθ’ ὁπότε μὲν ἐπελαφρίζοιντο πρὸς ὕψος αἰρόμεναι, τὸ συμμαχικὸν ἐρρώννυτο καὶ ἀνδραγαθιζόμενον ἐπικυδέστερον ἐγίνετο, ὁπότε δὲ κάτω βρίσειαν, ἴσχυον οἱ ἀντίπαλοι, μηνύοντος διὰ συμβόλων τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι τῶν μέν ἐστι γῆ καὶ αἱ τοῦ παντὸς ἐσχατιαὶ κλῆρος οἰκεῖος, τῶν δ’ αἰθὴρ ὁ ἱερώτατος, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ παντὶ βασιλεύει καὶ κρατεῖ γῆς οὐρανός, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἔθνος περιέσται τῶν ἀντιπολεμούντων.
1:218ἄχρι μὲν οὖν τινος αἱ χεῖρες οἷα πλάστιγγες ἐν μέρει μὲν ἐπεκουφίζοντο, ἐν μέρει δ’ ἐπέρρεπον, τηνικαῦτα καὶ ὁ ἀγὼν ἀμφήριστος ἦν· ἐξαπιναίως δ’ ἀβαρεῖς γενόμεναι, δακτύλοις ἀντὶ ταρσῶν χρώμεναι, μετέωροι πρὸς ὕψος ἤρθησαν, καθάπερ αἱ πτηναὶ φύσεις ἀεροποροῦσαι, καὶ διέμενον ἀνώφοιτοι μέχρι τοῦ τὴν νίκην Ἑβραίους ἀνανταγώνιστον ἄρασθαι, τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡβηδὸν ἀναιρεθέντων ἅπερ τε διαθεῖναι παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐσπούδαζον παθόντων μετὰ δίκης.
1:219τότε καὶ Μωυσῆς ἱδρύεται βωμόν, ὃν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμασε „θεοῦ καταφυγήν“ (Exod. 17, 15), ἐφ’ οὗ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἔθυε χαριστηρίους εὐχὰς ἀποδιδούς.
1:220Μετὰ τὴν μάχην ταύτην ἔγνω δεῖν τὴν χώραν, εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζετο τὸ ἔθνος, κατασκέψασθαι — δεύτερον δ’ ὁδοιποροῦσιν ἔτος ἐνειστήκει — βουλόμενος μή, οἷα φιλεῖ, γνωσιμαχεῖν οὐκ εἰδότας, ἀλλ’ ἀκοῇ προμαθόντας αὐτήν, ἐπιστήμῃ τῶν ἐκεῖ βεβαίᾳ χρωμένους, τὸ πρακτέον ἐκλογίζεσθαι.
1:221δώδεκα δ’ ἰσαρίθμους ταῖς φυλαῖς ἄνδρας, ἐξ ἑκάστης ἕνα φύλαρχον, αἱρεῖται τοὺς δοκιμωτάτους ἀριστίνδην προκρίνας, ἵνα μηδεμία μοῖρα πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον ἐνεγκαμένη διαφέρηται, πᾶσαι δ’ ἐξ ἴσου διὰ τῶν ἐν τέλει τὰ παρὰ τοῖς κατοίκοις, εἰ βουληθεῖεν οἱ πεμφθέντες ἀψευδεῖν, ἐπιγνῶσιν.
1:222ἑλόμενος δ’ αὐτούς φησι τάδε· „τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων, οὓς ὑπέστημεν καὶ μέχρι νῦν ὑπομένομεν, ἆθλόν εἰσιν αἱ κληρουχίαι, ὧν τῆς ἐλπίδος μὴ διαμάρτοιμεν ἔθνος πολυανθρωπότατον εἰς ἀποικίαν παραπέμποντες. ἔστι δ’ ὠφελιμώτατον ἡ τόπων καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμη, ὥσπερ ἡ ἄγνοια βλαβερόν.
1:223ὑμᾶς οὖν ἐχειροτονήσαμεν, ἵνα ταῖς ὑμετέραις ὄψεσί τε καὶ διανοίαις τἀκεῖ θεασώμεθα· γίνεσθε δὴ τῶν τοσούτων μυριάδων ὦτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς τὴν ὧν ἀναγκαῖον εἰδέναι σαφῆ κατάληψιν.
1:224ἃ δὲ γνῶναι ποθοῦμεν, τρία ταῦτ’ ἐστίν· οἰκητόρων πλῆθός τε καὶ δύναμιν, πόλεων τὴν ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ θέσιν καὶ ἐν οἰκοδομίαις ἐχυρότητα ἢ τοὐναντίον, χώραν εἰ βαθύγειός ἐστι καὶ πίων, ἀγαθὴ παντοίους καρποὺς ἐνεγκεῖν σπαρτῶν τε καὶ δένδρων, ἢ λεπτόγεως ἔμπαλιν, ἵνα πρὸς μὲν ἰσχὺν καὶ πλῆθος οἰκητόρων ἰσορρόποις δυνάμεσι φραξώμεθα, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐρυμνότητα μηχανήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἑλεπόλεσιν· ἀναγκαῖον δὲ καὶ τὴν χώραν εἰδέναι, εἰ ἀρετῶσα ἢ μή· περὶ γὰρ λυπρᾶς ἑκουσίους κινδύνους ὑπομένειν ἠλιθιότητος.
1:225τὰ δ’ ὅπλα καὶ μηχανήματα ἡμῶν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις ἐν μόνῳ τῷ πιστεύειν θεῷ κεῖται· ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν παρασκευὴν οὐδενὶ τῶν φοβερῶν εἴξομεν· ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἀμάχους ῥώμας εὐεξίαις, τόλμαις, ἐμπειρίαις, πλήθεσιν ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος κατακρατεῖν, δι’ ἣν καὶ ἐν ἐρήμῃ βαθείᾳ χορηγίαι πάντων εἰσὶν ὅσα ἐν εὐετηρίᾳ πόλεων.
Book 1, §§226–250
1:226ὁ δὲ καιρός, ἐν ᾧ μάλιστα χώρας ἀρετὴν δοκιμάζεσθαι συμβέβηκεν, ἔαρ ἐστίν, ὃ νῦν ἐφέστηκεν· ὥρᾳ γὰρ ἔαρος τὰ μὲν σπαρέντα τελεσφορεῖται γένη, αἱ δὲ τῶν δένδρων φύσεις ἀρχὴν λαμβάνουσιν. ἄμεινον δ’ ἂν εἴη καὶ ἐπιμεῖναι μέχρι θέρους ἀκμάζοντος καὶ διακομίσαι καρποὺς οἱονεὶ δείγματα χώρας εὐδαίμονος.“
1:227ταῦτ’ ἀκούσαντες ἐπὶ τὴν κατασκοπὴν ἐξῄεσαν ὑπὸ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους προπεμπόμενοι δεδιότος, μὴ συλληφθέντες ἀπόλωνται καὶ συμβῇ δύο τὰ χαλεπώτατα, ἀνδρῶν τε, οἳ φυλῆς ἑκάστης ὄψις ἦσαν, σφαγαὶ καὶ ἄγνοια τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἐφεδρεύουσιν ἐχθροῖς ὧν ὠφέλιμος ἡ ἐπιστήμη.
1:228παραλαβόντες δ’ ὀπτῆρας καὶ ἡγεμόνας τῆς ὁδοῦ προερχομένοις ἐφείποντο· καὶ γενόμενοι πλησίον, ἐφ’ ὑψηλότατον ὄρος τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀναδραμόντες, κατεθεῶντο τὴν χώραν, ἧς πεδιὰς μὲν ἦν πολλὴ κριθοφόρος, πυροφόρος, εὔχορτος, ὀρεινὴ δ’ οὐκ ἔλαττον ἀμπέλων καὶ στελεχῶν ἄλλων κατάπλεως, εὔδενδρος ἅπασα, λάσιος, ποταμοῖς καὶ πηγαῖς διεζωσμένη πρὸς ἄφθονον ὑδρείαν, ὡς ἐκ τῶν προπόδων ἄχρι τῶν κορυφῶν ὅλα τῶν ὀρῶν τὰ κλίματα δένδρεσι κατασκίοις συνυφάνθαι, διαφερόντως δὲ τοὺς αὐχένας καὶ ὅσαι βαθεῖαι διαφύσεις.
1:229κατεθεῶντο δὲ καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἐρυμνοτάτας διχόθεν, ἔκ τε τοπικῆς περὶ τὴν θέσιν εὐκαιρίας καὶ περιβόλων ἐχυρότητος. ἐξετάζοντες δὲ καὶ τοὺς οἰκήτορας ἑώρων ἀπείρους τὸ πλῆθος, περιμηκεστάτους γίγαντας ἢ γιγαντώδεις τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ὑπερβολὰς ἔν τε μεγέθεσι καὶ ῥώμαις.
1:230ταῦτα κατιδόντες εἰς ἀκριβεστέραν κατάληψιν ἐπέμενον — ὀλισθηρὸν γὰρ αἱ πρῶται φαντασίαι χρόνῳ μόλις ἐνσφραγιζόμεναι — καὶ ἅμα σπουδὴν ἐποιοῦντο δρεψάμενοι τῶν ἀκροδρύων, μὴ ἄρτι πρῶτον στεριφουμένων ἀλλ’ ἤδη ὑποπερκαζόντων, ἐπιδείξασθαι παντὶ τῷ πλήθει τὰ μὴ ῥᾳδίως φθαρησόμενα.
1:231μάλιστα δ’ αὐτοὺς κατέπληττεν ὁ τῆς ἀμπέλου καρπός· οἱ γὰρ βότρυες ὑπερμεγέθεις ἦσαν, ἀντιπαρεκτεινόμενοι ταῖς κληματίσι καὶ μοσχεύμασιν, ἄπιστος θέα· ἕνα γοῦν ἐκτεμόντες καὶ δοκίδος ἐκ μέσων ἀπαιωρήσαντες, ἧς τὰς ἀρχὰς δυσὶ νέοις, τῷ μὲν ἔνθεν τῷ δ’ ἔνθεν, ἐπετίθεσαν, ἐκ διαδοχῆς, πιεζομένων αἰεὶ τῶν προτέρων—βαρύτατον γὰρ ἦν ἄχθος
1:232—, ἐκόμιζον, περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐχ ὁμοφρονοῦντες. ἐγένοντο μὲν οὖν αὐτοῖς ἅμιλλαι μυρίαι καὶ πρὶν ἐπανήκειν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀλλὰ κουφότεραι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ γνωσιμαχούντων μηδ’ ἄλλα ἄλλων ἀπαγγελλόντων στάσιν ἐν τῷ πλήθει γενέσθαι, χαλεπώτεραι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον.
1:233οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῆς τῶν πόλεων ἐχυρότητος καὶ ὡς ἑκάστη πολυάνθρωπός ἐστι διεξιόντες καὶ πάντα αἴροντες τῷ λόγῳ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλεῖον φόβον ἐνειργάζοντο τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὸν ἁπάντων ὧν εἶδον ὑφαιροῦντες ὄγκον παρεκάλουν μὴ ἀναπίπτειν, ἀλλ’ ἔχεσθαι τῆς ἀποικίας ὡς αὐτοβοεὶ περιεσομένους· οὐδεμίαν γὰρ ἀνθέξειν πόλιν πρὸς τοσαύτης δυνάμεως ἔφοδον ἀθρόως ἐπιστάσης, ἀλλὰ τῷ βάρει πιεσθεῖσαν πίπτειν· προσετίθεσαν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων παθῶν ἑκάτεροι ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀκουόντων, οἱ μὲν ἄνανδροι δειλίαν, οἱ δ’ ἀκατάπληκτοι θάρσος μετ’ εὐελπιστίας.
1:234ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μὲν πέμπτη μοῖρα τῶν ἀποδεδειλιακότων ἦσαν, οἱ δ’ ἔμπαλιν τῶν γενναίων πενταπλάσιοι· τὸ δ’ ὀλίγον θάρσος ἀτολμίας ἐναφανίζεται περιουσίᾳ, ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε φασὶ συμβῆναι· τῶν γὰρ τὰ βέλτιστα διεξιόντων δυοῖν οἱ τἀναντία φάσκοντες δέκα περιῆσαν οὕτως, ὥστε καὶ σύμπασαν ὑπηγάγοντο τὴν πληθὺν ἐκείνων μὲν ἀλλοτριώσαντες, ἑαυτοῖς δ’ οἰκειωσάμενοι.
1:235περὶ δὲ τῆς χώρας ταὐτὰ πάντες ἀπεφαίνοντο γνώμῃ μιᾷ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τῆς πεδιάδος καὶ τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἐκδιηγούμενοι· „τί δ’ ὄφελος“ εὐθὺς ἀνεβόησαν „ἡμῖν ἀλλοτρίων ἀγαθῶν καὶ ταῦτα πεφρουρημένων κραταιᾷ χειρὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀναφαίρετον;“ καὶ τοῖς δυσὶν ἐπιδραμόντες μικροῦ καταλεύουσιν αὐτοὺς ἡδονὴν ἀκοῆς τοῦ συμφέροντος καὶ ἀπάτην ἀληθείας προκρίναντες.
1:236ἐφ’ οἷς ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἠγανάκτει καὶ ἅμα ηὐλαβεῖτο, μή τι θεήλατον κατασκήψῃ κακὸν οὕτως ἐκθύμως ἀπιστοῦσι τοῖς χρησμοῖς· ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο· τῶν γὰρ κατασκόπων οἱ μὲν δειλοὶ δέκα λοιμώδει νόσῳ διαφθείρονται μετὰ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους συναπονοηθέντων, μόνοι δ’ οἱ συμβουλεύσαντες δύο μὴ ὀρρωδεῖν ἀλλ’ ἐφίεσθαι τῆς ἀποικίας ἐσώθησαν, ὅτι καταπειθεῖς ἐγένοντο τοῖς λογίοις, γέρας ἐξαίρετον λαβόντες τὸ μὴ παραπολέσθαι.
1:237Τοῦτ’ αἴτιον ἐγένετο τοῦ μὴ θᾶττον ἥκειν εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζοντο γῆν. δυνάμενοι γὰρ ἔτει δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου μετανάστασιν τὰς ἐν Συρίᾳ πόλεις καὶ τὰς κληρουχίας ἐννέμεσθαι, τὴν ἄγουσαν καὶ ἐπίτομον ἐκτραπόμενοι ὁδὸν ἐπλάζοντο, δυσαναπορεύτους καὶ μακρὰς ἀνοδίας ἄλλας ἐπ’ ἄλλαις ἀνευρίσκοντες εἰς ἀνήνυτον ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος κάματον, δίκας ἀναγκαίας τῆς ἄγαν ἀσεβείας ὑπομένοντες.
1:238ὀκτὼ γοῦν ἐνιαυτοὺς πρὸς τοῖς τριάκοντα δίχα τοῦ παρεληλυθότος χρόνου, γενεᾶς βίον ἀνθρωπίνης, ἄνω κάτω τριβόμενοι καὶ τὰς ἀβάτους ἐρημίας ἀναμετροῦντες ἔτει τεσσαρακοστῷ μόλις ἐπὶ τοὺς τῆς χώρας ὅρους παρεγένοντο, ἐφ’ οὓς καὶ πρότερον ἦλθον.
1:239πρὸς δὲ ταῖς εἰσβολαῖς ᾤκουν ἕτεροί τε καὶ δὴ καὶ συγγενεῖς αὐτῶν, οὓς ᾤοντο μάλιστα μὲν συνεκπολεμήσειν τὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας πόλεμον καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἅπαντα συμπράξειν, εἰ δ’ ἀποκνοῖεν, μετὰ μηδετέρων γοῦν τετάξεσθαι χεῖρας ἀνέχοντας.
1:240οἱ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐθνῶν πρόγονοι, τοῦ τε Ἑβραϊκοῦ καὶ τοῦ τὰ προάστεια κατοικοῦντος, ἀδελφοὶ δύο ἦσαν ὁμοπάτριοι καὶ ὁμομήτριοι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ δίδυμοι, ἀφ’ ὧν εἰς πολυπαιδίαν ἐπιδιδόντων καὶ τῶν ἀπογόνων εὐφορίᾳ τινὶ χρωμένων εἰς μέγα καὶ πολυάνθρωπον ἔθνος ἑκατέρα τῶν οἰκιῶν ἀνεχύθη· ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ἐφιλοχώρησεν, ἡ δ’, ὡς ἐλέχθη πρότερον, εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστᾶσα διὰ λιμὸν χρόνοις ὕστερον ἐπανῄει.
1:241τὴν δ’ οἰκειότητα ἡ μὲν διεφύλαττε, καίτοι πολὺν χρόνον διαζευχθεῖσα, πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν ἔτι τῶν πατρίων φυλάττοντας, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ τῆς ἀρχαίας πολιτείας ἐκδεδιῃτημένους, ὑπολαβοῦσα τοῖς ἡμέροις τὰς φύσεις ἁρμόττον εἶναι διδόναι τι καὶ χαρίζεσθαι συγγενείας ὀνόματι·
1:242ἡ δ’ ἔμπαλιν τὰ φιλικὰ πάντα ἔτρεψεν ἤθεσι καὶ λόγοις βουλαῖς τε καὶ πράξεσιν ἀσπόνδοις καὶ ἀσυμβάτοις χρωμένη, πατρικὴν ἔχθραν ζωπυροῦσα—ὁ γὰρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἀρχηγέτης αὐτὸς ἀποδόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὰ πρεσβεῖα μικρὸν ὕστερον ὧν ἐξέστη μετεποιεῖτο παραβαίνων τὰς ὁμολογίας καὶ ἐφόνα θάνατον ἀπειλῶν, εἰ μὴ ἀποδοίη—· ταύτην τὴν παλαιὰν ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς πρὸς ἕνα ἔχθραν ἔθνος τοσαύταις ὕστερον γενεαῖς ἐκαίνωσεν.
1:243ὁ μὲν οὖν ἡγεμὼν τῶν Ἑβραίων Μωυσῆς, καίτοι γ’ αὐτοβοεὶ δυνάμενος ἑλεῖν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς, οὐκ ἐδικαίωσε διὰ τὴν εἰρημένην συγγένειαν, ἀλλ’ ὁδῷ χρήσασθαι μόνον ἠξίου τῇ διὰ τῆς χώρας πάνθ’ ὑπισχνούμενος πράξειν τὰ ἔνσπονδα, μὴ τεμεῖν χωρίον, μὴ θρέμματα, μὴ λείαν ἀπάξειν, ὕδατος, εἰ ποτοῦ γένοιτο σπάνις, τιμὴν παρέξειν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἀχορηγήτοις ὠνίων· οἱ δ’ εἰρηνικαῖς οὕτω προκλήσεσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ἠναντιοῦντο πόλεμον ἀπειλοῦντες, εἰ τῶν ὅρων ἐπιβάντας ἢ ψαύσαντας αὐτὸ μόνον αἴσθοιντο.
1:244χαλεπῶς δὲ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐνηνοχότων καὶ ἤδη πρὸς ἄμυναν ὁρμώντων, ἐν ἐπηκόῳ στὰς „ἄνδρες“ εἶπεν, „ἡ μὲν ἀγανάκτησις ὑμῶν εὔλογος καὶ δικαία· χρηστὰ γὰρ ἀφ’ ἡμέρου γνώμης προτειναμένων, πονηρὰ ἀπὸ διανοίας ἀπεκρίναντο κακοήθους.
1:245ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅτι τῆς ὠμότητος ἐκεῖνοι δίκας ἐπάξιοι τίνειν εἰσί, διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὰς κατ’ αὐτῶν τιμωρίας ἁρμόττον ἵεσθαι, ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος τιμῆς, ἵνα καὶ ταύτῃ μοχθηρῶν ἀγαθοὶ διαφέρωμεν, ἐξετάζοντες οὐ μόνον, εἰ κολαστέοι τινές εἰσιν, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν ἐπιτήδειοι τοῦτο πάσχειν.“
1:246εἶτ’ ἐκτραπόμενος ἦγε δι’ ἑτέρας τὴν πληθύν, ἐπειδὴ τὰς κατὰ τὴν χώραν ὁδοὺς ἁπάσας φρουραῖς διεζωσμένας εἶδεν ὑπὸ τῶν βλάβην μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἐνδεξομένων, φθόνῳ δὲ καὶ βασκανίᾳ τὴν ἐπίτομον οὐκ ἐώντων προέρχεσθαι.
1:247ταῦτα δὲ σαφεστάτη πίστις ἦν ἀνίας, ἣν ἐπὶ τῷ τὸ ἔθνος ἐλευθερίας τυχεῖν ἠνιῶντο, δηλονότι χαίροντες, ἡνίκα τὴν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πικρὰν δουλείαν ὑπέμενον· ἀνάγκη γὰρ οἷς φέρει λύπην τἀγαθὰ τῶν πλησίον ἐπὶ τοῖς τούτων εὐφραίνεσθαι κακοῖς, κἂν μὴ ὁμολογῶσιν.
1:248ἔτυχον γὰρ ὡς πρὸς ὁμογνώμονας καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ βουλομένους ἀνενεγκόντες τὰ συμβάντα λυπηρά τε αὖ καὶ ὅσα καθ’ ἡδονήν, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι πόρρω προεληλύθασι μοχθηρίας καὶ ἐθελέχθρως καὶ φιλαπεχθημόνως ἔχοντες στένειν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἥδεσθαι δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἔμελλον.
1:249τῆς δὲ κακονοίας ἀνακαλυφθείσης ἐκείνων, ἐκωλύθησαν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἐπιδειξαμένου δύο τὰ κάλλιστα, φρόνησιν ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ χρηστότητα· τὸ μὲν γὰρ μηδὲν παθεῖν φυλάξασθαι συνέσεως, τὸ δὲ μηδ’ ἀμύνασθαι συγγενεῖς ὄντας ἐθελῆσαι φιλανθρωπίας ἔργον.
1:250Τὰς μὲν οὖν τούτων πόλεις παρημείψατο. βασιλεὺς δέ τις τῆς ὁμόρου Χανάνης ὄνομα, τῶν σκοπῶν ἀπαγγειλάντων τὸν ὁδοιποροῦντα στρατὸν οὐ πάνυ μακρὰν ἀφεστηκότα, νομίσας ἀσύντακτόν τε εἶναι καὶ ῥᾳδίως εἰ προεπίθοιτο νικήσειν, ἄρας μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας νεότητος εὐοπλούσης ἐπεξέθει καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ὑπαντιάσαντας ἅτε μὴ παρεσκευασμένους εἰς μάχην τρέπεται· καὶ λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους ἐπὶ τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδα εὐημερήματι φυσηθεὶς προῄει, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας χειρώσεσθαι νομίζων.
Book 1, §§251–275
1:251οἱ δὲ — οὐ γὰρ ἐγνάμφθησαν ἥττῃ τῆς προερχομένης τάξεως — ἀλλ’ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον σπάσαντες εὐτολμίας καὶ τὴν ἔνδειαν τῶν ἑαλωκότων ἐκπλῆσαι ταῖς προθυμίαις ἐπειγόμενοι συνεκρότουν ἄλλος ἄλλον μὴ ἀποκάμνειν „ἀνεγειρώμεθα„ λέγοντες, „ἄρτι τῆς χώρας ἐπιβαίνομεν· ἀκατάπληκτοι μετὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ θαρρεῖν ἐχυρότητος γινώμεθα· τὰ τέλη ταῖς ἀρχαῖς πολλάκις κρίνεται· ἐπὶ τῶν εἰσβολῶν ὄντες καταπληξώμεθα τοὺς οἰκήτορας, ὡς ἔχοντες μὲν τὴν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων εὐετηρίαν, ἀντιδεδωκότες δ’ ἣν ἐκ τῆς ἐρημίας ἐπαγόμεθα σπάνιν τῶν ἀναγκαίων.„
1:252καὶ ἅμα διὰ τούτων προτρέποντες αὑτοὺς ηὔξαντο τῆς χώρας ἀπαρχὰς ἀναθήσειν τῷ θεῷ τὰς πόλεις τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἑκάστῃ πολίτας· ὁ δ’ ἐπινεύει ταῖς εὐχαῖς καὶ θάρσος ἐμπνεύσας τοῖς Ἑβραίοις τὴν ἀντίπαλον στρατιὰν ἁλῶναι παρεσκεύασεν.
1:253οἱ δ’ ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλόντες τὰς χαριστηρίους ὁμολογίας ἐπετέλουν, οὐδὲν ἐκ τῆς λείας νοσφισάμενοι, τὰς δὲ πόλεις αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ κειμηλίοις ἀνιερώσαντες, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὅλην τὴν βασιλείαν ὠνόμασαν „ἀνάθεμα“.
1:254καθάπερ γὰρ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν εὐσεβούντων ἀπὸ τῶν ἐτησίων ἀπάρχεται καρπῶν, οὓς ἂν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων συγκομίζῃ κτημάτων, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος μεγάλης χώρας, εἰς ἣν μετανίστατο, μέγα τμῆμα, τὴν εὐθὺς αἱρεθεῖσαν βασιλείαν, ἀνέθηκεν ἀπαρχήν τινα τῆς ἀποικίας· οὐ γὰρ ἐνόμιζεν ὅσιον εἶναι διανείμασθαι γῆν ἢ πόλεις κατοικῆσαι, πρὶν καὶ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἀπάρξασθαι.
1:255Μικρὸν δ’ ὕστερον καὶ πηγὴν εὔυδρον ἀνευρόντες, ἣ παντὶ τῷ πλήθει ποτὸν ἐχορήγησεν—ἐν φρέατι δ’ ἦν ἡ πηγὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς χώρας ὅρων —, ὥσπερ οὐχ ὕδατος ἀλλ’ ἀκράτου σπάσαντες τὰς ψυχὰς ἀνεχύθησαν· ὑπό τε εὐφροσύνης καὶ χαρᾶς ᾆσμα καινὸν οἱ θεοφιλεῖς χοροὺς περὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐν κύκλῳ στήσαντες ᾖδον εἰς τὸν κληροῦχον θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἀληθῶς ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἀποικίας, ὅτι πρῶτον ἐπιβάντες ἐξ ἐρημίας μακρᾶς τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ ἣν ἔμελλον καθέξειν ποτὸν ἄφθονον ἀνεῦρον, ἁρμόττον ἡγησάμενοι μὴ ἀσημείωτον τὴν πηγὴν παρελθεῖν.
1:256καὶ γὰρ ἔτυχεν οὐ χερσὶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀλλὰ βασιλέων ἀνατετμῆσθαι φιλοτιμηθέντων, ὡς λόγος, οὐ μόνον περὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν τοῦ φρέατος κατασκευήν, ἵν’ ἐκ τῆς πολυτελείας βασιλικὸν φαίνηται τὸ ἔργον καὶ ἡ τῶν κατασκευασάντων ἀρχὴ καὶ μεγαλόνοια.
1:257γεγηθὼς δ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς αἰεὶ συμβαίνουσιν ἀπροσδοκήτοις ἀγαθοῖς ὁ Μωυσῆς ἐχώρει προσωτέρω, τὴν μὲν νεότητα διανείμας εἴς τε πρωτοστάτας καὶ ὀπισθοφύλακας, γηραιοὺς δὲ καὶ γύναια καὶ παῖδας ἐν μέσοις τάξας, ἵνα διὰ τῶν παρ’ ἑκάτερα φρουρὰν ἔχωσιν, ἐάν τε ἀντικρὺ ἐάν τε κατόπιν ἐχθρὸς ὅμιλος ἐπίῃ.
1:258Ὀλίγαις δ’ ὕστερον ἡμέραις εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀμορραίων χώραν ἐμβαλὼν πρέσβεις ἐξέπεμπε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα—Σηὼν δ’ ὠνομάζετο— προτρέπων ἐφ’ ἃ καὶ τὸν συγγενῆ πρότερον· ὁ δ’ οὐ μόνον πρὸς ὕβριν ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς ἥκουσι μικροῦ καὶ ἀνελὼν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ νόμος ὁ πρεσβευτικὸς ἐμποδὼν ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὸν στρατὸν συναγαγὼν ἐφώρμα νομίζων αὐτίκα τῷ πολέμῳ περιέσεσθαι.
1:259συμπλακεὶς δὲ οὐ πρὸς ἀμελετήτους καὶ ἀνασκήτους ἔγνω τὴν μάχην οὖσαν ἀλλ’ ἀθλητὰς τῷ ὄντι πολέμων ἀηττήτους, οἳ πρὸ μικροῦ πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἠνδραγαθίσαντο σωμάτων ἀλκὴν καὶ φρόνημα διανοίας καὶ ἀρετῆς ὕψος ἐπιδειξάμενοι, δι’ ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἐναντιωθέντας ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος εἷλον, ἔψαυσαν δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς λείας οὐδενὸς τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἄθλων ἀναθεῖναι τῷ θεῷ σπουδάσαντες·
1:260οἳ καὶ τότε φραξάμενοι καρτερῶς ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευμάτων καὶ παρασκευῶν ἀντεφώρμησαν ἅμα καὶ τῇ ἀκαθαιρέτῳ τοῦ δικαίου χρώμενοι συμμαχίᾳ, δι’ ἣν εὐτολμότεροί τε ἦσαν καὶ ἀγωνισταὶ πρόθυμοι.
1:261σαφὴς δὲ πίστις· δευτέρας οὐκ ἐδέησε μάχης, ἀλλ’ ἡ πρώτη καὶ μόνη ἐγένετο, καθ’ ἣν πᾶσα ἡ ἀντίπαλος ἐκλίθη δύναμις καὶ ἀνατραπεῖσα ἡβηδὸν αὐτίκα ἠφανίσθη.
1:262αἱ δὲ πόλεις ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον κεναί τε καὶ πλήρεις ἐγεγένηντο, κεναὶ μὲν τῶν ἀρχαίων οἰκητόρων, πλήρεις δὲ τῶν κεκρατηκότων· τὸν αὐτὸν μέντοι τρόπον καὶ αἱ κατ’ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεις ἐρημωθεῖσαι τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς ἀντέλαβον ἄνδρας βελτίους τὰ πάντα.
1:263Οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος ἅπασι μὲν τοῖς Ἀσιανοῖς ἔθνεσι φοβερὸν δέος ἐνειργάσατο, διαφερόντως δὲ τοῖς ὁμόροις, ὅσῳ καὶ τὰ δεινὰ ἐγγυτέρω προσεδοκᾶτο. εἷς δὲ δὴ ἐκ τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων βασιλέων ὄνομα Βαλάκης, μεγάλην καὶ πολυάνθρωπον τῆς ἑῴας μοῖραν ὑπηγμένος, πρὶν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἀπειπών, ἄντικρυς μὲν ὑπαντᾶν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζε τὸν ἐκπορθήσεως δι’ ὅπλων ἐλεύθερον πόλεμον διαδιδράσκων, ἐπ’ οἰωνοὺς δὲ καὶ μαντείας ἐτράπετο νομίζων ἀραῖς τισι δυνήσεσθαι τὴν ἄμαχον ῥώμην τῶν Ἑβραίων καθελεῖν.
1:264ἀνὴρ δ’ ἦν κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐπὶ μαντείᾳ περιβόητος Μεσοποταμίαν οἰκῶν, ὃς ἅπαντα μὲν ἐμεμύητο τὰ μαντικῆς εἴδη, οἰωνοσκοπίαν δ’ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα συγκεκροτηκὼς ἐθαυμάζετο, πολλοῖς καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιδειξάμενος ἄπιστα καὶ μεγάλα.
1:265προεῖπε γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἐπομβρίας θέρους ἀκμάζοντος, τοῖς δ’ αὐχμόν τε καὶ φλογμὸν ἐν μέσῳ χειμῶνι, τοῖς δ’ ἐξ εὐετηρίας ἀφορίαν καὶ ἔμπαλιν ἐκ λιμοῦ φοράν, ἐνίοις δὲ πλημμύρας ποταμῶν καὶ κενώσεις καὶ θεραπείας λοιμικῶν νοσημάτων καὶ ἄλλων μυρίων, ὧν ἕκαστον ὁ προθεσπίζειν δοκῶν ὀνομαστότατος ἦν ἐπὶ μέγα εὐκλείας προερχόμενος διὰ τὴν ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἀεὶ καὶ φθάνουσαν πανταχόσε φήμην.
1:266ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἐξέπεμπε τῶν ἑταίρων τινὰς παρακαλῶν ἥκειν καὶ δωρεὰς τὰς μὲν ἤδη παρεῖχε, τὰς δὲ δώσειν ὡμολόγει τὴν χρείαν ἧς ἕνεκα μεταπέμποιτο δηλῶν· ὁ δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ φρονήματος εὐγενοῦς καὶ βεβαίου, ἀλλὰ τὸ πλέον ἀστεϊζόμενος ὡς δὴ τῶν ἐλλογίμων προφητῶν γεγονὼς καὶ μηδὲν ἄνευ χρησμῶν εἰωθὼς πράττειν τὸ παράπαν, ὑπανεδύετο λέγων οὐκ ἐπιτρέπειν αὐτῷ βαδίζειν τὸ θεῖον.
1:267καὶ οἱ μὲν ἥκοντες ἐπανῄεσαν ἄπρακτοι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, ἕτεροι δ’ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν χρείαν ἐχειροτονοῦντο τῶν δοκιμωτέρων, πλείω μὲν ἐπιφερόμενοι χρήματα, περιττοτέρας δὲ δωρεὰς ὑπισχνούμενοι.
1:268δελεασθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἤδη προτεινομένοις καὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις ἐλπίσι καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῶν παρακαλούντων καταιδεσθεὶς ἐνεδίδου, πάλιν προφασιζόμενος τὸ θεῖον οὐκ ἐφ’ ὑγιεῖ· τῇ γοῦν ὑστεραίᾳ παρεσκευάζετο τὴν ἔξοδον ὀνείρατα διηγούμενος, ὑφ’ ὧν ἔλεγε πληχθεὶς ἐναργέσι φαντασίαις ἀναγκάζεσθαι μηκέτι μένειν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς
1:269πρέσβεσιν ἀκολουθεῖν. ἤδη δὲ αὐτῷ προερχομένῳ γίνεται κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σημεῖον ἀρίδηλον περὶ τοῦ τὴν χρείαν ἐφ’ ἣν συνέτεινεν εἶναι παλίμφημον· τὸ γὰρ ὑποζύγιον, ᾧ συνέβαινεν αὐτὸν ἐποχεῖσθαι, προερχόμενον ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἐξαπιναίως ἵσταται τὸ πρῶτον·
1:270εἶθ’, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐναντίας βίᾳ τινὸς ἀνωθοῦντος ἢ ἀναχαιτίζοντος, ὑπὸ πόδας ἐχώρει καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ δεξιὰ καὶ εὐώνυμα ἐπιφερόμενον καὶ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε πλαζόμενον οὐκ ἠρέμει, καθάπερ ἐν οἴνῳ καὶ μέθῃ καρηβαροῦν, καὶ πολλάκις τυπτόμενον ἠλόγει τῶν πληγῶν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἐποχούμενον μικροῦ καταβαλεῖν καὶ καθεζόμενον ὅμως ἀντιλυπῆσαι.
1:271τῶν γὰρ παρ’ ἑκάτερα χωρίων ἦσαν αἱμασιαὶ καὶ φραγμοὶ πλησίον· ὁπότ’ οὖν τούτοις προσηράχθη φερόμενον, γόνυ καὶ κνήμας καὶ πόδας ὁ δεσπότης θλιβόμενος καὶ πιεζόμενος ἀπεδρύπτετο.
1:272ἦν δ’, ὡς ἔοικε, θεία τις ὄψις, ἣν τὸ μὲν ζῷον ἐπιφοιτῶσαν ἐκ πολλοῦ θεασάμενον ὑπέπτηξεν, ὁ δ’ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ εἶδεν, εἰς ἔλεγχον ἀναισθησίας· ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλόγου ζῴου παρευημερεῖτο τὰς ὄψεις ὁ μὴ μόνον τὸν κόσμον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν αὐχῶν ὁρᾶν.
1:273μόλις γοῦν τὸν ἀνθεστηκότα ἰδὼν ἄγγελον, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοιαύτης θέας ἦν ἄξιος, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τὴν ἀτιμίαν καὶ οὐδένειαν ἑαυτοῦ καταλάβῃ, πρὸς ἱκεσίας καὶ λιτὰς ἐτράπετο συγγνῶναι δεόμενος ὑπ’ ἀγνοίας ἀλλ’ οὐ καθ’ ἑκούσιον γνώμην ἁμαρτόντι.
1:274τότε μὲν οὖν ὑποστρέφειν δέον, ἐπυνθάνετο τῆς φανείσης ὄψεως, εἰ ἀνακάμπτοι πάλιν τὴν ἐπ’ οἴκου· ἡ δὲ συνιδοῦσα τὴν εἰρωνείαν καὶ σχετλιάσασα—τί γὰρ ἔδει πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ πράγματος οὕτως ἐμφανοῦς, ὃ τὰς ἀποδείξεις εἶχεν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μὴ δεόμενον τῆς ἐκ λόγων πίστεως, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὀφθαλμῶν ὦτα ἀληθέστερα καὶ πραγμάτων ῥήματα; — „βάδιζε“ εἶπεν „ἐφ’ ἣν σπεύδεις ὁδόν· ὀνήσεις γὰρ οὐδέν, ἐμοῦ τὰ λεκτέα ὑπηχοῦντος ἄνευ τῆς σῆς διανοίας καὶ τὰ φωνῆς ὄργανα τρέποντος, ᾗ δίκαιον καὶ συμφέρον· ἡνιοχήσω γὰρ ἐγὼ τὸν λόγον θεσπίζων ἕκαστα διὰ τῆς σῆς γλώττης οὐ συνιέντος.“
1:275ἀκούσας δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐγγὺς ἤδη γεγονότα μετὰ τῶν δορυφόρων ὑπαντησόμενος ἐξῄει, καὶ ἐντυχόντων, οἷα εἰκός, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἦσαν φιλοφροσύναι καὶ δεξιώσεις, εἶτα βραχεῖα κατάμεμψις περὶ τῆς βραδυτῆτος καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἑτοιμότερον ἥκειν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ εὐωχίαι ἦσαν καὶ πολυτελεῖς ἑστιάσεις καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν ξένων ἔθος εὐτρεπίζεσθαι, φιλοτιμίαις βασιλικαῖς πάντα πρὸς τὸ μεγαλειότερον ἐπιδιδόντα καὶ σεμνότερον ὄγκον.
Book 1, §§276–300
1:276τῇ δ’ ὑστεραίᾳ ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ τὸν μάντιν ὁ Βαλάκης παραλαβὼν ἐπὶ γεώλοφον ἀνήγαγεν, ἔνθα καὶ στήλην συνέβαινεν ἱδρῦσθαι δαιμονίου τινός, ἣν οἱ ἐγχώριοι προσεκύνουν· μέρος δ’ ἐνθένδε καθεωρᾶτο τῆς τῶν Ἑβραίων στρατοπεδείας, ὃ καθάπερ ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς ἐπεδείκνυτο τῷ μάγῳ.
1:277ὁ δὲ θεασάμενός φησι· „σὺ μέν, ὦ βασιλεῦ, βωμοὺς ἑπτὰ δειμάμενος μόσχον ἐφ’ ἑκάστου καὶ κριὸν ἱέρευσον· ἐγὼ δ’ ἐκτραπόμενος πεύσομαι τοῦ θεοῦ, τί λεκτέον.“ ἔξω δὲ προελθὼν ἔνθους αὐτίκα γίνεται, προφητικοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιφοιτήσαντος, ὃ πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἔντεχνον μαντικὴν ὑπερόριον τῆς ψυχῆς ἤλασε· θέμις γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ἱερωτάτῃ κατοκωχῇ συνδιαιτᾶσθαι μαγικὴν σοφιστείαν. εἶθ’ ὑποστρέψας καὶ τάς τε θυσίας ἰδὼν καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς φλέγοντας ὥσπερ ἑρμηνεὺς ὑποβάλλοντος ἑτέρου θεσπίζει τάδε·
1:278„ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας μετεπέμψατό με Βαλάκης μακρὰν τὴν ἀπ’ ἀνατολῶν στειλάμενον ἀποδημίαν, ἵνα τίσηται τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἀραῖς. ἐγὼ δὲ τίνα τρόπον ἀράσομαι τοῖς μὴ καταράτοις ὑπὸ θεοῦ; θεάσομαι μὲν αὐτοὺς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀφ’ ὑψηλοτάτων ὀρῶν καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταλήψομαι, βλάψαι δ’ οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην λαόν, ὃς μόνος κατοικήσει, μὴ συναριθμούμενος ἑτέροις ἔθνεσιν, οὐ κατὰ τόπων ἀποκλήρωσιν καὶ χώρας ἀποτομήν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἐξαιρέτων ἐθῶν ἰδιότητα, μὴ συναναμιγνύμενος ἄλλοις εἰς τὴν τῶν πατρίων ἐκδιαίτησιν.
1:279τίς ἐπ’ ἀκριβείας εὗρε τὴν πρώτην καταβολὴν τῆς τούτων γενέσεως; τὰ μὲν σώματ’ αὐτοῖς ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων διεπλάσθη σπερμάτων, ἐκ δὲ θείων ἔφυσαν αἱ ψυχαί· διὸ καὶ γεγόνασιν ἀγχίσποροι θεοῦ. ἀποθάνοι μου ἡ ψυχὴ τὸν σωματικὸν βίον, ἵν’ ἐν ψυχαῖς δικαίων καταριθμηθῇ, οἵας εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς τούτων.“
1:280Ταῦτ’ ἀκούων ὁ Βαλάκης ὤδινεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. παυσαμένου δέ, τὸ πάθος οὐ χωρήσας „ἐπὶ κατάραις“ εἶπεν „ἐχθρῶν μετακληθεὶς εὐχὰς τιθέμενος ἐκείνοις οὐκ ἐρυθριᾷς; ἐλελήθειν ἄρ’ ἐμαυτὸν ἀπατῶν ὡς ἐπὶ φίλῳ σοι τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν πολεμίων ἀφανῶς τεταγμένῳ τάξιν, ἣ νῦν γέγονε δήλη. μήποτε καὶ τὰς ὑπερθέσεις τῆς ἐνθάδε ἀφίξεως ἐποιοῦ διὰ τὴν ὑποικουροῦσαν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς μὲν ἐκείνους οἰκειότητα πρὸς δ’ ἐμὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἀλλοτρίωσιν· πίστις γάρ, ὡς ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, τῶν ἀδήλων τὰ ἐμφανῆ.“
1:281ὁ δὲ τῆς κατοκωχῆς ἀνεθεὶς „ἀδικωτάτην“ εἶπεν „αἰτίαν ὑπομένω συκοφαντούμενος· λέγω γὰρ ἴδιον οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ ἅττ’ ἂν ὑπηχήσῃ τὸ θεῖον, ὅπερ οὐχὶ νῦν πρῶτον ἐγὼ μὲν εἶπον, σὺ δ’ ἤκουσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόσθεν, ἡνίκα τοὺς πρέσβεις ἔπεμψας, οἷς ἀπεκρινάμην ταὐτά.“
1:282νομίσας δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἢ τὸν μάντιν ἀπατᾶν ἢ τὸ θεῖον τρέπεσθαι καὶ ταῖς τῶν τόπων μεταβολαῖς τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἐχυρὸν ἀλλάττειν, εἰς ἕτερον ἀπαγαγὼν χωρίον ἐκ λόφου πάνυ περιμήκους ἐπεδείκνυτο μέρος τι τῆς ἀντιπάλου στρατιᾶς· εἶτα πάλιν ἑπτὰ βωμοὺς ἱδρυσάμενος καὶ τὰ ἴσα τοῖς πρόσθεν ἱερεῖα καταθύσας ἐξέπεμπε τὸν μάντιν ἐπ’ οἰωνοὺς καὶ φήμας αἰσίους.
1:283ὁ δὲ μονωθεὶς ἐξαίφνης θεοφορεῖται καὶ μηδὲν συνιείς, ὥσπερ μετανισταμένου τοῦ λογισμοῦ, τὰ ὑποβαλλόμενα ἐξελάλει προφητεύων τάδε· "ἀναστὰς ἄκουε, βασιλεῦ, τὰ ὦτα ἐπουρίσας. οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς διαψευσθῆναι δύναται οὐδ’ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου μετανοεῖ καὶ ἅπαξ εἰπὼν οὐκ ἐμμένει. φθέγξεται τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν, ὃ μὴ τελειωθήσεται βεβαίως, ἐπεὶ ὁ λόγος ἔργον ἐστὶν αὐτῷ. παρελήφθην δ’ ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, οὐ κατάραις, ἐγώ.
1:284οὐκ ἔσται πόνος ἢ μόχθος ἐν Ἑβραίοις. ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν προασπίζει περιφανῶς, ὃς καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ῥύμην κακῶν ἀπεσκέδασεν ὡς ἕνα ἄνδρα τὰς τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἀναγαγών. τοιγαροῦν οἰωνῶν ἀλογοῦσι καὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ μαντικὴν ἑνὶ τῷ τοῦ κόσμου ἡγεμόνι πιστεύοντες. ὁρῶ λαὸν ὡς σκύμνον ἀνιστάμενον καὶ ὡς λέοντα γαυρούμενον. εὐωχηθήσεται θήρας καὶ ποτῷ χρήσεται τραυματιῶν αἵματι καὶ κορεσθεὶς οὐ τρέψεται πρὸς ὕπνον, ἀλλ’ ἐγρηγορὼς τὸν ἐπινίκιον ᾄσεται ὕμνον.“
1:285Χαλεπῶς δ’ ἐνεγκὼν ἐπὶ τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδας αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς μαντικῆς ἀπαντᾶσθαι „ἄνθρωπε“ εἶπε, „μήτε ἀρὰς τίθεσο μήτ’ εὐχὰς ποιοῦ· βελτίων γὰρ τῶν μὴ καθ’ ἡδονὴν λόγων ἡ ἀκίνδυνος ἡσυχία.“ καὶ ταῦτ’ εἰπὼν ὥσπερ ἐκλαθόμενος ὧν εἶπε διὰ τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀβέβαιον εἰς ἄλλον τόπον ἀπῆγε τὸν μάντιν, ἀφ’ οὗ δείξας μέρος τι τῆς Ἑβραϊκῆς στρατιᾶς καταρᾶσθαι παρεκάλει.
1:286ὁ δ’ ἅτε χείρων ἐκείνου, καίτοι πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφερομένας κατηγορίας ἀπολογίᾳ μιᾷ χρώμενος ἀληθεῖ, ὡς οὐδὲν ἴδιον λέγοι, κατεχόμενος δὲ καὶ ἐνθουσιῶν διερμηνεύοι τὰ ἑτέρου, δέον μηκέτ’ ἐπακολουθεῖν ἀλλ’ οἴκαδε ἀπαίρειν, ἑτοιμότερον τοῦ παραπέμποντος προεξέτρεχεν, ἅμα μὲν οἰήσει, κακῷ μεγάλῳ, πεπιεσμένος, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταρᾶσθαι γλιχόμενος, εἰ καὶ τῇ φωνῇ διεκωλύετο.
1:287παραγενόμενος δ’ εἰς ὄρος μεῖζον τῶν προτέρων ἄχρι πολλοῦ κατατεῖνον κελεύει μὲν τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν θυσίαν βωμοὺς πάλιν ἑπτὰ κατασκευάσαντας καὶ ἱερεῖα τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα προσαγαγόντας ἑκάστῳ βωμῷ δύο, μόσχον τε καὶ κριόν. αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκέτι κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐπὶ κληδόνας καὶ οἰωνοὺς ἵετο πολλὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ τέχνην κακίσας ὡς χρόνῳ καθάπερ γραφὴν ἐξίτηλον γενομένην καὶ τοὺς εὐθυβόλους στοχασμοὺς ἐξαμαυρωθεῖσαν· ἄλλως δὲ καὶ μόλις ἐνενόησεν, ὅτι οὐ συνᾴδει τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήματι ἡ τοῦ μισθωσαμένου προαίρεσις αὐτὸν βασιλέως.
1:288τραπόμενος οὖν κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην ὁρᾷ κατὰ φυλὰς ἐστρατοπεδευκότας Ἑβραίους καὶ τό τε πλῆθος καὶ τὴν τάξιν ὡς πόλεως ἀλλ’ οὐ στρατοπέδου καταπλαγεὶς ἔνθους γενόμενος ἀναφθέγγεται τάδε·
1:289„φησὶν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν, ὅστις καθ’ ὕπνον ἐναργῆ φαντασίαν εἶδε θεοῦ τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοιμήτοις ὄμμασιν. ὡς καλοί σου οἱ οἶκοι, στρατιὰ Ἑβραίων, αἱ σκηναί σου ὡς νάπαι σκιάζουσαι, ὡς παράδεισος ἐπὶ ποταμοῦ, ὡς κέδρος παρ’ ὕδατα.
1:290ἐξελεύσεταί ποτε ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐπικρατήσει πολλῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐπιβαίνουσα ἡ τοῦδε βασιλεία καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν πρὸς ὕψος ἀρθήσεται. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἡγεμόνι τῆς ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου πάσης ὁδοῦ κέχρηται θεῷ καθ’ ἓν κέρας ἄγοντι τὴν πληθύν.
1:291τοιγαροῦν ἔδεται ἔθνη πολλὰ ἐχθρῶν καὶ ὅσον ἐν αὐτοῖς πῖον ἄχρι μυελοῦ λήψεται καὶ ταῖς ἑκηβολίαις ἀπολεῖ τοὺς δυσμενεῖς. ἀναπαύσεται κατακλινεὶς ὡς λέων ἢ σκύμνος λέοντος, μάλα καταφρονητικῶς δεδιὼς οὐδένα, φόβον τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐνειργασμένος· ἄθλιος ὃς ἂν αὐτὸν παρακινήσας ἐγείρῃ. οἱ μὲν εὐλογοῦντές σε εὐφημίας ἄξιοι, κατάρας δ’ οἱ καταρώμενοι.“
1:292Σφόδρα δ’ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀγανακτήσας ὁ βασιλεὺς „ἐπ’ ἀραῖς“ εἶπεν „ἐχθρῶν μετακληθεὶς εὐχὰς ἤδη τρεῖς τὰς ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων πεποίησαι· φεῦγε δὴ θᾶττον—ὀξὺ πάθος ἐστὶ θυμός —, μή τι καὶ νεώτερον ἐργάσασθαι βιασθῶ.
1:293πόσον πλῆθος χρημάτων, ἀνοητότατε, καὶ δωρεῶν, πόσην δ’ εὐφημίαν καὶ δόξαν ἀφῄρησαι σεαυτὸν φρενοβλαβὴς ὤν· ἐπανελεύσῃ φέρων ἀπὸ τῆς ξένης εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀγαθὸν μὲν οὐδέν, ὀνείδη δὲ καὶ πολλὴν ὡς ἔοικεν αἰσχύνην, οὕτως σοι τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἐφ’ οἷς πρότερον ἐσεμνύνου, γελασθέντων.“
1:294ὁ δὲ „τὰ μὲν πρότερα“ εἶπε „πάντ’ ἐστὶ λόγια καὶ χρησμοί, τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα λέγεσθαι γνώμης τῆς ἐμῆς εἰκασίαι.“ καὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς λαβόμενος μόνος μόνῳ συνεβούλευε, δι’ ὧν, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, φυλάξεται τὸν ἀντίπαλον στρατόν, ἀσέβημα κατηγορῶν αὑτοῦ μέγιστον· τί γάρ, εἴποι τις ἄν, ἰδιάζεις καὶ συμβουλεύεις τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς χρησμοῖς ὑποτιθέμενος, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τῶν λογίων
1:295αἱ σαὶ βουλαὶ δυνατώτεραι; φέρε δ’ οὖν καὶ τὰς καλὰς αὐτοῦ παραινέσεις ἐξετάσωμεν, ὡς τετεχνιτευμέναι πρὸς ὁμολογουμένην ἧτταν τῶν ἀεὶ νικᾶν δυναμένων. εἰδὼς γὰρ Ἑβραίοις μίαν ὁδὸν ἁλώσεως παρανομίαν, διὰ λαγνείας καὶ ἀκολασίας, μεγάλου κακοῦ, πρὸς μεῖζον κακόν, ἀσέβειαν, ἄγειν αὐτοὺς ἐσπούδασεν ἡδονὴν δέλεαρ προθείς.
1:296„εἰσὶ“ γὰρ εἶπεν „αἱ ἐγχώριοι γυναῖκες, ὦ βασιλεῦ, διαφέρουσαι τὴν ὄψιν ἑτέρων· ἀνὴρ δ’ οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον εὐάλωτος ἢ γυναικὸς εὐμορφίᾳ. ταῖς οὖν περικαλλεστάταις ἐὰν ἐπιτρέψῃς μισθαρνεῖν καὶ δημοσιεύειν, ἀγκιστρεύσονται τὴν νεότητα τῶν ἀντιπάλων.
1:297ὑφηγητέον δὲ αὐταῖς, μὴ εὐθὺς ἐμπαρέχεσθαι τοῖς ἐθέλουσι τὴν ὥραν· ὁ γὰρ ἀκκισμὸς ὑποκνίζων τὰς ὁρμὰς ἐπεγείρει μᾶλλον καὶ τοὺς ἔρωτας ἀναφλέγει· τραχηλιζόμενοι δὲ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις πάνθ’ ὑπομενοῦσι δρᾶν τε καὶ πάσχειν.
1:298πρὸς δὲ τὸν οὕτω διακείμενον ἐραστὴν λεγέτω φρυαττομένη τις τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν ἀλειφομένων· „„οὐ θέμις ὁμιλίας σοι τῆς ἐμῆς ἀπολαῦσαι, πρὶν ἂν ἐκδιαιτηθῇς μὲν τὰ πάτρια, μεταβαλὼν δὲ τιμήσῃς ἅπερ ἐγώ. πίστις δέ μοι τῆς βεβαίου μεταβολῆς γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀρίδηλος, ἢν ἐθελήσῃς μετασχεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν σπονδῶν τε καὶ θυσιῶν, ἃς ἀγάλμασι καὶ ξοάνοις καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀφιδρύμασιν ἐπιτελοῦμεν.““
1:299ὁ δ’ ἅτε σαγηνευθεὶς πάγαις πολυειδέσι, κάλλει καὶ στωμυλίας χειραγωγίαις, οὐδὲν ἀντειπών, ἐξηγκωνισμένος τὸν λογισμόν, ἄθλιος ὑπηρετήσει τοῖς προσταττομένοις, ἀναγραφεὶς τοῦ πάθους δοῦλος.“
1:300Ὁ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα συνεβούλευεν. ὁ δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ νομίσας εἶναι τὰ λεχθέντα, τὸν κατὰ μοιχῶν νόμον παρακαλυψάμενος καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ φθορᾷ καὶ πορνείᾳ κειμένους ἀνελών, ὡς εἰ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγράφησαν, ἀνέδην ἐπιτρέπει ταῖς γυναιξὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας πρὸς οὓς ἂν ἐθέλωσι ποιεῖσθαι.
Book 1, §§301–325
1:301δοθείσης δὲ ἀδείας, τὴν πληθὺν τῶν μειρακίων ἐπήγοντο πολὺ πρότερον τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἀπατῶσαι καὶ τρέπουσαι ταῖς γοητείαις πρὸς ἀσέβειαν, ἕως υἱὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Φινεὲς ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις σφόδρα χαλεπήνας—δεινότατον γὰρ αὐτῷ κατεφαίνετο, εἰ ὑφ’ ἕνα καιρὸν ἄμφω τά τε σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐπιδεδώκασι, τὰ μὲν ἡδοναῖς, τὰς δὲ τῷ παρανομεῖν καὶ ἀνοσιουργεῖν—ἐνεανιεύσατο νεανείαν ἀνδρὶ καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ προσήκουσαν.
1:302ἰδὼν γάρ τινα τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους θύοντα καὶ εἰσιόντα πρὸς πόρνην, μήτε κεκυφότα εἰς τοὔδαφος μήτε λανθάνειν τοὺς πολλοὺς πειρώμενον μήθ’ οἷα φιλεῖ κλέπτοντα τὴν εἴσοδον, ἀλλὰ μετ’ ἀναισχύντου θράσους τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐπιδεικνύμενον καὶ φρυαττόμενον ὡς ἐπὶ σεμνῷ πράγματι τῷ καταγελάστῳ, πάνυ πικρανθεὶς καὶ πληρωθεὶς ὀργῆς δικαίας ἐπεισδραμὼν ἔτι κατ’ εὐνὴν κειμένους ἀμφοτέρους τόν τ’ ἐραστὴν καὶ τὴν ἑταίραν ἀναιρεῖ προσανατεμὼν καὶ τὰ γεννητικά, διότι σποραῖς ὑπηρέτησαν ἐκθέσμοις.
1:303τοῦτο θεασάμενοί τινες τὸ παράδειγμα τῶν τὴν ἐγκράτειαν καὶ θεοσέβειαν ἐζηλωκότων προστάξαντος Μωυσέως ἐμιμήσαντο καὶ πάντας τοὺς τελεσθέντας τοῖς χειροποιήτοις συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἡβηδὸν ἀνελόντες τὸ μὲν μίασμα τοῦ ἔθνους ἐκκαθαίρουσι διὰ τῆς τῶν προηδικηκότων ἀπαραιτήτου τιμωρίας, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους παρασχόντας ἀπολογίαν ἐναργεστάτην ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν εὐσεβείας περιεποιήσαντο, μηδένα τῶν ἀφ’ αἵματος κατακρίτων οἰκτισάμενοι μηδ’ ἐλέῳ τἀδικήματα αὐτῶν παρελθόντες, ἀλλὰ καθαροὺς νομίσαντες τοὺς αὐτόχειρας· ὅθεν οὐδενὶ παρεχώρησαν τὴν ἐπέξοδον φέρουσαν τοῖς δρῶσιν ἀψευδέστατον ἔπαινον.
1:304τετρακισχιλίους δέ φασι πρὸς τοῖς δισμυρίοις ἀναιρεθῆναι μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ, συναναιρεθέντος εὐθὺς τοῦ κοινοῦ μιάσματος, ὃ πᾶσαν τὴν στρατιὰν ἐκηλίδου. τῶν δὲ καθαρσίων ἐπιτελεσθέντων, ὡς ἀριστεῖ γέρας ἐπάξιον τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, ὃς πρῶτος ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμυναν ὥρμησεν, ἐζήτει παρασχεῖν Μωυσῆς· φθάνει δὲ χρησμοῖς δωρησάμενος ὁ θεὸς Φινεεῖ τὸ μέγιστον ἀγαθόν, εἰρήνην, ὃ μηδεὶς ἱκανὸς ἀνθρώπων παρασχεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τῇ εἰρήνῃ καὶ παγκρατησίαν ἱερωσύνης, αὐτῷ καὶ γένει κλῆρον ἀναφαίρετον.
1:305Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ἐμφυλίων οὐδὲν ἔτ’ ἦν ὑπόλοιπον κακῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσοι πρὸς αὐτομολίαν ἢ προδοσίαν ὑπωπτεύοντο πάντες ἀπωλώλεσαν, ἔδοξεν εἶναι καιρὸς ἐπιτηδειότατος τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Βαλάκην στρατείας, ἄνδρα μυρία καὶ βεβουλευμένον ἐργάσασθαι κακὰ καὶ δεδρακότα, βεβουλευμένον μὲν διὰ τοῦ μάντεως, ὃν ἤλπισεν ἀραῖς τισι δυνήσεσθαι καθελεῖν τὴν δύναμιν τῶν Ἑβραίων, δεδρακότα δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν ἀσελγείας καὶ ἀκολασίας, αἳ τὰ μὲν σώματα λαγνείαις τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ἀσεβείᾳ τῶν χρωμένων διέφθειραν.
1:306παντὶ μὲν οὖν τῷ στρατῷ πολεμεῖν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζεν, εἰδὼς τὰ ὑπέρογκα πλήθη πταίοντα περὶ αὑτοῖς καὶ ἅμα λυσιτελὲς ἡγούμενος ἐφεδρείας εἶναι συμμάχων τοῖς προκαμοῦσι βοηθούς, ἀριστίνδην δὲ τοὺς ἡβῶντας ἐπιλέξας, χιλίους ἐκ φυλῆς ἑκάστης, δώδεκα χιλιάδας— τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ φυλαί—καὶ στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενος τοῦ πολέμου Φινεὲς πεῖραν ἤδη δεδωκότα στρατηγικῆς εὐτολμίας ἐπὶ καλοῖς ἱερείοις ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ θαρσύνων τοιάδε διεξῄει· „οὐχ
1:307ὑπὲρ κράτους ἀρχῆς ὁ παρὼν ἀγών ἐστιν οὐδ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαι τὰ ἑτέρων, περὶ ὧν ἢ μόνων ἢ μάλιστα οἱ πόλεμοι, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος, ὧν τοὺς ἡμετέρους συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἠλλοτρίωσαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ παραίτιοι γενόμενοι τοῖς ὑπαχθεῖσι χαλεπῆς ἀπωλείας.
1:308ἔστιν οὖν ἄτοπον οἰκείων μὲν αὐτόχειρας γεγενῆσθαι παρανομησάντων, ἐχθρῶν δὲ χαλεπώτερα ἠδικηκότων ἀποσχέσθαι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν μαθόντας ἀδικεῖν ἀνῃρηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ βιασαμένους καὶ διδάξαντας ἀτιμωρήτους καταλιπεῖν, οὓς ἁπάντων αἰτίους εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ὧν ἢ δεδράκασιν ἢ πεπόνθασιν ἐκεῖνοι.“
1:309νευρωθέντες οὖν ταῖς παραινέσεσιν ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ὅσον ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς προϋπῆρχε γενναιότητος ζωπυρήσαντες ὡς ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένῃ νίκῃ πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἵεντο φρονήμασιν ἀηττήτοις· καὶ συμπλακέντες τοσαύτῃ περιουσίᾳ ῥώμης καὶ τόλμης ἐχρήσαντο, ὡς ἱερεῦσαι μὲν τοὺς ἀντιπάλους, αὐτοὶ δὲ πάντες σῷοι ἐπανελθεῖν, οὐδενὸς ἀποθανόντος ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τρωθέντος.
1:310ὑπέλαβεν ἄν τις τῶν ἀγνοούντων τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἰδὼν αὐτοὺς ἐπανιόντας οὐκ ἀπὸ πολέμου καὶ παρατάξεως ἀφικνεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ὁπλοσκοπίαις ἐπιδείξεων, ἃς ἔθος ἐν εἰρήνῃ ποιεῖσθαι, γυμνάσματα δ’ εἰσὶ καὶ μελέται συγκροτουμένων τὰ κατ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐν φίλοις.
1:311τὰς μὲν οὖν πόλεις ἢ κατασκάπτοντες ἢ ἐμπιπράντες ἠφάνισαν, ὡς μηδ’ εἰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ᾠκίσθησαν εἰπεῖν ἔχειν· αἰχμαλώτων δὲ σωμάτων ἀπερίληπτον ἀριθμὸν ἀπαγαγόντες ἄνδρας μὲν καὶ γυναῖκας κτείνειν ἐδικαίωσαν, τοὺς μὲν ὅτι βουλευμάτων καὶ χειρῶν ἦρξαν ἀδίκων, τὰς δ’ ἐπεὶ κατεγοήτευσαν τὴν Ἑβραίων νεότητα, παραιτίας γενομένας αὐτοῖς ἀκολασίας καὶ ἀσεβείας καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα θανάτου· νέοις δὲ κομιδῇ παισὶ καὶ παρθένοις συνέγνωσαν, ἀμνηστίαν τῆς ἡλικίας ἐφελκομένης.
1:312λείας δὲ πολλῆς ἄγαν εὐπορήσαντες ἔκ τε τῶν βασιλείων κἀκ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν οἰκιῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν κατ’ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεων—ἦν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς χωρίοις οὐκ ἐλάττων τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἄστεσιν —, ἧκον εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπηχθισμένοι τὸν παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πάντα πλοῦτον.
1:313ἐπαινέσας δὲ Μωυσῆς τόν τε στρατηγὸν Φινεὲς καὶ τοὺς παραταξαμένους ἐπί τε τοῖς κατορθώμασι καὶ ὅτι ταῖς ὠφελείαις οὐκ ἐπέδραμον τὴν λείαν μόνοι σφετερίσασθαι διανοηθέντες, ἀλλ’ εἰς μέσον προὔθεσαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ καταμείναντες ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς μετάσχωσι, προστάττει τοὺς μὲν ἔξω τοῦ στρατοπέδου καταμένειν τινὰς ἡμέρας, τῷ δὲ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ καθᾶραι τοῦ φόνου τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς παρατάξεως ἥκοντας τῶν συμμάχων.
1:314καὶ γὰρ εἰ νόμιμοι αἱ κατ’ ἐχθρῶν σφαγαί, ἀλλ’ ὅ γε κτείνων ἄνθρωπον, εἰ καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμυνόμενος καὶ βιασθείς, ὑπαίτιος εἶναι δοκεῖ διὰ τὴν ἀνωτάτω καὶ κοινὴν συγγένειαν· οὗ χάριν καθαρσίων ἐδέησε τοῖς κτείνασι πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῦ νομισθέντος ἄγους γεγενῆσθαι.
1:315μετ’ οὐ πολὺν μέντοι χρόνον καὶ τὴν λείαν διένειμε, τοῖς μὲν στρατευσαμένοις—ὀλίγος δ’ ἀριθμὸς ἦσαν παρὰ τοὺς ἡσυχάσαντας —διδοὺς ἥμισυ μέρος, θάτερον δὲ τοῖς καταμείνασιν ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ· δίκαιον γὰρ ὑπέλαβεν εἶναι καὶ τούτοις μεταδοῦναι τῆς ὠφελείας, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς σώμασι, ταῖς γοῦν ψυχαῖς διαγωνισαμένοις· οἱ γὰρ ἔφεδροι τῶν ἀγωνιστῶν οὐκ ἐλαττούμενοι ταῖς προθυμίαις χρόνῳ καὶ τῷ φθασθῆναι μόνον ὑστερίζουσι.
1:316λαβόντων δὲ τῶν μὲν ὀλίγων πλείω διὰ τὸ προκινδυνεῦσαι, τῶν δὲ πλειόνων ἐλάττω διὰ τὴν ἔνδον μονήν, ἔδοξεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πάσης τῆς λείας τὰς ἀπαρχὰς καθιερῶσαι· τὸ μὲν οὖν πεντηκοστὸν οἱ ἐφεδρεύσαντες, πεντακοσιοστὴν δὲ μοῖραν οἱ προπολεμήσαντες εἰσήνεγκαν· τῶν δ’ ἀπαρχῶν τὰς μὲν παρὰ τῶν στρατευσαμένων τῷ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ προστάττει δοθῆναι, τὰς δὲ παρὰ τῶν καταμεινάντων ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῖς νεωκόροις, οἷς ὄνομα Λευῖται.
1:317χιλίαρχοι δὲ καὶ ἑκατόνταρχοι καὶ ὁ ἄλλος ὅμιλος λοχαγῶν καὶ ταξιαρχῶν ὑπέρ τε τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν συστρατευσαμένων καὶ τῆς παντὸς λόγου κρείττονος νίκης ἐθελονταὶ κομίζουσιν ἐξαιρέτους ἀπαρχάς, κόσμον τε χρυσοῦν ὅσον ἕκαστος ἐκ τῆς λείας ἀνεῦρε καὶ σκεύη πολυτελέστατα, ὧν πάλιν ὕλη χρυσὸς ἦν· ἃ Μωυσῆς λαβὼν καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν τῶν φερόντων ἀγάμενος ἀνατίθησιν ἐν τῇ καθιερωμένῃ σκηνῇ τῆς εὐχαριστίας τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑπόμνημα.
1:318παγκάλη δὲ ἡ διανομὴ τῶν ἀπαρχῶν· τὰς μὲν τῶν μὴ πεπολεμηκότων, ἡμίσειαν ἀρετῆς τὴν χωρὶς ἔργου προθυμίαν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐπιδειξαμένων, τοῖς νεωκόροις ἀπένειμε, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀγωνισαμένων, οἳ σώμασι καὶ ψυχαῖς ἐκινδύνευσαν ὁλόκληρον ἀνδραγαθίαν παρασχόμενοι, τῷ προεστηκότι τῶν νεωκόρων ἱερεῖ τῷ μεγάλῳ, τὰς δὲ τῶν ταξιαρχῶν ἅτε ἡγεμονικὰς τῷ συμπάντων ἡγεμόνι θεῷ.
1:319Πάντες οὗτοι διεπολεμήθησαν οἱ πόλεμοι, μήπω διαβεβηκότων Ἰορδάνην τὸν ἐγχώριον ποταμόν, πρὸς τοὺς τῆς ἀντιπέρας γῆς οἰκήτορας εὐδαίμονος καὶ βαθείας, ἐν ᾗ πολλὴ πεδιὰς σιτοφόρος καὶ χιλὸν κτήνεσιν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀγαθή.
1:320ταύτην ὡς ἐθεάσαντο τὴν χώραν αἱ κτηνοτρόφοι δύο φυλαί, μοῖρα τοῦ σύμπαντος ἕκτη στρατοῦ, Μωυσῆν ἱκέτευον ἐπιτρέψαι τὰς κληρουχίας ἐνταυθοῖ λαβεῖν αὐτὰς ἤδη ποτὲ ἱδρυθείσας· ἐπιτηδειότατον γὰρ ἔφασκον εἶναι τὸν τόπον ἐννέμεσθαί τε καὶ ἐμβόσκεσθαι θρέμμασιν εὔυδρον ὄντα καὶ εὔχορτον καὶ προβατευσίμην ἄφθονον πόαν ἀπαυτοματίζοντα.
1:321ὁ δὲ νομίσας αὐτοὺς ἢ προεδρίᾳ τὴν διανομὴν τά τε γέρα πρὸ καιροῦ λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦν ἢ πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας πολέμους ἀποκνεῖν, ἐφεδρευόντων ἔτι πλειόνων βασιλέων, οἳ τὴν εἴσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ χώραν διεκεκλήρωντο, πάνυ δυσχεράνας πρὸς ὀργὴν ἀποκρίνεται καί φησιν·
1:322„ὑμεῖς μὲν οὖν ἐνταυθοῖ καθεδεῖσθε σχολὴν ἐν οὐ δέοντι καὶ ἀργίαν ἕξοντες, τοὺς δ’ ὑμετέρους συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους οἱ λειπόμενοι τραχηλιοῦσι πόλεμοι, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἆθλα μόνοις ὑμῖν ὡς ἐπὶ κατωρθωμένοις πᾶσι δοθήσεται, μάχαι δὲ καὶ πόνοι καὶ ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ οἱ ἀνωτάτω κίνδυνοι ἑτέρους ἀναμενοῦσιν;
1:323ἀλλ’ οὐ δίκαιον ὑμᾶς μὲν εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγαθὰ καρποῦσθαι, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους πολέμοις καὶ κακοῖς ἀμυθήτοις ἐναθλεῖν, οὐδὲ προσθήκην τὸ ὅλον μέρους εἶναι· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἕνεκα τῶν ὅλων τὰ μέρη κληρονομίας ἀξιοῦται.
1:324πάντες ἐστὲ ἰσότιμοι, γένος ἕν, οἱ αὐτοὶ πατέρες, οἰκία μία, ἔθη τὰ αὐτά, κοινωνία νόμων, ἄλλα μυρία, ὧν ἕκαστον τὴν οἰκειότητα συνδεῖ καὶ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἁρμόζεται. διὰ τί δὴ τῶν ἴσων ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτοις ἀξιωθέντες ἐν ταῖς διανομαῖς πλεονεκτήσετε, ὡς ἢ ἄρχοντες ὑπηκόων ἢ δεσπόται δούλων καταφρονήσαντες;
1:325ἔδει μὲν ὑμᾶς ταῖς ἑτέρων πληγαῖς πεπαιδεῦσθαι· φρονίμων γὰρ ἀνδρῶν μὴ ἀναμένειν, ἄχρις ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἔλθῃ τὰ δεινά· νυνὶ δὲ παραδείγματ’ ἔχοντες οἰκεῖα τοὺς πατέρας, οἳ κατεσκέψαντο τήνδε τὴν χώραν, καὶ τὰς ἐκείνων συμφορὰς καὶ τῶν συναπονοηθέντων—ἅπαντες γὰρ ἔξω δυοῖν ἀπώλοντο —, δέον μηδενὶ τῶν ὁμοίων συνεπιγράφεσθαι, δειλίαν, ὦ κενοὶ φρενῶν, ζηλοῦτε ὡς οὐκ εὐαλωτότεροι γενησόμενοι καὶ τὰς προθυμίας ὑποσκελίζετε τῶν ἀνδραγαθίζεσθαι προαιρουμένων ἐκλύοντες καὶ παριέντες αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα. τοιγάρτοι σπεύδοντες ἁμαρτάνειν σπεύσετε καὶ πρὸς τιμωρίας·
Book 1, §§326–334; Book 2, §§1–16
1:326ἡ γὰρ δίκη μόλις μὲν εἴωθε κινεῖσθαι, κινηθεῖσα δ’ ἅπαξ φθάνει προκαταλαμβάνουσα τοὺς ἀποδιδράσκοντας.
1:327ὅταν οὖν ἅπαντες μὲν οἱ ἐχθροὶ καθαιρεθῶσιν, ἔφεδρος δὲ μηδεὶς ἔτι προσδοκᾶται πόλεμος, ἐν δὲ ταῖς εὐθύναις ἀνεπίληπτοι δοκιμασθῶσιν οἱ σύμμαχοι, μὴ λιποτάξιον, μὴ λιποστράτιον, μηδὲν ἄλλο τῶν ἐφ’ ἥττῃ διαπεπραγμένοι, παραμεμενηκότες δ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους φαίνωνται καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς προθυμίαις, ἐρημωθῇ δὲ πᾶσα ἡ χώρα τῶν προενῳκηκότων, τηνικαῦτα δοθήσεται τὰ γέρα καὶ τὰ ἀριστεῖα ταῖς φυλαῖς ἐξ ἴσου.“
1:328τὴν δὲ νουθεσίαν πρᾴως ἐνεγκόντες ὡς υἱοὶ γνήσιοι σφόδρα εὔνου πατρὸς—ᾔδεσαν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐ καταλαζονευόμενον ἀρχῆς ἐξουσίᾳ, προκηδόμενον δὲ πάντων καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἰσότητα τιμῶντα καὶ τὸ μισοπόνηρον οὐκ ἐπ’ ὀνείδει σωφρονισμῷ δὲ τῶν βελτιοῦσθαι δυναμένων αἰεὶ ποιούμενον—„εἰκότως μὲν“ ἔφασαν „ἀγανακτεῖς, εἰ τοῦθ’ ὑπείληφας, ὅτι τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀπολιπόντες πρὸ καιροῦ τὰς λήξεις λαβεῖν ἐπειγόμεθα.
1:329χρὴ δὲ σαφῶς εἰδέναι, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς φοβεῖ τῶν σὺν ἀρετῇ, κἂν ἐπιπονώτατον τυγχάνῃ. κρίνομεν δ’ ἀρετῆς ἔργα, πειθαρχεῖν τέ σοι τοιῷδε ἡγεμόνι καὶ τῶν δεινῶν μὴ ὑστερίζειν καὶ ἐν ἁπάσαις ἐξετάζεσθαι ταῖς μελλούσαις στρατείαις, ἄχρις ἂν τὰ πράγματα λάβῃ τέλος αἴσιον.
1:330ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν καθὰ καὶ πρότερον συνταξάμενοι διαβησόμεθα τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐν ταῖς παντευχίαις, οὐδενὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν πρόφασιν παρασχόντες μονῆς· υἱοὶ δὲ κομιδῇ νήπιοι καὶ θυγατέρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν βοσκημάτων, ἐὰν ἐπιτρέπῃς, ὑπολελείψονται, παισὶ μὲν καὶ γυναιξὶν οἰκίας ἐπαύλεις δὲ θρέμμασι κατασκευασάντων ἡμῶν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς δεινὸν πάθωσιν ἐν ἀτειχίστοις καὶ ἀφρουρήτοις προκαταληφθέντες.“
1:331ὁ δ’ ἵλεῳ τῷ βλέμματι καὶ πρᾳοτέρᾳ τῇ φωνῇ „ἀψευδοῦσιν ὑμῖν“ ἔφη „βέβαιοι μενοῦσιν ἃς ᾐτήσασθε λήξεις. ὑπολείπεσθε μὲν ὡς ἀξιοῦτε γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας καὶ βοσκήματα, κατὰ λόχους δ’ αὐτοὶ διαβαίνετε μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὡπλισμένοι καὶ ἐκτεταγμένοι πρὸς μάχην ὡς αὐτίκα, ἢν δέῃ, πολεμήσοντες.
1:332αὖθις δ’ ὅταν ἅπαντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ καθαιρεθῶσι καὶ γενομένης εἰρήνης τὴν χώραν οἱ κεκρατηκότες διανείμωνται, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπανελεύσεσθε πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων ἀπολαύσοντες ἀγαθῶν καὶ καρπωσόμενοι ἣν εἵλεσθε μοῖραν.“
1:333ταῦτ’ εἰπόντος καὶ ὑποσχομένου, πληρωθέντες εὐθυμίας καὶ χαρᾶς τοὺς μὲν οἰκείους μετὰ τῶν θρεμμάτων ἀσφαλῶς ἐν ἐρύμασι δυσαλώτοις, ὧν τὰ πλεῖστα χειροποίητα ἦν, ἱδρύονται, τὰ δ’ ὅπλα ἀναλαβόντες ἐξέθεον τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων προθυμότερον ὡς ἢ μόνοι πολεμήσοντες ἢ προαγωνιούμενοι πάντων· ὁ γὰρ προλαβών τινα δωρεὰν προθυμότερος εἰς συμμαχίαν, ἀποτίνειν ἀναγκαῖον ὄφλημα νομίζων, οὐ χαρίζεσθαι.
1:334τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν πεπραγμένα αὐτῷ μεμήνυται· λεκτέον δ’ ἑξῆς καὶ ὅσα διὰ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης καὶ νομοθετικῆς κατώρθωσε· καὶ γὰρ ταύτας περιεποιήσατο τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ἁρμοττούσας μάλιστα βασιλείᾳ.
2:1ΛΟΓΟΣ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΣ Ἡ μὲν προτέρα σύνταξίς ἐστι περὶ γενέσεως τῆς Μωυσέως καὶ τροφῆς, ἔτι δὲ παιδείας καὶ ἀρχῆς, ἣν οὐ μόνον ἀνεπιλήπτως ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπαινετῶς ἦρξε, καὶ τῶν ἔν τε Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις ἐπί τε τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην πεπραγμένων, ἃ δύναμιν πᾶσαν λόγων ὑπερβάλλει, καὶ προσέτι πόνων οὓς κατώρθωσε καὶ κληρουχιῶν ἃς ἐκ μέρους ἀπένειμε τοῖς στρατευσαμένοις· ἣν δὲ νυνὶ συντάττομεν, περὶ τῶν ἑπομένων καὶ ἀκολούθων.
2:2φασὶ γάρ τινες οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, μόνως ἂν οὕτω τὰς πόλεις ἐπιδοῦναι πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, ἐὰν ἢ οἱ βασιλεῖς φιλοσοφήσωσιν ἢ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν. ὁ δ’ ἐκ περιττοῦ φανεῖται μὴ μόνον ταύτας ἐπιδεδειγμένος τὰς δυνάμεις ἐν ταὐτῷ, τήν τε βασιλικὴν καὶ φιλόσοφον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρεῖς ἑτέρας, ὧν ἡ μὲν πραγματεύεται περὶ νομοθεσίαν, ἡ δὲ περὶ ἀρχιερωσύνην, ἡ δὲ τελευταία περὶ προφητείαν.
2:3περὶ ὧν νυνὶ λέγειν εἱλόμην ἀναγκαίως ὑπολαβὼν τῷ αὐτῷ πάντ’ ἐφαρμόττειν· ἐγένετο γὰρ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ βασιλεύς τε καὶ νομοθέτης καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προφήτης καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τὰ πρωτεῖα ἠνέγκατο· διὰ τί δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ πάντ’ ἐφαρμόττει, δηλωτέον.
2:4βασιλεῖ προσήκει προστάττειν ἃ χρὴ καὶ ἀπαγορεύειν ἃ μὴ χρή· πρόσταξις δὲ τῶν πρακτέων καὶ ἀπαγόρευσις τῶν οὐ πρακτέων ἴδιον νόμου, ὡς εὐθὺς εἶναι τὸν μὲν βασιλέα νόμον ἔμψυχον, τὸν δὲ νόμον βασιλέα δίκαιον.
2:5βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ νομοθέτης ὀφείλει μὴ τἀνθρώπεια μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ θεῖα συνεπισκοπεῖν· οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης κατορθοῦται τὰ βασιλέων καὶ ὑπηκόων πράγματα· δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἐδέησε τῷ τοιούτῳ τῆς πρώτης ἱερωσύνης, ἵν’ ἐπὶ τελείοις ἱεροῖς καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τελείᾳ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπείας ἀποτροπὴν μὲν κακῶν μετουσίαν δ’ ἀγαθῶν αὑτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις αἰτῆται παρὰ τοῦ ἵλεω καὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς συνεπινεύοντος· πῶς γὰρ οὐ τελεσφορήσει τὰς εὐχὰς ὁ καὶ ἐκ φύσεως εὐμενὴς καὶ τοὺς γνησίως θεραπεύοντας αὐτὸν προνομίας ἀξιῶν;
2:6ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ μυρία καὶ βασιλεῖ καὶ νομοθέτῃ καὶ ἀρχιερεῖ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων καὶ θείων ἄδηλα—γενητὸς γὰρ οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ θνητός ἐστιν, εἰ καὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ οὕτως ἄφθονον περιβέβληται κλῆρον εὐπραγιῶν —, ἀναγκαίως καὶ προφητείας ἔτυχεν, ἵν’ ὅσα μὴ λογισμῷ δύναται καταλαμβάνειν, ταῦτα προνοίᾳ θεοῦ εὕροι· ὧν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἀπολείπεται, πρὸς ταῦθ’ ἡ προφητεία φθάνει.
2:7καλή γε ἡ συζυγία καὶ παναρμόνιος τῶν τεττάρων δυνάμεων· ἐμπλεκόμεναι γὰρ καὶ ἀλλήλων ἐχόμεναι συγχορεύουσι τὰς ὠφελείας ἀντιλαμβάνουσαί τε καὶ ἀντεκτίνουσαι, μιμούμεναι τὰς παρθένους Χάριτας, αἷς μὴ διαζεύγνυσθαι νόμος φύσεως ἀκίνητος· ἐφ’ ὧν δεόντως εἴποι τις ἄν, ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν εἴωθε λέγεσθαι, ὅτι ὁ μίαν ἔχων καὶ πάσας ἔχει.
2:8Ῥητέον δὲ πρῶτον περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν νομοθετικὴν ἕξιν. οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν οὖν, ὅτι τῷ μέλλοντι ἀρίστῳ γενήσεσθαι νομοθέτῃ προσήκει παντελέσι καὶ ὁλοκλήροις κεχρῆσθαι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς πάσαις· ἐπεὶ δὲ κἀν ταῖς οἰκίαις οἱ μὲν ἐγγυτάτω γένους εἰσίν, οἱ δὲ πόρρω, συγγενεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀλλήλων, καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν τὰς μὲν προσπεφυκέναι νομιστέον μᾶλλον ἐνίοις πράγμασι, τὰς δ’ ἧττον ᾠκειῶσθαι.
2:9νομοθετικῇ δ’ ἀδελφὰ καὶ συγγενῆ τέτταρα ταυτὶ διαφερόντως ἐστί· τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, τὸ φιλοδίκαιον, τὸ φιλάγαθον, τὸ μισοπόνηρον· ὑπὸ γὰρ τούτων ἑκάστου παρακαλεῖται πᾶς, ὅτῳ ζῆλος εἰσέρχεται τοῦ νομοθετεῖν, φιλανθρωπίας μὲν εἰς μέσον προτιθέναι τὰς κοινωφελεῖς γνώμας ἀναδιδασκούσης, δικαιοσύνης δὲ ὡς ἰσότητα τιμητέον καὶ ὡς τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἀπονεμητέον ἑκάστοις, φιλαγαθίας δ’ ἀποδέχεσθαι τὰ φύσει καλὰ καὶ παρέχειν ἅπασι τοῖς ἀξίοις ἀταμίευτα πρὸς ἀφθονωτάτην χρῆσιν, μισοπονηρίας δὲ προβεβλῆσθαι τοὺς ἀτιμάζοντας ἀρετὴν καὶ ὡς κοινοὺς δυσμενεῖς τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους ὑποβλέπεσθαι.
2:10μέγα μὲν οὖν, εἴ τῳ καὶ ἕν τι τῶν λεχθέντων λαβεῖν ἐγένετο, θαυμαστὸν δ’ ὡς ἔοικε τούτων ἀθρόων περιδράξασθαι δυνηθῆναι, οὗ μόνος Μωυσῆς ἐφικέσθαι δοκεῖ τρανώσας εὖ μάλα τὰς εἰρημένας ἀρετὰς ἐν οἷς διετάξατο.
2:11συνίσασι δ’ οἱ ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἐντυγχάνοντες, ἃς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ μὴ τοιοῦτος ἐπεφύκει, συνέγραψεν ὑφηγησαμένου θεοῦ καὶ παρέδωκε τοῖς ἀξίοις χρῆσθαι, κτημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον, τῶν ἀγαλματοφορουμένων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ παραδειγμάτων ἀπεικονίσματα καὶ μιμήματα, ἃ καὶ οἱ δηλωθέντες νόμοι γεγόνασι σαφέστατα τὰς λεχθείσας ἐμφαίνοντες ἀρετάς.
2:12Ὅτι δ’ αὐτός τε νομοθετῶν ἄριστος τῶν πανταχοῦ πάντων, ὅσοι παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἢ βαρβάροις ἐγένοντο, καὶ οἱ νόμοι κάλλιστοι καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θεῖοι μηδὲν ὧν χρὴ παραλιπόντες, ἐναργεστάτη πίστις ἥδε·
2:13τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων νόμιμα εἴ τις ἐπίοι τῷ λογισμῷ, διὰ μυρίας προφάσεις εὑρήσει κεκινημένα, πολέμοις ἢ τυραννίσιν ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις ἀβουλήτοις, ἃ νεωτερισμῷ τύχης κατασκήπτει· πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τρυφὴ πλεονάσασα χορηγίαις καὶ περιουσίαις ἀφθόνοις καθεῖλε νόμους, „τὰ λίαν ἀγαθὰ“ τῶν πολλῶν φέρειν οὐ δυναμένων, ἀλλὰ διὰ κόρον ἐξυβριζόντων·
2:14ὕβρις δ’ ἀντίπαλον νόμῳ. τὰ δὲ τούτου μόνου βέβαια, ἀσάλευτα, ἀκράδαντα, καθάπερ σφραγῖσι φύσεως αὐτῆς σεσημασμένα, μένει παγίως ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἐγράφη μέχρι νῦν καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἔπειτα πάντα διαμενεῖν ἐλπὶς αὐτὰ αἰῶνα ὥσπερ ἀθάνατα, ἕως ἂν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος ᾖ.
2:15τοσαύταις γοῦν χρησαμένου τοῦ ἔθνους μεταβολαῖς κατά τε εὐπραγίας καὶ τοὐναντίον, οὐδὲν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ μικρότατον τῶν διατεταγμένων ἐκινήθη, πάντων ὡς ἔοικε τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ θεοπρεπὲς αὐτῶν ἐκτετιμηκότων.
2:16ἃ δὲ μὴ λιμὸς ἢ λοιμὸς ἢ πόλεμος ἢ βασιλεὺς ἢ τύραννος ἢ ψυχῆς ἢ σώματος ἢ παθῶν ἢ κακιῶν ἐπανάστασις ἤ τι ἄλλο θεήλατον ἢ ἀνθρώπειον κακὸν ἔλυσε, πῶς οὐ περιμάχητα καὶ παντὸς λόγου κρείττονα καθέστηκεν;
Book 2, §§17–41
2:17ἀλλ’ οὔπω τοῦτο θαυμαστόν, καίτοι μέγα καθ’ αὑτὸ δεόντως ἂν νομισθέν, τὸ ἐξ ἅπαντος τοῦ χρόνου πεφυλάχθαι τοὺς νόμους ἐν βεβαίῳ· ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνο θαυμασιώτερον, ὡς ἔοικε, τὸ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους σχεδὸν ἅπαντας καὶ μάλιστα οἷς ἀρετῆς πλείων λόγος πρὸς τὴν ἀποδοχὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τιμὴν ὡσιῶσθαι· γέρας γὰρ τοῦτ’ ἔλαχον ἐξαίρετον, ὃ μηδενὶ πρόσεστιν ἑτέρῳ.
2:18σημεῖον δέ· τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ βάρβαρον, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, οὐδεμία πόλις ἐστίν, ἣ τὰ ἑτέρας νόμιμα τιμᾷ, μόλις δὲ καὶ τῶν αὑτῆς εἰς ἀεὶ περιέχεται, πρὸς τὰς τῶν καιρῶν καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων μεθαρμοζομένη τροπάς.
2:19Ἀθηναῖοι τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων ἔθη καὶ νόμιμα προβέβληνται καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τὰ Ἀθηναίων· ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον Αἰγύπτιοι τοὺς Σκυθῶν νόμους φυλάττουσιν ἢ Σκύθαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων ἢ συνελόντι φράσαι τοὺς τῶν κατ’ Εὐρώπην οἱ τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκοῦντες ἢ τοὺς τῶν Ἀσιανῶν ἐθνῶν οἱ ἐν Εὐρώπῃ· ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν οἱ ἀφ’ ἡλίου ἀνιόντος ἄχρι δυομένου, πᾶσα χώρα καὶ ἔθνος καὶ πόλις, τῶν ξενικῶν νομίμων ἀλλοτριοῦνται καὶ οἴονται τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀποδοχήν, εἰ τὰ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀτιμάζοιεν, συναυξήσειν.
2:20ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὧδ’ ἔχει τὰ ἡμέτερα· πάντας γὰρ ἐπάγεται καὶ συνεπιστρέφει, βαρβάρους, Ἕλληνας, ἠπειρώτας, νησιώτας, ἔθνη τὰ ἑῷα, τὰ ἑσπέρια, Εὐρώπην, Ἀσίαν, ἅπασαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα.
2:21τίς γὰρ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐκείνην ἑβδόμην οὐκ ἐκτετίμηκεν, ἄνεσιν πόνων καὶ ῥᾳστώνην αὑτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς πλησιάζουσιν, οὐκ ἐλευθέροις μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ δούλοις, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὑποζυγίοις διδούς;
2:22φθάνει γὰρ ἡ ἐκεχειρία καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀγέλην καὶ ὅσα πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν γέγονεν ἀνθρώπου καθάπερ δοῦλα θεραπεύοντα τὸν φύσει δεσπότην, φθάνει καὶ πρὸς δένδρων καὶ φυτῶν ἅπασαν ἰδέαν· οὐ γὰρ ἔρνος, οὐ κλάδον, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ πέταλον ἐφεῖται τεμεῖν ἢ καρπὸν ὁντινοῦν δρέψασθαι, πάντων διαφειμένων κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ ὥσπερ ἐλευθερίαν ἀγόντων, κοινῷ κηρύγματι μηδενὸς ἐπιψαύοντος.
2:23τίς δὲ τὴν λεγομένην νηστείαν οὐ τέθηπε καὶ προσκυνεῖ δι’ ἔτους ἀγομένην τῆς ἱερομηνίας αὐστηρότερον καὶ σεμνότερον τρόπον; ἐν ᾗ μὲν γὰρ πολὺς ἄκρατος καὶ τράπεζαι πολυτελεῖς καὶ ὅσα περὶ ἐδωδὴν καὶ πόσιν ἄφθονα πάντα, δι’ ὧν αἱ ἀκόρεστοι γαστρὸς ἡδοναὶ συναύξονται προσαναρρηγνῦσαι καὶ τὰς ὑπογαστρίους ἐπιθυμίας·
2:24ἐν ᾗ δ’ οὐ σιτίον, οὐ ποτὸν ἔξεστι προσενέγκασθαι, καθαραῖς ὅπως διανοίαις, μηδενὸς ἐνοχλοῦντος μηδ’ ἐμποδίζοντος σωματικοῦ πάθους, ὁποῖα φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν ἐκ πλησμονῆς, ἑορτάζωσιν ἱλασκόμενοι τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παντὸς αἰσίοις εὐχαῖς, δι’ ὧν ἀμνηστίαν μὲν παλαιῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, κτῆσιν δὲ καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν νέων ἀγαθῶν εἰώθασιν αἰτεῖσθαι.
2:25Τὸ δὲ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἱεροπρεπὲς ὡς οὐ παρ’ Ἰουδαίοις μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις τεθαύμασται, δῆλον ἔκ τε τῶν εἰρημένων ἤδη κἀκ τῶν μελλόντων λέγεσθαι.
2:26τὸ παλαιὸν ἐγράφησαν οἱ νόμοι γλώσσῃ Χαλδαϊκῇ καὶ μέχρι πολλοῦ διέμειναν ἐν ὁμοίῳ τὴν διάλεκτον οὐ μεταβάλλοντες, ἕως μήπω τὸ κάλλος εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ἀνέφηναν αὑτῶν.
2:27ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκ τῆς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν συνεχοῦς μελέτης καὶ ἀσκήσεως τῶν χρωμένων αἴσθησις ἐγένετο καὶ ἑτέροις καὶ τὸ κλέος ἐφοίτα πανταχόσε—τὰ γὰρ καλὰ κἂν φθόνῳ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπισκιασθῇ χρόνον, ἐπὶ καιρῶν αὖθις ἀναλάμπει φύσεως εὐμενείᾳ —, δεινὸν ἡγησάμενοί τινες, εἰ οἱ νόμοι παρὰ τῷ ἡμίσει τμήματι τοῦ γένους ἀνθρώπων ἐξετασθήσονται μόνῳ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ, τὸ δ’ Ἑλληνικὸν εἰς ἅπαν ἀμοιρήσει, πρὸς ἑρμηνείαν τὴν τούτων ἐτράποντο.
2:28τὸ δ’ ἔργον ἐπεὶ καὶ μέγα ἦν καὶ κοινωφελές, οὐκ ἰδιώταις οὐδ’ ἄρχουσιν, ὧν πολὺς ἀριθμός, ἀλλὰ βασιλεῦσι καὶ βασιλέων ἀνετέθη τῷ δοκιμωτάτῳ.
2:29Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Φιλάδελφος ἐπικληθεὶς τρίτος μὲν ἦν ἀπ’ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ τὴν Αἴγυπτον παραλαβόντος, ἀρεταῖς δὲ ταῖς ἐν ἡγεμονίᾳ πάντων, οὐχὶ τῶν καθ’ αὑτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πάλαι πώποτε γεγενημένων ἄριστος, οὗ καὶ μέχρι νῦν τοσαύταις ὕστερον γενεαῖς ᾄδεται τὸ κλέος πολλὰ δείγματα καὶ μνημεῖα τῆς μεγαλοφροσύνης κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας ἀπολιπόντος, ὡς ἤδη καὶ ἐν παροιμίας εἴδει τὰς ὑπερόγκους φιλοτιμίας καὶ μεγάλας κατασκευὰς Φιλαδελφείους ἀπ’ ἐκείνου καλεῖσθαι.
2:30συνόλως μὲν οὖν ἡ τῶν Πτολεμαίων οἰκία διαφερόντως παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας βασιλείας ἤκμασεν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Πτολεμαίοις ὁ Φιλάδελφος· ὅσα γὰρ εἷς ἔδρασεν οὗτος ἐπαινετά, μόλις ἐκεῖνοι πάντες ἀθρόοι διεπράξαντο, γενόμενος καθάπερ ἐν ζῴῳ τὸ ἡγεμονεῦον κεφαλὴ τρόπον τινὰ τῶν βασιλέων.
2:31ὁ δὴ τοιοῦτος ζῆλον καὶ πόθον λαβὼν τῆς νομοθεσίας ἡμῶν εἰς Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν τὴν Χαλδαϊκὴν μεθαρμόζεσθαι διενοεῖτο καὶ πρέσβεις εὐθὺς ἐξέπεμπε πρὸς τὸν τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀρχιερέα καὶ βασιλέα—ὁ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἦν—τό τε βούλημα δηλῶν καὶ προτρέπων ἀριστίνδην ἑλέσθαι τοὺς τὸν νόμον διερμηνεύσοντας.
2:32ὁ δ’ οἷα εἰκὸς ἡσθεὶς καὶ νομίσας οὐκ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης περὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἔργον ἐσπουδακέναι τὸν βασιλέα, σκεψάμενος τοὺς παρ’ αὑτῷ δοκιμωτάτους Ἑβραίων, οἳ πρὸς τῇ πατρίῳ καὶ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἐπεπαίδευντο παιδείαν, ἄσμενος ἀποστέλλει.
2:33ὡς δ’ ἧκον, ἐπὶ ξενίαν κληθέντες λόγοις ἀστείοις καὶ σπουδαίοις τὸν ἑστιάτορα εὐώχουν ἀντεφεστιῶντες· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀπεπειρᾶτο τῆς ἑκάστου σοφίας καινὰς ἀλλ’ οὐ τὰς ἐν ἔθει ζητήσεις προτείνων, οἱ δ’ εὐστόχως καὶ εὐθυβόλως, οὐκ ἐπιτρέποντος μακρηγορεῖν τοῦ καιροῦ, καθάπερ ἀποφθεγγόμενοι τὰ προταθέντα διελύοντο.
2:34δοκιμασθέντες δ’ εὐθὺς ἤρξαντο τὰ τῆς καλῆς πρεσβείας ἀποτελεῖν καὶ λογισάμενοι παρ’ αὑτοῖς, ὅσον εἴη τὸ πρᾶγμα θεσπισθέντας νόμους χρησμοῖς διερμηνεύειν, μήτ’ ἀφελεῖν τι μήτε προσθεῖναι ἢ μεταθεῖναι δυναμένους, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἰδέαν καὶ τὸν τύπον αὐτῶν διαφυλάττοντας, ἐσκόπουν τὸ καθαρώτατον τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον χωρίων ἔξω πόλεως· τὰ γὰρ ἐντὸς τείχους ἅτε παντοδαπῶν πεπληθότα ζῴων διὰ νόσους καὶ τελευτὰς καὶ τὰς ὑγιαινόντων οὐκ εὐαγεῖς πράξεις ἦν ὕποπτα.
2:35νῆσος ἡ Φάρος πρόκειται τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας, ἧς αὐχὴν ὑποταίνιος τέταται πρὸς τὴν πόλιν περικλειόμενος οὐκ ἀγχιβαθεῖ τὰ δὲ πολλὰ τεναγώδει θαλάττῃ, ὡς καὶ τῆς τῶν κυμάτων φορᾶς τὸν πολὺν ἦχον καὶ πάταγον ἐκ πάνυ μακροῦ διαστήματος προεκλύεσθαι.
2:36τοῦτον ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐν κύκλῳ κρίναντες ἐπιτηδειότατον εἶναι τὸν τόπον ἐνησυχάσαι καὶ ἐνηρεμῆσαι καὶ μόνῃ τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς μόνους ὁμιλῆσαι τοὺς νόμους, ἐνταυθοῖ κατέμειναν καὶ τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους λαβόντες ἀνατείνουσιν ἅμ’ αὐταῖς καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἰς οὐρανόν, αἰτούμενοι τὸν θεὸν μὴ διαμαρτεῖν τῆς προθέσεως· ὁ δ’ ἐπινεύει ταῖς εὐχαῖς, ἵνα τὸ πλεῖστον ἢ καὶ τὸ σύμπαν γένος ἀνθρώπων ὠφεληθῇ χρησόμενον εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν βίου φιλοσόφοις καὶ παγκάλοις
2:37διατάγμασι. καθίσαντες δ’ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ καὶ μηδενὸς παρόντος ὅτι μὴ τῶν τῆς φύσεως μερῶν, γῆς ὕδατος ἀέρος οὐρανοῦ, περὶ ὧν πρῶτον τῆς γενέσεως ἔμελλον ἱεροφαντήσειν—κοσμοποιία γὰρ ἡ τῶν νόμων ἐστὶν ἀρχή —, καθάπερ ἐνθουσιῶντες προεφήτευον οὐκ ἄλλα ἄλλοι, τὰ δ’ αὐτὰ πάντες ὀνόματα καὶ ῥήματα, ὥσπερ ὑποβολέως ἑκάστοις ἀοράτως ἐνηχοῦντος.
2:38καίτοι τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι πᾶσα μὲν διάλεκτος, ἡ δ’ Ἑλληνικὴ διαφερόντως, ὀνομάτων πλουτεῖ, καὶ ταὐτὸν ἐνθύμημα οἷόν τε μεταφράζοντα καὶ παραφράζοντα σχηματίσαι πολλαχῶς, ἄλλοτε ἄλλας ἐφαρμόζοντα λέξεις; ὅπερ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς νομοθεσίας οὔ φασι συμβῆναι, συνενεχθῆναι δ’ εἰς ταὐτὸν κύρια κυρίοις ὀνόμασι, τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ τοῖς Χαλδαϊκοῖς, ἐναρμοσθέντα εὖ μάλα τοῖς δηλουμένοις πράγμασιν.
2:39ὃν γὰρ τρόπον, οἶμαι, ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ καὶ διαλεκτικῇ τὰ σημαινόμενα ποικιλίαν ἑρμηνείας οὐκ ἀνέχεται, μένει δ’ ἀμετάβλητος ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τεθεῖσα, τὸν αὐτὸν ὡς ἔοικε τρόπον καὶ οὗτοι συντρέχοντα τοῖς πράγμασιν ὀνόματα ἐξεῦρον, ἅπερ δὴ μόνα ἢ μάλιστα τρανώσειν ἔμελλεν ἐμφαντικῶς τὰ δηλούμενα.
2:40σαφεστάτη δὲ τοῦδε πίστις· ἐάν τε Χαλδαῖοι τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν γλῶτταν ἐάν τε Ἕλληνες τὴν Χαλδαίων ἀναδιδαχθῶσι καὶ ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς γραφαῖς ἐντύχωσι, τῇ τε Χαλδαϊκῇ καὶ τῇ ἑρμηνευθείσῃ, καθάπερ ἀδελφὰς μᾶλλον δ’ ὡς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔν τε τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι τεθήπασι καὶ προσκυνοῦσιν, οὐχ ἑρμηνέας ἐκείνους ἀλλ’ ἱεροφάντας καὶ προφήτας προσαγορεύοντες, οἷς ἐξεγένετο συνδραμεῖν λογισμοῖς εἱλικρινέσι τῷ Μωυσέως καθαρωτάτῳ πνεύματι.
2:41διὸ καὶ μέχρι νῦν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος ἑορτὴ καὶ πανήγυρις ἄγεται κατὰ τὴν Φάρον νῆσον, εἰς ἣν οὐκ Ἰουδαῖοι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ παμπληθεῖς ἕτεροι διαπλέουσι τό τε χωρίον σεμνυνοῦντες, ἐν ᾧ πρῶτον τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐξέλαμψε, καὶ παλαιᾶς ἕνεκεν εὐεργεσίας ἀεὶ νεαζούσης εὐχαριστήσοντες τῷ θεῷ.
Book 2, §§42–66
2:42μετὰ δὲ τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ τὰς εὐχαριστίας οἱ μὲν πηξάμενοι σκηνὰς ἐπὶ τῶν αἰγιαλῶν οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τῆς αἰγιαλίτιδος ψάμμου κατακλινέντες ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ μετ’ οἰκείων καὶ φίλων ἑστιῶνται, πολυτελεστέραν τῆς ἐν βασιλείοις κατασκευῆς τότε τὴν ἀκτὴν νομίζοντες.
2:43οὕτω μὲν οἱ νόμοι ζηλωτοὶ καὶ περιμάχητοι πᾶσιν ἰδιώταις τε καὶ ἡγεμόσιν ἐπιδείκνυνται, καὶ ταῦτ’ ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων τοῦ ἔθνους οὐκ εὐτυχοῦντος — τὰ δὲ τῶν μὴ ἐν ἀκμαῖς πέφυκέ πως ἐπισκιάζεσθαι —·
2:44εἰ δὲ γένοιτό τις ἀφορμὴ πρὸς τὸ λαμπρότερον, πόσην εἰκὸς ἐπίδοσιν γενήσεσθαι; καταλιπόντας ἂν οἶμαι τὰ ἴδια καὶ πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντας τοῖς πατρίοις ἑκάστους μεταβαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν τούτων μόνων τιμήν· εὐτυχίᾳ γὰρ τοῦ ἔθνους οἱ νόμοι συναναλάμψαντες ἀμαυρώσουσι τοὺς ἄλλους καθάπερ ἀνατείλας ἥλιος τοὺς ἀστέρας.
2:45Ἀπόχρη μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ λεχθέντα πολὺς ἔπαινος εἶναι τοῦ νομοθέτου. πλείων δ’ ἐστὶν ἕτερος, ὃν αὐταὶ περιέχουσιν αἱ ἱερώταται βίβλοι, πρὸς ἃς ἤδη τρεπτέον, εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς τοῦ συγγράψαντος ἀρετῆς.
2:46τούτων τοίνυν τὸ μέν ἐστιν ἱστορικὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις, ὑπὲρ οὗ δεύτερον λέξομεν τὸ πρότερον τῇ τάξει πρότερον ἀκριβώσαντες.
2:47ἔστιν οὖν τοῦ ἱστορικοῦ τὸ μὲν περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως, τὸ δὲ γενεαλογικόν, τοῦ δὲ γενεαλογικοῦ τὸ μὲν περὶ κολάσεως ἀσεβῶν, τὸ δ’ αὖ περὶ τιμῆς δικαίων. οὗ δὲ χάριν ἐνθένδε τῆς νομοθεσίας ἤρξατο τὰ περὶ τὰς προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις ἐν δευτέρῳ θείς, λεκτέον.
2:48οὐ γὰρ οἷά τις συγγραφεὺς ἐπετήδευσε παλαιῶν πράξεων καταλιπεῖν ὑπομνήματα τοῖς ἔπειτα τοῦ ψυχαγωγῆσαι χάριν ἀνωφελῶς, ἀλλ’ ἠρχαιολόγησεν ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως, ἵν’ ἐπιδείξῃ δύο τὰ ἀναγκαιότατα· ἓν μὲν τὸν αὐτὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἀληθείᾳ νομοθέτην, ἕτερον δὲ τὸν χρησόμενον τοῖς νόμοις ἀκολουθίαν φύσεως ἀσπασόμενον καὶ βιωσόμενον κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου διάταξιν ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ συμφωνίᾳ πρὸς ἔργα λόγων καὶ πρὸς λόγους ἔργων.
2:49τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ἅ τε χρὴ πράττειν καὶ ἃ μὴ διαταξάμενοι τιμωρίας κατὰ τῶν παραβαινόντων ὥρισαν, οἱ δ’ ἀμείνους δόξαντες εἶναι τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἐνθένδε ἐποιήσαντο, πόλιν δὲ τῷ λόγῳ κτίσαντες καὶ ἱδρυσάμενοι πρότερον ἣν ἐνόμιζον οἰκειοτάτην καὶ πρεπωδεστάτην εἶναι τῇ κτισθείσῃ πολιτείαν διὰ τῆς τῶν νόμων θέσεως ἐφήρμοζον.
2:50ὁ δὲ τὸ μὲν πρότερον ὑπολαβὼν (ὅπερ ἦν) τυραννικόν τε καὶ δεσποτικόν, ἄνευ παραμυθίας προστάττειν ὡς οὐκ ἐλευθέροις ἀλλὰ δούλοις, τὸ δ’ ὕστερον ἐμμελὲς μέν, οὐ μὴν τελείως ἐπαινετὸν ἅπασι τοῖς κριταῖς, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν λεχθέντων διήνεγκεν.
2:51ἔν τε γὰρ ταῖς προστάξεσι καὶ ἀπογορεύσεσιν ὑποτίθεται καὶ παρηγορεῖ τὸ πλέον ἢ κελεύει, μετὰ προοιμίων καὶ ἐπιλόγων τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ ἀναγκαιότατα πειρώμενος ὑφηγεῖσθαι, τοῦ προτρέψασθαι χάριν μᾶλλον ἢ βιάσασθαι· πόλεώς τε χειροποιήτου κτίσιν ἀρχὴν ποιήσασθαι τῆς γραφῆς ταπεινότερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῶν νόμων ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι, πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος καὶ κάλλος τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἀκριβεστάτῃ ὄψει τῇ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀπιδὼν καὶ νομίσας αὐτὴν κρείττονα καὶ θειοτέραν ἢ ὥστε κύκλῳ τινὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ὁρισθῆναι, τῆς μεγαλοπόλεως τὴν γένεσιν εἰσηγήσατο, τοὺς νόμους ἐμφερεστάτην εἰκόνα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πολιτείας
2:52ἡγησάμενος εἶναι. τῶν γοῦν ἐν μέρει διατεταγμένων τὰς δυνάμεις εἴ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν ἐθελήσειεν, εὑρήσει τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ἁρμονίας ἐφιεμένας καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀιδίου φύσεως συνᾳδούσας.
2:53διὸ καὶ τοὺς ἀφθόνων μὲν ἀγαθῶν ἀξιωθέντας ὅσα κατ’ εὐεξίαν σωμάτων καὶ τὰς περὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐκτὸς εὐτυχίας, ἀρετῆς δ’ ἀφηνιάσαντας καὶ οὐκ ἀνάγκῃ γνώμῃ δ’ ἑκουσίῳ πανουργίαν καὶ ἀδικίαν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας κακίας, ὡς μέγα ὄφελος τὴν μεγίστην ζημίαν, ἐπιτηδεύσαντας καθάπερ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἐχθροὺς ἀλλὰ τοῦ σύμπαντος οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου τὰς ἐν ἔθει τιμωρίας οὔ φησιν ὑπομεῖναι, ἀλλὰ καινοτάτας καὶ παρηλλαγμένας, ἃς ἐμεγαλούργησεν ἡ πάρεδρος τῷ θεῷ μισοπόνηρος δίκη, τῶν τοῦ παντὸς δραστικωτάτων στοιχείων ἐπιθεμένων ὕδατος καὶ πυρός, ὡς καιρῶν περιόδοις τοὺς μὲν κατακλυσμοῖς φθαρῆναι, τοὺς δὲ καταφλεχθέντας ἀπολέσθαι.
2:54πελάγη μὲν ἀρθέντα καὶ ποταμοὶ μετεωρισθέντες αὐθιγενεῖς τε καὶ χείμαρροι τὰς ἐν τῇ πεδιάδι πόλεις ἁπάσας ἐπέκλυσαν καὶ κατέσυραν, τὰς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὀρεινὴν αἱ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀδιάστατοι ὄμβρων φοραί.
2:55χρόνῳ δ’ ὕστερον ἐκ τῶν ὑπολειφθέντων πάλιν τοῦ γένους συναυξηθέντος καὶ εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδόντος, ἐπειδὴ τὸ περὶ τοὺς προγόνους πάθος οἱ ἀπόγονοι μάθημα σωφροσύνης οὐκ ἐποιήσαντο, πρὸς δ’ ἀκολασίας ἐτράποντο ζηλωταὶ χαλεπωτέρων ἐπιτηδευμάτων γενόμενοι, πυρὶ τούτους ἀναλῶσαι διενοήθη.
2:56τότ’ οὖν, ὡς μηνύει τὰ λόγια, κεραυνοὶ ῥυέντες ἐξ οὐρανοῦ τούς τε ἀσεβεῖς κατέπρησαν καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν· καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν μνημεῖα τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ἀλέκτου πάθους δείκνυται κατὰ Συρίαν, ἐρείπια καὶ τέφρα καὶ θεῖον καὶ καπνὸς καὶ ἡ ἔτι ἀναδιδομένη φλὸξ ἀμαυρὰ καθάπερ διασμυχομένου πυρός.
2:57ἐν δὲ τούτῳ συνέβαινε τούς τε ἀσεβεῖς ταῖς εἰρημέναις τιμωρίαις κολάζεσθαι καὶ τοὺς καλοκἀγαθίᾳ διενηνοχότας εὖ πάσχειν ἀρετῆς ἐπαξίων ἄθλων τυγχάνοντας.
2:58ἐν μέν γε τῇ φορᾷ τοῦ κεραυνίου πυρὸς οἰκήτορσιν αὐτοῖς ὅλης χώρας ἐμπιπραμένης, εἷς μόνος ἀνὴρ μέτοικος ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ σῴζεται, διότι τῶν ἐγχωρίων παρανομημάτων οὐδὲν ἠσπάσατο, τῶν μετοίκων εἰωθότων ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα τὰ ξενικὰ τιμᾶν, ἐπεὶ τοῖς ἀτιμάζουσι κίνδυνος ἐκ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων ἕπεται· καίτοι γ’ οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄκρον ἦλθε σοφίας, ὡς διὰ τελειότητα τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ φύσεως τοσούτου γέρως ἀξιωθῆναι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι μόνος τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐ συνηνέχθη πρὸς τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον ἀποκλίνασι καὶ πάσας μὲν ἡδονὰς πάσας δ’ ἐπιθυμίας χορηγίαις ἀφθόνοις ἀνάψασιν ὥσπερ φλόγα λασίῳ ὕλῃ κεχυμένῃ.
2:59κατὰ δὲ τὸν μέγαν κατακλυσμὸν ὀλίγου δέω φάναι τοῦ σύμπαντος ἀνθρώπων γένους φθειρομένου, ἕνα οἶκον ἀπαθῆ γενέσθαι παντὸς κακοῦ λόγος ἔχει, τὸν πρεσβύτατον καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῆς οἰκίας ἐπειδὴ συνέβαινε μηδενὸς ἀδικήματος ἑκουσίου προσάψασθαι. τὸν δὲ τρόπον τῆς σωτηρίας, ὡς αἱ ἱεραὶ βίβλοι περιέχουσιν, ἄξιον ἱστορηθῆναι διά τε μεγαλουργίαν καὶ ἅμα βελτίωσιν ἠθῶν.
2:60νομισθεὶς γὰρ ἐπιτήδειος εἶναι μὴ μόνον ἀμοιρῆσαι τῆς κοινῆς συμφορᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ δευτέρας γενέσεως ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸς ἀρχὴ γενέσθαι, θείαις προστάξεσιν, ἃς ὑφηγοῦντο οἱ χρησμοί, ξύλινον δημιουργήσας ἔργον μέγιστον εἰς πήχεις τριακοσίους μῆκος καὶ πεντήκοντα εὖρος καὶ τριάκοντα ὕψος καὶ συνεχῆ κατασκευασάμενος ἔνδον οἰκήματα ἐπίπεδα καὶ ὑπερῷα, τριώροφα καὶ τετρώροφα, καὶ τροφὰς ἑτοιμασάμενος, ἀφ’ ἑκάστου γένους ζῴων ὅσα χερσαῖα καὶ πτηνὰ εἰσήγαγεν ἄρρεν τε καὶ θῆλυ σπέρματα ὑπολειπόμενος πρὸς καταλλαγὴν καιρῶν τῶν αὖθίς ποτε γενησομένων·
2:61ᾔδει γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ φύσιν ἵλεω, κἂν εἰ τὰ εἴδη φθείροιτο, ἀλλά τοι τὴν ἐν τοῖς γένεσιν ἀφθαρσίαν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁμοιότητος καὶ τοῦ μηδὲν τῶν κατὰ πρόθεσιν φύντων ποτὲ λυθῆναι διαμένουσαν· οὗ χάριν πάντα ἐπειθάρχει καὶ τὰ τέως ἐξηγριωμένα ἡμεροῦτο καὶ οἷα νομεῖ καὶ ἀγελάρχῃ τιθασευθέντα ἐπηκολούθει.
2:62μετὰ δὲ τὴν εἴσοδον ἁπάντων εἴ τις ἐθεάσατο τὸ πλήρωμα, οὐκ ἂν διήμαρτεν εἰπών, ἀντίμιμον εἶναι γῆς ἁπάσης ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρον τὰ ζῴων γένη, ὧν καὶ ἡ σύμπασα γῆ τὰ ἀμύθητα εἴδη καὶ πρότερον ἤνεγκε καὶ ἴσως αὖθις οἴσει.
2:63τὰ δ’ εἰκασθέντα χρόνοις ὕστερον οὐ μακροῖς ἀπέβαινε· τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάθος ἐλώφα καὶ ἡ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ φορὰ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐμειοῦτο, τῶν τε ὄμβρων ἐπισχεθέντων καὶ τοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν γῆν ἀναχυθέντος ὕδατος τῇ μὲν ἀναλισκομένου τῷ ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμῷ τῇ δὲ ὑπονοστοῦντος εἰς χαράδρας καὶ φάραγγας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας τῆς γῆς κοιλότητας· ὥσπερ γὰρ θεοῦ προστάξαντος, ἑκάστη φύσις ὅπερ ἔχρησεν οἷα δάνειον ἀναγκαῖον ἀπελάμβανε, θάλαττα καὶ πηγαὶ καὶ ποταμοί· πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους ἕκαστον ῥεῖθρον ὑπενόστει.
2:64μετὰ δὲ τὴν κάθαρσιν τῶν ὑπὸ σελήνην, ἀπολουσαμένης τῆς γῆς καὶ νέας ἀναφανείσης καὶ τοιαύτης, οἵαν εἰκὸς εἶναι ὅτε τὴν ἀρχὴν μετὰ τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἐκτίζετο, πρόεισιν ἐκ τοῦ ξυλίνου κατασκευάσματος αὐτὸς καὶ γυνὴ καὶ υἱοὶ καὶ τούτων γυναῖκες καὶ μετὰ τῆς οἰκίας ἀγεληδὸν τὰ συνεληλυθότα τῶν ζῴων γένη πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὁμοίων σποράν τε καὶ γένεσιν.
2:65ταῦτα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν ἀριστεῖα καὶ ἆθλα, δι’ ὧν οὐ μόνον αὐτοὶ καὶ γένη σωτηρίας ἔτυχον τοὺς μεγίστους κινδύνους ἐκφυγόντες, οἳ κατὰ τὸν τῶν στοιχείων νεωτερισμὸν τοῖς πανταχοῦ πᾶσιν ἐπετειχίσθησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παλιγγενεσίας ἐγένοντο ἡγεμόνες καὶ δευτέρας ἀρχηγέται περιόδου, καθάπερ ἐμπυρεύματα τοῦ ζῴων ἀρίστου γένους ἀνθρώπων ὑπολειφθέντες, ὃ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τῶν περιγείων ἅπαξ ἁπάντων ἔλαχεν ἀντίμιμον γεγονὸς θεοῦ δυνάμεως, εἰκὼν τῆς ἀοράτου φύσεως ἐμφανής, ἀιδίου γενητή. * * *
2:66Δύο μὲν ἤδη μέρη τοῦ βίου Μωυσέως διεξεληλύθαμεν, τό τε περὶ βασιλείας καὶ νομοθετικῆς· τρίτον δὲ προσαποδοτέον τὸ περὶ ἱερωσύνης. ὃ τοίνυν μέγιστον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον ἀρχιερεῖ προσεῖναι δεῖ, τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα οὗτος ἤσκησεν ἅμα καὶ φύσεως εὐμοιρίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἣν ὥσπερ ἀγαθὴν ἄρουραν φιλοσοφία παραλαβοῦσα δογμάτων θεωρίᾳ παγκάλων ἐβελτίωσε καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀνῆκεν ἢ τελειογονηθῆναι τοὺς ἀρετῆς καρποὺς διά τε λόγων καὶ πράξεων.
Book 2, §§67–91
2:67τοιγαροῦν μετ’ ὀλίγων ἄλλων φιλόθεός τε καὶ θεοφιλὴς ἐγένετο, καταπνευσθεὶς ὑπ’ ἔρωτος οὐρανίου καὶ διαφερόντως τιμήσας τὸν ἡγεμόνα τοῦ παντὸς καὶ ἀντιτιμηθεὶς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ· τιμὴ δ’ ἁρμόττουσα σοφῷ θεραπεύειν τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄν· ἱερωσύνη δὲ θεραπείαν ἐπιτετήδευκε θεοῦ. τούτου τοῦ γέρως, οὗ μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἠξιοῦτο χρησμοῖς ἕκαστα τῶν
2:68εἰς τὰς λειτουργίας καὶ ἱερὰς ὑπηρεσίας ἀναδιδασκόμενος. ἔδει δὲ πρότερον ὥσπερ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα καθαρεῦσαι, μηδενὸς πάθους προσαψάμενον, ἀλλ’ ἁγνεύσαντα ἀπὸ πάντων ὅσα τῆς θνητῆς ἐστι φύσεως, σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῆς πρὸς γυναῖκας ὁμιλίας.
2:69ἀλλὰ ταύτης μὲν ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων κατεφρόνησε καὶ σχεδὸν ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ πρῶτον ἤρξατο προφητεύειν καὶ θεοφορεῖσθαι, προσῆκον ἡγούμενος ἕτοιμον ἐμπαρέχειν ἀεὶ τοῖς χρησμοῖς ἑαυτόν· σιτίων δὲ καὶ ποτῶν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα ἑξῆς ἠλόγησε, δηλονότι τροφὰς ἔχων ἀμείνους τὰς διὰ θεωρίας, αἷς ἄνωθεν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταπνεόμενος τὴν μὲν διάνοιαν τὸ πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐβελτιοῦτο, καθ’ ἑκάτερον πρός τε ἰσχὺν καὶ εὐεξίαν ἐπιδιδούς, ὡς τοὺς ἰδόντας ὕστερον ἀπιστεῖν.
2:70εἰς γὰρ ὄρος ὑψηλότατον καὶ ἱερώτατον τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀνελθὼν προστάξεσι θείαις, ὅπερ ἀπρόσιτον καὶ ἄβατον ἦν, εἰς ἐκεῖνον λέγεται διαμεῖναι τὸν χρόνον οὐδὲν ἐπιφερόμενος τῶν εἰς ἀναγκαίας ἀπόλαυσιν τροφῆς καὶ ἡμέραις ὕστερον, ὡς ἐλέχθη, τεσσαράκοντα κατέβαινε πολὺ καλλίων τὴν ὄψιν ἢ ὅτε ἀνῄει, ὡς τοὺς ὁρῶντας τεθηπέναι καὶ καταπεπλῆχθαι καὶ μηδ’ ἐπὶ πλέον ἀντέχειν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς δύνασθαι κατὰ τὴν προσβολὴν ἡλιοειδοῦς φέγγους ἀπαστράπτοντος.
2:71Ἔτι δ’ ἄνω διατρίβων ἐμυσταγωγεῖτο παιδευόμενος τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἱερωσύνην πάντα καὶ πρῶτα, ἃ δὴ καὶ πρῶτα τῇ τάξει, τὰ περὶ τὴν τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κατασκευήν.
2:72εἰ μὲν οὖν τὴν χώραν, εἰς ἣν μετανίσταντο, ἤδη παρειλήφεσαν, ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἱδρύσασθαι περισημότατον νεὼν ἐν τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ λίθων πολυτελῶν ὕλης καὶ περὶ αὐτὸν τείχη μεγάλα δείμασθαι καὶ νεωκόροις παμπληθεῖς οἰκίας, ὀνομάσαντας ἱερόπολιν τὸν τόπον.
2:73ἐπεὶ δ’ ἔτι κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην ἐπλάζοντο, τοῖς μήπω παγίως ἱδρυθεῖσιν ἥρμοττε φορητὸν ἔχειν ἱερόν, ἵν’ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις καὶ στρατοπεδείαις ἀνάγωσι θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα κατὰ τὰς ἱερουργίας δρῶσι μηδενὸς ἀμοιροῦντες ὧν χρὴ τοὺς ἐν πόλεσιν οἰκοῦντας.
2:74σκηνὴν οὖν, ἔργον ἱερώτατον, δημιουργεῖν ἔδοξεν, ἧς τὴν κατασκευὴν θεσφάτοις λογίοις ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους Μωυσῆς ἀνεδιδάσκετο, τῶν μελλόντων ἀποτελεῖσθαι σωμάτων ἀσωμάτους ἰδέας τῇ ψυχῇ θεωρῶν, πρὸς ἃς ἔδει καθάπερ ἀπ’ ἀρχετύπου γραφῆς καὶ νοητῶν παραδειγμάτων αἰσθητὰ μιμήματα ἀπεικονισθῆναι.
2:75προσῆκον γὰρ ἦν τῷ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἱεροῦ κατασκευὴν ἐπιτραπῆναι, ἵν’ ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος ἡρμοσμένας καὶ συμφώνους τοῖς δημιουργηθεῖσι ποιῆται τὰς
2:76ἐν τῷ ἱερᾶσθαι λειτουργίας. ὁ μὲν οὖν τύπος τοῦ παραδείγματος ἐνεσφραγίζετο τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ προφήτου διαζωγραφούμενος καὶ προδιαπλαττόμενος ἀφανῶς ἄνευ ὕλης ἀοράτοις εἴδεσι· τὸ δ’ ἀποτέλεσμα πρὸς τὸν τύπον ἐδημιουργεῖτο, ἐναποματτομένου τὰς σφραγῖδας τοῦ τεχνίτου ταῖς προσφόροις ἑκάστων ὑλικαῖς οὐσίαις.
2:77ἦν δ’ ἡ κατασκευὴ τοιάδε· ὀκτὼ καὶ τεσσαράκοντα κίονες κέδρου τῆς ἀσηπτοτάτης ἀπὸ στελεχῶν κοπέντες εὐερνεστάτων περιεβάλλοντο χρυσῷ βαθεῖ· κἄπειθ’ ἑκάστῳ δύο ἀργυραῖ βάσεις ὑπηρείδοντο καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀκροκιόνιον ἐφηρμόζετο χρυσῆ κεφαλίς.
2:78εἰς μὲν οὖν τὸ μῆκος τεσσαράκοντα κίονας διέταττεν ὁ τεχνίτης, ἑκατέρωθεν τοὺς ἡμίσεις εἴκοσι, μηδὲν ἐν μέσῳ διάστημα ποιούμενος, ἀλλ’ ἑξῆς ἐφαρμόζων καὶ συνάπτων, ἵν’ οἷα τείχους ὄψις μία προφαίνηται· εἰς δὲ τὸ πλάτος ἐσώτατον τοὺς λοιποὺς ὀκτώ, ἓξ μὲν κατὰ τὴν μέσην χώραν, δύο δ’ ἐν ταῖς παρ’ ἑκάτερα τῆς μέσης γωνίαις, τὸν μὲν ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὸν δ’ ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα· κατὰ δὲ τὴν εἴσοδον ἄλλους τέσσαρας, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὁμοίους, μίαν δ’ ἀντὶ δυοῖν ἔχοντας βάσιν τῶν ἐξ ἀντικρύ, μεθ’ οὓς ἐξωτάτω πέντε μόναις ταῖς βάσεσι διαφέροντας, χαλκαῖ γὰρ ἦσαν·
2:79ὥστε τῆς σκηνῆς τοὺς σύμπαντας εἶναι, δίχα τῶν ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις δυοῖν ἀφανῶν, πέντε καὶ πεντήκοντα ἐμφανεῖς, τὸν ἀπὸ μονάδος ἄχρι δεκάδος τῆς παντελείας συμπληρούμενον ἀριθμόν. εἰ δὲ βουληθείη τις τοὺς ἐν τῷ προπυλαίῳ πέντε τῷ ὑπαίθρῳ συνάπτοντας,
2:80ὃ κέκληκεν αὐλήν, τιθέναι χωρίς, ἀπολειφθήσεται ὁ ἁγιώτατος πεντηκοντάδος ἀριθμός, δύναμις ὢν τοῦ ὀρθογωνίου τριγώνου, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως ἀρχή, συμπληρωθεὶς ἐκ τῶν ἐντὸς κιόνων, τεσσαράκοντα μὲν τῶν καθ’ ἑκατέραν πλευρὰν εἴκοσιν, ἓξ δὲ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ δίχα τῶν παρὰ ταῖς γωνίαις ἀποκεκρυμμένων, τεσσάρων δὲ τῶν ἀντικρύ, ἐφ’ ὧν τὸ καταπέτασμα.
2:81τὴν δ’ αἰτίαν, ἧς ἕνεκα τοὺς πέντε τοῖς πεντήκοντα συγκατατάττω καὶ χωρὶς αὐτῶν τίθημι, δηλώσω. ἡ πεντὰς αἰσθήσεων ἀριθμός ἐστιν, αἴσθησις δ’ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ τῇ μὲν νεύει πρὸς τὰ ἐκτός, τῇ δὲ ἀνακάμπτει πρὸς νοῦν ὑπηρέτις οὖσα φύσεως νόμοις αὐτοῦ.
2:82διὸ καὶ τὴν μεθόριον χώραν ἀπένειμε τοῖς πέντε· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐντὸς αὐτῶν ἐκνένευκε πρὸς τὰ ἄδυτα τῆς σκηνῆς, ἅπερ ἐστὶ συμβολικῶς νοητά, τὰ δ’ ἐκτὸς πρὸς τὸ ὕπαιθρον καὶ τὴν αὐλήν, ἅπερ ἐστὶν αἰσθητά· παρὸ καὶ ταῖς βάσεσι διήνεγκαν, χαλκαῖ γάρ εἰσιν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν αἰσθήσεως κεφαλὴ μὲν καὶ ἡγεμονικὸν ὁ νοῦς, ἐσχατιὰ δὲ καὶ ὡσανεὶ βάσις τὸ αἰσθητόν, εἴκασε δὴ τὸν μὲν νοῦν χρυσῷ, χαλκῷ δὲ τὸ αἰσθητόν.
2:83μέτρα δὲ τῶν κιόνων ταῦτα· δέκα μὲν πήχεις τὸ μῆκος, εἷς δὲ καὶ ἥμισυς τὸ εὖρος, ἵν’ ἡ σκηνὴ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἴση προφαίνηται.
2:84Παγκάλοις δὲ καὶ ποικίλοις ὑφάσμασιν αὐτὴν περιέβαλεν, ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ καὶ βύσσῳ καταχρώμενος εἰς τὴν ὑφήν. δέκα γὰρ ἃς διὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς γραφῆς ὠνόμασεν αὐλαίας ἐκ τῶν ἀρτίως λεχθέντων γενῶν ἐδημιούργει, μήκει μὲν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι πηχῶν ἑκάστην, εἰς δὲ τέσσαρας πήχεις πρὸς εὖρος ἀποτείνων, ἵνα καὶ δεκάδα ἔχωσι τὴν παντέλειαν καὶ τετράδα τὴν δεκάδος οὐσίαν καὶ τὸν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσιν ἀριθμὸν τέλειον ἴσον τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι καὶ τεσσαρακοντάδα τὴν ζῳογονικωτάτην, ἐν ᾗ διαπλάττεσθαί φασιν ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἐργαστηρίῳ.
2:85οἱ μὲν οὖν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι πήχεις τῶν αὐλαιῶν τοιαύτην ἔχουσι τὴν διανομήν· δέκα μὲν κατὰ τὸν ὄροφον — τοσοῦτον γάρ ἐστι τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ εὖρος —, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ κατὰ τὰς πλευράς, ἑκατέρωθεν ἐννέα, πρὸς σκέπην ἀποτείνονται τῶν κιόνων, ὑπολειπομένου πήχεως ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐδάφους, ἵνα μὴ ἐπισύρηται τὸ πάγκαλον καὶ ἱεροπρεπὲς ὕφασμα.
2:86τῶν δὲ τεσσαράκοντα, οἳ συναριθμοῦνται ἐκ τοῦ τῶν δέκα αὐλαιῶν πλάτους, τριάκοντα μὲν ἀπολαμβάνει τὸ μῆκος — τοσοῦτον γάρ ἐστι καὶ τὸ τῆς σκηνῆς —, ἐννέα δὲ ὁ ὀπισθόδομος, τὸν δὲ λοιπὸν τὸ κατὰ τὸ προπύλαιον, ἵνα δεσμὸς ᾖ τοῦ ὅλου περιβλήματος· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προπυλαίου τὸ καταπέτασμα.
2:87σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ αἱ αὐλαῖαι καταπετάσματ’ εἰσίν, οὐ μόνον τῷ τὸν ὄροφον καὶ τοὺς τοίχους καλύπτειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ συνυφάνθαι γένεσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς, ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ καὶ βύσσῳ. ἐκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τό τε καταπέτασμα καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον κάλυμμα κατεσκευάζετο, τὸ μὲν εἴσω κατὰ τοὺς τέσσαρας κίονας, ἵν’ ἐπικρύπτηται τὸ ἄδυτον, τὸ δ’ ἔξω κατὰ τοὺς πέντε, ὡς μηδεὶς ἐξ ἀπόπτου δύναιτο τῶν μὴ ἱερωμένων καταθεάσασθαι τὰ ἅγια.
2:88τὰς δὲ τῶν ὑφασμάτων ὕλας ἀριστίνδην ἐπέκρινεν ἐκ μυρίων ὅσων ἑλόμενος τοῖς στοιχείοις ἰσαρίθμους, ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθη ὁ κόσμος, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ λόγον ἐχούσας, γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀέρα καὶ πῦρ· ἡ μὲν γὰρ βύσσος ἐκ γῆς, ἐξ ὕδατος δ’ ἡ πορφύρα, ἡ δ’ ὑάκινθος ἀέρι ὁμοιοῦται — φύσει γὰρ μέλας οὗτος —, τὸ δὲ κόκκινον πυρί, διότι φοινικοῦν ἑκάτερον· ἦν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον ἱερὸν χειροποίητον κατασκευάζοντας τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνι τοῦ παντὸς τὰς ὁμοίας λαβεῖν οὐσίας, αἷς τὸ ὅλον ἐδημιούργει.
2:89Ἡ μὲν οὖν σκηνή, καθάπερ νεὼς ἅγιος, τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον κατεσκευάσθη. τέμενος δ’ αὐτῆς ἐν κύκλῳ περιεβάλετο πηχῶν μῆκος ἑκατὸν καὶ πλάτος πεντήκοντα, κίονας ἔχον ἀφεστῶτας ἴσον ἀλλήλων διάστημα πέντε πήχεις, ὡς τοὺς μὲν σύμπαντας ἑξήκοντα εἶναι, διανέμεσθαι δ’ εἰς μὲν τὸ μῆκος τεσσαράκοντα, πρὸς δὲ τὸ εὖρος εἴκοσι, καθ’ ἑκάτερα μέρη τοὺς ἡμίσεις.
2:90ὕλη δὲ τῶν στύλων τὰ μὲν ἐντὸς κέδρος, τὰ δ’ ἐκ τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἄργυρος, ἁπάντων δ’ αἱ βάσεις χαλκαῖ, καὶ τὸ ὕψος ἴσον πέντε πηχῶν· ἔδοξε γὰρ ἁρμόττον εἶναι τῷ τεχνίτῃ συνελεῖν ὅλῳ ἡμίσει τὸ ὕψος τῆς λεγομένης αὐλῆς, ἵν’ ἡ σκηνὴ πρὸς τὸ διπλάσιον μετέωρος ἀρθεῖσα προφαίνηται. λεπταὶ δ’ ὀθόναι κατὰ τοῦ μήκους καὶ πλάτους ἦσαν ἐφαρμοζόμεναι τοῖς κίοσιν ἱστίοις ἐμφερεῖς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδένα τῶν μὴ καθαρῶν
2:91εἰσιέναι. ἡ δὲ θέσις τοιάδε ἦν· μέση μὲν ἵδρυτο ἡ σκηνὴ μῆκος ἔχουσα τριάκοντα πήχεις καὶ εὖρος δέκα σὺν τῷ βάθει τῶν κιόνων, ἀφειστήκει δὲ τῆς αὐλῆς ἐκ τριῶν μερῶν ἴσῳ διαστήματι, δυοῖν μὲν κατὰ τὰς πλευράς, ἑνὸς δὲ κατὰ τὸν ὀπισθόδομον, τὸ δὲ διάστημα ἐξ εἴκοσι πηχῶν ἀνεμετρεῖτο· κατὰ δὲ τὸ προπύλαιον, ὡς εἰκός, ἕνεκα τοῦ πλήθους τῶν εἰσιόντων μεῖζον ἐγίνετο διάστημα πεντήκοντα πηχῶν· οὕτως γὰρ οἱ ἑκατὸν τῆς αὐλῆς ἔμελλον ἐκπληροῦσθαι, τῶν κατὰ τὸν ὀπισθόδομον εἴκοσι καὶ οὓς ἀπελάμβανεν ἡ σκηνὴ τριάκοντα συντεθέντων τοῖς κατὰ τὰς εἰσόδους πεντήκοντα.
Book 2, §§92–116
2:92τὰ γὰρ προπύλαια τῆς σκηνῆς ὡσανεὶ μέσος ὅρος ἵδρυτο διττῆς πεντηκοντάδος, τῆς μὲν κατ’ ἀνατολάς, ἔνθα αἱ εἴσοδοι, τῆς δὲ πρὸς δυσμάς, ἔνθα τό τε μῆκος τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ ὁ κατόπιν περίβολος.
2:93κάλλιστον δὲ καὶ μέγιστον ἄλλο προπύλαιον ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν εἰσόδου κατεσκευάζετο διὰ τεττάρων κιόνων, καθ’ ὧν ἐτείνετο ποικίλον ὕφασμα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τοῖς εἴσω κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν κἀκ τῆς ὁμοίας ὕλης ἀπειργασμένον.
2:94Ἅμα δὲ τούτοις ἐδημιουργεῖτο καὶ σκεύη ἱερά, κιβωτός, λυχνία, τράπεζα, θυμιατήριον, βωμός. ὁ μὲν οὖν βωμὸς ἱδρύετο ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ, τῶν εἰσόδων τῆς σκηνῆς ἀντικρύ, ἀφεστὼς τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἱκανὸν λειτουργοῖς εἶναι διάστημα πρὸς τὰς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπιτελουμένας θυσίας.
2:95ἡ δὲ κιβωτὸς ἐν ἀδύτῳ καὶ ἀβάτῳ τῶν καταπετασμάτων εἴσω, κεχρυσωμένη πολυτελῶς ἔνδοθέν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν, ἧς ἐπίθεμα ὡσανεὶ πῶμα τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἱλαστήριον.
2:96τούτου μῆκος μὲν καὶ πλάτος μεμήνυται, βάθος δ’ οὐδέν, ἐπιφανείᾳ γεωμετρικῇ μάλισθ’ ὡμοιωμένου, ὅπερ ἔοικεν εἶναι σύμβολον φυσικώτερον μὲν τῆς ἵλεω τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως, ἠθικώτερον δὲ διανοίας πάλιν, ἵλεω δ’ ἑαυτῇ, τὴν πρὸς ὕψος ἄλογον αἴρουσαν καὶ φυσῶσαν οἴησιν ἀτυφίας ἔρωτι σὺν ἐπιστήμῃ στέλλειν καὶ καθαιρεῖν ἀξιούσης.
2:97ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν κιβωτὸς ἀγγεῖον νόμων ἐστίν· εἰς γὰρ ταύτην κατατίθεται τὰ χρησθέντα λόγια· τὸ δ’ ἐπίθεμα τὸ προσαγορευόμενον ἱλαστήριον βάσις ἐστὶ πτηνῶν δυοῖν, ἃ πατρίῳ μὲν γλώττῃ προσαγορεύεται Χερουβίμ, ὡς δ’ ἂν Ἕλληνες εἴποιεν, ἐπίγνωσις καὶ ἐπιστήμη πολλή.
2:98ταῦτα δέ τινες μέν φασιν εἶναι σύμβολα τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων ἀμφοῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀντιπρόσωπον θέσιν, τοῦ τε ὑπὸ γῆν καὶ ὑπὲρ γῆν· πτηνὸν γὰρ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός.
2:99ἐγὼ δ’ ἂν εἴποιμι δηλοῦσθαι δι’ ὑπονοιῶν τὰς πρεσβυτάτας καὶ ἀνωτάτω δύο τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεις, τήν τε ποιητικὴν καὶ βασιλικήν· ὀνομάζεται δ’ ἡ μὲν ποιητικὴ δύναμις αὐτοῦ θεός, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ ἐποίησε καὶ διεκόσμησε τόδε τὸ πᾶν, ἡ δὲ βασιλικὴ κύριος, ᾗ τῶν γενομένων ἄρχει καὶ σὺν δίκῃ βεβαίως ἐπικρατεῖ.
2:100μόνος γὰρ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὢν καὶ ποιητής ἐστιν ἀψευδῶς, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ἤγαγεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι, καὶ βασιλεὺς φύσει, διότι τῶν γεγονότων οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄρχοι δικαιότερον τοῦ πεποιηκότος.
2:101ἐν δὲ τῷ μεθορίῳ τῶν τεσσάρων καὶ πέντε κιόνων, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κυρίως εἰπεῖν πρόναον εἰργόμενον δυσὶν ὑφάσμασι, τῷ μὲν ἔνδον ὃ καλεῖται καταπέτασμα, τῷ δ’ ἐκτὸς ὃ προσαγορεύεται κάλυμμα, τὰ λοιπὰ τρία σκεύη τῶν προειρημένων ἱδρύετο· μέσον μὲν τὸ θυμιατήριον, γῆς καὶ ὕδατος σύμβολον εὐχαριστίας, ἣν ἕνεκα τῶν γινομένων ἀφ’ ἑκατέρου προσῆκε ποιεῖσθαι· τὸν γὰρ μέσον ταῦτα τοῦ κόσμου τόπον κεκλήρωται·
2:102τὴν δὲ λυχνίαν ἐν τοῖς νοτίοις, δι’ ἧς αἰνίττεται τὰς τῶν φωσφόρων κινήσεις ἀστέρων· ἥλιος γὰρ καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πολὺ τῶν βορείων ἀφεστῶτες νοτίους ποιοῦνται τὰς περιπολήσεις· ὅθεν ἓξ μὲν κλάδοι, τρεῖς δ’ ἑκατέρωθεν, τῆς μέσης λυχνίας ἐκπεφύκασιν εἰς ἀριθμὸν ἕβδομον·
2:103ἐπὶ δὲ πάντων λαμπάδιά τε καὶ λύχνοι ἑπτά, σύμβολα τῶν λεγομένων παρὰ τοῖς φυσικοῖς ἀνδράσι πλανήτων· ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος, ὥσπερ ἡ λυχνία, μέσος τῶν ἓξ τεταγμένος ἐν τετάρτῃ χώρᾳ φωσφορεῖ τοῖς ὑπεράνω τρισὶ καὶ τοῖς ὑπ’ αὐτὸν ἴσοις, ἁρμοζόμενος τὸ μουσικὸν καὶ θεῖον ὡς ἀληθῶς ὄργανον.
2:104ἡ δὲ τράπεζα τίθεται πρὸς τοῖς βορείοις, ἐφ’ ἧς ἄρτοι καὶ ἅλες, ἐπειδὴ τῶν πνευμάτων τὰ βόρεια τροφιμώτατα καὶ διότι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς αἱ τροφαί, τοῦ μὲν ὕοντος, τῆς δὲ τὰ σπέρματα ταῖς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιρροίαις τελειογονούσης.
2:105οὐρανοῦ δὲ καὶ γῆς παρίδρυται τὰ σύμβολα, καθάπερ ἔδειξεν ὁ λόγος, τοῦ μὲν οὐρανοῦ ἡ λυχνία, τῶν δὲ περιγείων, ἐξ ὧν αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις, τὸ ἐτύμως προσαγορευόμενον θυμιατήριον.
2:106τὸν δ’ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ βωμὸν εἴωθε καλεῖν θυσιαστήριον, ὡσανεὶ τηρητικὸν καὶ φυλακτικὸν ὄντα θυσιῶν τὸν ἀναλωτικὸν τούτων, αἰνιττόμενος οὐ τὰ μέλη καὶ τὰ μέρη τῶν ἱερουργουμένων, ἅπερ δαπανᾶσθαι πυρὶ πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ προσφέροντος·
2:107εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀγνώμων καὶ ἄδικος, ἄθυτοι θυσίαι καὶ ἀνίεροι ἱερουργίαι καὶ εὐχαὶ παλίμφημοι παντελῆ φθορὰν ἐνδεχόμεναι· καὶ γὰρ ὁπότε γίνεσθαι δοκοῦσιν, οὐ λύσιν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀλλ’ ὑπόμνησιν ἐργάζονται·
2:108εἰ δ’ ὅσιος καὶ δίκαιος, μένει βέβαιος ἡ θυσία, κἂν τὰ κρέα δαπανηθῇ, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ εἰ τὸ παράπαν μηδὲν προσάγοιτο ἱερεῖον· ἡ γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἱερουργία τίς ἂν εἴη πλὴν ψυχῆς θεοφιλοῦς εὐσέβεια; ἧς τὸ εὐχάριστον ἀθανατίζεται καὶ ἀνάγραπτον στηλιτεύεται παρὰ θεῷ συνδιαιωνίζον ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ.
2:109Τούτοις ἑξῆς ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα κατεσκεύαζεν ὁ τεχνίτης τῷ μέλλοντι ἀρχιερεῖ καθίστασθαι παγκάλην καὶ θαυμασιωτάτην ἔχουσαν ἐν τοῖς ὑφάσμασι πλοκήν. τὰ δ’ ὕφη διττὰ ἦν, τὸ μὲν ὑποδύτης, τὸ δὲ προσαγορευόμενον ἐπωμίς.
2:110ὁ μὲν οὖν ὑποδύτης ἀμιγεστέρας ἰδέας· ὅλος γὰρ ὑακίνθινος, ἔξω τῶν κατωτάτω καὶ πρὸς ἐσχατιὰς μερῶν, ταῦτα γὰρ ἐποικίλλετο χρυσοῖς ῥοΐσκοις καὶ κώδωσι καὶ ἀνθίνοις πλέγμασιν.
2:111ἡ δ’ ἐπωμίς, ἐκπρεπέστατον ἔργον καὶ τεχνικώτατον, ἐπιστήμῃ τελειοτάτῃ κατεσκευάζετο τοῖς προειρημένοις γένεσιν, ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ βύσσῳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ, συγκαταπλεκομένου χρυσοῦ· πέταλα γὰρ εἰς λεπτὰς τρίχας κατατμηθέντα πᾶσι τοῖς νήμασι συνυφαίνετο.
2:112λίθοι δ’ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρωμίων ἐνηρμόζοντο σμαράγδου πολυτελοῦς δύο τιμαλφέστατοι, οἷς τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν φυλάρχων ἓξ καθ’ ἑκάτερον ἐνεχαράττετο, δώδεκα τὰ σύμπαντα· καὶ κατὰ τὸ στῆθος ἄλλοι λίθοι πολυτελεῖς δώδεκα διαφέροντες ταῖς χρόαις, σφραγῖσιν ἐοικότες, ἐκ τριῶν τετραστοιχεί· οὗτοι δ’ ἐνηρμόζοντο τῷ προσαγορευομένῳ λογείῳ.
2:113τὸ δὲ λογεῖον τετράγωνον διπλοῦν κατεσκευάζετο ὡσανεὶ βάσις, ἵνα δύο ἀρετὰς ἀγαλματοφορῇ, δήλωσίν τε καὶ ἀλήθειαν· ὅλον δ’ ἁλυσειδίοις χρυσοῖς ἀνήρτητο πρὸς τὴν ἐπωμίδα, σφιγγόμενον ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ χαλᾶσθαι.
2:114χρυσοῦν δὲ πέταλον ὡσανεὶ στέφανος ἐδημιουργεῖτο τέτταρας ἔχον γλυφὰς ὀνόματος, ὃ μόνοις τοῖς ὦτα καὶ γλῶτταν σοφίᾳ κεκαθαρμένοις θέμις ἀκούειν καὶ λέγειν ἐν ἁγίοις, ἄλλῳ δ’ οὐδενὶ τὸ παράπαν οὐδαμοῦ.
2:115τετραγράμματον δὲ τοὔνομά φησιν ὁ θεολόγος εἶναι, τάχα που σύμβολα τιθεὶς αὐτὰ τῶν πρώτων ἀριθμῶν, μονάδος καὶ δυάδος καὶ τριάδος καὶ τετράδος, ἐπειδὴ πάντα ἐν τετράδι, σημεῖον καὶ γραμμὴ καὶ ἐπιφάνεια καὶ στερεόν, τὰ μέτρα τῶν συμπάντων, καὶ αἱ κατὰ μουσικὴν ἄρισται συμφωνίαι, ἥ τε διὰ τεσσάρων ἐν ἐπιτρίτῳ λόγῳ καὶ ἡ διὰ πέντε ἐν ἡμιολίῳ καὶ ἡ διὰ πασῶν ἐν διπλασίῳ καὶ ἡ δὶς διὰ πασῶν ἐν τετραπλασίῳ· ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀμυθήτους ἀρετὰς ἡ τετράς, ὧν τὰς πλείστας ἠκριβώσαμεν ἐν τῇ περὶ ἀριθμῶν πραγματείᾳ.
2:116μίτρα δ’ ἦν ὑπ’ αὐτῷ, τοῦ μὴ ψαύειν τῆς κεφαλῆς τὸ πέταλον. πρὸς δὲ καὶ κίδαρις κατεσκευάζετο· κιδάρει γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἑῴων βασιλεῖς ἀντὶ διαδήματος εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι.
Book 2, §§117–141
2:117Τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἦν ἐσθής. ὃν δ’ ἔχει λόγον οὐ παρασιωπητέον αὐτή τε καὶ τὰ μέρη. ὅλη μὲν δὴ γέγονεν ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα τοῦ κόσμου, τὰ δὲ μέρη τῶν καθ’ ἕκαστον μερῶν.
2:118ἀρκτέον δ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποδήρους. οὗτος ὁ χιτὼν σύμπας ἐστὶν ὑακίνθινος, ἀέρος ἐκμαγεῖον· φύσει γὰρ ὁ ἀὴρ μέλας καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ποδήρης, ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν μετὰ σελήνην ἄχρι τῶν γῆς ταθεὶς περάτων, πάντῃ κεχυμένος· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ χιτὼν ἀπὸ στέρνων ἄχρι ποδῶν περὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα κέχυται.
2:119ἐξ αὐτοῦ δὲ κατὰ τὰ σφυρὰ ῥοΐσκοι καὶ ἄνθινα καὶ κώδωνές εἰσι· τὰ μὲν ἄνθινα σύμβολον γῆς, ἀνθεῖ γὰρ καὶ βλαστάνει πάντα ἐκ ταύτης· οἱ δὲ ῥοΐσκοι ὕδατος, παρὰ τὴν ῥύσιν λεχθέντες εὐθυβόλως· οἱ δὲ κώδωνες τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ συμφωνίας τούτων, οὔτε γὰρ γῆ χωρὶς ὕδατος οὔθ’ ὕδωρ ἄνευ τῆς γεώδους οὐσίας αὔταρκες εἰς γένεσιν, ἀλλ’ ἡ σύνοδος καὶ κρᾶσις ἀμφοῖν.
2:120μάρτυς δὲ τοῦ δηλουμένου καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐναργέστατος· ὡς γὰρ ἐν ἐσχάτοις τοῦ ποδήρους οἱ ῥοΐσκοι καὶ τὰ ἄνθινα καὶ οἱ κώδωνές εἰσιν, οὕτως καὶ τὰ ὧν ἐστι σύμβολα τὴν κατωτάτω χώραν ἔλαχεν ἐν κόσμῳ, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἁρμονίᾳ συνηχοῦντα τὰς οἰκείας ἐπιδείκνυται δυνάμεις ἐν ὡρισμέναις χρόνων περιόδοις καὶ τοῖς προσήκουσι καιροῖς.
2:121τριῶν μὲν δὴ στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν τε καὶ ἐν οἷς τὰ θνητὰ καὶ φθαρτὰ γένη πάντα, ἀέρος, ὕδατος, γῆς, ὁ ποδήρης σὺν τοῖς ἀπῃωρημένοις κατὰ τὰ σφυρὰ σύμβολον ἐδείχθη προσηκόντως· ὡς γὰρ ὁ χιτὼν εἷς, καὶ τὰ λεχθέντα τρία στοιχεῖα μιᾶς ἰδέας ἐστίν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ κατωτέρω σελήνης ἅπαντα τροπὰς ἔχει καὶ μεταβολάς· καὶ καθάπερ ἐκ τοῦ χιτῶνος ἤρτηνται οἵ τε ῥοΐσκοι καὶ τὰ ἄνθινα, καὶ ἀπ’ ἀέρος τρόπον τινὰ γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ ἐκκρέμανται, τὸ γὰρ ὄχημα τούτων ἐστὶν ἀήρ.
2:122τὴν δ’ ἐπωμίδα οὐρανοῦ σύμβολον ὁ λόγος εἰκόσι στοχασμοῖς χρώμενος παραστήσει· πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρωμίων σμαράγδου δύο λίθοι περιφερεῖς μηνύουσιν, ὡς μὲν οἴονταί τινες, ἀστέρων τοὺς ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἡγεμόνας, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην, ὡς δ’ ἂν ἐγγυτέρω τις τῆς ἀληθείας προσερχόμενος εἴποι, τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων ἑκάτερον· ἴσα τε γὰρ ὡς οἱ λίθοι τό τε ὑπὲρ γῆν καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν καὶ οὐδέτερον πέφυκε μειοῦσθαι καὶ συναύξεσθαι καθάπερ σελήνη.
2:123συνεπιμαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡ χρόα· σμαράγδῳ γὰρ ἔοικεν ἡ τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ φαντασία κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὄψεως προσβολήν. ἀναγκαίως δὲ καὶ καθ’ ἑκάτερον τῶν λίθων ἓξ ὀνόματα ἐγγλύφεται, διότι καὶ τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων ἑκάτερον δίχα τέμνον τὸν ζῳοφόρον ἓξ ἐναπολαμβάνει ζῴδια.
2:124ἔπειθ’ οἱ κατὰ τὰ στέρνα δώδεκα λίθοι ταῖς χρόαις οὐχ ὅμοιοι διανεμηθέντες εἰς τέσσαρας στοίχους ἐκ τριῶν τίνος ἑτέρου δείγματ’ εἰσὶν ἢ τοῦ ζῳδιακοῦ κύκλου; καὶ γὰρ οὗτος τετραχῇ διανεμηθεὶς ἐκ τριῶν ζῳδίων τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας ἀποτελεῖ, ἔαρ, θέρος, μετόπωρον, χειμῶνα, τροπὰς τέσσαρας, ὧν ἑκάστης ὅρος τρία ζῴδια, γνωριζόμενος ταῖς τοῦ ἡλίου περιφοραῖς κατὰ τὸν ἐν ἀριθμοῖς ἀσάλευτον καὶ βεβαιότατον καὶ θεῖον ὄντως λόγον.
2:125ὅθεν ἐνηρμόζοντο καὶ τῷ προσαγορευθέντι δεόντως λογείῳ· λόγῳ γὰρ αἱ τροπαὶ καὶ ἐτήσιοι ὧραι τεταγμένῳ καὶ παγίῳ συνίστανται, τὸ παραδοξότατον, διὰ τῆς καιρίου μεταβολῆς ἐπιδεικνύμεναι τὴν διαιωνίζουσαν αὑτῶν μονήν.
2:126εὖ δ’ ἔχει καὶ πάνυ καλῶς τὸ τοῖς χρώμασι τοὺς δώδεκα λίθους διαλλάττειν καὶ μηδένα ὅμοιον εἶναι μηδενί· καὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐν τῷ ζῳοφόρῳ ἕκαστον ἀποτελεῖ τι χρῶμα οἰκεῖον κατά τε ἀέρα καὶ γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ τὰ τούτων παθήματα καὶ ἔτι κατὰ τὰ τῶν ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν γένη πάντα.
2:127διπλοῦν δὲ τὸ λογεῖον οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ· διττὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἔν τε τῷ παντὶ καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει· κατὰ μὲν τὸ πᾶν ὅ τε περὶ τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ παραδειγματικῶν ἰδεῶν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ νοητὸς ἐπάγη κόσμος, καὶ ὁ περὶ τῶν ὁρατῶν, ἃ δὴ μιμήματα καὶ ἀπεικονίσματα τῶν ἰδεῶν ἐκείνων ἐστίν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ αἰσθητὸς οὗτος ἀπετελεῖτο· ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ δ’ ὁ μέν ἐστιν ἐνδιάθετος, ὁ δὲ προφορικός, καὶ ὁ μὲν οἷά τις πηγή, ὁ δὲ γεγωνὸς ἀπ’ ἐκείνου ῥέων· καὶ τοῦ μέν ἐστι χώρα τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, τοῦ δὲ κατὰ προφορὰν γλῶττα καὶ στόμα καὶ ἡ ἄλλη πᾶσα φωνῆς ὀργανοποιία.
2:128σχῆμα δ’ ἀπένειμεν ὁ τεχνίτης τετράγωνον τῷ λογείῳ πάνυ καλῶς αἰνιττόμενος, ὡς χρὴ καὶ τὸν τῆς φύσεως λόγον καὶ τὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου βεβηκέναι πάντῃ καὶ κατὰ μηδ’ ὁτιοῦν κραδαίνεσθαι. παρὸ καὶ τὰς εἰρημένας δύο ἀρετὰς προσεκλήρωσεν αὐτῷ, δήλωσίν τε καὶ ἀλήθειαν· ὅ τε γὰρ τῆς φύσεως λόγος ἀληθὴς καὶ δηλωτικὸς πάντων ὅ τε τοῦ σοφοῦ μιμούμενος ἐκεῖνον ὀφείλει προσηκόντως ἀψευδέστατός τε εἶναι τιμῶν ἀλήθειαν καὶ μηδὲν φθόνῳ συσκιάζειν, ὧν ἡ μήνυσις ὠφελήσει τοὺς ἀναδιδαχθέντας.
2:129οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ δυσὶ λόγοις τοῖς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν, τῷ τε προφορικῷ καὶ ἐνδιαθέτῳ, δύο ἀρετὰς ἀπένειμεν οἰκείας, τῷ μὲν προφορικῷ δήλωσιν, τῷ δὲ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀλήθειαν· ἁρμόζει γὰρ διανοίᾳ μὲν μηδὲν παραδέχεσθαι ψεῦδος, ἑρμηνείᾳ δὲ μηδὲν ἐμποδίζειν τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην δήλωσιν.
2:130λόγου δὲ οὐδὲν ὄφελος τὰ καλὰ καὶ σπουδαῖα σεμνηγοροῦντος, ᾧ μὴ πρόσεστιν οἰκείων ἀκολουθία πράξεων· ὅθεν τὸ λογεῖον ἤρτησεν ἐκ τῆς ἐπωμίδος, ἵνα μὴ χαλᾶται, τὸν λόγον οὐ δικαιώσας ἔργων ἀπεζεῦχθαι· τὸν γὰρ ὦμον ἐνεργείας καὶ πράξεως ποιεῖται
2:131σύμβολον. ἃ μὲν οὖν αἰνίττεται διὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἐσθῆτος, ἐστὶ τοιαῦτα. κίδαριν δὲ ἀντὶ διαδήματος ἐπιτίθησι τῇ κεφαλῇ δικαιῶν τὸν ἱερωμένον τῷ θεῷ, καθ’ ὃν χρόνον ἱερᾶται, προφέρειν ἁπάντων καὶ μὴ μόνον ἰδιωτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ βασιλέων.
2:132ὑπεράνω δὲ τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐστι πέταλον, ᾧ τῶν τεττάρων αἱ γλυφαὶ γραμμάτων ἐνεσφραγίσθησαν, ἐξ ὧν ὄνομα τοῦ ὄντος φασὶ μηνύεσθαι, ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε ὂν ἄνευ κατακλήσεως θεοῦ συστῆναί τι τῶν ὄντων· ἁρμονία γὰρ πάντων ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγαθότης καὶ ἵλεως δύναμις αὐτοῦ.
2:133τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διακοσμηθεὶς στέλλεται πρὸς τὰς ἱερουργίας, ἵν’, ὅταν εἰσίῃ τὰς πατρίους εὐχάς τε καὶ θυσίας ποιησόμενος, συνεισέρχηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος αὐτῷ δι’ ὧν ἐπιφέρεται μιμήματα, ἀέρος τὸν ποδήρη, ὕδατος τὸν ῥοΐσκον, γῆς τὸ ἄνθινον, πυρὸς τὸ κόκκινον, οὐρανοῦ τὴν ἐπωμίδα, καὶ κατ’ εἶδος τοῖν δυοῖν ἡμισφαιρίοιν τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρωμίων σμαράγδους περιφερεῖς, ἐφ’ ὧν καθ’ ἑκάτερον γλυφαὶ ἕξ, τοῦ ζῳοφόρου τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν στέρνων δώδεκα λίθους ἐκ τριῶν κατὰ τέτταρας στοίχους, τοῦ συνέχοντος καὶ διοικοῦντος τὰ σύμπαντα τὸ λογεῖον.
2:134ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ ἦν τὸν ἱερωμένον τῷ τοῦ κόσμου πατρὶ παρακλήτῳ χρῆσθαι τελειοτάτῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν υἱῷ πρός τε ἀμνηστίαν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ χορηγίαν ἀφθονωτάτων ἀγαθῶν.
2:135ἴσως μέντοι καὶ προδιδάσκει τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπευτήν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦ κοσμοποιοῦ δυνατόν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ γε κόσμου διηνεκῶς ἄξιον εἶναι πειρᾶσθαι, οὗ τὸ μίμημα ἐνδυόμενος ὀφείλει τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸ παράδειγμα εὐθὺς ἀγαλματοφορῶν αὐτὸς τρόπον τινὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου φύσιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπου μεθηρμόσθαι καί, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν — θέμις δὲ ἀψευδεῖν περὶ ἀληθείας λέγοντα —, βραχὺς κόσμος εἶναι.
2:136Τῶν δὲ προπυλαίων ἔξω παρὰ ταῖς εἰσόδοις λουτήρ ἐστι χαλκοῦς, οὐκ ἀργὸν ὕλην λαβόντος τοῦ τεχνίτου πρὸς τὴν κατασκευήν, ὅπερ φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, σκεύη δ’ ἐπιμελῶς δημιουργηθέντα πρὸς ἑτέραν χρείαν, ἃ μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας πάσης αἱ γυναῖκες εἰσήνεγκαν ἁμιλλώμεναι τοῖς ἀνδράσι πρὸς εὐσέβειαν, ἀγώνισμα καλὸν ἄρασθαι διανοηθεῖσαι καὶ καθ’ ὅσον δυνάμεως εἶχον σπουδάσασαι μὴ ἀπολειφθῆναι τῆς ἐκείνων ὁσιότητος·
2:137κάτοπτρα γάρ, οἷς εὐμορφίαν εἰώθασι διακοσμεῖσθαι, μηδενὸς προστάξαντος, αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ σωφροσύνης καὶ τῆς περὶ γάμον ἁγνείας καὶ τί γὰρ ἀλλ’ ἢ ψυχικοῦ κάλλους ἀπαρχὴν πρεπωδεστάτην ἀπήρξαντο.
2:138ταῦτ’ ἔδοξε τῷ τεχνίτῃ λαβόντι χωνεῦσαι καὶ μηδὲν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἕτερον ἢ τὸν λουτῆρα κατασκευάσασθαι, περιρραντηρίοις ὅπως οἱ μέλλοντες εἰς τὸν νεὼν εἰσιέναι ἱερεῖς ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς διατεταγμένας ὑπουργεῖν λειτουργίας χρῶνται πόδας μάλιστα καὶ χεῖρας ἀπονιπτόμενοι — σύμβολον ἀνυπαιτίου ζωῆς καὶ βίου καθαρεύοντος ἐν πράξεσιν ἐπαινεταῖς, οὐ τὴν τραχεῖαν κακίας ὁδὸν ἢ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν ἀνοδίαν ἀλλὰ τὴν δι’ ἀρετῆς λεωφόρον ἀπευθύνοντος —.
2:139„ὑπομιμνῃσκέσθω μέντοι” φησί „καὶ ὁ μέλλων περιρραίνεσθαι, ὅτι τοῦδε τοῦ σκεύους ἡ ὕλη κάτοπτρα ἦν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς οἷα πρὸς κάτοπτρον αὐγάζῃ τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν καί, εἴ τι ὑποφαίνοιτο αἶσχος ἐξ ἀλόγου πάθους ἢ παρὰ φύσιν ἐπαιρούσης καὶ μετεωριζούσης ἡδονῆς ἢ στελλούσης ἔμπαλιν λύπης καὶ καθαιρούσης ἢ ἀποστρέφοντος καὶ ἀποκλίνοντος τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας ὁρμὴν φόβου ἢ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας πρὸς τὰ μὴ παρόντα ἑλκούσης καὶ ἀποτεινούσης βίᾳ, τοῦτο θεραπεύῃ τε καὶ ἰᾶται τοῦ γνησίου καὶ ἀνόθου μεταποιούμενος κάλλους·
2:140τὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ σώματος ἐν συμμετρίᾳ μερῶν εὐχροίᾳ τε καὶ εὐσαρκίᾳ κεῖται, βραχὺν τῆς ἀκμῆς ἔχον καιρόν, τὸ δὲ τῆς διανοίας ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ δογμάτων καὶ ἀρετῶν συμφωνίᾳ, μὴ χρόνου μήκει μαραινόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐγχρονίζει καινούμενον καὶ νεάζον, χρώματι διαπρεπεῖ κεκοσμημένον ἀληθείας καὶ ὁμολογίας ἔργων πρὸς λόγους καὶ πρὸς ἔργα λόγων καὶ ἔτι βουλευμάτων πρὸς ἑκάτερα.“
2:141Διδαχθέντι δ’ αὐτῷ τὰ παραδείγματα τῆς ἱερᾶς σκηνῆς καὶ ἀναδιδάξαντι τοὺς διανοίᾳ ὀξεῖς καὶ εὐφυῶς ἔχοντας πρὸς ἀνάληψιν καὶ τελείωσιν ἔργων, ἅπερ ἀναγκαίως εἶχε δημιουργηθῆναι, κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἱεροῦ κατασκευασθέντος ἔδει καὶ ἱερεῖς τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους αἱρεθῆναί τε καὶ προμαθεῖν, ὃν τρόπον τὰς θυσίας ἀνάγειν τε καὶ ἱερουργεῖν προσῆκε.
Book 2, §§142–166
2:142τὸν μὲν οὖν ἀδελφὸν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐπικρίνας ἀριστίνδην ἀρχιερέα, τοὺς δ’ ἐκείνου παῖδας ἱερεῖς ἐχειροτόνει, προνομίαν οὐ τῷ οἰκείῳ γένει διδούς, ἀλλ’ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ ὁσιότητι, ἃς ἐνεώρα τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὑπούσας. σαφὴς δὲ πίστις· οὐδέτερον υἱὸν — δύο γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ — τούτου τοῦ γέρως ἠξίωσεν, ἀναγκαίως ἂν ἀμφοτέρους ἑλόμενος, εἴ τινα τιμὴν ἔνεμε τῷ φιλοικείῳ.
2:143καθίστη δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους γνώμης, ὡς τὰ λόγια ὑφηγεῖτο, καινότατον τρόπον καὶ ἄξιον ἱστορηθῆναι· λούει τὸ πρῶτον αὐτοὺς ὕδατι πηγῆς τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ζωτικωτάτῳ κἄπειτα τὰς ἱερὰς ἀναδίδωσιν ἐσθῆτας, τῷ μὲν ἀδελφῷ τὸν ποδήρη καὶ τὴν ἐπωμίδα οἱονεὶ θώρακα, τὸ παμποίκιλον ὕφασμα καὶ μίμημα τοῦ παντός, τοῖς δ’ ἀδελφιδοῖς χιτῶνας λινοῦς, ζώνας τε καὶ περισκελῆ πᾶσι·
2:144τὰς μέν, ὅπως ἀνεμπόδιστοι καὶ ἑτοιμότεροι πρὸς τὰς ἱερὰς ὑπουργίας ὦσι, σφιγγομένων τοὺς ἀνειμένους κόλπους τῶν χιτώνων, τὰ δ’, ὅπως μηδὲν ὧν κρύπτεσθαι θέμις προφαίνηται, καὶ μάλιστ’ ἀνερχομένων ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἢ κατιόντων ἄνωθεν καὶ πάντα δρώντων μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ τάχους·
2:145εἰ γὰρ μὴ οὕτως ἀκριβὴς γεγένητο ἡ στόλισις διὰ τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδήλου προφυλακήν, κἂν ἕνεκα τῆς συντόνου περὶ τὰς λειτουργίας ὀξύτητος ἀπεγυμνοῦντο τὸν προσήκοντα
2:146ἱεροῖς καὶ ἱερωμένοις κόσμον φυλάττειν ἀδυνατοῦντες. ὡς δὲ ταῖς ἐσθήσεσιν ἤσκησεν αὐτούς, χρίσματος εὐωδεστάτου λαβών, ὃ μυρεψικῇ τέχνῃ κατειργάσθη, τὰ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ πρῶτα, τόν τε βωμὸν καὶ τὸν λουτῆρα, κατέχριεν ἐπιρραίνων ἑπτάκις, ἔπειτα τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν σκευῶν ἕκαστον, τὴν κιβωτόν, τὴν λυχνίαν, τὸ θυμιατήριον, τὴν τράπεζαν, τὰ σπονδεῖα, τὰς φιάλας, τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα πρὸς θυσίας ἀναγκαῖα καὶ χρήσιμα, καὶ τελευταῖον προσαγαγὼν τὸν ἀρχιερέα πολλῷ λίπει τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀλείφει.
2:147ταῦτ’ ἐπιτελέσας εὐαγῶς ἀχθῆναι κελεύει μόσχον καὶ κριοὺς δύο· τὸν μέν, ἵνα θύσῃ περὶ ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτημάτων, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι παντὶ γενητῷ, κἂν σπουδαῖον ᾖ, παρόσον ἦλθεν εἰς γένεσιν, συμφυὲς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐστίν, ὑπὲρ οὗ τὸ θεῖον εὐχαῖς καὶ θυσίαις ἀναγκαῖον ἐξευμενίζεσθαι, μὴ διακινηθὲν ἐπιθεῖτο·
2:148τῶν δὲ κριῶν τὸν μὲν ἕτερον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα εὐχαριστήριον τῆς τῶν ὅλων διοικήσεως, ἧς κατὰ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἑκάστῳ μέρος μέτεστι καρπουμένῳ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων ὠφέλειαν, γῆς πρὸς οἴκησιν καὶ τὰς ἐξ αὐτῆς τροφάς, ὕδατος πρὸς ποτὸν καὶ λουτρὰ καὶ πλοῦν, ἀέρος πρὸς ἀναπνοὴν καὶ τὰς διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἀντιλήψεις — ἐπειδὴ πασῶν ἀὴρ ὄργανον — καὶ ἔτι τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας, πυρὸς τοῦ μὲν χρειώδους πρὸς τὰ ἑψόμενα καὶ θερμαινόμενα, τοῦ δὲ οὐρανίου πρὸς αὐγὴν καὶ τὰ ὁρατὰ πάντα·
2:149τὸν δ’ ἕτερον εἰς τὴν τῶν ἱερωμένων διὰ καθάρσεως ἁγνευτικῆς παντέλειαν, ὃν ἐτύμως „τελειώσεως“ ἐκάλεσεν (Exod. 29, 26. Lev. 8, 22), ἐπειδὴ τὰς ἁρμοττούσας θεραπευταῖς καὶ λειτουργοῖς θεοῦ τελετὰς ἔμελλον ἱεροφαντεῖσθαι.
2:150τοῦ δ’ αἵματος αὐτοῦ τὸ μὲν ἐν κύκλῳ τοῦ βωμοῦ σπένδει λαβών, τὸ δὲ φιάλην ὑποσχὼν δέχεται καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τρία μέρη τοῦ σώματος χρίει τῶν τελουμένων ἱερέων, οὖς ἄκρον, ἄκραν χεῖρα, ποδὸς ἄκρον, δεξιὰ τὰ σύμπαντα, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι δεῖ τὸν τέλειον καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ καὶ βίῳ παντὶ καθαρεύειν· λόγον μὲν γὰρ ἀκοὴ δικάζει, χεὶρ δ’ ἔργου σύμβολον, διεξόδου δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον πούς.
2:151ἐπεὶ δ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἄκρον τε καὶ δεξιόν, ὑπονοητέον δηλοῦσθαι τὴν ἐν ἑκάστοις ἐπίδοσιν μετὰ δεξιότητος, ἐφιεμένην τῆς ἄκρας εὐδαιμονίας καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἐφ’ ὃ σπεύδειν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀναφέρειν στοχαζομένους ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς τοξείαις σκοποῦ τοῦ περὶ τὸν βίον.
2:152πάλαι μὲν οὖν ἱερείου ἑνός, ὃ προσηγορεύετο „τελειώσεως“, ἀκράτῳ αἵματι τὰ λεχθέντα τρία μέρη κατέχριε τῶν ἱερέων. αὖθις δ’ ἐκ τοῦ παρὰ τῷ βωμῷ λαβών, ὅπερ ἐξ ἁπάντων ἦν τῶν τεθυμένων, καὶ τοῦ λεχθέντος χρίσματος, ὃ μυρεψοὶ κατεσκεύασαν, ἀναμίξας τὸ ἔλαιον τῷ αἵματι τοῦ κράματος τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ ταῖς ἐσθήσεσιν αὐτῶν ἐπέρραινε, βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς μὴ μόνον τῆς ἔξω καὶ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ μεταλαχεῖν ἁγνείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐν ἀδύτοις, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἔνδον λειτουργεῖν ἔμελλον· τὰ δ’ εἴσω πάντα ἐλαίῳ κατεκέχριστο.
2:153θυσίας δ’ ἐπὶ ταῖς προτέραις ἄλλας ἀναγαγόντων, τοῦτο μὲν τῶν ἱερέων ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, τοῦτο δὲ τῆς γερουσίας ὑπὲρ ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους, Μωυσῆς μὲν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν εἰσέρχεται τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐπαγόμενος — ὀγδόη δ’ ἦν τῆς τελετῆς ἡμέρα καὶ τελευταία, ταῖς γὰρ πρότερον ἑπτὰ ἱεροφαντῶν αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφιδοῦς ὠργίαζεν —, εἰσελθὼν δ’ ἀνεδίδασκεν οἷα ὑφηγητὴς ἀγαθὸς εὐμαθῆ γνώριμον, ὃν χρὴ τρόπον τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὰς εἴσω ποιεῖσθαι λειτουργίας.
2:154εἶτ’ ἐξελθόντες ἀμφότεροι καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἀνατείναντες πρὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς εὐχὰς τίθενται τῷ ἔθνει τὰς προσηκούσας ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς καὶ ὁσιωτάτης γνώμης. ἔτι δ’ εὐχομένων, τερατωδέστατόν τι συμβαίνει· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ἀδύτων, εἴτε αἰθέρος ἀπόσπασμα τοῦ καθαρωτάτου, εἴτε ἀέρος κατὰ τὴν τῶν στοιχείων φύσει μεταβολὴν ἀναλυθέντος εἰς πῦρ, αἰφνίδιον ἀθρόα φλὸξ διεκπαίει καὶ συντόνῳ ῥύμῃ φέρεται μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν, τὰ δ’ ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐξαναλίσκει, πρὸς οἶμαι σαφεστάτην δήλωσιν, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης ἐπετελεῖτο.
2:155δωρεὰν γὰρ ἐξαίρετον εἰκὸς ἦν τοῖς ἁγίοις προσνεμηθῆναι, μὴ μόνον ἐν οἷς ἄνθρωποι δημιουργοί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ τῆς οὐσίας πυρί, τὸ χρειῶδες καὶ παρ’ ἡμῖν ὅπως μὴ προσάψαιτο τοῦ βωμοῦ, διὰ τὸ μυρίας ἴσως ἀναμεμῖχθαι κῆρας·
2:156ἅπτεται γὰρ οὐ μόνον ζῴων ἀλόγων ὀπτωμένων ἢ ἑψομένων εἰς πλησμονὴν ἄδικον γαστρὸς τῆς ταλαίνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς ἀναιρουμένων, οὐ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολυανθρώπων ὁμίλων·
2:157ἤδη γοῦν καὶ στόλους μεγάλους ἐπιβατικοῦ πλήρεις ὀϊστοὶ πυρφόροι κατέφλεξαν βληθέντες καὶ ὅλας πόλεις ἐξανάλωσαν, αἳ σμυχόμεναι μέχρι θεμελίων εἰς τέφραν ἐδαπανήθησαν, ὡς μηδ’ ἴχνος ὑπολελεῖφθαι τοῦ πάλαι συνοικισμοῦ.
2:158ταύτης ἕνεκά μοι δοκῶ τῆς αἰτίας ὡς μεμιασμένον ἤλασε τοῦ ἱερωτάτου καὶ καθαρωτάτου βωμοῦ πῦρ τὸ χρειῶδες, ἀνθ’ οὗ φλόγα αἰθέριον ὤμβρησεν ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πρὸς διαστολὴν ἁγίων τε καὶ βεβήλων, ἀνθρωπείων τε καὶ θείων· ἥρμοττε γὰρ ταῖς θυσίαις ἀφθαρτοτέραν οὐσίαν ἀπονενεμῆσθαι πυρὸς τῆς πρὸς τὰς βιωτικὰς χρείας ὑπηρετούσης.
2:159Πολλῶν δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἀναγομένων θυσιῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ διαφερόντως ἐν πανηγύρεσι καὶ ἑορταῖς ὑπέρ τε ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστου καὶ κοινῇ ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων, διὰ μυρίας καὶ οὐχὶ τὰς αὐτὰς αἰτίας, ἅτε πολυανθρωποτάτου ἔθνους εὐσεβοῦντος, ἐδέησε καὶ νεωκόρων πλήθους εἰς τὰς ἱερὰς ὑπηρεσίας.
2:160ἡ δ’ αἵρεσις ἐγίνετο πάλιν καινότατον ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸν εἰωθότα τρόπον· μίαν τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν ἐπικρίνας ἀριστίνδην ἐχειροτόνει θεοφιλοῦς ἔργου προθεὶς ἆθλα καὶ ἀριστεῖα.
2:161τὸ δ’ ἔργον τοιόνδε ἦν· Μωυσέως ἀναβάντος εἰς τὸ πλησίον ὄρος καὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ἰδιάζοντος τῷ θεῷ, τὴν ἀπουσίαν αὐτοῦ καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι νομίσαντες οἱ μὴ βέβαιοι τὰς φύσεις, ὥσπερ ἀναρχίας γενομένης, ἄφετοι πρὸς ἀσέβειαν ὥρμησαν καὶ ἐκλαθόμενοι τῆς πρὸς τὸ ὂν ὁσιότητος ζηλωταὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν γίνονται πλασμάτων.
2:162εἶτα χρυσοῦν ταῦρον κατασκευασάμενοι, μίμημα τοῦ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἱερωτάτου ζῴου δοκοῦντος εἶναι, θυσίας ἀθύτους ἀνῆγον καὶ χοροὺς ἀχορεύτους ἵστασαν ὕμνους τε ᾖδον θρήνων οὐδὲν διαφέροντας καὶ ἐμφορηθέντες ἀκράτου διπλῇ μέθῃ κατίσχοντο, τῇ μὲν ἐξ οἴνου, τῇ δὲ καὶ ἀφροσύνης, κωμάζοντές τε καὶ παννυχίζοντες ἀπροόρατοι τοῦ μέλλοντος ἡδέσι κακοῖς συνεβίουν, ἐφεδρευούσης δίκης, ἣ μὴ βλέποντας ἔβλεπε καὶ ὧν ἄξιοι τιμωριῶν εἰσιν.
2:163ἐπεὶ δὲ αἱ ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ συνεχεῖς ἐκβοήσεις κατὰ πολυανθρώπους ὁμίλους ἀθροιζομένων ἄχρι πολλοῦ διαστήματος ἐχώρουν, ὡς καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἀκρωρείας τὴν περιήχησιν ἐλθεῖν, πληχθεὶς τὰ ὦτα Μωυσῆς ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦν ἅτε θεοφιλὴς ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλάνθρωπος, μήτ’ ἐκλιπεῖν ὑπομένων τὰς πρὸς θεὸν ὁμιλίας, ἃς ἰδιάζων μόνος μόνῳ διελέγετο, μήθ’ ὑπεριδεῖν τοῦ πλήθους ἐμπιπλαμένου τῶν ἐξ ἀναρχίας κακοπραγιῶν· ἔγνω γὰρ τὸν θροῦν δεινὸς ὢν ἐκ
2:164φωνῆς ἀνάρθρου καὶ ἀσήμου στοχάσασθαι ψυχῆς ἀδήλων καὶ ἀφανῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις παθῶν ἰδιότητας, ὅτι παροινίας ἐστὶν ἡ κατέχουσα ταραχή, γεννώσης ἀκρασίας μὲν κόρον, κόρου δὲ ὕβριν.
2:165ἀνθελκόμενος δὲ καὶ ἀντισπώμενος πρὸς ἑκατέρου μέρους ὧδε κἀκεῖσε τί χρὴ δρᾶν ἠπόρει. σκοπουμένῳ δ’ αὐτῷ θεσπίζεται τάδε· „βάδιζε ταχέως ἐνθένδε, κατάβηθι· πρὸς ἀνομίαν ἔσπευσεν ὁ λεώς· χειροποίητον κατασκευάσαντες ταυρόμορφον θεὸν οὐ θεὸν προσκυνοῦσι καὶ θύουσιν, ὧν εἶδον καὶ ὧν ἤκουσαν ἁπάντων ὅσα συντείνει πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐκλαθόμενοι.“
2:166καταπλαγεὶς δὲ καὶ ἀναγκασθεὶς πιστεύειν ἀπίστοις πράξεσιν οἷα μεσίτης καὶ διαλλακτὴς οὐκ εὐθὺς ἀπεπήδησεν, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἱκεσίας καὶ λιτὰς ἐποιεῖτο συγγνῶναι τῶν ἡμαρτημένων δεόμενος· εἶτ’ ἐξευμενισάμενος ὁ κηδεμὼν καὶ παραιτητὴς τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἐπανῄει χαίρων ἅμα καὶ κατηφῶν· ἐγεγήθει μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἱκεσίαν τοῦ θεοῦ προσιεμένου, συννοίας δὲ καὶ κατηφείας μεστὸς ἦν οἰδῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πλήθους παρανομίᾳ.
Book 2, §§167–191
2:167γενόμενος δ’ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ τὴν ἐξαπίναιον ἐκδιαίτησιν τοῦ πλήθους θαυμάσας καὶ ὅσον ψεῦδος ἀνθ’ ὅσης ἀληθείας ὑπηλλάξαντο, κατιδὼν οὐκ εἰς ἅπαντας τὴν νόσον ἀφιγμένην, ἀλλά τινας ὑγιαίνοντας ἔτι καὶ μισοπονήρῳ πάθει χρωμένους, βουλόμενος διαγνῶναι τούς τε ἀνιάτως ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δυσχεραίνοντας καὶ εἰ δή τινες ἁμαρτόντες μετανοοῦσι, κήρυγμα κηρύττει — τὸ δ’ ἦν ἄρα βάσανος ἀκριβὴς τῆς ἑκάστου διανοίας, ὡς ἔχοι πρός τε ὁσιότητα καὶ τοὐναντίον—. „εἴ τις“ γάρ φησι „πρὸς κύριον, ἴτω πρὸς μέ.“
2:168βραχὺ μὲν τὸ λεχθέν, μεγάλη δ’ ἡ ἔμφασις, ἔστι γὰρ τοιόνδε τὸ δηλούμενον· εἴ τις μηδὲν τῶν χειροποιήτων μηδ’ ὅσα γενητὰ νομίζει θεούς, ἀλλ’ ἕνα τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων, ἐμοὶ προσίτω.
2:169τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων οἱ μὲν ἕνεκα τοῦ τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν ἐζηλωκέναι τῦφον ἀφηνιάζοντες οὐ προσεῖχον τοῖς λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ φόβῳ κολάσεως ἴσως ἐγγυτέρω προσελθεῖν οὐκ ἐθάρρουν ἢ τὴν ἐκ Μωυσέως τίσιν δεδιότες ἢ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπανάστασιν· ἀεὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τοῖς μὴ συναπονοουμένοις ἐπιτίθενται.
2:170μία δ’ ἐξ ἁπάντων ἡ λεγομένη Λευϊτικὴ φυλὴ τοῦ κηρύγματος ἐπακούσασα καθάπερ ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος ἔθει μετὰ σπουδῆς, τῇ ποδωκείᾳ τὴν προθυμίαν ἐπιδεικνυμένη καὶ τὴν ὀξύτητα τῆς εἰς εὐσέβειαν ψυχικῆς ὁρμῆς.
2:171οὓς ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ βαλβῖδος ἁμιλλωμένους „εἰ μὴ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν“ εἶπεν „ἐπισπεύδετε τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἄφιξιν ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς διανοίαις, αὐτίκα μαρτυρηθήσεται· ξίφος ἀναλαβὼν ἕκαστος τοὺς μυρίων ἄξια θανάτων εἰργασμένους, οἳ τὸν ἀληθῆ θεὸν καταλιπόντες τοὺς ψευδωνύμους ἐδημιούργησαν φθαρταῖς καὶ γενηταῖς οὐσίαις τὴν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου καὶ ἀγενήτου πρόσρησιν ἐπιφημίσαντες, συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἀποκτεινάτω φιλίαν καὶ συγγένειαν ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι μόνην ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν ὁσιότητα.“
2:172οἱ δὲ τὴν παραίνεσιν ἑτοιμότητι φθάσαντες, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς γνώμας ἔτυχον ἠλλοτριωμένοι σχεδὸν ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ παρανόμημα γενόμενον εἶδον, ἀναιροῦσιν ἡβηδὸν εἰς τρισχιλίους τῶν πρὸ μικροῦ φιλτάτων. κειμένων δ’ ἐν ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ τῶν σωμάτων, ἡ πληθὺς θεασαμένη τοὺς μὲν ᾠκτίσατο, τὸ δὲ τῶν κτεινόντων ἔνθερμον ἔτι καὶ μεστὸν ὀργῆς παράστημα καταδείσασα φόβῳ νουθετεῖται.
2:173Μωυσῆς δὲ τὴν ἀριστείαν ἀποδεξάμενος γέρας ἐπενόησε καὶ ἐβεβαίωσε τῇ πράξει τὸ οἰκεῖον· ἔδει γὰρ τοὺς ὑπὲρ θεοῦ τιμῆς ἑκούσιον πόλεμον ἀραμένους καὶ βραχεῖ καιρῷ κατωρθωκότας ἀξιωθῆναι τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ λαχόντας ἱερωσύνην.
2:174Ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐ μία τάξις τῶν ἱερωμένων, ἀλλ’ οἷς μὲν ἐπιτέτραπται τὰ περὶ τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ θυσίας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἱερουργίας ἄχρι τῶν ἀδύτων ἰοῦσιν, οἷς δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδέν, ἐπιμέλειαι δὲ καὶ φυλακαὶ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ τοῦ τε ἱεροῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὓς νεωκόρους ἔνιοι καλοῦσιν, ἡ πολλοῖς πολλαχοῦ μυρίων αἰτία κακῶν γενομένη περὶ πρωτείων στάσις ἐπεπόλασε κἀνταῦθα, τῶν νεωκόρων ἐπιθεμένων τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων τιμὴν παρασπάσασθαι διανοηθέντων· καὶ τοῦτ’ εὐμαρῶς ἤλπισαν ἔσεσθαι πολλαπλασίους τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὄντες.
2:175ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἰδίᾳ γνώμῃ νεωτερίζειν καὶ τὴν πρεσβυτάτην τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν συμφρονεῖν ἀναπείθουσιν, ᾗ πολλοὶ τῶν εἰκαιοτέρων ἐπηκολούθησαν ὡς ἔχειν δυναμένῃ πρεσβεῖον ἡγεμονίας.
2:176μέγαν τοῦτον ἐπιτειχισμὸν ἔγνω Μωυσῆς φυόμενον καθ’ αὑτοῦ· τὸν γὰρ ἀδελφὸν ἀρχιερέα κατὰ τὰ χρησθέντα λόγια ᾕρητο, διαβολαὶ δ’ ἦσαν ὡς τοὺς μὲν χρησμοὺς ἐπιψευσαμένου, ποιησαμένου δὲ τὴν αἵρεσιν διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὔνοιαν.
2:177ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως ἀνιαθείς, εἰ μὴ μόνον ἀπιστεῖται διὰ τοσούτων ἐλέγχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πίστιν ἐπιδειξάμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπ’ ἔργοις ἅπερ ἀναφέρεται πρὸς θεοῦ τιμήν, δι’ ἃ μόνα καὶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸ ἦθος κατεψευσμένον ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἀληθεύειν — ἀλήθεια γὰρ ὀπαδὸς θεοῦ —, λόγοις μὲν ἀναδιδάσκειν περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζε, τὸ μεταπείθειν ἐπιχειρεῖν τοὺς προκαταληφθέντας ἐναντίαις δόξαις ἀργαλέον εἰδώς, ἱκετεύει δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἐμφανεῖς ἀποδείξεις αὐτοῖς παρασχεῖν περὶ τοῦ μηδὲν ἐψεῦσθαι κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἱερωσύνης αἵρεσιν.
2:178ὁ δὲ κελεύει δώδεκα ῥάβδους λαβεῖν ταῖς φυλαῖς ἰσαρίθμους καὶ τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὀνόματα φυλάρχων ἐπιγράψαι ταῖς ἕνδεκα, τῇ δὲ λοιπῇ τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ ἀρχιερέως, εἶτ’ εἰς τὸν νεὼν ἄχρι τῶν ἀδύτων εἰσενεγκεῖν· ὁ δὲ τὰ προσταχθέντα ποιήσας ἐκαραδόκει τὸ ἀποβησόμενον.
2:179τῇ δ’ ὑστεραίᾳ λογίῳ πληχθείς, ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους παρεστῶτος, εἰσέρχεται καὶ τὰς ῥάβδους ἐκκομίζει, τὰς μὲν ἄλλας οὐδὲν διάφορον ἐχούσας, μίαν δ’ ἐφ’ ᾗ τοὔνομα ἐπεγέγραπτο τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τεθαυματουργημένην· οἷα γὰρ φυτὸν εὐγενὲς ἅπασα νέους
2:180βλαστοὺς ἐξέφυσε καὶ ὑπ’ εὐφορίας καρπῶν ἔβριθεν. οἱ δὲ καρποὶ κάρυα ἦσαν, ἃ φύσιν ἐναντίαν ἔχει τοῖς ἄλλοις· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν πλείστων, σταφυλῆς, ἐλαίας, μήλων, διαφέρει τὸ σπέρμα καὶ τὸ ἐδώδιμον, ἃ διαφέροντα τόποις χωρίζεται· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐδώδιμον ἔξω, τὸ δὲ σπέρμα εἴσω κατακέκλεισται· τοῦ δὲ καρύου ταὐτόν ἐστι τό τε σπέρμα καὶ τὸ ἐδώδιμον, ἀμφοτέρων εἰς μίαν ἰδέαν ἀποκριθέντων, καὶ τόπος εἷς ὁ ἐντὸς ὠχυρωμένος καὶ περιπεφρουρημένος ἕρκει διπλῷ, τῷ μὲν ἐκ φλοιοῦ πάνυ βαθέος, τῷ δ’ οὐδὲν ἀποδέοντι ξυλίνου κατασκευάσματος·
2:181ἀφ’ οὗ τελείαν ἀρετὴν αἰνίττεται. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν καρύῳ ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος, ἀρχὴ μὲν ᾗ σπέρμα, τέλος δὲ ᾗ καρπός, οὕτως ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν· ἑκάστῃ γὰρ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι καὶ ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος, ἀρχὴν μέν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐξ ἑτέρας δυνάμεως ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς φύεται, τέλος δέ, ὅτι πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ κατὰ φύσιν βίος σπεύδει.
2:182μία μὲν αἰτία ἥδε, λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα τῆς προτέρας ἐμφαντικωτέρα· καρύου τὸ μὲν φλοιῶδές ἐστι πικρόν, τὸ δ’ εἴσω περικείμενον ὡσανεὶ ξύλινον ἕρκος στιφρὸν εὖ μάλα καὶ κραταιόν, οἷς ἀμφοτέροις ὁ καρπὸς ἐγκατακεκλεισμένος οὐκ ἔστιν εὔληπτος.
2:183τοῦτο ποιεῖται σύμβολον ἀσκητικῆς ψυχῆς, ἀφ’ οὗ προτρέπειν αὐτὴν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἀναδιδάσκων, ὅτι πόνῳ προεντυχεῖν ἀναγκαῖον· πικρὸν δὲ καὶ ἀντιτυπὲς καὶ σκληρὸν ὁ πόνος, ἐξ οὗ φύεται τἀγαθόν, οὗ χάριν οὐ μαλακιστέον.
2:184ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸν πόνον φεύγων φεύγει καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά, ὁ δὲ τλητικῶς καὶ ἀνδρείως ὑπομένων τὰ δυσκαρτέρητα σπεύδει πρὸς μακαριότητα· οὐ γὰρ ἁβροδιαίτοις καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκτεθηλυμμένοις καὶ τὸ σῶμα διαρρέουσιν ὑπὸ τῆς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀδιαστάτου θρύψεως ἀρετὴ πέφυκεν ἐνδιαιτᾶσθαι, κακουμένη δὲ μετανίσταται πρότερον ἀπόλειψιν χρηματίσασα πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον.
2:185ἀλλ’ εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ὁ φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης ἀνδρείας τε καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἱερώτατος θίασος ἀσκητὰς μετατρέχει καὶ ὅσοι τὸν αὐστηρὸν καὶ σκληροδίαιτον βίον, ἐγκράτειαν καὶ καρτερίαν, ζηλοῦσι σὺν εὐτελείᾳ καὶ ὀλιγοδεΐᾳ, δι’ ὧν τὸ κυριώτατον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, ὁ λογισμός, εἰς ὑγείαν ἄνοσον καὶ εὐεξίαν ἐπιδίδωσι καθελὼν τὸν βαρὺν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιτειχισμόν, ὃν οἰνοφλυγίαι καὶ ὀψοφαγίαι καὶ λαγνεῖαι καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι ἀπλήρωτοι ἐπιθυμίαι συνεκρότησαν γεννήσασαι τὴν ἀντίπαλον ἀγχινοίας πολυσαρκίαν.
2:186λέγεται μέντοι καὶ τῶν ἐν ἔαρι βλαστάνειν εἰωθότων δένδρων ἡ ἀμυγδαλῆ καὶ πρῶτον ἀνθεῖν εὐαγγελιζομένη φορὰν ἀκροδρύων καὶ ὕστατον φυλλορροεῖν τὴν ἐπέτειον πρὸς μήκιστον ἀποτείνουσα τῆς χλόης εὐγηρίαν· ὧν ἑκάτερον ποιεῖται σύμβολον τῆς ἱερατικῆς φυλῆς, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι καὶ πρώτη καὶ ὑστάτη τοῦ σύμπαντος ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀνθήσει, καθ’ ὃν ἂν χρόνον δόξῃ τῷ θεῷ ταῖς ἐαριναῖς τροπαῖς ἐξομοιῶσαι τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον ἀνελόντι τὴν ἐπίβουλον καὶ τοῦ κακοδαιμονεῖν πηγὴν πλεονεξίαν.
2:187Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τῷ τελειοτάτῳ ἡγεμόνι τέτταρα δεῖν ἔφαμεν προσεῖναι, βασιλείαν καὶ νομοθετικὴν ἕξιν καὶ ἱερωσύνην καὶ προφητείαν, ἵνα διὰ μὲν τῆς νομοθετικῆς προστάττῃ ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἀπαγορεύῃ ἃ μὴ δεῖ πράττειν, διὰ δὲ τῆς ἱερωσύνης μὴ μόνον τἀνθρώπεια ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ θεῖα διέπῃ, διὰ δὲ τῆς προφητείας ὅσα μὴ λογισμῷ καταλαμβάνεται θεσπίζῃ, διειλεγμένος περὶ τῶν πρώτων τριῶν καὶ ἐπιδεδειχὼς Μωυσῆν ἄριστον βασιλέα καὶ νομοθέτην καὶ ἀρχιερέα τὸ τελευταῖον ἔρχομαι δηλώσων, ὅτι καὶ προφήτης γέγονε δοκιμώτατος.
2:188οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν οὖν, ὡς πάντ’ εἰσὶ χρησμοί, ὅσα ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἀναγέγραπται, χρησθέντες δι’ αὐτοῦ· λέξω δὲ τὰ ἰδιαίτερα, πρότερον εἰπὼν ἐκεῖνο· τῶν λογίων τὰ μὲν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ λέγεται δι’ ἑρμηνέως τοῦ θείου προφήτου, τὰ δ’ ἐκ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως ἐθεσπίσθη, τὰ δ’ ἐκ προσώπου Μωυσέως ἐπιθειάσαντος καὶ ἐξ αὑτοῦ κατασχεθέντος.
2:189τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα ὅλα δι’ ὅλων ἀρετῶν θείων δείγματά ἐστι, τῆς τε ἵλεω καὶ εὐεργέτιδος, δι’ ὧν ἅπαντας μὲν ἀνθρώπους πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν ἀλείφει, μάλιστα δὲ τὸ θεραπευτικὸν αὐτοῦ γένος, ᾧ τὴν πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἄγουσαν ἀνατέμνει ὁδόν·
2:190τὰ δὲ δεύτερα μῖξιν ἔχει καὶ κοινωνίαν, πυνθανομένου μὲν τοῦ προφήτου περὶ ὧν ἐπεζήτει, ἀποκρινομένου δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διδάσκοντος· τὰ δὲ τρίτα ἀνατίθεται τῷ νομοθέτῃ, μεταδόντος αὐτῷ τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς προγνωστικῆς δυνάμεως, ᾗ θεσπιεῖ τὰ μέλλοντα.
2:191τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα ὑπερθετέον, μείζω γάρ ἐστιν ἢ ὡς ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπου τινὸς ἐπαινεθῆναι, μόλις ἂν ὑπ’ οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου καὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως ἀξίως ἐγκωμιασθέντα, καὶ ἄλλως λέγεται ὡσανεὶ δι’ ἑρμηνέως· ἑρμηνεία δὲ καὶ προφητεία διαφέρουσι. περὶ δὲ τῶν δευτέρων αὐτίκα πειράσομαι δηλοῦν συνυφήνας αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ τρίτον εἶδος, ἐν ᾧ τὸ τοῦ λέγοντος ἐνθουσιῶδες ἐμφαίνεται, καθ’ ὃ μάλιστα καὶ κυρίως νενόμισται προφήτης.
Book 2, §§192–216
2:192Τῆς δ’ ὑποσχέσεως ἀρκτέον ὧδε. τέτταρές εἰσι τόποι διὰ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως χρησμοῖς νομοθετηθέντες, μικτὴν ἔχοντες δύναμιν· τῇ μὲν γὰρ ὁ προφήτης ἐνθουσιᾷ πυνθανόμενος, τῇ δὲ ὁ πατὴρ θεσπίζει λόγου καὶ ἀποκρίσεως μεταδιδούς. ἔστι δὲ πρῶτος, ὃς οὐχ ὅτι Μωυσῆν ὁσιώτατον τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ βραχὺ γευσάμενον εὐσεβείας ὤργισεν.
2:193ἐξ ἀνομοίων τις γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος νόθος, Αἰγυπτίου μὲν πατρός, μητρὸς δὲ Ἰουδαίας, τῶν μὲν ταύτης πατρίων ἐθῶν ἠλόγησε, πρὸς δὲ τὴν Αἰγυπτιακήν, ὡς λόγος, ἀπέκλινεν ἀσέβειαν τὴν τῶν ἀνδρῶν ζηλώσας ἀθεότητα.
2:194μόνοι γὰρ σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ἐθνῶν Αἰγύπτιοι γῆν ἐπετείχισαν οὐρανῷ, τὴν μὲν ἰσοθέων τιμῶν ἀξιώσαντες, τῷ δ’ οὐδὲν γέρας ἐξαίρετον ἀπονείμαντες, ὡς δέον πρὸ τῶν βασιλείων τὰς ἐσχατιὰς περιέπειν — ἐν γὰρ κόσμῳ βασίλειον μὲν ἱερώτατον οὐρανός, ἐσχατιὰ δὲ γῆ, καθ’ ἑαυτὴν μὲν ἀξιοσπούδαστος, εἰς δὲ σύγκρισιν ἰοῦσα αἰθέρος ἀπολειπομένη τοσοῦτον ὅσον σκότος μὲν φωτός, νὺξ δὲ ἡμέρας, φθορὰ δ’ ἀφθαρσίας καὶ θνητὸς θεοῦ —.
2:195τῆς γὰρ χώρας οὐχ ὑετῷ καθάπερ αἱ ἄλλαι νιφομένης, ἀλλὰ ταῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ πλημμύραις εἰωθυίας ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος λιμνάζεσθαι, θεοπλαστοῦσι τῷ λόγῳ τὸν Νεῖλον Αἰγύπτιοι ὡς ἀντίμιμον οὐρανοῦ γεγονότα καὶ περὶ τῆς χώρας σεμνηγοροῦσιν.
2:196ὁ δὴ μικτὸς οὗτος ἐκεῖνος διενεχθείς τινι τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ καὶ ἐπιστημονικοῦ γένους, ἀκράτωρ ὑπ’ ὀργῆς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ γενόμενος καὶ ἅμα τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς ἀθεότητος ζηλωτὴς ὤν, ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν ἔτεινε τὴν ἀσέβειαν ἐπαράτῳ καὶ ἐναγεῖ καὶ μεμιασμένῃ ψυχῇ τε καὶ γλώττῃ καὶ πάσῃ τῇ φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίᾳ καταρασάμενος δι’ ὑπερβολὴν κακιῶν ὃν οὐδ’ ὑπὸ πάντων ἀλλὰ μόνων τῶν ἀρίστων εὐλογεῖσθαι θέμις, ὅσοι τὰς τελείας καθάρσεις ἐδέξαντο.
2:197διὸ καὶ θαυμάσας τὴν φρενοβλάβειαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ θράσους ὑπερβολήν, καίτοι γ’ ὑπόπλεως ὢν παραστήματος εὐγενοῦς καὶ ἱέμενος αὐτοχειρίᾳ διαρτῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἔδεισε μὴ κουφοτέραν ἀναπράξῃ τιμωρίαν· ἰσόρροπον γὰρ ἐπινοῆσαι πρὸς τοσαύτην ἀσέβειαν κόλασιν ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἂν ἴσχυσεν.
2:198ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ μὴ σέβειν θεὸν ἕπεται τὸ μήτε γονεῖς μήτε πατρίδα μήτ’ εὐεργέτας τιμᾶν, ὁ δὲ δὴ πρὸς τῷ μὴ σέβειν καὶ κακηγορεῖν τολμῶν τίνα μοχθηρίας ὑπερβολὴν ἀπολέλοιπε; καίτοι καὶ τὸ κακηγορεῖν ἧττον ἐν συγκρίσει κατάρας· ἀλλὰ γλωσσαλγία καὶ ἀχάλινον στόμα ὅταν ἐκνόμοις ἀφροσύναις ὑπηρετῶσι, πάντως τι καινουργεῖται τῶν ἀθέσμων. ὦ ἄνθρωπε, καταρᾶταί τις θεόν;
2:199τίνα καλῶν ἕτερον θεὸν εἰς τὴν τῆς ἀρᾶς βεβαίωσιν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι αὐτὸν κατ’ αὐτοῦ; ἄπαγε βεβήλων καὶ ἀνοσίων ἐνθυμημάτων. καλὸν ἐκνίψασθαι τὴν ἀθλίαν ψυχὴν ἐπηρεασθεῖσαν μὲν ὑπὸ φωνῆς, διακόνοις δὲ τοῖς ὠσὶ χρησαμένην, αἰσθήσει τυφλῇ.
2:200καὶ οὔτε ἡ γλῶττα τοῦ τοσοῦτον ἀσέβημα φθεγξαμένου παρείθη οὔτε τὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀκούειν ὦτα ἐπεφράχθη; εἰ μὴ ἄρα κατὰ πρόνοιαν τῆς δίκης, ἥτις οὔτ’ ἀγαθὸν ὑπερβάλλον οὔτε μέγιστον κακὸν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπισκιάζεσθαι, πρὸς ἔλεγχον ἐναργέστατον ἀρετῆς ἢ κακίας, ἵνα τὴν μὲν ἀποδοχῆς τὴν δὲ τιμωρίας ἀξιώσῃ.
2:201διὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν εἰς εἱρκτὴν ἀπαχθέντα κελεύει δεθῆναι, ποτνιᾶται δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἱλασάμενος ταῖς ἀνάγκαις τῶν αἰσθήσεων, δι’ ὧν καὶ βλέπομεν ἃ μὴ θέμις ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούομεν ὧν μὴ θέμις ἀκούειν, ὅ τι χρὴ παθεῖν τὸν εὑρετὴν ἀσεβήματος καὶ ἀνοσιουργήματος ἐκτόπου καὶ ξένου δηλῶσαι.
2:202ὁ δὲ προστάττει καταλευσθῆναι, προσήκουσαν οἶμαι δίκην ὑπολαβὼν τὴν διὰ λίθων κατ’ ἀνδρὸς λιθίνην καὶ ἀπόκροτον ψυχὴν ἔχοντος καὶ ἅμα βουλόμενος πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους συνεφάψασθαι τῆς κολάσεως, οὓς ᾔδει σφόδρα τραχέως ἐνεγκόντας καὶ φονῶντας· μόνης δ’ ὡς ἔοικε τῆς διὰ βλημάτων ἔμελλον αἱ τοσαῦται μυριάδες ἐφάπτεσθαι.
2:203μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀνοσίου καὶ παλαμναίου τίσιν ἐγράφη διάταγμα καινόν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε προηγουμένης ἀξιωθὲν γραφῆς, ἀλλ’ αἱ ἀπροσδόκητοι νεωτεροποιίαι καινοὺς νόμους εἰς ἀνακοπὴν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπιζητοῦσιν. αὐτίκα γοῦν νομοθετεῖται τάδε· ὃς ἂν καταράσηται θεόν, ἁμαρτίας ἔνοχος ἔστω, ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀνομάσῃ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, θνῃσκέτω (Lev. 24, 15. 16).
2:204εὖ γ’, ὦ πάνσοφε, μόνος ἀμιγοῦς ἠκρατίσω σοφίας· τοῦ καταρᾶσθαι χεῖρον τὸ ὀνομάζειν ὑπείληφας; οὐ γὰρ ἂν τὸν μὲν βαρύτατον ἀσέβημα εἰργασμένον ἐπεκούφιζες διημαρτηκόσιν ἐπιεικέστερον συντάττων, κατὰ δὲ τοῦ βραχύτερον ἠδικηκέναι δόξαντος
2:205τὴν ἀνωτάτω τιμωρίαν, θάνατον, ὥριζες. ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔοικε „θεοῦ“ τὰ νῦν οὐχὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ γεννητοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι μέμνηται· ψευδώνυμοι δ’ εἰσὶ γραφέων καὶ πλαστῶν τέχναις δημιουργούμενοι· ξοάνων γὰρ καὶ ἀγαλμάτων καὶ τοιουτοτρόπων ἀφιδρυμάτων ἡ οἰκουμένη μεστὴ γέγονεν, ὧν τῆς βλασφημίας ἀνέχειν ἀναγκαῖον, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἐθίζηται τῶν Μωυσέως γνωρίμων συνόλως θεοῦ προσρήσεως ἀλογεῖν· ἀξιονικοτάτη γὰρ καὶ ἀξιέραστος ἡ κλῆσις.
2:206εἰ δέ τις οὐ λέγω βλασφημήσειεν εἰς τὸν ἀνθρώπων καὶ θεῶν κύριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τολμήσειεν ἀκαίρως αὐτοῦ φθέγξασθαι τοὔνομα, θάνατον ὑπομεινάτω τὴν δίκην.
2:207οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν φυτευσάντων καίτοι θνητῶν ὑπαρχόντων οἷς μέλει γονέων τιμῆς τὰ ὀνόματα προφέρουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ κύρια διὰ τὸν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς σεβασμὸν ἡσυχάζοντες τοῖς τῆς φύσεως ἀνακαλοῦσι πατέρα καὶ μητέρα προσαγορεύοντες, δι’ ὧν εὐθὺς αἰνίττονται τὰς ἐξ ἐκείνων ἀνυπερβλήτους εὐεργεσίας καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν εὐχάριστον διάθεσιν.
2:208ἔτι νῦν συγγνώμης ἀξιούσθωσαν οἱ κατ’ ἐπισυρμὸν γλώττης ἀκαιρευόμενοι καὶ λόγων ἀναπλήρωμα ποιούμενοι τὸ ἁγιώτατον καὶ θεῖον ὄνομα;
2:209Μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ γεννητοῦ τῶν ὅλων τιμὴν τὴν ἱερὰν ἑβδόμην ἐσέμνυνεν ὁ προφήτης ἰδὼν αὐτῆς ὀξυωπεστέροις ὄμμασι κάλλος ἐξαίσιον ἐνεσφραγισμένον οὐρανῷ τε καὶ τῷ σύμπαντι κόσμῳ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς ἀγαλματοφορούμενον.
2:210εὕρισκε γὰρ αὐτὴν τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀμήτορα, γενεᾶς τῆς θήλεος ἀμέτοχον, ἐκ μόνου πατρὸς σπαρεῖσαν ἄνευ σπορᾶς καὶ γεννηθεῖσαν ἄνευ κυήσεως· ἔπειτα δ’ οὐ ταῦτα μόνον κατεῖδεν, ὅτι παγκάλη καὶ ἀμήτωρ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ ἀειπάρθενος, οὔτ’ ἐκ μητρὸς οὔτε μήτηρ οὔτ’ ἐκ φθορᾶς οὔτε φθαρησομένη· εἶτ’ ἐκ τρίτου κατενόησεν αὐτὴν ἐξετάζων καὶ κόσμου γενέθλιον, ἣν ἑορτάζει μὲν οὐρανός, ἑορτάζει δὲ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν γῇ γανύμενα καὶ ἐνευφραινόμενα τῇ παναρμονίῳ ἑβδομάδι.
2:211ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς αἰτίας ὁ πάντα μέγας Μωυσῆς ἐδικαίωσε τοὺς ἐγγραφέντας αὐτοῦ τῇ ἱερᾷ πολιτείᾳ θεσμοῖς φύσεως ἑπομένους πανηγυρίζειν, ἐν ἱλαραῖς διάγοντας εὐθυμίαις, ἀνέχοντας μὲν ἔργων καὶ τεχνῶν τῶν εἰς πορισμὸν καὶ πραγματειῶν ὅσαι κατὰ βίου ζήτησιν, ἄγοντας δ’ ἐκεχειρίαν καὶ διαφειμένους πάσης ἐπιπόνου καὶ καματηρᾶς φροντίδος, σχολάζοντας οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι γέλωσιν ἢ παιδιαῖς ἢ μίμων ἢ ὀρχηστῶν ἐπιδείξεσι, περὶ ἃς κηραίνουσι καὶ δυσθανατοῦσιν οἱ θεατρομανοῦντες καὶ διὰ τῶν ἡγεμονικωτάτων αἰσθήσεων, ὁράσεως καὶ ἀκοῆς, δούλην ἀπεργαζόμενοι τὴν φύσει βασιλίδα ψυχήν, ἀλλὰ μόνῳ τῷ φιλοσοφεῖν·
2:212οὐχ ὅπερ μεθοδεύουσιν οἱ λογοθῆραι καὶ σοφισταὶ πιπράσκοντες ὡς ἄλλο τι τῶν ὠνίων ἐπ’ ἀγορᾶς δόγματα καὶ λόγους, οἳ φιλοσοφίᾳ κατὰ φιλοσοφίας (ὦ γῆ καὶ ἥλιε!) χρώμενοι δι’ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τῷ ὄντι φιλοσοφεῖν, ὅπερ ἐκ τριῶν συνύφανται, βουλευμάτων καὶ λόγων καὶ πράξεων, εἰς ἓν εἶδος ἡρμοσμένων πρὸς κτῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν εὐδαιμονίας.
2:213τούτου δή τις ἀλογήσας τοῦ διατάγματος, ἔτι τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἐναύλους ἔχων τοὺς περὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἑβδόμης, οὓς ἐθέσπισεν ἄνευ προφήτου ὁ θεὸς διὰ φωνῆς — τὸ παραδοξότατον—ὁρατῆς, ἣ τῶν παρατυγχανόντων ὀφθαλμοὺς ὤτων ἐπήγειρε μᾶλλον, ἐπὶ φρυγανισμὸν ἐξῄει διὰ μέσου τοῦ στρατοπέδου πάντας εἰδὼς ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ἠρεμοῦντας, καὶ δρῶν ἔτι τἀδίκημα καταφανὴς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λαθεῖν γίνεται.
2:214πυλῶν γὰρ ἔξω προελθόντες τινὲς εἰς ἐρημίαν, ἵν’ ἐν τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ἡσυχάζοντι εὔξωνται, θέαν ἔκνομον ἰδόντες, ξύλων ὕλην συγκομίζοντα, καὶ δυσανασχετήσαντες ἐμέλλησαν μὲν αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν, λογισμῷ δὲ τὸ παρακεκινημένον τῆς ὀργῆς ἐπισχόντες, ἵνα μήτε ἰδιῶται πρὸ ἀρχόντων κολάζειν τινὰ δοκῶσι καὶ ταῦτ’ ἄκριτον, κἂν ἄλλως τὸ παρανόμημα ᾖ ἐμφανές, μήτε τοῦ περὶ τὴν ἡμέραν εὐαγοῦς μίασμα φόνου, κἂν δικαιότατος ᾖ, προσάψηται, συλλαβόντες ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα, ᾧ συνήδρευον μὲν οἱ ἱερεῖς, παρειστήκει δὲ σύμπασα ἡ πληθὺς πρὸς ἀκρόασιν.
2:215ἔθος γὰρ ἦν, ἀεὶ μὲν κατὰ τὸ παρεῖκον, προηγουμένως δὲ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις, ὡς ἐδήλωσα καὶ πρόσθεν, φιλοσοφεῖν, τοῦ μὲν ἡγεμόνος ὑφηγουμένου καὶ διδάσκοντος ἅ τε χρὴ πράττειν καὶ λέγειν, τῶν δ’ εἰς καλοκἀγαθίαν ἐπιδιδόντων καὶ βελτιουμένων τά τε ἤθη καὶ τὸν βίον.
2:216ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν φιλοσοφοῦσι ταῖς ἑβδόμαις Ἰουδαῖοι τὴν πάτριον φιλοσοφίαν τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον ἀναθέντες ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ θεωρίᾳ τῶν περὶ φύσιν· τὰ γὰρ κατὰ πόλεις προσευκτήρια τί ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ διδασκαλεῖα φρονήσεως καὶ ἀνδρείας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ δικαιοσύνης εὐσεβείας τε καὶ ὁσιότητος καὶ συμπάσης ἀρετῆς, ᾗ κατανοεῖται καὶ κατορθοῦται τά τε ἀνθρώπεια καὶ
Book 2, §§217–241
2:217θεῖα; τότε μὲν οὖν εἰς εἱρκτὴν ὁ τηλικοῦτον ἀσέβημα δράσας ἀπάγεται. Μωυσῆς δὲ ἀπορῶν ὅ τι χρὴ παθεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον — ᾔδει γὰρ ἄξια θανάτου διαπεπραγμένον, ἀλλὰ τίς ἂν γένοιτο τρόπος ἁρμόζων τῆς τιμωρίας; — ἀφικνεῖται πρὸς τὸ ἀόρατον ἀοράτῳ ψυχῇ δικαστήριον καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ καὶ πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι πάντ’ ἐπισταμένου δικαστοῦ, τί κέκρικεν.
2:218ὁ δ’ ἀποφαίνεται τὴν γνῶσιν, ὅτι καὶ θνῄσκειν ὀφείλει καὶ οὐχ ἑτέρως ἢ καταλευσθείς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τούτῳ καθάπερ καὶ τῷ προτέρῳ μετέβαλεν ὁ νοῦς εἰς κωφὴν λίθον εἰργασμένῳ τελεώτατον παρανόμημα, ᾧ σχεδὸν πάντα τἄλλα ἐμφέρεται, ὅσα περὶ τοῦ σεβασμοῦ τῆς ἑβδόμης νενομοθέτηται. διὰ τί;
2:219ὅτι οὐχ αἱ βάναυσοι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι τέχναι καὶ πραγματεῖαι καὶ μάλιστα αἱ περὶ πορισμὸν καὶ βίου ζήτησιν ἢ διὰ πυρός εἰσιν ἢ οὐκ ἄνευ τῶν διὰ πυρός· ὅθεν ἀπαγορεύει πολλάκις ἐν ταῖς ἑβδόμαις πῦρ ἐναύειν ὡς ἀρχηγικώτατον αἴτιον καὶ πρεσβύτατον ἔργον, οὗ ἡσυχάσαντος ἐνενοήθη καὶ τὰ κατὰ μέρος ὡς εἰκὸς συνησυχάσειν.
2:220ὕλη δὲ ξύλα πυρός, ὡς τὸν ξυλιζόμενον ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγγενὲς ἁμάρτημα τῷ καίοντι δρᾶν, τὸ παρανόμημα διπλασιάζοντα, τῇ μὲν ὅτι προσταχθὲν ἠρεμεῖν συνεκόμιζε, τῇ δ’ ὅτι καὶ τοιαῦτα συνεκόμιζεν, ἃ πυρός ἐστιν ὕλη, τῆς τῶν τεχνῶν ἀρχῆς.
2:221Ἄμφω μὲν οὖν τὰ εἰρημένα τιμωρίας ἀσεβῶν περιέχει διὰ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως βεβαιουμένας. ἕτερα δὲ δύο ἐστὶν οὐχὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀλλὰ διαφερούσης ἰδέας, ὧν τὸ μὲν περὶ κλήρου διαδοχῆς, τὸ δ’ ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν παρὰ καιρὸν ἐπιτελουμένης ἱερουργίας, περὶ ἧς λεκτέον πρότερον.
2:222τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας πρῶτον ἀναγράφει μῆνα Μωυσῆς ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἐνιαυτῶν περιόδοις ἀναθεὶς οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι χρόνῳ τὰ πρεσβεῖα μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς τῆς φύσεως χάρισιν, ἃς ἀνέτειλεν ἀνθρώποις· κατὰ γὰρ ταύτην τὰ μὲν σπαρτά, ἡ ἀναγκαία τροφή, τελειογονεῖται, ὁ δὲ τῶν δένδρων καρπὸς ἡβώντων ἄρτι γεννᾶται δευτέραν ἔχων τάξιν, ὅθεν καὶ ὀψίγονός ἐστιν· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ φύσει τὰ μὴ λίαν ἀναγκαῖα τῶν σφόδρα ἀναγκαίων δεύτερα.
2:223σφόδρα μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖα πυροί τε καὶ κριθαὶ καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εἴδη τροφῆς, ὧν ἄνευ ζῆν οὐκ ἔστιν· ἔλαιον δὲ καὶ οἶνος καὶ ἀκρόδρυα οὐχὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἐπεὶ καὶ δίχα τούτων ἄχρι μακροτάτου γήρως παρατείνοντες εἰς πολυετίαν βιοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι.
2:224τῷ δὴ μηνὶ τούτῳ περὶ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην ἡμέραν, μέλλοντος τοῦ σεληνιακοῦ κύκλου γίνεσθαι πλησιφαοῦς, ἄγεται τὰ διαβατήρια, δημοφανὴς ἑορτή, τὸ Χαλδαϊστὶ λεγόμενον Πάσχα, ἐν ᾗ οὐχ οἱ μὲν ἰδιῶται προσάγουσι τῷ βωμῷ τὰ ἱερεῖα, θύουσι δ’ οἱ ἱερεῖς, ἀλλὰ νόμου προστάξει σύμπαν τὸ ἔθνος ἱερᾶται, τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἑκάστου τὰς ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ θυσίας ἀνάγοντός τε καὶ χειρουργοῦντος.
2:225ὁ μὲν οὖν ἄλλος ἅπας λεὼς ἐγεγήθει καὶ φαιδρὸς ἦν, ἑκάστου νομίζοντος ἱερωσύνῃ τετιμῆσθαι· δεδακρυμένοι δ’ ἕτεροι καὶ στένοντες διῆγον, οἰκείων αὐτοῖς ἔναγχος τετελευτηκότων, οὓς πενθοῦντες διπλῇ κατείχοντο λύπῃ, προσειληφότες τῇ διὰ τοὺς ἀποθανόντας συγγενεῖς καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ στερηθῆναι τῆς περὶ τὴν ἱερουργίαν ἡδονῆς τε καὶ τιμῆς, οἷς οὐδὲ καθάρασθαι καὶ περιρράνασθαι κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐξεγένετο, μήπω τοῦ πένθους ὑπερημέρου καὶ ἐκπροθέσμου γεγονότος.
2:226οὗτοι μετὰ τὴν πανήγυριν προσελθόντες τῷ ἄρχοντι συννοίας μεστοὶ καὶ κατηφείας τὰ συμβεβηκότα διηγήσαντο, τὴν ὑπόγυον τῶν συγγενῶν τελευτήν, τὸ πένθος ᾧ κατ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἐχρήσαντο, τὸ μὴ δυνηθῆναι διὰ τοῦτο μετασχεῖν τῆς τῶν διαβατηρίων θυσίας.
2:227εἶτ’ ἐδέοντο μὴ ἔλαττον τῶν ἄλλων ἐνέγκασθαι μηδὲ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν οἰκείοις ἀτύχημα ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει καταριθμηθῆναι τιμωρίαν ἐργασάμενον πρὸ ἐλέου· νομίσαι γὰρ ἂν χείρονα παθεῖν τῶν ἀποθανόντων, εἴ γε τοῖς μὲν οὐδενός ἐστιν ἀντίληψις ἔτι τῶν ἀβουλήτων, οἱ δὲ ζῶντες δόξουσι τεθνάναι τὸν μετ’ αἰσθήσεως θάνατον.
2:228ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας ἑώρα μὲν καὶ τὴν δικαιολογίαν οὐκ ἀπῳδὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ μὴ ἱερουργῆσαι πάλιν πρόφασιν ἀναγκαίαν καὶ τὸ συμπαθὲς ἀνακεκραμένον τούτοις, ἐπαμφοτερίζων δὲ τὴν γνώμην καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἀντιρρέπων — τῇ μὲν γὰρ ἐταλάντευεν ὁ ἔλεος καὶ τὰ δίκαια, τῇ δ’ ἀντέβριθεν ὁ νόμος τῆς τῶν διαβατηρίων θυσίας, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πρῶτος μὴν καὶ ἡμέρα τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη δεδήλωται τῆς ἱερουργίας —, ἀρνήσεως καὶ συγκαταθέσεως μεταξὺ φορούμενος ἱκετεύει τὸν θεὸν δικαστὴν γενέσθαι καὶ χρησμῷ τὴν κρίσιν ἀναφῆναι.
2:229ὁ δ’ ἐπακούσας θεσπίζει λόγιον οὐ περὶ ὧν ἐνετεύχθη μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν αὖθίς ποτε γενησομένων, εἰ ταῖς αὐταῖς χρήσαιντο συντυχίαις· ἐπιδαψιλευόμενος δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν κατ’ ἄλλας αἰτίας οὐ δυνηθέντων ἱερουργῆσαι μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους προσεπιθεσπίζει.
2:230τίνα οὖν ἐστι τὰ περὶ τούτων χρησθέντα λόγια, μηνυτέον. „συγγενικὸν“ φησί „πένθος ἀναγκαία μὲν τοῖς ἀφ’ αἵματος ἀνία, γράφεται δ’ οὐκ ἐν πλημμελείαις.
2:231ἕως μὲν οὖν ἐμπρόθεσμόν ἐστιν, ἔξω περιβόλων ἱερῶν ἐλαυνέσθω, οὓς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἁγνεύειν οὐχ ἑκουσίου μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ μὴ κατὰ γνώμην μιάσματος δεῖ· γενομένου δ’ ἐκπροθέσμου, μὴ στερέσθωσαν ἰσομοιρίας τῆς ἐν ταῖς ἱερουργίαις, ἵνα μὴ προσθήκη τετελευτηκότων οἱ ζῶντες ὦσιν· ἴτωσαν δὲ ἅτε δεύτεροι δευτέρῳ μηνί, πάλιν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ θυέτωσαν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς προτέροις καὶ τῷ θύματι χρήσθωσαν ὡς ἐκεῖνοι νόμῳ καὶ τρόπῳ τῷ παραπλησίῳ.
2:232τὰ δ’ αὐτὰ ἐπιτετράφθω καὶ τοῖς μὴ διὰ πένθος ἀλλὰ μακρᾶς χάριν ἀποδημίας κωλυομένοις ἅμα τῷ παντὶ ἔθνει συνιερουργεῖν· οὐ γὰρ οἱ ξενιτεύοντες ἢ ἑτέρωθι οἰκοῦντες ἀδικοῦσιν, ὡς στέρεσθαι τῆς ἴσης τιμῆς, καὶ ταῦτα μὴ χωρούσης διὰ πολυανθρωπίαν τὸ ἔθνος μιᾶς χώρας, ἀλλ’ ἀποικίας πανταχόσε διαπεμψαμένης.“
2:233Τοσαῦτα διειλεγμένος περὶ τῶν ὑστερησάντων μὲν ἅμα τῷ πλήθει θῦσαι τὰ διαβατήρια κατὰ συντυχίας ἀβουλήτους, ἐκπλῆσαι δ’ εἰ καὶ ὀψὲ ἀλλ’ οὖν ἀναγκαίως τὸ ἐλλειφθὲν σπουδασάντων, ἐπὶ τελευταῖον μέτειμι διάταγμα τὸ περὶ τῆς τῶν κλήρων διαδοχῆς, ὅπερ ὁμοίως μικτὸν ἦν ἐκ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως λαβὸν τὴν σύστασιν.
2:234ἦν τις ὄνομα Σαλπαάδ, ἀνὴρ δόκιμος καὶ φυλῆς οὐκ ἀσήμου· τούτῳ πέντε μὲν γίνονται θυγατέρες, υἱὸς δὲ οὐδείς· αἳ μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ πατρὸς στέρησιν τῆς πατρῴας λήξεως ὑποτοπήσασαι διὰ τὸ τὰς κληρουχίας ἄρρεσι δίδοσθαι προσίασι τῷ ἡγεμόνι μετὰ τῆς ἁρμοττούσης κόραις αἰδοῦς, οὐ θηρώμεναι πλοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τοὔνομα καὶ ἀξίωμα γλιχόμεναι διασῶσαι τοῦ πατρὸς καί φασιν·
2:235„ὁ μὲν πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐτελεύτησε δ’ ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ στάσει γενόμενος, ἐφ’ ὧν συνέβη διαφθαρῆναι μυρίους, ἀλλ’ ἐζήλωσε βίον ἀπράγμονα καὶ ἰδιώτην, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ θετέον τὸ γενεᾶς ἄρρενος ἀμοιρῆσαι. πάρεσμεν δ’ ἡμεῖς ὅσα μὲν τῷ δοκεῖν ὀρφαναί, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς σοὶ χρησόμεναι πατρί· τοῦ γὰρ γεννήσαντος ὁ νόμιμος ἄρχων οἰκειότερος ὑπηκόοις.“
2:236ὁ δὲ θαυμάσας τὴν φρόνησιν τῶν παρθένων καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεινάμενον εὔνοιαν ἐπέσχεν ὑφ’ ἑτέρας ἑλκόμενος φαντασίας, καθ’ ἣν τὰς κληρουχίας ἄνδρες ὤφειλον διανέμεσθαι γέρας ληψόμενοι στρατείας καὶ πολέμων οὓς διήθλησαν, γυναικὶ δ’ ἡ φύσις ἀσυλίαν τῶν τοιούτων ἀγωνισμάτων παρέχουσα δηλονότι καὶ τῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς τιθεμένων ἄθλων οὐ μεταδίδωσιν.
2:237ὅθεν εἰκότως τῆς διανοίας ἀμφικλινῶς ἐχούσης καὶ ἀντισπωμένης, ἀναφέρει τῷ θεῷ τὴν διαπόρησιν, ὃν ᾔδει μόνον ἀψευδέσι καὶ ἀπλανεστάτοις κριτηρίοις τὰς κατὰ μικρὸν διαφορὰς διαστέλλοντα πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἀληθείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης.
2:238ὁ δὲ ποιητὴς τῶν ὅλων, ὁ τοῦ κόσμου πατήρ, γῆν καὶ οὐρανὸν ὕδωρ τε καὶ ἀέρα καὶ ὅσα ἐκ τούτων ἑκάστου συνέχων καὶ διακρατῶν, ὁ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἡγεμών, οὐκ ἀπηξίωσε χρηματίσαι κόραις ὀρφαναῖς· χρηματίσας δὲ καὶ πλέον τι παρέσχεν ἢ κατὰ δικαστὴν ὁ εὐμενὴς καὶ ἵλεως, ὁ πάντα διὰ πάντων πεπληρωκὼς τῆς εὐεργέτιδος ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως· ἔπαινον γὰρ διεξῆλθε τῶν παρθένων.
2:239ὦ δέσποτα, πῶς ἂν σέ τις ὑμνήσειε, ποίῳ στόματι, τίνι γλώττῃ, ποίᾳ φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίᾳ, ποίῳ ψυχῆς ἡγεμονικῷ; οἱ γὰρ ἀστέρες εἷς γενόμενοι χορὸς ᾄσονταί τι μέλος ἐπάξιον; ὁ δ’ οὐρανὸς ὅλος εἰς φωνὴν ἀναλυθεὶς δυνήσεταί τι τῶν σῶν ἀρετῶν διηγήσασθαι μέρος; „ὀρθῶς“ φησίν "ἐλάλησαν αἱ θυγατέρες Σαλπαάδ.“
2:240τοῦθ’ ἡλίκον ἐστὶν ἐγκώμιον θεοῦ μαρτυροῦντος, τίς οὐκ οἶδε; πάριτε νῦν, οἱ ἀλαζόνες, οἱ μέγα πνέοντες ἐπὶ ταῖς εὐπραγίαις, οἱ τοὺς αὐχένας πλέον τῆς φύσεως ἐπαίροντες καὶ τὰς ὀφρῦς ἀνεσπακότες, παρ’ οἷς χηρεία μὲν γυναικῶν γέλως, [καὶ] οἰκτρὸν κακόν, ἐρημία δὲ παίδων ὀρφανῶν, οἰκτρότερον τοῦ προτέρου, χλευάζεται·
2:241καὶ κατιδόντες ὅτι οὕτω ταπεινοὶ καὶ ἀτυχεῖς εἶναι δοκοῦντες οὐκ ἐν ἐξουθενημένοις καὶ ἀφανέσι τάττονται παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, οὗ τῆς ἀρχῆς τὸ ἀτιμότατον μέρος εἰσὶν αἱ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης βασιλεῖαι, διότι καὶ ὁ τῆς γῆς ἅπας ἐν κύκλῳ περίβολος ἐσχατιὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ, δέξασθε νουθεσίαν ἀναγκαίαν.
Book 2, §§242–266
2:242ἐπαινέσας δ’ ὅμως τὴν ἔντευξιν τῶν παρθένων οὔτε ταύτας ἀγεράστους κατέλιπεν οὔτ’ εἰς τὴν ἴσην τιμὴν τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς ἀνδράσι περιήγαγεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ὡς ἆθλα οἰκεῖα ἀπένειμε τὰς κληρουχίας ἀνθ’ ὧν ἠνδραγαθίσαντο, τὰς δὲ χάριτος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας, οὐ γέρως, ἠξίωσεν· ὃ ἐναργέστατα παρίστησι διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων „δόμα“ λέγων καὶ „δώσεις“ (Num. 27,7), ἀλλ’ οὐκ „ἀπόδομα“ οὐδ’ „ἀποδώσεις“· ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ ἴδια τῶν λαμβανόντων, ἐκεῖνα δὲ τῶν χαριζομένων.
2:243θεσπίσας δὲ περὶ ὧν ἐνετύγχανον αἱ ὀρφαναὶ παρθένοι καὶ καθολικώτερον τίθησι νόμον περὶ κλήρων διαδοχῆς, πρώτους μὲν υἱοὺς ἐπὶ μετουσίαν καλῶν τῶν πατρῴων, εἰ δὲ μὴ εἶεν υἱοί, δευτέρας θυγατέρας, αἷς φησι δεῖν περιτιθέναι τὸν κλῆρον ὡσανεὶ κόσμον ἔξωθεν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὡς ἴδιον καὶ συγγενὲς κτῆμα· τὸ γὰρ περιτιθέμενον οὐδεμίαν οἰκείωσιν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ διακοσμούμενον, ἁρμονίας καὶ ἑνώσεως ἀλλοτριούμενον.
2:244μετὰ δὲ θυγατέρας τρίτους ἀδελφοὺς καλεῖ, τετάρτην δὲ θείοις πρὸς πατρὸς ἀπονέμει τάξιν, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι καὶ πατέρες γένοιντ’ ἂν υἱῶν κληρονόμοι· πάνυ γὰρ εὔηθες ὑπολαβεῖν, ὅτι πατρὸς ἀδελφῷ νέμων κλῆρον ἀδελφιδοῦ διὰ τὴν πρὸς πατέρα συγγένειαν αὐτὸν ἀφείλετο τὸν πατέρα τῆς διαδοχῆς.
2:245ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ νόμος φύσεώς ἐστι κληρονομεῖσθαι γονεῖς ὑπὸ παίδων ἀλλὰ μὴ τούτους κληρονομεῖν, τὸ μὲν ἀπευκτὸν καὶ παλίμφημον ἡσύχασεν, ἵνα μὴ πατὴρ καὶ μήτηρ προσοδεύεσθαι δοκῶσι τὰ ἐπ’ ὠκυμόροις τέκνοις ἀπαρηγόρητα πένθη, πλαγίως δ’ αὐτοὺς ἐκάλεσε τοῖς θείοις ἐφιείς, ἵν’ ἀμφοτέρων στοχάσηται καὶ τοῦ πρέποντος καὶ τοῦ μὴ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι. μετὰ δὲ θείους πέμπτη τάξις ἐστὶν οἱ ἔγγιστα γένους, ὧν ἀεὶ τοῖς πρώτοις δίδωσι τοὺς κλήρους.
2:246Ταῦτ’ ἀναγκαίως διεξεληλυθὼς περὶ τῶν μικτὴν ἐχόντων κληρουχίαν χρησμῶν, ἑξῆς δηλώσω τὰ κατ’ ἐνθουσιασμὸν τοῦ προφήτου θεσπισθέντα λόγια· τοῦτο γὰρ ὑπεσχόμην δείξειν. ἀρχὴ τοίνυν ἐστὶν αὐτῷ τῆς θεοφορήτου κατοκωχῆς, ἥτις καὶ τῷ ἔθνει γέγονεν εὐπραγίας ἀρχὴ στειλαμένῳ τὴν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου πρὸς τὰς κατὰ Συρίαν πόλεις ἀποικίαν μυριάσι πολλαῖς.
2:247ἄνδρες γὰρ ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκες ἀτριβῆ καὶ μακρὰν ἐρήμην ἅπασαν ἀνύσαντες ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἀφικνοῦνται τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν προσαγορευομένην· εἶθ’ ὡς εἰκὸς ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦσαν οὔτε περαιοῦσθαι δυνάμενοι διὰ σκαφῶν ἀπορίαν οὔτ’ ἐπιστρέφειν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἀσφαλὲς ἡγούμενοι.
2:248διακειμένοις δ’ οὕτως μεῖζον ἐπιρράττει κακόν· ὁ γὰρ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεὺς δύναμιν παραλαβὼν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον, ἱππότην καὶ πεζὸν στρατόν, ἐπεξέθει διώκων καὶ σπεύδων καταλαβεῖν, ἵνα τίσηται τῆς ἐξόδου, ἣν θεσφάτοις ἀριδήλοις ἐπέτρεψε ποιήσασθαι. ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔοικεν ἀβέβαιος ἡ μοχθηρῶν ἀνθρώπων διάθεσις ὡς ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος μικρᾶς ἕνεκα προφάσεως ῥέπουσα πρὸς τἀναντία. μέσοι δὴ ληφθέντες ἐχθρῶν καὶ θαλάττης ἀπέγνωσαν τὴν ἰδίαν σωτηρίαν,
2:249οἱ μὲν εὐκτὸν ἀγαθὸν ἡγούμενοι τὸν οἴκτιστον ὄλεθρον, οἱ δ’ ἄμεινον εἶναι νομίζοντες ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀπολέσθαι μερῶν ἢ γέλως ἐχθροῖς γενέσθαι ῥίπτειν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς θάλασσαν διενοοῦντο καί τινα τῶν βάρος ἐχόντων ἐπαχθισάμενοι παρὰ ταῖς ἠϊόσιν ἐφήδρευον, ἵν’, ὁπόταν θεάσωνται τοὺς πολεμίους ἐγγὺς ὄντας, καθαλλόμενοι ῥᾷον εἰς βυθὸν ἐνεχθῶσιν.
2:250ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἱ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ἄπορον τῆς ἀνάγκης διεπτόηντο δυσθανατοῦντες· ὁ δὲ προφήτης, ὑπ’ ἐκπλήξεως ὁρῶν σεσαγηνευμένον ὥσπερ βόλον ἰχθύων τὸ σύμπαν ἔθνος, οὐκέτ’ ὢν ἐν ἑαυτῷ θεοφορεῖται καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε·
2:251"τὸ μὲν δέος ἀναγκαῖον, φόβος ἐγγὺς καὶ μέγας ὁ κίνδυνος· ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀχανές ἐστι πέλαγος, ὑπόδρομος εἰς καταφυγὴν οὐδείς, ἀπορία πλοίων, κατόπιν ἔφεδροι φάλαγγες ἐχθρῶν, αἳ στείχουσιν ἀπνευστὶ διώκουσαι. ποῖ τις τράπηται, ποῖ τις ἐκνεύσῃ; πάντα πανταχόθεν ἐξαπιναίως ἐπέθετο, γῆ, θάλαττα, ἄνθρωποι, στοιχεῖα φύσεως.
2:252ἀλλὰ θαρρεῖτε, μὴ ἀποκάμητε, στῆτε ταῖς διανοίαις μὴ κραδαινόμενοι, προσδοκᾶτε τὴν ἀήττητον ἐκ θεοῦ βοήθειαν· αὐτεπάγγελτος ἤδη παρέσται, μὴ ὁρωμένη προαγωνιεῖται· πεπείρασθε αὐτῆς ἤδη πολλάκις ἀμυνομένης ἀφανῶς· βλέπω μέλλουσαν κονίεσθαι, βρόχους τοῖς αὐχέσι περιβάλλουσαν τῶν ἀντιπάλων· ἕλκει κατὰ τῆς θαλάττης· μολύβδου τρόπον εἰς βυθὸν χωροῦσιν. ὑμεῖς μὲν ἔτι ζώντων αἰσθάνεσθε, τεθνεώτων δ’ ἐγὼ φαντασίαν λαμβάνω· τήμερον δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς νεκροὺς αὐτοὺς θεάσεσθε.”
2:253καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτ’ ἀπεφθέγγετο μείζονα ὄντα πάσης ἐλπίδος, οἱ δ’ ἐπειρῶντο ἔργοις τῆς περὶ τὸ λόγιον ἀληθείας. ἀπέβαινε γὰρ τὰ χρησθέντα θείαις δυνάμεσι μύθων ἀπιστότερα· ῥῆξις θαλάττης, ἀναχώρησις ἑκατέρου τμήματος, πῆξις τῶν κατὰ τὸ ῥαγὲν μέρος διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βάθους κυμάτων, ἵν’ ἀντὶ τειχῶν ᾖ κραταιοτάτων, εὐθυτενὴς ἀνατομὴ τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ὁδοῦ, ἣ τῶν κρυσταλλωθέντων μεθόριος ἦν,
2:254ὁδοιπορία τοῦ ἔθνους ἀκινδύνως πεζεύοντος διὰ θαλάττης ὡς ἐπὶ ξηρᾶς ἀτραποῦ καὶ λιθώδους ἐδάφους — ἐκραυρώθη γὰρ ἡ ψάμμος καὶ ἡ σπορὰς αὐτῆς οὐσία συμφῦσα ἡνώθη —, ἐχθρῶν ἀπνευστὶ διωκόντων ἐφόρμησις σπευδόντων ἐπ’ οἰκεῖον ὄλεθρον, νεφέλης ὀπισθοφυλακούσης ἡνιόχησις, ἐν ᾗ θεία τις ὄψις πυρὸς αὐγὴν ἀπαστράπτουσα ἦν, πελαγῶν ἃ τέως ἀνακοπέντα διειστήκει παλίρροια, τοῦ διακοπέντος καὶ ἀναξηρανθέντος μέρους αἰφνίδιος θαλάττωσις, πολεμίων φθορά,
2:255οὓς τά τε κρυσταλλωθέντα τείχη καὶ ἀνατραπέντα κατεύνασε καὶ αἱ πλήμμυραι τοῦ πελάγους ὥσπερ εἰς φάραγγα τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπενεχθεῖσαι κατέκλυσαν, ἐπίδειξις τῆς φθορᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπαναπλευσάντων σωμάτων, ἃ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ πελάγους κατεστόρεσε, καὶ σφοδρὰ κυμάτωσις, ὑφ’ ἧς ἅπαντες οἱ νεκροὶ σωρηδὸν ἀπεβράσθησαν εἰς τοὺς ἀντιπέραν αἰγιαλούς, ἀναγκαία θέα γενησόμενοι τοῖς διασωθεῖσιν, οἷς ἐξεγένετο μὴ μόνον τοὺς κινδύνους διαφυγεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιδεῖν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οὐκ ἀνθρωπίναις ἀλλὰ θείαις δυνάμεσι παντὸς λόγου μεῖζον κολασθέντας.
2:256διόπερ εἰκότως εὐχαρίστοις ὕμνοις γεραίρει τὸν εὐεργέτην· εἰς γὰρ δύο χοροὺς διανείμας τὸ ἔθνος, τὸν μὲν ἀνδρῶν, τὸν δὲ γυναικῶν, ἐξάρχει μὲν αὐτὸς τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἔξαρχον δὲ καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν καθίστησι τὴν ἀδελφήν, ἵν’ ᾄδωσιν ὕμνους εἰς τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν ἀντιφθόγγοις ἁρμονίαις συνηχοῦντες, διά τε κράσεως ἠθῶν καὶ μέλους, τῶν μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σπευδόντων ἀμοιβήν, τοῦ δὲ συνισταμένου κατὰ τὴν βαρύτητος πρὸς ὀξύτητα συμφωνίαν· φθόγγοι γὰρ οἱ μὲν ἀνδρῶν βαρεῖς, ὀξεῖς δ’ οἱ γυναικῶν, ἐξ ὧν, ὅταν ἡ κρᾶσις γένηται σύμμετρος, ἥδιστον καὶ παναρμόνιον ἀποτελεῖται μέλος.
2:257τὰς δὲ τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἔπεισεν ὁμογνωμονῆσαι καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὕμνον ἐν ταὐτῷ συνᾴδειν τὰ τεράστια ἐκεῖνα μεγαλουργήματα, περὶ ὧν ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διεξῆλθον· ἐφ’ οἷς ὁ προφήτης γεγηθώς, ὁρῶν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους περιχάρειαν, οὐδ’ αὐτὸς ἔτι χωρῶν τὴν ἡδονήν, κατῆρχε τῆς ᾠδῆς· οἱ δ’ ἀκούοντες εἰς δύο χοροὺς ἁλισθέντες τὰ λεχθέντα συνῇδον.
2:258Τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τῆς κατ’ ἐνθουσιασμὸν προφητείας Μωυσέως ἀρχὴ καὶ προοίμιον. ἑξῆς δὲ θεσπίζει περὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτου, τροφῆς, ἣν γῆ μὲν οὐκ ἤνεγκε — καὶ γὰρ ἦν στεῖρα καὶ ἄγονος —, ὤμβρησε δ’ οὐρανὸς οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τεσσαρακονταετίαν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας πρὸ τῆς ἕω καρπὸν αἰθέριον ἐν δρόσῳ κέγχρῳ παραπλήσιον.
2:259ὃν ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς συγκομίζειν κελεύει καὶ ἐπιθειάσας φησί· „πιστεύειν δεῖ τῷ θεῷ πεπειραμένους αὐτοῦ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν ἐν μείζοσιν ἐλπίδος πράγμασιν· ἀθησαύριστα, ἀταμίευτα τὰ τῆς τροφῆς ἔστω· μηδεὶς ἄχρι πρωΐας ὑπολειπέσθω μηδὲν αὐτῆς μέρος.”
2:260τοῦτ’ ἀκούσαντες ἔνιοι τῶν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀνερματίστων, ὑπολαβόντες ἴσως οὐ χρησμοὺς ἀλλὰ παραίνεσιν ἄρχοντος εἶναι τὰ λεγόμενα, λείπουσιν εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν· τὸ δὲ σηπόμενον τὸν κύκλον τοῦ στρατοπέδου δυσοδμίας πληροῖ τὸ πρῶτον, εἶτ’ εἰς σκώληκας, ὧν ἡ γένεσις ἐκ φθορᾶς ἐστι, μετέβαλεν.
2:261ἅπερ ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς εἰκότως ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπειθέσι πικραίνεται· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἔμελλεν, εἰ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα θεασάμενοι, πρὸς μὲν τὰς πιθανὰς καὶ εὐλόγους φαντασίας ἀδύνατα πραχθῆναι, τελειωθέντα δὲ εὐμαρῶς ἐπιφροσύναις θείαις, οὐκ ἐνδοιάζουσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπιστοῦσιν οἱ δυσμαθέστατοι πάντων;
2:262ἀλλ’ ὅ γε πατὴρ δυσὶν ἐναργεστάταις ἀποδείξεσι τὸ λόγιον τοῦ προφήτου διασυνέστησεν, ὧν τὴν μὲν ἑτέραν εὐθὺς ἀπεδείξατο φθορᾷ τοῦ ὑπολειφθέντος καὶ δυσωδίᾳ καὶ τῇ πρὸς σκώληκας, τὸ φαυλότατον ζῷον, μεταβολῇ, τὴν δ’ ἑτέραν ὕστερον· ἀεὶ γὰρ τὸ πλεονάζον τοῦ συγκομισθέντος ὑπὸ τῆς πληθύος ταῖς ἡλιακαῖς
2:263ἀκτῖσι διελύετο καὶ τηκόμενον ἐξανηλοῦτο. δεύτερον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐπιθειάσας ἀποφθέγγεται λόγιον τὸ περὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἑβδόμης. ἔχουσαν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ φύσει προνομίαν, οὐκ ἀφ’ οὗ μόνον ἐδημιουργήθη ὁ κόσμος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς οὐρανοῦ καὶ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ γενέσεως, ἠγνόησαν ἄνθρωποι, τάχα που διὰ τὰς ἐν ὕδασι καὶ πυρὶ γενομένας συνεχεῖς καὶ ἐπαλλήλους φθορὰς οὐ δυνηθέντων παρὰ τῶν πρότερον διαδέξασθαι μνήμην τῶν ἔπειτα τῆς κατὰ τὸν ἐν χρόνοις εἱρμὸν ἀκολουθίας καὶ τάξεως· ὅπερ ἀδηλούμενον ἐπιθειάσας ἀνέφηνε λογίῳ μαρτυρηθέντι διὰ σημείου τινὸς ἐναργοῦς.
2:264τὸ δὲ σημεῖον τοιοῦτον ἦν· ἐλάττων μὲν ἀπ’ ἀέρος ἐγίνετο ἡ φορὰ ταῖς προτέραις ἡμέραις τῆς τροφῆς, τότε δ’ αὖ διπλασίων· καὶ ταῖς μὲν προτέραις εἴ τι κατελείφθη, λειβόμενον ἐτήκετο μέχρι τοῦ παντελῶς εἰς νοτίδα μεταβαλὸν ἀναλωθῆναι, τότε δ’ οὐδεμίαν ἐνδεχόμενον τροπὴν ἐν ὁμοίῳ διέμενεν· ἐφ’ οἷς ἀγγελλομένοις ἅμα καὶ ὁρωμένοις καταπλαγεὶς Μωυσῆς οὐκ ἐστοχάσατο μᾶλλον ἢ θεοφορηθεὶς ἐθέσπισε τὴν ἑβδόμην.
2:265ἐῶ λέγειν, ὅτι καὶ αἱ τοιαῦται εἰκασίαι συγγενεῖς προφητείας εἰσίν· ὁ γὰρ νοῦς οὐκ ἂν οὕτως εὐσκόπως εὐθυβόλησεν, εἰ μὴ καὶ θεῖον ἦν πνεῦμα τὸ ποδηγετοῦν πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
2:266τὸ δὲ τεράστιον οὐ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ διπλασιασθῆναι τὴν τροφὴν ἐδηλοῦτο οὐδ’ ἐκ τοῦ διαμεῖναι σῷον παρὰ τὸ καθεστὼς ἔθος, ἀλλὰ κἀκ τοῦ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα συμβῆναι κατὰ τὴν ἕκτην ἡμέραν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἤρξατο ἀπ’ ἀέρος ἡ τροφὴ χορηγεῖσθαι, μεθ’ ἣν ὁ ἱερώτατος τῆς ἑβδόμης ἀριθμὸς ἔμελλεν ἀνατέλλειν, ὥστε λογιζόμενος ἄν τις εὕροι κατὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως τὴν οὐράνιον δοθεῖσαν τροφήν· ἤρξατο γὰρ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ἑξάδος τῇ
Book 2, §§267–291
2:267πρώτῃ δημιουργεῖν καὶ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν ὕειν τροφήν. ἡ δ’ εἰκὼν ὁμοιοτάτη· καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὸ τελειότατον ἔργον, τὸν κόσμον, ἀνέφηνε, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ εὐθηνίαν ἐν ἐρήμῳ μεταβαλὼν τὰ στοιχεῖα πρὸς τὸ κατεπεῖγον τῆς χρείας, ἵν’ ἀντὶ γῆς ὁ ἀὴρ σιτία τροφὴν ἄπονον φέρῃ καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον οἷς ἀναχώρησις οὐκ ἦν εὐτρεπίζεσθαι κατὰ σχολὴν τἀπιτήδεια.
2:268μετὰ ταῦτα τρίτον ἀναφθέγγεται χρησμὸν τερατωδέστατον, δηλῶν ὅτι τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τὴν εἰωθυῖαν ὁ ἀὴρ οὐ παρέξει τροφὴν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπὶ γῆν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον ὡς ἔθος ἐνεχθήσεται.
2:269τοῦτ’ ἀπέβαινεν ἔργοις· τῇ μὲν γὰρ προτεραίᾳ ταῦτα θεσπίζει, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἀβεβαίων τὸ ἦθος ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν συγκομιδὴν καὶ σφαλέντες τῆς ἐλπίδος ἐπανῄεσαν ἄπρακτοι, κακίζοντες μὲν ἑαυτοὺς τῆς ἀπιστίας, ἀληθόμαντιν δὲ καὶ θεοφράδμονα καὶ μόνον προορατικὸν τῶν ἀδήλων ἀνακαλοῦντες τὸν προφήτην.
2:270Τοιαῦτα μέν ἐστιν, ἃ περὶ τῆς οὐρανίου τροφῆς κατεχόμενος ἐθέσπισεν. ἕτερα δ’ ἑξῆς ἀναγκαῖα, καίτοι δόξαντα ἂν παραινέσεσιν ἐοικέναι μᾶλλον ἢ χρησμοῖς, ὧν ἐστι καὶ τὸ χρησθὲν κατὰ τὴν μεγίστην τῶν πατρίων ἐκδιαίτησιν, περὶ ἧς καὶ πρόσθεν εἶπον, ἡνίκα τεκτηνάμενοι ταῦρον χρυσοῦν, Αἰγυπτιακοῦ μίμημα τύφου, χοροὺς ἵστασαν καὶ βωμοὺς κατεσκεύαζον καὶ θυσίας ἀνῆγον ἐκλαθόμενοι τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν θεοῦ καὶ τὴν προγονικὴν εὐγένειαν, ἣ δι’ εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος ηὐξήθη, καθαιροῦντες.
2:271ἐφ’ οἷς Μωυσῆς περιπαθήσας, εἰ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ λαὸς πᾶς ἐξαίφνης γεγένηται τυφλὸς ὁ ἄχρι πρὸ μικροῦ πάντων ἐθνῶν ὀξυωπέστατος, ἔπειτα δὲ εἰ πλάσμα μύθου κατεψευσμένον ἴσχυσε τοσαύτην αὐγὴν σβέσαι τῆς ἀληθείας, ἣν οὔθ’ ἥλιος ἐκλιπὼν οὔθ’ ὁ σύμπας χορὸς τῶν ἀστέρων ἐπισκιάσει — περιλάμπεται γὰρ ἰδίῳ φέγγει νοητῷ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ, πρὸς ὃ παραβαλλόμενον τὸ αἰσθητὸν νὺξ ἂν πρὸς ἡμέραν εἶναι νομισθείη —,
2:272δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκέτι μένων ὁ αὐτὸς ἐξαλλάττεται τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ ἐπιθειάσας φησί· "τίς ἐστιν ὁ μὴ τῷ πλάνῳ συνενεχθεὶς μηδὲ τὸ κῦρος ἐπιφημίσας τοῖς ἀκύροις; πᾶς ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐμοὶ προσίτω“.
2:273μιᾶς δὲ φυλῆς προσελθούσης οὐχ ἧττον ταῖς διανοίαις ἢ τοῖς σώμασιν, οἳ πάλαι μὲν ἐφόνων κατὰ τῶν ἀθέων καὶ ἀνοσιουργῶν, ἡγεμόνα δ’ ἐζήτουν καὶ στρατάρχην ἀνευρεῖν, ὃς ἐνδίκως ὑφηγήσεται καιρὸν καὶ τρόπον τῆς ἀμύνης, — οὓς ὀργῶντας εὑρὼν καὶ γέμοντας εὐτολμίας καὶ παραστήματος, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον θεοφορηθείς, „ξίφος ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἀναλαβὼν“ φησίν „ᾀττέτω διὰ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ κτεινέτω μὴ μόνον ἀλλοτρίους ἀλλὰ καὶ φίλων καὶ συγγενῶν τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους ἐπιστροφάδην, εὐαγέστατον κρίνων τὸ ἔργον ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας καὶ θεοῦ τιμῆς, ὧν ὑπερμαχεῖν καὶ προαγωνίζεσθαι κουφότατος πόνος.“
2:274οἱ δ’ αὐτοβοεὶ τρισχιλίους κτείναντες τοὺς ἀρχηγέτας μάλιστα τῆς ἀσεβείας γενομένους οὐκ ἀπελογήσαντο μόνον περὶ τοῦ μὴ συνεφάψασθαι τοῦ τολμήματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἀριστέων τοῖς γενναιοτάτοις ἐνεγράφησαν καὶ γέρως ἠξιώθησαν οἰκειοτάτου ταῖς πράξεσιν, ἱερωσύνης· ἔδει γὰρ θεραπευτὰς ὁσιότητος γενέσθαι τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἀνδραγαθισαμένους καὶ προπολεμήσαντας.
2:275Ἔχω δέ τι μηνῦσαι σημειωδέστερον λόγιον, περὶ οὗ καὶ πάλαι διεξῆλθον, ὅτε τὰ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης ἐπῄειν τοῦ προφήτου, ὅπερ αὐτὸς πάλιν κατασχεθεὶς ἀνεφθέγξατο, τελειωθὲν οὐ μακροῖς χρόνοις ὕστερον, ἀλλ’ εὐθὺς ὅτ’ ἐχρησμῳδεῖτο.
2:276τῶν περὶ τὸν νεὼν λειτουργῶν δύο τάξεις εἰσίν, ἡ μὲν κρείσσων ἱερέων, ἡ δ’ ἐλάττων νεωκόρων· ἦσαν δὲ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον τρεῖς μὲν ἱερεῖς, νεωκόρων δὲ πολλαὶ χιλιάδες.
2:277οὗτοι φυσηθέντες ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου πλήθους περιουσίᾳ τῆς τῶν ἱερέων κατεφρόνουν ὀλιγότητος καὶ δύο ἐν ταὐτῷ παρανομήματα συνύφαινον, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἦν καθαίρεσις τῶν ὑπερεχόντων, τὸ δ’ αὔξησις τῶν ἐλαττόνων, οἷα ἡγεμόσιν ὑπηκόων ἐπιτιθεμένων ἐπὶ συγχύσει τοῦ κρατίστου καὶ δημωφελεστάτου, τῆς τάξεως.
2:278εἶτ’ ἐπισυνιστάμενοι καὶ ἀθροιζόμενοι κατεβόων τοῦ προφήτου, ὡς δι’ οἰκειότητα τῷ τε ἀδελφῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφιδοῖς χαρισαμένου τὴν ἱερωσύνην καὶ ἐπιψευσαμένου τὰ περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν αὐτῶν, ὡς ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ, καθάπερ διεξῄειμεν, μὴ γενόμενα.
2:279ἐφ’ οἷς ἀνιαθεὶς καὶ περιαλγήσας, καίτοι πρᾳότατος ὢν καὶ ἡμερώτατος, οὕτως πρὸς δικαίαν ὀργὴν ὑπὸ μισοπονήρου πάθους ἠκονήθη, ὡς ἱκετεῦσαι τὸν θεὸν ἀποστραφῆναι τὴν θυσίαν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἐπειδήπερ ἔμελλεν ὁ δικαιότατος κριτὴς ἱερουργίας ἀσεβῶν παραδέχεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς τὸ κατ’ αὐτὴν μέρος οὐχ ὑποσιωπᾷ, σπεύδουσα μὴ εὐοδεῖν ἀνοσίους, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ τῆς προθέσεως διαμαρτάνειν.
2:280ἔτι δὲ ζέων καὶ πεπυρωμένος ὑπὸ τῆς νομίμου διαγανακτήσεως ἐνθουσιᾷ μεταβαλὼν εἰς προφήτην καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε· „χαλεπὸν ἀπιστία πρᾶγμα τοῖς ἀπίστοις μόνοις· τούτους οὐ λόγος ἀλλ’ ἔργα παιδεύει· παθόντες εἴσονται τὸ ἐμὸν ἀψευδές, ἐπεὶ μαθόντες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν.
2:281ἐπικριθήσεται δὲ τοῦτο τῇ τοῦ βίου τελευτῇ· εἰ μὲν γὰρ θάνατον ἐνδέξονται τὸν κατὰ φύσιν, πέπλασμαι τὰ λόγια, εἰ δὲ καινόν τινα καὶ παρηλλαγμένον, τὸ φιλάληθές μοι μαρτυρηθήσεται. χάσματα γῆς ὁρῶ διηνοιγμένης ἐπὶ μήκιστον εὐρυνόμενα, πολυανθρώπους ἀπολλυμένας συγγενείας, αὐτάνδρους ὑποσυρομένας καὶ καταπινομένας οἰκίας, ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς ᾅδου κατερχομένους.“
2:282ἐπεὶ δ’ ἡσύχασε, ῥήγνυται μὲν ἡ γῆ σεισμῷ τιναχθεῖσα, ῥήγνυται δὲ καθ’ ὃ μάλιστα μέρος αἱ σκηναὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἦσαν, ὡς ὑπενεχθείσας ἀθρόας ἐπικρυφθῆναι· τὰ γὰρ διαστάντα μέρη πάλιν συνῆλθε, τῆς χρείας ἀποτελεσθείσης, ἧς ἕνεκα διεζεύχθη.
2:283μικρὸν δ’ ὕστερον τοὺς τῆς στάσεως ἡγεμόνας πεντήκοντα πρὸς τοῖς διακοσίοις ἄνδρας κεραυνοὶ κατασκήψαντες αἰφνίδιον ἀθρόους ἐξανάλωσαν μηδὲν μέρος ὑπολειπόμενοι τῶν σωμάτων, ὃ ταφῆς ἐπιμοιράσεται.
2:284τὸ δὲ τῶν τιμωριῶν ἐπάλληλον καὶ τὸ ἑκατέρας μέγεθος διάσημον καὶ περιβόητον ἀπέφηνε τὴν εὐσέβειαν τοῦ προφήτου χρησαμένου θεῷ μάρτυρι τῆς περὶ τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἀληθείας.
2:285ἄξιον δὲ κἀκεῖνο μὴ παριδεῖν, ὅτι τὰς κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν κολάσεις διεκληρώσαντο γῆ καὶ οὐρανός, αἱ τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχαί· τὴν γὰρ μοχθηρίαν ἐρρίζωσαν μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς, ἐξέτειναν δ’ εἰς αἰθέρα, τοσοῦτον ὕψος, αὐτὴν διάραντες.
2:286ὅθεν καὶ τῶν στοιχείων ἑκάτερον ἐχορήγησε τὰς τιμωρίας, ἡ μὲν ἵν’ ὑποσύρῃ καὶ καταπίῃ τοὺς τότε βαρύνοντας αὐτὴν ῥαγεῖσα καὶ διαστᾶσα, ὁ δ’ ἵνα καταφλέξῃ καὶ διαφθείρῃ πυρὸς πολλοῦ φοράν, καινότατον ὑετόν, ὀμβρήσας.
2:287τὸ δὲ τέλος καὶ τοῖς καταποθεῖσι καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν κεραυνῶν διεφθαρμένοις ταὐτὸν ἀπέβαινεν· οὐδέτεροι γὰρ ἐφάνησαν, οἱ μὲν ἐπικρυφθέντες γῇ τῇ τοῦ χάσματος συνόδῳ πρὸς τὸ ἰσόπεδον ἑνωθείσῃ, οἱ δ’ ὅλοι δι’ ὅλων ἀναλωθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ κεραυνίου πυρός.
2:288Χρόνοις δ’ ὕστερον, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀποικίαν ἔμελλεν εἰς οὐρανὸν στέλλεσθαι καὶ τὸν θνητὸν ἀπολιπὼν βίον ἀπαθανατίζεσθαι μετακληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός, ὃς αὐτὸν δυάδα ὄντα, σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, εἰς μονάδος ἀνεστοιχείου φύσιν ὅλον δι’ ὅλων μεθαρμοζόμενος εἰς νοῦν ἡλιοειδέστατον, τότε δὴ κατασχεθεὶς οὐκέτι συλλήβδην ἀθρόῳ παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει θεσπίζειν ἔοικεν ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ μέρος ἑκάστῃ φυλῇ τὰ μέλλοντα γενέσθαι καὶ αὖθις ἀποβησόμενα· ὧν τὰ μὲν ἤδη συμβέβηκε, τὰ δὲ προσδοκᾶται, διότι πίστις τῶν μελλόντων ἡ τῶν προγεγονότων τελείωσις.
2:289ἥρμοττε γὰρ διαφέροντας καὶ ταῖς σποραῖς, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς μητρῴοις γένεσι, καὶ βουλευμάτων πολυτρόποις ἰδέαις καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀμυθήτοις διαφοραῖς ὥσπερ τινὰ κλήρου διανομὴν λογίων καὶ χρησμῶν ἁρμόζουσαν εὑρέσθαι.
2:290θαυμάσια μὲν οὖν ταῦτα· θαυμασιώτατον δὲ καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων, ὃ καθάπερ ἐν τῷ ζῴῳ κεφαλὴ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐστίν.
2:291ἤδη γὰρ ἀναλαμβανόμενος καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς βαλβῖδος ἑστώς, ἵνα τὸν εἰς οὐρανὸν δρόμον διιπτάμενος εὐθύνῃ, καταπνευσθεὶς καὶ ἐπιθειάσας ζῶν ἔτι τὰ ὡς ἐπὶ θανόντι ἑαυτῷ προφητεύει δεξιῶς, ὡς ἐτελεύτησε μήπω τελευτήσας, ὡς ἐτάφη μηδενὸς παρόντος, δηλονότι χερσὶν οὐ θνηταῖς ἀλλ’ ἀθανάτοις δυνάμεσιν, ὡς οὐδ’ ἐν τάφῳ τῶν προπατόρων ἐκηδεύθη τυχὼν ἐξαιρέτου μνήματος, ὃ μηδεὶς εἶδεν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς σύμπαν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτὸν ὅλον μῆνα δακρυρροοῦν ἐπένθησεν ἴδιον καὶ κοινὸν πένθος ἐπιδειξάμενον ἕνεκα τῆς ἀλέκτου καὶ πρὸς ἕνα ἕκαστον καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας εὐνοίας καὶ κηδεμονίας.
Book 2, §§292–292
2:292τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ βίος, τοιαύτη δὲ καὶ ἡ τελευτὴ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ νομοθέτου καὶ ἀρχιερέως καὶ προφήτου Μωυσέως διὰ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων μνημονεύεται.
Book 1, §§1–25
1:1Μωυσέως τοῦ κατὰ μέν τινας νομοθέτου τῶν Ἰουδαίων, κατὰ δέ τινας ἑρμηνέως νόμων ἱερῶν, τὸν βίον ἀναγράψαι διενοήθην, ἀνδρὸς τὰ πάντα μεγίστου καὶ τελειοτάτου, καὶ γνώριμον τοῖς ἀξίοις μὴ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἀποφῆναι.
1:2τῶν μὲν γὰρ νόμων τὸ κλέος, οὓς ἀπολέλοιπε, διὰ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης πεφοιτηκὸς ἄχρι καὶ τῶν τῆς γῆς τερμάτων ἔφθακεν, αὐτὸν δὲ ὅστις ἦν ἐπ’ ἀληθείας ἴσασιν οὐ πολλοί, διὰ φθόνον ἴσως καὶ ἐν οὐκ ὀλίγοις τῶν διατεταγμένων ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ πόλεις νομοθετῶν ἐναντίωσιν οὐκ ἐθελησάντων αὐτὸν μνήμης ἀξιῶσαι τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησι λογίων·
1:3ὧν οἱ πλείους τὰς δυνάμεις ἃς ἔσχον διὰ παιδείας ὕβρισαν ἔν τε ποιήμασι καὶ τοῖς καταλογάδην συγγράμμασι κωμῳδίας καὶ συβαριτικὰς ἀσελγείας συνθέντες, περιβόητον αἰσχύνην, οὓς ἔδει ταῖς φύσεσι καταχρήσασθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ βίων ὑφήγησιν, ἵνα μήτε τι καλὸν ἡσυχίᾳ παραδοθὲν ἀρχαῖον ἢ νέον ἀφανισθῇ λάμψαι δυνάμενον μήτ’ αὖ τὰς ἀμείνους ὑποθέσεις παρελθόντες τὰς ἀναξίους ἀκοῆς προκρῖναι δοκῶσι σπουδάζοντες τὰ κακὰ καλῶς ἀπαγγέλλειν εἰς ὀνειδῶν ἐπιφάνειαν.
1:4ἀλλ’ ἔγωγε τὴν τούτων βασκανίαν ὑπερβὰς τὰ περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα μηνύσω μαθὼν αὐτὰ κἀκ βίβλων τῶν ἱερῶν, ἃς θαυμάσια μνημεῖα τῆς αὑτοῦ σοφίας ἀπολέλοιπε, καὶ παρά τινων ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους πρεσβυτέρων· τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα τοῖς ἀναγινωσκομένοις ἀεὶ συνύφαινον καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἔδοξα μᾶλλον ἑτέρων τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀκριβῶσαι.
1:5Ἄρξομαι δ’ ἀφ’ οὗπερ ἀναγκαῖον ἄρξασθαι. Μωυσῆς γένος μέν ἐστι Χαλδαῖος, ἐγεννήθη δ’ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐτράφη, τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ διὰ πολυχρόνιον λιμόν, ὃς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τοὺς πλησιοχώρους ἐπίεζε, κατὰ ζήτησιν τροφῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον πανοικὶ μεταναστάντων, γῆν πεδιάδα καὶ βαθεῖαν καὶ πρὸς πάντα γονιμωτάτην, ὧν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις δεῖται, καὶ μάλιστα τὸν τοῦ σίτου καρπόν.
1:6ὁ γὰρ ταύτης ποταμὸς θέρους ἀκμάζοντος, ἡνίκα τοὺς ἄλλους φασὶ μειοῦσθαι χειμάρρους τε καὶ αὐθιγενεῖς, ἐπιβαίνων τε καὶ ἀναχεόμενος πλημμυρεῖ καὶ λιμνάζει τὰς ἀρούρας, αἳ ὑετοῦ μὴ δεόμεναι φορᾶς ἀφθονίαν παντοίων ἀγαθῶν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος χορηγοῦσιν, εἰ μή που μεσολαβήσειεν ὀργὴ θεοῦ δι’ ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἀσέβειαν τῶν οἰκητόρων.
1:7πατρὸς δὲ καὶ μητρὸς ἔλαχε τῶν καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς ἀρίστων, οὓς φυλέτας ὄντας ἡ ὁμοφροσύνη μᾶλλον ᾠκείωσεν ἢ τὸ γένος. ἑβδόμη γενεὰ δ’ οὗτός ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου, ὃς ἐπηλύτης ὢν τοῦ σύμπαντος Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ἀρχηγέτης ἐγένετο.
1:8τροφῆς δ’ ἠξιώθη βασιλικῆς ἀπ’ αἰτίας τοιᾶσδε· τῆς χώρας ὁ βασιλεύς, εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδιδόντος ἀεὶ τοῦ ἔθνους, δείσας μὴ οἱ ἔποικοι πλείους γενόμενοι δυνατωτέρᾳ χειρὶ τοῖς αὐτόχθοσι περὶ κράτους ἀρχῆς ἁμιλλῶνται, τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν ἀφαιρεῖν ἐπινοίαις ἀνοσιουργοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο καὶ κελεύει τῶν γεννωμένων τὰ μὲν θήλεα τρέφειν — ἐπεὶ γυνὴ διὰ φύσεως ἀσθένειαν ὀκνηρὸν εἰς πόλεμον —, τὰ δ’ ἄρρενα διαφθείρειν, ἵνα μὴ αὐξηθῇ κατὰ πόλεις· εὐανδροῦσα γὰρ δύναμις δυσάλωτον καὶ δυσκαθαίρετον ἐπιτείχισμα.
1:9γεννηθεὶς οὖν ὁ παῖς εὐθὺς ὄψιν ἐνέφαινεν ἀστειοτέραν ἢ κατ’ ἰδιώτην, ὡς καὶ τῶν τοῦ τυράννου κηρυγμάτων, ἐφ’ ὅσον οἷόν τε ἦν, τοὺς γονεῖς ἀλογῆσαι· τρεῖς γοῦν φασι μῆνας ἐφεξῆς οἴκοι γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι λανθάνοντα τοὺς πολλούς.
1:10ἐπεὶ δ’, οἷα ἐν μοναρχίαις φιλεῖ, καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἔνιοι διηρεύνων σπεύδοντες ἀεί τι καινὸν ἄκουσμα προσφέρειν τῷ βασιλεῖ, φοβηθέντες μὴ σωτηρίαν ἑνὶ μνώμενοι πλείους ὄντες αὐτοὶ σὺν ἐκείνῳ παραπόλωνται, δεδακρυμένοι τὸν παῖδα ἐκτιθέασι παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ στένοντες ἀπῄεσαν, οἰκτιζόμενοι μὲν αὑτοὺς τῆς ἀνάγκης αὐτόχειράς τε καὶ τεκνοκτόνους ἀποκαλοῦντες, οἰκτιζόμενοι δὲ καὶ τὸν παῖδα τῆς παραλογωτάτης ἀπωλείας.
1:11εἶθ’, ὡς εἰκὸς ἐν ἀλλοκότῳ πράγματι, κατηγόρουν αὑτῶν ὡς μείζονος αἰτίων συμφορᾶς· „τί γὰρ“ ἔφασκον „εὐθὺς γεννώμενον οὐκ ἐξεθήκαμεν; τὸν μὴ φθάσαντα τροφῆς ἡμέρου μεταλαχεῖν οὐδ’ ἄνθρωπον οἱ πολλοὶ νομίζουσιν· ἡμεῖς δ’ οἱ περιττοὶ καὶ τρεῖς μῆνας ὅλους ἀνεθρέψαμεν, δαψιλεστέρας μὲν ἑαυτοῖς ἀνίας, τῷ δὲ τιμωρίας ἐκπορίζοντες, ἵν’ ἡδονῶν καὶ ἀλγηδόνων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι δυνάμενος
1:12ἐν αἰσθήσει κακῶν ἀργαλεωτέρων διαφθείρηται.“ καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπῄεσαν οἰκτρῷ κατεσχημένοι πένθει, ἀδελφὴ δὲ τοῦ ἐκτεθέντος βρέφους ἔτι παρθένος ὑπὸ φιλοικείου πάθους μικρὸν ἄποθεν ἐκαραδόκει τὸ ἀποβησόμενον· ἅ μοι δοκεῖ πάντα συμβῆναι κατὰ θεὸν προμηθούμενον τοῦ παιδός.
1:13θυγάτηρ ἦν τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς χώρας ἀγαπητὴ καὶ μόνη· ταύτην φασὶ γημαμένην ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου μὴ κυΐσκειν τέκνων ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπιθυμοῦσαν καὶ μάλιστα γενεᾶς ἄρρενος, ἣ τὸν εὐδαίμονα κλῆρον τῆς πατρῴας ἡγεμονίας διαδέξεται κινδυνεύοντα ἐρημίᾳ θυγατριδῶν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι.
1:14κατηφοῦσαν δὲ ἀεὶ καὶ στένουσαν ὡς μάλιστα ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ βάρει τῶν φροντίδων ἀπαγορεῦσαι καὶ δι’ ἔθους ἔχουσαν οἴκοι καταμένειν καὶ μηδὲ τὰς κλισιάδας ὑπερβαίνειν ἐξορμῆσαι μετὰ θεραπαινίδων ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ἔνθα ὁ παῖς ἐξέκειτο· κἄπειτα λουτροῖς καὶ περιρραντηρίοις χρῆσθαι μέλλουσαν ἐν τῷ δασυτάτῳ τῶν ἑλῶν αὐτὸν θεάσασθαι καὶ κελεῦσαι προσφέρειν.
1:15εἶτα ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄχρι ποδῶν καταθεωμένην τήν τε εὐμορφίαν καὶ εὐεξίαν ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ δεδακρυμένον ὁρῶσαν ἐλεεῖν, ἤδη τῆς ψυχῆς τετραμμένης αὐτῇ πρὸς μητρῷον πάθος ὡς ἐπὶ γνησίῳ παιδί· γνοῦσαν δ’ ὅτι τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐστὶ καταδεισάντων τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ πρόσταγμα βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ· μὴ γὰρ ἀσφαλὲς εὐθὺς εἶναι νομίζειν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια ἄγειν.
1:16διαπορούσης δ’ ἔτι, τὴν ἀδελφὴν τοῦ παιδὸς καθάπερ ἀπὸ σκοπῆς τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν στοχασαμένην πυνθάνεσθαι προσδραμοῦσαν, εἰ βουλήσεται γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι τοῦτον παρὰ γυναίῳ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ κυήσαντι·
1:17τῆς δὲ βούλεσθαι φαμένης, τὴν αὑτῆς καὶ τοῦ βρέφους μητέρα παραγαγεῖν ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν, ἣν ἑτοιμότερον ἀσμένην ὑπισχνεῖσθαι πρόφασιν ὡς ἐπὶ μισθῷ τροφεύσειν, ἐπινοίᾳ θεοῦ τοῦ τὰς πρώτας τροφὰς τῷ παιδὶ γνησίας εὐτρεπίζοντος· εἶτα δίδωσιν ὄνομα θεμένη Μωυσῆν ἐτύμως διὰ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος αὐτὸν ἀνελέσθαι· τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶυ ὀνομάζουσιν Αἰγύπτιοι.
1:18Ἐπεὶ δ’ ἀθρόας ἐπιδόσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις λαμβάνων οὐ σὺν λόγῳ τῷ κατὰ χρόνον θᾶττον δ’ ἀπότιτθος γίνεται, παρῆν ἡ μήτηρ ἅμα καὶ τροφὸς κομίζουσα τῇ δούσῃ μηκέτι γαλακτοτροφίας δεόμενον, εὐγενῆ καὶ ἀστεῖον ὀφθῆναι.
1:19τελειότερον δὲ τῆς ἡλικίας ἰδοῦσα κἀκ τῆς ὄψεως ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον σπάσασα εὐνοίας υἱὸν ποιεῖται τὰ περὶ τὸν ὄγκον τῆς γαστρὸς τεχνάσασα πρότερον, ἵνα γνήσιος ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑποβολιμαῖος νομισθῇ· πάντα δ’ ἐξευμαρίζει θεὸς ἃ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ καὶ τὰ δυσκατόρθωτα.
1:20τροφῆς οὖν ἤδη βασιλικῆς καὶ θεραπείας ἀξιούμενος οὐχ οἷα κομιδῇ νήπιος ἥδετο τωθασμοῖς καὶ γέλωσι καὶ παιδιαῖς, καίτοι τῶν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτοῦ παρειληφότων ἀνέσεις ἔχειν ἐπιτρεπόντων καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιδεικνυμένων σκυθρωπόν, ἀλλ’ αἰδῶ καὶ σεμνότητα παραφαίνων ἀκούσμασι καὶ θεάμασιν, ἃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔμελλεν ὠφελήσειν, προσεῖχε.
1:21διδάσκαλοι δ’ εὐθὺς ἀλλαχόθεν ἄλλοι παρῆσαν, οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν πλησιοχώρων καὶ τῶν κατ’ Αἴγυπτον νομῶν αὐτοκέλευστοι, οἱ δ’ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπὶ μεγάλαις δωρεαῖς μεταπεμφθέντες· ὧν ἐν οὐ μακρῷ χρόνῳ τὰς δυνάμεις ὑπερέβαλεν εὐμοιρίᾳ φύσεως φθάνων τὰς ὑφηγήσεις, ὡς ἀνάμνησιν εἶναι δοκεῖν, οὐ μάθησιν, ἔτι καὶ προσεπινοῶν αὐτὸς τὰ δυσθεώρητα.
1:22πολλὰ γὰρ αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καινοτομοῦσι τῶν εἰς ἐπιστήμην· καὶ καθάπερ τὰ εὐεκτικὰ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν εὐκίνητα φροντίδων ἀπαλλάττει τοὺς ἀλείπτας οὐδὲν ἢ βραχέα παρέχοντας τῶν εἰς ἐπιμέλειαν, ὥσπερ καὶ γεωργοὺς τὰ εὔβλαστα καὶ εὐγενῆ δένδρα βελτιούμενα δι’ ἑαυτῶν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον εὐφυὴς ψυχὴ προαπαντῶσα τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑφ’ αὑτῆς μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν διδασκόντων ὠφελεῖται καὶ λαβομένη τινὸς ἐπιστημονικῆς ἀρχῆς κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν „ἵππος εἰς πεδίον„ ὁρμᾷ.
1:23ἀριθμοὺς μὲν οὖν καὶ γεωμετρίαν τήν τε ῥυθμικὴν καὶ ἁρμονικὴν καὶ μετρικὴν θεωρίαν καὶ μουσικὴν τὴν σύμπασαν διά τε χρήσεως ὀργάνων καὶ λόγων τῶν ἐν ταῖς τέχναις καὶ διεξόδοις τοπικωτέραις Αἰγυπτίων οἱ λόγιοι παρεδίδοσαν καὶ προσέτι τὴν διὰ συμβόλων φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν ἐπιδείκνυνται καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν ζῴων ἀποδοχῆς, ἃ καὶ θεῶν τιμαῖς γεραίρουσι· τὴν δ’ ἄλλην ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν Ἕλληνες ἐδίδασκον, οἱ δ’ ἐκ τῶν πλησιοχώρων τά τε Ἀσσύρια γράμματα καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων Χαλδαϊκὴν ἐπιστήμην.
1:24ταύτην καὶ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίων ἀνελάμβανε μαθηματικὴν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ἐπιτηδευόντων· καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἀκριβῶς ἐν οἷς τε συμφωνοῦσι καὶ διαφέρονται καταμαθών, ἀφιλονείκως τὰς ἔριδας ὑπερβάς, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐζήτει, μηδὲν ψεῦδος τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ παραδέχεσθαι δυναμένης, ὡς ἔθος τοῖς αἱρεσιομάχοις, οἳ τοῖς προτεθεῖσι δόγμασιν ὁποῖα ἂν τύχῃ βοηθοῦσιν οὐκ ἐξετάζοντες, εἰ δόκιμα, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ δρῶντες τοῖς ἐπὶ μισθῷ συναγορεύουσι καὶ μηδὲν τοῦ δικαίου πεφροντικόσιν.
1:25ἤδη δὲ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας ὑπερβαίνων ἐπέτεινε τὴν φρόνησιν, οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι τὰς μειρακιώδεις ἐπιθυμίας ἀχαλινώτους ἐῶν καίτοι μυρία ἐχούσας ὑπεκκαύματα διὰ παρασκευὰς ἀφθόνους, ἃς αἱ βασιλεῖαι χορηγοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ καρτερίᾳ ὥσπερ τισὶν ἡνίαις ἐνδησάμενος αὐτὰς τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν ἀνεχαίτιζε βίᾳ.
Book 1, §§1–25
1:1I have conceived the idea of writing the life of Moses, who, according to the account of some persons, was the lawgiver of the Jews, but according to others only an interpreter of the sacred laws, the greatest and most perfect man that ever lived, having a desire to make his character fully known to those who ought not to remain in ignorance respecting him,
1:2for the glory of the laws which he left behind him has reached over the whole world, and has penetrated to the very furthest limits of the universe; and those who do really and truly understand him are not many, perhaps partly out of envy, or else from the disposition so common to many persons of resisting the commands which are delivered by lawgivers in different states, since the historians who have flourished among the Greeks have not chosen to think him worthy of mention,
1:3the greater part of whom have both in their poems and also in their prose writings, disparaged or defaced the powers which they have received through education, composing comedies and works full of Sybaritish profligacy and licentiousness to their everlasting shame, while they ought rather to have employed their natural endowments and abilities in preserving a record of virtuous men and praiseworthy lives, so that honourable actions, whether ancient or modern, might not be buried in silence, and thus have all recollection of them lost, while they might shine gloriously if duly celebrated; and that they might not themselves have seemed to pass by more appropriate subjects, and to prefer such as were unworthy of being mentioned at all, while they were eager to give a specious appearance to infamous actions, so as to secure notoriety for disgraceful deeds.
1:4But I disregard the envious disposition of these men, and shall proceed to narrate the events which befell him, having learnt them both from those sacred scriptures which he has left as marvellous memorials of his wisdom, and having also heard many things from the elders of my nation, for I have continually connected together what I have heard with what I have read, and in this way I look upon it that I am acquainted with the history of his life more accurately than other people.
1:5And I will begin first with that with which it is necessary to begin. Moses was by birth a Hebrew, but he was born, and brought up, and educated in Egypt, his ancestors having migrated into Egypt with all their families on account of the long famine which oppressed Babylon and all the adjacent countries; for they were in search of food, and Egypt was a champaign country blessed with a rich soil, and very productive of every thing which the nature of man requires, and especially of corn and wheat,
1:6for the river of that country at the height of summer, when they say that all other rivers which are derived from winter torrents and from springs in the ground are smaller, rises and increases, and overflows so as to irrigate all the lands, and make them one vast lake. And so the land, without having any need of rain, supplies every year an unlimited abundance of every kind of good food, unless sometimes the anger of God interrupts this abundance by reason of the excessive impiety of the inhabitants.
1:7And his father and mother were among the most excellent persons of their time, and though they were of the same time, still they were induced to unite themselves together more from an unanimity of feeling than because they were related in blood; and Moses is the seventh generation in succession from the original settler in the country who was the founder of the whole race of the Jews.
1:8And he was thought worthy of being bred up in the royal palace, the cause of which circumstance was as follows. The king of the country, inasmuch as the nation of the Hebrews kept continually increasing in numbers, fearing lest gradually the settlers should become more numerous than the original inhabitants, and being more powerful should set upon them and subdue them by force, and make themselves their masters, conceived the idea of destroying their strength by impious devices, and ordered that of all the children that were born the females only should be brought up (since a woman, by reason of the weakness of her nature, is disinclined to and unfitted for war), and that all the male children should be destroyed, that the population of their cities might not be increased, since a power which consists of a number of men is a fortress difficult to take and difficult to destroy.
1:9Accordingly as the child Moses, as soon as he was born, displayed a more beautiful and noble form than usual, his parents resolved, as far as was in their power, to disregard the proclamations of the tyrant. Accordingly they say that for three months continuously they kept him at home, feeding him on milk, without its coming to the knowledge of the multitude;
1:10but when, as is commonly the case in monarchies, some persons discovered what was kept secret and in darkness, of those persons who are always eager to bring any new report to the king, his parents being afraid lest while seeking to secure the safety of one individual, they who were many might become involved in his destruction, with many tears exposed their child on the banks of the river, and departed groaning and lamenting, pitying themselves for the necessity which had fallen upon them, and calling themselves the slayers and murderers of their child, and commiserating the infant too for his destruction, which they had hoped to avert.
1:11Then, as was natural for people involved in a miserable misfortune, they accused themselves as having brought a heavier affliction on themselves than they need have done. "For why," said they, "did we not expose him at the first moment of his birth?" For people in general do not look upon one who has not lived long enough to partake of salutary food as a human being at all. "But we, in our superfluous affection, have nourished him these three entire months, causing ourselves by such conduct more abundant grief, and inflicting upon him a heavier punishment, in order that he, having at last attained to a great capacity for feeling pleasures and pains, should at last perish in the perception of the most grievous evils."
1:12And so they departed in ignorance of the future, being wholly overwhelmed with sad misery; but the sister of the infant who was thus exposed, being still a maiden, out of the vehemence of her fraternal affection, stood a little way off watching to see what would happen, and all the events which concerned him appear to me to have taken place in accordance with the providence of God, who watched over the infant.
1:13Now the king of the country had an only daughter, whom he tenderly loved, and they say that she, although she had been married a long time, had never had any children, and therefore, as was natural, was very desirous of children, and especially of male offspring, which should succeed to the noble inheritance of her father’s prosperity and imperial authority, which was otherwise in danger of being lost, since the king had no other grandsons.
1:14And as she was always desponding and lamenting, so especially on that particular day was she overcome by the weight of her anxiety, that, though it was her ordinary custom to stay in doors and never to pass over the threshold of her house, yet now she went forth with her handmaidens down to the river, where the infant was lying. And there, as she was about to indulge in a bath and purification in the thickest part of the marsh, she beheld the child, and commanded her handmaidens to bring him to her.
1:15Then, after she had surveyed him from head to foot, and admired his elegant form and healthy vigorous appearance, and saw that he was crying, she had compassion on him, her soul being already moved within her by maternal feelings of affection as if he had been her own child. And when she knew that the infant belonged to one of the Hebrews who was afraid because of the commandment of the king, she herself conceived the idea of rearing him up, and took counsel with herself on the subject, thinking that it was not safe to bring him at once into the palace;
1:16and while she was still hesitating, the sister of the infant, who was still looking out, conjecturing her hesitation from what she beheld, ran up and asked her whether she would like that the child should be brought up at the breast by some one of the Hebrew women who had been lately delivered;
1:17and as she said that she wished that she would do so, the maiden went and fetched her own mother and that of the infant, as if she had been a stranger, who with great readiness and willingness cheerfully promised to take the child and bring him up, pretending to be tempted by the reward to be paid, the providence of God thus making the original bringing up of the child to accord with the genuine course of nature. Then she gave him a name, calling him Moses with great propriety, because she had received him out of the water, for the Egyptians call water "mos."
1:18But when the child began to grow and increase, he was weaned, not in accordance with the time of his age, but earlier than usual; and then his mother, who was also his nurse, came to bring him back to the princess who had given him to her, inasmuch as he no longer required to be fed on milk, and as he was now a fine and noble child to look upon.
1:19And when the king’s daughter saw that he was more perfect than could have been expected at his age, and when from his appearance she conceived greater good will than ever towards him, she adopted him as her son, having first put in practise all sorts of contrivances to increase the apparent bulk of her belly, so that he might be looked upon as her own genuine child, and not as a supposititious one; but God easily brings to pass whatever he is inclined to effect, however difficult it may be to bring to a successful issue.
1:20Therefore the child being now thought worthy of a royal education and a royal attendance, was not, like a mere child, long delighted with toys and objects of laughter and amusement, even though those who had undertaken the care of him allowed him holidays and times for relaxation, and never behaved in any stern or morose way to him; but he himself exhibited a modest and dignified deportment in all his words and gestures, attending diligently to every lesson of every kind which could tend to the improvement of his mind.
1:21And immediately he had all kinds of masters, one after another, some coming of their own accord from the neighbouring countries and the different districts of Egypt, and some being even procured from Greece by the temptation of large presents. But in a short time he surpassed all their knowledge, anticipating all their lessons by the excellent natural endowments of his own genius; so that everything in his case appeared to be a ecollecting rather than a learning, while he himself also, without any teacher, comprehended by his instinctive genius many difficult subjects;
1:22for great abilities cut out for themselves many new roads to knowledge. And just as vigorous and healthy bodies which are active and quick in motion in all their parts, release their trainers from much care, giving them little or no trouble and anxiety, and as trees which are of a good sort, and which have a natural good growth, give no trouble to their cultivators, but grow finely and improve of themselves, so in the same manner the well disposed soul, going forward to meet the lessons which are imparted to it, is improved in reality by itself rather than by its teachers, and taking hold of some beginning or principle of knowledge, bounds, as the proverb has it, like a horse over the plain.
1:23Accordingly he speedily learnt arithmetic, and geometry, and the whole science of rhythm and harmony and metre, and the whole of music, by means of the use of musical instruments, and by lectures on the different arts, and by explanations of each topic; and lessons on these subjects were given him by Egyptian philosophers, who also taught him the philosophy which is contained in symbols, which they exhibit in those sacred characters of hieroglyphics, as they are called, and also that philosophy which is conversant about that respect which they pay to animals which they invest with the honours due to God. And all the other branches of the encyclical education he learnt from Greeks; and the philosophers from the adjacent countries taught him Assyrian literature and the knowledge of the heavenly bodies so much studied by the Chaldaeans.
1:24And this knowledge he derived also from the Egyptians, who study mathematics above all things, and he learnt with great accuracy the state of that art among both the Chaldaeans and Egyptians, making himself acquainted with the points in which they agree with and differ from each other—making himself master of all their disputes without encouraging any disputatious disposition in himself—but seeking the plain truth, since his mind was unable to admit any falsehood, as those are accustomed to do who contend violently for one particular side of a question; and who advocate any doctrine which is set before them, whatever it may be, not inquiring whether it deserves to be supported, but acting in the same manner as those lawyers who defend a cause for pay, and are wholly indifferent to the justice of their cause.
1:25And when he had passed the boundaries of the age of infancy he began to exercise his intellect; not, as some people do, letting his youthful passions roam at large without restraint, although in him they had ten thousand incentives by reason of the abundant means for the gratification of them which royal places supply; but he behaved with temperance and fortitude, as though he had bound them with reins, and thus he restrained their onward impetuosity by force.
Book 1, §§26–50
1:26καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μέντοι παθῶν ἕκαστον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μεμηνὸς καὶ λελυττηκὸς φύσει τιθασεύων κἀξημερῶν ἐπράυνεν· εἰ δέ που διακινηθείη μόνον ἡσυχῇ καὶ πτερύξαιτο, κολάσεις ἐμβριθεστέρας παρείχετο ἢ διὰ λόγων ἐπιπλήξεις· καὶ συνόλως τὰς πρώτας τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιβολάς τε καὶ ὁρμὰς ὡς ἀφηνιαστὴν ἵππον ἐπετήρει δεδιώς, μὴ προεκδραμοῦσαι τοῦ ἡνιοχεῖν ὀφείλοντος λογισμοῦ πάντα διὰ πάντων συγχέωσιν· αὗται γάρ εἰσιν αἱ ἀγαθῶν αἴτιαι καὶ κακῶν, ἀγαθῶν μέν, ὅταν ἡγεμόνι λόγῳ πειθαρχῶσι, τῶν δ’ ἐναντίων, ὅταν εἰς ἀναρχίαν ἐκδιαιτῶνται.
1:27κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς οὖν οἵ τε συνδιατρίβοντες καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐτεθήπεσαν, ὡς ἐπὶ καινῷ θεάματι καταπληττόμενοι καὶ τίς ἄρα ὁ ἐνοικῶν αὐτοῦ τῷ σώματι καὶ ἀγαλματοφορούμενος νοῦς ἐστι, πότερον ἀνθρώπειος ἢ θεῖος ἢ μικτὸς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν, διερευνώμενοι, τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅμοιον, ἀλλ’ ὑπερκύπτειν καὶ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλειότερον ἐξῆρθαι.
1:28γαστρί τε γὰρ ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων δασμῶν, οὓς ἡ φύσις ἔταξεν, οὐδὲν πλέον ἐχορήγει, τῶν τε ὑπογαστρίων ἡδονῶν εἰ μὴ μέχρι σπορᾶς παίδων γνησίων οὐδὲ ἐμέμνητο.
1:29γενόμενός τε διαφερόντως ἀσκητὴς ὀλιγοδεείας καὶ τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον βίον ὡς οὐδεὶς ἕτερος χλευάσας — ψυχῇ γὰρ ἐπόθει μόνῃ ζῆν, οὐ σώματι — τὰ φιλοσοφίας δόγματα διὰ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἔργων ἐπεδείκνυτο, λέγων μὲν οἷα ἐφρόνει, πράττων δὲ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς λεγομένοις εἰς ἁρμονίαν λόγου καὶ βίου, ἵν’ οἷος ὁ λόγος τοιοῦτος ὁ βίος καὶ οἷος ὁ βίος τοιοῦτος ὁ λόγος ἐξετάζωνται καθάπερ ἐν ὀργάνῳ μουσικῷ συνηχοῦντες.
1:30οἱ μὲν οὖν πολλοί, κἂν αὐτὸ μόνον αὔρα βραχεῖά τινος εὐτυχίας προσπέσῃ, φυσῶσι καὶ πνέουσι μεγάλα καὶ καταλαζονευόμενοι τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καθάρματα καὶ παρενοχλήματα καὶ γῆς ἄχθη καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα ἀποκαλοῦσιν, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀκλινὲς τῆς εὐπραγίας ἐν βεβαίῳ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς εὖ μάλα σφραγισάμενοι μηδὲ μέχρι τῆς ὑστεραίας ἴσως διαμενοῦντες ἐν ὁμοίῳ.
1:31τύχης γὰρ ἀσταθμητότερον οὐδὲν ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὰ ἀνθρώπεια πεττευούσης, ἣ μιᾷ πολλάκις ἡμέρᾳ τὸν μὲν ὑψηλὸν καθαιρεῖ, τὸν δὲ ταπεινὸν μετέωρον ἐξαίρει· καὶ ταῦτα ὁρῶντες ἀεὶ γινόμενα καὶ σαφῶς εἰδότες ὅμως ὑπερόπται μὲν οἰκείων καὶ φίλων εἰσί, νόμους δὲ παραβαίνουσι, καθ’ οὓς ἐγενήθησαν καὶ ἐτράφησαν, ἔθη δὲ πάτρια, οἷς μέμψις οὐδεμία πρόσεστι δικαία, κινοῦσιν ἐκδεδιῃτημένοι καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν παρόντων ἀποδοχὴν οὐδενὸς ἔτι τῶν ἀρχαίων μνήμην λαμβάνουσιν.
1:32ὁ δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν φθάσας τὸν ὅρον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐτυχίας καὶ θυγατριδοῦς μὲν τοῦ τοσούτου βασιλέως νομισθείς, τῆς δὲ παππῴας ἀρχῆς ὅσον οὐδέπω γεγονὼς ἐλπίσι ταῖς ἁπάντων διάδοχος καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλ’ ἢ ὁ νέος βασιλεὺς προσαγορευόμενος, τὴν συγγενικὴν καὶ προγονικὴν ἐζήλωσε παιδείαν, τὰ μὲν τῶν εἰσποιησαμένων ἀγαθά, καὶ εἰ λαμπρότερα καιροῖς, νόθα εἶναι ὑπολαβών, τὰ δὲ τῶν φύσει γονέων, εἰ καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀφανέστερα, οἰκεῖα γοῦν καὶ γνήσια·
1:33καθάπερ τε κριτὴς ἀδέκαστος τῶν γεννησάντων καὶ τῶν εἰσποιησαμένων τοὺς μὲν εὐνοίᾳ καὶ τῷ φιλεῖν ἐκθύμως τοὺς δ’ εὐχαριστίαις ἀνθ’ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθεν ἠμείβετο καὶ μέχρι παντὸς ἠμείψατ’ ἄν, εἰ μὴ κατεῖδεν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ μέγα καινουργηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀσέβημα.
1:34ξένοι γὰρ ἦσαν, ὡς ἔφην πρότερον, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, τῶν τοῦ ἔθνους ἀρχηγετῶν διὰ λιμὸν ἀπορίᾳ τροφῆς ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος καὶ τῶν ἄνω σατραπειῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστάντων, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἱκέται καταπεφευγότες ὡς ἐπ’ ἄσυλον ἱερὸν τήν τε βασιλέως πίστιν καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκητόρων ἔλεον.
1:35οἱ γὰρ ξένοι παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ τῶν ὑποδεξαμένων ἱκέται γραφέσθωσαν, μέτοικοι δὲ πρὸς ἱκέταις καὶ φίλοι, σπεύδοντες εἰς ἀστῶν ἰσοτιμίαν καὶ γειτνιῶντες ἤδη πολίταις, ὀλίγῳ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων διαφέροντες.
1:36τούτους οὖν, οἳ τὴν μὲν οἰκείαν ἀπέλιπον, εἰς δ’ Αἴγυπτον ἧκον ὡς ἐν δευτέρᾳ πατρίδι μετ’ ἀσφαλείας οἰκήσοντες, ὁ τῆς χώρας ἡγεμὼν ἠνδραποδίζετο καὶ ὡς πολέμου νόμῳ λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους ἢ πριάμενος παρὰ δεσποτῶν, οἷς ἦσαν οἰκότριβες, ὑπήγετο καὶ δούλους ἀπέφαινε τοὺς οὐκ ἐλευθέρους μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ξένους καὶ ἱκέτας καὶ μετοίκους οὔτε αἰδεσθεὶς οὔτε δείσας τὸν ἐλευθέριον καὶ ξένιον καὶ ἱκέσιον καὶ ἐφέστιον θεόν, ὃς τῶν τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἔφορος.
1:37εἶτ’ ἐπιτάγματα ἐπέταττε βαρύτερα τῆς δυνάμεως ἄλλους ἐπ’ ἄλλοις πόνους προστιθείς, καὶ τοῖς ἀπαγορεύουσιν ὑπ’ ἀσθενείας ὁ σίδηρος εἵπετο· ἐπιστάτας γὰρ τῶν ἔργων ἀνηλεεστάτους καὶ ὠμοθύμους οὐδενὶ συγγνώμης μεταδιδόντας ᾑρεῖτο, οὓς „ἐργοδιώκτας“ (Exod. 3,7 al.) ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμαζον.
1:38εἰργάζοντο δ’ οἱ μὲν πηλὸν εἰς πλίνθον σχηματίζοντες, οἱ δὲ πανταχόθεν ἄχυρα συγκομίζοντες — πλίνθου γὰρ ἄχυρα δεσμός —, οἱ δ’ ἦσαν ἀποτεταγμένοι πρὸς οἰκιῶν καὶ τειχῶν καὶ πόλεων κατασκευὰς καὶ διωρύχων ἀνατομάς, ὑλοφοροῦντες αὐτοὶ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἄνευ διαδοχῆς, οὐδεμίαν ἔχοντες ἀνάπαυλαν, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὅσον καταδαρθεῖν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐώμενοι, πάντα καὶ τὰ τῶν δημιουργῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν ὑπουργῶν δρᾶν ἀναγκαζόμενοι, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ τὰ σώματα αὐτοῖς ἀπαγορεύειν, ἅτε καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς προαναπιπτούσης.
1:39ἄλλοι γοῦν ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐξέθνῃσκον ὡς ὑπὸ λοιμώδους φθορᾶς, οὓς ἀτάφους ἔξω τῶν ὁρίων ἀπερρίπτουν οὐδὲ κόνιν ἐπαμήσασθαι τοῖς σώμασιν ἐῶντες ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ δακρῦσαι συγγενεῖς ἢ φίλους οὕτως οἰκτρῶς διαφθαρέντας· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀδουλώτοις πάθεσι τῆς ψυχῆς, ἃ μόνα σχεδὸν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐλεύθερα ἡ φύσις ἀνῆκε, δεσποτείαν ἐπηπείλουν οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἀνάγκης ἀνυποίστῳ βάρει δυνατωτέρας πιέζοντες.
1:40ἐπὶ δὴ τούτοις ἀθυμῶν καὶ δυσχεραίνων διετέλει μήτ’ ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μήτε βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἱκανὸς ὤν· ἃ δ’ οἷός τε ἦν, διὰ λόγων ὠφέλει παραινῶν τοῖς μὲν ἐφεστῶσι μετριάζειν καὶ τὸ σφοδρὸν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων ὑπανιέναι καὶ χαλᾶν, τοῖς δ’ ἐργαζομένοις φέρειν τὰ παρόντα γενναίως ἄνδρας τε εἶναι τὰ φρονήματα καὶ μὴ συγκάμνειν τὰς ψυχὰς τοῖς σώμασιν, ἀλλὰ χρηστὰ προσδοκᾶν ἐκ πονηρῶν·
1:41πάντα γὰρ μεταβάλλειν τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ πρὸς τἀναντία, νέφωσιν εἰς αἰθρίαν, πνευμάτων βίας εἰς ἀέρα νήνεμον, κλύδωνα θαλάττης εἰς ἡσυχίαν καὶ γαλήνην, τὰ δ’ ἀνθρώπεια καὶ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ καὶ ἀσταθμητότερα.
1:42τοιούτοις κατεπᾴδων ὥσπερ ἀγαθὸς ἰατρὸς ᾤετο τὰς νόσους καίτοι βαρυτάτας οὔσας ἐπικουφιεῖν· αἱ δ’ ὁπότε λωφήσειαν, αὖθις ἐκ περιτροπῆς ἐπετίθεντο φέρουσαί τι πάντως ἐκ τοῦ διαπνεῦσαι καινὸν κακὸν ἀργαλεώτερον τῶν προτέρων.
1:43ἦσαν γάρ τινες τῶν ἐφεστηκότων ἀτίθασοι σφόδρα καὶ λελυττηκότες, μηδὲν εἰς ἀγριότητα τῶν ἰοβόλων καὶ σαρκοβόρων διαφέροντες, ἀνθρωποειδῆ θηρία, τὴν τοῦ σώματος μορφὴν εἰς δόκησιν ἡμερότητος ἐπὶ θήρᾳ καὶ ἀπάτῃ προβεβλημένοι, σιδήρου καὶ ἀδάμαντος ἀπειθέστεροι.
1:44τούτων ἕνα τὸν βιαιότατον, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν ἐνδιδόναι καὶ ταῖς παρακλήσεσιν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐξετραχύνετο, τοὺς τὸ προσταχθὲν μὴ ἀπνευστὶ καὶ ὀξυχειρίᾳ δρῶντας τύπτων, προπηλακίζων ἄχρι θανάτου, πάσας αἰκιζόμενος αἰκίας, ἀναιρεῖ δικαιώσας εὐαγὲς εἶναι τὸ ἔργον· καὶ ἦν εὐαγὲς τὸν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ ζῶντα ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλλυσθαι.
1:45ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἠγανάκτει δεινὸν ἡγούμενος, οὐκ εἴ τις τέθνηκεν ἢ ἀνῄρηκεν ἀδίκως ἢ δικαίως, ἀλλ’ εἰ ὁ θυγατριδοῦς αὐτῷ μὴ συμφρονεῖ μηδὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ φίλους ὑπείληφεν, ἀλλὰ μισεῖ μὲν οὓς αὐτὸς στέργει, φιλεῖ δὲ οὓς προβέβληται καὶ ἐλεεῖ πρὸς οὓς ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀπαραιτήτως ἔχει.
1:46λαβόμενοι δ’ ἅπαξ ἀφορμῆς οἱ ἐν τέλει καὶ τὸν νεανίαν ὑφορώμενοι — ᾔδεσαν γὰρ μνησικακήσοντα τῶν ἀνοσιουργημάτων αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ καιρῶν ἀμυνούμενον — ἀναπεπταμένοις ὠσὶ τοῦ πάππου μυρίας διαβολὰς ἐπήντλουν, οἱ μὲν ἔνθεν, οἱ δ’ ἔνθεν, ὡς καὶ περὶ ἀφαιρέσεως τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐμποιῆσαι δέος, „ἐπιθήσεται“ λέγοντες, „οὐδὲν φρονεῖ μικρόν, ἀεί τι προσπεριεργάζεται, πρὸ καιροῦ βασιλείας ἐρᾷ, θωπεύει τινάς, ἑτέροις ἀπειλεῖ, κτείνει χωρὶς δίκης, τοὺς μάλιστ’ εὔνους σοι προβέβληται. τί δὴ μέλλεις, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἃ διανοεῖται δρᾶν ὑποτέμνεις; μέγα τοῖς ἐπιθεμένοις αἱ τῶν ἐπιβουλευομένων ἀναβολαί.“
1:47τοιαῦτα διεξιόντων, ὑπανεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν ὅμορον Ἀραβίαν, ἔνθα διατρίβειν ἦν ἀσφαλές, ἅμα καὶ τὸν θεὸν ποτνιώμενος, ἵνα τοὺς μὲν ἐξ ἀμηχάνων ῥύσηται συμφορῶν, τοὺς δὲ μηδὲν παραλιπόντας τῶν εἰς ἐπήρειαν ἀξίως τίσηται, παράσχῃ δ’ αὐτῷ ταῦτ’ ἐπιδεῖν ἀμφότερα διπλασιάσας τὴν χάριν. ὁ δὲ ἐπακούει τῶν εὐχῶν ἀγάμενος αὐτοῦ τὸ φιλόκαλον ἦθος καὶ μισοπόνηρον, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ὡς θεῷ πρέπον, δικάσας.
1:48ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἔμελλε δικάζειν, τοὺς ἀρετῆς ἄθλους Μωυσῆς διήθλει τὸν ἀλείπτην ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ λογισμὸν ἀστεῖον, ὑφ’ οὗ γυμναζόμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀρίστους βίους, τόν τε θεωρητικὸν καὶ πρακτικόν, ἐπονεῖτο φιλοσοφίας ἀνελίττων ἀεὶ δόγματα καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ διαγινώσκων εὐτρόχως καὶ μνήμῃ παρακατατιθέμενος εἰς τὸ ἄληστον αὐτὰ καὶ τὰς οἰκείας αὐτίκα πράξεις ἐφαρμόττων ἐπαινετὰς πάσας, ἐφιέμενος οὐ τοῦ δοκεῖν ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, διὰ τὸ προκεῖσθαι σκοπὸν ἕνα τὸν ὀρθὸν τῆς φύσεως λόγον, ὃς μόνος ἐστὶν ἀρετῶν ἀρχή τε καὶ πηγή.
1:49ἕτερος μὲν οὖν ὀργὴν ἀμείλικτον βασιλέως ἀποδιδράσκων καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον εἰς ἀλλοδαπὴν ἀφιγμένος, μήπω τοῖς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ἔθεσιν ἐνωμιληκὼς μηδὲ ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενος οἷς χαίρουσιν ἢ ἀλλοτριοῦνται, κἂν ἐσπούδασεν ἡσυχίᾳ χρώμενος ἀφανέστερον ζῆν τοὺς πολλοὺς λανθάνων ἢ βουληθεὶς εἰς μέσον παρέρχεσθαι τοὺς γοῦν δυνατοὺς καὶ τοὺς πλεῖστον ἰσχύοντας λιπαρέσι θεραπείαις ἐξευμενίζεσθαι, παρ’ ὧν τις ὠφέλεια προσεδοκᾶτο καὶ βοήθεια, εἴ τινες ἐπελθόντες ἀπάγειν πρὸς βίαν ἐπειρῶντο.
1:50ὁ δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν τοῦ εἰκότος ἀτραπὸν ἤλαυνε ταῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγιαινούσαις ὁρμαῖς ἑπόμενος καὶ μηδεμίαν ἐῶν ὑποσκελίζεσθαι· διὸ καὶ τῆς ὑπούσης δυνάμεως ἔστιν ὅτε πλέον ἐνεανιεύετο δύναμιν ἀκαθαίρετον τὸ δίκαιον ἡγούμενος, ὑφ’ οὗ προτραπεὶς αὐτοκέλευστος ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων συμμαχίαν ἵετο.
Book 1, §§26–50
1:26And he tamed, and appeased, and brought under due command every one of the other passions which are naturally and as far as they are themselves concerned frantic, and violent, and unmanageable. And if any one of them at all excited itself and endeavoured to get free from restraint he administered severe punishment to it, reproving it with severity of language; and, in short, he repressed all the principal impulses and most violent affections of the soul, and kept guard over them as over a restive horse, fearing lest they might break all bounds and get beyond the power of reason which ought to be their guide to restrain them, and so throw everything everywhere into confusion. For these passions are the causes of all good and of all evil; of good when they submit to the authority of dominant reason, and of evil when they break out of bounds and scorn all government and restraint.
1:27Very naturally, therefore, those who associated with him and every one who was acquainted with him marvelled at him, being astonished as at a novel spectacle, and inquiring what kind of mind it was that had its abode in his body, and that was set up in it like an image in a shrine; whether it was a human mind or a divine intellect, or something combined of the two; because he had nothing in him resembling the many, but had gone beyond them all and was elevated to a more sublime height.
1:28For he never provided his stomach with any luxuries beyond those necessary tributes which nature has appointed to be paid to it, and as to the pleasures of the organs below the stomach he paid no attention to them at all, except as far as the object of having legitimate children was concerned.
1:29And being in a most eminent degree a practiser of abstinence and self-denial, and being above all men inclined to ridicule a life of effeminacy and luxury (for he desired to live for his soul alone, and not for his body), he exhibited the doctrines of philosophy in all his daily actions, saying precisely what he thought, and performing such actions only as were consistent with his words, so as to exhibit a perfect harmony between his language and his life, so that as his words were such also was his life, and as his life was such likewise was his language, like people who are playing together in tune on a musical instrument.
1:30Therefore men in general, even if the slightest breeze of prosperity does only blow their way for a moment, become puffed up and give themselves great airs, becoming insolent to all those who are in a lower condition than themselves, and calling them dregs of the earth, and annoyances, and sources of trouble, and burdens of the earth, and all sorts of names of that kind, as if they had been thoroughly able to establish the undeviating character of their prosperity on a solid foundation, though, very likely, they will not remain in the same condition even till tomorrow,
1:31for there is nothing more inconstant than fortune, which tosses human affairs up and down like dice. Often has a single day thrown down the man who was previously placed on an eminence, and raised the lowly man on high. And while men see these events continually taking place, and though they are well assured of the fact, still they overlook their relations and friends, and transgress the laws according to which they were born and brought up; and they overturn their national hereditary customs to which no just blame whatever is attached, dwelling in a foreign land, and by reason of their cordial reception of the customs among which they are living, no longer remembering a single one of their ancient usages.
1:32But Moses, having now reached the very highest point of human good fortune, and being looked upon as the grandson of this mighty king, and being almost considered in the expectations of all men as the future inheritor of his grandfather’s kingdom, and being always addressed as the young prince, still felt a desire for and admiration of the education of his kinsmen and ancestors, considering all the things which were thought good among those who had adopted him as spurious, even though they might, in consequence of the present state of affairs, have a brilliant appearance; and those things which were thought good by his natural parents, even though they might be for a short time somewhat obscure, at all events akin to himself and genuine good things.
1:33Accordingly, like an uncorrupt judge both of his real parents and of those who had adopted him, he cherished towards the one a good will and an ardent affection, and he displayed gratitude towards the others in requital of the kindness which he had received at their hands, and he would have displayed the same throughout his whole life if he had not beheld a great and novel iniquity wrought in the country by the king;
1:34for, as I have said before, the Jews were strangers in Egypt, the founders of their race having migrated from Babylon and the upper satrapies in the time of the famine, by reason of their want of food, and come and settled in Egypt, and having in a manner taken refuge like suppliants in the country as in a sacred asylum, fleeing for protection to the good faith of the king and the compassion of the inhabitants;
1:35for strangers, in my opinion, should be looked upon as refugees, and as the suppliants of those who receive them in their country; and, besides, being suppliants, these men were likewise sojourners in the land, and friends desiring to be admitted to equal honours with the citizens, and neighbours differing but little in their character from original natives.
1:36The men, therefore, who had left their homes and come into Egypt, as if they were to dwell in that land as in a second country in perfect security, the king of the country reduced to slavery, and, as if he had taken them prisoners by the laws of war, or had bought them from masters in whose house they had been bred, he oppressed them and treated them as slaves, though they were not only free men, but also strangers, and suppliants, and sojourners, having no respect for nor any awe of God, who presides over the rights of free men, and of strangers, and of suppliants, and of hospitality, and who beholds all such actions as his.
1:37Then he laid commands on them beyond their power to fulfil, imposing on them labour after labour; and, when they fainted from weakness, the sword came upon them. He appointed overseers over their works, the most pitiless and inhuman of men, who pardoned and made allowance for no one, and whom they from the circumstances and from their behaviour called persecutors of work.
1:38And they wrought with clay, some of them fashioning it into bricks, and others collecting straw from all quarters, for straw is the bond which binds bricks together; while others, again, had the task allotted to them of building up houses, and walls, and gates, and cutting trenches, bearing wood themselves day and night without interruption, having no rest or respite, and not even being allowed time so much as to sleep, but being compelled to perform all the works not only of workmen but also of journeymen, so that in a short time their bodies failed them, their souls having already fainted beneath their afflictions.
1:39And so they died, one after another, as if smitten by a pestilential destruction, and then their taskmasters threw their bodies away unburied beyond the borders of the land, not suffering their kinsmen or their friends to sprinkle even a little dust on their corpses, nor to weep over those who had thus miserably perished; but, like impious men as they were, they threatened to extend their despotism over the passions of the soul (that cannot be enslaved, and which are nearly the only things which nature has made completely free), oppressing them with the intolerable weight of a necessity beyond their powers.
1:40At all these events Moses was greatly grieved and indignant, not being able either to chastise the unjust oppressors of his people nor to assist those who were oppressed, but he gave them all the assistance that was in his power, by words, recommending their overseers to treat them with moderation, and to relax and abate somewhat of the oppressive nature of their commands, and exhorting the oppressed who were labouring thus to bear their present distresses with a noble spirit and to be men in their minds, and not to let their souls faint as well as their bodies, but to hope for good fortune after their present adversity;
1:41for that all things in this world have a tendency to change to the opposite, cloudy weather to fine, violent gales to calm and absence of wind, storms and heavy billows at sea to fair weather and an unruffled surface of the water; and much more are human affairs likely to change, inasmuch as they are more unstable than anything.
1:42By using these charms, as it were, like a good physician, he thought he should be able to alleviate their afflictions, although they were most grievous. But whenever their distress abated, then again their taskmasters returned and oppressed them with increased severity, always after the respite adding some new evil which should be even more intolerable than their previous sufferings;
1:43for some of their overseers were very savage and furious men, being, as to their cruelty, not at all different from poisonous serpents or carnivorous beasts—wild beasts in human form—being clothed with the form of a human body so as to give an appearance of gentleness in order to deceive and catch their victim, but in reality being harder than iron or adamant.
1:44One of these men, then, the most violent of them, when, in addition to yielding nothing of his purpose, he was even exasperated at the exhortations of Moses and rendered more savage by them, beating those who did not labour with energy and unremittingly at the work which was imposed upon them, and insulting them and subjecting them to every kind of ill-treatment, so as even to be the death of many, Moses slew, thinking the deed a pious action; and, indeed, it was a pious action to destroy one who only lived for the destruction of others.
1:45When the king heard of this action he was very indignant, thinking it an intolerable thing, not for one man to be dead, or for another to have killed him, whether justly or unjustly, but for his grandson not to agree with him, and not to look upon his friends or his enemies as his own, but to hate persons whom the king loved, and to love persons whom the king looked upon as outcasts, and to pity those whom he regarded with unchangeable and implacable aversion.
1:46But when the Egyptian authorities had once got an opportunity of attacking the young man, having already reason for looking upon him with suspicion (for they well knew that he would hereafter bear them ill-will for their evil practises, and would revenge himself on them when he had an opportunity) they poured in, at all times and from all quarters, thousands and thousands of calumnies into the willing ears of his grandfather, so that they even implanted in his mind an apprehension that Moses was plotting to deprive him of his kingdom, saying to him: "He will strip you of your crown. He has no humble designs or notions. He is continually seeking to busy himself in what does not concern him, and to acquire some additional power. He is eager for the kingdom before his time. He caresses some people; he threatens others; he kills others without a trial; he hates all those who are the best affected towards you. Why do you delay? Why do you not cut short all his designs and machinations? Delay on the part of those against whom they are plotting is of the greatest advantage to those who wish to attack them."
1:47As they urged these arguments to the king he retreated to the contiguous country of Arabia, where it was safe to abide, entreating God that he would deliver his countrymen from inextricable calamities, and would worthily chastise their oppressors who omitted no circumstance of insolence and tyranny, and would double his joy by allowing him to behold the accomplishment of both these prayers. And God heard his prayers, looking favourably on his disposition, so devoted to what is good, and so hostile to what is evil, and not long after he pronounced his decision upon the affairs of that land as became a God.
1:48But while he was preparing to display the decision which he was about to pronounce, Moses was devoting himself to all the labours of virtue, having a teacher within himself, virtuous reason, by whom he had been trained to the most virtuous pursuits of life, and had learnt to apply himself to the contemplation and practise of virtue and to the continual study of the doctrines of philosophy, which he easily and thoroughly comprehended in his soul, and committed to memory in such a manner as never to forget them; and, moreover, he made all his own actions, which were intrinsically praiseworthy, to harmonise with them, desiring not to seem wise and good, but in truth and reality to be so, because he made the right reason of nature his only aim; which is, in fact, the only first principle and fountain of all the virtues.
1:49Any one else, perhaps, fleeing from the implacable fury of the king, and coming now for the first time into a foreign land, when he had not as yet associated with or learnt the customs of the natives, and not knowing with any accuracy the objects in which they delighted or which they regarded with aversion, would have been desirous to enjoy tranquillity and to live in obscurity, escaping the notice of men in general; or else, if he had wished to come forward in public, he would have endeavoured by all means to propitiate the powerful men and those in the highest authority in the country by persevering attentions, as men from whom some advantage or assistance might be expected, if any pursuers should come after him and endeavour to drag him away by force.
1:50But this man proceeded by the path which was the exact opposite of that which was the probable one for him to take, following the healthy impulses of his soul, and not allowing any one of them to be impeded in its progress. On which account, at times, with the fervour of youth, he attempted things beyond his existing strength; looking upon justice as an irresistible power, by which he was encouraged so as to go spontaneously to the assistance of the weaker side.
Book 1, §§51–75
1:51Λέξω δὲ καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον αὐτῷ τὸν χρόνον πραχθέν, εἰ καὶ μικρὸν ὅσα γε τῷ δοκεῖν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ φρονήματος μικροῦ. κτηνοτροφοῦσιν Ἄραβες καὶ νέμουσι τὰ θρέμματα οὐκ ἄνδρες μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκες νέοι τε καὶ παρθένοι παρ’ αὐτοῖς, οὐχὶ τῶν ἠμελημένων καὶ ἀδόξων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄγαν ἐπιφανῶν.
1:52ἑπτὰ δὴ κόραι πατρὸς ἱερέως ποίμνην ἄγουσαι παρῆσαν ἐπί τινα πηγὴν καὶ τῶν ἱμονιῶν ἐκδησάμεναι τοὺς καδίσκους ἄλλη διαδεχομένη παρ’ ἄλλης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐν τῷ πονεῖν ἰσομοιρίας μάλα προθύμως τὰς δεξαμενάς, αἳ πλησίον ἔκειντο, πληροῦσιν.
1:53ἐπιφοιτήσαντες δ’ ἕτεροι ποιμένες καὶ τῆς τῶν παρθένων ἀσθενείας ὑπεριδόντες τὰς μὲν ἐπεχείρουν μετὰ τῆς ποίμνης ἐλαύνειν, τὰ δ’ οἰκεῖα θρέμματα προσῆγον ἐπὶ τὸ εὐτρεπισθὲν ποτὸν ἀλλότριον καρπωσόμενοι πόνον.
1:54ἰδὼν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ γενόμενον — οὐ γὰρ ἦν πόρρω — συντείνας ἔθει καὶ πλησίον στὰς „οὐ παύσεσθε“ εἶπεν „ἀδικοῦντες, τὴν ἐρημίαν νομίζοντες εἶναι πλεονεξίαν; βραχίονας καὶ πήχεις ἀργοὺς τρέφοντες οὐκ ἐρυθριᾶτε; χαῖται βαθεῖαι καὶ σάρκες ὑμεῖς ἐστε, οὐκ ἄνδρες· αἱ μὲν κόραι νεανιεύονται μηδὲν ὀκνοῦσαι τῶν πρακτέων, οἱ δὲ νεανίαι κορικῶς ἤδη τρυφᾶτε. οὐ βαδιεῖσθε;
1:55οὐχ ὑπεκστήσεσθε ταῖς πρότερον ἡκούσαις, ὧν καὶ τὸ ποτόν ἐστι; δικαίως ἂν αὐταῖς ἐπαντλήσαντες, ἵν’ ἀφθονώτερον ὕδωρ εἴη, καὶ τὸ εὐτρεπισθὲν ἀφελέσθαι σπεύδετε; ἀλλὰ μὰ τὸν οὐράνιον τῆς δίκης ὀφθαλμὸν οὐκ ἀφελεῖσθε βλέποντα καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἐρημοτάτοις.
1:56ἐμὲ γοῦν ἐχειροτόνησε βοηθὸν οὐ προσδοκηθέντα· καὶ γάρ εἰμι σύμμαχος ταῖς ἀδικουμέναις μετὰ μεγάλης χειρός, ἣν οὐ θέμις πλεονέκταις ὁρᾶν· αἰσθήσεσθε δὲ αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς τιτρωσκούσης, εἰ μὴ μεταβάλοιτε.“
1:57ταῦτα διεξιόντος, φοβηθέντες, ἐπεὶ καὶ λέγων ἅμα ἐνεθουσία μεταμορφούμενος εἰς προφήτην, μὴ χρησμοὺς καὶ λόγια θεσπίζει, καταπειθεῖς τε γίνονται καὶ τὴν ποίμνην τῶν παρθένων ἐπὶ τὰς δεξαμενὰς ἄγονται πρότερον μεταστησάμενοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν.
1:58αἱ δ’ ἐπανῄεσαν οἴκαδε σφόδρα γεγηθυῖαι καὶ τὰ συμβάντα παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἐκδιηγοῦντο, ὡς πολὺν ἵμερον ἐνεργάσασθαι τοῦ ξένου τῷ πατρί. κατεμέμφετο γοῦν αὐτὰς ἐπ’ ἀχαριστίᾳ τοιαῦτα λέγων· „τί παθοῦσαι μεθίετε, δέον ἄγειν εὐθὺς καὶ εἴπερ ἀνεδύετο λιπαρεῖν; ἤ τινα μισανθρωπίαν μου κατέγνωτε; ἢ δεύτερον περιπεσεῖν ἀδίκοις οὐ προσδοκᾶτε; βοηθῶν ἀπορεῖν ἀνάγκη τοὺς ἐπιλήσμονας χαρίτων. ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἀναδραμοῦσαι (τὸ γὰρ ἁμάρτημα μέχρι νῦν ἐστιν ἰάσιμον) ἴτε μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ καλεῖτε ξενίων μὲν πρότερον αὖθις δὲ καὶ ἀμοιβῆς (ὀφείλεται γὰρ αὐτῷ χάρις) μεθέξοντα.“
1:59συντείνασαι δὲ καταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν οὐ πόρρω τῆς πηγῆς καὶ δηλώσασαι τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς οἴκαδε συμπείθουσιν ἥκειν. ὁ δὲ πατὴρ τὴν μὲν ὄψιν εὐθὺς τὸ δὲ βούλημα ὀλίγον ὕστερον καταπλαγεὶς — ἀρίδηλοι γὰρ αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου γνωριζόμεναι — δίδωσι τὴν καλλιστεύουσαν αὐτῷ τῶν θυγατέρων γυναῖκα, δι’ ἑνὸς ἔργου πάνθ’ ὅσα τῶν εἰς καλοκἀγαθίαν μαρτυρήσας καὶ ὡς ἀξιέραστον μόνον τὸ καλόν ἐστι τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρου συστάσεως οὐ δεόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιφέρον τὰ γνωρίσματα.
1:60μετὰ δὲ τὸν γάμον παραλαβὼν τὰς ἀγέλας ἐποίμαινε προδιδασκόμενος εἰς ἡγεμονίαν· ποιμενικὴ γὰρ μελέτη καὶ προγυμνασία βασιλείας τῷ μέλλοντι τῆς ἡμερωτάτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστατεῖν ἀγέλης, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς τὰς φύσεις τὰ κυνηγέσια· θήραις γὰρ ἐμπρομελετῶσιν οἱ πρὸς τὰς στραταρχίας ἀλειφόμενοι, τῶν ἀλόγων οἷά τινος ὕλης ὑποβεβλημένων πρὸς ἄσκησιν τῆς καθ’ ἑκάτερον καιρὸν ἀρχῆς, τόν τε πολέμου καὶ τὸν εἰρήνης.
1:61ἡ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀγρίων θήρα στρατηγικὸν κατ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐστι γύμνασμα, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἡμέρων ἐπιμέλεια καὶ προστασία βασιλικὸν πρὸς ὑπηκόους ἀγώνισμα· διὸ καὶ „ποιμένες λαῶν“ οἱ βασιλεῖς, οὐχ ὡς ὄνειδος ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑπερβάλλουσα τιμή, προσαγορεύονται.
1:62καί μοι δοκεῖ μὴ πρὸς δόξας τῶν πολλῶν ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἐρευνωμένῳ τὸ πρᾶγμα — γελάτω δ’ ὁ βουλόμενος — μόνος ἂν γενέσθαι βασιλεὺς τέλειος ὁ τὴν ποιμενικὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀγαθός, ἐν ἐλάττοσι ζῴοις παιδευθεὶς τὰ τῶν κρειττόνων· ἀμήχανον γὰρ τὰ μεγάλα πρὸ τῶν μικρῶν τελεσθῆναι.
1:63Γενόμενος οὖν τῶν καθ’ αὑτὸν ἀγελαρχῶν ἄριστος καὶ ποριστὴς τῶν ὅσα πρὸς τὴν τῶν θρεμμάτων συνέτεινεν ὠφέλειαν ἱκανὸς ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀποκνεῖν ἀλλ’ ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ εἰς δέον τῇ προστασίᾳ χρῆσθαι μετὰ καθαρᾶς καὶ ἀδόλου πίστεως ηὔξησε τὰς ἀγέλας·
1:64ὡς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων νομέων ἤδη καὶ φθονεῖσθαι μηδὲν ὁμοιότροπον ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις ποίμναις ὁρώντων, αἷς εὐτυχὲς εἶναι ἐδόκει ἡ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μονή, ταῖς δὲ τὸ μὴ βελτιοῦσθαι καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐλάττωσις διὰ τὸ μεγάλας εἰωθέναι λαμβάνειν ἐπιδόσεις ἐκ μὲν εὐσαρκίας καὶ πιότητος εἰς κάλλος, εἰς δὲ πλῆθος ἐξ εὐτοκίας καὶ τῶν περὶ δίαιταν ὑγιεινῶν.
1:65ἄγων δὲ τὴν ποίμνην εἰς τόπον εὔυδρόν τε καὶ εὔχορτον, ἔνθα συνέβαινε καὶ πολλὴν πόαν προβατεύσιμον ἀναδίδοσθαι, γενόμενος πρός τινι νάπει θέαμα ἐκπληκτικώτατον ὁρᾷ. βάτος ἦν, ἀκανθῶδές τι φυτὸν καὶ ἀσθενέστατον· οὗτος, οὐδενὸς πῦρ προσενεγκόντος, ἐξαίφνης ἀνακαίεται καὶ περισχεθεὶς ὅλος ἐκ ῥίζης εἰς ἀκρέμονα πολλῇ φλογὶ καθάπερ ἀπό τινος πηγῆς ἀνομβρούσης διέμενε σῷος, οὐ κατακαιόμενος, οἷά τις ἀπαθὴς οὐσία καὶ οὐχ ὕλη πυρὸς αὐτὸς ὤν, ἀλλὰ τροφῇ χρώμενος τῷ πυρί.
1:66κατὰ δὲ μέσην τὴν φλόγα μορφή τις ἦν περικαλλεστάτη, τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐμφερὴς οὐδενί, θεοειδέστατον ἄγαλμα, φῶς αὐγοειδέστερον τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπαστράπτουσα, ἣν ἄν τις ὑπετόπησεν εἰκόνα τοῦ ὄντος εἶναι· καλείσθω δὲ ἄγγελος, ὅτι σχεδὸν τὰ μέλλοντα γενήσεσθαι διήγγελλε τρανοτέρᾳ φωνῆς ἡσυχίᾳ διὰ τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ὄψεως.
1:67σύμβολον γὰρ ὁ μὲν καιόμενος βάτος τῶν ἀδικουμένων, τὸ δὲ φλέγον πῦρ τῶν ἀδικούντων, τὸ δὲ μὴ κατακαίεσθαι τὸ καιόμενον τοῦ μὴ πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων φθαρήσεσθαι τοὺς ἀδικουμένους, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ἄπρακτον καὶ ἀνωφελῆ γενέσθαι τὴν ἐπίθεσιν, τοῖς δὲ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἀζήμιον, ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος προνοίας τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ τὰ λίαν φοβερὰ παρὰ τὰς ἁπάντων ἐλπίδας κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἐξευμαρίζοντος.
1:68τὴν δὲ εἰκασίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐπισκεπτέον. ὁ βάτος, ὡς ἐλέχθη, φυτὸν ἀσθενέστατον ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἄκεντρον, ὡς εἰ καὶ μόνον ἐπιψαύσειέ τις τιτρώσκειν, οὔτ’ ἐξαναλώθη τῷ φύσει δαπανηρῷ πυρί, τοὐναντίον δὲ ἐφυλάχθη πρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ διαμένων ὁποῖος ἦν πρὶν ἀνακαίεσθαι μηδὲν ἀποβαλὼν τὸ παράπαν αὐγὴν προσέλαβε.
1:69τοῦθ’ ἅπαν ὑπογραφή τίς ἐστι τῆς ἐθνικῆς ὑποθέσεως, ἣ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐπεῖχε, μόνον οὐ βοῶσα τοῖς ἐν συμφοραῖς· „μὴ ἀναπίπτετε, τὸ ἀσθενὲς ὑμῶν δύναμίς ἐστιν, ἣ καὶ κεντεῖ καὶ κατατρώσει μυρίους. ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξαναλῶσαι γλιχομένων τὸ γένος ἀκόντων διασωθήσεσθε μᾶλλον ἢ ἀπολεῖσθε, τοῖς κακοῖς οὐ κακωθήσεσθε, ἀλλ’ ὅταν μάλιστα πορθεῖν νομίσῃ τις ὑμᾶς, τότε μάλιστα πρὸς εὔκλειαν ἐκλάμψετε.“
1:70πάλιν τὸ πῦρ φθοροποιὸς οὐσία διελέγχουσα τοὺς ὠμοθύμους· „μὴ ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀλκαῖς ἐπαίρεσθε, τὰς ἀμάχους ῥώμας ἰδόντες καθαιρουμένας σωφρονίσθητε· ἡ μὲν καυστικὴ δύναμις τῆς φλογὸς ὡς ξύλον καίεται, τὸ δὲ φύσει καυστὸν ξύλον οἷα πῦρ ἐμφανῶς καίει.“
1:71Τὸ τεράστιον τοῦτο καὶ τεθαυματουργημένον δείξας ὁ θεὸς τῷ Μωυσεῖ, παραίνεσιν ἐναργεστάτην τῶν μελλόντων ἀποτελεῖσθαι, καὶ διὰ χρησμῶν ἄρχεται προτρέπειν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους σπεύδειν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὡς οὐ μόνον ἐλευθερίας παραίτιον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἐνθένδε ἀποικίας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν γενησόμενον, ὁμολογῶν ἐν ἅπασι συλλήψεσθαι.
1:72„κακουμένων γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ καὶ δυσανασχέτους ὕβρεις ὑπομενόντων, οὐδενὸς ἀνθρώπων οὔτ’ ἐπικουφίζοντος οὔτ’ ἐλεοῦντος τὰς συμφοράς, οἶκτον“ φησίν „αὐτὸς ἔλαβον· καὶ γὰρ οἶδ’ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον καὶ πάντας ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐφ’ ἱκετείας καὶ λιτὰς τραπομένους ἐλπίζειν τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ βοήθειαν· εἰμὶ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἤπιος καὶ γνησίοις ἱκέταις ἵλεως.
1:73ἴθι δὴ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τῆς χώρας μηδὲν εὐλαβηθεὶς τὸ παράπαν — ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρότερος τέθνηκεν, ὃν ἀπεδίδρασκες διὰ φόβον ἐπιβουλῆς, ἕτερος δὲ τὴν χώραν ἐπιτέτραπται μηδενὸς τῶν πραγμάτων σοι μνησικακῶν — καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους γερουσίαν προσπαραλαβὼν εἰπὲ χρησμῷ προσκεκλῆσθαι ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ἔθνος, ἵνα κατὰ τὰ πάτρια θύσῃ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἔξω τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας προελθόν.“
1:74ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀπιστήσοντας τούς τε ὁμοφύλους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας „ἐὰν οὖν“ φησί „πυνθάνωνται, τί τὸ ὄνομα τῷ πέμψαντι, μηδ’ αὐτὸς εἰπεῖν ἔχων ἆρ’ οὐ δόξω διαπατᾶν“;
1:75ὁ δὲ „τὸ μὲν πρῶτον λέγε“ φησίν „αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν, ἵνα μαθόντες διαφορὰν ὄντος τε καὶ μὴ ὄντος προσαναδιδαχθῶσιν, ὡς οὐδὲν ὄνομα τὸ παράπαν ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ κυριολογεῖται, ᾧ μόνῳ πρόσεστι τὸ εἶναι.
Book 1, §§51–75
1:51I will also mention one action which was done by him at that time, even although it may be but a trifling one in appearance, but still it proceeded from a lofty spirit. The Arabs are great breeders of cattle, and they all feed their flocks together, not merely men, but also women, and youths, and maidens with them, and this, too, not merely in the obscurer classes and lower ranks of life, but also among the most eminent persons of the nation.
1:52Now there were seven damsels, whose father was the priest, and they all came to a certain fountain leading their flocks, and having loosened their vessels and let them down by thongs they succeeded one another in drawing up the water, so as for them all to have an equal share in the work; and in this way they cheerfully and rapidly filled the troughs which were at hand.
1:53And when other shepherds came up they disregarded the weakness of the damsels and endeavoured to drive them away with their flocks, and then brought their own herds to the drink that was prepared, desiring to reap the fruits of the labour of others.
1:54But Moses, seeing what was done, for he was at no great distance, hastened and ran up; and, when he had come near to them, he said: "Will not you desist from behaving thus unjustly, thinking this solitary place a fitting field for the exercise of your covetousness? Are you not ashamed to have such cowardly arms and hands? You are long-haired people, female flesh, and not men. The damsels behave like vigorous youths, hesitating about nothing that they ought to do; but you, young men, are now behaving lazily, like girls.
1:55Will you not depart? Will you not be off and give place to those who arrived first, to whom the water belongs, and who are entitled to it; when you ought rather to have drawn water for them, that so they might have had it in greater abundance? And are you, on the contrary, endeavouring to take away from them what they themselves have got ready? "But I swear, by the celestial eye of justice, which sees what is done even in the most solitary places, that you shall not take it from them.
1:56And at all events, now justice has sent me and appointed me to bring them assistance who never expected such an officer; for I am an ally to these damsels who are thus injured by violence, and I come with a might which you evil-doers and covetous people cannot face, but you shall feel it wounding you in an invisible manner, if you do not change your ways."
1:57He said this; and they, being alarmed at his words, since while he was speaking he appeared inspired, and his appearance became changed, so that he looked like a prophet, and fearing lest he might be uttering divine oracles and predictions, they obeyed and became submissive, and brought back the flock of the maidens to the troughs, first of all removing their own cattle.
1:58So the damsels went home exceedingly delighted, and they related all that had happened to them beyond their hopes, so that they wished their father with an earnest desire to see the stranger. At all events he blamed them for their ingratitude, speaking as follows: "What were ye about, that ye let him go, when you ought at once to have brought him hither, and to have entreated him to come if he declined? Or when did you see any inhospitality in me? Or do you expect never again to fall into difficulties? Those who are forgetful of services must needs lack defenders, but nevertheless hasten after him, for as yet the error which you have committed may be repaired; and go with haste and invite him first of all to a hospitable reception, and then endeavour to requite his service, for great thanks are due to him."
1:59So they made haste, and went after him, and overtook him at no great distance from the fountain; and when they had delivered their father’s message to him, they persuaded him to return home with them. And their father was at once greatly struck by his appearance, and soon afterwards he learnt to admire his wisdom, for great natures are very easily discovered, and do not require a length of time to be appreciated, and so he gave him the most beautiful of his daughters to be his wife, conjecturing by that one action of his how completely good and excellent he was, and testifying that what is good is the only thing which deserves to be loved, and that it does not require any external recommendation, but bears in itself proofs by which it may be known and understood.
1:60And after his marriage, Moses took his father-in-law’s herds and tended them, being thus instructed in the lessons proper to qualify him for becoming the leader of a people, for the business of a shepherd is a preparation for the office of a king to any one who is destined to preside over that most manageable of all flocks, mankind, just as hunting is a good training-school for men of warlike dispositions; for they who are practising with a view to learning the management of an army, previously study the science of hunting, brute animals being as some raw material exposed to their attacks in order for them to practise the art of commanding on each occasion of war or of peace,
1:61for the pursuit of wild beasts is a training-school of strategy to be developed against enemies, and the care and management of tame animals is a royal training for the government of subjects; for which reason kings are called shepherds of their people, not by way of reproach, but as a most especial and preeminent honour.
1:62And it appears to me, who have examined the matter not with any reference to the opinions of the many, but solely with regard to truth (and he may laugh who pleases), that that man alone can be a perfect king who is well skilled in the art of the shepherd, being thus instructed as to more important matters by experience of the inferior animals; for it is impossible for great things to be brought to perfection before small ones.
1:63Therefore Moses, having become the most skilful herdsman of his time, and the most prudent provider of all the necessary things for his flock, and of all things which tended to their advantage, because he never delayed or hesitated, but exerted a voluntary and spontaneous cheerfulness in all things necessary for the animals under his charge,
1:64saw his flocks increase with great joy and guileless good faith, so that he soon incurred the envy of the other herdsmen, who saw nothing in their own flocks resembling the condition of his; but they thought themselves well off if they continued as before, while the flock of Moses would have been thought to be falling off if it had not improved, every day, by reason of the vast augmentations that it was in the habit of receiving in beauty from its high condition and fatness, and in number from the prolific character of the females, and the wholesome way in which it was fed and managed.
1:65And when Moses was leading his flock into a situation full of good water and good grass, where there was also a great deal of herbage especially suitable for sheep, he came upon a certain grove in a valley, where he saw a most marvellous sight. There was a bush or briar, a very thorny plant, and very weak and supple. This bush was on a sudden set in a blaze without any one applying any fire to it, and being entirely enveloped from the root to the topmost branch by the abundant flame, as though it had proceeded from some fountain showering fire over it, it nevertheless remained whole without being consumed, like some impassible essence, and not as if it were itself the natural fuel for fire, but rather as if it were taking the fire for its own fuel.
1:66And in the middle of the flame there was seen a certain very beautiful form, not resembling any visible thing, a most Godlike image, emitting a light more brilliant than fire, which any one might have imagined to be the image of the living God. But let it be called an angel, because it merely related (διηγέλλετο) the events which were about to happen in a silence more distinct than any voice by reason of the marvellous sight which was thus exhibited.
1:67For the burning bush was a symbol of the oppressed people, and the burning fire was a symbol of the oppressors; and the circumstance of the burning bush not being consumed was an emblem of the fact that the people thus oppressed would not be destroyed by those who were attacking them, but that their hostility would be unsuccessful and fruitless to the one party, and the fact of their being plotted against would fail to be injurious to the others. The angel, again, was the emblem of the providence of God, who mitigates circumstances which appear very formidable, so as to produce from them great tranquillity beyond the hopes or expectation of any one.
1:68But we must now accurately investigate the comparison here made. The briar, as has been already said, is a most weak and supple plant, yet it is not without thorns, so that it wounds one if one only touches it. Nor was it consumed by fire, which is naturally destructive, but on the contrary it was preserved by it, and in addition to not being consumed, it continued just as it was before, and without undergoing any change whatever itself, acquired additional brilliancy.
1:69All these circumstances are an allegory to intimate the suggestions given by the other notions which at that time prevailed, almost crying out in plain words to persons in affliction, "Do not faint; your weakness is your strength, which shall pierce and wound innumerable hosts. You shall be saved rather than destroyed, by those who are desirous to destroy your whole race against their will, so that you shall not be overwhelmed by the evils with which they will afflict you, but when your enemies think most surely that they are destroying you, then you shall most brilliantly shine out in glory."
1:70Again, the fire, which is a destructive essence, convicting the men of cruel dispositions, says, Be not elated so as to rely on your own strength; be admonished rather when you see irresistible powers destroyed. The consuming power of flame is itself consumed like firewood, and the wood, which is by its intrinsic nature capable of being burnt, burns other things visibly like fire.
1:71God, having shown this prodigious and miraculous sight to Moses, gave him, in this way, a most visible lesson as to the events which are about to be accomplished; and he begins to exhort him, by divine admonitions and predictions, to apply himself to the government of his nation, as one who was to be not only the author of its freedom, but also its leader in its migration from Egypt, which should take place at no distant period; promising to be present with him as his coadjutor in every thing.
1:72For says God, "I myself have had compassion for a long time on them while ill-treated and subjected to insolence hard to be borne, while there was no man to lighten their sufferings, nor to pity their calamities; for I have seen them all, each individual privately and the whole nation, with one accord turning to address supplications and prayers to me, and hoping for assistance from me. And I am by nature merciful, and propitious to all sincere suppliants.
1:73But go thou to the king of the country, without fearing any thing whatever; for the former king is dead from whom you fled for fear of his plotting against thee. And another king now governs the land, who has no ill-will against thee on account of any thing, and who has taken the elders of the nation into his council; tell him that the whole nation is called forth by me, by my divine oracle, that in accordance with the customs of their ancestors they may depart three days’ journey out of the country, and there may sacrifice unto me."
1:74But Moses, not being ignorant that even his own countrymen would distrust his word, and also that every one else would do so, said, "If then they ask what is the name of him who sent thee, and if I know not what to reply to them, shall I not seem to be deceiving them?"
1:75And God said, "At first say unto them, I am that I am, that when they have learnt that there is a difference between him that is and him that is not, they may be further taught that there is no name whatever that can properly be assigned to me, who am the only being to whom existence belongs.
Book 1, §§76–100
1:76ἐὰν δ’ ἀσθενέστεροι τὰς φύσεις ὄντες ἐπιζητῶσι πρόσρησιν, δήλωσον αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον τοῦθ’ ὅτι θεός εἰμι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ τριῶν τῶν ἐπωνύμων ἀνδρῶν ἀρετῆς, θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ, ὧν ὁ μὲν τῆς διδακτῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς φυσικῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀσκητικῆς σοφίας κανών ἐστιν. ἐὰν δὲ ἔτι ἀπιστῶσι, τρισὶ σημείοις ἀναδιδαχθέντες μεταβαλοῦσιν, ἃ πρότερον οὔτε τις εἶδεν οὔτε ἤκουσεν ἀνθρώπων.“
1:77ἦν δὲ τὰ σημεῖα τοιάδε· ῥάβδον, ἣν εἶχεν, εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥῖψαι κελεύει· ἡ δ’ αὐτίκα ψυχωθεῖσα εἷρπε καὶ τῶν ἀπόδων τὸ ἡγεμονικώτατον ὑπερμεγέθης δράκων γίνεται τελειότατος· ταχέως δ’ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῴου καὶ διὰ δέος ἤδη πρὸς φυγὴν ὁρμῶν μετακαλεῖται καὶ θεοῦ προστάξαντος ἅμα τε θάρσος ἐμποιήσαντος ἐπιδράττεται τῆς οὐρᾶς.
1:78ὁ δὲ ἰλυσπώμενος ἔτι κατὰ τὴν ἐπαφὴν ἵσταται καὶ πρὸς μῆκος εὖ μάλα ταθεὶς εὐθὺς εἰς βακτηρίαν μετεστοιχειοῦτο τὴν αὐτήν, ὡς θαυμάζειν μὲν τὰς μεταβολὰς ἀμφοτέρας, ποτέρα δὲ καταπληκτικωτέρα, μὴ δύνασθαι διακρίνειν, τῆς ψυχῆς ἰσορρόπῳ πληχθείσης φαντασίᾳ.
1:79τοῦτο μὲν δὴ πρῶτον, ἕτερον δ’ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐθαυματουργεῖτο· τῶν χειρῶν τὴν ἑτέραν προστάττει τοῖς κόλποις ἐπικρύψαντα μικρὸν ὕστερον προενεγκεῖν· δράσαντος δὲ τὸ κελευσθέν, ἡ χεὶρ λευκοτέρα χιόνος ἐξαπιναίως ἀναφαίνεται· πάλιν δὲ καθέντος εἰς τοὺς κόλπους καὶ ἀνενεγκόντος, εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν χρόαν τρέπεται τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀπολαβοῦσα εἶδος.
1:80ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ μόνου μόνος ἐπαιδεύετο, ὡς παρὰ διδασκάλῳ γνώριμος, ἔχων παρ’ ἑαυτῷ τὰ τῶν τεράτων ὄργανα, τήν τε χεῖρα καὶ τὴν βακτηρίαν, οἷς προεφωδιάσθη.
1:81τρίτον δ’ ἐπιφέρεσθαι μὲν οὐκ ἦν οὐδὲ προδιδάσκεσθαι, ἔμελλε δ’ ἐκπλήττειν οὐκ ἔλαττον τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ. ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο· „τοῦ ποταμίου“ φησίν „ὕδατος ὅσον ἂν ἀρυσάμενος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆς ἐκχέῃς, αἷμα ξανθότατον ἔσται πρὸς τῇ χρόᾳ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἑτεροιωθὲν εἰς ἀλλαγὴν παντελῆ.“
1:82πιστὸν δ’ ὡς ἔοικε καὶ τοῦτ’ ἀνεφαίνετο, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ τοῦ λέγοντος ἀψευδές, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὰ ἤδη προεπιδειχθέντα ἐπί τε τῆς χειρὸς καὶ τῆς βακτηρίας θαυματουργήματα.
1:83πιστεύων δ’ ὅμως παρῃτεῖτο τὴν χειροτονίαν ἰσχνόφωνον καὶ βραδύγλωσσον, οὐκ εὔλογον, αὑτὸν εἶναι φάσκων καὶ μάλιστ’ ἀφ’ οὗ λέγοντος ἤκουε θεοῦ· νομίσας γὰρ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην λογιότητα κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῆς θείας ἀφωνίαν εἶναι καὶ ἅμα τὴν φύσιν εὐλαβὴς ὢν ὑπεστέλλετο τοῖς ὑπερόγκοις, τὰ λίαν μεγάλα κρίνων οὐ καθ’ αὑτόν, καὶ παρεκάλει ἕτερον ἑλέσθαι τὸν εὐμαρῶς ἕκαστα τῶν ἐπισταλέντων διαπράξασθαι δυνησόμενον.
1:84ὁ δ’ ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτὸν τῆς αἰδοῦς "ἆρά γε ἀγνοεῖς“ εἶπε "τὸν δόντα ἀνθρώπῳ στόμα καὶ κατασκευάσαντα γλῶτταν καὶ ἀρτηρίαν καὶ τὴν ἅπασαν λογικῆς φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίαν; αὐτός εἰμι ἐγώ. μηδὲν οὖν δείσῃς· ἐμοῦ γὰρ ἐπινεύσαντος ἀρθρωθήσεται πάντα καὶ μεταβαλεῖ πρὸς τὸ μέτριον, ὡς μηδενὸς ἔτι ἐμποδίζοντος ῥεῖν εὔτροχον καὶ λεῖον ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς πηγῆς τὸ τῶν λόγων νᾶμα. χρεία δ’ εἰ γένοιτο ἑρμηνέως, ὑποδιακονικὸν στόμα τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἕξεις, ἵν’ ὁ μὲν τῷ πλήθει ἀπαγγέλλῃ τὰ ἀπὸ σοῦ, σὺ δ’ ἐκείνῳ τὰ θεῖα.“
1:85Ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας — οὐ γὰρ ἦν εἰς ἅπαν ἀντιλέγειν ἀσφαλὲς οὐδ’ ἀκίνδυνον — ἄρας ἐβάδιζε μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνων ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον, καθ’ ἣν ὑπαντήσαντα τὸν ἀδελφὸν πείθει συνακολουθεῖν ὑπειπὼν τὰ θεῖα λόγια· τῷ δ’ ἄρα προϋπείργαστο ἡ ψυχὴ κατ’ ἐπιφροσύνην θεοῦ πρὸς πειθαρχίαν, ὡς ἀνενδοιάστως συναινεῖν καὶ ἑτοίμως ἕπεσθαι.
1:86παραγενόμενοι δ’ εἰς Αἴγυπτον γνώμῃ καὶ ψυχῇ μιᾷ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοὺς δημογέροντας τοῦ ἔθνους συναγαγόντες ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ μηνύουσι τοὺς χρησμοὺς καὶ ὡς ἔλεον καὶ οἶκτον λαβὼν αὐτῶν ὁ θεὸς ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάστασιν εἰς ἀμείνω χώραν ὁμολογῶν αὐτὸς ἔσεσθαι τῆς ὁδοῦ ἡγεμὼν ὑπισχνεῖται.
1:87μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ θαρροῦσιν ἤδη διαλέγεσθαι περὶ τοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἱερουργήσοντα ἐκπέμψαι τῶν ὅρων· δεῖν γὰρ ἔφασκον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τὰς πατρίους θυσίας ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, μὴ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων γινομένας, ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ καὶ νόμῳ διαφεύγοντι τὴν κοινότητα διὰ τὰς τῶν ἐθῶν ἐξαιρέτους ἰδιότητας.
1:88ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἔτι σπαργάνων προγονικῷ τύφῳ τὴν ψυχὴν πεπιεσμένος καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν νοητὸν θεὸν ἔξω τῶν ὁρατῶν νομίζων ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς ὕβριν εἰπών· „τίς ἐστιν οὗ χρή με ὑπακούειν; οὐκ οἶδα τὸν λεγόμενον τοῦτον καινὸν κύριον· οὐκ ἐξαποστέλλω τὸ ἔθνος ἐπὶ προφάσει ἑορτῆς καὶ θυσιῶν ἀφηνιάσον“ (cf. Exod. 5,2).
1:89εἶθ’ ἅτε χαλεπὸς καὶ βαρύμηνις καὶ ἀπαραίτητος τὴν ὀργὴν κελεύει τοὺς τοῖς ἔργοις ἐφεστῶτας προπηλακίζεσθαι ὡς ἀνέσεις καὶ σχολὴν ἐνδιδόντας, ἀνέσεως καὶ σχολῆς εἶναι λέγων τὸ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ θυσιῶν καὶ ἑορτῶν· τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ἀνάγκαις τούτων οὐδὲ μεμνῆσθαι, ἀλλ’ οἷς ὁ βίος ἐν εὐπαθείᾳ πολλῇ καὶ τρυφῇ.
1:90βαρυτέρας οὖν ἢ πρότερον συμφορὰς ὑπομενόντων καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀμφὶ Μωυσῆν δυσχεραινόντων ὡς ἀπατεῶσι καὶ τὰ μὲν λάθρα τὰ δὲ φανερῶς κακηγορούντων καὶ ἀσεβείας αἰτιωμένων ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν θεοῦ κατεψεῦσθαι, δεικνύειν ἄρχεται Μωυσῆς ἃ προὐδιδάχθη τέρατα, νομίσας τοὺς θεασομένους ἐκ τῆς ἐπεχούσης ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν τῶν λεγομένων μεταβαλεῖν.
1:91ἡ δὲ τῶν τεράτων ἐπίδειξις ἐγένετο καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ διὰ σπουδῆς καὶ τοῖς ἐν τέλει τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. πάντων οὖν τῶν δυνατῶν συρρυέντων εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, λαβὼν τὴν βακτηρίαν ὁ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς καὶ κατασείσας μάλα ἐπιδεικτικῶς εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥίπτει· καὶ ἡ μὲν δράκων αὐτίκα γίνεται, οἱ δ’ ἐν κύκλῳ κατεθεῶντο καὶ ἅμα θαυμαστικῶς ἔχοντες ὑπὸ δέους ἐξαναχωροῦντες ἀπέφευγον.
1:92σοφισταὶ δ’ ὅσοι καὶ μάγοι παρετύγχανον „τί καταπλήττεσθε;“ εἶπον· „οὐδ’ ἡμεῖς τῶν τοιούτων ἀμελετήτως ἔχομεν, ἀλλὰ χρώμεθα τέχνῃ δημιουργῷ τῶν ὁμοίων.“ εἶθ’ ἑκάστου βακτηρίαν ἣν εἶχε ῥίψαντος, δρακόντων πλῆθος ἦν καὶ περὶ ἕνα τὸν πρῶτον εἱλοῦντο.
1:93ὁ δ’ ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος διαναστὰς πρὸς ὕψος τὰ μὲν στέρνα εὐρύνει, τὸ δὲ στόμα διοίξας ὁλκοῦ πνεύματος ῥύμῃ βιαιοτάτῃ καθάπερ βόλον ἰχθύων πάντας ἐν κύκλῳ σαγηνεύσας ἐπισπᾶται καὶ καταπιὼν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν φύσιν τῆς βακτηρίας μετέβαλεν.
1:94ἤδη μὲν οὖν ἐν ἑκάστου τῇ ψυχῇ τῶν ἐθελοκακούντων τὸ ὕποπτον διήλεγξεν ἡ μεγαλουργηθεῖσα ὄψις, ὡς μηκέτι νομίζειν ἀνθρώπων σοφίσματα καὶ τέχνας εἶναι τὰ γινόμενα πεπλασμένας πρὸς ἀπάτην. ἀλλὰ δύναμιν θειοτέραν τὴν τούτων αἰτίαν, ᾗ πάντα δρᾶν εὐμαρές.
1:95ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκασθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν γινομένων ἐμφανοῦς ἐναργείας οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐθρασύνοντο, τῆς αὐτῆς ἀπανθρωπίας καὶ ἀσεβείας ὥσπερ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἐπειλημμένοι βεβαιοτάτου, μήτε τοὺς καταδουλωθέντας ἀδίκως ἐλεοῦντες μήτε τὰ διὰ τῶν λόγων προσταττόμενα δρῶντες, ἅτε δὴ τοῦ θεοῦ τρανοτέραις χρησμῶν ἀποδείξεσι ταῖς διὰ σημείων καὶ τεράτων τὸ βούλημα δεδηλωκότος, ἐμβριθεστέρας ἐπανατάσεως ἐδέησε καὶ πληγῶν ἑσμοῦ, αἷς οἱ ἄφρονες νουθετοῦνται, οὓς λόγος οὐκ ἐπαίδευσε.
1:96Δέκα δὲ ἐπάγονται τῇ χώρᾳ τιμωρίαι, κατὰ τῶν τέλεια ἡμαρτηκότων τέλειος ἀριθμὸς κολάσεως· ἦν δὲ κόλασις παρηλλαχυῖα τὰς ἐν ἔθει. τὰ γὰρ στοιχεῖα τοῦ παντός, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ πῦρ, ἐπιτίθενται, δικαιώσαντος θεοῦ, οἷς ἀπετελέσθη ὁ κόσμος, τὴν ἀσεβῶν χώραν φθαρῆναι, πρὸς ἔνδειξιν κράτους ἀρχῆς ᾗ κέχρηται, τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ σωτηρίως ἐπὶ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων σχηματίζοντος καὶ τρέποντος ὁπότε βουληθείη πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀπώλειαν.
1:97διανέμει δὲ τὰς κολάσεις, τρεῖς μὲν τὰς ἐκ τῶν παχυμερεστέρων στοιχείων γῆς καὶ ὕδατος, ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθησαν αἱ σωματικαὶ ποιότητες, ἐφεὶς τῷ Μωυσέως ἀδελφῷ, τὰς δ’ ἴσας ἐξ ἀέρος καὶ πυρὸς τῶν ψυχογονιμωτάτων μόνῳ Μωυσεῖ, μίαν δὲ κοινὴν ἀμφοτέροις ἑβδόμην ἐπιτρέπει, τρεῖς δὲ τὰς ἄλλας εἰς συμπλήρωσιν δεκάδος ἀνατίθησιν αὑτῷ.
1:98καὶ πρώτας ἐπιφέρειν ἄρχεται τὰς ἀφ’ ὕδατος· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ ὕδωρ Αἰγύπτιοι διαφερόντως ἐκτετιμήκασιν ἀρχὴν τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως τοῦτ’ εἶναι νομίζοντες, αὐτὸ πρῶτον ἠξίωσε καλέσαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀποδεχομένων ἐπίπληξίν τε καὶ νουθεσίαν.
1:99τί οὖν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν συνέβη; τοῦ Μωυσέως ἀδελφοῦ προστάξει θείᾳ κατενεγκόντος τὴν βακτηρίαν ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ὁ μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπ’ Αἰθιοπίας ἄχρι θαλάσσης εἰς αἷμα τρέπεται, συνεξαιματοῦνται δ’ αὐτῷ λίμναι, διώρυχες, κρῆναι, φρέατα, πηγαί, σύμπασα ἡ κατ’ Αἴγυπτον οὐσία ὕδατος, ὡς ἀπορίᾳ ποτοῦ τὰ παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις ἀναστέλλειν, τὰς δ’ ἀνατεμνομένας φλέβας καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς αἱμορραγίαις κρουνηδὸν αὐλοὺς ἀκοντίζειν αἵματος, μηδεμιᾶς ἐνορωμένης διαυγοῦς λιβάδος.
1:100ἐναπέθνῃσκε δὲ καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν ἰχθύων ἅπαντα, ἅτε τῆς ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως εἰς φθοροποιὸν μεταβαλούσης, ὡς δυσωδίας πάντα διὰ πάντων ἀναπεπλῆσθαι, τοσούτων σηπομένων ἀθρόον σωμάτων· πολὺς δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ὄχλος ὑπὸ δίψους διαφθαρεὶς ἔκειτο σωρηδὸν ἐπὶ τῶν τριόδων, οὐ σθενόντων ἐπὶ τὰ μνήματα τῶν οἰκείων τοὺς τετελευτηκότας ἐκκομίζειν.
Book 1, §§76–100
1:76And if, inasmuch as they are weak in their natural abilities, they shall inquire further about my appellation, tell them not only this one fact that I am God, but also that I am the God of those men who have derived their names from virtue, that I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, one of whom is the rule of that wisdom which is derived from teaching, another of natural wisdom, and the third of that which is derived from practise. And if they are still distrustful they shall be taught by these tokens, and then they shall change their dispositions, seeing such signs as no man has hitherto either seen or heard."
1:77Now the tokens were as follows. The rod which Moses held in his hand God ordered him to throw down on the ground; and immediately it received life, and crawled along, and speedily became the most powerful of all the animals which want feet, namely an immense serpent, complete in all its parts. And when Moses retreated from the beast, and out of fear was on the point of taking to flight, he was called back again; and when God laid his commands upon him, and inspired him with courage, he laid hold of it by the tail;
1:78and the serpent, though still crawling onwards, stopped at his touch, and being stretched out at its full length again returned to its original elements and became the same rod as before, so that Moses marvelled at both the changes, not knowing which was the most wonderful; as he was unable to decide between them, his soul being overwhelmed with these appearances of equal strangeness.
1:79This now was the first sign. The second miraculous token was afforded to him at no great distance of time. God commanded him to put one of his hands in his bosom and hide it there, and a moment afterwards to draw it out again. And when he had done what he was commanded, his hand in a moment appeared whiter than snow. Again, when he had put his hand a second time into his bosom, and had a second time drawn it forth, it returned to its original complexion, and resumed its proper appearance.
1:80These two lessons he was taught in solitude, when he was alone with God, like a pupil alone with his master, and having about him the instruments with which these wonders were worked, namely, his hand and his rod, with which indeed he walked along the road.
1:81But the third he could not carry about with him, nor could he be instructed as to that beforehand; but it was destined to astonish him not less than the others, deriving the origin of its existence from Egypt. And this was its character. God said, "The water of the river, as much as you can take up in your hand and pour upon the ground shall be dark blood, being both in colour and in power transformed with a complete transformation."
1:82And, as was natural, this also appeared credible to Moses, not merely by reason of the truth-telling nature of the speaker, but also because of the marvels that had already been shown to him, with respect to his hand and to his rod.
1:83But though he believed the words of God, nevertheless he tried to avoid the office to which God was appointing him, urging that he was a man of a weak voice, and slow of speech, and not eloquent, and especially so ever since he had heard God himself speaking. For judging the greatest human eloquence to be mere speechlessness in comparison with the truth, and being also prudent and cautious by nature, he shrunk from the undertaking, thinking such great matters proper for proud and bold men and not for him. And he entreated God to choose some one else who would be able easily to accomplish all the commands which he thus laid upon him.
1:84But he approved of his modesty, and said, "Art thou ignorant who it is that giveth to man a mouth, and who has formed his windpipe and his tongue, and all the apparatus of the articulate voice? I am he. Therefore, fear thou nothing. For when I approve, every thing will become articulate and clear, and will change for the better, and improve; so that no one shall hinder thee, but the stream of thy words shall flow forth in a rapid and smooth current as if from a pure fountain. And if there is any need of an interpreter, thou shalt have thy brother, who will be a subordinate mouthpiece for thee, that he may utter to the multitude the words which he receives from thee, while thou utterest to him the words that thou receivest from God."
1:85Having heard these things (for it was not at all safe or free from danger to oppose the commands of God), he departed and proceeded with his wife and children by the road leading to Egypt, on which he met with his brother and persuaded him to accompany him, announcing to him the oracular commands which he had received from God. And his brother’s soul was already wrought up to obedience by divine providence, so that he, without hesitation, agreed to his proposal and readily followed him.
1:86And when they thus arrived in Egypt with one mind and soul, they first of all collected together the elders of the nation in a secret place, and there they laid the commands of God before them, and told them how God had conceived pity and compassion for them, promised them freedom and a departure from thence to a better country, promising also that he himself would be their guide on their road.
1:87And after these events, they take courage now to converse with the king with respect to sending forth their people from his territories that they might sacrifice to God; for they said, "That it was necessary that their national sacrifices should be accomplished in the wilderness, inasmuch as they were not performed in the same manner as the sacred rites of other nations, but according to a system and law removed from the ordinary course, on account of the special peculiarities of their habits."
1:88But the monarch, who from his cradle had had his soul filled with all the arrogance of his ancestors, and who had no notion in the world of any God appreciable only by the intellect apart from those objects which are visible to the sight, answered them with insolence, saying, "Who is it whom I am to obey? I know not this new Lord of whom you are speaking. I will not let the nation go to be disobedient and headstrong under pretence of fasts and sacrifices."
1:89And then, like a man of cruel and passionate disposition and implacable in his anger, he commanded the overseers of the works to oppress them still more, because they had previously given them some relaxation and leisure, saying that, it was from this relaxation and leisure that their forming designs of feasting and sacrifice had arisen; for that men who were in great straits did not think of these things, but only those whose life had been spent in much ease and luxury.
1:90Therefore the Jews had now to endure more terrible afflictions than before, and were indignant at Moses and his brother as deceivers, and accused them, sometimes secretly and sometimes openly, and charged them with impiety in appearing to have spoken falsely against God; and accordingly Moses began to exhibit the marvellous wonders which he had been previously taught, thinking that thus he should be able to bring over those who saw them from their former incredulity to believe all that he said.
1:91And this exhibition of prodigies was carefully displayed before the king and magistrates of the Egyptians. Therefore, when all the powerful men of the state were assembled round the king, the brother of Moses taking his rod, and shaking it in a very remarkable and demonstrative manner, threw it on the ground, and it immediately became a serpent. And all those who were standing around saw it, and marvelled, and, in alarm and terror, withdrew, and fled.
1:92But all the sophists and magicians who were present said, "Why are you thus alarmed? we also are not unpractised in such tricks as these, and we are skilled in an art which can produce similar effects." And then each of them threw down the rod which he held in his hand, and so there was a multitude of serpents which went crawling about that rod which had first been changed.
1:93And that serpent, with the excess of his power, raised himself up on high, and dilated his chest, and opened his mouth, and with the violent impulse of an attractive drawing in of his breath, drew them all towards him as if he had surrounded a large cast of fishes in a net cast around them, and then, when he had swallowed them all, he returned to his original nature of a stick.
1:94So now the marvellous sight thus exhibited to them wrought a fear in the soul of every one of these wicked and malicious men, so that they no longer fancied that what was done was the trick or artifice of men, devised merely for deceit; but they saw that it was a more divine power which was the cause of these things, to which all things are easy.
1:95But when by the evident might of what was done they were compelled to confess this, they still were not the less audacious, clinging to their original inhumanity and impiety as to some inalienable virtue, and not pitying those who were unjustly enslaved, nor doing any such things as they were commanded by the word of God. And though God himself had declared his will to them by demonstrations clearer than any verbal commands, namely, by signs and wonders, still they required a yet more severe impression to be made upon them, and it was necessary for him to rise up against them with still greater power; and accordingly, those foolish men, whom reason and command could not influence, are corrected by a series of afflictions: and ten punishments were inflicted on the land;
1:96so that the number of the chastisements might be complete which was inflicted upon those who had completed their sins; and the punishment far transcended all ordinary visitations. For the elements of the universe, earth, water, air, and fire, of which the world was made, were all by the command of God, brought into a state of hostility against them, so that the country of those impious men was destroyed, in order to exhibit the height of the authority which God wielded, who had also fashioned those same elements at the creation of the universe, so as to secure its safety, and who could change them all whenever he pleased, to effect the destruction of impious men.
1:97And he divided his punishments, entrusting three, those which proceeded from those elements which are composed of more solid parts, namely, earth and water, from which all the corporeal distinctive realities are perfected, to the brother of Moses. An equal number, those which proceeded from the elements which are the most prolific of life, namely, air and fire, he committed to Moses himself alone. One, the seventh, he entrusted to both in common; the other three, to make up the whole number of ten, he reserved for himself.
1:98And first of all he began to bring on the plagues derived from water; for as the Egyptians used to honour the water in an especial degree, thinking that it was the first principle of the creation of the universe, he thought it fitting to summon that first to the affliction and correction of those who thus honoured it.
1:99What then happened no long time after the events I have already mentioned? The brother of Moses, by the divine command, smote with his rod upon the river, and immediately, throughout its whole course, from Ethiopia down to the sea, it is changed into blood; and simultaneously with its change, all the lakes, and ditches, and fountains, and wells, and springs, and every particle of water in all Egypt, was changed into blood, so that, for want of drink, they digged round about the banks of the river, but the streams that came up were like veins of the body in a hoemorrhage, and spirted up channels of blood like springs, no transparent water being seen anywhere.
1:100And all the different kinds of fish died, inasmuch as all the vivifying power of the river was changed to a destructive power, so that everything was everywhere filled with foetid odours, from such s of bodies putrifying all together. Moreover, a great number of men perished from thirst, and their bodies lay in heaps in the roads, since their relations had not strength to convey those who had died to the tombs;
Book 1, §§101–125
1:101ἐπὶ γὰρ ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ τὸ δεινὸν ἐκράτησεν, ἕως οἱ μὲν Αἰγύπτιοι τοὺς ἀμφὶ Μωυσῆν, οὗτοι δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευσαν, οἶκτον λαβεῖν τῶν ἀπολλυμένων· ὁ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἵλεως μεταβάλλει τὸ αἷμα εἰς ὕδωρ πότιμον ἀποδοὺς τῷ ποταμῷ καθαρὰ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ῥεῖθρα καὶ σωτήρια.
1:102μικρὸν δὲ ὅσον ἀνεθέντες ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὠμότητα καὶ παρανομίαν ἵεντο, ὡς ἢ τοῦ δικαίου παντάπασιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανισθέντος ἢ τῶν ὑπομεινάντων μίαν τιμωρίαν δεύτερον οὐκ εἰωθότων ἐπιπλήττεσθαι· παθόντες δ’ ἀνεδιδάσκοντο νηπίων παίδων τρόπον μὴ καταφρονεῖν· ἡ γὰρ κόλασις ἑπομένη κατ’ ἴχνος μελλόντων μὲν ἐβράδυνε, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἀδικήματα θέοντας ἐπιδραμοῦσα κατελάμβανε.
1:103πάλιν γὰρ ὁ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς κελευσθεὶς διώρυξι καὶ λίμναις καὶ ἕλεσι τὴν ῥάβδον ἐκτείνας ἐπιφέρει· πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἔκτασιν βατράχων πληθὺς ἀνέρπει τοσαύτη, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἀγορὰς καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὕπαιθρον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τούτοις ἐπαύλεις, οἰκίας, ἱερά, πάντα ἰδιωτικὸν καὶ δημόσιον τόπον πεπληρῶσθαι, καθάπερ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἓν γένος τῶν ἐνύδρων τῆς φύσεως ἐκπέμψαι διανοηθείσης πρὸς τὴν ἐναντίαν χώραν· ἐναντία γὰρ χέρσος ὕδατι.
1:104μήτ’ οὖν ἔξω προελθεῖν ἕνεκα τοῦ προκατέχεσθαι τοὺς στενωποὺς μήτ’ ἔνδον δυνάμενοι μένειν — καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἤδη προκατειλήφεσαν ἄχρι καὶ τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων ἀνέρποντες — ἐν ἐσχάταις ἦσαν συμφοραῖς καὶ σωτηρίας ἀπογνώσει.
1:105πάλιν οὖν καταφεύγουσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς αὐτούς, ὑποσχομένου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν ἔξοδον Ἑβραίοις· οἱ δὲ λιταῖς τὸν θεὸν ἐξευμενίζονται· καὶ ἐπινεύσαντος, τῶν φρύνων οἱ μὲν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἀναχωροῦσι, τῶν δ’ εὐθὺς διαφθαρέντων κατὰ τὰς τριόδους θημῶνες ἦσαν, σωρηδὸν ἐπιφερόντων καὶ τοὺς οἴκοθεν διὰ τὰς ἀνυποίστους ὀσμάς, αἳ ἐκ νεκρῶν σωμάτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀνεφέροντο, ἃ καὶ ἔμψυχα ὄντα πολλὴν ἀηδίαν παρέχεται ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι.
1:106διαπνεύσαντες δὲ τῆς τιμωρίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀθληταὶ συλλεξάμενοι δύναμιν, ἵν’ ἀπ’ ἐρρωμενεστέρας ἰσχύος ἀδικῶσι, πάλιν εἰς τὴν συνήθη κακίαν ἀνέδραμον ἐκλαθόμενοι ὧν τέως ὑπέμειναν κακῶν.
1:107ἐπισχὼν δὲ τὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος τιμωρίας ὁ θεὸς τὰς ἐκ γῆς ἐπέφερε τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιστήσας κολαστήν, οὗ πάλιν κατὰ τὸ προσταχθὲν τῇ βακτηρίᾳ τοὔδαφος παίσαντος φορὰ σκνιπῶν ἐχύθη καὶ ταθεῖσα καθάπερ νέφος ἅπασαν ἐπέσχεν Αἴγυπτον.
1:108τὸ δὲ ζῷον, εἰ καὶ βραχύτατον, ὅμως ἀργαλεώτατον· οὐ γὰρ μόνον λυμαίνεται τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν κνησμοὺς ἐμποιοῦν ἀηδεῖς καὶ βλαβερωτάτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τἀντὸς βιάζεται διὰ μυκτήρων καὶ ὤτων· σίνεται δὲ καὶ κόρας ὀφθαλμῶν εἰσπετόμενον, εἰ μὴ φυλάξαιτό τις· φυλακὴ δὲ τίς ἔμελλε πρὸς τοσαύτην ἔσεσθαι φοράν, καὶ μάλιστα θεοῦ κολάζοντος;
1:109ἴσως ἄν τις ἐπιζητήσειε, διὰ τί τοῖς οὕτως ἀφανέσι καὶ ἠμελημένοις ζῴοις ἐτιμωρεῖτο τὴν χώραν παρεὶς ἄρκτους καὶ λέοντας καὶ παρδάλεις καὶ τὰ ἄλλα γένη τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων, ἃ σαρκῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἅπτεται, καὶ εἰ μὴ ταῦτα, τὰς γοῦν Αἰγυπτίας ἀσπίδας, ὧν τὰ δήγματα πέφυκεν ἀνυπερθέτως ἀναιρεῖν.
1:110εἰ δ’ ὄντως ἀγνοεῖ, μαθέτω· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τοὺς οἰκήτορας τῆς χώρας ὁ θεὸς νουθετῆσαι μᾶλλον ἐβούλετο ἢ διαφθεῖραι· βουληθεὶς γὰρ ἀφανίζειν εἰς ἅπαν οὐκ ἂν ζῴοις ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθέσεις ὥσπερ συνεργοῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεηλάτοις κακοῖς, λιμῷ τε καὶ λοιμῷ.
1:111μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κἀκεῖνο προσδιδασκέσθω μάθημα πρὸς ἅπαντα τὸν βίον ἀναγκαῖον· τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν; ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ ὅταν πολεμῶσι, τὸ δυνατώτατον εἰς συμμαχίαν ἐπικουρικὸν ἐξετάζουσιν, ὃ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀσθένειαν ἐκπλήσει· θεὸς δ’ ἡ ἀνωτάτω καὶ μεγίστη δύναμις ὢν οὐδενός ἐστι χρεῖος· ἐὰν δέ που βουληθῇ καθάπερ ὀργάνοις τισὶ χρήσασθαι πρὸς τὰς τιμωρίας, οὐ τὰ ἐρρωμενέστατα καὶ μέγιστα αἱρεῖται, τῆς τούτων ἀλκῆς ἥκιστα φροντίζων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εὐτελέσι καὶ μικροῖς ἀμάχους καὶ ἀηττήτους δυνάμεις ἐγκατασκευάσας ἀμύνεται δι’ αὐτῶν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, καθὰ καὶ νῦν. τί γὰρ εὐτελέστερον σκνιπός;
1:112ἀλλ’ ὅμως τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσεν, ὡς ἀπαγορεῦσαι πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐκβοᾶν ἀναγκασθῆναι, ὅτι „δάκτυλος θεοῦ τοῦτ’ ἐστί“ (Exod. 8,19)· χεῖρα γὰρ θεοῦ μηδὲ τὴν σύμπασαν οἰκουμένην ὑποστῆναι ἂν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα, μᾶλλον δ’ οὐδὲ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον.
1:113Τοιαῦται μὲν αἱ διὰ τοῦ Μωυσέως ἀδελφοῦ τιμωρίαι· ἃς δὲ αὐτὸς Μωυσῆς ὑπηρέτησε καὶ ἐξ οἵων τῆς φύσεως συνέστησαν μερῶν, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐπισκεπτέον. ἀὴρ μὲν οὖν καὶ οὐρανός, αἱ καθαρώταται μοῖραι τῆς τῶν ὅλων οὐσίας, παρ’ ὕδατος καὶ γῆς διαδέχονται τὴν ἐπ’ Αἰγύπτῳ νουθεσίαν, ἧς ἐπίτροπος ἐχειροτονήθη Μωυσῆς.
1:114ἤρξατο δὲ πρότερον τὸν ἀέρα διακινεῖν· Αἴγυπτος γὰρ μόνη σχεδόν τι παρὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ νοτίῳ κλίματι χώρας τῶν ἐτησίων ὡρῶν μίαν τὴν χειμερινὴν οὐ παραδέχεται, τάχα μέν, ὡς λόγος, διὰ τὸ μὴ πόρρω ζώνης διακεκαυμένης εἶναι, ῥέοντος τοῦ πυρώδους ἐκεῖθεν ἀφανῶς καὶ τἀν κύκλῳ πάντα ἀλεαίνοντος, τάχα δὲ ἐπεὶ καὶ ταῖς θεριναῖς τροπαῖς πλημμυρῶν ὁ ποταμὸς προαναλίσκει τὰς νεφώσεις —
1:115ἄρχεται μὲν γὰρ ἐπιβαίνειν θέρους ἐνισταμένου, λήγει δὲ λήγοντος, ἐν ᾧ χρόνῳ καὶ οἱ ἐτησίαι καταράττουσιν ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν τοῦ Νείλου στομάτων, δι’ ὧν ἔτι κωλυόμενος ἐκχεῖσθαι, τῆς θαλάσσης ὑπὸ βίας τῶν ἀνέμων πρὸς ὕψος αἰρομένης καὶ τὰς τρικυμίας ὥσπερ μακρὸν τεῖχος ἀποτεινούσης, ἐντὸς εἱλεῖται, κἄπειτα τῶν ῥείθρων ὑπαντιαζόντων τοῦ τε κατιόντος ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν πηγῶν καὶ τοῦ θύραζε χωρεῖν ὀφείλοντος ταῖς ἀνακοπαῖς ἀνατρέχοντος εὐρύνεσθαί τε μὴ δυναμένων (αἱ γὰρ παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἐκθλίβουσιν ὄχθαι), μετεωριζόμενος ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπιβαίνει —,
1:116τάχα δ’ ἐπεὶ καὶ περιττὸν ἦν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ χειμῶνα γενέσθαι· πρὸς ὃ γὰρ αἱ τῶν ὄμβρων φοραὶ χρήσιμοι, καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς λιμνάζων τὰς ἀρούρας εἰς καρπῶν ἐτησίων γένεσιν.
1:117ἡ δὲ φύσις οὐ ματαιουργός, ὡς ὑετὸν χορηγεῖν μὴ δεομένῃ γῇ, καὶ ἅμα χαίρει τῷ πολυτρόπῳ καὶ πολυσχιδεῖ τῶν ἐπιστημονικῶν ἔργων τὴν συμφωνίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἐξ ἐναντιοτήτων ἐναρμοσαμένη· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ τοῖς δὲ κάτωθεν ἐκ πηγῶν τε καὶ ποταμῶν παρέχει τὴν ἐξ ὕδατος ὠφέλειαν.
1:118οὕτως οὖν τῆς χώρας διακειμένης καὶ ταῖς χειμεριναῖς ἐαριζούσης τροπαῖς καὶ τῶν μὲν πρὸς θαλάττῃ μόναις ψεκάσιν ἀραιαῖς λιπαινομένων, τῶν δ’ ὑπὲρ Μέμφιν, τὸ βασίλειον Αἰγύπτου, μηδὲ νιφομένων τὸ παράπαν, ἐξαίφνης οὕτως ἐνεωτέρισεν ὁ ἀήρ, ὥσθ’ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς δυσχειμέροις ἀθρόα κατασκῆψαι, φορὰς ὑετῶν, χάλαζαν πολλὴν καὶ βαρεῖαν, ἀνέμων συμπιπτόντων καὶ ἀντιπαταγούντων βίας, νεφῶν ῥήξεις, ἐπαλλήλους ἀστραπὰς καὶ βροντάς, κεραυνοὺς συνεχεῖς, οἳ τερατωδεστάτην ὄψιν παρείχοντο· θέοντες γὰρ διὰ τῆς χαλάζης, μαχομένης οὐσίας, οὔτε ἔτηκον αὐτὴν οὔτε ἐσβέννυντο, μένοντες δ’ ἐν ὁμοίῳ καὶ δολιχεύοντες ἄνω καὶ κάτω διετήρουν τὴν χάλαζαν.
1:119ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον ἡ ἐξαίσιος φορὰ πάντων τοὺς οἰκήτορας εἰς ὑπερβαλλούσας δυσθυμίας ἤγαγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ πράγματος ἄηθες· ὑπέλαβον γάρ, ὅπερ καὶ ἦν, ἐκ μηνιμάτων θείων κεκαινουργῆσθαι τὰ συμβάντα, νεωτερίσαντος ὡς οὔπω πρότερον τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπὶ λύμῃ καὶ φθορᾷ δένδρων τε καὶ καρπῶν, οἷς συνεφθάρη ζῷα οὐκ ὀλίγα, τὰ μὲν περιψύξεσι, τὰ δὲ βάρει τῆς ἐπιπιπτούσης χαλάζης ὥσπερ καταλευσθέντα, τὰ δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλωθέντα· ἔνια δ’ ἡμίφλεκτα διέμενε τοὺς τύπους τῶν κεραυνίων τραυμάτων εἰς
1:120νουθεσίαν τῶν ὁρώντων ἐπιφερόμενα. λωφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ πάλιν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν θρασυνομένων, εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Μωυσῆς τὴν ῥάβδον ἐκτείνει, κελεύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ. κἄπειτ’ ἄνεμος καταράττει, νότος βιαιότατος, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα προσεπιτεινόμενος καὶ σφοδρυνόμενος, αὐτὸς καθ’ αὑτὸν ὢν μεγάλη ζημία· ξηρός τε γάρ ἐστι καὶ κεφαλαλγὴς καὶ βαρυήκοος, ἄσας τε καὶ ἀδημονίας ἐμποιεῖν ἱκανός, καὶ μάλιστ’ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ κειμένῃ κατὰ τὰ νότια, δι’ ὧν αἱ περιπολήσεις τῶν φωσφόρων ἀστέρων, ὡς ἅμα τῷ διακινηθῆναι τὸν ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμὸν συνεπωθεῖσθαι καὶ πάντα καίειν.
1:121ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἅμ’ αὐτῷ καὶ πλῆθος ἀμήχανον ζῴων ἐπεφέρετο φθοροποιὸν φυτῶν, ἀκρίδες, αἳ ῥεύματος τρόπον ἀπαύστως ἐκχεόμεναι καὶ πάντα πληρώσασαι τὸν ἀέρα διέφαγον, ὅσα οἱ κεραυνοὶ ὑπελίποντο καὶ ἡ χάλαζα, ὡς μηδὲν ἐν τῇ τοσαύτῃ χώρᾳ βλαστάνον ἔτι θεωρεῖσθαι.
1:122τότε μόλις εἰς ἀκριβεστάτην ἔννοιαν τῶν οἰκείων ἐλθόντες οἱ ἐν τέλει κακῶν προσελθόντες ἔλεγον τῷ βασιλεῖ· „μέχρι τίνος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπεις τὴν ἔξοδον τοῖς ἀνδράσιν; ἢ οὔπω μανθάνεις ἐκ τῶν γινομένων, ὅτι ἀπόλωλεν Αἴγυπτος;“ ὁ δ’ ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν ἐφιεὶς ὡμολόγει, χαλάσαντος τοῦ δεινοῦ. πάλιν δ’ εὐξαμένου Μωυσέως, ὑπολαβὼν ἐκ τῆς θαλάττης ἄνεμος ἀποσκίδνησι τὰς ἀκρίδας.
1:123ἀνασκεδασθεισῶν δὲ καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους ἄφεσιν δυσθανατοῦντος, ἐπιγίνεται τῶν πρότερον κακῶν μεῖζον· λαμπρᾶς γὰρ ἡμέρας οὔσης, ἐξαπιναίως ἀναχεῖται σκότος, ἴσως μὲν καὶ ἡλίου γενομένης ἐκλείψεως τῶν ἐν ἔθει τελειοτέρας, ἴσως δὲ καὶ συνεχείαις νεφῶν καὶ πυκνότησιν ἀδιαστάτοις καὶ πιλήσει βιαιοτάτῃ τῆς τῶν ἀκτίνων φορᾶς ἀνακοπείσης, ὡς ἀδιαφορεῖν ἡμέραν νυκτὸς καὶ τί γὰρ ἀλλ’ ἢ μίαν νύκτα νομίζεσθαι μακροτάτην τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἴσην καὶ ταῖς ἰσαρίθμοις νυξί.
1:124τότε δή φασι τοὺς μὲν ἐρριμμένους ἐν ταῖς εὐναῖς μὴ τολμᾶν ἐξανίστασθαι, τοὺς δ’ ὁπότε κατεπείγοι τι τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαίων ἐπαφωμένους τοίχων ἤ τινος ἑτέρου καθάπερ τυφλοὺς μόλις προέρχεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τοῦ χρειώδους πυρὸς τὸ φέγγος τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς κατεχούσης ζάλης ἐσβέννυτο, τὸ δὲ τῷ βάθει τοῦ σκότους ἀμαυρούμενον ἐνηφανίζετο, ὡς τὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην ὄψιν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὑγιαίνουσαν πηρὸν εἶναι μηδὲν ὁρᾶν δυναμένην, τετράφθαι δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας οἷα ὑπηκόους πεσούσης τῆς ἡγεμονίδος·
1:125οὔτε γὰρ λέγειν τις οὔτ’ ἀκούειν οὔτε προσενέγκασθαι τροφὰς ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ’ ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ παρέτεινον αὑτοὺς οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν αἰσθήσεων σχολάζοντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους ὅλοι συνηρπασμένοι, μέχρι πάλιν Μωυσῆς λαβὼν οἶκτον ἱκετεύει τὸν θεόν· ὁ δὲ φῶς ἀντὶ σκότους καὶ ἡμέραν ἀντὶ νυκτὸς ἐργάζεται σὺν αἰθρίᾳ πολλῇ.
Book 1, §§101–125
1:101for this evil lasted seven days, until the Egyptians entreated Moses, and Moses entreated God, to show pity on those who were thus perishing. And God, being merciful in his nature, changed the blood back again to wholesome water, restoring to the river its pristine clear and vivifying streams.
1:102But again, after a brief respite, the Egyptians returned to the same cruelty and carelessness as before, as if either justice had been utterly banished from among men, or as if those who had endured one punishment were not wont to be chastised a second time; but when they suffered they were taught like young children, not to despise those who corrected them; for the punishment which followed, on the track of the last, was slow indeed to come, while they were also slow, but when they hastened to do wrong, it ran after them and overtook them.
1:103For again, the brother of Moses, being ordered to do so, stretched out his hand and held his rod over all the canals, and lakes, and marshes; and at the holding forth of his rod, so immense a multitude of frogs came up, that not only the market-place, and all the spots open to the air, were filled with them, but likewise all the stables for cattle, the houses, and all the temples, and every building, public or private, as if nature had designed to send forth one race of aquatic animals into the opposite region of earth, to form a colony there, for the opposite region to water is earth.
1:104Inasmuch then as they could not go out of doors, because all the passages were blocked up, and could not remain in-doors, for the frogs had already occupied all the recesses, and had crawled up to the very highest parts of the houses, they were now in the very greatest distress, and in complete despair of safety.
1:105Again, therefore, they have recourse to the same means of escape by entreating Moses, and the king now promised to permit the Hebrews to depart, and they propitiated God with prayers. And when God consented, some of the frogs at once returned into the river, and there were also heaps of those which died in the roads, and the people also brought loads of them out of their houses, on account of the intolerable stench which proceeded from them, and the smell from their dead carcases, in such numbers, went up to heaven, especially as frogs, even while alive, cause great annoyance to the outward senses.
1:106And when they had a little recovered from this punishment, then, like wrestlers at the games, who have recovered fresh strength after a struggle, that so they may contend again with renewed vigour, they again returned to their original wickedness, forgetting the evils which they had already experienced.
1:107And when God had put an end to the punishments which were to proceed out of the water, he brought up others out of the land, still employing the same minister of punishment; and he now, in obedience to the command which he received, smote the ground with his rod, and an abundance of lice was poured out everywhere, and it extended like a cloud, and covered the whole of Egypt.
1:108And that little animal, even though it is very small, is exceedingly annoying; for not only does it spoil the appearance, creating unseemly and injurious itchings, but it also penetrates into the inmost parts, entering in at the nostrils and ears? And it flies into the eyes and injures the pupils, unless one takes great care; and what care could be taken against so extensive a plague, especially when it was God who was inflicting the punishment?
1:109And perhaps some one may here ask why God punished the land with such insignificant and generally despised animals, omitting bears, and lions, and leopards, and the other races of wild beasts who devour human flesh; and if he did not send these, at least, he might have sent Egyptian asps, the bites of which have naturally the power to cause death instantly.
1:110But if such a man really does not know, let him learn, first of all, that God was desirous rather to admonish the Egyptians than to destroy them: for if he had designed to destroy them utterly once for all, he would not have employed animals to be, as it were, his coadjutors in the work of destruction, but rather such heaven-sent afflictions as famine and pestilence;
1:111and in the second place, let him also learn a lesson which is necessary to be learnt, and applicable to every condition and age of life; and what is the lesson? This; that men, when they make war, seek out the most mighty powers to gain them over to their alliance, such as shall make amends for their own want of power: but God, who is the supreme and mightiest of all powers, having need of no assistant, if ever he desires to use any instruments as it were for the punishments which he desires to inflict, does not choose the most mighty or the greatest things as his ministers, since he takes but little heed of their capacity, but he uses insignificant and small agents, which he renders irresistible and invincible powers, and by their means he chastises those who do wrong, as he does in this instance,
1:112for what can be more insignificant than a louse? And yet it was so powerful that all Egypt fainted under the host of them, and was compelled to cry out, that "this is the anger of God." For all the earth put together, from one end to the other, could not withstand the hand of God, no nor all the universe.
1:113Such then were the chastisements which were inflicted by the agency of the brother of Moses. But those in which Moses himself was the minister, and from what parts of nature they were derived, must be next considered. Now next after the earth and the water, the air and the heaven, which are the purest portions of the essence of the universe, succeeded them as the medium of the correction of the Egyptians: and of this correction Moses was the minister;
1:114and first of all he began to operate upon the air. For Egypt almost alone, if you except those countries which lie to the south of the equator, never is subject to that one of the seasons of the year which is called winter, perhaps, as some say, from the fact of its not being at any great distance from the torrid zone, since the essence of fire flows from that quarter in an invisible manner, and scorches everything all around, or perhaps it is because the river overflows at the time of the summer solstice, and so consumes all the clouds before they can collect for winter;
1:115for the river begins to rise at the beginning of the summer, and to fall towards the end of summer; during which period the etesian gales increase in violence blowing from a direction opposite to the mouths of the Nile, and by which it is prevented from flowing freely into the sea, and by the violence of which winds, the sea itself is also raised to a considerable height, and erects vast waves like a long wall, and so the river is agitated within the country. And then when the two streams meet together, the river descending from its sources above, and the waters which ought to escape abroad being turned back by the beating of the sea, and not being able to extend their breadth, for the banks on each side of the river confine its streams, the river, as is natural, rises to a height, and breaks its bounds;
1:116perhaps also it does so because it was superfluous for winter to occur in Egypt; for the object for which showers of rain are usually serviceable, is in this instance provided for by the river which overflows the fields, and turns them into one vast lake, to make them productive of the annual crops;
1:117but nature does not expend her powers to no purpose when they are not wanted, so as to provide rain for a land which does not require it, but it rejoices in the variety and diversity of scientific operations, and arranges the harmony of the universe from a number of opposite qualities. And for this reason it supplies the benefits which are derivable from water, to some countries, by bestowing it on them from above, namely from heaven, and to others it gives it from below by means of springs and rivers;
1:118though then the land was thus arranged, and enjoyed spring during the winter solstice, and since it is only the parts along the seacoasts that are ever moistened with a few drops of rain, and since the country beyond Memphis, where the palace of the king of Egypt is, does never even see snow at all; now, on the contrary, the air suddenly assumed a new appearance, so that all the things which are seen in the most stormy and wintry countries, come upon it all together; abundance of rain, and torrents of dense and ceaseless hail, and heavy winds met together and beat against one another with violence; and the clouds burst, and there were incessant lightnings, and thunders, and continued roarings, and flashes which made a most wonderful and fearful appearance. For though the lightning and the thunderbolts penetrated and descended through the hail, being quite a contrary substance, still they did not melt it, nor were the flashes extinguished by it, but they remained as they were before, and ran up and down in long lines, and even preserved the hail.
1:119And not only did the excessive violence of the storm drive all the inhabitants to excessive despair, but the unprecedented character of the visitation tended likewise to the same point. For they believed, as was indeed the case, that all these novel and fearful calamities were caused by the divine anger, the air having assumed a novel appearance, such as it had never worn before, to the destruction and overthrow of all trees and fruits, by which also great numbers of animals were destroyed, some in consequence of the exceeding cold, others through the weight of the hail which fell upon them, as if they had been stoned, while some again were destroyed by the fire of the lightning. And some remained half consumed, bearing the marks of the wounds caused by the thunderbolts, for the admonition and warning of all who saw them.
1:120And when this evil had abated, and when the king and his court had again resumed their confidence, Moses stretched forth his rod into the air, at the command of God. And then a south wind of an uncommon violence set in, which increased in intensity and vehemence the whole of that day and night, being of itself a very great affliction; for it is a drying wind, causing headaches, and terrible to bear, calculated to cause grief, and terror, and perplexity in Egypt above all countries, inasmuch as it lies to the south, in which part of the heaven the revolutions of the light-giving stars take place, so that whenever that wind is set in motion, the light of the sun and its fire is driven in that direction and scorches up every thing.
1:121And with this wind a countless number of animals was brought over the land, animals destroying all plants, locusts, which devoured every thing incessantly like a stream, consuming all that the thunderstorms and the hail had left, so that there was not a green shoot seen any longer in all that vast country.
1:122And then at length the men in authority came, though late, to an accurate perception of the evils that had come upon them, and came and said to the king, "How long wilt thou refuse to permit the men to depart? Dost thou not understand, from what has already taken place, that Egypt is destroyed?" And he agreed to all they said, yielding as far as appearances went at least; but again, when the evil was abated at the prayer of Moses, the wind came from the sea side, and took up the locusts and scattered them.
1:123And when they had been completely dispersed, and when the king was again obstinate respecting the allowing the nation to depart, a greater evil than the former ones was descended upon him. For while it was bright daylight, on a sudden, a thick darkness overspread the land, as if an eclipse of the sun more complete than any common one had taken place. And it continued with a long series of clouds and impenetrable density, all the course of the sun’s rays being cut off by the massive thickness of the veil which was interposed, so that day did not at all differ from night. For what indeed did it resemble, but one very long night equal in length to three days and an equal number of nights?
1:124And at this time they say that some persons threw themselves on their beds, and did not venture to rise up, and that some, when any of the necessities of nature overtook them, could only move with difficulty by feeling their way along the walls or whatever else they could lay hold of, like so many blind men; for even the light of the fire lit for necessary uses was either extinguished by the violence of the storm, or else it was made invisible and overwhelmed by the density of the darkness, so that that most indispensable of all the external senses, namely, sight, though unimpaired, was deprived of its office, not being able to discern any thing, and all the other senses were overthrown like subjects, the leader having fallen down.
1:125For neither was any one able to speak or to hear, nor could any one venture to take food, but they lay themselves down in quiet and hunger, not exercising any of the outward senses, but being wholly overwhelmed by the affliction, till Moses again had compassion on them, and besought God in their behalf. And he restored fine weather, and produced light instead of darkness, and day instead of night.
Book 1, §§126–150
1:126Τοιαύτας φασὶ γενέσθαι καὶ τὰς διὰ μόνου Μωυσέως ἐπιπλήξεις, τὴν διὰ χαλάζης καὶ κεραυνῶν, τὴν διὰ τῆς ἀκρίδος, τὴν διὰ σκότους, ὃ πᾶσαν ἰδέαν φωτὸς οὐ παρεδέχετο· κοινῇ δ’ αὐτός τε καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς μίαν ἐπετράπησαν, ἣν αὐτίκα σημανῶ.
1:127κελεύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, τέφραν ἀπὸ καμίνου λαμβάνουσι ταῖς χερσίν, ἣν Μωυσῆς κατὰ μέρος εἰς τὸν ἀέρα διέπαττεν· ἔπειτα κονιορτὸς αἰφνίδιον ἐπενεχθεὶς ἀνθρώποις τε καὶ ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἀγρίαν καὶ δυσαλγῆ κατὰ τῆς δορᾶς ἁπάσης ἕλκωσιν εἰργάζετο καὶ τὰ σώματα εὐθὺς συνῴδει ταῖς ἐξανθήσεσιν ὑποπύους ἔχοντα φλυκταίνας, ἃς ἐτόπασεν ἄν τις ἀφανῶς ὑποκαιομένας ἀναζεῖν.
1:128ἀλγηδόσι τε καὶ περιωδυνίαις κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐκ τῆς ἑλκώσεως καὶ φλογώσεως πιεζόμενοι μᾶλλον ἢ οὐχ ἧττον τῶν σωμάτων τὰς ψυχὰς ἔκαμνον ἐκτετρυχωμένοι ταῖς ἀνίαις — ἓν γὰρ ἄν τις ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄχρι ποδῶν συνεχὲς ἕλκος ἐθεάσατο, τῶν κατὰ μέλος καὶ μέρος διεσπαρμένων εἰς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἰδέαν ἀποκριθέντων —, ἕως πάλιν ἱκεσίαις τοῦ νομοθέτου, ἃς ὑπὲρ τῶν πασχόντων ἐποιήσατο, ἡ νόσος ῥᾴων ἐγένετο.
1:129κοινῇ μέντοι τὴν νουθεσίαν ταύτην ἐπετράπησαν δεόντως, ὁ μὲν ἀδελφὸς διὰ τὸν ἐπενεχθέντα κονιορτόν, ἐπεὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς συμβαινόντων τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἔλαχε, Μωυσῆς δὲ διὰ τὸν ἀέρα μεταβαλόντα πρὸς κάκωσιν τῶν οἰκητόρων· ταῖς δ’ ἀπ’ ἀέρος καὶ οὐρανοῦ πληγαῖς οὗτος ὑπηρέτει.
1:130Λοιπαὶ δὲ τιμωρίαι τρεῖς εἰσιν αὐτουργηθεῖσαι δίχα τῆς ἀνθρώπων ὑπηρεσίας, ὧν κατὰ μίαν ἑκάστην, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, δηλώσω. πρώτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ γενομένη διὰ ζῴου τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει πάντων θρασυτάτου, κυνομυίας, ἣν ἐτύμως ἐκάλεσαν οἱ θετικοὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων — σοφοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν — ἐκ τῶν ἀναιδεστάτων ζῴων συνθέντες τοὔνομα, μυίας καὶ κυνός, τοῦ μὲν τῶν χερσαίων θρασυτάτου, τῆς δὲ τῶν πτηνῶν· ἐπιφοιτῶσι γὰρ καὶ ἐπιτρέχουσιν ἀδεῶς, κἂν ἀνείργῃ τις, εἰς τὸ ἀήττητον ἀντιφιλονεικοῦσιν, ἄχρις ἂν αἵματος καὶ σαρκῶν κορεσθῶσιν.
1:131ἡ δὲ κυνόμυια τὴν ἀφ’ ἑκατέρου τόλμαν προσειληφυῖα δηκτικὸν καὶ ἐπίβουλον ζῷόν ἐστι· καὶ γὰρ πόρρωθεν μετὰ ῥοίζου καθάπερ βέλος εἰσακοντίζεται καὶ ἐπεμπίπτουσα βιαίως εὖ μάλα ἐγχρίμπτεται.
1:132τότε δὲ καὶ θεήλατος ἦν ἡ προσβολή, ὡς δεδιπλασιάσθαι τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκέτι μόνον τοῖς φυσικοῖς κεχρημένης πλεονεκτήμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐκ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης, ἣ τὸ ζῷον ὥπλιζε καὶ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἀνήγειρε κατὰ τῶν ἐγχωρίων.
1:133μετὰ τὴν κυνόμυιαν εἵπετο τιμωρία πάλιν ἄνευ συμπράξεως ἀνθρωπίνης, βοσκημάτων θάνατος· βουκόλια γὰρ καὶ αἰπόλια καὶ ποίμνια μεγάλα καὶ ὅσαι ὑποζυγίων καὶ ἄλλων θρεμμάτων ἰδέαι πᾶσαι μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ, ὡς ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος, ἀγεληδὸν διεφθείροντο, τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀπώλειαν, ἣ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἔμελλε γίνεσθαι, προμηνύουσαι καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς λοιμώδεσι νόσοις· λέγεται γὰρ προάγων τις εἶναι λοιμικῶν ἀρρωστημάτων ἡ ζῴων ἀλόγων αἰφνίδιος φθορά.
1:134μεθ’ ἣν ἡ δεκάτη καὶ τελευταία δίκη πάσας ὑπερβάλλουσα τὰς προτέρας ἐπεγένετο, θάνατος Αἰγυπτίων οὔτε πάντων — οὐ γὰρ ἐρημῶσαι τὴν χώραν προῃρεῖτο ὁ θεὸς ἀλλὰ νουθετῆσαι μόνον — οὔτε τῶν πλείστων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν ἐξ ἁπάσης ἡλικίας, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῆν ἐφιεὶς μόνων τῶν πρωτοτόκων καταψηφίζεται θάνατον ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ πρεσβυτάτου τῶν βασιλέως παίδων καὶ λήξας εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀφανεστάτης ἀλετρίδος.
1:135περὶ γὰρ μέσας νύκτας οἱ πρῶτοι πατέρας καὶ μητέρας προσειπόντες καὶ ὑπ’ ἐκείνων υἱοὶ πάλιν πρῶτον ὀνομασθέντες ὑγιαίνοντες καὶ τὰ σώματα ἐρρωμένοι πάντες ἀπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς προφάσεως ἡβηδὸν ἐξαπιναίως ἀνῄρηντο καὶ οὐδεμίαν οἰκίαν ἀμοιρῆσαί φασι τότε τῆς συμφορᾶς.
1:136ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἕῳ κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἕκαστοι θεασάμενοι τοὺς φιλτάτους ἀπροσδοκήτως τετελευτηκότας, οἷς ὁμοδίαιτοι καὶ ὁμοτράπεζοι μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐγεγένηντο, βαρυτάτῳ πένθει κατασχεθέντες οἰμωγῆς πάντα ἐνέπλησαν, ὥστε συνέβη καὶ διὰ τὴν κοινοπραγίαν τοῦ πάθους ἁπάντων ἀθρόως ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκβοησάντων ἕνα θρῆνον ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα κατὰ πάσης τῆς χώρας συνηχῆσαι.
1:137καὶ μέχρι μὲν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις διέτριβον, ἀγνοῶν ἕκαστος τὸ τοῦ πλησίον κακὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ μόνον ἔστενε, προελθὼν δὲ καὶ γνοὺς τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διπλοῦν πένθος πρὸς τῷ ἰδίῳ καὶ τὸ κοινὸν εὐθὺς ἐλάμβανεν, ἐπ’ ἐλάττονι καὶ κουφοτέρῳ μεῖζον καὶ βαρύτερον, ἅτε καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς παραμυθίας ἀφῃρημένος· τίς γὰρ ἔμελλε παρηγορεῖν ἕτερον αὐτὸς ὢν τοῦδε χρεῖος;
1:138ὅπερ δ’ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ, τὰ παρόντα νομίσαντες ἀρχὴν εἶναι μειζόνων καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἔτι ζώντων ἀπωλείας καταδείσαντες συνέδραμον εἰς τὰ βασίλεια δεδακρυμένοι καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας περιερρηγμένοι κατεβόων τε τοῦ βασιλέως ὡς πάντων αἰτίου τῶν συμβεβηκότων δεινῶν.
1:139εἰ γάρ, ἔλεγον, εὐθὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ Μωυσέως ἐντυχόντος εἴασεν ἐξελθεῖν τὸ ἔθνος, οὐδενὸς ἂν τῶν γεγονότων πειραθῆναι τὸ παράπαν· εἴξαντος δ’ αὐθαδείᾳ τῇ συνήθει, τὰ ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἀκαίρου φιλονεικίας ἐξ ἑτοίμου λαβεῖν. εἶτ’ ἄλλος ἄλλον παρεκάλει τὸν λεὼν μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς χώρας ἐξελαύνειν, καὶ τὸ μίαν ἡμέραν μᾶλλον δὲ ὥραν αὐτὸ μόνον κατασχεῖν πρὸς ἀνήκεστον τιμωρίαν τιθέμενοι.
1:140οἱ δ’ ἐλαυνόμενοι καὶ διωκόμενοι τῆς αὑτῶν εὐγενείας εἰς ἔννοιαν ἐλθόντες τόλμημα τολμῶσιν, ὁποῖον εἰκὸς ἦν τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ μὴ ἀμνήμονας ὧν ἐπεβουλεύθησαν ἀδίκως.
1:141πολλὴν γὰρ λείαν ἐκφορήσαντες τὴν μὲν αὐτοὶ διεκόμιζον ἐπηχθισμένοι, τὴν δὲ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἐπέθεσαν, οὐ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν ἤ, ὡς ἄν τις κατηγορῶν εἴποι, τὴν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίαν — πόθεν; — ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὧν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὑπηρέτησαν ἀναγκαῖον μισθὸν κομιζόμενοι, εἶτα δὲ ὑπὲρ ὧν κατεδουλώθησαν ἐν ἐλάττοσι καὶ οὐχὶ τοῖς ἴσοις ἀντιλυποῦντες· ποῦ γάρ ἐσθ’ ὅμοιον ζημία χρημάτων καὶ στέρησις ἐλευθερίας, ὑπὲρ ἧς οὐ μόνον προΐεσθαι τὰς οὐσίας οἱ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐθέλουσιν;
1:142ἐν ἑκατέρῳ δὴ κατώρθουν, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ μισθὸν λαμβάνοντες, ὃν παρ’ ἀκόντων πολὺν χρόνον οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων ἀπεστεροῦντο, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φέρειν ἀξιοῦντες νόμῳ τῶν κεκρατηκότων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ χειρῶν ἦρξαν ἀδίκων, ξένους καὶ ἱκέτας, ὡς ἔφην πρότερον, καταδουλωσάμενοι τρόπον αἰχμαλώτων, οἱ δὲ καιροῦ παραπεσόντος ἠμύναντο δίχα τῆς ἐν ὅπλοις παρασκευῆς, προασπίζοντος καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ὑπερέχοντος τοῦ δικαίου.
1:143Τοσαύταις μὲν δὴ πληγαῖς καὶ τιμωρίαις Αἴγυπτος ἐνουθετεῖτο, ὧν οὐδεμία τῶν Ἑβραίων καίτοι γε ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς πόλεσι καὶ κώμαις καὶ οἰκίαις συνδιατριβόντων ἥψατο, γῆς ὕδατος ἀέρος πυρός, ἃ μέρη τῆς φύσεώς ἐστιν, ἣν ἀμήχανον ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπιθεμένων· ὃ δὴ καὶ παραδοξότατον ἦν, ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον καὶ χρόνον τοὺς μὲν διαφθείρεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ σῴζεσθαι.
1:144ὁ ποταμὸς εἰς αἷμα μετέβαλεν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ Ἑβραίοις· ἡνίκα γὰρ βουληθεῖεν ἀρύσασθαι, τροπὴν ἐλάμβανεν εἰς πότιμον. βάτραχος ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπὶ τὴν χέρσον ἀνερπύσας ἀγορὰς καὶ ἐπαύλεις καὶ οἰκίας ἐπλήρωσεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐξανεχώρει μόνων καθάπερ διακρίνειν ἐπιστάμενος, οὕς τε χρὴ κολάζεσθαι καὶ τοὐναντίον.
1:145οὐ σκνίπες, οὐ κυνόμυια, οὐκ ἀκρίς, ἣ καὶ φυτὰ καὶ καρποὺς καὶ ζῷα καὶ ἀνθρώπους μεγάλα ἔβλαψε, τούτοις προσέπτησαν· οὐχ ὑετῶν, οὐ χαλάζης, οὐ κεραυνῶν αἱ γενόμεναι συνεχεῖς φοραὶ μέχρι τούτων ἔφθασαν· ἑλκώσεως τῆς ἀργαλεωτάτης εἰς τὸ παθεῖν οὐδ’ ὄναρ ἐπῄσθοντο· βαθυτάτου σκότους τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀναχυθέντος, ἐν αὐγῇ καθαρᾷ διήγαγον, τοῦ ἡμερησίου φωτὸς ἐπιλάμποντος· ἀναιρουμένων τῶν παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις πρωτοτόκων, ἐτελεύτησεν Ἑβραῖος οὐδείς· οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν, ὁπότε καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀμυθήτων φθορὰ θρεμμάτων οὐδεμίαν τῶν παρὰ τούτοις ἀγέλην συνεπεσπάσατο πρὸς ἀπώλειαν.
1:146καί μοί τις δοκεῖ παρατυχὼν τοῖς γενομένοις κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν μηδὲν ἂν ἄλλο νομίσαι τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἢ θεατὰς ὧν ἕτεροι κακῶν ὑπέμενον καὶ οὐ μόνον * * *, ἀλλὰ καὶ μαθημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον ἀναδιδασκομένους, εὐσέβειαν· οὐ γάρ ποθ’ οὕτως ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν κρίσις ἐμφανῶς ἦλθε τοῖς μὲν φθορὰν τοῖς δὲ σωτηρίαν παρασχοῦσα.
1:147Τῶν δ’ ἐξιόντων καὶ μετανισταμένων οἱ μὲν ἀνδρὸς ἔχοντες ἡλικίαν ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα μυριάδας ἦσαν, ὁ δ’ ἄλλος ὅμιλος πρεσβυτῶν, παίδων, γυναικῶν οὐ ῥᾴδιος ἀριθμηθῆναι· μιγάδων δὲ καὶ συγκλύδων καὶ θεραπείας ὄχλος συνεξῆλθεν ὡσανεὶ νόθον μετὰ γνησίου πλήθους· οὗτοι δ’ ἦσαν οἱ ἐκ γυναικῶν γεννηθέντες Αἰγυπτίων τοῖς Ἑβραίοις καὶ τῷ πατρῴῳ γένει προσνεμηθέντες καὶ ὅσοι τὸ θεοφιλὲς ἀγάμενοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐπηλύται ἐγένοντο καὶ εἰ δή τινες τῷ μεγέθει καὶ πλήθει τῶν ἐπαλλήλων κολάσεων μετεβάλοντο σωφρονισθέντες.
1:148τούτων ἁπάντων ἡγεμὼν ἐχειροτονεῖτο Μωυσῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ βασιλείαν λαβὼν οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τῶν ἐπὶ τὰς δυναστείας ὠθουμένων ὅπλοις καὶ μηχανήμασιν ἱππικαῖς τε καὶ πεζικαῖς καὶ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλ’ ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ καλοκἀγαθίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἅπαντας εὐνοίας, ᾗ χρώμενος ἀεὶ διετέλει, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῦ φιλαρέτου καὶ φιλοκάλου θεοῦ γέρας ἄξιον αὐτῷ παρασχόντος.
1:149ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὴν Αἰγύπτου κατέλιπεν ἡγεμονίαν, θυγατριδοῦς τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος ὤν, ἕνεκα τῶν κατὰ τὴν χώραν γινομένων ἀδικημάτων πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσας ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θεμένων ἐλπίσι διὰ ψυχῆς εὐγένειαν καὶ φρονήματος μέγεθος καὶ τὸ μισοπόνηρον φύσει, τῷ πρυτανεύοντι καὶ ἐπιμελουμένῳ τῶν ὅλων ἔδοξεν αὐτὸν ἀμείψασθαι βασιλείᾳ πολυανθρωποτέρου καὶ κρείττονος ἔθνους, ὅπερ ἔμελλεν ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἱερᾶσθαι τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων αἰεὶ ποιησόμενον εὐχὰς ὑπέρ τε κακῶν ἀποτροπῆς καὶ μετουσίας ἀγαθῶν.
1:150παραλαβὼν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τὸν ἴδιον αὔξειν οἶκον καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς — δύο γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ — προάγειν ἐπὶ μέγα δυνάμεως ἐσπούδασεν, ὡς ἐν μὲν τῷ παρόντι κοινωνοὺς αὖθις δὲ καὶ διαδόχους ἀποφῆναι· γνώμῃ γὰρ ἀδόλῳ καὶ καθαρᾷ πρὸς πάντα μικρά τε αὖ καὶ μεγάλα χρώμενος τὴν φυσικὴν πρὸς τὰ τέκνα φιλοστοργίαν οἷα κριτὴς ἀγαθὸς ἐνίκα τῷ περὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ἀδεκάστῳ.
Book 1, §§126–150
1:126Such, they say, were the punishments inflicted by the agency of Moses alone, the plague, namely, of hail and thunderstorms, the plague of locusts, and the plague of darkness, which rejected every imaginable description of light. Then he himself and his brother brought on one together, which I shall proceed to relate.
1:127At the command of God they both took up ashes from the furnace in their hands, which Moses on his part sprinkled in the air. Then a dust arose on a sudden, and produced a terrible, and most painful, and incurable ulceration over the whole skin both of man and of the brute beasts; and immediately their bodies became swollen with the pustules, having blisters all over them full of matter which any one might have supposed were burning underneath and ready to burst;
1:128and the men were, as was natural, oppressed with pain and excessive agony from the ulceration and inflammation, and they suffered in their souls even more than in their bodies, being wholly exhausted with anguish. For there was one vast uninterrupted sore to be seen from head to foot, those which covered any particular part of any separate limb spreading so as to become confused into one huge ulcer; until again, at the supplication of the lawgiver, which he made on behalf of the sufferers, the disease became more tolerable.
1:129Therefore, in this instance the two brothers afforded the Egyptians this warning in unison, and very properly; the brother of Moses acting by means of the dust which rose up, since to him had been committed the superintendence of the things which proceeded from the earth; and Moses, by means of the air which was thus changed for the affliction of the inhabitants, and his ministrations were assigned to the afflictions to be caused by the air and by the heaven.
1:130The remaining punishments are three in number, and they were inflicted by God himself without any agency or ministration of man, each of which I will now proceed to relate as well I can. The first is that which was inflicted by means of that animal which is the boldest in all nature, namely, the dog-fly (κυνόμοια) which those persons who invent names have named with great propriety (for they were wise men); combining the name of the appellation of the most impudent of all animals, a fly and a dog, the one being the boldest of all terrestrial, and the other the boldest of all flying, animals. For they approach and run up fearlessly, and if any one drives them away, they still resist and renew their attack, so as never to yield until they are sated with blood and flesh.
1:131And so the dog-fly, having derived boldness from both these animals, is a biting and treacherous creature; for it shoots in from a distance with a whizzing sound like an arrow; and when it has reached its mark it sticks very closely with great force.
1:132But at this time its attack was prompted by God, so that its treachery and hostility were redoubled, since it not only displayed all its own natural covetousness, but also all that eagerness which it derived from the divine providence which sent it forth, and armed it and excited it to acts of valour against the natives.
1:133And after the dog-fly there followed another punishment unconnected with any human agency, namely, the mortality among the cattle; for all the herds of oxen, and flocks of goats, and vast flocks of sheep, and all the beasts of burden, and all other domestic animals of every kind died in one day in a body, as if by some agreement or at some given signal; foreshowing the destruction of human beings which was about to take place a short time afterwards as in a pestilential disease; for the sudden destruction of irrational animals is said to be an ordinary prelude to pestilential diseases.
1:134After which the tenth and last punishment came, exceeding in terror all that had gone before, namely, the death of the Egyptians themselves. Not of them all, for God had not decreed to make the whole country desolate, but only to correct it. Nor even of the greatest number of the men and women of every age all together, but he permitted the rest to live, and only passed sentence of death on all the first-born, beginning with the eldest of the king’s sons, and ceasing with the first-born son of the most obscure grinder at the mill;
1:135for, about midnight, all those children who had been the first to address their fathers and their mothers, and who had also been the first to be addressed by them as their sons, though they were in good health and in full vigour of body, all, without any apparent cause, were suddenly slain in the flower of their youth; and they say that there was not a single house in the whole land which was exempt from the visitation.
1:136But at dawn of day, as was natural, when every one beheld his nearest and dearest relatives unexpectedly dead, with whom up to the evening before they had lived in one home and at one table, being overwhelmed with the most bitter grief, filled every place with lamentation. So that it came to pass, on account of the universality of the calamity, as all men were weeping altogether with one accord, that there was but one universal sound of wailing heard over the whole land from one end to the other.
1:137And, for a while, they remained in their houses, no one being aware of the misfortune which had befallen his neighbour, but lamenting only for his individual loss. But when any one went out of doors and learnt the misfortunes of others also, he at once felt a double sorrow, grieving for the common calamity, in addition to his own private misfortune, a greater and more grievous sorrow being thus added to the lesser and lighter one, so that every one felt deprived of all hope of consolation. For who was likely to comfort another when he himself stood in need of the same consolation?
1:138But, as is usual in such circumstances, men thinking that the present evils were the beginning of greater ones, and being filled with fear lest those who were still living should also be destroyed, ran weeping to the king’s palace, and rent their clothes, and cried out against the sovereign, as the cause of all the terrible evils that had befallen them.
1:139"For if," said they, "immediately when Moses at the beginning first came to him he had allowed his nation to depart, we should never have experienced any one of the miseries that have befallen us at all. But he yielded to his natural obstinacy and haughtiness, and so we have reaped the ready reward of his unreasonable contentiousness." Then one man encouraged another to drive the Jewish people with all speed out of the whole country, and not to allow them to remain one day, or rather one single hour, looking upon every moment that they abode among them as an irremediable calamity.
1:140So they, being now driven out of the land and pursued, coming at last to a proper notion of their own nobility and worth, ventured upon a deed of daring such as became the free to dare, as men who were not forgetful of the iniquitous plots that had been laid against them;
1:141for they carried off abundant booty, which they themselves collected, by means of the hatred in which they were held, and some of it they carried themselves, submitting to heavy burdens, and some they placed upon their beasts of burden, not in order to gratify any love of money, or, as any usurer might say, because they coveted their neighbours’ goods. (How should they do so?) But, first of all, because they were thus receiving the necessary wages from those whom they had served for so long a time; and, secondly, because they had a right to afflict those at whose hands they had suffered wrong with afflictions slighter than, and by no means equal to, what they had endured. For how can the deprivation of money and treasures be equivalent to the loss of liberty? on behalf of which those who are in possession of their senses dare not only to cast away all their property, but even to venture their lives?
1:142So they now prospered in both particulars: whether in that they received wages as if in price, which they now exacted from unwilling paymasters, who for a long period had not paid them at all; and, also, as if they were at war, they looked upon it as fitting to carry off the treasures of the enemy, according to the laws of conquerors; for it was the Egyptians who had set the example of acts of injustice, having, as I said before, enslaved foreigners and suppliants, as if they had been prisoners taken in war. And so they now, when an opportunity offered, avenged themselves without any preparation of arms, justice itself holding a shield over them, and stretching forth its hand to help them.
1:143Such, then, were the afflictions and punishments by which Egypt was corrected; not one of which ever touched the Hebrews, although they were dwelling in the same cities and villages, and even houses, as the Egyptians, and touching the same earth and water, and air and fire, which are all component parts of nature, and which it is impossible to escape from. And this is the most extraordinary and almost incredible thing, that, by the very same events happening in the same place and at the same time, one people was destroyed and the other people was preserved.
1:144The river was changed into blood, but not to the Hebrews; for when these latter went to draw water from it, it underwent another change and became drinkable. Frogs went up from the water upon the land, and filled all the market-places, and stables, and dwelling-houses; but they retreated from before the Hebrews alone, as if they had been able to distinguish between the two nations, and to know which people it was proper should be punished and which should be treated in the opposite manner.
1:145No lice, no dog-flies, no locusts, which greatly injured the plants, and the fruits, and the animals, and the human beings, ever descended upon the Hebrews. Those unceasing storms of rain and hail, and thunder and lightning, which continued so uninterruptedly, never reached them; they never felt, no not even in their dreams, that most terrible ulceration which caused the Egyptians so much suffering; when that most dense darkness descended upon the others, they were living in bright daylight, a brilliancy as of noon-day shining all around them; when, among the Egyptians, all the first-born were slain, not one of the Hebrews died; for it was not likely, since even that destruction of such countless flocks and herds of cattle never carried off or injured a single flock or a single beast belonging to the Hebrews.
1:146And it seems to me that if any one had been present to see all that happened at that time, he would not have conceived any other idea than that the Hebrews were there as spectators of the miseries which the other nation was enduring; and, not only that, but that they were also there for the purpose of being taught that most beautiful and beneficial of all lessons, namely, piety. For a distinction could otherwise have never been made so decidedly between the good and the bad, giving destruction to the one and salvation to the other.
1:147And of those who now went forth out of Egypt and left their abodes in that country, the men of age to bear arms were more than six hundred thousand men, and the other multitude of elders, and children, and women were so great that it was not easy to calculate it. Moreover, there also went forth with them a mixed multitude of promiscuous persons collected from all quarters, and servants, like an illegitimate crowd with a body of genuine citizens. Among these were those who had been born to Hebrew fathers by Egyptian women, and who were enrolled as members of their father’s race. And, also, all those who had admired the decent piety of the men, and therefore joined them; and some, also, who had come over to them, having learnt the right way, by reason of the magnitude and multitude of the incessant punishments which had been inflicted on their own countrymen.
1:148Of all these men, Moses was elected the leader; receiving the authority and sovereignty over them, not having gained it like some men who have forced their way to power and supremacy by force of arms and intrigue, and by armies of cavalry and infantry, and by powerful fleets, but having been appointed for the sake of his virtue and excellence and that benevolence towards all men which he was always feeling and exhibiting; and, also, because God, who loves virtue, and piety, and excellence, gave him his authority as a well-deserved reward.
1:149For, as he had abandoned the chief authority in Egypt, which he might have had as the grandson of the reigning king, on account of the iniquities which were being perpetrated in that country, and by reason of his nobleness of soul and of the greatness of his spirit, and the natural detestation of wickedness, scorning and rejecting all the hopes which he might have conceived from those who had adopted him, it seemed good to the Ruler and Governor of the universe to recompense him with the sovereign authority over a more populous and more powerful nation, which he was about to take to himself out of all other nations and to consecrate to the priesthood, that it might for ever offer up prayers for the whole universal race of mankind, for the sake of averting evil from them and procuring them a participation in blessings.
1:150And when he had received this authority, he did not show anxiety, as some persons do, to increase the power of his own family, and promote his sons (for he had two) to any great dignity, so as to make them at the present time partakers in, and subsequently successors to, his sovereignty; for as he always cherished a pure and guileless disposition in all things both small and great, he now subdued his natural love and affection for his children, like an honest judge, making these feelings subordinate to his own incorruptible reason;
Book 1, §§151–175
1:151προὔκειτο γὰρ ἓν αὐτῷ τέλος ἀναγκαιότατον, ὀνῆσαι τοὺς ἀρχομένους καὶ πάνθ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς τούτων ὠφελείας ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ πραγματεύεσθαι, μηδένα παραλιπόντι καιρὸν τῶν συντεινόντων εἰς κοινὴν κατόρθωσιν.
1:152μόνος οὗτος τῶν πώποθ’ ἡγεμονευσάντων οὐ χρυσὸν οὐκ ἄργυρον ἐθησαυρίσατο, οὐ δασμοὺς ἐξέλεξεν, οὐκ οἰκίας, οὐ κτήματα, οὐ θρέμματα, οὐ θεραπείαν οἰκετικήν, οὐ προσόδους, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν εἰς πολυτέλειαν καὶ περιουσίαν οὐδὲν ἐκτήσατο, καίτοι πάντων ἔχειν ἀφθονίαν δυνάμενος·
1:153ἀλλ’ ὑπολαβὼν πενίας ψυχικῆς ἔργον εἶναι τὸν ἐν ταῖς ὕλαις ἀποδέχεσθαι πλοῦτον τοῦ μὲν ὡς τυφλοῦ κατεφρόνησε, τὸν δὲ βλέποντα τῆς φύσεως ἐξετίμησε καὶ ζηλωτὴς ὡς οὐκ οἶδ’ εἴ τις ἕτερος αὐτοῦ γενόμενος ἐν μὲν ἐσθῆσι καὶ τροφαῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς περὶ δίαιταν οὐδὲν ἐπιτραγῳδῶν πρὸς σεμνότερον ὄγκον εὐτέλειαν καὶ εὐκολίαν ἐπετήδευεν ἰδιώτου, πολυτέλειαν δὲ τῷ ὄντι βασιλικὴν ἐν οἷς καλὸν ἦν πλεονεκτεῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα·
1:154ταῦτα δ’ ἦσαν ἐγκράτειαι, καρτερίαι, σωφροσύναι, ἀγχίνοιαι, συνέσεις, ἐπιστῆμαι, πόνοι, κακοπάθειαι, ἡδονῶν ὑπεροψίαι, δικαιοσύναι, προτροπαὶ πρὸς τὰ βέλτιστα, ψόγοι καὶ κολάσεις ἁμαρτανόντων νόμιμοι, ἔπαινοι καὶ τιμαὶ κατορθούντων πάλιν σὺν νόμῳ.
1:155τοιγαροῦν πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντα πολυχρηματίᾳ καὶ τῷ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις μέγα πνέοντι πλούτῳ γεραίρει θεὸς τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τελεώτατον ἀντιδοὺς πλοῦτον αὐτῷ· οὗτος δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς συμπάσης γῆς καὶ θαλάττης καὶ ποταμῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα στοιχεῖα καὶ συγκρίματα· κοινωνὸν γὰρ ἀξιώσας ἀναφανῆναι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ λήξεως ἀνῆκε πάντα τὸν κόσμον ὡς κληρονόμῳ κτῆσιν ἁρμόζουσαν.
1:156τοιγαροῦν ὑπήκουεν ὡς δεσπότῃ τῶν στοιχείων ἕκαστον ἀλλάττον ἣν εἶχε δύναμιν καὶ ταῖς προστάξεσιν ὑπεῖκον· καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἴσως οὐδέν· εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν „κοινὰ τὰ φίλων„, φίλος δὲ ὁ προφήτης ἀνείρηται θεοῦ (cf. Exod. 33, 11), κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον μετέχοι ἂν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς κτήσεως, καθ’ ὃ χρειῶδες.
1:157ὁ μὲν γὰρ θεὸς πάντα κεκτημένος οὐδενὸς δεῖται, ὁ δὲ σπουδαῖος ἄνθρωπος κέκτηται μὲν οὐδὲν κυρίως ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἑαυτόν, τῶν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κειμηλίων, καθ’ ὅσον ἂν οἷός τε ᾖ, μεταλαγχάνει. καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· κοσμοπολίτης γάρ ἐστιν, ἧς χάριν αἰτίας οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην πόλεων ἐνεγράφη, δεόντως, οὐ μέρος χώρας ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸν κόσμον κλῆρον λαβών. τί δ’;
1:158οὐχὶ καὶ μείζονος τῆς πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων καὶ ποιητὴν κοινωνίας ἀπέλαυσε προσρήσεως τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιωθείς; ὠνομάσθη γὰρ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους θεὸς καὶ βασιλεύς· εἴς τε τὸν γνόφον, ἔνθα ἦν ὁ θεός, εἰσελθεῖν λέγεται (Exod. 20, 21), τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν ἀειδῆ καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον τῶν ὄντων παραδειγματικὴν οὐσίαν, τὰ ἀθέατα φύσει θνητῇ κατανοῶν· καθάπερ τε γραφὴν εὖ δεδημιουργημένην ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον εἰς μέσον προαγαγὼν πάγκαλον καὶ θεοειδὲς ἔργον ἔστησε παράδειγμα τοῖς ἐθέλουσι μιμεῖσθαι.
1:159εὐδαίμονες δ’ ὅσοι τὸν τύπον ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς ἐναπεμάξαντο ἢ ἐσπούδασαν ἐναπομάξασθαι· φερέτω γὰρ ἡ διάνοια μάλιστα μὲν τὸ εἶδος τέλειον ἀρετῆς, εἰ δὲ μή, τὸν γοῦν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαι τὸ εἶδος ἀνενδοίαστον πόθον.
1:160καὶ μὴν οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνό τις ἀγνοεῖ, ὅτι ζηλωταὶ τῶν ἐνδόξων οἱ ἀφανεῖς εἰσι καί, ὧν ἂν ἐκεῖνοι μάλιστ’ ὀρέγεσθαι δοκῶσι, πρὸς ταῦτα τὰς αὑτῶν ἀποτείνουσιν ὁρμάς· ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ἡγεμὼν ἄρξηται καθηδυπαθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον ἀποκλίνειν βίον, σύμπαν ὀλίγου δεῖν τὸ ὑπήκοον τὰς γαστρὸς καὶ τῶν μετὰ γαστέρα προσαναρρήγνυσιν ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐπιθυμίας, εἰ μή τινες εὐμοιρίᾳ χρήσαιντο φύσεως ψυχὴν οὐκ ἐπίβουλον ἀλλ’ εὐμενῆ καὶ ἵλεω κτησάμενοι·
1:161ἐὰν δ’ αὐστηροτέραν καὶ σεμνοτέραν ἕληται προαίρεσιν, καὶ οἱ λίαν αὐτῶν ἀκράτορες μεταβάλλουσι πρὸς ἐγκράτειαν ἢ φόβῳ ἢ αἰδοῖ σπουδάζοντες ὑπόληψιν ἐμποιεῖν, ὅτι ἄρα ζηλωταὶ τῶν ὁμοίων εἰσί· καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποθ’ οἱ χείρους τὰ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μανέντες ἀποδοκιμάζοιεν.
1:162τάχα δ’, ἐπεὶ καὶ νομοθέτης ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι, πολὺ πρότερον αὐτὸς ἐγίνετο νόμος ἔμψυχός τε καὶ λογικὸς θείᾳ προνοίᾳ, ἥτις ἀγνοοῦντα αὐτὸν εἰς νομοθέτην ἐχειροτόνησεν αὖθις.
1:163Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν παρ’ ἑκόντων ἔλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν, βραβεύοντος καὶ ἐπινεύοντος θεοῦ, τὴν ἀποικίαν ἔστελλεν εἰς Φοινίκην καὶ Συρίαν τὴν κοίλην καὶ Παλαιστίνην, ἣ τότε. προσηγορεύετο Χαναναίων, ἧς οἱ ὅροι τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν διειστήκεσαν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου.
1:164εἶτ’ ἦγεν αὐτοὺς οὐ τὴν ἐπίτομον, ἅμα μὲν εὐλαβηθείς, μή ποθ’, ὑπαντιασάντων τῶν οἰκητόρων διὰ φόβον ἀναστάσεως καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ καὶ γενομένου πολέμου, πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ὑποστρέψωσιν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἀπ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐπ’ ἐχθρούς, νέων ἐπ’ ἀρχαίους, γέλως καὶ χλεύη γενησόμενοι καὶ χείρω καὶ ἀργαλεώτερα τῶν προτέρων ὑπομενοῦντες, ἅμα δὲ καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς δι’ ἐρήμης ἄγων καὶ μακρᾶς δοκιμάσαι, πῶς ἔχουσι πειθαρχίας ἐν οὐκ ἀφθόνοις χορηγίαις ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ὑποσπανιζούσαις.
1:165ἐκτραπόμενος οὖν τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας, ἐγκάρσιον ἀτραπὸν εὑρὼν καὶ νομίσας κατατείνειν ἄχρι τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάττης ὁδοιπορεῖν ἤρχετο. τεράστιον δέ φασι συμβῆναι κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μεγαλούργημα τῆς φύσεως, ὃ μηδείς πω μέμνηται πάλαι γεγονός.
1:166νεφέλη γὰρ εἰς εὐμεγέθη κίονα σχηματισθεῖσα προῄει τῆς πληθύος, ἡμέρας μὲν ἡλιοειδὲς ἐκλάμπουσα φέγγος, νύκτωρ δὲ φλογοειδές, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πλάζεσθαι κατὰ τὴν πορείαν, ἀλλ’ ἀπλανεστάτῳ ἕπεσθαι ἡγεμόνι ὁδοῦ. τάχα μέντοι καὶ τῶν ὑπάρχων τις ἦν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, ἀφανὴς ἄγγελος, ἐγκατειλημμένος τῇ νεφέλῃ προηγητήρ, ὃν οὐ θέμις σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρᾶσθαι.
1:167Θεασάμενος δ’ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς ἀνοδίᾳ χρωμένους, ὡς ᾤετο, καὶ διὰ τραχείας καὶ ἀτριβοῦς ἐρήμης βαδίζοντας ἥσθη μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ κατὰ τὴν πορείαν σφάλματι, νομίσας συγκεκλεῖσθαι διέξοδον οὐκ ἔχοντας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ μεθέσθαι μετανοῶν ἐπεχείρει διώκειν, ὡς ἢ φόβῳ τὴν πληθὺν ὑποστρέψων καὶ δουλωσόμενος αὖθις ἢ ἀποκτενῶν ἡβηδὸν ἀφηνιάζουσαν.
1:168εἶθ’ ἅπασαν τὴν ἱππικὴν δύναμιν παραλαβὼν ἀκοντιστάς τε καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ἱπποτοξότας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὅσοι τῆς κούφης ὁπλίσεως καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν δρεπανηφόρων ἁρμάτων ἑξακόσια τοῖς ἐν τέλει δούς, ἵνα μετὰ τοῦ πρέποντος ἀξιώματος ἐπακολουθήσωσι καὶ τῆς στρατείας μετάσχωσιν, οὐδὲν τάχους ἀνεὶς ἐπεξέθει καὶ συντείνων ἔσπευδε βουλόμενος ἐξαπιναίως οὐ προϊδομένοις ἐπιστῆναι· τὸ γὰρ ἀνέλπιστον κακὸν ἀργαλεώτερον αἰεὶ τοῦ προσδοκηθέντος, ὅσῳ καὶ τὸ ὀλιγωρηθὲν εὐεπιχειρητότερον τοῦ σὺν φροντίδι.
1:169καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς ἐπηκολούθει νομίζων αὐτοβοεὶ περιέσεσθαι, οἱ δ’ ἔτυχον ἤδη παρὰ ταῖς ἠϊόσι τῆς θαλάττης στρατοπεδεύοντες· μελλόντων δ’ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πάταγος ἐξηχεῖτο πολύς, ἅτε τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων ὁμοῦ καὶ ὑποζυγίων μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐλαυνόντων, ὡς ἐκχυθέντας τῶν σκηνῶν περιβλέπεσθαι καὶ ὠτακουστεῖν ἀκροβατοῦντας· εἶτ’ ὀλίγῳ ὕστερον ἐπὶ λόφου μετέωρος ἡ ἀντίπαλος καταφαίνεται δύναμις ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐκτεταγμένη πρὸς μάχην.
1:170ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ παραλόγῳ καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτῳ καταπλαγέντες καὶ μήτε πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπεῖς ὄντες διὰ σπάνιν ἀμυντηρίων — οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἀλλ’ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἐξῄεσαν — μήτε φυγεῖν δυνάμενοι — κατόπιν μὲν γὰρ πέλαγος, ἐχθροὶ δ’ ἀντικρύ, τὰ δὲ παρ’ ἑκάτερα βαθεῖα καὶ ἀτριβὴς ἐρήμη — σφαδᾴζοντες καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν κακῶν ἀπειρηκότες, οἷα παρὰ τὰς τοιαύτας φιλεῖ συμφοράς, τὸν ἄρχοντα ᾐτιῶντο φάσκοντες·
1:171„διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι μνήματα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, οἷς ἀποθανόντες ἐνταφησόμεθα, ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς, ἵν’ ἐνταῦθα κηδεύσῃς ἀποκτείνας; ἢ οὐ πᾶσα δουλεία κουφότερον κακὸν θανάτου; δελεάσας ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδι τὸ πλῆθος τὸν χαλεπώτερον περὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἐπεκρέμασας κίνδυνον.
1:172ἠγνόεις τὴν ἡμετέραν ἁπλότητα καὶ τὴν Αἰγυπτίων πικρίαν καὶ τὸ βαρύμηνι; τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀφύκτων κακῶν οὐχ ὁρᾷς; τί πρακτέον; πολεμῶμεν ἄοπλοι πρὸς ὡπλισμένους; ἀλλὰ φεύγωμεν καθάπερ ἄρκυσι κυκλωθέντες ἀνηλεέσιν ἐχθροῖς, ἐρημίαις ἀβάτοις, ἀπλώτοις πελάγεσιν;
1:173εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ πλωτά, τίς εὐπορία σκαφῶν εἰς περαίωσιν;“ ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούων τοῖς μὲν συνεγίνωσκε, τῶν δὲ χρησμῶν ἐμέμνητο· καὶ διανείμας τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸν λόγον κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τῷ μὲν ἐνετύγχανεν ἀφανῶς τῷ θεῷ, ἵν’ ἐξ ἀμηχάνων ῥύσηται συμφορῶν, δι’ οὗ δ’ ἐθάρσυνε καὶ παρηγόρει τοὺς καταβοῶντας „μὴ ἀναπίπτετε“ λέγων· „οὐχ ὁμοίως ἄνθρωπος ἀμύνεται καὶ θεός.
1:174τί μόνοις τοῖς εὐλόγοις καὶ πιθανοῖς προπιστεύετε; παρασκευῆς οὐδεμιᾶς ἐστι χρεῖος ὁ θεὸς βοηθός· ἐν ἀπόροις πόρον εὑρεῖν ἴδιον θεοῦ· τὰ ἀδύνατα παντὶ γενητῷ μόνῳ δυνατὰ καὶ κατὰ χειρός.“
1:175καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἔτι καθεστὼς διεξῄει· μικρὸν δ’ ἐπισχὼν ἔνθους γίνεται καταπνευσθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ εἰωθότος ἐπιφοιτᾶν αὐτῷ πνεύματος καὶ θεσπίζει προφητεύων τάδε· „ἣν ὁρᾶτε στρατιὰν εὐοπλοῦσαν, οὐκέτ’ ἀντιτεταγμένην ὄψεσθε· πεσεῖται γὰρ προτροπάδην πᾶσα καὶ βύθιος ἀφανισθήσεται, ὡς μηδὲ λείψανον αὐτῆς ὑπὲρ γῆς ἔτι φανῆναι, καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτί.“
Book 1, §§151–175
1:151for he kept one most invariable object always steadily before him, namely, that of benefiting those who were subjected to his authority, and of doing everything both in word and deed, with a view to their advantage, never omitting any opportunity of doing anything that might tend to their prosperity.
1:152Therefore he alone of all the persons who have ever enjoyed supreme authority, neither accumulated treasures of silver and gold, nor levied taxes, nor acquired possession of houses, or property, or cattle, or servants of his household, or revenues, or anything else which has reference to magnificence and superfluity, although he might have acquired an unlimited abundance of them all.
1:153But as he thought it a token of poverty of soul to be anxious about material wealth, he despised it as a blind thing, but he honoured the far-sighted wealth of nature, and was as great an admirer as any one in the world of that kind of riches, he showed himself to be in his clothes, and in his food, and in his whole system and manner of life, not indulging in any theatrical affectation of pomp and magnificence, but cultivating the simplicity and unpretending affable plainness of a private individual, but a sumptuousness which was truly royal, in those things which it is becoming for a ruler to desire and to abound in;
1:154and these things are, temperance, and fortitude, and continence, and presence of mind, and acuteness, and knowledge, and industry, and patience under evil, and contempt of pleasure, and justice, and exhortations to virtue and blame, and lawful punishment of offenders, and, on the contrary, praise and honour to those who did well in accordance with law.
1:155Therefore, as he had utterly discarded all desire of gain and of those riches which are held in the highest repute among men, God honoured him, and gave him instead the greatest and most perfect wealth; and this is the wealth of all the earth and sea, and of all the rivers, and of all the other elements, and all combinations whatever; for having judged him deserving of being made a partaker with himself in the portion which he had reserved for himself, he gave him the whole world as a possession suitable for his heir:
1:156therefore, every one of the elements obeyed him as its master, changing the power which it had by nature and submitting to his commands. And perhaps there was nothing wonderful in this; for if it be true according to the proverb, — "That all the property of friends is common;" and if the prophet was truly called the friend of God, then it follows that he would naturally partake of God himself and of all his possessions as far as he had need;
1:157for God possesses everything and is in need of nothing; but the good man has nothing which is properly his own, no, not even himself; but he has a share granted to him of the treasures of God as far as he is able to partake of them. And this is natural enough; for he is a citizen of the world; on which account he is not spoken of as to be enrolled as a citizen of any particular city in the habitable world, since he very appropriately has for his inheritance not a portion of a district, but the whole world.
1:158What more shall I say? Has he not also enjoyed an even greater communion with the Father and Creator of the universe, being thought unworthy of being called by the same appellation? For he also was called the god and king of the whole nation, and he is said to have entered into the darkness where God was; that is to say, into the invisible, and shapeless, and incorporeal world, the essence, which is the model of all existing things, where he beheld things invisible to mortal nature; for, having brought himself and his own life into the middle, as an excellently wrought picture, he established himself as a most beautiful and God-like work, to be a model for all those who were inclined to imitate him.
1:159And happy are they who have been able to take, or have even diligently laboured to take, a faithful copy of this excellence in their own souls; for let the mind, above all other parts, take the perfect appearance of virtue, and if that cannot be, at all events let it feel an unhesitating and unvarying desire to acquire that appearance;
1:160for, indeed, there is no one who does not know that men in a lowly condition are imitators of men of high reputation, and that what they see, these last chiefly desire, towards that do they also direct their own inclinations and endeavours. Therefore, when the chief of a nation begins to indulge in luxury and to turn aside to a delicate and effeminate life, then the whole of his subjects, or very nearly the whole, carry their desire for indulging the appetites of the belly and the parts below the belly beyond all reasonable bounds, except that there may be some persons who, through the natural goodness of their disposition, have a soul far removed from treachery, being rather merciful and kind.
1:161If, on the other hand, the chief of a people adopts a more austere and dignified course of life, then even those of his subjects, who are inclined to be very incontinent, change and become temperate, hastening, either out of fear or out of shame, to give him an idea that they are devoted to the same pursuits and inclinations that he is; and, in fact, the lower orders will never, no, nor will mad men even, reject the customs and habits of their superiors:
1:162but, perhaps, since Moses was also destined to be the lawgiver of his nation, he was himself long previously, through the providence of God, a living and reasonable law, since that providence appointed him to be the lawgiver, when as yet he knew nothing of his appointment.
1:163When then he received the supreme authority, with the good will of all his subjects, God himself being the regulator and approver of all his actions, he conducted his people as a colony into Phoenicia, and into the hollow Syria (Coele-syria), and Palestine, which was at that time called the land of the Canaanites, the borders of which country were three days’ journey distant from Egypt.
1:164Then he led them forward, not by the shortest road, partly because he was afraid lest the inhabitants should come out to meet and to resist him in his march, from fear of being overthrown and enslaved by such a multitude, and so, if a war arose, they might be again driven back into Egypt, falling from one enemy to another, and being driven by their new foes upon their ancient tyrants, and so become a sport and a laughing-stock to the Egyptians, and have to endure greater and more grievous hardships than before. He was also desirous, by leading them through a desolate and extensive country, to prove them, and see how obedient they would be when they were not surrounded by any abundance of necessaries, but were but scantily provided and nearly in actual want.
1:165Therefore, turning aside from the direct road he found an oblique path, and thinking that it must extend as far as the Red Sea, he began to march by that road, and, they say, that a most portentous miracle happened at that time, a prodigy of nature, which no one anywhere recollects to have ever happened before;
1:166for a cloud, fashioned into the form of a vast pillar, went before the multitude by day, giving forth a light like that of the sun, but by night it displayed a fiery blaze, in order that the Hebrews might not wander on their journey, but might follow the guidance of their leader along the road, without any deviation. Perhaps, indeed, this was one of the ministers of the mighty King, an unseen messenger, a guide of the way enveloped in this cloud, whom it was not lawful for men to behold with the eyes of the body.
1:167But when the king of Egypt saw them proceeding along a pathless track, as he fancied, and marching through a rough and untrodden wilderness, he was delighted with the blunder they were making respecting their line of march, thinking that now they were hemmed in, having no way of escape whatever. And, as he repented of having let them go, he determined to pursue them, thinking that he should either subdue the multitude by fear, and so reduce them a second time to slavery, or else that if they resisted he should slay them all from the children upwards.
1:168Accordingly, he took all his force of cavalry, and his darters, and his slingers, and his equestrian archers, and all the rest of his light-armed troops, and he gave his commanders six hundred of the finest of his scythe-bearing chariots, that with all becoming dignity and display they might pursue these men, and join in the expedition, and so using all possible speed, he sallied forth after them and hastened and pressed on the march, wishing to come upon them suddenly before they had any expectation of him. For an unexpected evil is at all times more grievous than one which has been looked for, in proportion as that which has been despised finds it easier to make a formidable attack than that which has been regarded with care.
1:169The king, therefore, with these ideas, pursued after the Hebrews, thinking that he should subdue them by the mere shout of battle. And, when he overtook them, they were already encamped along the shore of the Red Sea. And they were just about to go to breakfast, when, at first, a mighty sound reached them, as was natural from such a host of men and beasts of burden all proceeding on with great haste, so that they all ran out of their tents to look round, and stood on tip-toes to see and hear what was the matter. Then, a short time afterwards, the army of the enemy came in sight as it rose over a hill, all in arms, and ready arranged in line of battle.
1:170And the Hebrews, being terrified at this extraordinary and unexpected danger, and not being well prepared for defence, because of a scarcity of defensive armour and of weapons (for they had not marched out for war, but to found a colony), and not being able to escape, for behind was the sea, and in front was the enemy, and on each side a vast and pathless wilderness, reviled against Moses, and, being dismayed at the magnitude of the evils that threatened them, began, as is very common in such calamities, to blame their governors, and said:
1:171"Because there were no graves in Egypt in which we could be buried after we were dead, have you brought us out hither to kill and bury us here? Or, is not even slavery a lighter evil than death? Having allured the multitude with the hope of liberty, you have caused them to incur a still more grievous danger than slavery, namely, the risk of the loss of life.
1:172Did you not know our simplicity, and the bitterness and cruel anger of the Egyptians? Do you not see the magnitude of the evils which surround us, and from which we cannot escape? What are we to do? Are we, unarmed, to fight against men in complete armour? or shall we flee now that we are hemmed in as by nets cast all around us by our pitiless enemies—hemmed in by pathless deserts and impassable seas? Or, even, if the sea was navigable, how are we to get any vessels to cross over it?"
1:173Moses, when he heard these complaints, pardoned his people, but remembered the oracles of God. And, at the same time, he so divided and distributed his mind and his speech, that with the one he associated invisibly with God, in order that God might deliver him from otherwise inextricable calamities; and, with the other, he encouraged and comforted those who cried out to him, saying: "Do not faint and despair. God does not deliver in the same way that man does.
1:174Why do you only trust such means of deliverance as seem probable and likely? God, when he comes as an assistant, stands in need of no adventitious preparations. It is his peculiar attribute to find a path amid inextricable perplexities. What is impossible to every created being is possible and easy to him above."
1:175Thus he spoke to them while yet standing still. But after a short time he became inspired by God, and being full of the divine spirit and under the influence of that spirit which was accustomed to enter into him, he prophesied and animated them thus: "This army which you behold so splendidly equipped with arms, you shall no more see arrayed against you; for it shall fall, utterly and completely overthrown, so that not a relic shall be seen any more upon the earth, and that not at any distance of time, but this very next night."
Book 1, §§176–200
1:176καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτ’ ἀπεφθέγγετο. καταδύντος δ’ ἡλίου, νότος εὐθὺς ἤρξατο κατασκήπτειν βιαιότατος, ὑφ’ οὗ τὸ πέλαγος ἐξανεχώρησεν, εἰωθὸς μὲν ἀμπωτίζειν, τότε δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ὠθούμενον τὸ πρὸς αἰγιαλοῖς ὑπεσύρη καθάπερ εἰς χαράδραν ἢ χάρυβδιν· ἀστήρ τε προὐφαίνετ’ οὐδείς, ἀλλὰ πυκνὸν καὶ μέλαν νέφος ἅπαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπεῖχε, γνοφώδους τῆς νυκτὸς οὔσης εἰς κατάπληξιν τῶν διωκόντων.
1:177προσταχθεὶς δὲ Μωυσῆς τῇ βακτηρίᾳ παίει τὴν θάλασσαν· ἡ δὲ ῥαγεῖσα διίσταται καὶ τῶν τμημάτων τὰ μὲν πρὸς τῷ ῥαγέντι μέρει μετέωρα πρὸς ὕψος ἐξαίρεται καὶ παγέντα τρόπον τείχους κραταιῶς ἠρέμει καὶ ἡσύχαζε, τὰ δ’ ὀπίσω σταλέντα καὶ χαλινωθέντα τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν καθάπερ ἡνίαις ἀφανέσιν ἀνεχαίτιζε, τὸ δὲ μεσαίτατον, καθ’ ὃ ἐγένετο ἡ ῥῆξις, ἀναξηρανθὲν ὁδὸς εὐρεῖα καὶ λεωφόρος γίνεται. τοῦτο ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς καὶ θαυμάσας ἐγεγήθει καὶ πληρωθεὶς χαρᾶς ἐθάρσυνε τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ ᾗ τάχιστα προὔτρεπεν ἀναζευγνύναι.
1:178περαιοῦσθαι δὲ μελλόντων, σημεῖον ἐπιγίνεται τερατωδέστατον· ἡ γὰρ ὁδηγὸς νεφέλη πρωτοστατοῦσα τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀνακάμπτει πρὸς τὰ οὐραῖα τοῦ πλήθους, ὅπως ὀπισθοφυλακῇ, καὶ ταχθεῖσα μεθόριος τῶν διωκόντων καὶ τῶν διωκομένων τοὺς μὲν ἡνιοχοῦσα σωτηρίως καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ἐπήλαυνε, τοὺς δὲ ἀνεῖργε καὶ ἀνέκρουεν ἐφορμᾶν ἐπειγομένους· ἅπερ ὁρῶντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς πάντ’ ἐπλήρουν τάς τε τάξεις ὑπὸ δέους συνέχεον ἐπεμπίπτοντες ἀλλήλοις καὶ ζητοῦντες ἤδη φυγεῖν, ὅτ’ οὐδὲν ἦν ὄφελος.
1:179οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἑβραῖοι διὰ ξηρᾶς ἀτραποῦ περὶ βαθὺν ὄρθρον μετὰ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων ἔτι κομιδῇ νηπίων περαιοῦνται· τοὺς δὲ τὰ τμήματα τοῦ πελάγους ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπικυλισθέντα καὶ ἑνωθέντα αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις καταποντοῖ, βορείοις πνεύμασι τῆς παλιρροίας ἀναχυθείσης καὶ μετεώροις τρικυμίαις ἐπιδραμούσης, ὡς μηδὲ πυρφόρον ὑπολειφθῆναι τὸν ἀπαγγελοῦντα τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τὰς αἰφνιδίους συμφοράς.
1:180τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἔργον Ἑβραῖοι καταπλαγέντες ἀναιμωτὶ νίκην οὐκ ἐλπισθεῖσαν ἤραντο καὶ κατιδόντες ἐν ἀκαρεῖ φθορὰν ἀθρόαν πολεμίων δύο χορούς, τὸν μὲν ἀνδρῶν, τὸν δὲ γυναικῶν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἠϊόνος στήσαντες εὐχαριστικοὺς ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν ᾖδον, ἐξάρχοντος Μωυσέως μὲν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἀδελφῆς δὲ τούτου ταῖς γυναιξίν· ἡγεμόνες γὰρ οὗτοι τῶν χορῶν ἐγεγένηντο.
1:181Ἄραντες δ’ ἀπὸ θαλάττης μέχρι μέν τινος ὡδοιπόρουν μηκέτι τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὀρρωδοῦντες φόβον. ἐπιλιπόντος δὲ τοῦ ποτοῦ τρισὶν ἡμέραις, αὖθις ἐν ἀθυμίαις ἦσαν ὑπὸ δίψους καὶ πάλιν ἤρξαντο μεμψιμοιρεῖν ὡς μηδὲν εὖ προπεπονθότες· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ παρόντος προσβολὴ δεινοῦ τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις ἀγαθοῖς ἡδονὰς ἀφαιρεῖται. θεασάμενοι δὲ πηγὰς ἐπιτρέχουσιν ὡς ἀρυσόμενοι χαρᾶς ὑπόπλεῳ,
1:182δι’ ἄγνοιαν τἀληθοῦς ἀπατηθέντες· πικραὶ γὰρ ἦσαν· εἶτα γευσάμενοι γναμφθέντες τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδα τά τε σώματα παρεῖντο καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀναπεπτώκεσαν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς νηπίοις παισὶ στένοντες, οὓς ἀδακρυτὶ ποτὸν αἰτοῦντας ὁρᾶν οὐχ ὑπέμενον.
1:183ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν ὀλιγωροτέρων καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀβεβαίων καὶ τὰ προγεγονότα ᾐτιῶντο ὡς οὐκ ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ συμβάντα μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ μετουσίαν ἀργαλεωτέρων συμφορῶν, ἄμεινον εἶναι λέγοντες τρίς, οὐχ ἅπαξ, ὑπ’ ἐχθρῶν ἀποθανεῖν ἢ δίψει παραπολέσθαι· τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἄπονον καὶ ταχεῖαν τοῦ βίου μετάστασιν οὐδὲν ἀθανασίας διαφέρειν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι, θάνατον δ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς εἶναι τὸν βραδὺν καὶ μετ’ ἀλγηδόνων, οὐκ ἐν τῷ τεθνάναι τὸ φοβερὸν ἀλλ’ ἐν μόνῳ τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐπιδεικνύμενον.
1:184τοιαύταις χρωμένων ὀλοφύρσεσι, πάλιν ἱκετεύει τὸν θεὸν Μωυσῆς ἐπιστάμενον τὴν ζῴων καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνάγκας ἐκ τροφῆς ἠρτημένου καὶ δεσποίναις χαλεπαῖς συνεζευγμένου, βρώσει καὶ πόσει, συγγνῶναι μὲν τοῖς ἀθυμοῦσι, τὴν δὲ πάντων ἔνδειαν ἐκπλῆσαι, μὴ χρόνου μήκει, δωρεᾷ δ’ ἀνυπερθέτῳ καὶ ταχείᾳ, διὰ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ φυσικὴν ὀλιγωρίαν ὀξὺν καιρὸν τῆς βοηθείας ἐπιποθοῦντος.
1:185ὁ δὲ τὴν ἵλεων αὑτοῦ δύναμιν φθάνει προεκπέμψας καὶ διοίξας τὸ τοῦ ἱκέτου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοίμητον ὄμμα ξύλον δείκνυσιν, ὃ προσέταξεν ἀράμενον εἰς τὰς πηγὰς καθεῖναι, τάχα μὲν κατεσκευασμένον ἐκ φύσεως ποιοῦν δύναμιν, ἣ τάχα ἠγνόητο, τάχα δὲ καὶ τότε πρῶτον ποιηθὲν εἰς ἣν ἔμελλεν ὑπηρετεῖν χρείαν.
1:186γενομένου δὲ τοῦ κελευσθέντος, αἱ μὲν πηγαὶ γλυκαίνονται μεταβαλοῦσαι πρὸς τὸ πότιμον, ὡς μηδ’ εἰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγένοντό ποτε πικραὶ δύνασθαι διαγνῶναι, διὰ τὸ μηδὲ ἴχνος ἢ ζώπυρον τῆς ἀρχαίας κακίας εἰς μνήμην ὑπολελεῖφθαι.
1:187τὸ δὲ δίψος ἀκεσάμενοι μεθ’ ἡδονῆς διπλασίας, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως τὸ παρ’ ἐλπίδα συμβεβηκὸς ἀγαθὸν εὐφραίνει μᾶλλον, ἔτι καὶ τὰς ὑδρίας πληρώσαντες ἀνεζεύγνυσαν, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ θοίνης καὶ ἱλαρᾶς εὐωχίας ἑστιαθέντες καὶ μεθύοντες οὐ τὴν ἐν οἴνῳ μέθην ἀλλὰ τὴν νηφάλιον, ἣν ἠκρατίσαντο τὰς προπόσεις λαβόντες παρὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας τοῦ προεστῶτος ἄρχοντος.
1:188ἀφικνοῦνται δ’ εἰς σταθμὸν δεύτερον, εὔυδρόν τε καὶ εὔδενδρον — Αἰλεὶμ ὠνομάζετο (Exod. 15,27) —, πηγαῖς καταρρεόμενον δώδεκα, παρ’ αἷς στελέχη νέα φοινίκων εὐερνέστατα ἦν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑβδομήκοντα, τοῖς ὀξὺ τῇ διανοίᾳ βλέπειν δυναμένοις ἀγαθῶν τῶν ἐθνικῶν ἐναργῆ σημεῖα καὶ δείγματα·
1:189φυλαί τε γάρ εἰσι τοῦ ἔθνους δώδεκα, ὧν ἑκάστη πηγῆς ἕξει λόγον εὐσεβοῦσα, χορηγούσης εὐσεβείας ἀενάους καὶ ἀνελλιπεῖς καλὰς πράξεις, γενάρχαι δὲ τοῦ σύμπαντος ἔθνους ἑβδομήκοντα γεγόνασι φοίνικι τῷ τῶν δένδρων ἀρίστῳ προσηκόντως παρεικασθέντες, ὃ καὶ ὀφθῆναι καὶ καρπὸν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐστι κάλλιστον, ὅπερ καὶ τὴν ζωτικὴν ἔχει δύναμιν οὐκ ἐν ῥίζαις ὥσπερ τὰ ἄλλα κατορωρυγμένην ἀλλ’ ἀνώφοιτον, καρδίας τρόπον ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τῶν ἀκρεμόνων ἱδρυμένην, ὑφ’ ὧν οἷα ἡγεμονὶς ὄντως ἐν κύκλῳ δορυφορεῖται.
1:190τοιαύτην δ’ ἔχει φύσιν καὶ ἡ διάνοια τῶν γευσαμένων ὁσιότητος· ἄνω γὰρ μεμάθηκε βλέπειν τε καὶ φοιτᾶν καὶ μετεωροπολοῦσα ἀεὶ καὶ τὰ θεῖα διερευνωμένη κάλλη χλεύην τίθεται τὰ ἐπίγεια, ταῦτα μὲν παιδιάν, ἐκεῖνα δὲ σπουδὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς νομίζουσα.
1:191Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ οὐ πολὺς διῆλθε χρόνος καὶ ἀπορίᾳ σιτίων ἐλίμωττον, ὥσπερ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἀντεπιτιθεμένων τῶν ἀναγκαίων· δέσποιναι γὰρ χαλεπαὶ καὶ βαρεῖαι, πεῖνα καὶ δίψα, διακληρωσάμεναι τὰς κακώσεις ἐν μέρει προσέκειντο καὶ συνέβαινε κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἑτέρας ἄνεσιν ἐπιγίνεσθαι τὴν ἑτέραν, ὅπερ ἦν τοῖς πάσχουσιν ἀφορητότατον, εἴ γε πρὸ μικροῦ δόξαντες ἀπαλλαγῆναι δίψους ἐφεδρεῦον κακὸν πεῖναν εὕρισκον.
1:192ἦν δ’ οὐ μόνον ἡ παροῦσα σπάνις χαλεπόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα χρόνον τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπόγνωσις· ὁρῶντες γὰρ βαθεῖαν καὶ πολλὴν ἔρημον καὶ καρπῶν ἀγονωτάτην σφόδρα ἠθύμουν· πάντα γὰρ ἦσαν ἢ τραχεῖαι καὶ ἀπορρῶγες πέτραι ἢ ἁλμυρόγεως πεδιὰς ἢ ὄρη λιθωδέστατα ἢ ψάμμοι βαθεῖαι πρὸς ἠλίβατον ὕψος ἀνατείνουσαι, καὶ προσέτι ποταμὸς οὐδείς, οὐκ αὐθιγενής, οὐ χειμάρρους, οὐδεμία πηγή, σπαρτὸν οὐδὲν οὐδὲ δένδρον, οὐχ ἥμερον, οὐ τῆς ἀγρίας ὕλης, οὐ ζῷον πτηνὸν ἢ χερσαῖον, ὅτι μὴ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ ἰοβόλα πρὸς ὄλεθρον ἀνθρώπων, ὄφεις καὶ σκορπίοι.
1:193εἶθ’ ὑπομιμνῃσκόμενοι τῆς κατ’ Αἴγυπτον εὐθηνίας καὶ εὐετηρίας καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκεῖ πάντων ἀφθονίαν ἀντιτιθέντες τῇ πάντων ἐνταῦθα ἐνδείᾳ χαλεπῶς ἔφερον καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους ἕτεροι τοιαῦτ’ ἐλογοποίουν· „ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδι μεταναστάντες οὐδὲ τοῦ ζῆν ἄδειαν ἔχομεν οἱ ταῖς μὲν ὑποσχέσεσι τοῦ ἡγεμόνος εὐδαίμονες, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων κακοδαιμονέστατοι.
1:194τί τέλος ἔσται τῆς ἀνηνύτου καὶ μακρᾶς οὕτως ὁδοῦ; πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς πλέουσι καὶ τοῖς πεζεύουσιν ὅρος εἰς ὃν ἀφίξονται πρόκειται, τοῖς μὲν ἐμπόρια καὶ λιμένες, τοῖς δὲ πόλις τις ἢ χώρα, μόνοις δ’ ἡμῖν ἄβατος ἐρημία καὶ δυσοδία καὶ χαλεπαὶ δυσελπιστίαι· προϊόντων γάρ, ὥσπερ ἀχανὲς καὶ βαθὺ πέλαγος ἀπόρευτον ἀναφαίνεται καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εὐρυνόμενον.
1:195μετεωρίσας καὶ φυσήσας ἡμᾶς τῷ λόγῳ καὶ κενῶν ἐλπίδων τὰ ὦτα πληρώσας παρατείνει λιμῷ τὰς γαστέρας οὐδὲ τὰς ἀναγκαίας ἐκπορίζων τροφάς· ἀποικίας ὀνόματι τοσαύτην πληθὺν ἠπάτησεν ἐξ οἰκουμένης τὸ πρῶτον εἰς ἀοίκητον ἀγαγών, εἶτα καὶ εἰς ᾅδου προπέμπων, τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευταίαν ὁδόν.“
1:196τοιαῦτ’ ὀνειδιζόμενος οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ ταῖς εἰς αὑτὸν κακηγορίαις ἐδυσχέραινεν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς γνώμης αὐτῶν ἀνιδρύτῳ· πεπειραμένοι γὰρ μυρίων ὅσων ἐκ τοῦ παραλόγου συμβεβηκότων πραγμάτων παρὰ τὸ καθεστὸς ἔθος ὤφειλον ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν εὐλόγων καὶ πιθανῶν ἄγεσθαι, πεπιστευκέναι δ’ αὐτῷ λαβόντες ἀποδείξεις ἐναργεστάτας τοῦ περὶ ἁπάντων ἀψευδεῖν.
1:197πάλιν δ’ ὅτε εἰς ἔννοιαν ἦλθε τῆς ἐνδείας, ἧς μεῖζον οὐδὲν κακὸν ἀνθρώποις ἐστί, συνεγίνωσκεν ὄχλον εἰδὼς ἀβέβαιον φύσει πρᾶγμα καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν χερσὶ διακινούμενον, ἃ λήθην μὲν τῶν προγεγονότων ἐργάζεται, δυσελπιστίαν δ’ εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα.
1:198πάντων οὖν ἐν ἀσχέτοις ὄντων ἀνίαις καὶ τὰς ἀνωτάτω προσδοκώντων συμφοράς, ἃς ἐνόμιζον ἐφεδρεύειν καὶ ἐγγυτάτω παρεῖναι, τοῦτο μὲν διὰ τὴν σύμφυτον ἐπιείκειαν καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν, τοῦτο δὲ βουλόμενος ὃν ἐχειροτόνησεν ἡγεμόνα τιμῆσαι καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ὡς εὐσεβείας ἔχει καὶ ὁσιότητος ἔν τε τοῖς φανεροῖς κἀν τοῖς ἀδήλοις ἅπασι διασυστῆσαι ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήσας τὸ πάθος ἰᾶται.
1:199ξένας οὖν εὐεργεσίας ἐκαινοτόμει, τρανοτέραις ὅπως ἐμφάσεσι παιδευθῶσιν ἤδη μὴ δυσανασχετεῖν, εἴ τι μὴ κατὰ γνώμην εὐθὺς ἀποβαίη, τλητικῶς δ’ ὑπομένειν χρηστὰ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων προσδοκῶντες.
1:200τί οὖν συνέβη; τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ περὶ τὴν ἕω δρόσος βαθεῖα καὶ πολλὴ περὶ σύμπαν ἦν ἐν κύκλῳ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἣν ἐπένιφεν ἡσυχῇ, ἀήθη ὑετὸν καὶ παρηλλαγμένον, οὐχ ὕδωρ, οὐ χάλαζαν, οὐ χιόνα, οὐ κρύσταλλον — ταῦτα γὰρ αἱ τῶν νεφῶν ἀπεργάζονται μεταβολαὶ ταῖς χειμεριναῖς τροπαῖς —, ἀλλὰ κέγχρον βραχυτάτην καὶ λευκοτάτην, ἣ διὰ τὴν ἐπάλληλον φορὰν σωρηδὸν προὐκέχυτο τῶν σκηνῶν, ἄπιστος ὄψις· ἣν καταπλαγέντες ἐπυνθάνοντο τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, τίς τε ὁ ὑετὸς οὗτός ἐστιν, ὃν οὐδείς πω πρότερον εἶδεν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πρὸς τί γέγονεν.
Book 1, §§176–200
1:176He then spoke thus. But when the sun had set, immediately a most violent south wind set in and began to blow, under the influence of which the sea retreated; for, as it was accustomed to ebb and flow, on this occasion it was driven back much further towards the shore, and drawn up in a heap as if into a ravine or a whirlpool. And no stars were visible, but a dense and black cloud covered the whole of the heaven, so that the night became totally dark, to the consternation of the pursuers.
1:177And Moses, at the command of God, smote the sea with his staff. And it was broken and divided into two parts, and one of the divisions at the part where it was broken off, was raised to a height and mounted up, and being thus consolidated like a strong wall, stood quiet and unshaken; and the portion behind the Hebrews was also contracted and raised in, and prevented from proceeding forwards, as if it were held back by invisible reins. And the intermediate space, where the fracture had taken place, was dried up and became a broad, and level, and easy road. When Moses beheld this he marvelled and rejoiced; and, being filled with joy, he encouraged his followers and exhorted them to march forward with all possible speed.
1:178And when they were about to pass over, a most extraordinary prodigy was seen; for the cloud, which had been their guide, and which during all the rest of the period of their march had gone in front of them, now turned back and placed itself at the back of the multitude to guard their rear; and, being situated between the pursuers and the pursued, it guided the one party so as to keep them with safety and perfect freedom from danger, and it checked and embarrassed the others, who were hastening on to pursue them. And, when the Egyptians saw this, they were entirely filled with disorder and confusion, and through their consternation they threw all their ranks into disorder, falling upon one another and endeavouring to flee, when there was no advantage to be derived from flight.
1:179For, at the first appearance of morning, the Hebrews passed over by a dry path, with their wives, and families, and infant children. But the portions of the sea which were rolled up and consolidated on each side overwhelmed the Egyptians with their horses and chariots, the tide being brought back by a strong north wind and poured over them, and coming upon them with vast waves and overpowering billows, so that there was not even a torchbearer left to carry the news of this sudden disaster back to Egypt.
1:180Then the Hebrews, being amazed at this great and wonderful event, gained a victory which they had never hoped for without bloodshed or loss; and, seeing the instantaneous and complete destruction of the enemy, formed two choruses, one of men and the other of women, on the sea shore, and sang hymns of gratitude to God, Moses leading the song of the men, and his sister that of the women; for these two persons were the leaders of the choruses.
1:181And when they had departed from the sea they went on for some time travelling, and no longer feeling any apprehension of their enemies. But when water failed them, so that for three days they had nothing to drink, they were again reduced to despondency by thirst, and again began to blame their fate as if they had not enjoyed any good fortune previously; for it always happens that the presence of an existing and present evil takes away the recollection of the pleasure which was caused by former good.
1:182At last, when they beheld some fountains, they ran up full of joy with the idea that they were going to drink, being deceived by ignorance of the truth; for the springs were bitter. Then when they had tasted them they were bowed down by the unexpected disappointment, and fainted, and yielded both in body and soul, lamenting not so much for themselves as for their helpless children, whom they could not endure without tears to behold imploring drink;
1:183and some of those who were of more careless dispositions, and of no settled notions of piety, blamed all that had gone before, as if it had turned out not so as to do them any good, but rather so as to lead them to a suffering of more grievous calamities than ever; saying that it was better for them to die, not only once but three times over, by the hands of their enemies, than to perish with thirst; for they affirmed that a quick and painless departure from life did in no respect differ from freedom from death in the opinion of wise men, but that that was real death which was slow and accompanied by pain; that what was fearful was not to be dead but only to be dying.
1:184When they were lamenting and bewailing themselves in this manner, Moses again besought God, who knew the weakness of all creatures, and especially of men, and the necessary wants of the body which depends for its existence on food, and which is enslaved by those severe task-mistresses, eating and drinking, to pardon his desponding people, and to relieve their want of everything, and that too not after a long interval of time, but by a prompt and undeferred liberality, since by reason of the natural impotency of their mortal nature, they required a very speedy measure of assistance and deliverance.
1:185But he, by his bountiful and merciful power, anticipated their wishes, sending forth and opening the watchful, anxious eye of the soul of his suppliant, and showed him a piece of wood which he bade him take up and throw into the water, which indeed had been made by nature with such a power for that purpose, and which perhaps had a quality which was previously unknown, or perhaps was then first endowed with it, for the purpose of effecting the service which it was then about to perform:
1:186and when he had done that which he was commanded to do, the fountains became changed and sweet and drinkable, so that no one was able to recognise the fact of their having been bitter previously, because there was not the slightest trace or spark of their ancient bitterness left to excite the recollection.
1:187And so having appeased their thirst with double pleasure, since the blessing of enjoyment when it comes beyond one’s hopes delights one still more, and having also replenished their ewers, they departed as from a feast, as if they had been entertained at a luxurious banquet, and as if they were intoxicated not with the drunkenness which proceeds from wine, but with a sober joy which they had imbibed purely, while pledging and being pledged by the piety of the ruler who was leading them;
1:188and so they arrive at a second halting place, well supplied with water, and well shaded with trees, called Aileem, irrigated with twelve fountains, near which were young and vigorous trunks of palm trees to the number of seventy, a visible indication and token of good to the whole nation, to all who were gifted with a clear-sighted intellect.
1:189For the nation itself was divided into twelve tribes, each of which, if pious and religious, would be looked upon in the light of a fountain, since piety is continually pouring forth everlasting and unceasing springs of virtuous actions. And the elders and chiefs of the whole nation were seventy in number, being therefore very naturally likened to palm trees, which are the most excellent of all trees, being both most beautiful to behold, and bearing the most exquisite fruit, which has also its vitality and power of existence, not buried in the roots like other trees, but situated high up like the heart of a man, and lodged in the centre of its highest branches, by which it is attended and guarded like a queen as it really is, they being spread all round it.
1:190And the intellect too of those persons who have tasted of holiness has a similar nature; for it has learned to look upwards and to soar on high, and is continually keeping its eye fixed on sublime objects, and investigating divine things, and ridiculing, and scorning all earthly beauty, thinking the last only toys, and divine things the only real and proper objects worthy of its attention.
1:191But after these events only a short time elapsed, when they became oppressed by famine through the scarcity of provisions, as if one necessary thing after another was to foil them in succession: for thirst and hunger are very cruel and terrible mistresses, and having portioned out the afflictions between them, attacked them by turns; and it so fell out that when the first calamity was relaxed the second came on, which was most intolerable to those who had to bear it, inasmuch as having only just fancied that they were delivered from thirst, they now found another evil, namely famine, lying in ambush to attack them;
1:192and not only was their present scarcity terrible, but they were also in despair as to the supply of necessary food for the future; for when they saw the vast and extensive desert around them, so utterly unproductive of any kind of crop, their hearts sank within them. For all around were rugged and precipitous rocks, or else a salt and brackish plain, and stony mountains, or deep sands reaching up and forming mountains of inaccessible height; and moreover there was no river, neither winter torrent nor ever-flowing stream; there were no springs, no plant growing from seed, no tree whether for fruit or timber, no animal whether flying or terrestrial, except some few poisonous reptiles born for the destruction of mankind, and serpents, and scorpions.
1:193So then the Hebrews, remembering the plenty and luxury which they had enjoyed in Egypt, and the abundance of all things which was bestowed upon them there, and contrasting it with the universal want of all things which they were now experiencing, were grieved and indignant, and talked the matter over with one another, saying:— "We left our former abodes and emigrated, from a hope of freedom, happy only in the promises of our leader; as far as his actions go, we are of all men the most miserable.
1:194What will be the end of this long and interminable journey? Everyone else, whether sailing over the sea or marching on foot, has some limit before him at which he will eventually arrive; some being bound for marts and harbours, others for some city or country; but we alone have nothing to look forward to but a pathless desert, and a difficult journey, and terrible hopelessness, and despair; for as we advance, the desert lies before us like an ever open, vast, and pathless sea which widens and increases every day.
1:195But Moses having raised our expectations, and puffed us up with fine speeches, and filled our ears with vain hopes, racks our bodies with hunger, and does not give us even necessary food. He has deceived this vast multitude with the name of a settlement in a colony; having first of all led us out of an inhabited country into an uninhabitable district, and now sending us down to the shades below, which is the last journey of life."
1:196Moses, being reviled in this way, was nevertheless not so much grieved at their accusations which they brought against himself, as at the inconstancy of their own resolutions and minds. For though they had already experienced an infinite number of blessings which had befallen them unexpectedly and out of the ordinary course of affairs, they ought, in his opinion, not to have allowed themselves to be led away by any specious or plausible complaints, but to have trusted in him, as they had already received the clearest possible proofs that he spoke truly about everything.
1:197But again, when he came to take into consideration the want of food, than which there is no more terrible evil which can afflict mankind, he pardoned them, knowing that the multitude is by nature inconstant and always moved by present circumstances, which cause it to forget what has gone before, and despair of the future.
1:198Therefore, as they were all in the extremity of suffering, and expecting the most fearful misery which they fancied was lying in ambush for them and close at hand, God, partly by reason of his natural love and compassion for man, and partly because he desired to honour the commander whom he had appointed to govern them, and still more to show his great piety and holiness in all matters whether visible or invisible, pitied them and relieved their distress.
1:199Therefore he now devised an entirely new kind of benefit, that they, being taught by manifest signs and displays of his power, might feel reverence for him, and learn for the future not to be impatient if anything turned out contrary to their wishes, but to endure present evils with fortitude, in the expectation of future blessings.
1:200What then happened? The very next day, about sun-rise, a dense and abundant dew fell in a circle all round about the camp, which rained down upon it gently and quietly in the unusual and unprecedented shower; not water, nor hail, nor snow, nor ice, for these are the things which the changes of the clouds produce in the winter season; but what was now rained down upon them was a very small and light grain, like millet, which, by reason of its incessant fall, rested in heaps before the camp, a most extraordinary sight. And the Hebrews marvelled at it, and inquired of the commander what this rain was, which no man had ever seen before, and for what it was sent.
Book 1, §§201–225
1:201ὁ δὲ καταπνευσθεὶς ἔνθους γίνεται καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε· „θνητοῖς μὲν ἀνεῖται πεδιὰς ἡ βαθύγειος, ἣν ἀνατεμόντες εἰς αὔλακας ἀροῦσι καὶ σπείρουσι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ κατὰ γεωργίαν δρῶσι καρποὺς ἐτησίους ἐκπορίζοντες εἰς ἀφθονίαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων· θεῷ δ’ οὐ μία μοῖρα τοῦ παντὸς ἀλλ’ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος ὑποβέβληται καὶ τὰ τούτου μέρη πρὸς ἅπασαν χρείαν ὧν ἂν θέλῃ ὡς δεσπότῃ δοῦλα ὑπηρετήσοντα.
1:202νῦν οὖν ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ, τὸν ἀέρα τροφὴν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀνθ’ ὕδατος, ἐπεὶ καὶ γῆ πολλάκις ὑετὸν ἤνεγκεν· ὁ γὰρ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ποταμὸς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς ἐπιβάσεσι πλημμυρῶν ὅταν ἄρδῃ τὰς ἀρούρας, τί ἕτερον ἢ ὑετός ἐστι κάτωθεν ἐπινίφων;“ παράδοξον μὲν δὴ τὸ ἔργον, εἰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη·
1:203νυνὶ δὲ καὶ παραδοξοτέροις ἄλλοις ἐθαυματουργεῖτο. ἐπενεγκάμενοι γὰρ ἄλλος ἀλλαχόθεν ἀγγεῖα συνεκόμιζον, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τῶν ὤμων ἐπηχθισμένοι, προνοίᾳ τοῦ πρὸς πλείω χρόνον ταμιεύεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
1:204ἦν δ’ ἄρα ἀταμίευτα καὶ ἀθησαύριστα, δωρεὰς ἀεὶ νέας ἐγνωκότος τοῦ θεοῦ χαρίζεσθαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν τότε χρῆσιν αὐτάρκη σκευάσαντες μεθ’ ἡδονῆς προσηνέγκαντο, τῶν δ’ ἀπολειφθέντων εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐδὲν ἔτι σῷον εὕρισκον, ἀλλὰ μεταβεβληκότα καὶ δυσώδη καὶ μεστὰ τοιουτοτρόπων ζῴων, ἃ κατὰ σῆψιν εἴωθε γεννᾶσθαι· ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπερρίπτουν κατὰ τὸ εἰκός, ἑτέρας δ’ εὐτρεπεῖς τροφὰς ἀνεύρισκον, ἃς ἅμα τῇ δρόσῳ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν συνέβαινε νίφεσθαι.
1:205γέρας δ’ ἐξαίρετον ἡ ἱερὰ ἑβδομὰς εἶχεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐφεῖται δρᾶν ἐν αὐτῇ, πάντων δὲ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἔργων ἀνέχειν διείρηται, συγκομίζειν οὐ δυναμένοις τότε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πρὸ μιᾶς ὁ θεὸς ὕει διπλᾶ καὶ κελεύει φέρειν εἰς δύο ἡμέρας αὐτάρκη τροφὴν ἐσομένην· τὰ δὲ συγκομισθέντα σῷα διέμενεν, οὐδενὸς ᾗ πρότερον φθαρέντος τὸ παράπαν.
1:206λέξω δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔτι τούτου θαυμασιώτερον· ἐπὶ γὰρ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα, τοσοῦτον μῆκος αἰῶνος, ὁδοιποροῦσιν αὐτοῖς αἱ χορηγίαι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐν τάξεσι ταῖς εἰρημέναις ἐγίνοντο καθάπερ ἐν σιταρχίαις μεμετρημέναις πρὸς τὰς ἐπιβαλλούσας ἑκάστοις διανομάς.
1:207ἅμα μέντοι καὶ τὴν τριπόθητον ἡμέραν ἀνεδιδάσκοντο — ζητοῦντες γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ, τίς ἄρ’ ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου γενέθλιος, ἐν ᾗ τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἀπετελέσθη, καὶ παρὰ πατέρων καὶ προγόνων τὴν ζήτησιν ἄλυτον διαδεξάμενοι μόλις ἐδυνήθησαν εὑρεῖν — οὐ μόνον χρησμοῖς ἀναδιδαχθέντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκμηρίῳ πάνυ σαφεῖ· τοῦ γὰρ πλεονάζοντος ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἡμέραις, ὡς ἐλέχθη, φθειρομένου, τὸ πρὸ τῆς ἑβδόμης ὑόμενον οὐ μόνον οὐ μετέβαλεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέτρον εἶχε διπλάσιον.
1:208ἡ δὲ χρῆσις ἦν τοιάδε· συλλέγοντες ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ τὸ νιφόμενον ἤλουν ἢ ἔτριβον, εἶθ’ ἕψοντες ἡδεῖαν πάνυ τροφὴν οἷα μελίπηκτον προσεφέροντο μὴ δεόμενοι σιτοπόνων περιεργίας.
1:209ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν εἰς ἁβροδίαιτον βίον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν εὐπόρουν, ὅσαπερ ἐν οἰκουμένῃ χώρᾳ καὶ εὐδαίμονι βουληθέντος τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ πολλὴν περιουσίαν ἄφθονα χορηγεῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ· ταῖς γὰρ ἑσπέραις ὀρτυγομητρῶν νέφος συνεχὲς ἐκ θαλάττης ἐπιφερόμενον ἅπαν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπεσκίαζε τὰς πτήσεις προσγειοτάτας ποιουμένων εἰς τὸ εὔθηρον· συλλαμβάνοντες οὖν καὶ σκευάζοντες ὡς φίλον ἑκάστοις κρεῶν ἀπέλαυον ἡδίστων ἅμα καὶ τὴν τροφὴν παρηγοροῦντες ἀναγκαίῳ προσοψήματι.
1:210Τούτων μὲν οὖν πολλὴν ἦγον ἀφθονίαν οὐκ ἐπιλειπόντων, ὕδατος δὲ καὶ πάλιν πιέσασα δεινὴ σπάνις ἐπιγίνεται· καὶ πρὸς ἀπόγνωσιν ἤδη τραπομένων σωτηρίας, λαβὼν Μωυσῆς τὴν ἱερὰν βακτηρίαν ἐκείνην, δι’ ἧς τὰ κατ’ Αἴγυπτον ἀπετέλεσε σημεῖα, θεοφορηθεὶς τὴν ἀκρότομον πέτραν παίει.
1:211ἡ δ’, εἴτε προϋποκειμένης πηγῆς φλέβα καίριον διακοπεῖσα εἴτε καὶ τότε πρῶτον ὕδατος ἀφανέσιν ὑπονόμοις εἰς αὐτὴν ἀθρόου συρρυέντος καὶ σφόδρα ἐκθλιβέντος, ἀναστομωθεῖσα τῇ βίᾳ τῆς φορᾶς κρουνηδὸν ἐκχεῖται, ὡς μὴ τότε μόνον παρασχεῖν ἄκος δίψους ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς πλείω χρόνον τοσαύταις μυριάσιν ἀφθονίαν ποτοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ὑδρία πάντ’ ἐπλήρωσαν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν, αἳ πικραὶ μὲν ἦσαν φύσει, μετέβαλον δ’ ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ πρὸς τὸ γλύκιον.
1:212εἰ δέ τις τούτοις ἀπιστεῖ, θεὸν οὔτ’ οἶδεν οὔτ’ ἐζήτησέ ποτε· ἔγνω γὰρ ἂν εὐθέως, ἔγνω παγίως καταλαβών, ὅτι τὰ παράδοξα δὴ ταῦτα καὶ παράλογα θεοῦ παίγνιά ἐστιν, ἀπιδὼν εἰς τὰ τῷ ὄντι μεγάλα καὶ σπουδῆς ἄξια, γένεσιν οὐρανοῦ καὶ πλανήτων καὶ ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων χορείας καὶ φωτὸς ἀνάλαμψιν, ἡμέρας μὲν ἡλιακοῦ, νύκτωρ δὲ τοῦ διὰ σελήνης, καὶ γῆς ἵδρυσιν ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τοῦ παντός, ἠπείρων τε καὶ νήσων ὑπερβάλλοντα μεγέθη καὶ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν ἀμυθήτους ἰδέας, ἔτι δὲ πελαγῶν ἀναχύσεις, ποταμῶν αὐθιγενῶν καὶ χειμάρρων φοράς, ἀενάων ῥεῖθρα πηγῶν, ὧν αἱ μὲν ψυχρὸν αἱ δὲ θερμὸν ὕδωρ ἀνομβροῦσιν, ἀέρος παντοίας τροπάς, ἐτησίων ὡρῶν διακρίσεις, ἄλλα κάλλη μυρία.
1:213ἐπιλίποι ἂν ὁ βίος τοῦ βουλομένου διηγεῖσθαι τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα, μᾶλλον δ’ ἕν τι τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν, κἂν εἰ μέλλοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔσεσθαι μακροβιώτατος. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντα θαυμάσια καταπεφρόνηται τῷ συνήθει· τὰ δὲ μὴ ἐν ἔθει, κἂν μικρὰ ᾖ, ξέναις φαντασίαις ἐνδιδόντες καταπληττόμεθα τῷ φιλοκαίνῳ.
1:214Ἤδη δὲ πολλὴν καὶ ἀπόρευτον διεξεληλυθότων, ὅροι τινὲς ἀνεφαίνοντο γῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ προάστεια χώρας, εἰς ἣν μεθωρμίζοντο· νέμονται δ’ αὐτὴν Φοίνικες. ἐλπίσαντες δὲ βίον εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν αὑτοῖς ἀπαντήσεσθαι γνώμης ἐσφάλησαν.
1:215ὁ γὰρ προκαθήμενος βασιλεὺς πόρθησιν εὐλαβηθείς, ἀναστήσας τὴν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων νεότητα, μάλιστα μὲν ἀνείρξων ὑπηντίαζεν, εἰ δὲ βιάζοιντο, διὰ χειρῶν ἀμυνούμενος ἀκμῆσι καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον καθισταμένοις εἰς ἀγῶνα κεκμηκότας ὁδοιπορίαις καὶ ἐνδείαις σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν, ἃ κατὰ μέρος ἀντεπετίθετο.
1:216Μωυσῆς δὲ παρὰ τῶν σκοπῶν γνοὺς οὐ μακρὰν διεστηκότα τὸν ἐχθρὸν στρατόν, καταλέξας τοὺς ἡβῶντας καὶ στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενος ἕνα τῶν ὑπάρχων Ἰησοῦν, πρὸς τὴν μείζονα συμμαχίαν αὐτὸς ἠπείγετο· περιρρανάμενος γὰρ τοῖς εἰωθόσι καθαρμοῖς ἐπὶ κολωνὸν τὸν πλησίον μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀναδραμὼν ἱκέτευε τὸν θεὸν ὑπερασπίσαι καὶ νίκην καὶ κράτος περιποιῆσαι τοῖς Ἑβραίοις, οὓς ἐκ χαλεπωτέρων πολέμων καὶ κακῶν ἄλλων ἐρρύσατο μὴ μόνον τὰς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐπικρεμασθείσας συμφορὰς ἀποσκεδάσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσας ὅ τε τῶν στοιχείων νεωτερισμὸς ἐκαινούργησε κατ’ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὁ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις ἀνήνυτος λιμός.
1:217ἤδη δὲ μελλόντων εἰς μάχην καθίστασθαι, τερατωδέστατόν τι συμβαίνει πάθος περὶ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ· κουφόταται γὰρ ἐγίνοντο ἐν μέρει καὶ βαρύταται· εἶθ’ ὁπότε μὲν ἐπελαφρίζοιντο πρὸς ὕψος αἰρόμεναι, τὸ συμμαχικὸν ἐρρώννυτο καὶ ἀνδραγαθιζόμενον ἐπικυδέστερον ἐγίνετο, ὁπότε δὲ κάτω βρίσειαν, ἴσχυον οἱ ἀντίπαλοι, μηνύοντος διὰ συμβόλων τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι τῶν μέν ἐστι γῆ καὶ αἱ τοῦ παντὸς ἐσχατιαὶ κλῆρος οἰκεῖος, τῶν δ’ αἰθὴρ ὁ ἱερώτατος, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ παντὶ βασιλεύει καὶ κρατεῖ γῆς οὐρανός, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἔθνος περιέσται τῶν ἀντιπολεμούντων.
1:218ἄχρι μὲν οὖν τινος αἱ χεῖρες οἷα πλάστιγγες ἐν μέρει μὲν ἐπεκουφίζοντο, ἐν μέρει δ’ ἐπέρρεπον, τηνικαῦτα καὶ ὁ ἀγὼν ἀμφήριστος ἦν· ἐξαπιναίως δ’ ἀβαρεῖς γενόμεναι, δακτύλοις ἀντὶ ταρσῶν χρώμεναι, μετέωροι πρὸς ὕψος ἤρθησαν, καθάπερ αἱ πτηναὶ φύσεις ἀεροποροῦσαι, καὶ διέμενον ἀνώφοιτοι μέχρι τοῦ τὴν νίκην Ἑβραίους ἀνανταγώνιστον ἄρασθαι, τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡβηδὸν ἀναιρεθέντων ἅπερ τε διαθεῖναι παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐσπούδαζον παθόντων μετὰ δίκης.
1:219τότε καὶ Μωυσῆς ἱδρύεται βωμόν, ὃν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμασε „θεοῦ καταφυγήν“ (Exod. 17, 15), ἐφ’ οὗ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἔθυε χαριστηρίους εὐχὰς ἀποδιδούς.
1:220Μετὰ τὴν μάχην ταύτην ἔγνω δεῖν τὴν χώραν, εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζετο τὸ ἔθνος, κατασκέψασθαι — δεύτερον δ’ ὁδοιποροῦσιν ἔτος ἐνειστήκει — βουλόμενος μή, οἷα φιλεῖ, γνωσιμαχεῖν οὐκ εἰδότας, ἀλλ’ ἀκοῇ προμαθόντας αὐτήν, ἐπιστήμῃ τῶν ἐκεῖ βεβαίᾳ χρωμένους, τὸ πρακτέον ἐκλογίζεσθαι.
1:221δώδεκα δ’ ἰσαρίθμους ταῖς φυλαῖς ἄνδρας, ἐξ ἑκάστης ἕνα φύλαρχον, αἱρεῖται τοὺς δοκιμωτάτους ἀριστίνδην προκρίνας, ἵνα μηδεμία μοῖρα πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον ἐνεγκαμένη διαφέρηται, πᾶσαι δ’ ἐξ ἴσου διὰ τῶν ἐν τέλει τὰ παρὰ τοῖς κατοίκοις, εἰ βουληθεῖεν οἱ πεμφθέντες ἀψευδεῖν, ἐπιγνῶσιν.
1:222ἑλόμενος δ’ αὐτούς φησι τάδε· „τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων, οὓς ὑπέστημεν καὶ μέχρι νῦν ὑπομένομεν, ἆθλόν εἰσιν αἱ κληρουχίαι, ὧν τῆς ἐλπίδος μὴ διαμάρτοιμεν ἔθνος πολυανθρωπότατον εἰς ἀποικίαν παραπέμποντες. ἔστι δ’ ὠφελιμώτατον ἡ τόπων καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμη, ὥσπερ ἡ ἄγνοια βλαβερόν.
1:223ὑμᾶς οὖν ἐχειροτονήσαμεν, ἵνα ταῖς ὑμετέραις ὄψεσί τε καὶ διανοίαις τἀκεῖ θεασώμεθα· γίνεσθε δὴ τῶν τοσούτων μυριάδων ὦτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς τὴν ὧν ἀναγκαῖον εἰδέναι σαφῆ κατάληψιν.
1:224ἃ δὲ γνῶναι ποθοῦμεν, τρία ταῦτ’ ἐστίν· οἰκητόρων πλῆθός τε καὶ δύναμιν, πόλεων τὴν ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ θέσιν καὶ ἐν οἰκοδομίαις ἐχυρότητα ἢ τοὐναντίον, χώραν εἰ βαθύγειός ἐστι καὶ πίων, ἀγαθὴ παντοίους καρποὺς ἐνεγκεῖν σπαρτῶν τε καὶ δένδρων, ἢ λεπτόγεως ἔμπαλιν, ἵνα πρὸς μὲν ἰσχὺν καὶ πλῆθος οἰκητόρων ἰσορρόποις δυνάμεσι φραξώμεθα, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐρυμνότητα μηχανήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἑλεπόλεσιν· ἀναγκαῖον δὲ καὶ τὴν χώραν εἰδέναι, εἰ ἀρετῶσα ἢ μή· περὶ γὰρ λυπρᾶς ἑκουσίους κινδύνους ὑπομένειν ἠλιθιότητος.
1:225τὰ δ’ ὅπλα καὶ μηχανήματα ἡμῶν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ δύναμις ἐν μόνῳ τῷ πιστεύειν θεῷ κεῖται· ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν παρασκευὴν οὐδενὶ τῶν φοβερῶν εἴξομεν· ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἀμάχους ῥώμας εὐεξίαις, τόλμαις, ἐμπειρίαις, πλήθεσιν ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος κατακρατεῖν, δι’ ἣν καὶ ἐν ἐρήμῃ βαθείᾳ χορηγίαι πάντων εἰσὶν ὅσα ἐν εὐετηρίᾳ πόλεων.
Book 1, §§201–225
1:201And he was inspired, and full of the spirit of prophecy, and spoke to them as follows: "A fertile plain has been granted to mortal men, which they cut up into furrows, and plough, and sow, and do everything else which relates to agriculture, providing the yearly fruits so as to enjoy abundance of necessary food. But it is not one portion only of the universe, but the whole world that belongs to God, and all its parts obey their master, supplying everything which he desires that they should supply.
1:202Now therefore, it has seemed good to him that the air should produce food instead of water, since the earth has often brought forth rain; for when the river in Egypt every year overflows with inundations and irrigates all the fields, what else is that but a rain which is showered up from below?"
1:203That other would have been indeed a most surprising fact if it had stopped there; but now he wrought wonders with still more surprising circumstances; for all the population bringing vessels one after another, collected what fell, some putting them upon beasts of burden, others loading themselves and taking them on their shoulders, being prudently eager to provide themselves with necessary food for a longer time.
1:204But it was something that would bear to be stored up and dispensed gradually, since God is accustomed always to give his gifts fresh. Accordingly, they now prepared enough for their immediate necessities and present use, and ate it with pleasure. But of what was left till the next day they found not a morsel unhurt, but it was all changed and fetid, and full of little animals of the kind which usually cause putrefaction. So this they naturally threw away, but they found fresh quantities of it ready for food, so that it fell out that this food was carried down every day with the dew.
1:205But the holy seventh day had an especial honour; for, as it is not permitted to do anything whatever on that day (and it is expressly commanded that men are then to abstain from every work, great or little), so that they were not able to collect food that day, instead of food for one day, God rained upon them a double quantity, and ordered them to collect what shall be food enough for two days. And what was then collected remained sound, no portion of it becoming spoiled as it had before.
1:206I will also relate a circumstance which is more marvellous than even this one; for, though they were travelling for forty years, yet during all this long period of time they had an abundant supply of all necessary things in their appointed order, as is the case in clubs and messes which are regularly measured out with a view to the distribution of what is required by each individual. And, at the same time, they learnt the value of that long-wished for day;
1:207for, having inquired for a long time what the day of the creation of the world was, the day on which the universe was completely finished, and, having received this question from their fathers and their ancestors undecided, they at last, though with great difficulty, did ascertain it, not being taught only by the sacred scriptures, but also by a certain proof which was very distinct; for, as that portion of the manna (as has been already said) which was more than was wanted on the other days of the week was spoiled, still that portion which was rained down on the day before the seventh not only did not change its nature, but was dispensed in a twofold quantity.
1:208And the use was as follows. At dawn they collected what had been showered down, and then they ground or pounded it; and then they roasted it and made a very sweet food of it, like honey cheesecake, and so they ate it, without requiring any exceeding skill on the part of the preparers of the food.
1:209But they also had no scarcity of, nor any great distance to go for, the means of making life even luxurious, as if they had been in a populous and productive land, since God had determined out of his great abundance to supply them with plenty of all things which they required even in the wilderness; for, in the evenings, there was an uninterrupted cloud of quails borne to them from the sea, which overshadowed the whole camp, flying very near the ground so as to be easily caught. Therefore, the Hebrews, taking them and preparing them as each individual liked, enjoyed the most exquisite meat, pleasing themselves and varying their food with this necessary and delicious addition.
1:210Accordingly, they had a great abundance of these birds, as they never failed. But, a second time, a terrible scarcity of water came upon them and afflicted them; and, as they again speedily began to despair of their safety, Moses, taking his sacred rod with which he had wrought the signs in Egypt, being inspired by God, smote the precipitous rock.
1:211And the rock being struck this seasonable blow, whether it was that there was a spring previously concealed beneath it, or whether water was then for the first time conveyed into it by invisible channels pouring in all together and being forced out with violence, at all events the rock, I say, was cleft open by the force of the blow and poured forth water in a stream, so that it not only then furnished a relief from thirst, but also supplied for a long time an abundance of drink for so many myriads of people. For they filled all their water vessels, as they had done before, from the fountains which were bitter by nature, but which, by divine providence, were changed to sweet water.
1:212And, if any one disbelieves these facts, he neither knows God nor has he ever sought to know him; for, if he had, he would have instantly known, he would have known and surely comprehended, that all these unexpected and extraordinary things are the amusement of God; looking at the things which are really great and deserving of serious attention, namely, the creation of the heaven, and the revolutions of the planets and fixed stars, and the shining of light—of the light of the sun by day and that of the moon by night—and the position of the earth in the most centre spot of the universe, and the vast dominions of the different continents and islands, and the innumerable varieties of animals and plants, and the effusion of the sea, and the rapid courses of the ever-flowing rivers and winter mountain torrents, and the streams of everlasting springs, some of which pour forth cold and others hot water, and the various changes and alterations of the air and climate, and the different seasons of the year, and an infinite number of other beautiful objects.
1:213And the whole of a man’s life would be too short if he wished to enumerate all the separate instances of such things, or even to detail fully all that is to be seen in one complete portion of the world; aye, if he were to be the most long-lived man that has ever been seen. But all these things, though they are in truth really wonderful, are despised by us by reason of our familiarity with them. But the things to which we are not accustomed, even though they may be unimportant, still make an impression upon us from our love of novelty, while we yield to strange ideas concerning them.
1:214And now, as they had gone over a vast tract of land previously untravelled, there appeared some boundaries of habitable country and some suburbs, as it were, of the land to which they were proceeding, and the Phoenicians inhabited it. But they, hoping that a tranquil and peaceable life would now be permitted to them, were deceived in their expectation;
1:215for the king of the country, being afraid lest he might be destroyed, roused up all the youth of his cities, and collected an army, and went forth to meet them to keep them from his borders. And if they attempted to force their way, he showed that he would proceed to repel them with all his forces, his army being fresh, and now for the first time levied and marshalled for battle, while the Hebrews were wearied and worn out with their long travelling and with the scarcity of meat and drink which had in turns oppressed them.
1:216But when Moses had learnt from his scouts that the army of the enemy was marshalled at no great distance, he chose out those men who were in the flower of their youth, and appointed one of his subordinate officers, named Joshua, to be their general, while he himself went to procure a more powerful alliance; for, having purified himself with the customary purification, he rode up with speed to a neighbouring hill, and there he besought God to hold his shield over the Hebrews and to give them the victory and the mastery, as he had delivered them before from more formidable dangers and from other evils, not only dissipating the calamities with which they were threatened at the hands of men, but also all those which the transformation of the elements so wonderfully caused in the land of Egypt, and from those which the long scarcity inflicted upon them in their travels.
1:217And just as the two armies were about to engage in battle, a most marvellous miracle took place with respect to his hands; for they became by turns lighter and heavier. Then, whenever they were lighter, so that he could hold them up on high, the alliance between God and his people was strengthened, and waxed mighty, and became more glorious. But whenever his hands sank down the enemy prevailed, God showing thus by a figure that the earth and all the extremities of it were the appropriate inheritance of the one party, and the most sacred air the inheritance of the other. And as the heaven is in every respect supreme to and superior over the earth, so also shall the nation which has heaven for its inheritance be superior to their enemies.
1:218For some time, then, his hands, like the balances in a scale, were by turns light, and by turns descended as being heavy; and, during this period, the battle was undecided. But, on a sudden, they became quite devoid of weight, using their fingers as if they were wings, and so they were raised to a lofty height, like winged birds who traverse the heaven, and they continued at this height until the Hebrews had gained an unquestionable victory, their enemies being slain to a man from the youth upward, and suffering with justice what they had endeavoured to inflict on others, contrary to what was befitting.
1:219Then Moses erected an altar, which from the circumstances that had taken place he named the refuge of God, on which he offered sacrifices in honour of his victory, and poured forth prayers of gratitude to God.
1:220After this battle he considered that it was proper to reconnoitre the country into which the nation was being led as a colony (and it was now the second year that they had been travelling), not wishing that his followers should (as is often the case) change their designs out of ignorance, but that they should learn by accurate report, what the nature of the country really was, availing themselves of the positive knowledge of the inhabitants, and should then consider what was best to be done;
1:221and accordingly he chose out twelve men, to correspond in number to the twelve tribes, one out of each tribe to be the leader of it, selecting the most approved men, with reference to their excellence, in order that no quarrels might arise from any one party being better or worse off than another, but that they might all, by the agency of those to whom the matter was entrusted, be equally instructed as to the state of affairs among the inhabitants, if only the spies who were sent out brought a true report.
1:222And when he had selected the men he spoke to them as follows: "The inheritance which is before us is the prize of those labours and dangers which we have endured hitherto, and are still enduring, and let us not lose the hope of these things, we who are thus conducting a most populous nation to a new settlement. But the knowledge of the places, and of the men, and of the circumstances, is most useful, just as ignorance of these particulars is most injurious.
1:223We have therefore appointed you as spies, that we, by your eyes and by your intellects, may see the state of things there; ye, therefore, must be the ears and eyes of all these myriads of people, that thus they may arrive at an accurate comprehension of what is indispensable to be known.
1:224"Now what we wish to know consists of three points; the number of the inhabitants, and the strength of their cities, whether they are planted in favourable situations, whether they are strongly built and fortified, or the contrary. As to the country, we wish to know whether it has a deep and rich soil, whether it is good to bear all kinds of fruits, both of such plants as are raised from seed and of fruit-trees; or whether, on the contrary, it has a shallow soil; that so we may be prepared against the power and numbers of the inhabitants with equal forces, and against the fortified state of the buildings and cities by means of engines and machines, for the destruction of cities. "And it is indispensable to understand the nature of the country, and whether it is a good land or not; for to encounter voluntary dangers for a poor and bad land is an act of folly;
1:225and our weapons, and our engines, and all our power, consist solely in our trust and confidence in God. Having this preparation we will yield to no danger or fear, for this is sufficient with great superfluity of power to subdue otherwise invincible strength, which relies only on bodily vigour and on armies, and on courage, and skill, and numbers; since to that too we owe it, that even in a vast wilderness we have full supplies of everything, as if we were in well-stocked cities;
Book 1, §§226–250
1:226ὁ δὲ καιρός, ἐν ᾧ μάλιστα χώρας ἀρετὴν δοκιμάζεσθαι συμβέβηκεν, ἔαρ ἐστίν, ὃ νῦν ἐφέστηκεν· ὥρᾳ γὰρ ἔαρος τὰ μὲν σπαρέντα τελεσφορεῖται γένη, αἱ δὲ τῶν δένδρων φύσεις ἀρχὴν λαμβάνουσιν. ἄμεινον δ’ ἂν εἴη καὶ ἐπιμεῖναι μέχρι θέρους ἀκμάζοντος καὶ διακομίσαι καρποὺς οἱονεὶ δείγματα χώρας εὐδαίμονος.“
1:227ταῦτ’ ἀκούσαντες ἐπὶ τὴν κατασκοπὴν ἐξῄεσαν ὑπὸ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους προπεμπόμενοι δεδιότος, μὴ συλληφθέντες ἀπόλωνται καὶ συμβῇ δύο τὰ χαλεπώτατα, ἀνδρῶν τε, οἳ φυλῆς ἑκάστης ὄψις ἦσαν, σφαγαὶ καὶ ἄγνοια τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἐφεδρεύουσιν ἐχθροῖς ὧν ὠφέλιμος ἡ ἐπιστήμη.
1:228παραλαβόντες δ’ ὀπτῆρας καὶ ἡγεμόνας τῆς ὁδοῦ προερχομένοις ἐφείποντο· καὶ γενόμενοι πλησίον, ἐφ’ ὑψηλότατον ὄρος τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀναδραμόντες, κατεθεῶντο τὴν χώραν, ἧς πεδιὰς μὲν ἦν πολλὴ κριθοφόρος, πυροφόρος, εὔχορτος, ὀρεινὴ δ’ οὐκ ἔλαττον ἀμπέλων καὶ στελεχῶν ἄλλων κατάπλεως, εὔδενδρος ἅπασα, λάσιος, ποταμοῖς καὶ πηγαῖς διεζωσμένη πρὸς ἄφθονον ὑδρείαν, ὡς ἐκ τῶν προπόδων ἄχρι τῶν κορυφῶν ὅλα τῶν ὀρῶν τὰ κλίματα δένδρεσι κατασκίοις συνυφάνθαι, διαφερόντως δὲ τοὺς αὐχένας καὶ ὅσαι βαθεῖαι διαφύσεις.
1:229κατεθεῶντο δὲ καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἐρυμνοτάτας διχόθεν, ἔκ τε τοπικῆς περὶ τὴν θέσιν εὐκαιρίας καὶ περιβόλων ἐχυρότητος. ἐξετάζοντες δὲ καὶ τοὺς οἰκήτορας ἑώρων ἀπείρους τὸ πλῆθος, περιμηκεστάτους γίγαντας ἢ γιγαντώδεις τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ὑπερβολὰς ἔν τε μεγέθεσι καὶ ῥώμαις.
1:230ταῦτα κατιδόντες εἰς ἀκριβεστέραν κατάληψιν ἐπέμενον — ὀλισθηρὸν γὰρ αἱ πρῶται φαντασίαι χρόνῳ μόλις ἐνσφραγιζόμεναι — καὶ ἅμα σπουδὴν ἐποιοῦντο δρεψάμενοι τῶν ἀκροδρύων, μὴ ἄρτι πρῶτον στεριφουμένων ἀλλ’ ἤδη ὑποπερκαζόντων, ἐπιδείξασθαι παντὶ τῷ πλήθει τὰ μὴ ῥᾳδίως φθαρησόμενα.
1:231μάλιστα δ’ αὐτοὺς κατέπληττεν ὁ τῆς ἀμπέλου καρπός· οἱ γὰρ βότρυες ὑπερμεγέθεις ἦσαν, ἀντιπαρεκτεινόμενοι ταῖς κληματίσι καὶ μοσχεύμασιν, ἄπιστος θέα· ἕνα γοῦν ἐκτεμόντες καὶ δοκίδος ἐκ μέσων ἀπαιωρήσαντες, ἧς τὰς ἀρχὰς δυσὶ νέοις, τῷ μὲν ἔνθεν τῷ δ’ ἔνθεν, ἐπετίθεσαν, ἐκ διαδοχῆς, πιεζομένων αἰεὶ τῶν προτέρων—βαρύτατον γὰρ ἦν ἄχθος
1:232—, ἐκόμιζον, περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐχ ὁμοφρονοῦντες. ἐγένοντο μὲν οὖν αὐτοῖς ἅμιλλαι μυρίαι καὶ πρὶν ἐπανήκειν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀλλὰ κουφότεραι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ γνωσιμαχούντων μηδ’ ἄλλα ἄλλων ἀπαγγελλόντων στάσιν ἐν τῷ πλήθει γενέσθαι, χαλεπώτεραι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον.
1:233οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῆς τῶν πόλεων ἐχυρότητος καὶ ὡς ἑκάστη πολυάνθρωπός ἐστι διεξιόντες καὶ πάντα αἴροντες τῷ λόγῳ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλεῖον φόβον ἐνειργάζοντο τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὸν ἁπάντων ὧν εἶδον ὑφαιροῦντες ὄγκον παρεκάλουν μὴ ἀναπίπτειν, ἀλλ’ ἔχεσθαι τῆς ἀποικίας ὡς αὐτοβοεὶ περιεσομένους· οὐδεμίαν γὰρ ἀνθέξειν πόλιν πρὸς τοσαύτης δυνάμεως ἔφοδον ἀθρόως ἐπιστάσης, ἀλλὰ τῷ βάρει πιεσθεῖσαν πίπτειν· προσετίθεσαν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων παθῶν ἑκάτεροι ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀκουόντων, οἱ μὲν ἄνανδροι δειλίαν, οἱ δ’ ἀκατάπληκτοι θάρσος μετ’ εὐελπιστίας.
1:234ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μὲν πέμπτη μοῖρα τῶν ἀποδεδειλιακότων ἦσαν, οἱ δ’ ἔμπαλιν τῶν γενναίων πενταπλάσιοι· τὸ δ’ ὀλίγον θάρσος ἀτολμίας ἐναφανίζεται περιουσίᾳ, ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε φασὶ συμβῆναι· τῶν γὰρ τὰ βέλτιστα διεξιόντων δυοῖν οἱ τἀναντία φάσκοντες δέκα περιῆσαν οὕτως, ὥστε καὶ σύμπασαν ὑπηγάγοντο τὴν πληθὺν ἐκείνων μὲν ἀλλοτριώσαντες, ἑαυτοῖς δ’ οἰκειωσάμενοι.
1:235περὶ δὲ τῆς χώρας ταὐτὰ πάντες ἀπεφαίνοντο γνώμῃ μιᾷ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τῆς πεδιάδος καὶ τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἐκδιηγούμενοι· „τί δ’ ὄφελος“ εὐθὺς ἀνεβόησαν „ἡμῖν ἀλλοτρίων ἀγαθῶν καὶ ταῦτα πεφρουρημένων κραταιᾷ χειρὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀναφαίρετον;“ καὶ τοῖς δυσὶν ἐπιδραμόντες μικροῦ καταλεύουσιν αὐτοὺς ἡδονὴν ἀκοῆς τοῦ συμφέροντος καὶ ἀπάτην ἀληθείας προκρίναντες.
1:236ἐφ’ οἷς ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἠγανάκτει καὶ ἅμα ηὐλαβεῖτο, μή τι θεήλατον κατασκήψῃ κακὸν οὕτως ἐκθύμως ἀπιστοῦσι τοῖς χρησμοῖς· ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο· τῶν γὰρ κατασκόπων οἱ μὲν δειλοὶ δέκα λοιμώδει νόσῳ διαφθείρονται μετὰ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους συναπονοηθέντων, μόνοι δ’ οἱ συμβουλεύσαντες δύο μὴ ὀρρωδεῖν ἀλλ’ ἐφίεσθαι τῆς ἀποικίας ἐσώθησαν, ὅτι καταπειθεῖς ἐγένοντο τοῖς λογίοις, γέρας ἐξαίρετον λαβόντες τὸ μὴ παραπολέσθαι.
1:237Τοῦτ’ αἴτιον ἐγένετο τοῦ μὴ θᾶττον ἥκειν εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζοντο γῆν. δυνάμενοι γὰρ ἔτει δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου μετανάστασιν τὰς ἐν Συρίᾳ πόλεις καὶ τὰς κληρουχίας ἐννέμεσθαι, τὴν ἄγουσαν καὶ ἐπίτομον ἐκτραπόμενοι ὁδὸν ἐπλάζοντο, δυσαναπορεύτους καὶ μακρὰς ἀνοδίας ἄλλας ἐπ’ ἄλλαις ἀνευρίσκοντες εἰς ἀνήνυτον ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος κάματον, δίκας ἀναγκαίας τῆς ἄγαν ἀσεβείας ὑπομένοντες.
1:238ὀκτὼ γοῦν ἐνιαυτοὺς πρὸς τοῖς τριάκοντα δίχα τοῦ παρεληλυθότος χρόνου, γενεᾶς βίον ἀνθρωπίνης, ἄνω κάτω τριβόμενοι καὶ τὰς ἀβάτους ἐρημίας ἀναμετροῦντες ἔτει τεσσαρακοστῷ μόλις ἐπὶ τοὺς τῆς χώρας ὅρους παρεγένοντο, ἐφ’ οὓς καὶ πρότερον ἦλθον.
1:239πρὸς δὲ ταῖς εἰσβολαῖς ᾤκουν ἕτεροί τε καὶ δὴ καὶ συγγενεῖς αὐτῶν, οὓς ᾤοντο μάλιστα μὲν συνεκπολεμήσειν τὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας πόλεμον καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἅπαντα συμπράξειν, εἰ δ’ ἀποκνοῖεν, μετὰ μηδετέρων γοῦν τετάξεσθαι χεῖρας ἀνέχοντας.
1:240οἱ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐθνῶν πρόγονοι, τοῦ τε Ἑβραϊκοῦ καὶ τοῦ τὰ προάστεια κατοικοῦντος, ἀδελφοὶ δύο ἦσαν ὁμοπάτριοι καὶ ὁμομήτριοι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ δίδυμοι, ἀφ’ ὧν εἰς πολυπαιδίαν ἐπιδιδόντων καὶ τῶν ἀπογόνων εὐφορίᾳ τινὶ χρωμένων εἰς μέγα καὶ πολυάνθρωπον ἔθνος ἑκατέρα τῶν οἰκιῶν ἀνεχύθη· ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ἐφιλοχώρησεν, ἡ δ’, ὡς ἐλέχθη πρότερον, εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστᾶσα διὰ λιμὸν χρόνοις ὕστερον ἐπανῄει.
1:241τὴν δ’ οἰκειότητα ἡ μὲν διεφύλαττε, καίτοι πολὺν χρόνον διαζευχθεῖσα, πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν ἔτι τῶν πατρίων φυλάττοντας, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ τῆς ἀρχαίας πολιτείας ἐκδεδιῃτημένους, ὑπολαβοῦσα τοῖς ἡμέροις τὰς φύσεις ἁρμόττον εἶναι διδόναι τι καὶ χαρίζεσθαι συγγενείας ὀνόματι·
1:242ἡ δ’ ἔμπαλιν τὰ φιλικὰ πάντα ἔτρεψεν ἤθεσι καὶ λόγοις βουλαῖς τε καὶ πράξεσιν ἀσπόνδοις καὶ ἀσυμβάτοις χρωμένη, πατρικὴν ἔχθραν ζωπυροῦσα—ὁ γὰρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἀρχηγέτης αὐτὸς ἀποδόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὰ πρεσβεῖα μικρὸν ὕστερον ὧν ἐξέστη μετεποιεῖτο παραβαίνων τὰς ὁμολογίας καὶ ἐφόνα θάνατον ἀπειλῶν, εἰ μὴ ἀποδοίη—· ταύτην τὴν παλαιὰν ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς πρὸς ἕνα ἔχθραν ἔθνος τοσαύταις ὕστερον γενεαῖς ἐκαίνωσεν.
1:243ὁ μὲν οὖν ἡγεμὼν τῶν Ἑβραίων Μωυσῆς, καίτοι γ’ αὐτοβοεὶ δυνάμενος ἑλεῖν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς, οὐκ ἐδικαίωσε διὰ τὴν εἰρημένην συγγένειαν, ἀλλ’ ὁδῷ χρήσασθαι μόνον ἠξίου τῇ διὰ τῆς χώρας πάνθ’ ὑπισχνούμενος πράξειν τὰ ἔνσπονδα, μὴ τεμεῖν χωρίον, μὴ θρέμματα, μὴ λείαν ἀπάξειν, ὕδατος, εἰ ποτοῦ γένοιτο σπάνις, τιμὴν παρέξειν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἀχορηγήτοις ὠνίων· οἱ δ’ εἰρηνικαῖς οὕτω προκλήσεσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ἠναντιοῦντο πόλεμον ἀπειλοῦντες, εἰ τῶν ὅρων ἐπιβάντας ἢ ψαύσαντας αὐτὸ μόνον αἴσθοιντο.
1:244χαλεπῶς δὲ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐνηνοχότων καὶ ἤδη πρὸς ἄμυναν ὁρμώντων, ἐν ἐπηκόῳ στὰς „ἄνδρες“ εἶπεν, „ἡ μὲν ἀγανάκτησις ὑμῶν εὔλογος καὶ δικαία· χρηστὰ γὰρ ἀφ’ ἡμέρου γνώμης προτειναμένων, πονηρὰ ἀπὸ διανοίας ἀπεκρίναντο κακοήθους.
1:245ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅτι τῆς ὠμότητος ἐκεῖνοι δίκας ἐπάξιοι τίνειν εἰσί, διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὰς κατ’ αὐτῶν τιμωρίας ἁρμόττον ἵεσθαι, ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος τιμῆς, ἵνα καὶ ταύτῃ μοχθηρῶν ἀγαθοὶ διαφέρωμεν, ἐξετάζοντες οὐ μόνον, εἰ κολαστέοι τινές εἰσιν, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν ἐπιτήδειοι τοῦτο πάσχειν.“
1:246εἶτ’ ἐκτραπόμενος ἦγε δι’ ἑτέρας τὴν πληθύν, ἐπειδὴ τὰς κατὰ τὴν χώραν ὁδοὺς ἁπάσας φρουραῖς διεζωσμένας εἶδεν ὑπὸ τῶν βλάβην μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἐνδεξομένων, φθόνῳ δὲ καὶ βασκανίᾳ τὴν ἐπίτομον οὐκ ἐώντων προέρχεσθαι.
1:247ταῦτα δὲ σαφεστάτη πίστις ἦν ἀνίας, ἣν ἐπὶ τῷ τὸ ἔθνος ἐλευθερίας τυχεῖν ἠνιῶντο, δηλονότι χαίροντες, ἡνίκα τὴν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πικρὰν δουλείαν ὑπέμενον· ἀνάγκη γὰρ οἷς φέρει λύπην τἀγαθὰ τῶν πλησίον ἐπὶ τοῖς τούτων εὐφραίνεσθαι κακοῖς, κἂν μὴ ὁμολογῶσιν.
1:248ἔτυχον γὰρ ὡς πρὸς ὁμογνώμονας καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ βουλομένους ἀνενεγκόντες τὰ συμβάντα λυπηρά τε αὖ καὶ ὅσα καθ’ ἡδονήν, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι πόρρω προεληλύθασι μοχθηρίας καὶ ἐθελέχθρως καὶ φιλαπεχθημόνως ἔχοντες στένειν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἥδεσθαι δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἔμελλον.
1:249τῆς δὲ κακονοίας ἀνακαλυφθείσης ἐκείνων, ἐκωλύθησαν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἐπιδειξαμένου δύο τὰ κάλλιστα, φρόνησιν ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ χρηστότητα· τὸ μὲν γὰρ μηδὲν παθεῖν φυλάξασθαι συνέσεως, τὸ δὲ μηδ’ ἀμύνασθαι συγγενεῖς ὄντας ἐθελῆσαι φιλανθρωπίας ἔργον.
1:250Τὰς μὲν οὖν τούτων πόλεις παρημείψατο. βασιλεὺς δέ τις τῆς ὁμόρου Χανάνης ὄνομα, τῶν σκοπῶν ἀπαγγειλάντων τὸν ὁδοιποροῦντα στρατὸν οὐ πάνυ μακρὰν ἀφεστηκότα, νομίσας ἀσύντακτόν τε εἶναι καὶ ῥᾳδίως εἰ προεπίθοιτο νικήσειν, ἄρας μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας νεότητος εὐοπλούσης ἐπεξέθει καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ὑπαντιάσαντας ἅτε μὴ παρεσκευασμένους εἰς μάχην τρέπεται· καὶ λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους ἐπὶ τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδα εὐημερήματι φυσηθεὶς προῄει, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας χειρώσεσθαι νομίζων.
Book 1, §§226–250
1:226and the time in which it is most easy to come to a proper understanding of the good qualities of the land is the spring, the season which is now present; for in the season of spring what has been sown is coming to perfection, and the natures of the trees are beginning to propagate themselves further. It will be better, therefore, for you to enter the land now, and to remain till the middle of the summer, and to bring back with you fruits, as samples of what is to be procured from a prosperous and fertile country."
1:227When they had received these orders, they went forth to spy out the land, being conducted on their way by the whole multitude who feared lest they might be taken prisoners and so be put to death, and lest in that way two great evils might happen to them, namely, the slaughter of the men who were the eye of each tribe, and also ignorance of what was being done by their enemies who were plotting against them, the knowledge of which was most desirable.
1:228So, taking with them scouts to examine the road and guides to show them the way, they accompanied them at their first setting out. And when they approached the borders of the country they ran up to the highest mountain of all those in that district, and from thence they surveyed the land, part of which was an extensive champaign district, fertile in barley, and wheat, and herbage; and the mountain region was not less productive of vines, and all kinds of other trees, and rich in every kind of timber, full of dense thickets, and girdled by rivers and fountains so as to be abundantly well watered, so that even from the foot of the mountain district to the highest summit of the hills themselves, the whole region was covered closely with a net-work of shady trees, and more especially the lower ridges, and the deep valleys and glens.
1:229They also surveyed all the strongest cities, looking upon them in two points of view; first, with reference to their advantages of situation, and also to the strength of their fortification; also, when they inquired respecting the inhabitants, they saw that they were very numerous indeed, and giants of exceeding tallness with absolutely gigantic bodies, both as to their magnitude and their strength.
1:230When they had seen thus much they waited to get a more accurate knowledge of everything: for first impressions are not trustworthy, but require the slow confirmation of time. They also took great care to gather specimens of the productions of the land, though they were not as yet ripe and solid, but only just beginning to be properly coloured, that they might show them to all the multitude, for which reason they selected such as would not be easily spoiled;
1:231but what above all things astonished them was the fruit of the vines, for the branches were of unrivalled sizes, stretching along all the young shoots and branches in a way that seemed almost incredible. Therefore, having cut off one branch, and having suspended it on a stick by the middle, the ends of which they gave to two young men, placing one on one side and one on the other, and others succeeding them as bearers of it as the former bearers got tired, for the weight was very great, they carried it so, the whole body of the spies not at all agreeing with respect to some points of necessary importance.
1:232Accordingly, there were a great many contests between them even before they returned to the camp, but not very serious ones, in order that there might not be seditions between them from any of them adhering very contentiously to his own opinion, or from different persons giving different accounts, but they became more violent after their return;
1:233for some of them brought back formidable stories of the strength of the different cities, and the great populousness and opulence of each of them, exaggerating and making the most of everything in their description so as to cause excessive consternation among their hearers; while others, on the contrary, disparaged and made light of all that they saw, and exhorted their fellow countrymen not to faint but to persevere in their design of colonising that country, as they would subdue the natives with a mere shout; for that no city whatever would be able to resist the onset of so mighty a power attacking it with its united force, but would be overwhelmed with its might and submit at once. Moreover, each of the spies infused into the souls of his hearers some portion of his own spirit, the cowardly spreading cowardice, and the indomitable and bold diffusing confidence united with sanguine hope.
1:234But these last made but a fifth part of those who were frightened out of their senses, while they, on the other hand, were five times as numerous as the high-spirited; and the small number of those who displayed any courage, is often beaten down by the vast number of those who behaved in a cowardly manner, as they say was the case at this time also; for they who maintained the better side of the question were only two, while those who made the contrary report were ten; and these last so entirely prevailed over the two former, that they led away the whole multitude after them, alienating them from the two, and binding them wholly to themselves.
1:235But about the country itself they all brought back the same report with perfect unanimity, praising the beauty both of the champaign and of the mountainous district. But then they further cried out, "But what is the advantage to us of those good things which belong to others, when they are guarded by a mighty force, so that they can never be taken from their owners?" And so, attacking the two who brought the opposite report, they were very near stoning them, preferring to hear pleasant rather than useful things, and also preferring deceit to truth.
1:236At which their leader was indignant, and he was also at the same time afraid lest some heaven-inflicted evil might descend upon them, since they so obstinately persisted in despairing and in disbelieving the word of God, which indeed took place. For of the spies, the ten who brought back cowardly tiding all perished by a pestilential disease, with those of the multitude who united in their feelings of despondency, and only the two who had agreed and counselled the people not to fear but to persevere in the plan of the colony were saved, because they were obedient to the word of God, on which account they received the especial honour of not being involved in the destruction of the others.
1:237This was the reason why they did not arrive sooner in the land which they went forth to colonize; for though they might, in the second year after their departure from Egypt, have conquered all the cities in Syria, and divided the inheritance amongst themselves, still they turned aside from the direct and short road, and wandered about, using one long, and difficult, and pathless line of march after another, so as to be incessantly toiling both in soul and body, and enduring the necessary and deserved punishment of their excessive impiety:
1:238accordingly, for eight and thirty years more, after the two years which I have already mentioned as having elapsed, the life of a complete generation of mankind did they wander up and down, traversing the pathless wilderness; and at last in the fortieth year, they with difficulty came to the borders of the country which they had reached so many years before.
1:239And at the entrance to this country there dwelt other tribes akin to themselves, who they thought would cheerfully join them in the war against their neighbours, and would co-operate in everything necessary for the establishment of the colony; and if they hesitated to do that, they thought that at all events they would range themselves on neither side, but would preserve a strict neutrality, holding up their hands;
1:240for in fact the ancestors of both nations, both of the Hebrews and of those who dwelt on the skirts of the country, were brethren descended from the same father and the same mother, and moreover were twins; for it was from two brothers, who had thus increased with numerous descendants, and had enjoyed a great productiveness of offspring, that each of their families had grown into a vast and numerous nation. But one of these nations had clung to its original abodes; but the other, as has been already mentioned, having migrated to Egypt by reason of the famine, at this subsequent period was now returning,
1:241and one of the two preserved its respect for its kindred though it had been for such a length of time separated from it, still having a regard for those who no longer preserved any one of their ancestral customs, but who had in every respect departed from their ancient habits and constitutions, thinking that it became those who claimed to be of civilised natures, to give and yield something to the name of relationship.
1:242But the other utterly overturned all notions of friendship and affection, giving in to fierce, and unfriendly, and irreconcilable dispositions, and language, and counsels, and actions; and thus keeping alive the ill-will of their original ancestor to his brother; for the first founder of their race, though he had himself given up his birthright to his brother, yet a short time afterwards endeavoured to assert his claim to what he had abandoned voluntarily, violating his agreement, and he sought to slay his brother, threatening him with death if he did not surrender what he had purchased. And now the whole nation after the interval of so many generations, renewed the ancient enmity between one individual and another.
1:243Therefore Moses, the leader of the Hebrews, although he might with one single effort, aye with the mere shout of his army, have subdued the whole nation, still, by reason of the aforesaid relationship did not think fit to do so; but desired only to use the road through their country, promising that he would in every respect observe the treaties between them, and not despoil them of territory, or cattle, or of any booty, that he would even pay a price for water if there should be a scarcity of drink, and for anything else that they might require to buy, as not being supplied with it; but they violently rejected their peaceful invitations, threatening them with war, if they heard of their crossing over their borders or even of their setting foot upon them.
1:244But as the Hebrews received their answer with great indignation, and prepared at once to oppose them, Moses stood in a place from whence he would be well heard, and said, "O men, your indignation is reasonable and just; for though we, in a peaceable disposition, have made them good and friendly offers, they have made us an evil reply out of their evil and perverse disposition.
1:245But it does not follow that because they deserve to pay the penalty for their cruelty, therefore it is desirable for us to proceed to take vengeance upon them, by reason of the honour due to our own nation, that we may show that in this particular we are good and different from wicked men, inasmuch as we consider not only whether such and such persons deserve to be punished, but whether also it is proper that they should receive their punishment from us."
1:246On this he turned aside and led his army by another road, since he knew that all the roads in that district were surrounded with garrisons, by those who were not in danger of receiving any injury, but who out of envy and jealousy would not allow them to proceed by the shortest road;
1:247and this was the most manifest proof of their sorrow, which they felt in consequence of the nation having obtained their liberty, namely when they rejoiced when they were enduring that bitter slavery of theirs in Egypt; for it follows of necessity that those men to whom the good fortune of their neighbours causes grief, do also rejoice at their evil fortune, even if they do not admit that they do so;
1:248for they had already related to their neighbours, as to persons in accordance with themselves, and cherishing the same thoughts, all the misfortunes and also all the agreeable pieces of good fortune which had happened to them, not knowing that they had proceeded to a great degree of iniquity, and that they were full of unfriendly, and hostile, and malicious thoughts towards them, so that they were like to grieve at their good fortune, but to rejoice at any thing of a contrary tendency.
1:249But when their malevolence was fully revealed, the Hebrews were nevertheless restrained from coming to open war with them by their ruler, who thus displayed two most excellent qualities at the same time; namely prudence and a compassionate disposition; for to take care that no evil should happen to any one is the part of wisdom, and not to be willing even to repel one’s own kinsmen is a proof of a humane disposition.
1:250Therefore he passed by the cities of these nations; but a certain king of the neighbouring country, Canaan by name, when his spies reported to him that the army of the Hebrews, which was making in his direction was at no great distance, thinking that it was in a state of confusion and disorder, and that he should be able easily to conquer it if he were to attack it at once, proceeded forth with the youth of his nation well armed and equipped, and marched with all speed, and put the van of their host to flight as soon as he encountered them, inasmuch as they were not arrayed or prepared for battle; and having taken many prisoners, and being elated at the prosperity beyond his hopes which he had met with, he marched on thinking that he should defeat all the others also.
Book 1, §§251–275
1:251οἱ δὲ — οὐ γὰρ ἐγνάμφθησαν ἥττῃ τῆς προερχομένης τάξεως — ἀλλ’ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον σπάσαντες εὐτολμίας καὶ τὴν ἔνδειαν τῶν ἑαλωκότων ἐκπλῆσαι ταῖς προθυμίαις ἐπειγόμενοι συνεκρότουν ἄλλος ἄλλον μὴ ἀποκάμνειν „ἀνεγειρώμεθα„ λέγοντες, „ἄρτι τῆς χώρας ἐπιβαίνομεν· ἀκατάπληκτοι μετὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ θαρρεῖν ἐχυρότητος γινώμεθα· τὰ τέλη ταῖς ἀρχαῖς πολλάκις κρίνεται· ἐπὶ τῶν εἰσβολῶν ὄντες καταπληξώμεθα τοὺς οἰκήτορας, ὡς ἔχοντες μὲν τὴν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων εὐετηρίαν, ἀντιδεδωκότες δ’ ἣν ἐκ τῆς ἐρημίας ἐπαγόμεθα σπάνιν τῶν ἀναγκαίων.„
1:252καὶ ἅμα διὰ τούτων προτρέποντες αὑτοὺς ηὔξαντο τῆς χώρας ἀπαρχὰς ἀναθήσειν τῷ θεῷ τὰς πόλεις τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἑκάστῃ πολίτας· ὁ δ’ ἐπινεύει ταῖς εὐχαῖς καὶ θάρσος ἐμπνεύσας τοῖς Ἑβραίοις τὴν ἀντίπαλον στρατιὰν ἁλῶναι παρεσκεύασεν.
1:253οἱ δ’ ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλόντες τὰς χαριστηρίους ὁμολογίας ἐπετέλουν, οὐδὲν ἐκ τῆς λείας νοσφισάμενοι, τὰς δὲ πόλεις αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ κειμηλίοις ἀνιερώσαντες, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὅλην τὴν βασιλείαν ὠνόμασαν „ἀνάθεμα“.
1:254καθάπερ γὰρ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν εὐσεβούντων ἀπὸ τῶν ἐτησίων ἀπάρχεται καρπῶν, οὓς ἂν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων συγκομίζῃ κτημάτων, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος μεγάλης χώρας, εἰς ἣν μετανίστατο, μέγα τμῆμα, τὴν εὐθὺς αἱρεθεῖσαν βασιλείαν, ἀνέθηκεν ἀπαρχήν τινα τῆς ἀποικίας· οὐ γὰρ ἐνόμιζεν ὅσιον εἶναι διανείμασθαι γῆν ἢ πόλεις κατοικῆσαι, πρὶν καὶ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἀπάρξασθαι.
1:255Μικρὸν δ’ ὕστερον καὶ πηγὴν εὔυδρον ἀνευρόντες, ἣ παντὶ τῷ πλήθει ποτὸν ἐχορήγησεν—ἐν φρέατι δ’ ἦν ἡ πηγὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς χώρας ὅρων —, ὥσπερ οὐχ ὕδατος ἀλλ’ ἀκράτου σπάσαντες τὰς ψυχὰς ἀνεχύθησαν· ὑπό τε εὐφροσύνης καὶ χαρᾶς ᾆσμα καινὸν οἱ θεοφιλεῖς χοροὺς περὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐν κύκλῳ στήσαντες ᾖδον εἰς τὸν κληροῦχον θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἀληθῶς ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἀποικίας, ὅτι πρῶτον ἐπιβάντες ἐξ ἐρημίας μακρᾶς τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ ἣν ἔμελλον καθέξειν ποτὸν ἄφθονον ἀνεῦρον, ἁρμόττον ἡγησάμενοι μὴ ἀσημείωτον τὴν πηγὴν παρελθεῖν.
1:256καὶ γὰρ ἔτυχεν οὐ χερσὶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀλλὰ βασιλέων ἀνατετμῆσθαι φιλοτιμηθέντων, ὡς λόγος, οὐ μόνον περὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν τοῦ φρέατος κατασκευήν, ἵν’ ἐκ τῆς πολυτελείας βασιλικὸν φαίνηται τὸ ἔργον καὶ ἡ τῶν κατασκευασάντων ἀρχὴ καὶ μεγαλόνοια.
1:257γεγηθὼς δ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς αἰεὶ συμβαίνουσιν ἀπροσδοκήτοις ἀγαθοῖς ὁ Μωυσῆς ἐχώρει προσωτέρω, τὴν μὲν νεότητα διανείμας εἴς τε πρωτοστάτας καὶ ὀπισθοφύλακας, γηραιοὺς δὲ καὶ γύναια καὶ παῖδας ἐν μέσοις τάξας, ἵνα διὰ τῶν παρ’ ἑκάτερα φρουρὰν ἔχωσιν, ἐάν τε ἀντικρὺ ἐάν τε κατόπιν ἐχθρὸς ὅμιλος ἐπίῃ.
1:258Ὀλίγαις δ’ ὕστερον ἡμέραις εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀμορραίων χώραν ἐμβαλὼν πρέσβεις ἐξέπεμπε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα—Σηὼν δ’ ὠνομάζετο— προτρέπων ἐφ’ ἃ καὶ τὸν συγγενῆ πρότερον· ὁ δ’ οὐ μόνον πρὸς ὕβριν ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς ἥκουσι μικροῦ καὶ ἀνελὼν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ νόμος ὁ πρεσβευτικὸς ἐμποδὼν ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὸν στρατὸν συναγαγὼν ἐφώρμα νομίζων αὐτίκα τῷ πολέμῳ περιέσεσθαι.
1:259συμπλακεὶς δὲ οὐ πρὸς ἀμελετήτους καὶ ἀνασκήτους ἔγνω τὴν μάχην οὖσαν ἀλλ’ ἀθλητὰς τῷ ὄντι πολέμων ἀηττήτους, οἳ πρὸ μικροῦ πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἠνδραγαθίσαντο σωμάτων ἀλκὴν καὶ φρόνημα διανοίας καὶ ἀρετῆς ὕψος ἐπιδειξάμενοι, δι’ ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἐναντιωθέντας ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος εἷλον, ἔψαυσαν δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς λείας οὐδενὸς τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἄθλων ἀναθεῖναι τῷ θεῷ σπουδάσαντες·
1:260οἳ καὶ τότε φραξάμενοι καρτερῶς ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευμάτων καὶ παρασκευῶν ἀντεφώρμησαν ἅμα καὶ τῇ ἀκαθαιρέτῳ τοῦ δικαίου χρώμενοι συμμαχίᾳ, δι’ ἣν εὐτολμότεροί τε ἦσαν καὶ ἀγωνισταὶ πρόθυμοι.
1:261σαφὴς δὲ πίστις· δευτέρας οὐκ ἐδέησε μάχης, ἀλλ’ ἡ πρώτη καὶ μόνη ἐγένετο, καθ’ ἣν πᾶσα ἡ ἀντίπαλος ἐκλίθη δύναμις καὶ ἀνατραπεῖσα ἡβηδὸν αὐτίκα ἠφανίσθη.
1:262αἱ δὲ πόλεις ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον κεναί τε καὶ πλήρεις ἐγεγένηντο, κεναὶ μὲν τῶν ἀρχαίων οἰκητόρων, πλήρεις δὲ τῶν κεκρατηκότων· τὸν αὐτὸν μέντοι τρόπον καὶ αἱ κατ’ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεις ἐρημωθεῖσαι τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς ἀντέλαβον ἄνδρας βελτίους τὰ πάντα.
1:263Οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος ἅπασι μὲν τοῖς Ἀσιανοῖς ἔθνεσι φοβερὸν δέος ἐνειργάσατο, διαφερόντως δὲ τοῖς ὁμόροις, ὅσῳ καὶ τὰ δεινὰ ἐγγυτέρω προσεδοκᾶτο. εἷς δὲ δὴ ἐκ τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων βασιλέων ὄνομα Βαλάκης, μεγάλην καὶ πολυάνθρωπον τῆς ἑῴας μοῖραν ὑπηγμένος, πρὶν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἀπειπών, ἄντικρυς μὲν ὑπαντᾶν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζε τὸν ἐκπορθήσεως δι’ ὅπλων ἐλεύθερον πόλεμον διαδιδράσκων, ἐπ’ οἰωνοὺς δὲ καὶ μαντείας ἐτράπετο νομίζων ἀραῖς τισι δυνήσεσθαι τὴν ἄμαχον ῥώμην τῶν Ἑβραίων καθελεῖν.
1:264ἀνὴρ δ’ ἦν κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐπὶ μαντείᾳ περιβόητος Μεσοποταμίαν οἰκῶν, ὃς ἅπαντα μὲν ἐμεμύητο τὰ μαντικῆς εἴδη, οἰωνοσκοπίαν δ’ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα συγκεκροτηκὼς ἐθαυμάζετο, πολλοῖς καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιδειξάμενος ἄπιστα καὶ μεγάλα.
1:265προεῖπε γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἐπομβρίας θέρους ἀκμάζοντος, τοῖς δ’ αὐχμόν τε καὶ φλογμὸν ἐν μέσῳ χειμῶνι, τοῖς δ’ ἐξ εὐετηρίας ἀφορίαν καὶ ἔμπαλιν ἐκ λιμοῦ φοράν, ἐνίοις δὲ πλημμύρας ποταμῶν καὶ κενώσεις καὶ θεραπείας λοιμικῶν νοσημάτων καὶ ἄλλων μυρίων, ὧν ἕκαστον ὁ προθεσπίζειν δοκῶν ὀνομαστότατος ἦν ἐπὶ μέγα εὐκλείας προερχόμενος διὰ τὴν ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἀεὶ καὶ φθάνουσαν πανταχόσε φήμην.
1:266ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἐξέπεμπε τῶν ἑταίρων τινὰς παρακαλῶν ἥκειν καὶ δωρεὰς τὰς μὲν ἤδη παρεῖχε, τὰς δὲ δώσειν ὡμολόγει τὴν χρείαν ἧς ἕνεκα μεταπέμποιτο δηλῶν· ὁ δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ φρονήματος εὐγενοῦς καὶ βεβαίου, ἀλλὰ τὸ πλέον ἀστεϊζόμενος ὡς δὴ τῶν ἐλλογίμων προφητῶν γεγονὼς καὶ μηδὲν ἄνευ χρησμῶν εἰωθὼς πράττειν τὸ παράπαν, ὑπανεδύετο λέγων οὐκ ἐπιτρέπειν αὐτῷ βαδίζειν τὸ θεῖον.
1:267καὶ οἱ μὲν ἥκοντες ἐπανῄεσαν ἄπρακτοι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, ἕτεροι δ’ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν χρείαν ἐχειροτονοῦντο τῶν δοκιμωτέρων, πλείω μὲν ἐπιφερόμενοι χρήματα, περιττοτέρας δὲ δωρεὰς ὑπισχνούμενοι.
1:268δελεασθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἤδη προτεινομένοις καὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις ἐλπίσι καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῶν παρακαλούντων καταιδεσθεὶς ἐνεδίδου, πάλιν προφασιζόμενος τὸ θεῖον οὐκ ἐφ’ ὑγιεῖ· τῇ γοῦν ὑστεραίᾳ παρεσκευάζετο τὴν ἔξοδον ὀνείρατα διηγούμενος, ὑφ’ ὧν ἔλεγε πληχθεὶς ἐναργέσι φαντασίαις ἀναγκάζεσθαι μηκέτι μένειν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς
1:269πρέσβεσιν ἀκολουθεῖν. ἤδη δὲ αὐτῷ προερχομένῳ γίνεται κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σημεῖον ἀρίδηλον περὶ τοῦ τὴν χρείαν ἐφ’ ἣν συνέτεινεν εἶναι παλίμφημον· τὸ γὰρ ὑποζύγιον, ᾧ συνέβαινεν αὐτὸν ἐποχεῖσθαι, προερχόμενον ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἐξαπιναίως ἵσταται τὸ πρῶτον·
1:270εἶθ’, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐναντίας βίᾳ τινὸς ἀνωθοῦντος ἢ ἀναχαιτίζοντος, ὑπὸ πόδας ἐχώρει καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ δεξιὰ καὶ εὐώνυμα ἐπιφερόμενον καὶ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε πλαζόμενον οὐκ ἠρέμει, καθάπερ ἐν οἴνῳ καὶ μέθῃ καρηβαροῦν, καὶ πολλάκις τυπτόμενον ἠλόγει τῶν πληγῶν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἐποχούμενον μικροῦ καταβαλεῖν καὶ καθεζόμενον ὅμως ἀντιλυπῆσαι.
1:271τῶν γὰρ παρ’ ἑκάτερα χωρίων ἦσαν αἱμασιαὶ καὶ φραγμοὶ πλησίον· ὁπότ’ οὖν τούτοις προσηράχθη φερόμενον, γόνυ καὶ κνήμας καὶ πόδας ὁ δεσπότης θλιβόμενος καὶ πιεζόμενος ἀπεδρύπτετο.
1:272ἦν δ’, ὡς ἔοικε, θεία τις ὄψις, ἣν τὸ μὲν ζῷον ἐπιφοιτῶσαν ἐκ πολλοῦ θεασάμενον ὑπέπτηξεν, ὁ δ’ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ εἶδεν, εἰς ἔλεγχον ἀναισθησίας· ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλόγου ζῴου παρευημερεῖτο τὰς ὄψεις ὁ μὴ μόνον τὸν κόσμον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν αὐχῶν ὁρᾶν.
1:273μόλις γοῦν τὸν ἀνθεστηκότα ἰδὼν ἄγγελον, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοιαύτης θέας ἦν ἄξιος, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τὴν ἀτιμίαν καὶ οὐδένειαν ἑαυτοῦ καταλάβῃ, πρὸς ἱκεσίας καὶ λιτὰς ἐτράπετο συγγνῶναι δεόμενος ὑπ’ ἀγνοίας ἀλλ’ οὐ καθ’ ἑκούσιον γνώμην ἁμαρτόντι.
1:274τότε μὲν οὖν ὑποστρέφειν δέον, ἐπυνθάνετο τῆς φανείσης ὄψεως, εἰ ἀνακάμπτοι πάλιν τὴν ἐπ’ οἴκου· ἡ δὲ συνιδοῦσα τὴν εἰρωνείαν καὶ σχετλιάσασα—τί γὰρ ἔδει πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ πράγματος οὕτως ἐμφανοῦς, ὃ τὰς ἀποδείξεις εἶχεν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μὴ δεόμενον τῆς ἐκ λόγων πίστεως, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὀφθαλμῶν ὦτα ἀληθέστερα καὶ πραγμάτων ῥήματα; — „βάδιζε“ εἶπεν „ἐφ’ ἣν σπεύδεις ὁδόν· ὀνήσεις γὰρ οὐδέν, ἐμοῦ τὰ λεκτέα ὑπηχοῦντος ἄνευ τῆς σῆς διανοίας καὶ τὰ φωνῆς ὄργανα τρέποντος, ᾗ δίκαιον καὶ συμφέρον· ἡνιοχήσω γὰρ ἐγὼ τὸν λόγον θεσπίζων ἕκαστα διὰ τῆς σῆς γλώττης οὐ συνιέντος.“
1:275ἀκούσας δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐγγὺς ἤδη γεγονότα μετὰ τῶν δορυφόρων ὑπαντησόμενος ἐξῄει, καὶ ἐντυχόντων, οἷα εἰκός, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἦσαν φιλοφροσύναι καὶ δεξιώσεις, εἶτα βραχεῖα κατάμεμψις περὶ τῆς βραδυτῆτος καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἑτοιμότερον ἥκειν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ εὐωχίαι ἦσαν καὶ πολυτελεῖς ἑστιάσεις καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν ξένων ἔθος εὐτρεπίζεσθαι, φιλοτιμίαις βασιλικαῖς πάντα πρὸς τὸ μεγαλειότερον ἐπιδιδόντα καὶ σεμνότερον ὄγκον.
Book 1, §§251–275
1:251But the Hebrews, for they were not dismayed at the defeat of their advanced guard, but had rather derived even more confidence than they had felt before, being eager also to make amends by their eagerness for battle for the loss of those of their number who had been taken prisoners, exhorted one another not to faint nor to yield. "Let us rise up," said they; "let us at once invade their land. Let us show that we are in no wise alarmed or depressed, by our vigour in action and our confidence. The end is very often judged of by the beginning. Let us seize the keys of the country and strike terror into the inhabitants as deriving prosperity from cities, and inflicting upon them in return the want of necessary things which we bring with us out of the wilderness."
1:252And they, at the same time, exhorted one another often with these words, and likewise began to dedicate to God, as the first fruits of the land, the cities of the king and all the citizens of each city. And he accepted their views and inspired the Hebrews with courage, and prepared the army of the enemy to be defeated.
1:253Accordingly, the Hebrews defeated them with mighty power, and fulfilled the agreement of gratitude which they had made, not appropriating to themselves the slightest portion of the booty. And they dedicated to God the cities with all the men and treasures that were in them, and, from what had thus taken place, they called the whole country an offering to God;
1:254for, as every pious man offers unto God the first fruits of the fruits of the year, which he collects from his own possessions, so in the same manner did the Hebrews dedicate the whole nation of this mighty country into which they had come as settlers, and that great spoil, the kingdom which they had so speedily subdued, as a sort of first-fruit of their colony; for they did not think it consistent with piety to distribute the land among themselves, or to inherit the cities, before they had offered up to God the first fruits of that country and of those cities.
1:255A short time afterwards, having found a copious spring of water which supplied drink to all the multitude, and the spring was in a well and on the borders of the country, drawing it up and drinking it as though it had been not water but pure wine, they were refreshed in their souls, and those among the people who loved God established choruses and dances in a circle around the well, out of their cheerfulness and joy, and sang a new song to God, the possessor and giver of their inheritance and the real leader of their colony, because now at the first moment of their coming forth from the direction in which they had so long been dwelling in to the inhabited land which they were ordained to possess, they had found abundant drink, and therefore they thought it right not to pass this spring by without due honour.
1:256For this well had been originally cut not by the hands of private individuals, but of kings, who had laboured in rivalry of one another, as the tale went, not only in the discovery of the water, but likewise in the digging of the well, in order that by its magnificence it might be seen to be a royal work, and that the power and magnanimity of those who built it might appear from the beginning.
1:257And Moses, rejoicing at the unexpected blessings which from time to time were presenting themselves to him, advanced further, dividing the youth of his people into the vanguard and the rearguard, and placing the old men, and the women, and the children in the centre, that they might be protected by those who were thus at each extremity, in the case of their having to encounter any force of the enemy either in front or behind.
1:258A few days afterwards he entered the country of the Amorites, and sent ambassadors to the king, whose name was Sihon, exhorting him to the same measures to which he had previously invited his kinsman. But he not only replied to these ambassadors when they came with great insolence, but he very nearly put them to death, and would have done so if the law with respect to ambassadors had not hindered him; but he did collect an army and made against them, thinking that he should immediately be able to subdue them in war.
1:259But when he encountered them he then found that he had to fight not men who had no experience or practise in the art of war, but men skilful in all warfare and truly invincible, who only a short time before had done many and important valiant achievements, displaying great personal valour, and great wisdom, and excellence of sense and virtue. Owing to which qualities they subdued these their enemies with great ease and defeated them with great loss, but they took no part of the spoil, desiring to dedicate to God the first booty which they gained;
1:260and, on this occasion, they guarded their own camp vigorously, and then, with one accord and with equally concerted preparation, rushed forward in opposition to the enemy as he advanced and charged them, availing themselves of the invincible alliance of the just God, in consequence of which they had the greatest boldness, and became cheerful and sanguine combatants.
1:261And the proof of this was clear; there was no need of any second battle, but the first was also the only one, and in it the whole power of the enemy was frustrated for ever. And it was utterly overthrown, and immediately it disappeared for ever.
1:262And about the same time the cities were both empty and full; empty of their ancient inhabitants, and full of those who now succeeded to their dominions over them. In the same manner, also, the stables of cattle in the fields, being made desolate, received instead men who were in all respects better than their former masters.
1:263This war struck all the Asiatic nations with terrible consternation, and especially all those who were near the borders of the Amorites, inasmuch as they looked upon the dangers as being nearer to themselves. Accordingly, one of the neighbouring kings, by name Balak, who ruled over a large and thickly inhabited country of the east, before he met them in battle, feeling great distrust of his own power, did not think fit to meet them in close combat, being desirous to avoid carrying on a war of extermination by open arms; but he had recourse to inquiries and divination, thinking that by some kind of ruse or other he might be able to overthrow the irresistible power of the Hebrews.
1:264Now there was a man at that time very celebrated for his skill in divination, dwelling in Mesopotamia, who was initiated in every branch of the soothsayers’ art. And he was celebrated and renowned above all men for his experience as a diviner and prophet, as he had in many instances foretold to many people incredible and most important events;
1:265for, on one occasion, he had predicted heavy rain to one nation at the height of summer; to another he had foretold a drought and burning heat in the middle of winter. Others he had forewarned of a dearth which should follow a season of abundance; and, on the other hand, plenty after famine. In some instances he had predicted the inundations of rivers; or, on the contrary, their falling greatly and becoming dried up; and the departure of pestilential diseases, and ten thousand other things. From all which he had obtained a name of wide celebrity, as he was believed to have foreseen them all, and so he had attained to great renown and his glory had spread everywhere and was continually increasing.
1:266So this man, Balak, now sent some of his companions, entreating him to come to him, and he gave him some presents at once, and he promised to give him others also, explaining to him the necessity which he was in, on account of which he had sent for him. But he did not treat the messengers with any noble or consistent disposition, but with great courtesy and civility evaded their request, as if he were one of the most celebrated prophets, and as such was accustomed to do nothing whatever without first consulting the oracle, and so he declined, saying that the Deity would not permit him to go with them.
1:267So the messengers returned back to the king, without having succeeded in their errand. And immediately other messengers of the highest rank in the whole land were sent on the same business, bringing with them more abundant presents of money, and promising still more ample rewards than the former ambassadors had promised.
1:268And Balaam, being allured by the gifts which were already proffered to him, and also by the hopes for the future which they held out to him, and being influenced also by the rank of those who invited him, began to yield, again alleging the commands of the Deity as his excuse, but no longer with sincerity. Accordingly, on the next day he prepared for his departure, relating some dreams by which he said he had been influenced, affirming that he had been compelled by their manifest visions not to remain, but to follow the ambassadors.
1:269But when he was on his road a very manifest sign met him in the way, showing him plainly that the purpose for which he was travelling was displeasing to God, and ill-omened; for the beast on which he was riding, while proceeding onwards in the straight road, at first stopped suddenly,
1:270then, as if some one was forcibly resisting it, or standing in front and driving it back by force, it retreated, moving first to the right and then to the left, and could not stand still, but kept moving, first to one side and then to the other, as if it had been under the influence of wine and intoxication; and though it was repeatedly beaten, it disregarded the blows, so that it very nearly threw its rider, and though he stuck on did still hurt him considerably;
1:271for close on each side of the path there were walls and strong fences; therefore, when the beast in its violent motions struck heavily against the walls, the owner had his knee, and leg, and foot pressed and crushed, and was a good deal lacerated.
1:272The truth is, that there was, as it seems, a divine vision, which, as the beast, on which the diviner was seeking, saw at a great distance as it was coming towards him, and it was frightened at it; but the man did not see it, which was a proof of his insensibility, for he was thus shown to be inferior to a brute beast in the power of sight, at a time when he was boasting that he could see, not only the whole world, but also the Creator of the world.
1:273Accordingly, having after some time seen the angel opposing him, not because he was desiring to see so astonishing a spectacle, but that he might become acquainted with his own insignificance and nothingness, he betook himself to supplications and prayers, entreating to be pardoned, on the ground that he had acted as he had done out of ignorance, and had not sinned of deliberate purpose.
1:274Then, as he said that he ought to return back again, he asked of the vision which appeared to him, whether he should go back again to his own house; but the angel beholding his insincerity, and being indignant at it (for what need was there for him to ask questions in a matter which was so evident, which had its answer plain in itself, and which did not require any more positive information by means of words, unless a person’s ears are more to be trusted than his eyes, and words than things), said, "Go on in the journey in which you have set out, for you shall do no good to those who have sent for you, and you must say what I prompt you, without any thoughts of your own, finding utterance, as I will guide the organs of your speech in the way that shall be just and expedient, for I will direct your words, predicting all that shall happen through the agency of your tongue, though you yourself understand nothing of it.
1:275But when the king heard that he was now near at hand, he went forth with his guards to meet him; and when they met at first there were, as was natural, greetings and salutations, and then a brief reproof of his tardiness and of his not having come more readily. After this there were feastings and costly entertainments, and all those other things which are usually prepared on the occasion of the reception of strangers, everything with royal magnificence being prepared, so as to give an exaggerated idea of the power and glory of the king.
Book 1, §§276–300
1:276τῇ δ’ ὑστεραίᾳ ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ τὸν μάντιν ὁ Βαλάκης παραλαβὼν ἐπὶ γεώλοφον ἀνήγαγεν, ἔνθα καὶ στήλην συνέβαινεν ἱδρῦσθαι δαιμονίου τινός, ἣν οἱ ἐγχώριοι προσεκύνουν· μέρος δ’ ἐνθένδε καθεωρᾶτο τῆς τῶν Ἑβραίων στρατοπεδείας, ὃ καθάπερ ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς ἐπεδείκνυτο τῷ μάγῳ.
1:277ὁ δὲ θεασάμενός φησι· „σὺ μέν, ὦ βασιλεῦ, βωμοὺς ἑπτὰ δειμάμενος μόσχον ἐφ’ ἑκάστου καὶ κριὸν ἱέρευσον· ἐγὼ δ’ ἐκτραπόμενος πεύσομαι τοῦ θεοῦ, τί λεκτέον.“ ἔξω δὲ προελθὼν ἔνθους αὐτίκα γίνεται, προφητικοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιφοιτήσαντος, ὃ πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἔντεχνον μαντικὴν ὑπερόριον τῆς ψυχῆς ἤλασε· θέμις γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ἱερωτάτῃ κατοκωχῇ συνδιαιτᾶσθαι μαγικὴν σοφιστείαν. εἶθ’ ὑποστρέψας καὶ τάς τε θυσίας ἰδὼν καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς φλέγοντας ὥσπερ ἑρμηνεὺς ὑποβάλλοντος ἑτέρου θεσπίζει τάδε·
1:278„ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας μετεπέμψατό με Βαλάκης μακρὰν τὴν ἀπ’ ἀνατολῶν στειλάμενον ἀποδημίαν, ἵνα τίσηται τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἀραῖς. ἐγὼ δὲ τίνα τρόπον ἀράσομαι τοῖς μὴ καταράτοις ὑπὸ θεοῦ; θεάσομαι μὲν αὐτοὺς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀφ’ ὑψηλοτάτων ὀρῶν καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταλήψομαι, βλάψαι δ’ οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην λαόν, ὃς μόνος κατοικήσει, μὴ συναριθμούμενος ἑτέροις ἔθνεσιν, οὐ κατὰ τόπων ἀποκλήρωσιν καὶ χώρας ἀποτομήν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἐξαιρέτων ἐθῶν ἰδιότητα, μὴ συναναμιγνύμενος ἄλλοις εἰς τὴν τῶν πατρίων ἐκδιαίτησιν.
1:279τίς ἐπ’ ἀκριβείας εὗρε τὴν πρώτην καταβολὴν τῆς τούτων γενέσεως; τὰ μὲν σώματ’ αὐτοῖς ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων διεπλάσθη σπερμάτων, ἐκ δὲ θείων ἔφυσαν αἱ ψυχαί· διὸ καὶ γεγόνασιν ἀγχίσποροι θεοῦ. ἀποθάνοι μου ἡ ψυχὴ τὸν σωματικὸν βίον, ἵν’ ἐν ψυχαῖς δικαίων καταριθμηθῇ, οἵας εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς τούτων.“
1:280Ταῦτ’ ἀκούων ὁ Βαλάκης ὤδινεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. παυσαμένου δέ, τὸ πάθος οὐ χωρήσας „ἐπὶ κατάραις“ εἶπεν „ἐχθρῶν μετακληθεὶς εὐχὰς τιθέμενος ἐκείνοις οὐκ ἐρυθριᾷς; ἐλελήθειν ἄρ’ ἐμαυτὸν ἀπατῶν ὡς ἐπὶ φίλῳ σοι τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν πολεμίων ἀφανῶς τεταγμένῳ τάξιν, ἣ νῦν γέγονε δήλη. μήποτε καὶ τὰς ὑπερθέσεις τῆς ἐνθάδε ἀφίξεως ἐποιοῦ διὰ τὴν ὑποικουροῦσαν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς μὲν ἐκείνους οἰκειότητα πρὸς δ’ ἐμὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἀλλοτρίωσιν· πίστις γάρ, ὡς ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, τῶν ἀδήλων τὰ ἐμφανῆ.“
1:281ὁ δὲ τῆς κατοκωχῆς ἀνεθεὶς „ἀδικωτάτην“ εἶπεν „αἰτίαν ὑπομένω συκοφαντούμενος· λέγω γὰρ ἴδιον οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ ἅττ’ ἂν ὑπηχήσῃ τὸ θεῖον, ὅπερ οὐχὶ νῦν πρῶτον ἐγὼ μὲν εἶπον, σὺ δ’ ἤκουσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόσθεν, ἡνίκα τοὺς πρέσβεις ἔπεμψας, οἷς ἀπεκρινάμην ταὐτά.“
1:282νομίσας δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἢ τὸν μάντιν ἀπατᾶν ἢ τὸ θεῖον τρέπεσθαι καὶ ταῖς τῶν τόπων μεταβολαῖς τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἐχυρὸν ἀλλάττειν, εἰς ἕτερον ἀπαγαγὼν χωρίον ἐκ λόφου πάνυ περιμήκους ἐπεδείκνυτο μέρος τι τῆς ἀντιπάλου στρατιᾶς· εἶτα πάλιν ἑπτὰ βωμοὺς ἱδρυσάμενος καὶ τὰ ἴσα τοῖς πρόσθεν ἱερεῖα καταθύσας ἐξέπεμπε τὸν μάντιν ἐπ’ οἰωνοὺς καὶ φήμας αἰσίους.
1:283ὁ δὲ μονωθεὶς ἐξαίφνης θεοφορεῖται καὶ μηδὲν συνιείς, ὥσπερ μετανισταμένου τοῦ λογισμοῦ, τὰ ὑποβαλλόμενα ἐξελάλει προφητεύων τάδε· "ἀναστὰς ἄκουε, βασιλεῦ, τὰ ὦτα ἐπουρίσας. οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς διαψευσθῆναι δύναται οὐδ’ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου μετανοεῖ καὶ ἅπαξ εἰπὼν οὐκ ἐμμένει. φθέγξεται τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν, ὃ μὴ τελειωθήσεται βεβαίως, ἐπεὶ ὁ λόγος ἔργον ἐστὶν αὐτῷ. παρελήφθην δ’ ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, οὐ κατάραις, ἐγώ.
1:284οὐκ ἔσται πόνος ἢ μόχθος ἐν Ἑβραίοις. ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν προασπίζει περιφανῶς, ὃς καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ῥύμην κακῶν ἀπεσκέδασεν ὡς ἕνα ἄνδρα τὰς τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἀναγαγών. τοιγαροῦν οἰωνῶν ἀλογοῦσι καὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ μαντικὴν ἑνὶ τῷ τοῦ κόσμου ἡγεμόνι πιστεύοντες. ὁρῶ λαὸν ὡς σκύμνον ἀνιστάμενον καὶ ὡς λέοντα γαυρούμενον. εὐωχηθήσεται θήρας καὶ ποτῷ χρήσεται τραυματιῶν αἵματι καὶ κορεσθεὶς οὐ τρέψεται πρὸς ὕπνον, ἀλλ’ ἐγρηγορὼς τὸν ἐπινίκιον ᾄσεται ὕμνον.“
1:285Χαλεπῶς δ’ ἐνεγκὼν ἐπὶ τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδας αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς μαντικῆς ἀπαντᾶσθαι „ἄνθρωπε“ εἶπε, „μήτε ἀρὰς τίθεσο μήτ’ εὐχὰς ποιοῦ· βελτίων γὰρ τῶν μὴ καθ’ ἡδονὴν λόγων ἡ ἀκίνδυνος ἡσυχία.“ καὶ ταῦτ’ εἰπὼν ὥσπερ ἐκλαθόμενος ὧν εἶπε διὰ τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀβέβαιον εἰς ἄλλον τόπον ἀπῆγε τὸν μάντιν, ἀφ’ οὗ δείξας μέρος τι τῆς Ἑβραϊκῆς στρατιᾶς καταρᾶσθαι παρεκάλει.
1:286ὁ δ’ ἅτε χείρων ἐκείνου, καίτοι πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφερομένας κατηγορίας ἀπολογίᾳ μιᾷ χρώμενος ἀληθεῖ, ὡς οὐδὲν ἴδιον λέγοι, κατεχόμενος δὲ καὶ ἐνθουσιῶν διερμηνεύοι τὰ ἑτέρου, δέον μηκέτ’ ἐπακολουθεῖν ἀλλ’ οἴκαδε ἀπαίρειν, ἑτοιμότερον τοῦ παραπέμποντος προεξέτρεχεν, ἅμα μὲν οἰήσει, κακῷ μεγάλῳ, πεπιεσμένος, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταρᾶσθαι γλιχόμενος, εἰ καὶ τῇ φωνῇ διεκωλύετο.
1:287παραγενόμενος δ’ εἰς ὄρος μεῖζον τῶν προτέρων ἄχρι πολλοῦ κατατεῖνον κελεύει μὲν τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν θυσίαν βωμοὺς πάλιν ἑπτὰ κατασκευάσαντας καὶ ἱερεῖα τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα προσαγαγόντας ἑκάστῳ βωμῷ δύο, μόσχον τε καὶ κριόν. αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκέτι κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐπὶ κληδόνας καὶ οἰωνοὺς ἵετο πολλὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ τέχνην κακίσας ὡς χρόνῳ καθάπερ γραφὴν ἐξίτηλον γενομένην καὶ τοὺς εὐθυβόλους στοχασμοὺς ἐξαμαυρωθεῖσαν· ἄλλως δὲ καὶ μόλις ἐνενόησεν, ὅτι οὐ συνᾴδει τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήματι ἡ τοῦ μισθωσαμένου προαίρεσις αὐτὸν βασιλέως.
1:288τραπόμενος οὖν κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην ὁρᾷ κατὰ φυλὰς ἐστρατοπεδευκότας Ἑβραίους καὶ τό τε πλῆθος καὶ τὴν τάξιν ὡς πόλεως ἀλλ’ οὐ στρατοπέδου καταπλαγεὶς ἔνθους γενόμενος ἀναφθέγγεται τάδε·
1:289„φησὶν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν, ὅστις καθ’ ὕπνον ἐναργῆ φαντασίαν εἶδε θεοῦ τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοιμήτοις ὄμμασιν. ὡς καλοί σου οἱ οἶκοι, στρατιὰ Ἑβραίων, αἱ σκηναί σου ὡς νάπαι σκιάζουσαι, ὡς παράδεισος ἐπὶ ποταμοῦ, ὡς κέδρος παρ’ ὕδατα.
1:290ἐξελεύσεταί ποτε ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐπικρατήσει πολλῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐπιβαίνουσα ἡ τοῦδε βασιλεία καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν πρὸς ὕψος ἀρθήσεται. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἡγεμόνι τῆς ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου πάσης ὁδοῦ κέχρηται θεῷ καθ’ ἓν κέρας ἄγοντι τὴν πληθύν.
1:291τοιγαροῦν ἔδεται ἔθνη πολλὰ ἐχθρῶν καὶ ὅσον ἐν αὐτοῖς πῖον ἄχρι μυελοῦ λήψεται καὶ ταῖς ἑκηβολίαις ἀπολεῖ τοὺς δυσμενεῖς. ἀναπαύσεται κατακλινεὶς ὡς λέων ἢ σκύμνος λέοντος, μάλα καταφρονητικῶς δεδιὼς οὐδένα, φόβον τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐνειργασμένος· ἄθλιος ὃς ἂν αὐτὸν παρακινήσας ἐγείρῃ. οἱ μὲν εὐλογοῦντές σε εὐφημίας ἄξιοι, κατάρας δ’ οἱ καταρώμενοι.“
1:292Σφόδρα δ’ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀγανακτήσας ὁ βασιλεὺς „ἐπ’ ἀραῖς“ εἶπεν „ἐχθρῶν μετακληθεὶς εὐχὰς ἤδη τρεῖς τὰς ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων πεποίησαι· φεῦγε δὴ θᾶττον—ὀξὺ πάθος ἐστὶ θυμός —, μή τι καὶ νεώτερον ἐργάσασθαι βιασθῶ.
1:293πόσον πλῆθος χρημάτων, ἀνοητότατε, καὶ δωρεῶν, πόσην δ’ εὐφημίαν καὶ δόξαν ἀφῄρησαι σεαυτὸν φρενοβλαβὴς ὤν· ἐπανελεύσῃ φέρων ἀπὸ τῆς ξένης εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀγαθὸν μὲν οὐδέν, ὀνείδη δὲ καὶ πολλὴν ὡς ἔοικεν αἰσχύνην, οὕτως σοι τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἐφ’ οἷς πρότερον ἐσεμνύνου, γελασθέντων.“
1:294ὁ δὲ „τὰ μὲν πρότερα“ εἶπε „πάντ’ ἐστὶ λόγια καὶ χρησμοί, τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα λέγεσθαι γνώμης τῆς ἐμῆς εἰκασίαι.“ καὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς λαβόμενος μόνος μόνῳ συνεβούλευε, δι’ ὧν, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, φυλάξεται τὸν ἀντίπαλον στρατόν, ἀσέβημα κατηγορῶν αὑτοῦ μέγιστον· τί γάρ, εἴποι τις ἄν, ἰδιάζεις καὶ συμβουλεύεις τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς χρησμοῖς ὑποτιθέμενος, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τῶν λογίων
1:295αἱ σαὶ βουλαὶ δυνατώτεραι; φέρε δ’ οὖν καὶ τὰς καλὰς αὐτοῦ παραινέσεις ἐξετάσωμεν, ὡς τετεχνιτευμέναι πρὸς ὁμολογουμένην ἧτταν τῶν ἀεὶ νικᾶν δυναμένων. εἰδὼς γὰρ Ἑβραίοις μίαν ὁδὸν ἁλώσεως παρανομίαν, διὰ λαγνείας καὶ ἀκολασίας, μεγάλου κακοῦ, πρὸς μεῖζον κακόν, ἀσέβειαν, ἄγειν αὐτοὺς ἐσπούδασεν ἡδονὴν δέλεαρ προθείς.
1:296„εἰσὶ“ γὰρ εἶπεν „αἱ ἐγχώριοι γυναῖκες, ὦ βασιλεῦ, διαφέρουσαι τὴν ὄψιν ἑτέρων· ἀνὴρ δ’ οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον εὐάλωτος ἢ γυναικὸς εὐμορφίᾳ. ταῖς οὖν περικαλλεστάταις ἐὰν ἐπιτρέψῃς μισθαρνεῖν καὶ δημοσιεύειν, ἀγκιστρεύσονται τὴν νεότητα τῶν ἀντιπάλων.
1:297ὑφηγητέον δὲ αὐταῖς, μὴ εὐθὺς ἐμπαρέχεσθαι τοῖς ἐθέλουσι τὴν ὥραν· ὁ γὰρ ἀκκισμὸς ὑποκνίζων τὰς ὁρμὰς ἐπεγείρει μᾶλλον καὶ τοὺς ἔρωτας ἀναφλέγει· τραχηλιζόμενοι δὲ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις πάνθ’ ὑπομενοῦσι δρᾶν τε καὶ πάσχειν.
1:298πρὸς δὲ τὸν οὕτω διακείμενον ἐραστὴν λεγέτω φρυαττομένη τις τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν ἀλειφομένων· „„οὐ θέμις ὁμιλίας σοι τῆς ἐμῆς ἀπολαῦσαι, πρὶν ἂν ἐκδιαιτηθῇς μὲν τὰ πάτρια, μεταβαλὼν δὲ τιμήσῃς ἅπερ ἐγώ. πίστις δέ μοι τῆς βεβαίου μεταβολῆς γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀρίδηλος, ἢν ἐθελήσῃς μετασχεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν σπονδῶν τε καὶ θυσιῶν, ἃς ἀγάλμασι καὶ ξοάνοις καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀφιδρύμασιν ἐπιτελοῦμεν.““
1:299ὁ δ’ ἅτε σαγηνευθεὶς πάγαις πολυειδέσι, κάλλει καὶ στωμυλίας χειραγωγίαις, οὐδὲν ἀντειπών, ἐξηγκωνισμένος τὸν λογισμόν, ἄθλιος ὑπηρετήσει τοῖς προσταττομένοις, ἀναγραφεὶς τοῦ πάθους δοῦλος.“
1:300Ὁ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα συνεβούλευεν. ὁ δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ νομίσας εἶναι τὰ λεχθέντα, τὸν κατὰ μοιχῶν νόμον παρακαλυψάμενος καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ φθορᾷ καὶ πορνείᾳ κειμένους ἀνελών, ὡς εἰ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγράφησαν, ἀνέδην ἐπιτρέπει ταῖς γυναιξὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας πρὸς οὓς ἂν ἐθέλωσι ποιεῖσθαι.
Book 1, §§276–300
1:276The next day at the rising of the sun, Balak took the prophet and led him up to a high hill, where it also happened that a pillar had been erected to some deity which the natives of the country had been accustomed to worship; and from thence there was seen a portion of the camp of the Hebrews, which was shown to the magician from this point, as if from a watch tower.
1:277And he when he beheld it said: "Do thou, O king, build here seven altars, and offer upon every one of them a bullock and a ram. And I will turn aside and inquire of God what I am to say." So, having gone forth, immediately he became inspired, the prophetic spirit having entered into him, which drove all his artificial system of divination and cunning out of his soul; for it was not possible that holy inspiration should dwell in the same abode with magic. Then, returning back to the king, and beholding the sacrifices and the altars flaming, he became like the interpreter of some other being who was prompting his words,
1:278and spoke in prophetic strain as follows: "Balak has sent for me from Mesopotamia, having caused me to take a long journey from the east, that he might chastise the Hebrews by means of curses. But in what manner shall I be able to curse those who have not been cursed by God? For I shall behold them with my eyes from the loftiest mountains, and I shall see them with my mind; and I shall never be able to injure the people which shall dwell alone, not being numbered among the other nations, not in accordance with the inheritance of any particular places, or any apportionment of lands, but by reason of the peculiar nature of their remarkable customs, as they will never mingle with any other nation so as to depart from their national and ancestral ways.
1:279Who has ever discovered with accuracy the first origin of the birth of these people? Their bodies, indeed, may have been fashioned according to human means of propagation; but their souls have been brought forth by divine agency, wherefore they are nearly related to God. May my soul die as to the death of the body, that it may be remembered among the souls of the righteous, such as the souls of these men are."
1:280When Balak heard these words he was grieved within himself; and after he had stopped speaking, not being able to contain his sorrow, he said: "You were invited hither to curse my enemies, and are you not ashamed to offer up prayers for their good? I must, without knowing it, have been deceiving myself, thinking you a friend; who were, on the contrary, without my being aware of it, enrolled among the ranks of the enemy, as is now plain. Perhaps, too, you made all the delay in coming to me by reason of the regard for them, which you were secretly cherishing in your soul, and your secret dislike to me and to my people; for, as the old proverb says, what is apparent affords the best means of judging of what is not visible."
1:281But Balaam, his moment of inspiration being now past, replied: "I am exposed in this to a most unjust charge, and am undeservedly accused; for I am saying nothing of my own, but whatever the Deity prompts me to say. And this is not the first time that I have said and that you have heard this, but I declared it on the former occasion when you sent the ambassadors, to whom I made the same answer."
1:282But as the king thought either that the prophet was deceiving him, or that the Deity might change his mind, and the consequence of a change of place might alter the firmness of his decision, he led him off to another spot, where, from an exceedingly long, and high, and distant hill, he might be able to show him a part of the army of his enemies. Then, again, he built seven altars and sacrificed the same number of victims that he had sacrificed at first, and sent the prophet to look for favourable omens and predictions.
1:283And he, as soon as he was by himself, was again suddenly filled by divine inspiration, and, without at all understanding the words which he uttered, spoke everything that was put into his mouth, prophesying in the following manner:— "Rise up and listen, O king! prick up thy ears and hear. God is not able to speak falsely as if he were a man, nor does he change his purpose like the son of man. When he has once spoken, does he not abide by his word? For he will say nothing at all which shall not be completely brought to pass, since his word is also his deed. I, indeed, have been brought hither to bless this nation, and not to curse it.
1:284There shall be no labour or distress among the Hebrews. God visibly holds his shield over them, who also dissipated the violence of the Egyptian attacks, leading forth all these myriads of people as one man. Therefore they disregarded auguries and every other part of the prophetic art, trusting to the one sole Governor of the world alone. And I see the people rising up like a young lion, and exulting as a lion. He shall feast on the prey, and for drink he shall drink the blood of the wounded; and, when he is satisfied, he shall not turn to sleep, but he shall be awake and sing the song of victory."
1:285But Balak, being very indignant at finding that all the assistance which he expected to derive from divination was turning out contrary to his hopes, said: "O man, neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all; for silence, which is free from danger, is better than unpleasant speeches." And when he had said this, as if he had forgotten what he had said, owing to the inconstancy of his mind, he led the prophet to another place, from which he could show him a part of the Hebrew army; and again he invited him to curse them.
1:286But the prophet, as being even more wicked than the king, although he had always replied to the accusations which were brought against him with one true excuse, namely, that he was saying nothing out of his own head, but was only interpreting the words of another, being himself carried away and inspired, when he ought no longer to have accompanied him but to have gone away home, ran forward even more eagerly than his conductor, although in his secret thoughts he was oppressed by a heavy feeling of evil, yet still desired in his mind to curse this people, though he was forbidden to do so with his mouth.
1:287So, coming to a mountain greater than any of those on which he had stood before, and which reached a very long way, he bade the king perform the same sacrifices as before, again building seven altars, and again offering up fourteen victims, on each altar two, a bullock and a ram. And he himself did no longer, according to his usual custom, go to seek for divination and auguries, since he much loathed his art, looking upon it as a picture which had become defaced through age, and had been obscured, and lost its felicity of conjecture. But he now, though with difficulty, understood the fact that the designs of the king, who had hired him, did not correspond with the will of God.
1:288Therefore, turning to the wilderness, he saw the Hebrews encamped in their tribes, and he saw their numbers and their array, and admired it as being like the order of a city rather than of a camp, and, becoming inspired, he again spoke.
1:289What, then, said the man who saw truly, who in his sleep saw a clear vision of God with the ever open and sleepless eyes of his soul? "How goodly are thy abodes, O army of Hebrews; they tents are shady as groves, as a paradise on the bank of a river, as a cedar by the waters.
1:290A man shall hereafter come forth out of thee who shall rule over many nations, and his kingdom shall increase every day and be raised up to heaven. This people hath God for its guide all the way from Egypt, who leads on their multitude in one line.
1:291Therefore they shall devour many nations of their enemies, and they shall take all their fat as far as their very marrow, and shall destroy their enemies with their far-shooting arrows. He shall lie down to rest like a lion, and like a lion’s whelp, fearing no one, but showing great contempt for every one, and causing fear to all other nations. Miserable is he who shall stir up and rouse him to anger. Blessed are they that bless thee, and cursed are they that curse thee."
1:292And the king, being very indignant at these words, said: "Having been invited hither to curse my enemies, you have now prayed for and blessed them these three times. Fly, therefore, quickly, passion is a hasty affection, lest I be compelled to do something more violent than usual.
1:293Of what a vast amount of money, O most foolish of men, of how many presents, and of how much renown, and celebrity, and glory, hast thou deprived thyself in thy madness! Now you will return to thy home from a foreign land, bearing with thee no good thing, but only reproaches and (as it seems likely) great disgrace, being ridiculed and despised for that knowledge on which you formerly so greatly prided yourself."
1:294And Balaam replied: "All that I have hitherto uttered have been oracles and words of God; but what I am going to say are merely the suggestions of my own mind: and taking him by the right hand, he, while they two were alone, gave him advice, by the adoption of which he might, as far as possible, guard against the power of his enemies, accusing himself of the most enormous crimes. For why, some one may perhaps say, do you thus retire into solitude and give counsel suggesting things contrary to the oracles of God, unless indeed that your counsels are more powerful than his decrees?"
1:295Come, then, let us examine into his fine recommendations, and see how cunningly they were contrived with reference to the most certain defeat of those who had hitherto always been able to conquer. As he knew that the only way by which the Hebrews could be subdued was by leading them to violate the law, he endeavoured to seduce them by means of debauchery and intemperance, that mighty evil, to the still greater crime of impiety, putting pleasure before them as a bait;
1:296for, said he, "O king! the women of the country surpass all other women in beauty, and there are no means by which a man is more easily subdued than by the beauty of a woman; therefore, if you enjoin the most beautiful of them to grant their favours to them and to prostitute themselves to them, they will allure and overcome the youth of your enemies.
1:297But you must warn them not to surrender their beauty to those who desire them with too great facility and too speedily, for resistance and coyness will stimulate the passions and excite them more, and will kindle a more impetuous desire; and so, being wholly subdued by their appetites, they will endure to do and to suffer anything.
1:298"And let any damsel who is thus prepared for the sport resist, and say, wantonly, to a lover who is thus influenced, "It is not fitting for you to enjoy my society till you have first abandoned your native habits, and have changed, and learnt to honour the same practises that I do. And I must have a conspicuous proof of your real change, which I can only have by your consenting to join me in the same sacrifices and libations which I use, and which we may then offer together at the same images and statues, and other erections in honour of my gods.
1:299And the lover being, as it were, taken in the net of her manifold and multiform snares, not being able to resist her beauty and seductive conversation, will become wholly subdued in his reason, and, like a miserable man, will obey all the commands which she lays upon him, and will be enrolled as the slave of passion."
1:300This, then, was the advice which Balaam gave to Balak. And he, thinking that what he said to him did not want sense, repealed the law against adulteries, and having abrogated all the enactments which had been established against seduction and harlotry, as if they had never been enacted at all, exhorted the women to admit to their favours, without any restraint, every man whom they chose.
Book 1, §§301–325
1:301δοθείσης δὲ ἀδείας, τὴν πληθὺν τῶν μειρακίων ἐπήγοντο πολὺ πρότερον τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἀπατῶσαι καὶ τρέπουσαι ταῖς γοητείαις πρὸς ἀσέβειαν, ἕως υἱὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Φινεὲς ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις σφόδρα χαλεπήνας—δεινότατον γὰρ αὐτῷ κατεφαίνετο, εἰ ὑφ’ ἕνα καιρὸν ἄμφω τά τε σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐπιδεδώκασι, τὰ μὲν ἡδοναῖς, τὰς δὲ τῷ παρανομεῖν καὶ ἀνοσιουργεῖν—ἐνεανιεύσατο νεανείαν ἀνδρὶ καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ προσήκουσαν.
1:302ἰδὼν γάρ τινα τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους θύοντα καὶ εἰσιόντα πρὸς πόρνην, μήτε κεκυφότα εἰς τοὔδαφος μήτε λανθάνειν τοὺς πολλοὺς πειρώμενον μήθ’ οἷα φιλεῖ κλέπτοντα τὴν εἴσοδον, ἀλλὰ μετ’ ἀναισχύντου θράσους τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐπιδεικνύμενον καὶ φρυαττόμενον ὡς ἐπὶ σεμνῷ πράγματι τῷ καταγελάστῳ, πάνυ πικρανθεὶς καὶ πληρωθεὶς ὀργῆς δικαίας ἐπεισδραμὼν ἔτι κατ’ εὐνὴν κειμένους ἀμφοτέρους τόν τ’ ἐραστὴν καὶ τὴν ἑταίραν ἀναιρεῖ προσανατεμὼν καὶ τὰ γεννητικά, διότι σποραῖς ὑπηρέτησαν ἐκθέσμοις.
1:303τοῦτο θεασάμενοί τινες τὸ παράδειγμα τῶν τὴν ἐγκράτειαν καὶ θεοσέβειαν ἐζηλωκότων προστάξαντος Μωυσέως ἐμιμήσαντο καὶ πάντας τοὺς τελεσθέντας τοῖς χειροποιήτοις συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἡβηδὸν ἀνελόντες τὸ μὲν μίασμα τοῦ ἔθνους ἐκκαθαίρουσι διὰ τῆς τῶν προηδικηκότων ἀπαραιτήτου τιμωρίας, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους παρασχόντας ἀπολογίαν ἐναργεστάτην ὑπὲρ τῆς αὑτῶν εὐσεβείας περιεποιήσαντο, μηδένα τῶν ἀφ’ αἵματος κατακρίτων οἰκτισάμενοι μηδ’ ἐλέῳ τἀδικήματα αὐτῶν παρελθόντες, ἀλλὰ καθαροὺς νομίσαντες τοὺς αὐτόχειρας· ὅθεν οὐδενὶ παρεχώρησαν τὴν ἐπέξοδον φέρουσαν τοῖς δρῶσιν ἀψευδέστατον ἔπαινον.
1:304τετρακισχιλίους δέ φασι πρὸς τοῖς δισμυρίοις ἀναιρεθῆναι μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ, συναναιρεθέντος εὐθὺς τοῦ κοινοῦ μιάσματος, ὃ πᾶσαν τὴν στρατιὰν ἐκηλίδου. τῶν δὲ καθαρσίων ἐπιτελεσθέντων, ὡς ἀριστεῖ γέρας ἐπάξιον τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, ὃς πρῶτος ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμυναν ὥρμησεν, ἐζήτει παρασχεῖν Μωυσῆς· φθάνει δὲ χρησμοῖς δωρησάμενος ὁ θεὸς Φινεεῖ τὸ μέγιστον ἀγαθόν, εἰρήνην, ὃ μηδεὶς ἱκανὸς ἀνθρώπων παρασχεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τῇ εἰρήνῃ καὶ παγκρατησίαν ἱερωσύνης, αὐτῷ καὶ γένει κλῆρον ἀναφαίρετον.
1:305Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ἐμφυλίων οὐδὲν ἔτ’ ἦν ὑπόλοιπον κακῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσοι πρὸς αὐτομολίαν ἢ προδοσίαν ὑπωπτεύοντο πάντες ἀπωλώλεσαν, ἔδοξεν εἶναι καιρὸς ἐπιτηδειότατος τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Βαλάκην στρατείας, ἄνδρα μυρία καὶ βεβουλευμένον ἐργάσασθαι κακὰ καὶ δεδρακότα, βεβουλευμένον μὲν διὰ τοῦ μάντεως, ὃν ἤλπισεν ἀραῖς τισι δυνήσεσθαι καθελεῖν τὴν δύναμιν τῶν Ἑβραίων, δεδρακότα δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν ἀσελγείας καὶ ἀκολασίας, αἳ τὰ μὲν σώματα λαγνείαις τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ἀσεβείᾳ τῶν χρωμένων διέφθειραν.
1:306παντὶ μὲν οὖν τῷ στρατῷ πολεμεῖν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζεν, εἰδὼς τὰ ὑπέρογκα πλήθη πταίοντα περὶ αὑτοῖς καὶ ἅμα λυσιτελὲς ἡγούμενος ἐφεδρείας εἶναι συμμάχων τοῖς προκαμοῦσι βοηθούς, ἀριστίνδην δὲ τοὺς ἡβῶντας ἐπιλέξας, χιλίους ἐκ φυλῆς ἑκάστης, δώδεκα χιλιάδας— τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ φυλαί—καὶ στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενος τοῦ πολέμου Φινεὲς πεῖραν ἤδη δεδωκότα στρατηγικῆς εὐτολμίας ἐπὶ καλοῖς ἱερείοις ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ θαρσύνων τοιάδε διεξῄει· „οὐχ
1:307ὑπὲρ κράτους ἀρχῆς ὁ παρὼν ἀγών ἐστιν οὐδ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαι τὰ ἑτέρων, περὶ ὧν ἢ μόνων ἢ μάλιστα οἱ πόλεμοι, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος, ὧν τοὺς ἡμετέρους συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἠλλοτρίωσαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ παραίτιοι γενόμενοι τοῖς ὑπαχθεῖσι χαλεπῆς ἀπωλείας.
1:308ἔστιν οὖν ἄτοπον οἰκείων μὲν αὐτόχειρας γεγενῆσθαι παρανομησάντων, ἐχθρῶν δὲ χαλεπώτερα ἠδικηκότων ἀποσχέσθαι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν μαθόντας ἀδικεῖν ἀνῃρηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ βιασαμένους καὶ διδάξαντας ἀτιμωρήτους καταλιπεῖν, οὓς ἁπάντων αἰτίους εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ὧν ἢ δεδράκασιν ἢ πεπόνθασιν ἐκεῖνοι.“
1:309νευρωθέντες οὖν ταῖς παραινέσεσιν ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ὅσον ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς προϋπῆρχε γενναιότητος ζωπυρήσαντες ὡς ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένῃ νίκῃ πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἵεντο φρονήμασιν ἀηττήτοις· καὶ συμπλακέντες τοσαύτῃ περιουσίᾳ ῥώμης καὶ τόλμης ἐχρήσαντο, ὡς ἱερεῦσαι μὲν τοὺς ἀντιπάλους, αὐτοὶ δὲ πάντες σῷοι ἐπανελθεῖν, οὐδενὸς ἀποθανόντος ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τρωθέντος.
1:310ὑπέλαβεν ἄν τις τῶν ἀγνοούντων τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἰδὼν αὐτοὺς ἐπανιόντας οὐκ ἀπὸ πολέμου καὶ παρατάξεως ἀφικνεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ὁπλοσκοπίαις ἐπιδείξεων, ἃς ἔθος ἐν εἰρήνῃ ποιεῖσθαι, γυμνάσματα δ’ εἰσὶ καὶ μελέται συγκροτουμένων τὰ κατ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐν φίλοις.
1:311τὰς μὲν οὖν πόλεις ἢ κατασκάπτοντες ἢ ἐμπιπράντες ἠφάνισαν, ὡς μηδ’ εἰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ᾠκίσθησαν εἰπεῖν ἔχειν· αἰχμαλώτων δὲ σωμάτων ἀπερίληπτον ἀριθμὸν ἀπαγαγόντες ἄνδρας μὲν καὶ γυναῖκας κτείνειν ἐδικαίωσαν, τοὺς μὲν ὅτι βουλευμάτων καὶ χειρῶν ἦρξαν ἀδίκων, τὰς δ’ ἐπεὶ κατεγοήτευσαν τὴν Ἑβραίων νεότητα, παραιτίας γενομένας αὐτοῖς ἀκολασίας καὶ ἀσεβείας καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα θανάτου· νέοις δὲ κομιδῇ παισὶ καὶ παρθένοις συνέγνωσαν, ἀμνηστίαν τῆς ἡλικίας ἐφελκομένης.
1:312λείας δὲ πολλῆς ἄγαν εὐπορήσαντες ἔκ τε τῶν βασιλείων κἀκ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν οἰκιῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν κατ’ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεων—ἦν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς χωρίοις οὐκ ἐλάττων τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἄστεσιν —, ἧκον εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπηχθισμένοι τὸν παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πάντα πλοῦτον.
1:313ἐπαινέσας δὲ Μωυσῆς τόν τε στρατηγὸν Φινεὲς καὶ τοὺς παραταξαμένους ἐπί τε τοῖς κατορθώμασι καὶ ὅτι ταῖς ὠφελείαις οὐκ ἐπέδραμον τὴν λείαν μόνοι σφετερίσασθαι διανοηθέντες, ἀλλ’ εἰς μέσον προὔθεσαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ καταμείναντες ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς μετάσχωσι, προστάττει τοὺς μὲν ἔξω τοῦ στρατοπέδου καταμένειν τινὰς ἡμέρας, τῷ δὲ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ καθᾶραι τοῦ φόνου τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς παρατάξεως ἥκοντας τῶν συμμάχων.
1:314καὶ γὰρ εἰ νόμιμοι αἱ κατ’ ἐχθρῶν σφαγαί, ἀλλ’ ὅ γε κτείνων ἄνθρωπον, εἰ καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμυνόμενος καὶ βιασθείς, ὑπαίτιος εἶναι δοκεῖ διὰ τὴν ἀνωτάτω καὶ κοινὴν συγγένειαν· οὗ χάριν καθαρσίων ἐδέησε τοῖς κτείνασι πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῦ νομισθέντος ἄγους γεγενῆσθαι.
1:315μετ’ οὐ πολὺν μέντοι χρόνον καὶ τὴν λείαν διένειμε, τοῖς μὲν στρατευσαμένοις—ὀλίγος δ’ ἀριθμὸς ἦσαν παρὰ τοὺς ἡσυχάσαντας —διδοὺς ἥμισυ μέρος, θάτερον δὲ τοῖς καταμείνασιν ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ· δίκαιον γὰρ ὑπέλαβεν εἶναι καὶ τούτοις μεταδοῦναι τῆς ὠφελείας, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς σώμασι, ταῖς γοῦν ψυχαῖς διαγωνισαμένοις· οἱ γὰρ ἔφεδροι τῶν ἀγωνιστῶν οὐκ ἐλαττούμενοι ταῖς προθυμίαις χρόνῳ καὶ τῷ φθασθῆναι μόνον ὑστερίζουσι.
1:316λαβόντων δὲ τῶν μὲν ὀλίγων πλείω διὰ τὸ προκινδυνεῦσαι, τῶν δὲ πλειόνων ἐλάττω διὰ τὴν ἔνδον μονήν, ἔδοξεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πάσης τῆς λείας τὰς ἀπαρχὰς καθιερῶσαι· τὸ μὲν οὖν πεντηκοστὸν οἱ ἐφεδρεύσαντες, πεντακοσιοστὴν δὲ μοῖραν οἱ προπολεμήσαντες εἰσήνεγκαν· τῶν δ’ ἀπαρχῶν τὰς μὲν παρὰ τῶν στρατευσαμένων τῷ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ προστάττει δοθῆναι, τὰς δὲ παρὰ τῶν καταμεινάντων ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῖς νεωκόροις, οἷς ὄνομα Λευῖται.
1:317χιλίαρχοι δὲ καὶ ἑκατόνταρχοι καὶ ὁ ἄλλος ὅμιλος λοχαγῶν καὶ ταξιαρχῶν ὑπέρ τε τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν συστρατευσαμένων καὶ τῆς παντὸς λόγου κρείττονος νίκης ἐθελονταὶ κομίζουσιν ἐξαιρέτους ἀπαρχάς, κόσμον τε χρυσοῦν ὅσον ἕκαστος ἐκ τῆς λείας ἀνεῦρε καὶ σκεύη πολυτελέστατα, ὧν πάλιν ὕλη χρυσὸς ἦν· ἃ Μωυσῆς λαβὼν καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν τῶν φερόντων ἀγάμενος ἀνατίθησιν ἐν τῇ καθιερωμένῃ σκηνῇ τῆς εὐχαριστίας τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑπόμνημα.
1:318παγκάλη δὲ ἡ διανομὴ τῶν ἀπαρχῶν· τὰς μὲν τῶν μὴ πεπολεμηκότων, ἡμίσειαν ἀρετῆς τὴν χωρὶς ἔργου προθυμίαν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐπιδειξαμένων, τοῖς νεωκόροις ἀπένειμε, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀγωνισαμένων, οἳ σώμασι καὶ ψυχαῖς ἐκινδύνευσαν ὁλόκληρον ἀνδραγαθίαν παρασχόμενοι, τῷ προεστηκότι τῶν νεωκόρων ἱερεῖ τῷ μεγάλῳ, τὰς δὲ τῶν ταξιαρχῶν ἅτε ἡγεμονικὰς τῷ συμπάντων ἡγεμόνι θεῷ.
1:319Πάντες οὗτοι διεπολεμήθησαν οἱ πόλεμοι, μήπω διαβεβηκότων Ἰορδάνην τὸν ἐγχώριον ποταμόν, πρὸς τοὺς τῆς ἀντιπέρας γῆς οἰκήτορας εὐδαίμονος καὶ βαθείας, ἐν ᾗ πολλὴ πεδιὰς σιτοφόρος καὶ χιλὸν κτήνεσιν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀγαθή.
1:320ταύτην ὡς ἐθεάσαντο τὴν χώραν αἱ κτηνοτρόφοι δύο φυλαί, μοῖρα τοῦ σύμπαντος ἕκτη στρατοῦ, Μωυσῆν ἱκέτευον ἐπιτρέψαι τὰς κληρουχίας ἐνταυθοῖ λαβεῖν αὐτὰς ἤδη ποτὲ ἱδρυθείσας· ἐπιτηδειότατον γὰρ ἔφασκον εἶναι τὸν τόπον ἐννέμεσθαί τε καὶ ἐμβόσκεσθαι θρέμμασιν εὔυδρον ὄντα καὶ εὔχορτον καὶ προβατευσίμην ἄφθονον πόαν ἀπαυτοματίζοντα.
1:321ὁ δὲ νομίσας αὐτοὺς ἢ προεδρίᾳ τὴν διανομὴν τά τε γέρα πρὸ καιροῦ λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦν ἢ πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας πολέμους ἀποκνεῖν, ἐφεδρευόντων ἔτι πλειόνων βασιλέων, οἳ τὴν εἴσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ χώραν διεκεκλήρωντο, πάνυ δυσχεράνας πρὸς ὀργὴν ἀποκρίνεται καί φησιν·
1:322„ὑμεῖς μὲν οὖν ἐνταυθοῖ καθεδεῖσθε σχολὴν ἐν οὐ δέοντι καὶ ἀργίαν ἕξοντες, τοὺς δ’ ὑμετέρους συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους οἱ λειπόμενοι τραχηλιοῦσι πόλεμοι, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἆθλα μόνοις ὑμῖν ὡς ἐπὶ κατωρθωμένοις πᾶσι δοθήσεται, μάχαι δὲ καὶ πόνοι καὶ ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ οἱ ἀνωτάτω κίνδυνοι ἑτέρους ἀναμενοῦσιν;
1:323ἀλλ’ οὐ δίκαιον ὑμᾶς μὲν εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγαθὰ καρποῦσθαι, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους πολέμοις καὶ κακοῖς ἀμυθήτοις ἐναθλεῖν, οὐδὲ προσθήκην τὸ ὅλον μέρους εἶναι· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἕνεκα τῶν ὅλων τὰ μέρη κληρονομίας ἀξιοῦται.
1:324πάντες ἐστὲ ἰσότιμοι, γένος ἕν, οἱ αὐτοὶ πατέρες, οἰκία μία, ἔθη τὰ αὐτά, κοινωνία νόμων, ἄλλα μυρία, ὧν ἕκαστον τὴν οἰκειότητα συνδεῖ καὶ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἁρμόζεται. διὰ τί δὴ τῶν ἴσων ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτοις ἀξιωθέντες ἐν ταῖς διανομαῖς πλεονεκτήσετε, ὡς ἢ ἄρχοντες ὑπηκόων ἢ δεσπόται δούλων καταφρονήσαντες;
1:325ἔδει μὲν ὑμᾶς ταῖς ἑτέρων πληγαῖς πεπαιδεῦσθαι· φρονίμων γὰρ ἀνδρῶν μὴ ἀναμένειν, ἄχρις ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἔλθῃ τὰ δεινά· νυνὶ δὲ παραδείγματ’ ἔχοντες οἰκεῖα τοὺς πατέρας, οἳ κατεσκέψαντο τήνδε τὴν χώραν, καὶ τὰς ἐκείνων συμφορὰς καὶ τῶν συναπονοηθέντων—ἅπαντες γὰρ ἔξω δυοῖν ἀπώλοντο —, δέον μηδενὶ τῶν ὁμοίων συνεπιγράφεσθαι, δειλίαν, ὦ κενοὶ φρενῶν, ζηλοῦτε ὡς οὐκ εὐαλωτότεροι γενησόμενοι καὶ τὰς προθυμίας ὑποσκελίζετε τῶν ἀνδραγαθίζεσθαι προαιρουμένων ἐκλύοντες καὶ παριέντες αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα. τοιγάρτοι σπεύδοντες ἁμαρτάνειν σπεύσετε καὶ πρὸς τιμωρίας·
Book 1, §§301–325
1:301Accordingly, when licence was thus given, they brought over a multitude of young men, having already long before this seduced their minds, and having by their tricks and allurements perverted them to impiety; until Phinehas, the son of the chief priest, being exceedingly indignant at all that was taking place (for it appeared to him to be a most scandalous thing for his countrymen to give up at one time both their bodies and souls—their bodies to pleasure, and their souls to transgression of the law, and to works of wickedness), undertook a bold and impetuous action, such as was becoming to a young, and brave, and virtuous man.
1:302For when he saw a man of his nation sacrificing with and then entering into the tent of a harlot, and that too without casting his eyes down on the ground and seeking to avoid the notice of the multitude, but making a display of his licentiousness with shameless boldness, and giving himself airs as if he were about to engage in a creditable action, and one deserving of smiles—Phinehas, I say, being very indignant and being filled with a just anger, ran in, and while they were still lying on the bed, slew both the lover and the harlot, cutting them in two pieces in the middle, because they thus indulged in illicit connections.
1:303When some persons of those who admired temperance, and chastity, and piety, saw this example, they, at the command of Moses, imitated it, and slew all their own relations and friends, even to a man, who had sacrificed to idols made with hands, and thus they effaced the stain which was defiling the nation by this implacable revenge which they thus wreaked on those who had set the example of wrong doing, and so saved the rest, who made a clear defence of themselves, demonstrating their own piety, showing no compassion on any one of those who were justly condemned to death, and not passing over their offences out of pity, but looking upon those who slew them as pure from all sin. Therefore they did not allow any escape whatever to those who sinned in this way, and such conduct is the truest praise;
1:304and they say that twenty-four thousand men were slain in one day, the common pollution, which was defiling the whole army, being thus at once got rid of. And when the works of purification were thus accomplished, Moses began to seek how he might give an honour worthy of him who had displayed such permanent excellence to the son of the chief priest, who was the first who hastened to inflict chastisement on the offenders. But God was beforehand with him, giving to Phinehas, by means of his holy word, the greatest of all good things, namely, peace, which no man is able to bestow; and also, in addition to this peace, he gave him the perpetual possession of the priesthood, an inheritance to his family, which could not be taken from it.
1:305But when none of the civil and intestine evils remained any longer, but when all the men who were suspected of having either forsaken the ways of their ancestors or of treachery had perished, it appeared to be a most favourable opportunity for making an expedition against Balak, a man who had both planned to do, and had also executed an innumerable host of evil deeds, since he had planned them through the agency of the prophet, who he hoped would be able, by means of his curses, to destroy the power of the Hebrews, and who had executed his purpose by the agency of the licentiousness and incontinence of the women, who destroyed the bodies of those who associated with them by debauchery, and their souls by impiety.
1:306Therefore Moses did not think fit to carry on war against him with his whole army, knowing that superfluous numbers are apt to meet with disaster in consequence of those very numbers; and also, at the same time, thinking it useful to have stations of reserve, to be assistants to those of their allies who appeared likely to fail; but he selected a thousand picked men of the youth of the nation, selected man by man, out of each tribe, twelve thousand in all, for that was the number of the tribes, and he appointed Phinehas to be the commander in the war, as he had already given proof of the happy daring which becomes a general; and after he had offered up sacrifices of good omen, he sent forth his warriors, and encouraged them in the following words:—
1:307"The present contest is not one for dominion or sovereignty, nor is it waged for the sake of acquiring the property of others, though these are the objects for which alone, or almost invariably, wars take place; but this war is undertaken in the cause of piety and holiness, from which the enemy has alienated our relations and friends, being the causes of bitter destruction to those who have been brought under their yoke.
1:308It is therefore absurd for us to be the slayers of our own countrymen, for having offended against the law, and to spare our enemies, who have violated it in a much worse degree, and to slay, with every circumstance of violence, those who were only learning and beginning to sin, but to leave those who taught them to do so unpunished, who are, in reality, the guilty causes of all that has taken place, and of all the evils which our countrymen have either done or suffered."
1:309Therefore being nerved by these exhortations, and being kindled and filled with noble courage which was indeed in their souls already, they went forth to that contest with invincible spirit as to a certain victory; and when they engaged with the enemy, they displayed such incredible vigour and courage that they slew all their enemies, and returned themselves unhurt, every one of them, not one of their number having been slain or even wounded.
1:310Any one who did not know what had taken place, might have supposed, when he saw them returning, that they were coming in, not from war and from a pitched battle, but rather from a display and field-day of exercise under arms, such as often take place in time of peace; and these field-days are days of exercise and practise, while the men train themselves among friends to attack their enemies.
1:311Therefore they destroyed all their cities, razing them to the ground or else burning them, so that no one could tell that any cities had ever been inhabited in that land. And they led away a perfectly incalculable number of prisoners, of whom they chose to slay all the full-grown men and women, the men because they had set the example of wicked counsels and actions, and the women because they had beguiled the youth of the Hebrews, becoming the causes to them of incontinence and impiety, and at the last of death; but they pardoned all the young male children and all the virgins, their tender age procuring them forgiveness;
1:312and as they had taken a vast booty from the king’s palace, and from private houses, and also from the dwellings of all kinds in the open country (for there was not less booty in the country places than in the cities), they came to the camp, laden with all the wealth which they had taken from the enemy.
1:313And Moses praised Phinehas their general, and those who had served under him for their good success, and also because they had not been covetous of their own advantage, running after booty and thinking of nothing, but appropriating the spoil to themselves, but because they had brought it all into the common stock, so that they who had staid behind in the tents might share in the booty; and he ordered those men to remain outside the camp for some days, and the high priest he commanded to purify both the men themselves, and those of their allies who had returned from fighting by their side, of bloodshed;
1:314for even though the slaughter of the enemies of one’s country is according to law, still he who kills a man, even though justly and in self-defence, and because he has been attacked, still appears to be guilty of blood by reason of his supreme and common relationship to a common father; on which account those who had slain enemies were in need of rites of purification, to cleanse them from what was looked upon as a pollution.
1:315However, after no long lapse of time he divided the booty among those who had taken a part in the expedition, and they were but a small number, giving one half among those who had remained inactive at home, and the other half to those who were still in the camp; for he looked upon it as just and equitable to give the share of the advantages gained, to those who had shared in the contest, if not with their souls, at all events with their bodies; for as the spectators were not inferior to the actual combatants in their zeal, they were inferior only in point of time and in respect of their being anticipated.
1:316And as the smaller body had received each a larger share of the booty, by reason of their having been the foremost in encountering danger, and the larger body had received each a smaller share, by reason of their having remained at home; it appeared indispensable that they should consecrate the first fruits of the whole of the booty; those therefore who had remained at home brought a fiftieth, and those who had been actually engaged in the war, brought and contributed a five hundredth part; and of ten first fruits Moses commanded that portion which came from those who had borne a part in the expedition, to be given to the high priest, and that portion which came from those who had remained in the camp, to the keepers of the temple whose name were the Levites.
1:317And the captains of thousands, and centurions, and all the rest of the multitude of commanders of battalions and companies willingly contributed special first fruits, as an offering for their own safety, and that of those who had gone out to war, and for the victory which had been gained in a manner beyond all hope, giving up all the golden ornaments which had fallen to the lot of each individual, in the apportionment of the booty, and the most costly vessels, of which the material was gold. All which things Moses took, and, admiring the piety of those who contributed them, dedicated them in the consecrated tabernacle as a memorial of the gratitude of the men; and the division of the first fruits was very beautiful;
1:318those which had been given by the men who had borne their share in the war, he distributed among the keepers of the temple as among men who had only displayed one half of virtue, namely eagerness without action; but the first fruits of those who had warred and fought, who had encountered danger with their bodies and lives, and thus had displayed perfect and complete excellence, he allotted to him who presided over the keepers of the temple, namely to the high priest; and the first fruits of the captains, as being the offerings of chiefs and rulers, he allotted to the great ruler of all, namely to God.
1:319All these wars were carried on and brought to an end before the Hebrews had crossed Jordan, the river of the country, being wars against the inhabitants of the country on the other side of Jordan, which was a rich and fertile land, in which there was a large champaign fertile in corn, and also very productive of herbage and fodder for cattle;
1:320and when the two tribes who were occupied in feeding cattle saw this country, the two tribes being a sixth part of the whole Hebrew host, they besought Moses to permit them to take their inheritance in that district, where in fact they were already settled; for they said that the place was very suitable for cattle to be kept, and fed, and bred in, inasmuch as it was well watered and full of good herbage, and as it produced spontaneously abundant grass for the feeding of sheep.
1:321But as he thought that they claimed a sort of right, by some kind of pre-eminence, to receive their share and the honours due to them before their time, or else that they preferred this petition by reason of their being unwilling to encounter the wars which were impending, as there were still many kings who were making ready to attack them, and who were the possessors of all the country inside the river, he was very indignant at their request, and answered them in anger, and said,
1:322"Shall you then sit here and enjoy leisure, and yield to indolence at so improper a time? and shall the wars which still threaten us, afflict all your countrymen, and your relations, and your friends, and shall the prizes be given to you alone, as if you had all contributed to the success? And shall battles and wars, and distresses, and the most extreme dangers await others?
1:323But it is not just that you should enjoy peace, and the blessings that flow from peace, and that the rest should endure wars and all the other indescribable evils which they bring with them, and that the whole should only be looked upon as an adjunct of a part; while, on the contrary, it is for the sake of the whole that the parts are thought worthy of any inheritance at all.
1:324Ye are all entitled to equal honour, ye are one race, ye have the same fathers, one house, ye have the same customs, a community of laws, and an infinite number of other things, every one of which binds your kindred closer together, and cements your mutual good will; why then when you are thought worthy of equal shares of the most important and most necessary things, do you show a covetous spirit in the division of the lands, as if you were rulers despising your subjects as masters looking disdainfully on your slaves?"
1:325You ought to have derived instruction from the afflictions of others; for it is the part of wise men not to wait till misfortunes come upon themselves. But now, though you have domestic examples in your own fathers, who went and spied out this land, and in the calamities which befell them, and all who participated in their despondency (for they all perished except two), and when, therefore, you ought to take care and avoid resembling them in any respect whatever, still, foolish-minded men that ye are, ye are imitating their cowardice, as if by such conduct you would be more strongly fortified against capture; and you check and damp the eagerness of those who are desirous to display their manhood and valour, relaxing and depressing their spirits;
Book 1, §§326–334; Book 2, §§1–16
1:326ἡ γὰρ δίκη μόλις μὲν εἴωθε κινεῖσθαι, κινηθεῖσα δ’ ἅπαξ φθάνει προκαταλαμβάνουσα τοὺς ἀποδιδράσκοντας.
1:327ὅταν οὖν ἅπαντες μὲν οἱ ἐχθροὶ καθαιρεθῶσιν, ἔφεδρος δὲ μηδεὶς ἔτι προσδοκᾶται πόλεμος, ἐν δὲ ταῖς εὐθύναις ἀνεπίληπτοι δοκιμασθῶσιν οἱ σύμμαχοι, μὴ λιποτάξιον, μὴ λιποστράτιον, μηδὲν ἄλλο τῶν ἐφ’ ἥττῃ διαπεπραγμένοι, παραμεμενηκότες δ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους φαίνωνται καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς προθυμίαις, ἐρημωθῇ δὲ πᾶσα ἡ χώρα τῶν προενῳκηκότων, τηνικαῦτα δοθήσεται τὰ γέρα καὶ τὰ ἀριστεῖα ταῖς φυλαῖς ἐξ ἴσου.“
1:328τὴν δὲ νουθεσίαν πρᾴως ἐνεγκόντες ὡς υἱοὶ γνήσιοι σφόδρα εὔνου πατρὸς—ᾔδεσαν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐ καταλαζονευόμενον ἀρχῆς ἐξουσίᾳ, προκηδόμενον δὲ πάντων καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἰσότητα τιμῶντα καὶ τὸ μισοπόνηρον οὐκ ἐπ’ ὀνείδει σωφρονισμῷ δὲ τῶν βελτιοῦσθαι δυναμένων αἰεὶ ποιούμενον—„εἰκότως μὲν“ ἔφασαν „ἀγανακτεῖς, εἰ τοῦθ’ ὑπείληφας, ὅτι τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀπολιπόντες πρὸ καιροῦ τὰς λήξεις λαβεῖν ἐπειγόμεθα.
1:329χρὴ δὲ σαφῶς εἰδέναι, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς φοβεῖ τῶν σὺν ἀρετῇ, κἂν ἐπιπονώτατον τυγχάνῃ. κρίνομεν δ’ ἀρετῆς ἔργα, πειθαρχεῖν τέ σοι τοιῷδε ἡγεμόνι καὶ τῶν δεινῶν μὴ ὑστερίζειν καὶ ἐν ἁπάσαις ἐξετάζεσθαι ταῖς μελλούσαις στρατείαις, ἄχρις ἂν τὰ πράγματα λάβῃ τέλος αἴσιον.
1:330ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν καθὰ καὶ πρότερον συνταξάμενοι διαβησόμεθα τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐν ταῖς παντευχίαις, οὐδενὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν πρόφασιν παρασχόντες μονῆς· υἱοὶ δὲ κομιδῇ νήπιοι καὶ θυγατέρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν βοσκημάτων, ἐὰν ἐπιτρέπῃς, ὑπολελείψονται, παισὶ μὲν καὶ γυναιξὶν οἰκίας ἐπαύλεις δὲ θρέμμασι κατασκευασάντων ἡμῶν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς δεινὸν πάθωσιν ἐν ἀτειχίστοις καὶ ἀφρουρήτοις προκαταληφθέντες.“
1:331ὁ δ’ ἵλεῳ τῷ βλέμματι καὶ πρᾳοτέρᾳ τῇ φωνῇ „ἀψευδοῦσιν ὑμῖν“ ἔφη „βέβαιοι μενοῦσιν ἃς ᾐτήσασθε λήξεις. ὑπολείπεσθε μὲν ὡς ἀξιοῦτε γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας καὶ βοσκήματα, κατὰ λόχους δ’ αὐτοὶ διαβαίνετε μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὡπλισμένοι καὶ ἐκτεταγμένοι πρὸς μάχην ὡς αὐτίκα, ἢν δέῃ, πολεμήσοντες.
1:332αὖθις δ’ ὅταν ἅπαντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ καθαιρεθῶσι καὶ γενομένης εἰρήνης τὴν χώραν οἱ κεκρατηκότες διανείμωνται, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπανελεύσεσθε πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων ἀπολαύσοντες ἀγαθῶν καὶ καρπωσόμενοι ἣν εἵλεσθε μοῖραν.“
1:333ταῦτ’ εἰπόντος καὶ ὑποσχομένου, πληρωθέντες εὐθυμίας καὶ χαρᾶς τοὺς μὲν οἰκείους μετὰ τῶν θρεμμάτων ἀσφαλῶς ἐν ἐρύμασι δυσαλώτοις, ὧν τὰ πλεῖστα χειροποίητα ἦν, ἱδρύονται, τὰ δ’ ὅπλα ἀναλαβόντες ἐξέθεον τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων προθυμότερον ὡς ἢ μόνοι πολεμήσοντες ἢ προαγωνιούμενοι πάντων· ὁ γὰρ προλαβών τινα δωρεὰν προθυμότερος εἰς συμμαχίαν, ἀποτίνειν ἀναγκαῖον ὄφλημα νομίζων, οὐ χαρίζεσθαι.
1:334τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν πεπραγμένα αὐτῷ μεμήνυται· λεκτέον δ’ ἑξῆς καὶ ὅσα διὰ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης καὶ νομοθετικῆς κατώρθωσε· καὶ γὰρ ταύτας περιεποιήσατο τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ἁρμοττούσας μάλιστα βασιλείᾳ.
2:1ΛΟΓΟΣ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΣ Ἡ μὲν προτέρα σύνταξίς ἐστι περὶ γενέσεως τῆς Μωυσέως καὶ τροφῆς, ἔτι δὲ παιδείας καὶ ἀρχῆς, ἣν οὐ μόνον ἀνεπιλήπτως ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπαινετῶς ἦρξε, καὶ τῶν ἔν τε Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις ἐπί τε τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην πεπραγμένων, ἃ δύναμιν πᾶσαν λόγων ὑπερβάλλει, καὶ προσέτι πόνων οὓς κατώρθωσε καὶ κληρουχιῶν ἃς ἐκ μέρους ἀπένειμε τοῖς στρατευσαμένοις· ἣν δὲ νυνὶ συντάττομεν, περὶ τῶν ἑπομένων καὶ ἀκολούθων.
2:2φασὶ γάρ τινες οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, μόνως ἂν οὕτω τὰς πόλεις ἐπιδοῦναι πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, ἐὰν ἢ οἱ βασιλεῖς φιλοσοφήσωσιν ἢ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν. ὁ δ’ ἐκ περιττοῦ φανεῖται μὴ μόνον ταύτας ἐπιδεδειγμένος τὰς δυνάμεις ἐν ταὐτῷ, τήν τε βασιλικὴν καὶ φιλόσοφον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρεῖς ἑτέρας, ὧν ἡ μὲν πραγματεύεται περὶ νομοθεσίαν, ἡ δὲ περὶ ἀρχιερωσύνην, ἡ δὲ τελευταία περὶ προφητείαν.
2:3περὶ ὧν νυνὶ λέγειν εἱλόμην ἀναγκαίως ὑπολαβὼν τῷ αὐτῷ πάντ’ ἐφαρμόττειν· ἐγένετο γὰρ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ βασιλεύς τε καὶ νομοθέτης καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προφήτης καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τὰ πρωτεῖα ἠνέγκατο· διὰ τί δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ πάντ’ ἐφαρμόττει, δηλωτέον.
2:4βασιλεῖ προσήκει προστάττειν ἃ χρὴ καὶ ἀπαγορεύειν ἃ μὴ χρή· πρόσταξις δὲ τῶν πρακτέων καὶ ἀπαγόρευσις τῶν οὐ πρακτέων ἴδιον νόμου, ὡς εὐθὺς εἶναι τὸν μὲν βασιλέα νόμον ἔμψυχον, τὸν δὲ νόμον βασιλέα δίκαιον.
2:5βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ νομοθέτης ὀφείλει μὴ τἀνθρώπεια μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ θεῖα συνεπισκοπεῖν· οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης κατορθοῦται τὰ βασιλέων καὶ ὑπηκόων πράγματα· δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἐδέησε τῷ τοιούτῳ τῆς πρώτης ἱερωσύνης, ἵν’ ἐπὶ τελείοις ἱεροῖς καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τελείᾳ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπείας ἀποτροπὴν μὲν κακῶν μετουσίαν δ’ ἀγαθῶν αὑτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις αἰτῆται παρὰ τοῦ ἵλεω καὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς συνεπινεύοντος· πῶς γὰρ οὐ τελεσφορήσει τὰς εὐχὰς ὁ καὶ ἐκ φύσεως εὐμενὴς καὶ τοὺς γνησίως θεραπεύοντας αὐτὸν προνομίας ἀξιῶν;
2:6ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ μυρία καὶ βασιλεῖ καὶ νομοθέτῃ καὶ ἀρχιερεῖ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων καὶ θείων ἄδηλα—γενητὸς γὰρ οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ θνητός ἐστιν, εἰ καὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ οὕτως ἄφθονον περιβέβληται κλῆρον εὐπραγιῶν —, ἀναγκαίως καὶ προφητείας ἔτυχεν, ἵν’ ὅσα μὴ λογισμῷ δύναται καταλαμβάνειν, ταῦτα προνοίᾳ θεοῦ εὕροι· ὧν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἀπολείπεται, πρὸς ταῦθ’ ἡ προφητεία φθάνει.
2:7καλή γε ἡ συζυγία καὶ παναρμόνιος τῶν τεττάρων δυνάμεων· ἐμπλεκόμεναι γὰρ καὶ ἀλλήλων ἐχόμεναι συγχορεύουσι τὰς ὠφελείας ἀντιλαμβάνουσαί τε καὶ ἀντεκτίνουσαι, μιμούμεναι τὰς παρθένους Χάριτας, αἷς μὴ διαζεύγνυσθαι νόμος φύσεως ἀκίνητος· ἐφ’ ὧν δεόντως εἴποι τις ἄν, ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν εἴωθε λέγεσθαι, ὅτι ὁ μίαν ἔχων καὶ πάσας ἔχει.
2:8Ῥητέον δὲ πρῶτον περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν νομοθετικὴν ἕξιν. οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν οὖν, ὅτι τῷ μέλλοντι ἀρίστῳ γενήσεσθαι νομοθέτῃ προσήκει παντελέσι καὶ ὁλοκλήροις κεχρῆσθαι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς πάσαις· ἐπεὶ δὲ κἀν ταῖς οἰκίαις οἱ μὲν ἐγγυτάτω γένους εἰσίν, οἱ δὲ πόρρω, συγγενεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀλλήλων, καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν τὰς μὲν προσπεφυκέναι νομιστέον μᾶλλον ἐνίοις πράγμασι, τὰς δ’ ἧττον ᾠκειῶσθαι.
2:9νομοθετικῇ δ’ ἀδελφὰ καὶ συγγενῆ τέτταρα ταυτὶ διαφερόντως ἐστί· τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, τὸ φιλοδίκαιον, τὸ φιλάγαθον, τὸ μισοπόνηρον· ὑπὸ γὰρ τούτων ἑκάστου παρακαλεῖται πᾶς, ὅτῳ ζῆλος εἰσέρχεται τοῦ νομοθετεῖν, φιλανθρωπίας μὲν εἰς μέσον προτιθέναι τὰς κοινωφελεῖς γνώμας ἀναδιδασκούσης, δικαιοσύνης δὲ ὡς ἰσότητα τιμητέον καὶ ὡς τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἀπονεμητέον ἑκάστοις, φιλαγαθίας δ’ ἀποδέχεσθαι τὰ φύσει καλὰ καὶ παρέχειν ἅπασι τοῖς ἀξίοις ἀταμίευτα πρὸς ἀφθονωτάτην χρῆσιν, μισοπονηρίας δὲ προβεβλῆσθαι τοὺς ἀτιμάζοντας ἀρετὴν καὶ ὡς κοινοὺς δυσμενεῖς τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους ὑποβλέπεσθαι.
2:10μέγα μὲν οὖν, εἴ τῳ καὶ ἕν τι τῶν λεχθέντων λαβεῖν ἐγένετο, θαυμαστὸν δ’ ὡς ἔοικε τούτων ἀθρόων περιδράξασθαι δυνηθῆναι, οὗ μόνος Μωυσῆς ἐφικέσθαι δοκεῖ τρανώσας εὖ μάλα τὰς εἰρημένας ἀρετὰς ἐν οἷς διετάξατο.
2:11συνίσασι δ’ οἱ ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἐντυγχάνοντες, ἃς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ μὴ τοιοῦτος ἐπεφύκει, συνέγραψεν ὑφηγησαμένου θεοῦ καὶ παρέδωκε τοῖς ἀξίοις χρῆσθαι, κτημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον, τῶν ἀγαλματοφορουμένων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ παραδειγμάτων ἀπεικονίσματα καὶ μιμήματα, ἃ καὶ οἱ δηλωθέντες νόμοι γεγόνασι σαφέστατα τὰς λεχθείσας ἐμφαίνοντες ἀρετάς.
2:12Ὅτι δ’ αὐτός τε νομοθετῶν ἄριστος τῶν πανταχοῦ πάντων, ὅσοι παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἢ βαρβάροις ἐγένοντο, καὶ οἱ νόμοι κάλλιστοι καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θεῖοι μηδὲν ὧν χρὴ παραλιπόντες, ἐναργεστάτη πίστις ἥδε·
2:13τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων νόμιμα εἴ τις ἐπίοι τῷ λογισμῷ, διὰ μυρίας προφάσεις εὑρήσει κεκινημένα, πολέμοις ἢ τυραννίσιν ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις ἀβουλήτοις, ἃ νεωτερισμῷ τύχης κατασκήπτει· πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τρυφὴ πλεονάσασα χορηγίαις καὶ περιουσίαις ἀφθόνοις καθεῖλε νόμους, „τὰ λίαν ἀγαθὰ“ τῶν πολλῶν φέρειν οὐ δυναμένων, ἀλλὰ διὰ κόρον ἐξυβριζόντων·
2:14ὕβρις δ’ ἀντίπαλον νόμῳ. τὰ δὲ τούτου μόνου βέβαια, ἀσάλευτα, ἀκράδαντα, καθάπερ σφραγῖσι φύσεως αὐτῆς σεσημασμένα, μένει παγίως ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἐγράφη μέχρι νῦν καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἔπειτα πάντα διαμενεῖν ἐλπὶς αὐτὰ αἰῶνα ὥσπερ ἀθάνατα, ἕως ἂν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος ᾖ.
2:15τοσαύταις γοῦν χρησαμένου τοῦ ἔθνους μεταβολαῖς κατά τε εὐπραγίας καὶ τοὐναντίον, οὐδὲν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ μικρότατον τῶν διατεταγμένων ἐκινήθη, πάντων ὡς ἔοικε τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ θεοπρεπὲς αὐτῶν ἐκτετιμηκότων.
2:16ἃ δὲ μὴ λιμὸς ἢ λοιμὸς ἢ πόλεμος ἢ βασιλεὺς ἢ τύραννος ἢ ψυχῆς ἢ σώματος ἢ παθῶν ἢ κακιῶν ἐπανάστασις ἤ τι ἄλλο θεήλατον ἢ ἀνθρώπειον κακὸν ἔλυσε, πῶς οὐ περιμάχητα καὶ παντὸς λόγου κρείττονα καθέστηκεν;
Book 1, §§326–334; Book 2, §§1–16
1:326therefore, while you are hastening to do wrong, you are also hastening to incur punishment. For justice is always a long time before it can be put in motion, but when it is once put in motion it makes great haste and speedily overtakes those who flee from it.
1:327When, therefore, all our enemies are destroyed, and when there is no other war which can be expected or feared as impending, and when all those in our present alliance have been, on examination, found to be without reproach nor liable to any charge of desertion or treachery, or of any misconduct which could possibly tend to our defeat, but shall be seen to have endured steadfastly from the beginning to the end, with their bodily exertion and with all eagerness of mind, and when the whole country is cleared of those who have previously inherited it, then rewards and prizes for valour shall be given to all the tribes with perfect fairness.
1:328So they, bearing this rebuke with moderation, as being genuine sons of a very kindly-disposed father (for they knew that Moses was not a man to behave insolently because of his power and authority, but one who cared for all of them, and honoured justice and equality, and who hated wickedness, not so as to reproach or insult the wicked, but so as to be constantly endeavouring by admonition and correction to improve those who were susceptible of improvement), said to him, "Very naturally you are indignant, if you imagine that we now are anxious to desert the alliance and to obtain our allotments before the proper time;
1:329but you must know that we are not alarmed at any undertaking that calls for valorous and virtuous exertion, even though it may be most laborious. And we judge that the task of virtue is to obey you who are such a brave and wise ruler, and not to fear to encounter dangers, and to be willing to bear our share in all future expeditions until all our business is brought to a fortunate conclusion.
1:330"We, therefore, as we have agreed before, will remain in our ranks and cross over Jordan in complete armour, giving no soldier any excuse for lagging behind. But our infant children, and our daughters, and wives, and mothers, and the bulk of our cattle, shall, if you have no objection, be left behind, after we have made houses for our children and wives, and stables for our cattle that they may not be exposed to any incursion of the enemy, and so suffer injury from being taken in unwalled and unprotected dwellings."
1:331And Moses answered with a mild look and even still gentler voice, "If you speak the truth and behave honestly, the allotments which you have asked for shall remain assured to you. Leave behind you now, as you desire, your wives and children, and flocks and herds, and go yourselves across Jordan in your ranks with the rest of the soldiers in full armour, arrayed for battle, as if you were prepared to fight at once, if it should be needful.
1:332And hereafter when all our enemies are destroyed, and when, peace being established, we have made ourselves masters of the whole country, and have begun to divide it among ourselves, then you also shall return to your families to enjoy the good things which belong to you, and to possess the region which you have selected."
1:333When Moses had said this, and given them this promise, they were filled with cheerfulness and joy, and established their families in safety as well as their flocks and herds in well-fortified and impregnable strongholds, the greater part of which were artificial. And taking their arms they marched forth more cheerfully than any of the rest of the allied forces, as if they alone had been going to fight, or at all events to fight in the first ranks as the champions of the whole army, for he who has received any gift beforehand is more eager in the cause in which he is engaged, since he thinks that he is repaying a necessary debt, and not giving a free gift.
1:334I have now, then, given an account of what was done by Moses while invested with kingly power. I must now proceed to relate in order all the actions which he performed in accordance with virtue, and also successfully as a chief priest, and also in his character as a lawgiver; for he also exercised these two powers as very closely connected with his kingly authority.
2:1The first volume of this treatise relates to the subject of the birth and bringing up of Moses, and also of his education and of his government of his people, which he governed not merely irreproachably, but in so exceedingly praiseworthy a manner; and also of all the affairs which took place in Egypt, and in the travels and journeyings of the nation, and of the events which happened with respect to their crossing the Red Sea and in the desert, which surpass all power of description; and, moreover, of all the labours which he conducted to a successful issue, and of the inheritances which he distributed in portions to his soldiers. But the book which we are now about to compose relates to the affairs which follow those others in due order, and bear a certain correspondence and connection with them.
2:2For some persons say, and not without some reason and propriety, that this is the only way by which cities can be expected to advance in improvement, if either the kings cultivate philosophy, or if philosophers exercise the kingly power. But Moses will be seen not only to have displayed all these powers—I mean the genius of the philosopher and of the king—in an extraordinary degree at the same time, but three other powers likewise, one of which is conversant about legislation, the second about the way of discharging the duties of high priest, and the last about the prophetic office;
2:3and it is on these subjects that I have now been constrained to choose to enlarge; for I conceive that all these things have fitly been united in him, inasmuch as in accordance with the providential will of God he was both a king and a lawgiver, and a high priest and a prophet, and because in each office he displayed the most eminent wisdom and virtue. We must now show how it is that every thing is fitly united in him.
2:4It becomes a king to command what ought to be done, and to forbid what ought not to be done; but the commanding what ought to be done, and the prohibition of what ought not to be done, belongs especially to the law, so that the king is at once a living law, and the law is a just king.
2:5But a king and a lawgiver ought to pay attention not only to human things, but also to divine ones, for the affairs of neither kings nor subjects go on well except by the intervention of divine providence; on which account it was necessary that such a man as Moses should enjoy the first priesthood, in order that he might with perfectly conducted sacrifices, and with a perfect knowledge of the proper way to serve God, entreat for a deliverance from evil and for a participation in good, both for himself and for the people whom he was governing, from the merciful God who listens favourably to prayers.
2:6But since there is an infinite variety of both human and divine circumstances which are unknown both to king, and lawgiver, and chief priest, for a man is no less a created and mortal being from having all these offices, or because he is clothed with such a vast and boundless inheritance of honour and happiness, he was also of necessity invested with the gift of prophecy, in order that he might through the providence of God learn all those things which he was unable to comprehend by his own reason; for what the mind is unable to attain to, that prophecy masters.
2:7Therefore the connection of these four powers is beautiful and harmonious, for being all connected together and united one to another, they unite in concert, receiving and imparting a reciprocity of benefits from and to one another, imitating the virgin graces with whom it is an immutable law of their nature that they cannot be disunited, with respect to whom one might fairly say, what is habitually said of the virtues, that he who has one has them all.
2:8And first of all we must speak of the matters which relate to his character and conduct as a lawgiver. I am not ignorant that the man who desires to be an excellent and perfect lawgiver ought to exercise all the virtues in their complete integrity and perfection, since in the houses of his nation some are near relations and some distant, but still they are all related to one another. And in like manner we must look upon some of the virtues as connected more closely with some matters, and on others as being more removed from them.
2:9Now these four qualities are closely connected with and related to the legislative power, namely, humility, the love of justice, the love of virtue, and the hatred of iniquity; for every individual who has any desire for exercising his talents as a lawgiver is under the influence of each of these feelings. It is the province of humanity to prepare for adoption such opinions as will benefit the common weal, and to teach the advantages which will proceed from them. It is the part of justice to point out how we ought to honour equality, and to assign to every man his due according to his deserts. It is the part of the love of virtue to embrace those things which are by nature good, and to give to every one who deserves them facilities without limit for the most unrestrained enjoyment of happiness. It is also the province of the hatred of iniquity to reject all those who dishonour virtue, and to look upon them as common enemies of the human race.
2:10Therefore it is a very great thing if it has fallen to the lot of any one to arrive at any one of the qualities before mentioned, and it is a marvellous thing, as it should seem, for any one man to have been able to grasp them all, which in fact Moses appears to have been the only person who has ever done, having given a very clear description of the aforesaid virtues in the commandments which he established.
2:11And those who are well versed in the sacred scriptures know this, for if he had not had these principles innate within him he would never have compiled those scriptures at the promptings of God. And he gave to those who were worthy to use them the most admirable of all possessions, namely, faithful copies and imitations of the original examples which were consecrated and enshrined in the soul, which became the laws which he revealed and established, displaying in the clearest manner the virtues which I have enumerated and described above.
2:12But that he himself is the most admirable of all the lawgivers who have ever lived in any country either among the Greeks or among the barbarians, and that his are the most admirable of all laws, and truly divine, omitting no one particular which they ought to comprehend, there is the clearest proof possible in this fact, the laws of other lawgivers,
2:13if any one examines them by his reason, he will find to be put in motion in an innumerable multitude of pretexts, either because of wars, or of tyrannies, or of some other unexpected events which come upon nations through the various alterations and innovations of fortune; and very often luxury, abounding in all kind of superfluity and unbounded extravagance, has overturned laws, from the multitude not being able to bear unlimited prosperity, but having a tendency to become insolent through satiety, and insolence is in opposition to law.
2:14But the enactments of this lawgiver are firm, not shaken by commotions, not liable to alteration, but stamped as it were with the seal of nature herself, and they remain firm and lasting from the day on which they were first promulgated to the present one, and there may well be a hope that they will remain to all future time, as being immortal, as long as the sun and the moon, and the whole heaven and the whole world shall endure.
2:15At all events, though the nation of the Hebrews experienced so many changes both in the direction of prosperity and of the opposite destiny, no one, no not even the very smallest and most unimportant of all his commandments was changed, since every one, as it seems, honoured their venerable and godlike character;
2:16and what neither famine, nor pestilence, nor war, nor sovereign, nor tyrant, nor the rise of any passions or evil feelings against either soul or body, nor any other evil, whether inflicted by God or deriving its rise from men, ever dissolved, can surely never be looked upon by us in any other light than as objects of all admiration, and beyond all powers of description in respect of their excellence.
Book 2, §§17–41
2:17ἀλλ’ οὔπω τοῦτο θαυμαστόν, καίτοι μέγα καθ’ αὑτὸ δεόντως ἂν νομισθέν, τὸ ἐξ ἅπαντος τοῦ χρόνου πεφυλάχθαι τοὺς νόμους ἐν βεβαίῳ· ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνο θαυμασιώτερον, ὡς ἔοικε, τὸ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους σχεδὸν ἅπαντας καὶ μάλιστα οἷς ἀρετῆς πλείων λόγος πρὸς τὴν ἀποδοχὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τιμὴν ὡσιῶσθαι· γέρας γὰρ τοῦτ’ ἔλαχον ἐξαίρετον, ὃ μηδενὶ πρόσεστιν ἑτέρῳ.
2:18σημεῖον δέ· τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ βάρβαρον, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, οὐδεμία πόλις ἐστίν, ἣ τὰ ἑτέρας νόμιμα τιμᾷ, μόλις δὲ καὶ τῶν αὑτῆς εἰς ἀεὶ περιέχεται, πρὸς τὰς τῶν καιρῶν καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων μεθαρμοζομένη τροπάς.
2:19Ἀθηναῖοι τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων ἔθη καὶ νόμιμα προβέβληνται καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τὰ Ἀθηναίων· ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον Αἰγύπτιοι τοὺς Σκυθῶν νόμους φυλάττουσιν ἢ Σκύθαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίων ἢ συνελόντι φράσαι τοὺς τῶν κατ’ Εὐρώπην οἱ τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκοῦντες ἢ τοὺς τῶν Ἀσιανῶν ἐθνῶν οἱ ἐν Εὐρώπῃ· ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν οἱ ἀφ’ ἡλίου ἀνιόντος ἄχρι δυομένου, πᾶσα χώρα καὶ ἔθνος καὶ πόλις, τῶν ξενικῶν νομίμων ἀλλοτριοῦνται καὶ οἴονται τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀποδοχήν, εἰ τὰ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀτιμάζοιεν, συναυξήσειν.
2:20ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὧδ’ ἔχει τὰ ἡμέτερα· πάντας γὰρ ἐπάγεται καὶ συνεπιστρέφει, βαρβάρους, Ἕλληνας, ἠπειρώτας, νησιώτας, ἔθνη τὰ ἑῷα, τὰ ἑσπέρια, Εὐρώπην, Ἀσίαν, ἅπασαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα.
2:21τίς γὰρ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐκείνην ἑβδόμην οὐκ ἐκτετίμηκεν, ἄνεσιν πόνων καὶ ῥᾳστώνην αὑτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς πλησιάζουσιν, οὐκ ἐλευθέροις μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ δούλοις, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὑποζυγίοις διδούς;
2:22φθάνει γὰρ ἡ ἐκεχειρία καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀγέλην καὶ ὅσα πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν γέγονεν ἀνθρώπου καθάπερ δοῦλα θεραπεύοντα τὸν φύσει δεσπότην, φθάνει καὶ πρὸς δένδρων καὶ φυτῶν ἅπασαν ἰδέαν· οὐ γὰρ ἔρνος, οὐ κλάδον, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ πέταλον ἐφεῖται τεμεῖν ἢ καρπὸν ὁντινοῦν δρέψασθαι, πάντων διαφειμένων κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ ὥσπερ ἐλευθερίαν ἀγόντων, κοινῷ κηρύγματι μηδενὸς ἐπιψαύοντος.
2:23τίς δὲ τὴν λεγομένην νηστείαν οὐ τέθηπε καὶ προσκυνεῖ δι’ ἔτους ἀγομένην τῆς ἱερομηνίας αὐστηρότερον καὶ σεμνότερον τρόπον; ἐν ᾗ μὲν γὰρ πολὺς ἄκρατος καὶ τράπεζαι πολυτελεῖς καὶ ὅσα περὶ ἐδωδὴν καὶ πόσιν ἄφθονα πάντα, δι’ ὧν αἱ ἀκόρεστοι γαστρὸς ἡδοναὶ συναύξονται προσαναρρηγνῦσαι καὶ τὰς ὑπογαστρίους ἐπιθυμίας·
2:24ἐν ᾗ δ’ οὐ σιτίον, οὐ ποτὸν ἔξεστι προσενέγκασθαι, καθαραῖς ὅπως διανοίαις, μηδενὸς ἐνοχλοῦντος μηδ’ ἐμποδίζοντος σωματικοῦ πάθους, ὁποῖα φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν ἐκ πλησμονῆς, ἑορτάζωσιν ἱλασκόμενοι τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παντὸς αἰσίοις εὐχαῖς, δι’ ὧν ἀμνηστίαν μὲν παλαιῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, κτῆσιν δὲ καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν νέων ἀγαθῶν εἰώθασιν αἰτεῖσθαι.
2:25Τὸ δὲ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἱεροπρεπὲς ὡς οὐ παρ’ Ἰουδαίοις μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις τεθαύμασται, δῆλον ἔκ τε τῶν εἰρημένων ἤδη κἀκ τῶν μελλόντων λέγεσθαι.
2:26τὸ παλαιὸν ἐγράφησαν οἱ νόμοι γλώσσῃ Χαλδαϊκῇ καὶ μέχρι πολλοῦ διέμειναν ἐν ὁμοίῳ τὴν διάλεκτον οὐ μεταβάλλοντες, ἕως μήπω τὸ κάλλος εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ἀνέφηναν αὑτῶν.
2:27ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκ τῆς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν συνεχοῦς μελέτης καὶ ἀσκήσεως τῶν χρωμένων αἴσθησις ἐγένετο καὶ ἑτέροις καὶ τὸ κλέος ἐφοίτα πανταχόσε—τὰ γὰρ καλὰ κἂν φθόνῳ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπισκιασθῇ χρόνον, ἐπὶ καιρῶν αὖθις ἀναλάμπει φύσεως εὐμενείᾳ —, δεινὸν ἡγησάμενοί τινες, εἰ οἱ νόμοι παρὰ τῷ ἡμίσει τμήματι τοῦ γένους ἀνθρώπων ἐξετασθήσονται μόνῳ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ, τὸ δ’ Ἑλληνικὸν εἰς ἅπαν ἀμοιρήσει, πρὸς ἑρμηνείαν τὴν τούτων ἐτράποντο.
2:28τὸ δ’ ἔργον ἐπεὶ καὶ μέγα ἦν καὶ κοινωφελές, οὐκ ἰδιώταις οὐδ’ ἄρχουσιν, ὧν πολὺς ἀριθμός, ἀλλὰ βασιλεῦσι καὶ βασιλέων ἀνετέθη τῷ δοκιμωτάτῳ.
2:29Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Φιλάδελφος ἐπικληθεὶς τρίτος μὲν ἦν ἀπ’ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ τὴν Αἴγυπτον παραλαβόντος, ἀρεταῖς δὲ ταῖς ἐν ἡγεμονίᾳ πάντων, οὐχὶ τῶν καθ’ αὑτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πάλαι πώποτε γεγενημένων ἄριστος, οὗ καὶ μέχρι νῦν τοσαύταις ὕστερον γενεαῖς ᾄδεται τὸ κλέος πολλὰ δείγματα καὶ μνημεῖα τῆς μεγαλοφροσύνης κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας ἀπολιπόντος, ὡς ἤδη καὶ ἐν παροιμίας εἴδει τὰς ὑπερόγκους φιλοτιμίας καὶ μεγάλας κατασκευὰς Φιλαδελφείους ἀπ’ ἐκείνου καλεῖσθαι.
2:30συνόλως μὲν οὖν ἡ τῶν Πτολεμαίων οἰκία διαφερόντως παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας βασιλείας ἤκμασεν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Πτολεμαίοις ὁ Φιλάδελφος· ὅσα γὰρ εἷς ἔδρασεν οὗτος ἐπαινετά, μόλις ἐκεῖνοι πάντες ἀθρόοι διεπράξαντο, γενόμενος καθάπερ ἐν ζῴῳ τὸ ἡγεμονεῦον κεφαλὴ τρόπον τινὰ τῶν βασιλέων.
2:31ὁ δὴ τοιοῦτος ζῆλον καὶ πόθον λαβὼν τῆς νομοθεσίας ἡμῶν εἰς Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν τὴν Χαλδαϊκὴν μεθαρμόζεσθαι διενοεῖτο καὶ πρέσβεις εὐθὺς ἐξέπεμπε πρὸς τὸν τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀρχιερέα καὶ βασιλέα—ὁ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἦν—τό τε βούλημα δηλῶν καὶ προτρέπων ἀριστίνδην ἑλέσθαι τοὺς τὸν νόμον διερμηνεύσοντας.
2:32ὁ δ’ οἷα εἰκὸς ἡσθεὶς καὶ νομίσας οὐκ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης περὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἔργον ἐσπουδακέναι τὸν βασιλέα, σκεψάμενος τοὺς παρ’ αὑτῷ δοκιμωτάτους Ἑβραίων, οἳ πρὸς τῇ πατρίῳ καὶ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἐπεπαίδευντο παιδείαν, ἄσμενος ἀποστέλλει.
2:33ὡς δ’ ἧκον, ἐπὶ ξενίαν κληθέντες λόγοις ἀστείοις καὶ σπουδαίοις τὸν ἑστιάτορα εὐώχουν ἀντεφεστιῶντες· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀπεπειρᾶτο τῆς ἑκάστου σοφίας καινὰς ἀλλ’ οὐ τὰς ἐν ἔθει ζητήσεις προτείνων, οἱ δ’ εὐστόχως καὶ εὐθυβόλως, οὐκ ἐπιτρέποντος μακρηγορεῖν τοῦ καιροῦ, καθάπερ ἀποφθεγγόμενοι τὰ προταθέντα διελύοντο.
2:34δοκιμασθέντες δ’ εὐθὺς ἤρξαντο τὰ τῆς καλῆς πρεσβείας ἀποτελεῖν καὶ λογισάμενοι παρ’ αὑτοῖς, ὅσον εἴη τὸ πρᾶγμα θεσπισθέντας νόμους χρησμοῖς διερμηνεύειν, μήτ’ ἀφελεῖν τι μήτε προσθεῖναι ἢ μεταθεῖναι δυναμένους, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἰδέαν καὶ τὸν τύπον αὐτῶν διαφυλάττοντας, ἐσκόπουν τὸ καθαρώτατον τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον χωρίων ἔξω πόλεως· τὰ γὰρ ἐντὸς τείχους ἅτε παντοδαπῶν πεπληθότα ζῴων διὰ νόσους καὶ τελευτὰς καὶ τὰς ὑγιαινόντων οὐκ εὐαγεῖς πράξεις ἦν ὕποπτα.
2:35νῆσος ἡ Φάρος πρόκειται τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας, ἧς αὐχὴν ὑποταίνιος τέταται πρὸς τὴν πόλιν περικλειόμενος οὐκ ἀγχιβαθεῖ τὰ δὲ πολλὰ τεναγώδει θαλάττῃ, ὡς καὶ τῆς τῶν κυμάτων φορᾶς τὸν πολὺν ἦχον καὶ πάταγον ἐκ πάνυ μακροῦ διαστήματος προεκλύεσθαι.
2:36τοῦτον ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐν κύκλῳ κρίναντες ἐπιτηδειότατον εἶναι τὸν τόπον ἐνησυχάσαι καὶ ἐνηρεμῆσαι καὶ μόνῃ τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς μόνους ὁμιλῆσαι τοὺς νόμους, ἐνταυθοῖ κατέμειναν καὶ τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους λαβόντες ἀνατείνουσιν ἅμ’ αὐταῖς καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἰς οὐρανόν, αἰτούμενοι τὸν θεὸν μὴ διαμαρτεῖν τῆς προθέσεως· ὁ δ’ ἐπινεύει ταῖς εὐχαῖς, ἵνα τὸ πλεῖστον ἢ καὶ τὸ σύμπαν γένος ἀνθρώπων ὠφεληθῇ χρησόμενον εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν βίου φιλοσόφοις καὶ παγκάλοις
2:37διατάγμασι. καθίσαντες δ’ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ καὶ μηδενὸς παρόντος ὅτι μὴ τῶν τῆς φύσεως μερῶν, γῆς ὕδατος ἀέρος οὐρανοῦ, περὶ ὧν πρῶτον τῆς γενέσεως ἔμελλον ἱεροφαντήσειν—κοσμοποιία γὰρ ἡ τῶν νόμων ἐστὶν ἀρχή —, καθάπερ ἐνθουσιῶντες προεφήτευον οὐκ ἄλλα ἄλλοι, τὰ δ’ αὐτὰ πάντες ὀνόματα καὶ ῥήματα, ὥσπερ ὑποβολέως ἑκάστοις ἀοράτως ἐνηχοῦντος.
2:38καίτοι τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι πᾶσα μὲν διάλεκτος, ἡ δ’ Ἑλληνικὴ διαφερόντως, ὀνομάτων πλουτεῖ, καὶ ταὐτὸν ἐνθύμημα οἷόν τε μεταφράζοντα καὶ παραφράζοντα σχηματίσαι πολλαχῶς, ἄλλοτε ἄλλας ἐφαρμόζοντα λέξεις; ὅπερ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς νομοθεσίας οὔ φασι συμβῆναι, συνενεχθῆναι δ’ εἰς ταὐτὸν κύρια κυρίοις ὀνόμασι, τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ τοῖς Χαλδαϊκοῖς, ἐναρμοσθέντα εὖ μάλα τοῖς δηλουμένοις πράγμασιν.
2:39ὃν γὰρ τρόπον, οἶμαι, ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ καὶ διαλεκτικῇ τὰ σημαινόμενα ποικιλίαν ἑρμηνείας οὐκ ἀνέχεται, μένει δ’ ἀμετάβλητος ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τεθεῖσα, τὸν αὐτὸν ὡς ἔοικε τρόπον καὶ οὗτοι συντρέχοντα τοῖς πράγμασιν ὀνόματα ἐξεῦρον, ἅπερ δὴ μόνα ἢ μάλιστα τρανώσειν ἔμελλεν ἐμφαντικῶς τὰ δηλούμενα.
2:40σαφεστάτη δὲ τοῦδε πίστις· ἐάν τε Χαλδαῖοι τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν γλῶτταν ἐάν τε Ἕλληνες τὴν Χαλδαίων ἀναδιδαχθῶσι καὶ ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς γραφαῖς ἐντύχωσι, τῇ τε Χαλδαϊκῇ καὶ τῇ ἑρμηνευθείσῃ, καθάπερ ἀδελφὰς μᾶλλον δ’ ὡς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔν τε τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι τεθήπασι καὶ προσκυνοῦσιν, οὐχ ἑρμηνέας ἐκείνους ἀλλ’ ἱεροφάντας καὶ προφήτας προσαγορεύοντες, οἷς ἐξεγένετο συνδραμεῖν λογισμοῖς εἱλικρινέσι τῷ Μωυσέως καθαρωτάτῳ πνεύματι.
2:41διὸ καὶ μέχρι νῦν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος ἑορτὴ καὶ πανήγυρις ἄγεται κατὰ τὴν Φάρον νῆσον, εἰς ἣν οὐκ Ἰουδαῖοι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ παμπληθεῖς ἕτεροι διαπλέουσι τό τε χωρίον σεμνυνοῦντες, ἐν ᾧ πρῶτον τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐξέλαμψε, καὶ παλαιᾶς ἕνεκεν εὐεργεσίας ἀεὶ νεαζούσης εὐχαριστήσοντες τῷ θεῷ.
Book 2, §§17–41
2:17But this is not so entirely wonderful, although it may fairly by itself be considered a thing of great intrinsic importance, that his laws were kept securely and immutably from all time; but this is more wonderful by far, as it seems, that not only the Jews, but that also almost every other nation, and especially those who make the greatest account of virtue, have dedicated themselves to embrace and honour them, for they have received this especial honour above all other codes of laws, which is not given to any other code.
2:18And a proof of this is to be found in the fact that of all the cities in Greece and in the territory of the barbarians, if one may so say, speaking generally, there is not one single city which pays any respect to the laws of another state. In fact, a city scarcely adheres to its own laws with any constancy for ever, but continually modifies them, and adapts them to the changes of times and circumstances.
2:19The Athenians rejected the customs and laws of the Lacedaemonians, and so did the Lacedaemonians repudiate the laws of the Athenians. Nor, again, in the countries of the barbarians do the Egyptians keep the laws of the Scythians, nor do the Scythians keep the laws of the Egyptians; nor, in short, do those who live in Asia attend to the laws which obtain in Europe, nor do the inhabitants of Europe respect the laws of the Asiatic nations. And, in short, it is very nearly an universal rule, from the rising of the sun to its extreme west, that every country, and nation, and city, is alienated from the laws and customs of foreign nations and states, and that they think that they are adding to the estimation in which they hold their own laws by despising those in use among other nations.
2:20But this is not the case with our laws which Moses has given to us; for they lead after them and influence all nations, barbarians, and Greeks, the inhabitants of continents and islands, the eastern nations and the western, Europe and Asia; in short, the whole habitable world from one extremity to the other.
2:21For what man is there who does not honour that sacred seventh day, granting in consequence a relief and relaxation from labour, for himself and for all those who are near to him, and that not to free men only, but also to slaves, and even to beasts of burden;
2:22for the holiday extends even to every description of animal, and to every beast whatever which performs service to man, like slaves obeying their natural master, and it affects even every species of plant and tree; for there is no shoot, and no branch, and no leaf even which it is allowed to cut or to pluck on that day, nor any fruit which it is lawful to gather; but everything is at liberty and in safety on that day, and enjoys, as it were, perfect freedom, no one ever touching them, in obedience to a universal proclamation.
2:23Again, who is there who does not pay all due respect and honour to that which is called "the fast," and especially to that great yearly one which is of a more austere and venerable character than the ordinary solemnity at the full moon? on which, indeed, much pure wine is drunk, and costly entertainments are provided, and everything which relates to eating and drinking is supplied in the most unlimited profusion, by which the insatiable pleasures of the belly are inflamed and increased.
2:24But on this fast it is not lawful to take any food or any drink, in order that no bodily passion may at all disturb or hinder the pure operations of the mind; but these passions are wont to be generated by fulness and satiety, so that at this time men feast, propitiating the Father of the universe with holy prayers, by which they are accustomed to solicit pardon for their former sins, and the acquisition and enjoyment of new blessings.
2:25And that beauty and dignity of the legislation of Moses is honoured not among the Jews only, but also by all other nations, is plain, both from what has been already said and from what I am about to state.
2:26In olden time the laws were written in the Chaldaean language, and for a long time they remained in the same condition as at first, not changing their language as long as their beauty had not made them known to other nations;
2:27but when, from the daily and uninterrupted respect shown to them by those to whom they had been given, and from their ceaseless observance of their ordinances, other nations also obtained an understanding of them, their reputation spread over all lands; for what was really good, even though it may through envy be overshadowed for a short time, still in time shines again through the intrinsic excellence of its nature. Some persons, thinking it a scandalous thing that these laws should only be known among one half portion of the human race, namely, among the barbarians, and that the Greek nation should be wholly and entirely ignorant of them, turned their attention to their translation.
2:28And since this undertaking was an important one, tending to the general advantage, not only of private persons, but also of rulers, of whom the number was not great, it was entrusted to kings and to the most illustrious of all kings.
2:29Ptolemy, surnamed Philadelphus, was the third in succession after Alexander, the monarch who subdued Egypt; and he was, in all virtues which can be displayed in government, the most excellent sovereign, not only of all those of his time, but of all that ever lived; so that even now, after the lapse of so many generations, his fame is still celebrated, as having left many instances and monuments of his magnanimity in the cities and districts of his kingdom, so that even now it is come to be a sort of proverbial expression to call excessive magnificence, and zeal, for honour and splendour in preparation, Philadelphian, from his name;
2:30and, in a word, the whole family of the Ptolemies was exceedingly eminent and conspicuous above all other royal families, and among the Ptolemies, Philadelphus was the most illustrious; for all the rest put together scarcely did as many glorious and praiseworthy actions as this one king did by himself, being, as it were, the leader of the herd, and in a manner the head of all the kings.
2:31He, then, being a sovereign of this character, and having conceived a great admiration for and love of the legislation of Moses, conceived the idea of having our laws translated into the Greek language; and immediately he sent out ambassadors to the high-priest and king of Judea, for they were the same person.
2:32And having explained his wishes, and having requested him to pick him out a number of men, of perfect fitness for the task, who should translate the law, the high-priest, as was natural, being greatly pleased, and thinking that the king had only felt the inclination to undertake a work of such a character from having been influenced by the providence of God, considered, and with great care selected the most respectable of the Hebrews whom he had about him, who in addition to their knowledge of their national scriptures, had also been well instructed in Grecian literature, and cheerfully sent them.
2:33And when they arrived at the king’s court they were hospitably received by the king; and while they feasted, they in return feasted their entertainer with witty and virtuous conversation; for he made experiment of the wisdom of each individual among them, putting to them a succession of new and extraordinary questions; and they, since the time did not allow of their being prolix in their answers, replied with great propriety and fidelity as if they were delivering apophthegms which they had already prepared.
2:34So when they had won his approval, they immediately began to fulfil the objects for which that honourable embassy had been sent; and considering among themselves how important the affair was, to translate laws which had been divinely given by direct inspiration, since they were not able either to take away anything, or to add anything, or to alter anything, but were bound to preserve the original form and character of the whole composition, they looked out for the most completely purified place of all the spots on the outside of the city. For the places within the walls, as being filled with all kinds of animals, were held in suspicion by them by reason of the diseases and deaths of some, and the accursed actions of those who were in health.
2:35The island of Pharos lies in front of Alexandria, the neck of which runs out like a sort of tongue towards the city, being surrounded with water of no great depth, but chiefly with shoals and shallow water, so that the great noise and roaring from the beating of the waves is kept at a considerable distance, and so mitigated.
2:36They judged this place to be the most suitable of all the spots in the neighbourhood for them to enjoy quiet and tranquillity in, so that they might associate with the laws alone in their minds; and there they remained, and having taken the sacred scriptures, they lifted up them and their hands also to heaven, entreating of God that they might not fail in their object. And he assented to their prayers, that the greater part, or indeed the universal race of mankind might be benefited, by using these philosophical and entirely beautiful commandments for the correction of their lives.
2:37Therefore, being settled in a secret place, and nothing ever being present with them except the elements of nature, the earth, the water, the air, and the heaven, concerning the creation of which they were going in the first place to explain the sacred account; for the account of the creation of the world is the beginning of the law; they, like men inspired, prophesied, not one saying one thing and another another, but every one of them employed the self-same nouns and verbs, as if some unseen prompter had suggested all their language to them.
2:38And yet who is there who does not know that every language, and the Greek language above all others, is rich in a variety of words, and that it is possible to vary a sentence and to paraphrase the same idea, so as to set it forth in a great variety of manners, adapting many different forms of expression to it at different times. But this, they say, did not happen at all in the case of this translation of the law, but that, in every case, exactly corresponding Greek words were employed to translate literally the appropriate Chaldaic words, being adapted with exceeding propriety to the matters which were to be explained;
2:39for just as I suppose the things which are proved in geometry and logic do not admit any variety of explanation, but the proposition which was set forth from the beginning remains unaltered, in like manner I conceive did these men find words precisely and literally corresponding to the things, which words were alone, or in the greatest possible degree, destined to explain with clearness and force the matters which it was desired to reveal.
2:40And there is a very evident proof of this; for if Chaldaeans were to learn the Greek language, and if Greeks were to learn Chaldaean, and if each were to meet with those scriptures in both languages, namely, the Chaldaic and the translated version, they would admire and reverence them both as sisters, or rather as one and the same both in their facts and in their language; considering these translators not mere interpreters but hierophants and prophets to whom it had been granted with their honest and guileless minds to go along with the most pure spirit of Moses.
2:41On which account, even to this very day, there is every year a solemn assembly held and a festival celebrated in the island of Pharos, to which not only the Jews but a great number of persons of other nations sail across, reverencing the place in which the first light of interpretation shone forth, and thanking God for that ancient piece of beneficence which was always young and fresh.
Book 2, §§42–66
2:42μετὰ δὲ τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ τὰς εὐχαριστίας οἱ μὲν πηξάμενοι σκηνὰς ἐπὶ τῶν αἰγιαλῶν οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τῆς αἰγιαλίτιδος ψάμμου κατακλινέντες ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ μετ’ οἰκείων καὶ φίλων ἑστιῶνται, πολυτελεστέραν τῆς ἐν βασιλείοις κατασκευῆς τότε τὴν ἀκτὴν νομίζοντες.
2:43οὕτω μὲν οἱ νόμοι ζηλωτοὶ καὶ περιμάχητοι πᾶσιν ἰδιώταις τε καὶ ἡγεμόσιν ἐπιδείκνυνται, καὶ ταῦτ’ ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων τοῦ ἔθνους οὐκ εὐτυχοῦντος — τὰ δὲ τῶν μὴ ἐν ἀκμαῖς πέφυκέ πως ἐπισκιάζεσθαι —·
2:44εἰ δὲ γένοιτό τις ἀφορμὴ πρὸς τὸ λαμπρότερον, πόσην εἰκὸς ἐπίδοσιν γενήσεσθαι; καταλιπόντας ἂν οἶμαι τὰ ἴδια καὶ πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντας τοῖς πατρίοις ἑκάστους μεταβαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν τούτων μόνων τιμήν· εὐτυχίᾳ γὰρ τοῦ ἔθνους οἱ νόμοι συναναλάμψαντες ἀμαυρώσουσι τοὺς ἄλλους καθάπερ ἀνατείλας ἥλιος τοὺς ἀστέρας.
2:45Ἀπόχρη μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ λεχθέντα πολὺς ἔπαινος εἶναι τοῦ νομοθέτου. πλείων δ’ ἐστὶν ἕτερος, ὃν αὐταὶ περιέχουσιν αἱ ἱερώταται βίβλοι, πρὸς ἃς ἤδη τρεπτέον, εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς τοῦ συγγράψαντος ἀρετῆς.
2:46τούτων τοίνυν τὸ μέν ἐστιν ἱστορικὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις, ὑπὲρ οὗ δεύτερον λέξομεν τὸ πρότερον τῇ τάξει πρότερον ἀκριβώσαντες.
2:47ἔστιν οὖν τοῦ ἱστορικοῦ τὸ μὲν περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως, τὸ δὲ γενεαλογικόν, τοῦ δὲ γενεαλογικοῦ τὸ μὲν περὶ κολάσεως ἀσεβῶν, τὸ δ’ αὖ περὶ τιμῆς δικαίων. οὗ δὲ χάριν ἐνθένδε τῆς νομοθεσίας ἤρξατο τὰ περὶ τὰς προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις ἐν δευτέρῳ θείς, λεκτέον.
2:48οὐ γὰρ οἷά τις συγγραφεὺς ἐπετήδευσε παλαιῶν πράξεων καταλιπεῖν ὑπομνήματα τοῖς ἔπειτα τοῦ ψυχαγωγῆσαι χάριν ἀνωφελῶς, ἀλλ’ ἠρχαιολόγησεν ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως, ἵν’ ἐπιδείξῃ δύο τὰ ἀναγκαιότατα· ἓν μὲν τὸν αὐτὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἀληθείᾳ νομοθέτην, ἕτερον δὲ τὸν χρησόμενον τοῖς νόμοις ἀκολουθίαν φύσεως ἀσπασόμενον καὶ βιωσόμενον κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου διάταξιν ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ συμφωνίᾳ πρὸς ἔργα λόγων καὶ πρὸς λόγους ἔργων.
2:49τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ἅ τε χρὴ πράττειν καὶ ἃ μὴ διαταξάμενοι τιμωρίας κατὰ τῶν παραβαινόντων ὥρισαν, οἱ δ’ ἀμείνους δόξαντες εἶναι τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἐνθένδε ἐποιήσαντο, πόλιν δὲ τῷ λόγῳ κτίσαντες καὶ ἱδρυσάμενοι πρότερον ἣν ἐνόμιζον οἰκειοτάτην καὶ πρεπωδεστάτην εἶναι τῇ κτισθείσῃ πολιτείαν διὰ τῆς τῶν νόμων θέσεως ἐφήρμοζον.
2:50ὁ δὲ τὸ μὲν πρότερον ὑπολαβὼν (ὅπερ ἦν) τυραννικόν τε καὶ δεσποτικόν, ἄνευ παραμυθίας προστάττειν ὡς οὐκ ἐλευθέροις ἀλλὰ δούλοις, τὸ δ’ ὕστερον ἐμμελὲς μέν, οὐ μὴν τελείως ἐπαινετὸν ἅπασι τοῖς κριταῖς, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν λεχθέντων διήνεγκεν.
2:51ἔν τε γὰρ ταῖς προστάξεσι καὶ ἀπογορεύσεσιν ὑποτίθεται καὶ παρηγορεῖ τὸ πλέον ἢ κελεύει, μετὰ προοιμίων καὶ ἐπιλόγων τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ ἀναγκαιότατα πειρώμενος ὑφηγεῖσθαι, τοῦ προτρέψασθαι χάριν μᾶλλον ἢ βιάσασθαι· πόλεώς τε χειροποιήτου κτίσιν ἀρχὴν ποιήσασθαι τῆς γραφῆς ταπεινότερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῶν νόμων ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι, πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος καὶ κάλλος τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἀκριβεστάτῃ ὄψει τῇ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀπιδὼν καὶ νομίσας αὐτὴν κρείττονα καὶ θειοτέραν ἢ ὥστε κύκλῳ τινὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ὁρισθῆναι, τῆς μεγαλοπόλεως τὴν γένεσιν εἰσηγήσατο, τοὺς νόμους ἐμφερεστάτην εἰκόνα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πολιτείας
2:52ἡγησάμενος εἶναι. τῶν γοῦν ἐν μέρει διατεταγμένων τὰς δυνάμεις εἴ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν ἐθελήσειεν, εὑρήσει τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ἁρμονίας ἐφιεμένας καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀιδίου φύσεως συνᾳδούσας.
2:53διὸ καὶ τοὺς ἀφθόνων μὲν ἀγαθῶν ἀξιωθέντας ὅσα κατ’ εὐεξίαν σωμάτων καὶ τὰς περὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐκτὸς εὐτυχίας, ἀρετῆς δ’ ἀφηνιάσαντας καὶ οὐκ ἀνάγκῃ γνώμῃ δ’ ἑκουσίῳ πανουργίαν καὶ ἀδικίαν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας κακίας, ὡς μέγα ὄφελος τὴν μεγίστην ζημίαν, ἐπιτηδεύσαντας καθάπερ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἐχθροὺς ἀλλὰ τοῦ σύμπαντος οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου τὰς ἐν ἔθει τιμωρίας οὔ φησιν ὑπομεῖναι, ἀλλὰ καινοτάτας καὶ παρηλλαγμένας, ἃς ἐμεγαλούργησεν ἡ πάρεδρος τῷ θεῷ μισοπόνηρος δίκη, τῶν τοῦ παντὸς δραστικωτάτων στοιχείων ἐπιθεμένων ὕδατος καὶ πυρός, ὡς καιρῶν περιόδοις τοὺς μὲν κατακλυσμοῖς φθαρῆναι, τοὺς δὲ καταφλεχθέντας ἀπολέσθαι.
2:54πελάγη μὲν ἀρθέντα καὶ ποταμοὶ μετεωρισθέντες αὐθιγενεῖς τε καὶ χείμαρροι τὰς ἐν τῇ πεδιάδι πόλεις ἁπάσας ἐπέκλυσαν καὶ κατέσυραν, τὰς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὀρεινὴν αἱ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ συνεχεῖς καὶ ἀδιάστατοι ὄμβρων φοραί.
2:55χρόνῳ δ’ ὕστερον ἐκ τῶν ὑπολειφθέντων πάλιν τοῦ γένους συναυξηθέντος καὶ εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδόντος, ἐπειδὴ τὸ περὶ τοὺς προγόνους πάθος οἱ ἀπόγονοι μάθημα σωφροσύνης οὐκ ἐποιήσαντο, πρὸς δ’ ἀκολασίας ἐτράποντο ζηλωταὶ χαλεπωτέρων ἐπιτηδευμάτων γενόμενοι, πυρὶ τούτους ἀναλῶσαι διενοήθη.
2:56τότ’ οὖν, ὡς μηνύει τὰ λόγια, κεραυνοὶ ῥυέντες ἐξ οὐρανοῦ τούς τε ἀσεβεῖς κατέπρησαν καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν· καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν μνημεῖα τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ἀλέκτου πάθους δείκνυται κατὰ Συρίαν, ἐρείπια καὶ τέφρα καὶ θεῖον καὶ καπνὸς καὶ ἡ ἔτι ἀναδιδομένη φλὸξ ἀμαυρὰ καθάπερ διασμυχομένου πυρός.
2:57ἐν δὲ τούτῳ συνέβαινε τούς τε ἀσεβεῖς ταῖς εἰρημέναις τιμωρίαις κολάζεσθαι καὶ τοὺς καλοκἀγαθίᾳ διενηνοχότας εὖ πάσχειν ἀρετῆς ἐπαξίων ἄθλων τυγχάνοντας.
2:58ἐν μέν γε τῇ φορᾷ τοῦ κεραυνίου πυρὸς οἰκήτορσιν αὐτοῖς ὅλης χώρας ἐμπιπραμένης, εἷς μόνος ἀνὴρ μέτοικος ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ σῴζεται, διότι τῶν ἐγχωρίων παρανομημάτων οὐδὲν ἠσπάσατο, τῶν μετοίκων εἰωθότων ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα τὰ ξενικὰ τιμᾶν, ἐπεὶ τοῖς ἀτιμάζουσι κίνδυνος ἐκ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων ἕπεται· καίτοι γ’ οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄκρον ἦλθε σοφίας, ὡς διὰ τελειότητα τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ φύσεως τοσούτου γέρως ἀξιωθῆναι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι μόνος τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐ συνηνέχθη πρὸς τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον ἀποκλίνασι καὶ πάσας μὲν ἡδονὰς πάσας δ’ ἐπιθυμίας χορηγίαις ἀφθόνοις ἀνάψασιν ὥσπερ φλόγα λασίῳ ὕλῃ κεχυμένῃ.
2:59κατὰ δὲ τὸν μέγαν κατακλυσμὸν ὀλίγου δέω φάναι τοῦ σύμπαντος ἀνθρώπων γένους φθειρομένου, ἕνα οἶκον ἀπαθῆ γενέσθαι παντὸς κακοῦ λόγος ἔχει, τὸν πρεσβύτατον καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῆς οἰκίας ἐπειδὴ συνέβαινε μηδενὸς ἀδικήματος ἑκουσίου προσάψασθαι. τὸν δὲ τρόπον τῆς σωτηρίας, ὡς αἱ ἱεραὶ βίβλοι περιέχουσιν, ἄξιον ἱστορηθῆναι διά τε μεγαλουργίαν καὶ ἅμα βελτίωσιν ἠθῶν.
2:60νομισθεὶς γὰρ ἐπιτήδειος εἶναι μὴ μόνον ἀμοιρῆσαι τῆς κοινῆς συμφορᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ δευτέρας γενέσεως ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸς ἀρχὴ γενέσθαι, θείαις προστάξεσιν, ἃς ὑφηγοῦντο οἱ χρησμοί, ξύλινον δημιουργήσας ἔργον μέγιστον εἰς πήχεις τριακοσίους μῆκος καὶ πεντήκοντα εὖρος καὶ τριάκοντα ὕψος καὶ συνεχῆ κατασκευασάμενος ἔνδον οἰκήματα ἐπίπεδα καὶ ὑπερῷα, τριώροφα καὶ τετρώροφα, καὶ τροφὰς ἑτοιμασάμενος, ἀφ’ ἑκάστου γένους ζῴων ὅσα χερσαῖα καὶ πτηνὰ εἰσήγαγεν ἄρρεν τε καὶ θῆλυ σπέρματα ὑπολειπόμενος πρὸς καταλλαγὴν καιρῶν τῶν αὖθίς ποτε γενησομένων·
2:61ᾔδει γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ φύσιν ἵλεω, κἂν εἰ τὰ εἴδη φθείροιτο, ἀλλά τοι τὴν ἐν τοῖς γένεσιν ἀφθαρσίαν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁμοιότητος καὶ τοῦ μηδὲν τῶν κατὰ πρόθεσιν φύντων ποτὲ λυθῆναι διαμένουσαν· οὗ χάριν πάντα ἐπειθάρχει καὶ τὰ τέως ἐξηγριωμένα ἡμεροῦτο καὶ οἷα νομεῖ καὶ ἀγελάρχῃ τιθασευθέντα ἐπηκολούθει.
2:62μετὰ δὲ τὴν εἴσοδον ἁπάντων εἴ τις ἐθεάσατο τὸ πλήρωμα, οὐκ ἂν διήμαρτεν εἰπών, ἀντίμιμον εἶναι γῆς ἁπάσης ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρον τὰ ζῴων γένη, ὧν καὶ ἡ σύμπασα γῆ τὰ ἀμύθητα εἴδη καὶ πρότερον ἤνεγκε καὶ ἴσως αὖθις οἴσει.
2:63τὰ δ’ εἰκασθέντα χρόνοις ὕστερον οὐ μακροῖς ἀπέβαινε· τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάθος ἐλώφα καὶ ἡ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ φορὰ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐμειοῦτο, τῶν τε ὄμβρων ἐπισχεθέντων καὶ τοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν γῆν ἀναχυθέντος ὕδατος τῇ μὲν ἀναλισκομένου τῷ ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμῷ τῇ δὲ ὑπονοστοῦντος εἰς χαράδρας καὶ φάραγγας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας τῆς γῆς κοιλότητας· ὥσπερ γὰρ θεοῦ προστάξαντος, ἑκάστη φύσις ὅπερ ἔχρησεν οἷα δάνειον ἀναγκαῖον ἀπελάμβανε, θάλαττα καὶ πηγαὶ καὶ ποταμοί· πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους ἕκαστον ῥεῖθρον ὑπενόστει.
2:64μετὰ δὲ τὴν κάθαρσιν τῶν ὑπὸ σελήνην, ἀπολουσαμένης τῆς γῆς καὶ νέας ἀναφανείσης καὶ τοιαύτης, οἵαν εἰκὸς εἶναι ὅτε τὴν ἀρχὴν μετὰ τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἐκτίζετο, πρόεισιν ἐκ τοῦ ξυλίνου κατασκευάσματος αὐτὸς καὶ γυνὴ καὶ υἱοὶ καὶ τούτων γυναῖκες καὶ μετὰ τῆς οἰκίας ἀγεληδὸν τὰ συνεληλυθότα τῶν ζῴων γένη πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὁμοίων σποράν τε καὶ γένεσιν.
2:65ταῦτα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν ἀριστεῖα καὶ ἆθλα, δι’ ὧν οὐ μόνον αὐτοὶ καὶ γένη σωτηρίας ἔτυχον τοὺς μεγίστους κινδύνους ἐκφυγόντες, οἳ κατὰ τὸν τῶν στοιχείων νεωτερισμὸν τοῖς πανταχοῦ πᾶσιν ἐπετειχίσθησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παλιγγενεσίας ἐγένοντο ἡγεμόνες καὶ δευτέρας ἀρχηγέται περιόδου, καθάπερ ἐμπυρεύματα τοῦ ζῴων ἀρίστου γένους ἀνθρώπων ὑπολειφθέντες, ὃ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τῶν περιγείων ἅπαξ ἁπάντων ἔλαχεν ἀντίμιμον γεγονὸς θεοῦ δυνάμεως, εἰκὼν τῆς ἀοράτου φύσεως ἐμφανής, ἀιδίου γενητή. * * *
2:66Δύο μὲν ἤδη μέρη τοῦ βίου Μωυσέως διεξεληλύθαμεν, τό τε περὶ βασιλείας καὶ νομοθετικῆς· τρίτον δὲ προσαποδοτέον τὸ περὶ ἱερωσύνης. ὃ τοίνυν μέγιστον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον ἀρχιερεῖ προσεῖναι δεῖ, τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα οὗτος ἤσκησεν ἅμα καὶ φύσεως εὐμοιρίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἣν ὥσπερ ἀγαθὴν ἄρουραν φιλοσοφία παραλαβοῦσα δογμάτων θεωρίᾳ παγκάλων ἐβελτίωσε καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀνῆκεν ἢ τελειογονηθῆναι τοὺς ἀρετῆς καρποὺς διά τε λόγων καὶ πράξεων.
Book 2, §§42–66
2:42And after the prayers and the giving of thanks some of them pitched their tents on the shore, and some of them lay down without any tents in the open air on the sand of the shore, and feasted with their relations and friends, thinking the shore at that time a more beautiful abode than the furniture of the king’s palace.
2:43In this way those admirable, and incomparable, and most desirable laws were made known to all people, whether private individuals or kings, and this too at a period when the nation had not been prosperous for a long time. And it is generally the case that a cloud is thrown over the affairs of those who are not flourishing, so that but little is known of them;
2:44and then, if they make any fresh start and begin to improve, how great is the increase of their renown and glory? I think that in that case every nation, abandoning all their own individual customs, and utterly disregarding their national laws, would change and come over to the honour of such a people only; for their laws shining in connection with, and simultaneously with, the prosperity of the nation, will obscure all others, just as the rising sun obscures the stars.
2:45Now what has been here said is quite sufficient for the abundant praise of Moses as a lawgiver. But there is another more extensive praise which his own holy writings themselves contain, and it is to them that we must now turn for the purpose of exhibiting the virtue of him who compiled them.
2:46Now these writings of Moses may be divided into several parts; one of which is the historical part, another is occupied with commands and prohibitions, respecting which part we will speak at some other time when we have first of all accurately examined that part which comes first in the order of our division.
2:47Again, the historical part may be subdivided into the account of the creation of the world, and the genealogical part. And the genealogical part, or the history of the different families, may be divided into the accounts of the punishment of the wicked, and of the honours bestowed on the just; we must also explain on what account it was that he began his history of the giving of the law with these particulars, and placed the commandments and prohibitions in the second order;
2:48for he was not like any ordinary compiler of history, studying to leave behind him records of ancient transactions as memorials to future ages for the mere sake of affording pleasure without any advantage; but he traced back the most ancient events from the beginning of the world, commencing with the creation of the universe, in order to make known two most necessary principles. First, that the same being was the father and creator of the world, and likewise the lawgiver of truth; secondly, that the man who adhered to these laws, and clung closely to a connection with and obedience to nature, would live in a manner corresponding to the arrangement of the universe with a perfect harmony and union, between his words and his actions and between his actions and his words.
2:49Now of all other lawgivers, some the moment that they have promulgated positive commands as to what it is right to do and what is right not to do, proceed to appoint punishments for those who transgress those laws; but others, who appear to have proceeded on a better plan, have not begun in this manner, but, having first of all built and established their city in accordance with reason, have then adapted to this city which they have built, that constitution which they have considered the best adapted and most akin to it, and have confirmed this constitution by the giving of the laws.
2:50But he, thinking the first of the two courses above mentioned to be tyrannical and despotic, as indeed it is, namely, that of laying positive commands on persons as if they were not free men but slaves, without offering them any alleviation; and that the second course was better indeed, but was not entirely to be commended, must appear to all judges to be superior in each of the above considerations.
2:51For both in his commandments and also in his prohibitions he suggests and recommends rather than commands, endeavouring with many prefaces and perorations to suggest the greater part of the precepts that he desires to enforce, desiring rather to allure men to virtue than to drive them to it, and looking upon the foundation and beginning of a city made with hands, which he has made the commencement of his work a commencement beneath the dignity of his laws, looking rather with the most accurate eye of his mind at the importance and beauty of his whole legislative system, and thinking it too excellent and too divine to be limited as it were by any circle of things on earth; and therefore he has related the creation of that great metropolis, the world, thinking his laws the most fruitful image and likeness of the constitution of the whole world.
2:52At all events if any one were inclined to examine with accuracy the powers of each individual and particular law, he will find them all aiming at the harmony of the universe, and corresponding to the law of eternal nature:
2:53on which account those men who have had unbounded prosperity bestowed upon them, and all things tending to the production of health of body, and riches, and glory, and all other external parts of good fortune, but who have rejected virtue, and have chosen crafty wickedness, and all other kinds of vice, not through compulsion, but of their own spontaneous free will, looking upon that which is the greatest of all evils as the greatest possible advantage, he looks upon as enemies not of mankind only, but of the entire heaven and world, and says that they are awaiting, not any ordinary punishments, but new and extraordinary ones, which that constant assessor of God, justice, who detests wickedness, invents and inflicts terribly upon them, turning against them the most powerful elements of the universe, water and fire, so that at appointed times some are destroyed by deluges, others are burnt with fire, and perish in that manner.
2:54The seas were raised up, and the rivers both such as flow everlastingly, and the winter torrents were swollen and washed away, and carried off all the cities in the plain; and those in the mountain country were destroyed by incessant and irresistible impetuosity of rain, ceasing neither by day nor by night,
2:55and when at a subsequent period the race of mankind had again increased from those who had been spared, and had become very numerous, since the succeeding generations did not take the calamities which had befallen their ancestors as a lesson to teach themselves wisdom and moderation, but turned to acts of intemperance and became studiers of evil practises, God determined to destroy them with fire.
2:56Therefore on this occasion, as the holy scriptures tell us, thunderbolts fell from heaven, and burnt up those wicked men and their cities; and even to this day there are seen in Syria monuments of the unprecedented destruction that fell upon them, in the ruins, and ashes, and sulphur, and smoke, and dusky flame which still is sent up from the ground as of a fire smouldering beneath;
2:57and in this way it came to pass that those wicked men were punished with the aforesaid chastisements, while those who were eminent for virtue and piety were well off, receiving rewards worthy of their virtue.
2:58But when the whole of that district was thus burnt, inhabitants and all, by the impetuous rush of the heavenly fire, one single man in the country, a sojourner, was preserved by the providence of God because he had never shared in the transgressions of the natives, though sojourners in general were in the habit of adopting the customs of the foreign nations, among which they might be settled, for the sake of their own safety, since, if they despised them, they might be in danger from the inhabitants of the land. And yet this man had not attained to any perfection of wisdom, so as to be thought worthy of such an honour by reason of the perfect excellence of his nature; but he was spared only because he did not join the multitude who were inclined to luxury and effeminacy, and who pursued every kind of pleasure and indulged every kind of appetite, gratifying them abundantly, and inflaming them as one might inflame fire by heaping upon it plenty of rough fuel.
2:59But in the great deluge I may almost say that the whole of the human race was destroyed, while the history tells us that the house of Noah alone was preserved free from all evil, inasmuch as the father and governor of the house was a man who had never committed any intentional or voluntary wickedness. And it is worth while to relate the manner of his preservation as the sacred scriptures deliver it to us, both on account of the extraordinary character of it, and also that it may lead to an improvement in our own dispositions and lives.
2:60For he, being considered a fit man, not only to be exempted from the common calamity which was to overwhelm the world, but also to be himself the beginning of a second generation of men, in obedience to the divine commands which were conveyed to him by the word of God, built a most enormous fabric of wood, three hundred cubits in length, and fifty in width, and thirty in height, and having prepared a number of connected chambers within it, both on the ground floor and in the upper story, the whole building consisting of three, and in some parts of four stories, and having prepared food, brought into it some of every description of animals, beasts and also birds, both male and female, in order to preserve a means of propagating the different species in the times that should come hereafter;
2:61for he knew that the nature of God was merciful, and that even if the subordinate species were destroyed, still there would be a germ in the entire genus which should be safe from destruction, for the sake of preserving a similitude to those animals which had hitherto existed, and of preventing anything that had been deliberately called into existence from being utterly destroyed. On which account everything was now made obedient to Noah; and even beasts, which up to that time had been savage, became gentle, and being tamed, followed him as their shepherd and superintendent;
2:62and after they had all entered into the ark, if any one had beheld the entire collection, he would not have been wrong if he had said that it was a representation of the whole earth, containing, as it did, every kind of animal, of which the whole earth had previously produced innumerable species, and will hereafter produce such again.
2:63And what was expected happened at no long period after; for the evil abated, and the destruction caused by the deluge was diminished every day, the rain being checked, and the water which had been spread over the whole earth, being partly dried up by the flame of the sun, and partly returning into the chasms and rivers, and other channels and receptacles in the earth; for, as if God had issued a command to that effect, every nature received back, as a necessary repayment of a loan, what it had lent, that is, every sea, and fountain, and river, received back their waters; and every stream returned into its appropriate channel.
2:64But after the purification, in this way, of all the things beneath the moon, the earth being thus washed and appearing new again, and such as it appeared to be when it was at first created, along with the entire universe, Noah came forth out of his wooden edifice, himself and his wife, and his sons and their wives, and with his family there came forth likewise, in one company, all the races of animals which had gone in with them, in order to the generation and propagation of similar creatures in future. .
2:65These are the rewards and honours for preeminent excellence given to good men, by means of which, not only did they themselves and their families obtain safety, having escaped from the greatest dangers which were thus aimed against all men all over the earth, by the change in the character of the elements; but they became also the founders of a new generation, and the chiefs of a second period of the world, being left behind as sparks of the most excellent kind of creatures, namely, of men, man having received the supremacy over all earthly creatures whatsoever, being a kind of copy of the powers of God, a visible image of his invisible nature, a created image of an uncreated and immortal original.
2:66We have already, then, gone through two parts of the life of Moses, discussing his character in his capacity of a king and of a lawgiver. We must now consider him in a third light, as fulfilling the office of the priesthood. Now this man, Moses, practised beyond all other men that which is the most important and most indispensable virtue in a chief priest, namely, piety, partly because he was endowed with most admirable natural qualities; and philosophy, receiving his nature like a fertile field, cultivated and improved it by the contemplation of excellent and beautiful doctrines, and did not dismiss it until all the fruits of virtue were brought to perfection in him, in respect of words and actions.
Book 2, §§67–91
2:67τοιγαροῦν μετ’ ὀλίγων ἄλλων φιλόθεός τε καὶ θεοφιλὴς ἐγένετο, καταπνευσθεὶς ὑπ’ ἔρωτος οὐρανίου καὶ διαφερόντως τιμήσας τὸν ἡγεμόνα τοῦ παντὸς καὶ ἀντιτιμηθεὶς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ· τιμὴ δ’ ἁρμόττουσα σοφῷ θεραπεύειν τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄν· ἱερωσύνη δὲ θεραπείαν ἐπιτετήδευκε θεοῦ. τούτου τοῦ γέρως, οὗ μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἠξιοῦτο χρησμοῖς ἕκαστα τῶν
2:68εἰς τὰς λειτουργίας καὶ ἱερὰς ὑπηρεσίας ἀναδιδασκόμενος. ἔδει δὲ πρότερον ὥσπερ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα καθαρεῦσαι, μηδενὸς πάθους προσαψάμενον, ἀλλ’ ἁγνεύσαντα ἀπὸ πάντων ὅσα τῆς θνητῆς ἐστι φύσεως, σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῆς πρὸς γυναῖκας ὁμιλίας.
2:69ἀλλὰ ταύτης μὲν ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων κατεφρόνησε καὶ σχεδὸν ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ πρῶτον ἤρξατο προφητεύειν καὶ θεοφορεῖσθαι, προσῆκον ἡγούμενος ἕτοιμον ἐμπαρέχειν ἀεὶ τοῖς χρησμοῖς ἑαυτόν· σιτίων δὲ καὶ ποτῶν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα ἑξῆς ἠλόγησε, δηλονότι τροφὰς ἔχων ἀμείνους τὰς διὰ θεωρίας, αἷς ἄνωθεν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταπνεόμενος τὴν μὲν διάνοιαν τὸ πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐβελτιοῦτο, καθ’ ἑκάτερον πρός τε ἰσχὺν καὶ εὐεξίαν ἐπιδιδούς, ὡς τοὺς ἰδόντας ὕστερον ἀπιστεῖν.
2:70εἰς γὰρ ὄρος ὑψηλότατον καὶ ἱερώτατον τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀνελθὼν προστάξεσι θείαις, ὅπερ ἀπρόσιτον καὶ ἄβατον ἦν, εἰς ἐκεῖνον λέγεται διαμεῖναι τὸν χρόνον οὐδὲν ἐπιφερόμενος τῶν εἰς ἀναγκαίας ἀπόλαυσιν τροφῆς καὶ ἡμέραις ὕστερον, ὡς ἐλέχθη, τεσσαράκοντα κατέβαινε πολὺ καλλίων τὴν ὄψιν ἢ ὅτε ἀνῄει, ὡς τοὺς ὁρῶντας τεθηπέναι καὶ καταπεπλῆχθαι καὶ μηδ’ ἐπὶ πλέον ἀντέχειν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς δύνασθαι κατὰ τὴν προσβολὴν ἡλιοειδοῦς φέγγους ἀπαστράπτοντος.
2:71Ἔτι δ’ ἄνω διατρίβων ἐμυσταγωγεῖτο παιδευόμενος τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἱερωσύνην πάντα καὶ πρῶτα, ἃ δὴ καὶ πρῶτα τῇ τάξει, τὰ περὶ τὴν τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κατασκευήν.
2:72εἰ μὲν οὖν τὴν χώραν, εἰς ἣν μετανίσταντο, ἤδη παρειλήφεσαν, ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἱδρύσασθαι περισημότατον νεὼν ἐν τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ λίθων πολυτελῶν ὕλης καὶ περὶ αὐτὸν τείχη μεγάλα δείμασθαι καὶ νεωκόροις παμπληθεῖς οἰκίας, ὀνομάσαντας ἱερόπολιν τὸν τόπον.
2:73ἐπεὶ δ’ ἔτι κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην ἐπλάζοντο, τοῖς μήπω παγίως ἱδρυθεῖσιν ἥρμοττε φορητὸν ἔχειν ἱερόν, ἵν’ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις καὶ στρατοπεδείαις ἀνάγωσι θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα κατὰ τὰς ἱερουργίας δρῶσι μηδενὸς ἀμοιροῦντες ὧν χρὴ τοὺς ἐν πόλεσιν οἰκοῦντας.
2:74σκηνὴν οὖν, ἔργον ἱερώτατον, δημιουργεῖν ἔδοξεν, ἧς τὴν κατασκευὴν θεσφάτοις λογίοις ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους Μωυσῆς ἀνεδιδάσκετο, τῶν μελλόντων ἀποτελεῖσθαι σωμάτων ἀσωμάτους ἰδέας τῇ ψυχῇ θεωρῶν, πρὸς ἃς ἔδει καθάπερ ἀπ’ ἀρχετύπου γραφῆς καὶ νοητῶν παραδειγμάτων αἰσθητὰ μιμήματα ἀπεικονισθῆναι.
2:75προσῆκον γὰρ ἦν τῷ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἱεροῦ κατασκευὴν ἐπιτραπῆναι, ἵν’ ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος ἡρμοσμένας καὶ συμφώνους τοῖς δημιουργηθεῖσι ποιῆται τὰς
2:76ἐν τῷ ἱερᾶσθαι λειτουργίας. ὁ μὲν οὖν τύπος τοῦ παραδείγματος ἐνεσφραγίζετο τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ προφήτου διαζωγραφούμενος καὶ προδιαπλαττόμενος ἀφανῶς ἄνευ ὕλης ἀοράτοις εἴδεσι· τὸ δ’ ἀποτέλεσμα πρὸς τὸν τύπον ἐδημιουργεῖτο, ἐναποματτομένου τὰς σφραγῖδας τοῦ τεχνίτου ταῖς προσφόροις ἑκάστων ὑλικαῖς οὐσίαις.
2:77ἦν δ’ ἡ κατασκευὴ τοιάδε· ὀκτὼ καὶ τεσσαράκοντα κίονες κέδρου τῆς ἀσηπτοτάτης ἀπὸ στελεχῶν κοπέντες εὐερνεστάτων περιεβάλλοντο χρυσῷ βαθεῖ· κἄπειθ’ ἑκάστῳ δύο ἀργυραῖ βάσεις ὑπηρείδοντο καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀκροκιόνιον ἐφηρμόζετο χρυσῆ κεφαλίς.
2:78εἰς μὲν οὖν τὸ μῆκος τεσσαράκοντα κίονας διέταττεν ὁ τεχνίτης, ἑκατέρωθεν τοὺς ἡμίσεις εἴκοσι, μηδὲν ἐν μέσῳ διάστημα ποιούμενος, ἀλλ’ ἑξῆς ἐφαρμόζων καὶ συνάπτων, ἵν’ οἷα τείχους ὄψις μία προφαίνηται· εἰς δὲ τὸ πλάτος ἐσώτατον τοὺς λοιποὺς ὀκτώ, ἓξ μὲν κατὰ τὴν μέσην χώραν, δύο δ’ ἐν ταῖς παρ’ ἑκάτερα τῆς μέσης γωνίαις, τὸν μὲν ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὸν δ’ ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα· κατὰ δὲ τὴν εἴσοδον ἄλλους τέσσαρας, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὁμοίους, μίαν δ’ ἀντὶ δυοῖν ἔχοντας βάσιν τῶν ἐξ ἀντικρύ, μεθ’ οὓς ἐξωτάτω πέντε μόναις ταῖς βάσεσι διαφέροντας, χαλκαῖ γὰρ ἦσαν·
2:79ὥστε τῆς σκηνῆς τοὺς σύμπαντας εἶναι, δίχα τῶν ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις δυοῖν ἀφανῶν, πέντε καὶ πεντήκοντα ἐμφανεῖς, τὸν ἀπὸ μονάδος ἄχρι δεκάδος τῆς παντελείας συμπληρούμενον ἀριθμόν. εἰ δὲ βουληθείη τις τοὺς ἐν τῷ προπυλαίῳ πέντε τῷ ὑπαίθρῳ συνάπτοντας,
2:80ὃ κέκληκεν αὐλήν, τιθέναι χωρίς, ἀπολειφθήσεται ὁ ἁγιώτατος πεντηκοντάδος ἀριθμός, δύναμις ὢν τοῦ ὀρθογωνίου τριγώνου, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως ἀρχή, συμπληρωθεὶς ἐκ τῶν ἐντὸς κιόνων, τεσσαράκοντα μὲν τῶν καθ’ ἑκατέραν πλευρὰν εἴκοσιν, ἓξ δὲ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ δίχα τῶν παρὰ ταῖς γωνίαις ἀποκεκρυμμένων, τεσσάρων δὲ τῶν ἀντικρύ, ἐφ’ ὧν τὸ καταπέτασμα.
2:81τὴν δ’ αἰτίαν, ἧς ἕνεκα τοὺς πέντε τοῖς πεντήκοντα συγκατατάττω καὶ χωρὶς αὐτῶν τίθημι, δηλώσω. ἡ πεντὰς αἰσθήσεων ἀριθμός ἐστιν, αἴσθησις δ’ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ τῇ μὲν νεύει πρὸς τὰ ἐκτός, τῇ δὲ ἀνακάμπτει πρὸς νοῦν ὑπηρέτις οὖσα φύσεως νόμοις αὐτοῦ.
2:82διὸ καὶ τὴν μεθόριον χώραν ἀπένειμε τοῖς πέντε· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐντὸς αὐτῶν ἐκνένευκε πρὸς τὰ ἄδυτα τῆς σκηνῆς, ἅπερ ἐστὶ συμβολικῶς νοητά, τὰ δ’ ἐκτὸς πρὸς τὸ ὕπαιθρον καὶ τὴν αὐλήν, ἅπερ ἐστὶν αἰσθητά· παρὸ καὶ ταῖς βάσεσι διήνεγκαν, χαλκαῖ γάρ εἰσιν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν αἰσθήσεως κεφαλὴ μὲν καὶ ἡγεμονικὸν ὁ νοῦς, ἐσχατιὰ δὲ καὶ ὡσανεὶ βάσις τὸ αἰσθητόν, εἴκασε δὴ τὸν μὲν νοῦν χρυσῷ, χαλκῷ δὲ τὸ αἰσθητόν.
2:83μέτρα δὲ τῶν κιόνων ταῦτα· δέκα μὲν πήχεις τὸ μῆκος, εἷς δὲ καὶ ἥμισυς τὸ εὖρος, ἵν’ ἡ σκηνὴ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἴση προφαίνηται.
2:84Παγκάλοις δὲ καὶ ποικίλοις ὑφάσμασιν αὐτὴν περιέβαλεν, ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ καὶ βύσσῳ καταχρώμενος εἰς τὴν ὑφήν. δέκα γὰρ ἃς διὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς γραφῆς ὠνόμασεν αὐλαίας ἐκ τῶν ἀρτίως λεχθέντων γενῶν ἐδημιούργει, μήκει μὲν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι πηχῶν ἑκάστην, εἰς δὲ τέσσαρας πήχεις πρὸς εὖρος ἀποτείνων, ἵνα καὶ δεκάδα ἔχωσι τὴν παντέλειαν καὶ τετράδα τὴν δεκάδος οὐσίαν καὶ τὸν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσιν ἀριθμὸν τέλειον ἴσον τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι καὶ τεσσαρακοντάδα τὴν ζῳογονικωτάτην, ἐν ᾗ διαπλάττεσθαί φασιν ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἐργαστηρίῳ.
2:85οἱ μὲν οὖν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι πήχεις τῶν αὐλαιῶν τοιαύτην ἔχουσι τὴν διανομήν· δέκα μὲν κατὰ τὸν ὄροφον — τοσοῦτον γάρ ἐστι τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ εὖρος —, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ κατὰ τὰς πλευράς, ἑκατέρωθεν ἐννέα, πρὸς σκέπην ἀποτείνονται τῶν κιόνων, ὑπολειπομένου πήχεως ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐδάφους, ἵνα μὴ ἐπισύρηται τὸ πάγκαλον καὶ ἱεροπρεπὲς ὕφασμα.
2:86τῶν δὲ τεσσαράκοντα, οἳ συναριθμοῦνται ἐκ τοῦ τῶν δέκα αὐλαιῶν πλάτους, τριάκοντα μὲν ἀπολαμβάνει τὸ μῆκος — τοσοῦτον γάρ ἐστι καὶ τὸ τῆς σκηνῆς —, ἐννέα δὲ ὁ ὀπισθόδομος, τὸν δὲ λοιπὸν τὸ κατὰ τὸ προπύλαιον, ἵνα δεσμὸς ᾖ τοῦ ὅλου περιβλήματος· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προπυλαίου τὸ καταπέτασμα.
2:87σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ αἱ αὐλαῖαι καταπετάσματ’ εἰσίν, οὐ μόνον τῷ τὸν ὄροφον καὶ τοὺς τοίχους καλύπτειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ συνυφάνθαι γένεσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς, ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ καὶ βύσσῳ. ἐκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τό τε καταπέτασμα καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον κάλυμμα κατεσκευάζετο, τὸ μὲν εἴσω κατὰ τοὺς τέσσαρας κίονας, ἵν’ ἐπικρύπτηται τὸ ἄδυτον, τὸ δ’ ἔξω κατὰ τοὺς πέντε, ὡς μηδεὶς ἐξ ἀπόπτου δύναιτο τῶν μὴ ἱερωμένων καταθεάσασθαι τὰ ἅγια.
2:88τὰς δὲ τῶν ὑφασμάτων ὕλας ἀριστίνδην ἐπέκρινεν ἐκ μυρίων ὅσων ἑλόμενος τοῖς στοιχείοις ἰσαρίθμους, ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθη ὁ κόσμος, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ λόγον ἐχούσας, γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀέρα καὶ πῦρ· ἡ μὲν γὰρ βύσσος ἐκ γῆς, ἐξ ὕδατος δ’ ἡ πορφύρα, ἡ δ’ ὑάκινθος ἀέρι ὁμοιοῦται — φύσει γὰρ μέλας οὗτος —, τὸ δὲ κόκκινον πυρί, διότι φοινικοῦν ἑκάτερον· ἦν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον ἱερὸν χειροποίητον κατασκευάζοντας τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνι τοῦ παντὸς τὰς ὁμοίας λαβεῖν οὐσίας, αἷς τὸ ὅλον ἐδημιούργει.
2:89Ἡ μὲν οὖν σκηνή, καθάπερ νεὼς ἅγιος, τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον κατεσκευάσθη. τέμενος δ’ αὐτῆς ἐν κύκλῳ περιεβάλετο πηχῶν μῆκος ἑκατὸν καὶ πλάτος πεντήκοντα, κίονας ἔχον ἀφεστῶτας ἴσον ἀλλήλων διάστημα πέντε πήχεις, ὡς τοὺς μὲν σύμπαντας ἑξήκοντα εἶναι, διανέμεσθαι δ’ εἰς μὲν τὸ μῆκος τεσσαράκοντα, πρὸς δὲ τὸ εὖρος εἴκοσι, καθ’ ἑκάτερα μέρη τοὺς ἡμίσεις.
2:90ὕλη δὲ τῶν στύλων τὰ μὲν ἐντὸς κέδρος, τὰ δ’ ἐκ τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἄργυρος, ἁπάντων δ’ αἱ βάσεις χαλκαῖ, καὶ τὸ ὕψος ἴσον πέντε πηχῶν· ἔδοξε γὰρ ἁρμόττον εἶναι τῷ τεχνίτῃ συνελεῖν ὅλῳ ἡμίσει τὸ ὕψος τῆς λεγομένης αὐλῆς, ἵν’ ἡ σκηνὴ πρὸς τὸ διπλάσιον μετέωρος ἀρθεῖσα προφαίνηται. λεπταὶ δ’ ὀθόναι κατὰ τοῦ μήκους καὶ πλάτους ἦσαν ἐφαρμοζόμεναι τοῖς κίοσιν ἱστίοις ἐμφερεῖς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδένα τῶν μὴ καθαρῶν
2:91εἰσιέναι. ἡ δὲ θέσις τοιάδε ἦν· μέση μὲν ἵδρυτο ἡ σκηνὴ μῆκος ἔχουσα τριάκοντα πήχεις καὶ εὖρος δέκα σὺν τῷ βάθει τῶν κιόνων, ἀφειστήκει δὲ τῆς αὐλῆς ἐκ τριῶν μερῶν ἴσῳ διαστήματι, δυοῖν μὲν κατὰ τὰς πλευράς, ἑνὸς δὲ κατὰ τὸν ὀπισθόδομον, τὸ δὲ διάστημα ἐξ εἴκοσι πηχῶν ἀνεμετρεῖτο· κατὰ δὲ τὸ προπύλαιον, ὡς εἰκός, ἕνεκα τοῦ πλήθους τῶν εἰσιόντων μεῖζον ἐγίνετο διάστημα πεντήκοντα πηχῶν· οὕτως γὰρ οἱ ἑκατὸν τῆς αὐλῆς ἔμελλον ἐκπληροῦσθαι, τῶν κατὰ τὸν ὀπισθόδομον εἴκοσι καὶ οὓς ἀπελάμβανεν ἡ σκηνὴ τριάκοντα συντεθέντων τοῖς κατὰ τὰς εἰσόδους πεντήκοντα.
Book 2, §§67–91
2:67Therefore he, with a few other men, was dear to God and devoted to God, being inspired by heavenly love, and honouring the Father of the universe above all things, and being in return honoured by him in a particular manner. And it was an honour well adapted to the wise man to be allowed to serve the true and living God. Now the priesthood has for its duty the service of God. Of this honour, then, Moses was thought worthy, than which there is no greater honour in the whole world, being instructed by the sacred oracles of God in everything that related to the sacred offices and ministrations.
2:68But, in the first place, before assuming that office, it was necessary for him to purify not only his soul but also his body, so that it should be connected with and defiled by no passion, but should be pure from everything which is of a mortal nature, from all meat and drink, and from all connection with women.
2:69And this last thing, indeed, he had despised for a long time, and almost from the first moment that he began to prophesy and to feel a divine inspiration, thinking that it was proper that he should at all times be ready to give his whole attention to the commands of God. And how he neglected all meat and drink for forty days together, evidently because he had more excellent food than that in those contemplations with which he was inspired from above from heaven, by which also he was improved in the first instance in his mind, and, secondly, in his body, through his soul, increasing in strength and health both of body and soul, so that those who saw him afterwards could not believe that he was the same person.
2:70For, having gone up into the loftiest and most sacred mountain in that district in accordance with the divine commands, a mountain which was very difficult of access and very hard to ascend, he is said to have remained there all that time without eating any of that food even which is necessary for life; and, as I said before, he descended again forty days afterwards, being much more beautiful in his face than when he went up, so that those who saw him wondered and were amazed, and could no longer endure to look upon him with their eyes, inasmuch as his countenance shone like the light of the sun.
2:71And while he was still abiding in the mountain he was initiated in the sacred will of God, being instructed in all the most important matters which relate to his priesthood, those which come first in order being the commands of God respecting the building of a temple and all its furniture.
2:72If, then, they had already occupied the country into which they were migrating, it would have been necessary for them to have erected a most magnificent temple of the most costly stone in some place unincumbered with wood, and to have built vast walls around it, and abundant and well-furnished houses for the keepers of the temple, calling the place itself the holy city.
2:73But, as they were still wandering in the wilderness, it was more suitable for people who had as yet no settled habitation to have a moveable temple, that so, in all their journeyings, and military expeditions, and encampments, they might be able to offer up sacrifices, and might not feel the want of any of the things which related to their holy ministrations, and which those who dwell in cities require to have.
2:74Therefore Moses now determined to build a tabernacle, a most holy edifice, the furniture of which he was instructed how to supply by precise commands from God, given to him while he was on the mount, contemplating with his soul the incorporeal patterns of bodies which were about to be made perfect, in due similitude to which he was bound to make the furniture, that it might be an imitation perceptible by the outward senses of an archetypal sketch and pattern, appreciable only by the intellect;
2:75for it was suitable and consistent for the task of preparing and furnishing the temple to be entrusted to the real high priest, that he might with all due perfection and propriety make all his ministrations in the performance of his sacred duties correspond to the works which he was now to make.
2:76Therefore the general form of the model was stamped upon the mind of the prophet, being accurately painted and fashioned beforehand invisibly without any materials, in species which were not apparent to the eye; and the completion of the work was made in the similitude of the model, the maker giving an accurate representation of the impression in material substances corresponding to each part of the model,
2:77and the fashion of the building was as follows. There were eight and forty pillars of cedar, which is the most incorruptible of all woods, cut out of solid trunks of great beauty, and they were all veneered with gold of great thickness. Then under each pillar there were placed two silver pedestals to support it, and on the top of each was placed one golden capital;
2:78and of these pillars the architect arranged forty along the length of the tabernacle, one half of them, or twenty, on each side, placing nothing between them, but arranging them and uniting them all in regular order, and close together, so that they might present the appearance of one solid wall; and he ranged the other eight along the inner breadth, placing six in the middle space, and two at the extreme corners, one on each side at the right and left of the centre. Again, at the entrance he placed four others, like the first in all other respects except that they had only one pedestal instead of two, as those opposite to them had, and behind them he placed five more on the outside differing only in the pedestals, for the pedestals of these last were made of brass.
2:79So that all the pillars of the tabernacle taken together, besides the two at the corners which could not be seen, were fifty-five in number, all conspicuous, being the number made by the addition of all the numbers from the unit to the complete and perfect decade.
2:80And if any were inclined to count those five pillars of the outer vestibule in the open air separately, as being in the outer court as it was called, there will then be left that most holy number of fifty, being the power of a rectangular triangle, which is the foundation of the creation of the universe, and is here entirely completed by the pillars inside the tabernacle; there being first of all forty, twenty on either side, and those in the middle being six, without counting those which were out of sight and concealed at the corners, and those opposite to the entrance, from which the veil was suspended, being four;
2:81and the reason for which I reckon the other five with the first fifty, and again why I separate them from the fifty, I will now explain. The number five is the number of the external senses, and the external sense in man at one time inclines towards external things, and at another time comes back again upon the mind, being as it were a kind of handmaid of the laws of its nature; on which account it is that the architect has here allotted a central position to the five pillars, for those which are inside of them leant towards the innermost shrine of the tabernacle, which under a symbol is appreciable only by the intellect; and the outermost pillars, which are in the open air, and in the outer courtyard, and which are also perceptible by the external senses,
2:82in reference to which fact it is that they are said to have differed from the others only in the pedestals, for they were made of brass. But since the mind is the principal thing in us, having an authority over the external senses, and since that which is an object of the external senses is the extremity, and as it were the pedestal or foundation of it, the architect has likened the mind to gold, and the object of the external sense to brass.
2:83And these are the measures of the pillars, they are ten cubits in length, and five cubits and a half in width, in order that the tabernacle may be seen to be of equal dimensions in all its parts.
2:84Moreover the architect surrounded the tabernacle with very beautiful woven work of all kinds, employing work of hyacinth colour, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen for the tapestry; for he caused to be wrought ten cloths, which in the sacred scriptures he has called curtains, of the kinds which I have just mentioned, every one of them being eight and twenty cubits in length, and extending four cubits in width, in order that the complete number of the decade, and also the number four, which is the essence of the decade, and also the number twenty-eight, which is likewise a perfect number, being equal to its parts; and also the number forty, the most prolific and productive of all numbers, in which number they say that man was fashioned in the workshop of nature.
2:85Therefore the eight and twenty cubits of the curtains have this distribution: there are ten along the roof, for that is the width of the tabernacle, and the rest are placed along the sides, on each side nine, which are extended so as to cover and conceal the pillars, one cubit from the floor being left uncovered in order that the beautiful and holy looking embroidery might not be dragged.
2:86And of the forty which are included in the calculation and made up of the width of the ten curtains, the length takes thirty, for such is the length of the tabernacle, and the chamber behind takes nine. And the remaining one is in the outer vestibule, that it may be the bond to unite the whole circumference.
2:87And the outer vestibule is overshadowed by the veil; and the curtains themselves are nearly the same as veils, not only because they cover the roof and the walls, but also because they are woven and embroidered by the same figures, and with hyacinth colour, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen. And the veil, and that thing, too, which was called the covering, was made of the same things. That which was within was placed along the five pillars, that the innermost shrine might be concealed; and that which was outside being placed along the five pillars, that no one of those who were not holy men might be able from any secret or distant place to behold the holy rites and ceremonies.
2:88Moreover, he chose the materials of this embroidery, selecting with great care what was most excellent out of an infinite quantity, choosing materials equal in number to the elements of which the world was made, and having a direct relation to them; the elements being the earth and the water, and the air and the fire. For the fine flax is produced from the earth, and the purple from the water, and the hyacinth colour is compared to the air (for, by nature, it is black), and the scarlet is likened to fire, because each is of a red colour; for it followed of necessity that those who were preparing a temple made by hands for the Father and Ruler of the universe must take essences similar to those of which he made the universe itself.
2:89Therefore the tabernacle was built in the manner that has been here described, like a holy temple. And all around it a sacred precinct extended a hundred cubits in length and fifty cubits in width, having pillars all placed at an equal distance of five cubits from one another, so that there were in all sixty pillars; and they were divided so that forty were placed along the length and twenty along the breadth of the tabernacle, one half on each side.
2:90And the material of which the pillars were composed was cedar within, and on the surface without silver; and the pedestals of all of them were made of brass, and the height was equal to five cubits. For it seemed to the architect to be proper to make the height of what was called the hall equal to one half of the entire length, that so the tabernacle might appear to be elevated to double its real height. And there were thin curtains fitted to the pillars along their entire length and breadth, resembling so many sails, in order that no one might be able to enter in who was not pure.
2:91And the situation was as follows. In the middle was placed a tent, being in length thirty cubits and in width ten cubits, including the depth of the pillars. And it was distant from the centre space by three intervals of equal distance, two being at the sides and one along the back chamber. And the interval between was by measurement twenty cubits. But along the vestibule, as was natural, by reason of the number of those who entered, the distance between them was increased and extended to fifty cubits and more; for in this way the hundred pillars of the hall were intended to be made up, twenty being along the chamber behind, and those which the tent contained, thirty in number, being included in the same calculation with the fifty at the entrances;
Book 2, §§92–116
2:92τὰ γὰρ προπύλαια τῆς σκηνῆς ὡσανεὶ μέσος ὅρος ἵδρυτο διττῆς πεντηκοντάδος, τῆς μὲν κατ’ ἀνατολάς, ἔνθα αἱ εἴσοδοι, τῆς δὲ πρὸς δυσμάς, ἔνθα τό τε μῆκος τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ ὁ κατόπιν περίβολος.
2:93κάλλιστον δὲ καὶ μέγιστον ἄλλο προπύλαιον ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν εἰσόδου κατεσκευάζετο διὰ τεττάρων κιόνων, καθ’ ὧν ἐτείνετο ποικίλον ὕφασμα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τοῖς εἴσω κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν κἀκ τῆς ὁμοίας ὕλης ἀπειργασμένον.
2:94Ἅμα δὲ τούτοις ἐδημιουργεῖτο καὶ σκεύη ἱερά, κιβωτός, λυχνία, τράπεζα, θυμιατήριον, βωμός. ὁ μὲν οὖν βωμὸς ἱδρύετο ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ, τῶν εἰσόδων τῆς σκηνῆς ἀντικρύ, ἀφεστὼς τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἱκανὸν λειτουργοῖς εἶναι διάστημα πρὸς τὰς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπιτελουμένας θυσίας.
2:95ἡ δὲ κιβωτὸς ἐν ἀδύτῳ καὶ ἀβάτῳ τῶν καταπετασμάτων εἴσω, κεχρυσωμένη πολυτελῶς ἔνδοθέν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν, ἧς ἐπίθεμα ὡσανεὶ πῶμα τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἱλαστήριον.
2:96τούτου μῆκος μὲν καὶ πλάτος μεμήνυται, βάθος δ’ οὐδέν, ἐπιφανείᾳ γεωμετρικῇ μάλισθ’ ὡμοιωμένου, ὅπερ ἔοικεν εἶναι σύμβολον φυσικώτερον μὲν τῆς ἵλεω τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως, ἠθικώτερον δὲ διανοίας πάλιν, ἵλεω δ’ ἑαυτῇ, τὴν πρὸς ὕψος ἄλογον αἴρουσαν καὶ φυσῶσαν οἴησιν ἀτυφίας ἔρωτι σὺν ἐπιστήμῃ στέλλειν καὶ καθαιρεῖν ἀξιούσης.
2:97ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν κιβωτὸς ἀγγεῖον νόμων ἐστίν· εἰς γὰρ ταύτην κατατίθεται τὰ χρησθέντα λόγια· τὸ δ’ ἐπίθεμα τὸ προσαγορευόμενον ἱλαστήριον βάσις ἐστὶ πτηνῶν δυοῖν, ἃ πατρίῳ μὲν γλώττῃ προσαγορεύεται Χερουβίμ, ὡς δ’ ἂν Ἕλληνες εἴποιεν, ἐπίγνωσις καὶ ἐπιστήμη πολλή.
2:98ταῦτα δέ τινες μέν φασιν εἶναι σύμβολα τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων ἀμφοῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀντιπρόσωπον θέσιν, τοῦ τε ὑπὸ γῆν καὶ ὑπὲρ γῆν· πτηνὸν γὰρ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός.
2:99ἐγὼ δ’ ἂν εἴποιμι δηλοῦσθαι δι’ ὑπονοιῶν τὰς πρεσβυτάτας καὶ ἀνωτάτω δύο τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεις, τήν τε ποιητικὴν καὶ βασιλικήν· ὀνομάζεται δ’ ἡ μὲν ποιητικὴ δύναμις αὐτοῦ θεός, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ ἐποίησε καὶ διεκόσμησε τόδε τὸ πᾶν, ἡ δὲ βασιλικὴ κύριος, ᾗ τῶν γενομένων ἄρχει καὶ σὺν δίκῃ βεβαίως ἐπικρατεῖ.
2:100μόνος γὰρ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὢν καὶ ποιητής ἐστιν ἀψευδῶς, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ἤγαγεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι, καὶ βασιλεὺς φύσει, διότι τῶν γεγονότων οὐδεὶς ἂν ἄρχοι δικαιότερον τοῦ πεποιηκότος.
2:101ἐν δὲ τῷ μεθορίῳ τῶν τεσσάρων καὶ πέντε κιόνων, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κυρίως εἰπεῖν πρόναον εἰργόμενον δυσὶν ὑφάσμασι, τῷ μὲν ἔνδον ὃ καλεῖται καταπέτασμα, τῷ δ’ ἐκτὸς ὃ προσαγορεύεται κάλυμμα, τὰ λοιπὰ τρία σκεύη τῶν προειρημένων ἱδρύετο· μέσον μὲν τὸ θυμιατήριον, γῆς καὶ ὕδατος σύμβολον εὐχαριστίας, ἣν ἕνεκα τῶν γινομένων ἀφ’ ἑκατέρου προσῆκε ποιεῖσθαι· τὸν γὰρ μέσον ταῦτα τοῦ κόσμου τόπον κεκλήρωται·
2:102τὴν δὲ λυχνίαν ἐν τοῖς νοτίοις, δι’ ἧς αἰνίττεται τὰς τῶν φωσφόρων κινήσεις ἀστέρων· ἥλιος γὰρ καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πολὺ τῶν βορείων ἀφεστῶτες νοτίους ποιοῦνται τὰς περιπολήσεις· ὅθεν ἓξ μὲν κλάδοι, τρεῖς δ’ ἑκατέρωθεν, τῆς μέσης λυχνίας ἐκπεφύκασιν εἰς ἀριθμὸν ἕβδομον·
2:103ἐπὶ δὲ πάντων λαμπάδιά τε καὶ λύχνοι ἑπτά, σύμβολα τῶν λεγομένων παρὰ τοῖς φυσικοῖς ἀνδράσι πλανήτων· ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος, ὥσπερ ἡ λυχνία, μέσος τῶν ἓξ τεταγμένος ἐν τετάρτῃ χώρᾳ φωσφορεῖ τοῖς ὑπεράνω τρισὶ καὶ τοῖς ὑπ’ αὐτὸν ἴσοις, ἁρμοζόμενος τὸ μουσικὸν καὶ θεῖον ὡς ἀληθῶς ὄργανον.
2:104ἡ δὲ τράπεζα τίθεται πρὸς τοῖς βορείοις, ἐφ’ ἧς ἄρτοι καὶ ἅλες, ἐπειδὴ τῶν πνευμάτων τὰ βόρεια τροφιμώτατα καὶ διότι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς αἱ τροφαί, τοῦ μὲν ὕοντος, τῆς δὲ τὰ σπέρματα ταῖς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιρροίαις τελειογονούσης.
2:105οὐρανοῦ δὲ καὶ γῆς παρίδρυται τὰ σύμβολα, καθάπερ ἔδειξεν ὁ λόγος, τοῦ μὲν οὐρανοῦ ἡ λυχνία, τῶν δὲ περιγείων, ἐξ ὧν αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις, τὸ ἐτύμως προσαγορευόμενον θυμιατήριον.
2:106τὸν δ’ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ βωμὸν εἴωθε καλεῖν θυσιαστήριον, ὡσανεὶ τηρητικὸν καὶ φυλακτικὸν ὄντα θυσιῶν τὸν ἀναλωτικὸν τούτων, αἰνιττόμενος οὐ τὰ μέλη καὶ τὰ μέρη τῶν ἱερουργουμένων, ἅπερ δαπανᾶσθαι πυρὶ πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ προσφέροντος·
2:107εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀγνώμων καὶ ἄδικος, ἄθυτοι θυσίαι καὶ ἀνίεροι ἱερουργίαι καὶ εὐχαὶ παλίμφημοι παντελῆ φθορὰν ἐνδεχόμεναι· καὶ γὰρ ὁπότε γίνεσθαι δοκοῦσιν, οὐ λύσιν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀλλ’ ὑπόμνησιν ἐργάζονται·
2:108εἰ δ’ ὅσιος καὶ δίκαιος, μένει βέβαιος ἡ θυσία, κἂν τὰ κρέα δαπανηθῇ, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ εἰ τὸ παράπαν μηδὲν προσάγοιτο ἱερεῖον· ἡ γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἱερουργία τίς ἂν εἴη πλὴν ψυχῆς θεοφιλοῦς εὐσέβεια; ἧς τὸ εὐχάριστον ἀθανατίζεται καὶ ἀνάγραπτον στηλιτεύεται παρὰ θεῷ συνδιαιωνίζον ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ.
2:109Τούτοις ἑξῆς ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα κατεσκεύαζεν ὁ τεχνίτης τῷ μέλλοντι ἀρχιερεῖ καθίστασθαι παγκάλην καὶ θαυμασιωτάτην ἔχουσαν ἐν τοῖς ὑφάσμασι πλοκήν. τὰ δ’ ὕφη διττὰ ἦν, τὸ μὲν ὑποδύτης, τὸ δὲ προσαγορευόμενον ἐπωμίς.
2:110ὁ μὲν οὖν ὑποδύτης ἀμιγεστέρας ἰδέας· ὅλος γὰρ ὑακίνθινος, ἔξω τῶν κατωτάτω καὶ πρὸς ἐσχατιὰς μερῶν, ταῦτα γὰρ ἐποικίλλετο χρυσοῖς ῥοΐσκοις καὶ κώδωσι καὶ ἀνθίνοις πλέγμασιν.
2:111ἡ δ’ ἐπωμίς, ἐκπρεπέστατον ἔργον καὶ τεχνικώτατον, ἐπιστήμῃ τελειοτάτῃ κατεσκευάζετο τοῖς προειρημένοις γένεσιν, ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ βύσσῳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ, συγκαταπλεκομένου χρυσοῦ· πέταλα γὰρ εἰς λεπτὰς τρίχας κατατμηθέντα πᾶσι τοῖς νήμασι συνυφαίνετο.
2:112λίθοι δ’ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρωμίων ἐνηρμόζοντο σμαράγδου πολυτελοῦς δύο τιμαλφέστατοι, οἷς τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν φυλάρχων ἓξ καθ’ ἑκάτερον ἐνεχαράττετο, δώδεκα τὰ σύμπαντα· καὶ κατὰ τὸ στῆθος ἄλλοι λίθοι πολυτελεῖς δώδεκα διαφέροντες ταῖς χρόαις, σφραγῖσιν ἐοικότες, ἐκ τριῶν τετραστοιχεί· οὗτοι δ’ ἐνηρμόζοντο τῷ προσαγορευομένῳ λογείῳ.
2:113τὸ δὲ λογεῖον τετράγωνον διπλοῦν κατεσκευάζετο ὡσανεὶ βάσις, ἵνα δύο ἀρετὰς ἀγαλματοφορῇ, δήλωσίν τε καὶ ἀλήθειαν· ὅλον δ’ ἁλυσειδίοις χρυσοῖς ἀνήρτητο πρὸς τὴν ἐπωμίδα, σφιγγόμενον ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ χαλᾶσθαι.
2:114χρυσοῦν δὲ πέταλον ὡσανεὶ στέφανος ἐδημιουργεῖτο τέτταρας ἔχον γλυφὰς ὀνόματος, ὃ μόνοις τοῖς ὦτα καὶ γλῶτταν σοφίᾳ κεκαθαρμένοις θέμις ἀκούειν καὶ λέγειν ἐν ἁγίοις, ἄλλῳ δ’ οὐδενὶ τὸ παράπαν οὐδαμοῦ.
2:115τετραγράμματον δὲ τοὔνομά φησιν ὁ θεολόγος εἶναι, τάχα που σύμβολα τιθεὶς αὐτὰ τῶν πρώτων ἀριθμῶν, μονάδος καὶ δυάδος καὶ τριάδος καὶ τετράδος, ἐπειδὴ πάντα ἐν τετράδι, σημεῖον καὶ γραμμὴ καὶ ἐπιφάνεια καὶ στερεόν, τὰ μέτρα τῶν συμπάντων, καὶ αἱ κατὰ μουσικὴν ἄρισται συμφωνίαι, ἥ τε διὰ τεσσάρων ἐν ἐπιτρίτῳ λόγῳ καὶ ἡ διὰ πέντε ἐν ἡμιολίῳ καὶ ἡ διὰ πασῶν ἐν διπλασίῳ καὶ ἡ δὶς διὰ πασῶν ἐν τετραπλασίῳ· ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀμυθήτους ἀρετὰς ἡ τετράς, ὧν τὰς πλείστας ἠκριβώσαμεν ἐν τῇ περὶ ἀριθμῶν πραγματείᾳ.
2:116μίτρα δ’ ἦν ὑπ’ αὐτῷ, τοῦ μὴ ψαύειν τῆς κεφαλῆς τὸ πέταλον. πρὸς δὲ καὶ κίδαρις κατεσκευάζετο· κιδάρει γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἑῴων βασιλεῖς ἀντὶ διαδήματος εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι.
Book 2, §§92–116
2:92for the outer vestibule of the tabernacle was placed as a sort of boundary in the middle of the two fifties, the one, I mean, towards the east where the entrance was, and the other being on the west, in which direction the length of the tabernacle and the surrounding wall behind was.
2:93Moreover, another outer vestibule, of great size and exceeding beauty, was made at the beginning of the entrance into the hall, by means of four pillars, along which was stretched the embroidered curtain in the same manner as the inner curtains were stretched along the tabernacle, and wrought also of similar materials;
2:94and with this there were also many sacred vessels made, an ark, and a candlestick, and a table, and an altar of incense, and an altar of sacrifice. Now, the altar of sacrifice was placed in the open air, right opposite to the entrances of the tabernacle, being distant from it just so far as was necessary to give the ministering officers room to perform the sacrifices that were offered up every day.
2:95But the ark was in the innermost shrine, in the inaccessible holy of holies, behind curtains; being gilded in a most costly and magnificent manner within and without, the covering of which was like to that which is called in the sacred scriptures the mercy-seat.
2:96Its length and width are accurately described, but its depth is not mentioned, being chiefly compared to and resembling a geometrical superficies; so that it appears to be an emblem, if looked at physically, of the merciful power of God; and, if regarded in a moral point of view, of a certain intellect spontaneously propitious to itself, which is especially desirous to contract and destroy, by means of the love of simplicity united with knowledge, that vain opinion which raises itself up to an unreasonable height and puffs itself up without any grounds.
2:97But the ark is the depository of the laws, for in that are placed the holy oracles of God, which were given to Moses; and the covering of the ark, which is called the mercy-seat, is a foundation for two winged creatures to rest upon, which are called, in the native language of the Hebrews, cherubim, but as the Greeks would translate the word, vast knowledge and science.
2:98Now some persons say, that these cherubim are the symbols of the two hemispheres, placed opposite to and fronting one another, the one beneath the earth and the other above the earth, for the whole heaven is endowed with wings.
2:99But I myself should say, that what is here represented under a figure are the two most ancient and supreme powers of the divine God, namely, his creative and his kingly power; and his creative power is called God; according to which he arranged, and created, and adorned this universe, and his kingly power is called Lord, by which he rules over the beings whom he has created, and governs them with justice and firmness;
2:100for he, being the only true living God, is also really the Creator of the world; since he brought things which had no existence into being; and he is also a king by nature, because no one can rule over beings that have been created more justly than he who created them.
2:101And in the space between the five pillars and the four pillars, is that space which is, properly speaking, the space before the temple, being cut off by two curtains of woven work, the inner one of which is called the veil, and the outer one is called the covering: and the remaining three vessels, of those which I have enumerated, were placed as follows:—The altar of incense was placed in the middle, between earth and water, as a symbol of gratitude, which it was fitting should be offered up, on account of the things that had been done for the Hebrews on both these elements, for these elements have had the central situation of the world allotted to them.
2:102The candlestick was placed on the southern side of the tabernacle, since by it the maker intimates, in a figurative manner, the motions of the stars which give light; for the sun, and the moon, and the rest of the stars, being all at a great distance from the northern parts of the universe, make all their revolutions in the south. And from this candlestick there proceeded six branches, three on each side, projecting from the candlestick in the centre, so as altogether to complete the number of seven;
2:103and in all the seven there were seven candles and seven lights, being symbols of those seven stars which are called planets by those men who are versed in natural philosophy; for the sun, like the candlestick, being placed in the middle of the other six, in the fourth rank, gives light to the three planets which are above him, and to those of equal number which are below him, adapting to circumstances the musical and truly divine instrument.
2:104And the table, on which bread and salt are laid, was placed on the northern side, since it is the north which is the most productive of winds, and because too all nourishment proceeds from heaven and earth, the one giving rain, and the other bringing to perfection all seeds by means of the irrigation of water;
2:105for the symbols of heaven and earth are placed side by side, as the holy scripture shows, the candlestick being the symbol of heaven, and that which is truly called the altar of incense, on which all the fumigatory offerings are made, being the emblem of the things of earth.
2:106But it became usual to call the altar which was in the open air the altar of sacrifice, as being that which preserved and took care of the sacrifices; intimating, figuratively, the consuming power of these things, and not the lambs and different parts of the victims which were offered, and which were naturally calculated to be destroyed by fire, but the intention of him who offered them;
2:107for if the man who made the offerings was foolish and ignorant, the sacrifices were no sacrifices, the victims were not sacred or hallowed, the prayers were ill-omened, and liable to be answered by utter destruction, for even when they appear to be received, they produce no remission of sins but only a reminding of them.
2:108But if the man who offers the sacrifice be holy and just, then the sacrifice remains firm, even if the flesh of the victim be consumed, or rather, I might say, even if no victim be offered up at all; for what can be a real and true sacrifice but the piety of a soul which loves God? The gratitude of which is blessed with immortality, and without being recorded in writing is engraved on a pillar in the mind of God, being made equally everlasting with the sun, and moon, and the universal world.
2:109After these things the architect of the tabernacle next prepared a sacred dress for him who was to be appointed high priest, having in its embroidery a most exceedingly beautiful and admirable work; and the robe was two-fold; one part of which was called the under-robe, and the other the robe over the shoulders.
2:110Now the under-robe was of a more simple form and character, for it was entirely of hyacinthine colours, except the lowest and exterior portions, and these were ornamented with golden pomegranates, and bells, and wreaths of flowers;
2:111but the robe over the shoulders or mantle was a most beautiful and skilful work, and was made with most perfect skill of all the aforesaid kinds of material, of hyacinth colour, and purple, and fine linen, and scarlet, gold thread being entwined and embroidered in it. For the leaves were divided into fine hairs, and woven in with every thread,
2:112and on the collar stones were fitted in, two being costly emeralds of exceeding value, on which the names of the patriarchs of the tribes were engraved, six on each, making twelve in all; and on the breast were twelve other precious stones, differing in colour like seals, in four rows of three stones each, and these were fitted in what was called the logeum
2:113and the logeum was made square and double, as a sort of foundation, that it might bear on it, as an image, two virtues, manifestation and truth; and the whole was fastened to the mantle by fine golden chains, and fastened to it so that it might never get loose;
2:114and a golden leaf was wrought like a crown, having four names engraved on it which may only be mentioned or heard by holy men having their ears and their tongues purified by wisdom, and by no one else at all in any place whatever.
2:115And this holy prophet Moses calls the name, a name of four letters, making them perhaps symbols of the primary numbers, the unit, the number two, the number three, the number four: since all things are comprised in the number four, namely, a point, and a line, and a superficies, and a solid, and the measures of all things, and the most excellent symphonies of music, and the diatessaron in the sesquitertial proportion, and the chord in fifths, in the ratio of one and a half to one, and the diapason in the double ratio, and the double diapason in the fourfold ratio. Moreover, the number four has an innumerable list of other virtues likewise, the greater part of which we have discussed with accuracy in our dissertation on numbers.
2:116And in it there was a mitre, in order that the leaf might not touch the head; and there was also a cidaris made, for the kings of the eastern countries are accustomed to use a cidaris, instead of a diadem.
Book 2, §§117–141
2:117Τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἦν ἐσθής. ὃν δ’ ἔχει λόγον οὐ παρασιωπητέον αὐτή τε καὶ τὰ μέρη. ὅλη μὲν δὴ γέγονεν ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα τοῦ κόσμου, τὰ δὲ μέρη τῶν καθ’ ἕκαστον μερῶν.
2:118ἀρκτέον δ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποδήρους. οὗτος ὁ χιτὼν σύμπας ἐστὶν ὑακίνθινος, ἀέρος ἐκμαγεῖον· φύσει γὰρ ὁ ἀὴρ μέλας καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ποδήρης, ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν μετὰ σελήνην ἄχρι τῶν γῆς ταθεὶς περάτων, πάντῃ κεχυμένος· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ χιτὼν ἀπὸ στέρνων ἄχρι ποδῶν περὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα κέχυται.
2:119ἐξ αὐτοῦ δὲ κατὰ τὰ σφυρὰ ῥοΐσκοι καὶ ἄνθινα καὶ κώδωνές εἰσι· τὰ μὲν ἄνθινα σύμβολον γῆς, ἀνθεῖ γὰρ καὶ βλαστάνει πάντα ἐκ ταύτης· οἱ δὲ ῥοΐσκοι ὕδατος, παρὰ τὴν ῥύσιν λεχθέντες εὐθυβόλως· οἱ δὲ κώδωνες τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ συμφωνίας τούτων, οὔτε γὰρ γῆ χωρὶς ὕδατος οὔθ’ ὕδωρ ἄνευ τῆς γεώδους οὐσίας αὔταρκες εἰς γένεσιν, ἀλλ’ ἡ σύνοδος καὶ κρᾶσις ἀμφοῖν.
2:120μάρτυς δὲ τοῦ δηλουμένου καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐναργέστατος· ὡς γὰρ ἐν ἐσχάτοις τοῦ ποδήρους οἱ ῥοΐσκοι καὶ τὰ ἄνθινα καὶ οἱ κώδωνές εἰσιν, οὕτως καὶ τὰ ὧν ἐστι σύμβολα τὴν κατωτάτω χώραν ἔλαχεν ἐν κόσμῳ, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἁρμονίᾳ συνηχοῦντα τὰς οἰκείας ἐπιδείκνυται δυνάμεις ἐν ὡρισμέναις χρόνων περιόδοις καὶ τοῖς προσήκουσι καιροῖς.
2:121τριῶν μὲν δὴ στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν τε καὶ ἐν οἷς τὰ θνητὰ καὶ φθαρτὰ γένη πάντα, ἀέρος, ὕδατος, γῆς, ὁ ποδήρης σὺν τοῖς ἀπῃωρημένοις κατὰ τὰ σφυρὰ σύμβολον ἐδείχθη προσηκόντως· ὡς γὰρ ὁ χιτὼν εἷς, καὶ τὰ λεχθέντα τρία στοιχεῖα μιᾶς ἰδέας ἐστίν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ κατωτέρω σελήνης ἅπαντα τροπὰς ἔχει καὶ μεταβολάς· καὶ καθάπερ ἐκ τοῦ χιτῶνος ἤρτηνται οἵ τε ῥοΐσκοι καὶ τὰ ἄνθινα, καὶ ἀπ’ ἀέρος τρόπον τινὰ γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ ἐκκρέμανται, τὸ γὰρ ὄχημα τούτων ἐστὶν ἀήρ.
2:122τὴν δ’ ἐπωμίδα οὐρανοῦ σύμβολον ὁ λόγος εἰκόσι στοχασμοῖς χρώμενος παραστήσει· πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρωμίων σμαράγδου δύο λίθοι περιφερεῖς μηνύουσιν, ὡς μὲν οἴονταί τινες, ἀστέρων τοὺς ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἡγεμόνας, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην, ὡς δ’ ἂν ἐγγυτέρω τις τῆς ἀληθείας προσερχόμενος εἴποι, τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων ἑκάτερον· ἴσα τε γὰρ ὡς οἱ λίθοι τό τε ὑπὲρ γῆν καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν καὶ οὐδέτερον πέφυκε μειοῦσθαι καὶ συναύξεσθαι καθάπερ σελήνη.
2:123συνεπιμαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡ χρόα· σμαράγδῳ γὰρ ἔοικεν ἡ τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ φαντασία κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὄψεως προσβολήν. ἀναγκαίως δὲ καὶ καθ’ ἑκάτερον τῶν λίθων ἓξ ὀνόματα ἐγγλύφεται, διότι καὶ τῶν ἡμισφαιρίων ἑκάτερον δίχα τέμνον τὸν ζῳοφόρον ἓξ ἐναπολαμβάνει ζῴδια.
2:124ἔπειθ’ οἱ κατὰ τὰ στέρνα δώδεκα λίθοι ταῖς χρόαις οὐχ ὅμοιοι διανεμηθέντες εἰς τέσσαρας στοίχους ἐκ τριῶν τίνος ἑτέρου δείγματ’ εἰσὶν ἢ τοῦ ζῳδιακοῦ κύκλου; καὶ γὰρ οὗτος τετραχῇ διανεμηθεὶς ἐκ τριῶν ζῳδίων τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας ἀποτελεῖ, ἔαρ, θέρος, μετόπωρον, χειμῶνα, τροπὰς τέσσαρας, ὧν ἑκάστης ὅρος τρία ζῴδια, γνωριζόμενος ταῖς τοῦ ἡλίου περιφοραῖς κατὰ τὸν ἐν ἀριθμοῖς ἀσάλευτον καὶ βεβαιότατον καὶ θεῖον ὄντως λόγον.
2:125ὅθεν ἐνηρμόζοντο καὶ τῷ προσαγορευθέντι δεόντως λογείῳ· λόγῳ γὰρ αἱ τροπαὶ καὶ ἐτήσιοι ὧραι τεταγμένῳ καὶ παγίῳ συνίστανται, τὸ παραδοξότατον, διὰ τῆς καιρίου μεταβολῆς ἐπιδεικνύμεναι τὴν διαιωνίζουσαν αὑτῶν μονήν.
2:126εὖ δ’ ἔχει καὶ πάνυ καλῶς τὸ τοῖς χρώμασι τοὺς δώδεκα λίθους διαλλάττειν καὶ μηδένα ὅμοιον εἶναι μηδενί· καὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐν τῷ ζῳοφόρῳ ἕκαστον ἀποτελεῖ τι χρῶμα οἰκεῖον κατά τε ἀέρα καὶ γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ τὰ τούτων παθήματα καὶ ἔτι κατὰ τὰ τῶν ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν γένη πάντα.
2:127διπλοῦν δὲ τὸ λογεῖον οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ· διττὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἔν τε τῷ παντὶ καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει· κατὰ μὲν τὸ πᾶν ὅ τε περὶ τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ παραδειγματικῶν ἰδεῶν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ νοητὸς ἐπάγη κόσμος, καὶ ὁ περὶ τῶν ὁρατῶν, ἃ δὴ μιμήματα καὶ ἀπεικονίσματα τῶν ἰδεῶν ἐκείνων ἐστίν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ αἰσθητὸς οὗτος ἀπετελεῖτο· ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ δ’ ὁ μέν ἐστιν ἐνδιάθετος, ὁ δὲ προφορικός, καὶ ὁ μὲν οἷά τις πηγή, ὁ δὲ γεγωνὸς ἀπ’ ἐκείνου ῥέων· καὶ τοῦ μέν ἐστι χώρα τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, τοῦ δὲ κατὰ προφορὰν γλῶττα καὶ στόμα καὶ ἡ ἄλλη πᾶσα φωνῆς ὀργανοποιία.
2:128σχῆμα δ’ ἀπένειμεν ὁ τεχνίτης τετράγωνον τῷ λογείῳ πάνυ καλῶς αἰνιττόμενος, ὡς χρὴ καὶ τὸν τῆς φύσεως λόγον καὶ τὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου βεβηκέναι πάντῃ καὶ κατὰ μηδ’ ὁτιοῦν κραδαίνεσθαι. παρὸ καὶ τὰς εἰρημένας δύο ἀρετὰς προσεκλήρωσεν αὐτῷ, δήλωσίν τε καὶ ἀλήθειαν· ὅ τε γὰρ τῆς φύσεως λόγος ἀληθὴς καὶ δηλωτικὸς πάντων ὅ τε τοῦ σοφοῦ μιμούμενος ἐκεῖνον ὀφείλει προσηκόντως ἀψευδέστατός τε εἶναι τιμῶν ἀλήθειαν καὶ μηδὲν φθόνῳ συσκιάζειν, ὧν ἡ μήνυσις ὠφελήσει τοὺς ἀναδιδαχθέντας.
2:129οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ δυσὶ λόγοις τοῖς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν, τῷ τε προφορικῷ καὶ ἐνδιαθέτῳ, δύο ἀρετὰς ἀπένειμεν οἰκείας, τῷ μὲν προφορικῷ δήλωσιν, τῷ δὲ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀλήθειαν· ἁρμόζει γὰρ διανοίᾳ μὲν μηδὲν παραδέχεσθαι ψεῦδος, ἑρμηνείᾳ δὲ μηδὲν ἐμποδίζειν τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην δήλωσιν.
2:130λόγου δὲ οὐδὲν ὄφελος τὰ καλὰ καὶ σπουδαῖα σεμνηγοροῦντος, ᾧ μὴ πρόσεστιν οἰκείων ἀκολουθία πράξεων· ὅθεν τὸ λογεῖον ἤρτησεν ἐκ τῆς ἐπωμίδος, ἵνα μὴ χαλᾶται, τὸν λόγον οὐ δικαιώσας ἔργων ἀπεζεῦχθαι· τὸν γὰρ ὦμον ἐνεργείας καὶ πράξεως ποιεῖται
2:131σύμβολον. ἃ μὲν οὖν αἰνίττεται διὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἐσθῆτος, ἐστὶ τοιαῦτα. κίδαριν δὲ ἀντὶ διαδήματος ἐπιτίθησι τῇ κεφαλῇ δικαιῶν τὸν ἱερωμένον τῷ θεῷ, καθ’ ὃν χρόνον ἱερᾶται, προφέρειν ἁπάντων καὶ μὴ μόνον ἰδιωτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ βασιλέων.
2:132ὑπεράνω δὲ τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐστι πέταλον, ᾧ τῶν τεττάρων αἱ γλυφαὶ γραμμάτων ἐνεσφραγίσθησαν, ἐξ ὧν ὄνομα τοῦ ὄντος φασὶ μηνύεσθαι, ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε ὂν ἄνευ κατακλήσεως θεοῦ συστῆναί τι τῶν ὄντων· ἁρμονία γὰρ πάντων ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγαθότης καὶ ἵλεως δύναμις αὐτοῦ.
2:133τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διακοσμηθεὶς στέλλεται πρὸς τὰς ἱερουργίας, ἵν’, ὅταν εἰσίῃ τὰς πατρίους εὐχάς τε καὶ θυσίας ποιησόμενος, συνεισέρχηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος αὐτῷ δι’ ὧν ἐπιφέρεται μιμήματα, ἀέρος τὸν ποδήρη, ὕδατος τὸν ῥοΐσκον, γῆς τὸ ἄνθινον, πυρὸς τὸ κόκκινον, οὐρανοῦ τὴν ἐπωμίδα, καὶ κατ’ εἶδος τοῖν δυοῖν ἡμισφαιρίοιν τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρωμίων σμαράγδους περιφερεῖς, ἐφ’ ὧν καθ’ ἑκάτερον γλυφαὶ ἕξ, τοῦ ζῳοφόρου τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν στέρνων δώδεκα λίθους ἐκ τριῶν κατὰ τέτταρας στοίχους, τοῦ συνέχοντος καὶ διοικοῦντος τὰ σύμπαντα τὸ λογεῖον.
2:134ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ ἦν τὸν ἱερωμένον τῷ τοῦ κόσμου πατρὶ παρακλήτῳ χρῆσθαι τελειοτάτῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν υἱῷ πρός τε ἀμνηστίαν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ χορηγίαν ἀφθονωτάτων ἀγαθῶν.
2:135ἴσως μέντοι καὶ προδιδάσκει τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπευτήν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦ κοσμοποιοῦ δυνατόν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ γε κόσμου διηνεκῶς ἄξιον εἶναι πειρᾶσθαι, οὗ τὸ μίμημα ἐνδυόμενος ὀφείλει τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸ παράδειγμα εὐθὺς ἀγαλματοφορῶν αὐτὸς τρόπον τινὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου φύσιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπου μεθηρμόσθαι καί, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν — θέμις δὲ ἀψευδεῖν περὶ ἀληθείας λέγοντα —, βραχὺς κόσμος εἶναι.
2:136Τῶν δὲ προπυλαίων ἔξω παρὰ ταῖς εἰσόδοις λουτήρ ἐστι χαλκοῦς, οὐκ ἀργὸν ὕλην λαβόντος τοῦ τεχνίτου πρὸς τὴν κατασκευήν, ὅπερ φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, σκεύη δ’ ἐπιμελῶς δημιουργηθέντα πρὸς ἑτέραν χρείαν, ἃ μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας πάσης αἱ γυναῖκες εἰσήνεγκαν ἁμιλλώμεναι τοῖς ἀνδράσι πρὸς εὐσέβειαν, ἀγώνισμα καλὸν ἄρασθαι διανοηθεῖσαι καὶ καθ’ ὅσον δυνάμεως εἶχον σπουδάσασαι μὴ ἀπολειφθῆναι τῆς ἐκείνων ὁσιότητος·
2:137κάτοπτρα γάρ, οἷς εὐμορφίαν εἰώθασι διακοσμεῖσθαι, μηδενὸς προστάξαντος, αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ σωφροσύνης καὶ τῆς περὶ γάμον ἁγνείας καὶ τί γὰρ ἀλλ’ ἢ ψυχικοῦ κάλλους ἀπαρχὴν πρεπωδεστάτην ἀπήρξαντο.
2:138ταῦτ’ ἔδοξε τῷ τεχνίτῃ λαβόντι χωνεῦσαι καὶ μηδὲν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἕτερον ἢ τὸν λουτῆρα κατασκευάσασθαι, περιρραντηρίοις ὅπως οἱ μέλλοντες εἰς τὸν νεὼν εἰσιέναι ἱερεῖς ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς διατεταγμένας ὑπουργεῖν λειτουργίας χρῶνται πόδας μάλιστα καὶ χεῖρας ἀπονιπτόμενοι — σύμβολον ἀνυπαιτίου ζωῆς καὶ βίου καθαρεύοντος ἐν πράξεσιν ἐπαινεταῖς, οὐ τὴν τραχεῖαν κακίας ὁδὸν ἢ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν ἀνοδίαν ἀλλὰ τὴν δι’ ἀρετῆς λεωφόρον ἀπευθύνοντος —.
2:139„ὑπομιμνῃσκέσθω μέντοι” φησί „καὶ ὁ μέλλων περιρραίνεσθαι, ὅτι τοῦδε τοῦ σκεύους ἡ ὕλη κάτοπτρα ἦν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς οἷα πρὸς κάτοπτρον αὐγάζῃ τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν καί, εἴ τι ὑποφαίνοιτο αἶσχος ἐξ ἀλόγου πάθους ἢ παρὰ φύσιν ἐπαιρούσης καὶ μετεωριζούσης ἡδονῆς ἢ στελλούσης ἔμπαλιν λύπης καὶ καθαιρούσης ἢ ἀποστρέφοντος καὶ ἀποκλίνοντος τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας ὁρμὴν φόβου ἢ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας πρὸς τὰ μὴ παρόντα ἑλκούσης καὶ ἀποτεινούσης βίᾳ, τοῦτο θεραπεύῃ τε καὶ ἰᾶται τοῦ γνησίου καὶ ἀνόθου μεταποιούμενος κάλλους·
2:140τὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ σώματος ἐν συμμετρίᾳ μερῶν εὐχροίᾳ τε καὶ εὐσαρκίᾳ κεῖται, βραχὺν τῆς ἀκμῆς ἔχον καιρόν, τὸ δὲ τῆς διανοίας ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ δογμάτων καὶ ἀρετῶν συμφωνίᾳ, μὴ χρόνου μήκει μαραινόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐγχρονίζει καινούμενον καὶ νεάζον, χρώματι διαπρεπεῖ κεκοσμημένον ἀληθείας καὶ ὁμολογίας ἔργων πρὸς λόγους καὶ πρὸς ἔργα λόγων καὶ ἔτι βουλευμάτων πρὸς ἑκάτερα.“
2:141Διδαχθέντι δ’ αὐτῷ τὰ παραδείγματα τῆς ἱερᾶς σκηνῆς καὶ ἀναδιδάξαντι τοὺς διανοίᾳ ὀξεῖς καὶ εὐφυῶς ἔχοντας πρὸς ἀνάληψιν καὶ τελείωσιν ἔργων, ἅπερ ἀναγκαίως εἶχε δημιουργηθῆναι, κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἱεροῦ κατασκευασθέντος ἔδει καὶ ἱερεῖς τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους αἱρεθῆναί τε καὶ προμαθεῖν, ὃν τρόπον τὰς θυσίας ἀνάγειν τε καὶ ἱερουργεῖν προσῆκε.
Book 2, §§117–141
2:117Such, then, is the dress of the high priest. But we must not omit to mention the signification which it conceals beneath both in its whole and in its parts. In its whole it is a copy and representation of the world; and the parts are a representation of the separate parts of the world.
2:118And we must begin with the long robe reaching down to the feet of the wearer. This tunic is wholly of the colour of a hyacinth, so as to be a representation of the air; for by nature the air is black, and in a measure it reaches down from the highest parts to the feet, being stretched from the parts about the moon, as far as the extremities of the earth, and being diffused everywhere. On which account also, the tunic reaches from the chest to the feet, and is spread over the whole body,
2:119and unto it there is attached a fringe of pomegranates round the ankles, and flowers, and bells. Now the flowers are an emblem of the earth; for it is from the earth that all flowers spring and bloom; but the pomegranates (ῥοΐσκοι) are a symbol of water, since, indeed, they derive their name from the flowing (ῥύσις) of water, being very appropriately named; and the bells are the emblem of the concord and harmony that exist between these things; for neither is the earth without the water, nor the water without the earthly substance, sufficient for the production of anything; but that can only be effected by the meeting and combination of both.
2:120And the place itself is the most distinct possible evidence of what is here meant to be expressed; for as the pomegranates, and the flowers, and the bells, are placed in the hem of the garment which reaches to the feet, so likewise the things of which they are the symbols, namely, the earth and water, have had the lowest position in the world assigned to them, and being in strict accord with the harmony of the universe, they display their own particular powers in definite periods of time and suitable seasons.
2:121Now of the three elements, out of which and in which all the different kinds of things which are perceptible by the outward senses and perishable are formed, namely, the air, the water and the earth, the garment which reached down to the feet in conjunction with the ornaments which were attached to that part of it which was about the ankles have been plainly shown to be appropriate symbols; for as the tunic is one, and as the aforesaid three elements are all of one species, since they all have all their revolutions and changes beneath the moon, and as to the garment are attached the pomegranates, and the flowers; so also in a certain manner the earth and the water may be said to be attached to and suspended from the air, for the air is their chariot.
2:122And our argument will be able to bring forth twenty probable reasons that the mantle over the shoulders is an emblem of heaven. For in the first place, the two emeralds on the shoulder-blades, which are two round stones, are, in the opinion of some persons who have studied the subject, emblems of those stars which are the rulers of night and day, namely, the sun and moon; or rather, as one might argue with more correctness and a nearer approach to truth, they are the emblems of the two hemispheres; for, like those two stones, the portion below the earth and that over the earth are both equal, and neither of them is by nature adapted to be either increased or diminished like the moon.
2:123And the colour of the stars is an additional evidence in favour of my view; for to the glance of the eye the appearance of the heaven does resemble an emerald; and it follows necessarily that six names are engraved on each of the stones, because each of the hemispheres cuts the zodiac in two parts, and in this way comprehends within itself six animals.
2:124Then the twelve stones on the breast, which are not like one another in colour, and which are divided into four rows of three stones in each, what else can they be emblems of, except of the circle of the zodiac? For that also is divided into four parts, each consisting of three animals, by which divisions it makes up the seasons of the year, spring, summer, autumn, and winter, distinguishing the four changes, the two solstices, and the two equinoxes, each of which has its limit of three signs of this zodiac, by the revolutions of the sun, according to that unchangeable, and most lasting, and really divine ratio which exists in numbers;
2:125on which account they attached it to that which is with great propriety called the logeum. For all the changes of the year and the seasons are arranged by well-defined, and stated, and firm reason; and, though this seems a most extraordinary and incredible thing, by their seasonable changes they display their undeviating and everlasting permanence and durability.
2:126And it is said with great correctness, and exceeding beauty also, that the twelve stones all differ in their colour, and that no one of them resembles the other; for also in the zodiac each animal produces that colour which is akin to and belongs to itself, both in the air, and in the earth, and in the water; and it produces it likewise in all the affections which move them, and in all kinds of animals and of plants.
2:127And this logeum is described as double with great correctness; for reason is double, both in the universe and also in the nature of mankind, in the universe there is that reason which is conversant about incorporeal species which are like patterns as it were, from which that world which is perceptible only by the intellect was made, and also that which is concerned with the visible objects of sight, which are copies and imitations of those species above mentioned, of which the world which is perceptible by the outward senses was made. Again, in man there is one reason which is kept back, and another which finds vent in utterance: and the one is, as it were a spring, and the other (that which is uttered) flows from it; and the place of the one is the dominant part, that is, the mind; but the place of the one which finds vent in utterance is the tongue, and the mouth, and all the rest of the organs of the voice.
2:128And the architect assigned a quadrangular form to the logeum, intimating under an exceedingly beautiful figure, that both the reason of nature, and also that of man, ought to penetrate everywhere, and ought never to waver in any case; in reference to which, it is that he has also assigned to it the two virtues that have been already enumerated, manifestation and truth; for the reason of nature is true, and calculated to make manifest, and to explain everything; and the reason of the wise man, imitating that other reason, ought naturally, and appropriately to be completely sincere, honouring truth, and not obscuring anything through envy, the knowledge of which can benefit those to whom it would be explained;
2:129not but what he has also assigned their two appropriate virtues to those two kinds of reason which exist in each of us, namely, that which is uttered and that which is kept concealed, attributing clearness of manifestation to the uttered one, and truth to that which is concealed in the mind; for it is suitable to the mind that it should admit of no error or falsehood, and to explanation that it should not hinder anything that can conduce to the most accurate manifestation.
2:130Therefore there is no advantage in reason which expends itself in dignified and pompous language, about things which are good and desirable, unless it is followed by consistent practise of suitable actions; on which account the architect has affixed the logeum to the robe which is worn over the shoulder, in order that it may never get loose, as he does not approve of the language being separated from the actions; for he puts forth the shoulder as the emblem of energy and action.
2:131Such then are the figurative meanings which he desires to indicate by the sacred vestments of the high priest; and instead of a diadem he represents a cidaris on the head, because he thinks it right that the man who is consecrated to God, as his high priest, should, during the time of his exercising his office be superior to all men, not only to all private individuals, but even to all kings;
2:132and above this cidaris is a golden leaf, on which an engraving of four letters was impressed; by which letters they say that the name of the living God is indicated, since it is not possible that anything that is in existence, should exist without God being invoked; for it is his goodness and his power combined with mercy that is the harmony and uniter of all things.
2:133The high priest, then, being equipped in this way, is properly prepared for the performance of all sacred ceremonies, that, whenever he enters the temple to offer up the prayers and sacrifices in use among his nation, all the world may likewise enter in with him, by means of the imitations of it which he bears about him, the garment reaching to his feet, being the imitation of the air, the pomegranate of the water, the flowery hem of the earth, and the scarlet dye of his robe being the emblem of fire; also, the mantle over his shoulders being a representation of heaven itself; the two hemispheres being further indicated by the round emeralds on the shoulder-blades, on each of which were engraved six characters equivalent to six signs of the zodiac; the twelve stones arranged on the breast in four rows of three stones each, namely the logeum, being also an emblem of that reason which holds together and regulates the universe.
2:134For it was indispensable that the man who was consecrated to the Father of the world, should have as a paraclete, his son, the being most perfect in all virtue, to procure forgiveness of sins, and a supply of unlimited blessings;
2:135perhaps, also, he is thus giving a previous warning to the servant of God, even if he is unable to make himself worthy of the Creator of the world, at least to labour incessantly to make himself worthy of the world itself; the image of which he is clothed in, in a manner that binds him from the time that he puts it on, to bear about the pattern of it in his mind, so that he shall be in a manner changed from the nature of a man into the nature of the world, and, if one may say so (and one may by all means and at all times speak the plain truth in sincerity), become a little world himself.
2:136Again, outside the outer vestibule, at the entrance, is a brazen laver; the architect having not taken any mere raw material for the manufacture of it, as is very common, but having employed on its formation vessels which had been constructed with great care for other purposes; and which the women contributed with all imaginable zeal and eagerness, in rivalry of one another, competing with the men themselves in piety, having determined to enter upon a glorious contest, and to the utmost extent of their power to exert themselves so as not to fall short of their holiness.
2:137For though no one enjoined them to do so, they, of their own spontaneous zeal and earnestness, contributed the mirrors with which they had been accustomed to deck and set off their beauty, as the most becoming first fruits of their modesty, and of the purity of their married life, and as one may say of the beauty of their souls.
2:138The maker then thought it well to accept these offerings, and to melt them down, and to make nothing except the laver of them, in order that the priests who were about to enter the temple might be supplied from it, with water of purification for the purpose of performing the sacred ministrations which were appointed for them; washing their feet most especially, and their hands, as a symbol of their irreproachable life, and of a course of conduct which makes itself pure in all kinds of praiseworthy actions, proceeding not along the rough road of wickedness which one may more properly call no road at all, but keeping straight along the level and direct path of virtue.
2:139Let him remember, says he, let him who is about to be sprinkled with the water of purification from this laver, remember that the materials of which this vessel was composed were mirrors, that he himself may look into his own mind as into a mirror; and if there is perceptible in it any deformity arising from some agitation unconnected with reason or from any pleasure which would excite us, and raise us up in hostility to reason, or from any pain which might mislead us and turn us from our purpose of proceeding by the straight road, or from any desire alluring us and even dragging us by force to the pursuit of present pleasures, he seeks to relieve and cure that, desiring only that beauty which is genuine and unadulterated.
2:140For the beauty of the body consists in symmetry of parts, and in a good complexion, and a healthy firmness of flesh, having also but a short period during which it is in its prime; but the beauty of the mind consists in a harmony of doctrines and a perfect accord of virtues, which do not fade away or become impaired by lapse of time, but as long as they endure at all are constantly acquiring fresh vigour and renewed youth, being set off by the preeminent complexion of truth, and the agreement of its words with its actions, and of its actions with its words, and also of its designs with both.
2:141And when he had been taught the patterns of the sacred tabernacle, and had in turn himself taught those who were gifted with acute comprehension, and well-qualified by nature for the comprehension and execution of those works, which it was indispensably necessary should be made; then, as was natural, when the temple had been built and finished, it was fitting also, that most suitable persons should be appointed as priests, and should be instructed in what manner it was proper for them to offer up their sacrifices, and perform their sacred ministrations.
Book 2, §§142–166
2:142τὸν μὲν οὖν ἀδελφὸν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐπικρίνας ἀριστίνδην ἀρχιερέα, τοὺς δ’ ἐκείνου παῖδας ἱερεῖς ἐχειροτόνει, προνομίαν οὐ τῷ οἰκείῳ γένει διδούς, ἀλλ’ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ ὁσιότητι, ἃς ἐνεώρα τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὑπούσας. σαφὴς δὲ πίστις· οὐδέτερον υἱὸν — δύο γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ — τούτου τοῦ γέρως ἠξίωσεν, ἀναγκαίως ἂν ἀμφοτέρους ἑλόμενος, εἴ τινα τιμὴν ἔνεμε τῷ φιλοικείῳ.
2:143καθίστη δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους γνώμης, ὡς τὰ λόγια ὑφηγεῖτο, καινότατον τρόπον καὶ ἄξιον ἱστορηθῆναι· λούει τὸ πρῶτον αὐτοὺς ὕδατι πηγῆς τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ζωτικωτάτῳ κἄπειτα τὰς ἱερὰς ἀναδίδωσιν ἐσθῆτας, τῷ μὲν ἀδελφῷ τὸν ποδήρη καὶ τὴν ἐπωμίδα οἱονεὶ θώρακα, τὸ παμποίκιλον ὕφασμα καὶ μίμημα τοῦ παντός, τοῖς δ’ ἀδελφιδοῖς χιτῶνας λινοῦς, ζώνας τε καὶ περισκελῆ πᾶσι·
2:144τὰς μέν, ὅπως ἀνεμπόδιστοι καὶ ἑτοιμότεροι πρὸς τὰς ἱερὰς ὑπουργίας ὦσι, σφιγγομένων τοὺς ἀνειμένους κόλπους τῶν χιτώνων, τὰ δ’, ὅπως μηδὲν ὧν κρύπτεσθαι θέμις προφαίνηται, καὶ μάλιστ’ ἀνερχομένων ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἢ κατιόντων ἄνωθεν καὶ πάντα δρώντων μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ τάχους·
2:145εἰ γὰρ μὴ οὕτως ἀκριβὴς γεγένητο ἡ στόλισις διὰ τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδήλου προφυλακήν, κἂν ἕνεκα τῆς συντόνου περὶ τὰς λειτουργίας ὀξύτητος ἀπεγυμνοῦντο τὸν προσήκοντα
2:146ἱεροῖς καὶ ἱερωμένοις κόσμον φυλάττειν ἀδυνατοῦντες. ὡς δὲ ταῖς ἐσθήσεσιν ἤσκησεν αὐτούς, χρίσματος εὐωδεστάτου λαβών, ὃ μυρεψικῇ τέχνῃ κατειργάσθη, τὰ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ πρῶτα, τόν τε βωμὸν καὶ τὸν λουτῆρα, κατέχριεν ἐπιρραίνων ἑπτάκις, ἔπειτα τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν σκευῶν ἕκαστον, τὴν κιβωτόν, τὴν λυχνίαν, τὸ θυμιατήριον, τὴν τράπεζαν, τὰ σπονδεῖα, τὰς φιάλας, τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα πρὸς θυσίας ἀναγκαῖα καὶ χρήσιμα, καὶ τελευταῖον προσαγαγὼν τὸν ἀρχιερέα πολλῷ λίπει τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀλείφει.
2:147ταῦτ’ ἐπιτελέσας εὐαγῶς ἀχθῆναι κελεύει μόσχον καὶ κριοὺς δύο· τὸν μέν, ἵνα θύσῃ περὶ ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτημάτων, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι παντὶ γενητῷ, κἂν σπουδαῖον ᾖ, παρόσον ἦλθεν εἰς γένεσιν, συμφυὲς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐστίν, ὑπὲρ οὗ τὸ θεῖον εὐχαῖς καὶ θυσίαις ἀναγκαῖον ἐξευμενίζεσθαι, μὴ διακινηθὲν ἐπιθεῖτο·
2:148τῶν δὲ κριῶν τὸν μὲν ἕτερον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα εὐχαριστήριον τῆς τῶν ὅλων διοικήσεως, ἧς κατὰ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἑκάστῳ μέρος μέτεστι καρπουμένῳ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων ὠφέλειαν, γῆς πρὸς οἴκησιν καὶ τὰς ἐξ αὐτῆς τροφάς, ὕδατος πρὸς ποτὸν καὶ λουτρὰ καὶ πλοῦν, ἀέρος πρὸς ἀναπνοὴν καὶ τὰς διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἀντιλήψεις — ἐπειδὴ πασῶν ἀὴρ ὄργανον — καὶ ἔτι τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας, πυρὸς τοῦ μὲν χρειώδους πρὸς τὰ ἑψόμενα καὶ θερμαινόμενα, τοῦ δὲ οὐρανίου πρὸς αὐγὴν καὶ τὰ ὁρατὰ πάντα·
2:149τὸν δ’ ἕτερον εἰς τὴν τῶν ἱερωμένων διὰ καθάρσεως ἁγνευτικῆς παντέλειαν, ὃν ἐτύμως „τελειώσεως“ ἐκάλεσεν (Exod. 29, 26. Lev. 8, 22), ἐπειδὴ τὰς ἁρμοττούσας θεραπευταῖς καὶ λειτουργοῖς θεοῦ τελετὰς ἔμελλον ἱεροφαντεῖσθαι.
2:150τοῦ δ’ αἵματος αὐτοῦ τὸ μὲν ἐν κύκλῳ τοῦ βωμοῦ σπένδει λαβών, τὸ δὲ φιάλην ὑποσχὼν δέχεται καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τρία μέρη τοῦ σώματος χρίει τῶν τελουμένων ἱερέων, οὖς ἄκρον, ἄκραν χεῖρα, ποδὸς ἄκρον, δεξιὰ τὰ σύμπαντα, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι δεῖ τὸν τέλειον καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ καὶ βίῳ παντὶ καθαρεύειν· λόγον μὲν γὰρ ἀκοὴ δικάζει, χεὶρ δ’ ἔργου σύμβολον, διεξόδου δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον πούς.
2:151ἐπεὶ δ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἄκρον τε καὶ δεξιόν, ὑπονοητέον δηλοῦσθαι τὴν ἐν ἑκάστοις ἐπίδοσιν μετὰ δεξιότητος, ἐφιεμένην τῆς ἄκρας εὐδαιμονίας καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἐφ’ ὃ σπεύδειν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀναφέρειν στοχαζομένους ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς τοξείαις σκοποῦ τοῦ περὶ τὸν βίον.
2:152πάλαι μὲν οὖν ἱερείου ἑνός, ὃ προσηγορεύετο „τελειώσεως“, ἀκράτῳ αἵματι τὰ λεχθέντα τρία μέρη κατέχριε τῶν ἱερέων. αὖθις δ’ ἐκ τοῦ παρὰ τῷ βωμῷ λαβών, ὅπερ ἐξ ἁπάντων ἦν τῶν τεθυμένων, καὶ τοῦ λεχθέντος χρίσματος, ὃ μυρεψοὶ κατεσκεύασαν, ἀναμίξας τὸ ἔλαιον τῷ αἵματι τοῦ κράματος τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ ταῖς ἐσθήσεσιν αὐτῶν ἐπέρραινε, βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς μὴ μόνον τῆς ἔξω καὶ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ μεταλαχεῖν ἁγνείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐν ἀδύτοις, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἔνδον λειτουργεῖν ἔμελλον· τὰ δ’ εἴσω πάντα ἐλαίῳ κατεκέχριστο.
2:153θυσίας δ’ ἐπὶ ταῖς προτέραις ἄλλας ἀναγαγόντων, τοῦτο μὲν τῶν ἱερέων ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, τοῦτο δὲ τῆς γερουσίας ὑπὲρ ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους, Μωυσῆς μὲν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν εἰσέρχεται τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐπαγόμενος — ὀγδόη δ’ ἦν τῆς τελετῆς ἡμέρα καὶ τελευταία, ταῖς γὰρ πρότερον ἑπτὰ ἱεροφαντῶν αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφιδοῦς ὠργίαζεν —, εἰσελθὼν δ’ ἀνεδίδασκεν οἷα ὑφηγητὴς ἀγαθὸς εὐμαθῆ γνώριμον, ὃν χρὴ τρόπον τὸν ἀρχιερέα τὰς εἴσω ποιεῖσθαι λειτουργίας.
2:154εἶτ’ ἐξελθόντες ἀμφότεροι καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἀνατείναντες πρὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς εὐχὰς τίθενται τῷ ἔθνει τὰς προσηκούσας ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς καὶ ὁσιωτάτης γνώμης. ἔτι δ’ εὐχομένων, τερατωδέστατόν τι συμβαίνει· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ἀδύτων, εἴτε αἰθέρος ἀπόσπασμα τοῦ καθαρωτάτου, εἴτε ἀέρος κατὰ τὴν τῶν στοιχείων φύσει μεταβολὴν ἀναλυθέντος εἰς πῦρ, αἰφνίδιον ἀθρόα φλὸξ διεκπαίει καὶ συντόνῳ ῥύμῃ φέρεται μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν, τὰ δ’ ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐξαναλίσκει, πρὸς οἶμαι σαφεστάτην δήλωσιν, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης ἐπετελεῖτο.
2:155δωρεὰν γὰρ ἐξαίρετον εἰκὸς ἦν τοῖς ἁγίοις προσνεμηθῆναι, μὴ μόνον ἐν οἷς ἄνθρωποι δημιουργοί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ τῆς οὐσίας πυρί, τὸ χρειῶδες καὶ παρ’ ἡμῖν ὅπως μὴ προσάψαιτο τοῦ βωμοῦ, διὰ τὸ μυρίας ἴσως ἀναμεμῖχθαι κῆρας·
2:156ἅπτεται γὰρ οὐ μόνον ζῴων ἀλόγων ὀπτωμένων ἢ ἑψομένων εἰς πλησμονὴν ἄδικον γαστρὸς τῆς ταλαίνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς ἀναιρουμένων, οὐ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολυανθρώπων ὁμίλων·
2:157ἤδη γοῦν καὶ στόλους μεγάλους ἐπιβατικοῦ πλήρεις ὀϊστοὶ πυρφόροι κατέφλεξαν βληθέντες καὶ ὅλας πόλεις ἐξανάλωσαν, αἳ σμυχόμεναι μέχρι θεμελίων εἰς τέφραν ἐδαπανήθησαν, ὡς μηδ’ ἴχνος ὑπολελεῖφθαι τοῦ πάλαι συνοικισμοῦ.
2:158ταύτης ἕνεκά μοι δοκῶ τῆς αἰτίας ὡς μεμιασμένον ἤλασε τοῦ ἱερωτάτου καὶ καθαρωτάτου βωμοῦ πῦρ τὸ χρειῶδες, ἀνθ’ οὗ φλόγα αἰθέριον ὤμβρησεν ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πρὸς διαστολὴν ἁγίων τε καὶ βεβήλων, ἀνθρωπείων τε καὶ θείων· ἥρμοττε γὰρ ταῖς θυσίαις ἀφθαρτοτέραν οὐσίαν ἀπονενεμῆσθαι πυρὸς τῆς πρὸς τὰς βιωτικὰς χρείας ὑπηρετούσης.
2:159Πολλῶν δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἀναγομένων θυσιῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ διαφερόντως ἐν πανηγύρεσι καὶ ἑορταῖς ὑπέρ τε ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστου καὶ κοινῇ ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων, διὰ μυρίας καὶ οὐχὶ τὰς αὐτὰς αἰτίας, ἅτε πολυανθρωποτάτου ἔθνους εὐσεβοῦντος, ἐδέησε καὶ νεωκόρων πλήθους εἰς τὰς ἱερὰς ὑπηρεσίας.
2:160ἡ δ’ αἵρεσις ἐγίνετο πάλιν καινότατον ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸν εἰωθότα τρόπον· μίαν τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν ἐπικρίνας ἀριστίνδην ἐχειροτόνει θεοφιλοῦς ἔργου προθεὶς ἆθλα καὶ ἀριστεῖα.
2:161τὸ δ’ ἔργον τοιόνδε ἦν· Μωυσέως ἀναβάντος εἰς τὸ πλησίον ὄρος καὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ἰδιάζοντος τῷ θεῷ, τὴν ἀπουσίαν αὐτοῦ καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι νομίσαντες οἱ μὴ βέβαιοι τὰς φύσεις, ὥσπερ ἀναρχίας γενομένης, ἄφετοι πρὸς ἀσέβειαν ὥρμησαν καὶ ἐκλαθόμενοι τῆς πρὸς τὸ ὂν ὁσιότητος ζηλωταὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν γίνονται πλασμάτων.
2:162εἶτα χρυσοῦν ταῦρον κατασκευασάμενοι, μίμημα τοῦ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἱερωτάτου ζῴου δοκοῦντος εἶναι, θυσίας ἀθύτους ἀνῆγον καὶ χοροὺς ἀχορεύτους ἵστασαν ὕμνους τε ᾖδον θρήνων οὐδὲν διαφέροντας καὶ ἐμφορηθέντες ἀκράτου διπλῇ μέθῃ κατίσχοντο, τῇ μὲν ἐξ οἴνου, τῇ δὲ καὶ ἀφροσύνης, κωμάζοντές τε καὶ παννυχίζοντες ἀπροόρατοι τοῦ μέλλοντος ἡδέσι κακοῖς συνεβίουν, ἐφεδρευούσης δίκης, ἣ μὴ βλέποντας ἔβλεπε καὶ ὧν ἄξιοι τιμωριῶν εἰσιν.
2:163ἐπεὶ δὲ αἱ ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ συνεχεῖς ἐκβοήσεις κατὰ πολυανθρώπους ὁμίλους ἀθροιζομένων ἄχρι πολλοῦ διαστήματος ἐχώρουν, ὡς καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἀκρωρείας τὴν περιήχησιν ἐλθεῖν, πληχθεὶς τὰ ὦτα Μωυσῆς ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦν ἅτε θεοφιλὴς ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλάνθρωπος, μήτ’ ἐκλιπεῖν ὑπομένων τὰς πρὸς θεὸν ὁμιλίας, ἃς ἰδιάζων μόνος μόνῳ διελέγετο, μήθ’ ὑπεριδεῖν τοῦ πλήθους ἐμπιπλαμένου τῶν ἐξ ἀναρχίας κακοπραγιῶν· ἔγνω γὰρ τὸν θροῦν δεινὸς ὢν ἐκ
2:164φωνῆς ἀνάρθρου καὶ ἀσήμου στοχάσασθαι ψυχῆς ἀδήλων καὶ ἀφανῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις παθῶν ἰδιότητας, ὅτι παροινίας ἐστὶν ἡ κατέχουσα ταραχή, γεννώσης ἀκρασίας μὲν κόρον, κόρου δὲ ὕβριν.
2:165ἀνθελκόμενος δὲ καὶ ἀντισπώμενος πρὸς ἑκατέρου μέρους ὧδε κἀκεῖσε τί χρὴ δρᾶν ἠπόρει. σκοπουμένῳ δ’ αὐτῷ θεσπίζεται τάδε· „βάδιζε ταχέως ἐνθένδε, κατάβηθι· πρὸς ἀνομίαν ἔσπευσεν ὁ λεώς· χειροποίητον κατασκευάσαντες ταυρόμορφον θεὸν οὐ θεὸν προσκυνοῦσι καὶ θύουσιν, ὧν εἶδον καὶ ὧν ἤκουσαν ἁπάντων ὅσα συντείνει πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐκλαθόμενοι.“
2:166καταπλαγεὶς δὲ καὶ ἀναγκασθεὶς πιστεύειν ἀπίστοις πράξεσιν οἷα μεσίτης καὶ διαλλακτὴς οὐκ εὐθὺς ἀπεπήδησεν, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἱκεσίας καὶ λιτὰς ἐποιεῖτο συγγνῶναι τῶν ἡμαρτημένων δεόμενος· εἶτ’ ἐξευμενισάμενος ὁ κηδεμὼν καὶ παραιτητὴς τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἐπανῄει χαίρων ἅμα καὶ κατηφῶν· ἐγεγήθει μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἱκεσίαν τοῦ θεοῦ προσιεμένου, συννοίας δὲ καὶ κατηφείας μεστὸς ἦν οἰδῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πλήθους παρανομίᾳ.
Book 2, §§142–166
2:142Accordingly, Moses selected his brother, choosing him out of all men, because of his superior virtue, to be high priest, and his sons he appointed priests, not giving precedence to own family, but to the piety and holiness which to exist in those men; and what is the clearest proof of this is, that he did not think either of his sons worthy of this honour (and he had two); while he must inevitably have appointed both of them, if he had attached any importance to love for his family;
2:143and he appointed them with the unanimous consent of the whole nation, as the sacred scriptures have recorded, which was a most novel mode of proceeding, and one especially worthy of being mentioned; and, in the first place, he washed them all over with the most pure and vivifying water of the fountain; and then he gave them their sacred vestments, giving to his brother the robe which reached down to his feet, and the mantle which covered the shoulders, as a sort of breast-plate, being an embroidered robe, adorned with all kinds of figures, and a representation of the universe. And to all his nephews he gave linen tunics, and girdles, and trowsers;
2:144the girdles, in order that the wearers might be unimpeded and ready for all their sacred ministrations, were fastened up tight round the loose waists of the tunics; and the breeches, that nothing which ought to be hidden might be visible, especially when they were going up to the altar, or coming down from the high place, and doing everything with earnestness and celerity.
2:145For if their equipment had not been so accurately attended to for the sake of guarding against the uncertain future, and for the sake of providing for an energetic promptness in the sacred ministrations, the men would have appeared naked, not being able to preserve the becoming order necessary to holy men dedicated to the service of God.
2:146And when he had thus furnished them with proper vestments, he took very fragrant ointment, which had been made by the skill of the perfumer, and first of all he anointed the altar in the open air, and the laver, sprinkling it with the perfume seven times; after that he anointed the tabernacle and every one of the sacred vessels, the ark, and the candlestick, and the altar of incense, and the table, and the censers, and the vials, and all the other things which were either necessary or useful for the sacrifices; and last of all bringing the high priest close to himself, he anointed his head with abundant quantities of oil.
2:147When he had done all this, he then, in strict accordance with what was holy, commanded a heifer and two rams to be brought; the one that he might sacrifice it for the remission of sins, intimating by a figure that to sin is congenital with every created being, however good it may be, inasmuch as it is created, and that therefore it is indispensable that God should be propitiated in its behalf by means of prayers and sacrifices, that he may not be provoked to chastise it.
2:148And of the rams, one he required for a whole burnt-offering of gratitude for the successful arrangement of all those things, of which every individual has such a share as is suited to him, deriving benefit from all the elements, enjoying the earth for his abode and in respect of the nourishment which is derived from it; the water for drinking, and washing, and sailing on; the air for breathing and for the comprehension of those things which are the objects of our outward senses (since the air is the medium in which they all are exerted), and for the seasons of the year; enjoying fire both of that kind which is used for cooking food and for warming one’s self, and also that heavenly kind which is serviceable for light and for all the objects of sight.
2:149The other ram he employed for the complete accomplishment of the purification of the priests, which he appropriately called the ram of perfection, since the priests were intended to exercise their office in teaching proper and convenient rites and ceremonies to the servants and ministers of God.
2:150And he took the blood, and with some of it he poured a libation all round the altar, and part he took, holding a vial under it to catch it, and with it he anointed three parts of the body of the initiated priests, the tip of the ear, the extremity of the hand, and the extremity of the foot, all on the right side, signifying by this action that the perfect man must be pure in every word and action, and in his whole life, for it is the hearing which judges of his words, and the hand is the symbol of action, and the foot of the way in which a man walks in life;
2:151and since each of these members is an extremity of the body, and is likewise on the right side, we must imagine that it is here indicated by a figure that improvement in every thing is to be arrived at by a certain dexterity, being a portion of supreme felicity, and being the true aim in life, which a man must necessarily labour to attain, and to which he ought to refer all his actions, aiming at them in his life, as in the practise of archery men aim at a target.
2:152Accordingly, he first of all anointed the three parts before mentioned of the bodies of the priests with the unmixed blood of one of the victims, that, namely, which was called the ram of perfection; and afterwards, taking some of the blood which was upon the altar, being the blood of all the victims mingled together, and some also of the unguent which has already been mentioned, which the ointment makers had prepared, and mixing some of the oil with the mingled blood of the different victims, he sprinkled some upon the priests and upon their garments, with the intention that they should have a share not only in that purity which was external and in the open air, but also of that which was in the inmost shrine, since they were about to minister within the temple. And all the things within the temple were anointed with oil.
2:153And when they had brought forward other sacrifices in addition to the former ones, partly the priests sacrificing for themselves, and partly the elders sacrificing on behalf of the whole nation, then Moses entered into the tabernacle, leading his brother by the hand (and it was the eighth and last day of the festival, for the seven previous days had been devoted to the initiation of the hierophants), he now initiated both him and his nephews. And when he had entered in he taught him as a learned teacher might instruct an ignorant pupil, in what way the high priest ought to perform the ministrations which are performed inside the temple.
2:154Then, when they had both come out and held up their hands in front of their head, they, with a pure and holy mind, offered up such prayers as were suitable and becoming for the nation. And while they were still praying a most marvellous prodigy happened; for from out of the inmost shrine, whether it was a portion of the purest possible aether, or whether the air, according to some natural change of the elements, had become dissolved with fire, on a sudden a body of flame shone forth, and with impetuous violence descended on the altar and consumed all that was thereon, with the view, as I imagine, of showing in the clearest manner that none of the things which had been done had been done without the especial providence of God.
2:155For it was natural that an especial honour should be assigned to the holy place, not only by means of those things in which men are the workmen employed, but also by that purest of all essences, fire, in order that the ordinary fire which is used by men might not touch the altar; perhaps by reason of its being defiled by ten thousand impurities.
2:156For it is concerned not only with irrational animals when they are roasted or boiled for the unjust appeasing of our miserable bellies, but also in the case of men who are slain by hostile attack, not merely in a small body of three or four, but in numerous hosts.
2:157At all events, before now, arrows charged with fire have been aimed at vast naval fleets and have burnt them; and fire has destroyed whole cities, which have blazed away till they have been consumed down to their very foundations and reduced to ashes, so that no trace whatever has remained of their former situation.
2:158It appears to me that this was the reason for which God rejected from his sacred altar the fire which is applied to common uses, as being defiled; and that, instead of it, he rained down celestial flame from heaven, in order to make a distinction between holy and profane things, and to separate the things belonging to man from the things belonging to God; for it was fitting that a more incorruptible essence of fire than that which served the common purposes of life should be set apart for sacrifices.
2:159And as many sacrifices were of necessity offered up every day, and especially on all days of solemn assembly and festival, both on behalf of each individual separately and in common for the whole nation, for innumerable and various reasons, inasmuch as the nation was very populous and very pious, there was a need also of a multitude of keepers of the temple for the sacred and subordinate ministrations.
2:160And, again, the election of these officers was conducted in a novel and not in the ordinary manner. God chose out one of the twelve tribes, having selected it for its superior excellence, and appointed that to furnish the keepers of the temple, giving it rewards and peculiar honours in return for its pious acting. And the action which it had to perform was of this kind.
2:161When Moses had gone up into the neighbouring mountain and had remained several days alone with God, the fickle-minded among the people, thinking that his absence was a favourable opportunity, as if they had no longer any ruler at all, rushed unrestrainedly to impiety, and, forgetting the holiness of the living God, became eager imitators of the Egyptian inventions.
2:162Then, having made a golden calf in imitation of that which appeared to be the most sacred animal in that district, they offered up unholy sacrifices, and instituted blasphemous dances, and sang hymns which differed in no respect from dirges, and, being filled with strong wine, gave themselves up to a twofold intoxication, the intoxication of wine and that of folly, revelling and devoting the night to feasting, and, having no foresight as to the future, they spent their time in pleasant sins, though justice had her eye upon them, who saw them while they could not see, and decided what punishments they deserved.
2:163But when the continued outcries in the camp, from men collected in numerous and dense crowds, reached over a great distance, so that the sound penetrated even to the summit of the mountain, Moses, hearing the uproar, was in great perplexity, as being at the same time a devout worshipper of God and a friend to mankind, not being able to bring his mind to quit the society of God with whom he was conversing, and in which he, being alone with him, was conferring with him by himself, nor, on the other hand, could he be indifferent to the multitude thus full of anarchy and wickedness;
2:164for he recognised the tumult, since he was a very shrewd man at conjecturing, from inarticulate sounds of no distinct meaning, the passions of the soul which were inaccessible to and out of the reach of the conjectures of others, because he perceived at once that the noise proceeded partly from intoxication, since intemperance had produced satiety and a disposition to insult the law.
2:165And being drawn both ways, and under strong attraction in both directions, he fluctuated this way and that way, and did not know what he ought to do; and while he was considering the matter the following command was given to him. "Go down quickly; descend from this place, the people have turned with haste to lawlessness, having fashioned a god made with hands in the form of a bull, they are falling down before that which is no god, and sacrificing unto him, forgetting all the things that they have seen, and all that they have heard, which might lead them to piety."
2:166So Moses, being amazed, and being also constrained by this command, believes those incredible events, and springs down to be a mediator and reconciler; not however, in a moment, for first of all he addressed supplications and prayers on behalf of his nation to God, entreating God that he would pardon these their sins; then, this governor of and intercessor for his people, having appeased the Ruler of the universe, went down at the same time rejoicing and feeling sorrowful; he rejoiced indeed that God had admitted his supplication, but he was full of anxiety and depression, being greatly indignant at the lawless transgression of the multitude.
Book 2, §§167–191
2:167γενόμενος δ’ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ τὴν ἐξαπίναιον ἐκδιαίτησιν τοῦ πλήθους θαυμάσας καὶ ὅσον ψεῦδος ἀνθ’ ὅσης ἀληθείας ὑπηλλάξαντο, κατιδὼν οὐκ εἰς ἅπαντας τὴν νόσον ἀφιγμένην, ἀλλά τινας ὑγιαίνοντας ἔτι καὶ μισοπονήρῳ πάθει χρωμένους, βουλόμενος διαγνῶναι τούς τε ἀνιάτως ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δυσχεραίνοντας καὶ εἰ δή τινες ἁμαρτόντες μετανοοῦσι, κήρυγμα κηρύττει — τὸ δ’ ἦν ἄρα βάσανος ἀκριβὴς τῆς ἑκάστου διανοίας, ὡς ἔχοι πρός τε ὁσιότητα καὶ τοὐναντίον—. „εἴ τις“ γάρ φησι „πρὸς κύριον, ἴτω πρὸς μέ.“
2:168βραχὺ μὲν τὸ λεχθέν, μεγάλη δ’ ἡ ἔμφασις, ἔστι γὰρ τοιόνδε τὸ δηλούμενον· εἴ τις μηδὲν τῶν χειροποιήτων μηδ’ ὅσα γενητὰ νομίζει θεούς, ἀλλ’ ἕνα τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων, ἐμοὶ προσίτω.
2:169τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων οἱ μὲν ἕνεκα τοῦ τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν ἐζηλωκέναι τῦφον ἀφηνιάζοντες οὐ προσεῖχον τοῖς λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ φόβῳ κολάσεως ἴσως ἐγγυτέρω προσελθεῖν οὐκ ἐθάρρουν ἢ τὴν ἐκ Μωυσέως τίσιν δεδιότες ἢ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπανάστασιν· ἀεὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τοῖς μὴ συναπονοουμένοις ἐπιτίθενται.
2:170μία δ’ ἐξ ἁπάντων ἡ λεγομένη Λευϊτικὴ φυλὴ τοῦ κηρύγματος ἐπακούσασα καθάπερ ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος ἔθει μετὰ σπουδῆς, τῇ ποδωκείᾳ τὴν προθυμίαν ἐπιδεικνυμένη καὶ τὴν ὀξύτητα τῆς εἰς εὐσέβειαν ψυχικῆς ὁρμῆς.
2:171οὓς ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ βαλβῖδος ἁμιλλωμένους „εἰ μὴ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν“ εἶπεν „ἐπισπεύδετε τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἄφιξιν ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς διανοίαις, αὐτίκα μαρτυρηθήσεται· ξίφος ἀναλαβὼν ἕκαστος τοὺς μυρίων ἄξια θανάτων εἰργασμένους, οἳ τὸν ἀληθῆ θεὸν καταλιπόντες τοὺς ψευδωνύμους ἐδημιούργησαν φθαρταῖς καὶ γενηταῖς οὐσίαις τὴν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου καὶ ἀγενήτου πρόσρησιν ἐπιφημίσαντες, συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἀποκτεινάτω φιλίαν καὶ συγγένειαν ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι μόνην ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν ὁσιότητα.“
2:172οἱ δὲ τὴν παραίνεσιν ἑτοιμότητι φθάσαντες, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς γνώμας ἔτυχον ἠλλοτριωμένοι σχεδὸν ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ παρανόμημα γενόμενον εἶδον, ἀναιροῦσιν ἡβηδὸν εἰς τρισχιλίους τῶν πρὸ μικροῦ φιλτάτων. κειμένων δ’ ἐν ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ τῶν σωμάτων, ἡ πληθὺς θεασαμένη τοὺς μὲν ᾠκτίσατο, τὸ δὲ τῶν κτεινόντων ἔνθερμον ἔτι καὶ μεστὸν ὀργῆς παράστημα καταδείσασα φόβῳ νουθετεῖται.
2:173Μωυσῆς δὲ τὴν ἀριστείαν ἀποδεξάμενος γέρας ἐπενόησε καὶ ἐβεβαίωσε τῇ πράξει τὸ οἰκεῖον· ἔδει γὰρ τοὺς ὑπὲρ θεοῦ τιμῆς ἑκούσιον πόλεμον ἀραμένους καὶ βραχεῖ καιρῷ κατωρθωκότας ἀξιωθῆναι τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ λαχόντας ἱερωσύνην.
2:174Ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐ μία τάξις τῶν ἱερωμένων, ἀλλ’ οἷς μὲν ἐπιτέτραπται τὰ περὶ τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ θυσίας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἱερουργίας ἄχρι τῶν ἀδύτων ἰοῦσιν, οἷς δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδέν, ἐπιμέλειαι δὲ καὶ φυλακαὶ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ τοῦ τε ἱεροῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὓς νεωκόρους ἔνιοι καλοῦσιν, ἡ πολλοῖς πολλαχοῦ μυρίων αἰτία κακῶν γενομένη περὶ πρωτείων στάσις ἐπεπόλασε κἀνταῦθα, τῶν νεωκόρων ἐπιθεμένων τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων τιμὴν παρασπάσασθαι διανοηθέντων· καὶ τοῦτ’ εὐμαρῶς ἤλπισαν ἔσεσθαι πολλαπλασίους τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὄντες.
2:175ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἰδίᾳ γνώμῃ νεωτερίζειν καὶ τὴν πρεσβυτάτην τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν συμφρονεῖν ἀναπείθουσιν, ᾗ πολλοὶ τῶν εἰκαιοτέρων ἐπηκολούθησαν ὡς ἔχειν δυναμένῃ πρεσβεῖον ἡγεμονίας.
2:176μέγαν τοῦτον ἐπιτειχισμὸν ἔγνω Μωυσῆς φυόμενον καθ’ αὑτοῦ· τὸν γὰρ ἀδελφὸν ἀρχιερέα κατὰ τὰ χρησθέντα λόγια ᾕρητο, διαβολαὶ δ’ ἦσαν ὡς τοὺς μὲν χρησμοὺς ἐπιψευσαμένου, ποιησαμένου δὲ τὴν αἵρεσιν διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὔνοιαν.
2:177ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως ἀνιαθείς, εἰ μὴ μόνον ἀπιστεῖται διὰ τοσούτων ἐλέγχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πίστιν ἐπιδειξάμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπ’ ἔργοις ἅπερ ἀναφέρεται πρὸς θεοῦ τιμήν, δι’ ἃ μόνα καὶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸ ἦθος κατεψευσμένον ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἀληθεύειν — ἀλήθεια γὰρ ὀπαδὸς θεοῦ —, λόγοις μὲν ἀναδιδάσκειν περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζε, τὸ μεταπείθειν ἐπιχειρεῖν τοὺς προκαταληφθέντας ἐναντίαις δόξαις ἀργαλέον εἰδώς, ἱκετεύει δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἐμφανεῖς ἀποδείξεις αὐτοῖς παρασχεῖν περὶ τοῦ μηδὲν ἐψεῦσθαι κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἱερωσύνης αἵρεσιν.
2:178ὁ δὲ κελεύει δώδεκα ῥάβδους λαβεῖν ταῖς φυλαῖς ἰσαρίθμους καὶ τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὀνόματα φυλάρχων ἐπιγράψαι ταῖς ἕνδεκα, τῇ δὲ λοιπῇ τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ ἀρχιερέως, εἶτ’ εἰς τὸν νεὼν ἄχρι τῶν ἀδύτων εἰσενεγκεῖν· ὁ δὲ τὰ προσταχθέντα ποιήσας ἐκαραδόκει τὸ ἀποβησόμενον.
2:179τῇ δ’ ὑστεραίᾳ λογίῳ πληχθείς, ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους παρεστῶτος, εἰσέρχεται καὶ τὰς ῥάβδους ἐκκομίζει, τὰς μὲν ἄλλας οὐδὲν διάφορον ἐχούσας, μίαν δ’ ἐφ’ ᾗ τοὔνομα ἐπεγέγραπτο τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τεθαυματουργημένην· οἷα γὰρ φυτὸν εὐγενὲς ἅπασα νέους
2:180βλαστοὺς ἐξέφυσε καὶ ὑπ’ εὐφορίας καρπῶν ἔβριθεν. οἱ δὲ καρποὶ κάρυα ἦσαν, ἃ φύσιν ἐναντίαν ἔχει τοῖς ἄλλοις· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν πλείστων, σταφυλῆς, ἐλαίας, μήλων, διαφέρει τὸ σπέρμα καὶ τὸ ἐδώδιμον, ἃ διαφέροντα τόποις χωρίζεται· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐδώδιμον ἔξω, τὸ δὲ σπέρμα εἴσω κατακέκλεισται· τοῦ δὲ καρύου ταὐτόν ἐστι τό τε σπέρμα καὶ τὸ ἐδώδιμον, ἀμφοτέρων εἰς μίαν ἰδέαν ἀποκριθέντων, καὶ τόπος εἷς ὁ ἐντὸς ὠχυρωμένος καὶ περιπεφρουρημένος ἕρκει διπλῷ, τῷ μὲν ἐκ φλοιοῦ πάνυ βαθέος, τῷ δ’ οὐδὲν ἀποδέοντι ξυλίνου κατασκευάσματος·
2:181ἀφ’ οὗ τελείαν ἀρετὴν αἰνίττεται. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν καρύῳ ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος, ἀρχὴ μὲν ᾗ σπέρμα, τέλος δὲ ᾗ καρπός, οὕτως ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν· ἑκάστῃ γὰρ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι καὶ ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος, ἀρχὴν μέν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐξ ἑτέρας δυνάμεως ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς φύεται, τέλος δέ, ὅτι πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ κατὰ φύσιν βίος σπεύδει.
2:182μία μὲν αἰτία ἥδε, λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα τῆς προτέρας ἐμφαντικωτέρα· καρύου τὸ μὲν φλοιῶδές ἐστι πικρόν, τὸ δ’ εἴσω περικείμενον ὡσανεὶ ξύλινον ἕρκος στιφρὸν εὖ μάλα καὶ κραταιόν, οἷς ἀμφοτέροις ὁ καρπὸς ἐγκατακεκλεισμένος οὐκ ἔστιν εὔληπτος.
2:183τοῦτο ποιεῖται σύμβολον ἀσκητικῆς ψυχῆς, ἀφ’ οὗ προτρέπειν αὐτὴν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἀναδιδάσκων, ὅτι πόνῳ προεντυχεῖν ἀναγκαῖον· πικρὸν δὲ καὶ ἀντιτυπὲς καὶ σκληρὸν ὁ πόνος, ἐξ οὗ φύεται τἀγαθόν, οὗ χάριν οὐ μαλακιστέον.
2:184ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸν πόνον φεύγων φεύγει καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά, ὁ δὲ τλητικῶς καὶ ἀνδρείως ὑπομένων τὰ δυσκαρτέρητα σπεύδει πρὸς μακαριότητα· οὐ γὰρ ἁβροδιαίτοις καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκτεθηλυμμένοις καὶ τὸ σῶμα διαρρέουσιν ὑπὸ τῆς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀδιαστάτου θρύψεως ἀρετὴ πέφυκεν ἐνδιαιτᾶσθαι, κακουμένη δὲ μετανίσταται πρότερον ἀπόλειψιν χρηματίσασα πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον.
2:185ἀλλ’ εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ὁ φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης ἀνδρείας τε καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἱερώτατος θίασος ἀσκητὰς μετατρέχει καὶ ὅσοι τὸν αὐστηρὸν καὶ σκληροδίαιτον βίον, ἐγκράτειαν καὶ καρτερίαν, ζηλοῦσι σὺν εὐτελείᾳ καὶ ὀλιγοδεΐᾳ, δι’ ὧν τὸ κυριώτατον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, ὁ λογισμός, εἰς ὑγείαν ἄνοσον καὶ εὐεξίαν ἐπιδίδωσι καθελὼν τὸν βαρὺν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιτειχισμόν, ὃν οἰνοφλυγίαι καὶ ὀψοφαγίαι καὶ λαγνεῖαι καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι ἀπλήρωτοι ἐπιθυμίαι συνεκρότησαν γεννήσασαι τὴν ἀντίπαλον ἀγχινοίας πολυσαρκίαν.
2:186λέγεται μέντοι καὶ τῶν ἐν ἔαρι βλαστάνειν εἰωθότων δένδρων ἡ ἀμυγδαλῆ καὶ πρῶτον ἀνθεῖν εὐαγγελιζομένη φορὰν ἀκροδρύων καὶ ὕστατον φυλλορροεῖν τὴν ἐπέτειον πρὸς μήκιστον ἀποτείνουσα τῆς χλόης εὐγηρίαν· ὧν ἑκάτερον ποιεῖται σύμβολον τῆς ἱερατικῆς φυλῆς, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι καὶ πρώτη καὶ ὑστάτη τοῦ σύμπαντος ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀνθήσει, καθ’ ὃν ἂν χρόνον δόξῃ τῷ θεῷ ταῖς ἐαριναῖς τροπαῖς ἐξομοιῶσαι τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον ἀνελόντι τὴν ἐπίβουλον καὶ τοῦ κακοδαιμονεῖν πηγὴν πλεονεξίαν.
2:187Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τῷ τελειοτάτῳ ἡγεμόνι τέτταρα δεῖν ἔφαμεν προσεῖναι, βασιλείαν καὶ νομοθετικὴν ἕξιν καὶ ἱερωσύνην καὶ προφητείαν, ἵνα διὰ μὲν τῆς νομοθετικῆς προστάττῃ ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἀπαγορεύῃ ἃ μὴ δεῖ πράττειν, διὰ δὲ τῆς ἱερωσύνης μὴ μόνον τἀνθρώπεια ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ θεῖα διέπῃ, διὰ δὲ τῆς προφητείας ὅσα μὴ λογισμῷ καταλαμβάνεται θεσπίζῃ, διειλεγμένος περὶ τῶν πρώτων τριῶν καὶ ἐπιδεδειχὼς Μωυσῆν ἄριστον βασιλέα καὶ νομοθέτην καὶ ἀρχιερέα τὸ τελευταῖον ἔρχομαι δηλώσων, ὅτι καὶ προφήτης γέγονε δοκιμώτατος.
2:188οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν οὖν, ὡς πάντ’ εἰσὶ χρησμοί, ὅσα ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἀναγέγραπται, χρησθέντες δι’ αὐτοῦ· λέξω δὲ τὰ ἰδιαίτερα, πρότερον εἰπὼν ἐκεῖνο· τῶν λογίων τὰ μὲν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ λέγεται δι’ ἑρμηνέως τοῦ θείου προφήτου, τὰ δ’ ἐκ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως ἐθεσπίσθη, τὰ δ’ ἐκ προσώπου Μωυσέως ἐπιθειάσαντος καὶ ἐξ αὑτοῦ κατασχεθέντος.
2:189τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα ὅλα δι’ ὅλων ἀρετῶν θείων δείγματά ἐστι, τῆς τε ἵλεω καὶ εὐεργέτιδος, δι’ ὧν ἅπαντας μὲν ἀνθρώπους πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν ἀλείφει, μάλιστα δὲ τὸ θεραπευτικὸν αὐτοῦ γένος, ᾧ τὴν πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἄγουσαν ἀνατέμνει ὁδόν·
2:190τὰ δὲ δεύτερα μῖξιν ἔχει καὶ κοινωνίαν, πυνθανομένου μὲν τοῦ προφήτου περὶ ὧν ἐπεζήτει, ἀποκρινομένου δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διδάσκοντος· τὰ δὲ τρίτα ἀνατίθεται τῷ νομοθέτῃ, μεταδόντος αὐτῷ τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς προγνωστικῆς δυνάμεως, ᾗ θεσπιεῖ τὰ μέλλοντα.
2:191τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα ὑπερθετέον, μείζω γάρ ἐστιν ἢ ὡς ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπου τινὸς ἐπαινεθῆναι, μόλις ἂν ὑπ’ οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου καὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως ἀξίως ἐγκωμιασθέντα, καὶ ἄλλως λέγεται ὡσανεὶ δι’ ἑρμηνέως· ἑρμηνεία δὲ καὶ προφητεία διαφέρουσι. περὶ δὲ τῶν δευτέρων αὐτίκα πειράσομαι δηλοῦν συνυφήνας αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ τρίτον εἶδος, ἐν ᾧ τὸ τοῦ λέγοντος ἐνθουσιῶδες ἐμφαίνεται, καθ’ ὃ μάλιστα καὶ κυρίως νενόμισται προφήτης.
Book 2, §§167–191
2:167And when he came into the middle of the camp, and marvelled at the sudden way in which the multitude had forsaken all their ancient habits, and at the vast amount of falsehood which they had embraced instead of truth, he, seeing that the disease had not extended among them all, but that some were still sound, and still cherished a disposition which loathed wickedness; wishing to distinguish those who were incurable from those who felt indignation at what had taken place, and to know also whether any of those who had offended repented them of their sin, caused a proclamation to be made; and it was indeed a shrewd test of the inclination of each individual, to see how he was disposed to holiness, or to the contrary.
2:168"Whoever," said he, "is on the side of the Lord, let him come to me." It was but a brief sentence which he thus uttered, but the meaning concealed under it was important; for what was intimated by his words was the following sense: "If any one does not think anything whatever that is made by hands, or anything that is created, a god, but believes that there is one ruler of the universe only, let him come to me."
2:169Now of the others, some resisted by reason of the admiration which they had conceived for the Egyptian pride, and they did not attend to what he said; others wanted courage to come nearer to him, perhaps out of fear of punishment; or else perhaps they dreaded punishment at the hand of Moses, or a rising up against them on the part of the people; for the multitude invariably attack those who do not share in their frenzy.
2:170But that single tribe of the whole number which was called the tribe of Levi, when they heard the proclamation, as if by one preconcerted agreement, ran with great haste, displaying their earnestness by their promptness and rapidity, and proving the keenness of the desire of their soul for piety;
2:171and, when Moses saw them rushing forward as if starting from the goal in a race, he said, "Surely it is not with your bodies alone that you are hastening to come unto me, but you shall soon bear witness with your minds to your eagerness; let every one of you take a sword, and slay those men who have done things worthy of ten thousand deaths, who have forsaken the true God, and made for themselves false gods, of perishable and created substances, calling them by the name which belongs only to the uncreated and everlasting God; let every one, I say, slay those men, whether it be his own kinsmen or his friends, looking upon nothing to be either friendship or kindred but the holy fellowship of good men."
2:172And the tribe of Levi, outrunning his command with the most eager readiness, since they were already alienated from those men in their minds, almost from the first moment that they beheld the beginning of their lawless iniquity, killed them all to a man, to the number of three thousand, though they had been but a short time before their dearest friends; and as the corpses were lying in the middle of the place of the assembly of the people, the multitude beholding them pitied them, and fearing the still fervid, and angry, and indignant disposition of those who had slain them, reproved them out of fear;
2:173but Moses, gladly approving of their exceeding virtue, devised in their favour and confirmed to them an honour which was appropriate to their exploit, for it was fitting that those who had undertaken a voluntary war for the sake of the honour of God, and who had carried it out successfully in a short time, should be thought worthy to receive the priesthood and charge of officiating in his service.
2:174But, since there is not one order only of consecrated priests, but since to some of them the charge is committed of attending to all the prayers, and sacrifices, and other most sacred ceremonies, being allowed to enter into the inmost and most holy shrine; while others are not permitted to do any of these things, but have the duty of taking care of and guarding the temple and all that is therein, both day and night, whom some call keepers of the temple; a sedition arose respecting the precedency in honour, which was to many persons in many ways the cause of infinite evils, and it broke out now from the keepers of the temple attacking the priests, and endeavouring to deprive them of the honour which belonged to them; and they thought that they should be able easily to succeed in their object, since they were many times more numerous than the others.
2:175But for the sake of not appearing to be planning any innovations of their own heads, they persuaded also the eldest of the twelve tribes to embrace their opinions, which last tribe was followed by many of the more fickle of the populace, as thinking it entitled to the precedence and to the principal share of authority over the whole host.
2:176Moses now knew that a great plot was in agitation against him; for he had appointed his brother high priest in accordance with the will of God, which had been declared to him. And now false accusations were brought against him, as if he had falsified the oracles of God, and as if he had done so and made the appointment by reason of his family affection and goodwill towards his brother.
2:177And he, being very naturally grieved at this, inasmuch as he was not only distrusted by such accusations while exhibiting his own good faith in a most genuine manner, but he was also grieved at those actions of his being calumniated which had for their object the honour of God, and which were of such a nature as to deserve by themselves that even such a man who had in other respects shown an insincere disposition should be looked upon as behaving in this case with truth; for truth is the invariable attendant of God. But he did not think fit to give any explanation by words respecting his appointment of his brother, knowing that it was difficult to endeavour to persuade those who were previously possessed by contrary opinions to change their minds; but he besought God to give the people a visible demonstration that he had in no respect behaved with dishonesty respecting the appointment to the priesthood.
2:178And he, therefore, commanded that twelve rods should be taken, so as to be equal in number to the tribes of the nation; and he commanded further that the names of the other patriarchs of the tribes should be written on eleven of the rods, but on the remaining one the name of his brother, the high priest, and then that they should all be carried into the temple as far as the inmost shrine; and the officer who did what he had been commanded waited in expectation to see the result.
2:179And on the next day, in obedience to a command from God, he went into the temple, while all the people were standing around, and brought out the rods, the others differing in no respect from the state in which they were when they were put in; but the one on which the name of his brother was written had undergone a miraculous change; for like a fine plant it suddenly put forth shoots all over, and was weighed down with the abundance of its crop of fruit.
2:180And the fruit were almonds, which is a fruit of a different character from any other. For in most fruit, such as grapes, olives, and apples, the seed and the eatable part differ from one another, and being different are separated as to their position, for the eatable part is outside, and the seed is shut up within; but in the case of this fruit the seed and the eatable part are the same, both of them being comprised in one species, and their position is one and the same, being without strongly protected and fortified with a twofold fence, consisting partly of a very thick bark, and partly of what appears in no respect short of a wooden case,
2:181by which perfect virtue is figuratively indicated. For as in the almond the beginning and the end are the same, the beginning as far as it is seed, and the end as far as it is fruit; so also is it the case with the virtues; for each one of them is at the same time both beginning and end, a beginning, because it proceeds not from any other power, but from itself; and an end, because the life in accordance with nature hastens towards it.
2:182This is one reason; and another is also mentioned, more clear and emphatic than the former; for the part of the almond which looks like bark is bitter, but that which lies inside the bark, like a wooden case, is very hard and impenetrable, so that the fruit, being enclosed in these two coverings, is not very easily to be got at. ‘
2:183This is an emblem of the soul which is inclined to the practise of meditation, from which he thinks it is proper to turn it to virtue by showing it that it is necessary first of all to encounter danger. But labour is a bitter, and distasteful, and harsh thing, from which good is produced, for the sake of which one must not yield to effeminate indolence;
2:184for he who seeks to avoid labour is also avoiding good. And he, again, who encounters what is disagreeable to be borne with fortitude and manly perseverance, is taking the best road to happiness; for it is not the nature of virtue to abide with those who are given up to delicacy and luxury, and who have become effeminate in their souls, and whose bodies are enervated by the incessant luxury which they practise every day; but it is subdued by such conduct, and determined to change its abode, having first of all arranged its departure so as to depart to, and abide with, the ruler of right reason.
2:185But, if I must tell the truth, the most sacred company of prudence, and temperance, and courage, and justice seeks the society of those who practise virtue, and of those who admire a life of austerity and rigid duty, devoting themselves to fortitude and self-denial, with wise economy and abstinence; by means of which virtues the most powerful of all the principles within us, namely, reason, improves and attains to a state of perfect health and vigour, overthrowing the violent attacks of the body, which the moderate use of wine, and epicurism, and licentiousness, and other insatiable appetites excite against it, engendering a fulness of flesh which is the direct enemy of shrewdness and wisdom.
2:186Moreover, it is said, that of all the trees that are accustomed to blossom in the spring, the almond is the first to flourish, bringing as it were good tidings of abundance of fruit; and that afterwards it is the last to lose its leaves, extending the yearly old age of its verdure to the longest period; in each of which particulars it is an emblem of the tribe of the priesthood, as Moses intimates under the figure of this tree that this tribe shall be the first of the whole human race to flourish, and likewise the last; as long as it shall please God to liken our life to the revolutions of the spring, destroying covetousness that most treacherous of passions, and the fountain of all unhappiness.
2:187Since, therefore, I have now stated that in the absolutely perfect governor there ought to be four things, royal power, the legislative disposition, and the priesthood, and the prophetic office (in order that by his legislative disposition he may command such things as are right to be done, and forbid such things as are not proper to be done, and that by his priesthood he may arrange not only all human but likewise all divine things; and that by his prophetic office he may predict those things which cannot be comprehended by reason): having fully discussed the first three, and having shown that Moses as a most excellent king, and lawgiver, and high priest, I come in the last place to show that he was also the most illustrious of prophets.
2:188I am not unaware then that all the things which are written in the sacred books are oracles delivered by him; and I will set forth what more peculiarly concerns him, when I have first mentioned this one point, namely, that of the sacred oracles some are represented as delivered in the person of God by his interpreter, the divine prophet, while others are put in the form of question and answer, and others are delivered by Moses in his own character as a divinely-prompted lawgiver possessed by divine inspiration.
2:189Therefore, all the earliest oracles are manifestations of the whole of the divine virtues, and especially of that merciful and bounteous character by means of which he trains all men to virtue, and especially the race which is devoted to his service, to which he lays open the road leading to happiness.
2:190The second class have a sort of admixture and communication in them, the prophet asking information on the subjects as to which he is in difficulty, and God answering him and instructing him. The third sort are attributed to the lawgiver, God having given him a share of his prescient power, by means of which he will be able to foretell the future.
2:191Therefore, we must for the present pass by the first; for they are too great to be adequately praised by any man, as, indeed, they could scarcely be panegyrised worthily by the heaven itself and the nature of the universe; and they are also uttered by the mouth, as it were, of an interpreter. But interpretation and prophecy differ from one another. And concerning the second kind I will at once endeavour to explain the truth, connecting with them the third species also, in which the inspired character of the speaker is shown, according to which it is that he is most especially and appropriately looked upon as a prophet.
Book 2, §§192–216
2:192Τῆς δ’ ὑποσχέσεως ἀρκτέον ὧδε. τέτταρές εἰσι τόποι διὰ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως χρησμοῖς νομοθετηθέντες, μικτὴν ἔχοντες δύναμιν· τῇ μὲν γὰρ ὁ προφήτης ἐνθουσιᾷ πυνθανόμενος, τῇ δὲ ὁ πατὴρ θεσπίζει λόγου καὶ ἀποκρίσεως μεταδιδούς. ἔστι δὲ πρῶτος, ὃς οὐχ ὅτι Μωυσῆν ὁσιώτατον τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ βραχὺ γευσάμενον εὐσεβείας ὤργισεν.
2:193ἐξ ἀνομοίων τις γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος νόθος, Αἰγυπτίου μὲν πατρός, μητρὸς δὲ Ἰουδαίας, τῶν μὲν ταύτης πατρίων ἐθῶν ἠλόγησε, πρὸς δὲ τὴν Αἰγυπτιακήν, ὡς λόγος, ἀπέκλινεν ἀσέβειαν τὴν τῶν ἀνδρῶν ζηλώσας ἀθεότητα.
2:194μόνοι γὰρ σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ἐθνῶν Αἰγύπτιοι γῆν ἐπετείχισαν οὐρανῷ, τὴν μὲν ἰσοθέων τιμῶν ἀξιώσαντες, τῷ δ’ οὐδὲν γέρας ἐξαίρετον ἀπονείμαντες, ὡς δέον πρὸ τῶν βασιλείων τὰς ἐσχατιὰς περιέπειν — ἐν γὰρ κόσμῳ βασίλειον μὲν ἱερώτατον οὐρανός, ἐσχατιὰ δὲ γῆ, καθ’ ἑαυτὴν μὲν ἀξιοσπούδαστος, εἰς δὲ σύγκρισιν ἰοῦσα αἰθέρος ἀπολειπομένη τοσοῦτον ὅσον σκότος μὲν φωτός, νὺξ δὲ ἡμέρας, φθορὰ δ’ ἀφθαρσίας καὶ θνητὸς θεοῦ —.
2:195τῆς γὰρ χώρας οὐχ ὑετῷ καθάπερ αἱ ἄλλαι νιφομένης, ἀλλὰ ταῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ πλημμύραις εἰωθυίας ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος λιμνάζεσθαι, θεοπλαστοῦσι τῷ λόγῳ τὸν Νεῖλον Αἰγύπτιοι ὡς ἀντίμιμον οὐρανοῦ γεγονότα καὶ περὶ τῆς χώρας σεμνηγοροῦσιν.
2:196ὁ δὴ μικτὸς οὗτος ἐκεῖνος διενεχθείς τινι τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ καὶ ἐπιστημονικοῦ γένους, ἀκράτωρ ὑπ’ ὀργῆς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ γενόμενος καὶ ἅμα τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς ἀθεότητος ζηλωτὴς ὤν, ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν ἔτεινε τὴν ἀσέβειαν ἐπαράτῳ καὶ ἐναγεῖ καὶ μεμιασμένῃ ψυχῇ τε καὶ γλώττῃ καὶ πάσῃ τῇ φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίᾳ καταρασάμενος δι’ ὑπερβολὴν κακιῶν ὃν οὐδ’ ὑπὸ πάντων ἀλλὰ μόνων τῶν ἀρίστων εὐλογεῖσθαι θέμις, ὅσοι τὰς τελείας καθάρσεις ἐδέξαντο.
2:197διὸ καὶ θαυμάσας τὴν φρενοβλάβειαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ θράσους ὑπερβολήν, καίτοι γ’ ὑπόπλεως ὢν παραστήματος εὐγενοῦς καὶ ἱέμενος αὐτοχειρίᾳ διαρτῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἔδεισε μὴ κουφοτέραν ἀναπράξῃ τιμωρίαν· ἰσόρροπον γὰρ ἐπινοῆσαι πρὸς τοσαύτην ἀσέβειαν κόλασιν ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἂν ἴσχυσεν.
2:198ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ μὴ σέβειν θεὸν ἕπεται τὸ μήτε γονεῖς μήτε πατρίδα μήτ’ εὐεργέτας τιμᾶν, ὁ δὲ δὴ πρὸς τῷ μὴ σέβειν καὶ κακηγορεῖν τολμῶν τίνα μοχθηρίας ὑπερβολὴν ἀπολέλοιπε; καίτοι καὶ τὸ κακηγορεῖν ἧττον ἐν συγκρίσει κατάρας· ἀλλὰ γλωσσαλγία καὶ ἀχάλινον στόμα ὅταν ἐκνόμοις ἀφροσύναις ὑπηρετῶσι, πάντως τι καινουργεῖται τῶν ἀθέσμων. ὦ ἄνθρωπε, καταρᾶταί τις θεόν;
2:199τίνα καλῶν ἕτερον θεὸν εἰς τὴν τῆς ἀρᾶς βεβαίωσιν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι αὐτὸν κατ’ αὐτοῦ; ἄπαγε βεβήλων καὶ ἀνοσίων ἐνθυμημάτων. καλὸν ἐκνίψασθαι τὴν ἀθλίαν ψυχὴν ἐπηρεασθεῖσαν μὲν ὑπὸ φωνῆς, διακόνοις δὲ τοῖς ὠσὶ χρησαμένην, αἰσθήσει τυφλῇ.
2:200καὶ οὔτε ἡ γλῶττα τοῦ τοσοῦτον ἀσέβημα φθεγξαμένου παρείθη οὔτε τὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀκούειν ὦτα ἐπεφράχθη; εἰ μὴ ἄρα κατὰ πρόνοιαν τῆς δίκης, ἥτις οὔτ’ ἀγαθὸν ὑπερβάλλον οὔτε μέγιστον κακὸν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπισκιάζεσθαι, πρὸς ἔλεγχον ἐναργέστατον ἀρετῆς ἢ κακίας, ἵνα τὴν μὲν ἀποδοχῆς τὴν δὲ τιμωρίας ἀξιώσῃ.
2:201διὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν εἰς εἱρκτὴν ἀπαχθέντα κελεύει δεθῆναι, ποτνιᾶται δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἱλασάμενος ταῖς ἀνάγκαις τῶν αἰσθήσεων, δι’ ὧν καὶ βλέπομεν ἃ μὴ θέμις ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούομεν ὧν μὴ θέμις ἀκούειν, ὅ τι χρὴ παθεῖν τὸν εὑρετὴν ἀσεβήματος καὶ ἀνοσιουργήματος ἐκτόπου καὶ ξένου δηλῶσαι.
2:202ὁ δὲ προστάττει καταλευσθῆναι, προσήκουσαν οἶμαι δίκην ὑπολαβὼν τὴν διὰ λίθων κατ’ ἀνδρὸς λιθίνην καὶ ἀπόκροτον ψυχὴν ἔχοντος καὶ ἅμα βουλόμενος πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους συνεφάψασθαι τῆς κολάσεως, οὓς ᾔδει σφόδρα τραχέως ἐνεγκόντας καὶ φονῶντας· μόνης δ’ ὡς ἔοικε τῆς διὰ βλημάτων ἔμελλον αἱ τοσαῦται μυριάδες ἐφάπτεσθαι.
2:203μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀνοσίου καὶ παλαμναίου τίσιν ἐγράφη διάταγμα καινόν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε προηγουμένης ἀξιωθὲν γραφῆς, ἀλλ’ αἱ ἀπροσδόκητοι νεωτεροποιίαι καινοὺς νόμους εἰς ἀνακοπὴν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπιζητοῦσιν. αὐτίκα γοῦν νομοθετεῖται τάδε· ὃς ἂν καταράσηται θεόν, ἁμαρτίας ἔνοχος ἔστω, ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀνομάσῃ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, θνῃσκέτω (Lev. 24, 15. 16).
2:204εὖ γ’, ὦ πάνσοφε, μόνος ἀμιγοῦς ἠκρατίσω σοφίας· τοῦ καταρᾶσθαι χεῖρον τὸ ὀνομάζειν ὑπείληφας; οὐ γὰρ ἂν τὸν μὲν βαρύτατον ἀσέβημα εἰργασμένον ἐπεκούφιζες διημαρτηκόσιν ἐπιεικέστερον συντάττων, κατὰ δὲ τοῦ βραχύτερον ἠδικηκέναι δόξαντος
2:205τὴν ἀνωτάτω τιμωρίαν, θάνατον, ὥριζες. ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔοικε „θεοῦ“ τὰ νῦν οὐχὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ γεννητοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι μέμνηται· ψευδώνυμοι δ’ εἰσὶ γραφέων καὶ πλαστῶν τέχναις δημιουργούμενοι· ξοάνων γὰρ καὶ ἀγαλμάτων καὶ τοιουτοτρόπων ἀφιδρυμάτων ἡ οἰκουμένη μεστὴ γέγονεν, ὧν τῆς βλασφημίας ἀνέχειν ἀναγκαῖον, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἐθίζηται τῶν Μωυσέως γνωρίμων συνόλως θεοῦ προσρήσεως ἀλογεῖν· ἀξιονικοτάτη γὰρ καὶ ἀξιέραστος ἡ κλῆσις.
2:206εἰ δέ τις οὐ λέγω βλασφημήσειεν εἰς τὸν ἀνθρώπων καὶ θεῶν κύριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τολμήσειεν ἀκαίρως αὐτοῦ φθέγξασθαι τοὔνομα, θάνατον ὑπομεινάτω τὴν δίκην.
2:207οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν φυτευσάντων καίτοι θνητῶν ὑπαρχόντων οἷς μέλει γονέων τιμῆς τὰ ὀνόματα προφέρουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ κύρια διὰ τὸν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς σεβασμὸν ἡσυχάζοντες τοῖς τῆς φύσεως ἀνακαλοῦσι πατέρα καὶ μητέρα προσαγορεύοντες, δι’ ὧν εὐθὺς αἰνίττονται τὰς ἐξ ἐκείνων ἀνυπερβλήτους εὐεργεσίας καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν εὐχάριστον διάθεσιν.
2:208ἔτι νῦν συγγνώμης ἀξιούσθωσαν οἱ κατ’ ἐπισυρμὸν γλώττης ἀκαιρευόμενοι καὶ λόγων ἀναπλήρωμα ποιούμενοι τὸ ἁγιώτατον καὶ θεῖον ὄνομα;
2:209Μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ γεννητοῦ τῶν ὅλων τιμὴν τὴν ἱερὰν ἑβδόμην ἐσέμνυνεν ὁ προφήτης ἰδὼν αὐτῆς ὀξυωπεστέροις ὄμμασι κάλλος ἐξαίσιον ἐνεσφραγισμένον οὐρανῷ τε καὶ τῷ σύμπαντι κόσμῳ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς ἀγαλματοφορούμενον.
2:210εὕρισκε γὰρ αὐτὴν τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀμήτορα, γενεᾶς τῆς θήλεος ἀμέτοχον, ἐκ μόνου πατρὸς σπαρεῖσαν ἄνευ σπορᾶς καὶ γεννηθεῖσαν ἄνευ κυήσεως· ἔπειτα δ’ οὐ ταῦτα μόνον κατεῖδεν, ὅτι παγκάλη καὶ ἀμήτωρ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ ἀειπάρθενος, οὔτ’ ἐκ μητρὸς οὔτε μήτηρ οὔτ’ ἐκ φθορᾶς οὔτε φθαρησομένη· εἶτ’ ἐκ τρίτου κατενόησεν αὐτὴν ἐξετάζων καὶ κόσμου γενέθλιον, ἣν ἑορτάζει μὲν οὐρανός, ἑορτάζει δὲ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν γῇ γανύμενα καὶ ἐνευφραινόμενα τῇ παναρμονίῳ ἑβδομάδι.
2:211ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς αἰτίας ὁ πάντα μέγας Μωυσῆς ἐδικαίωσε τοὺς ἐγγραφέντας αὐτοῦ τῇ ἱερᾷ πολιτείᾳ θεσμοῖς φύσεως ἑπομένους πανηγυρίζειν, ἐν ἱλαραῖς διάγοντας εὐθυμίαις, ἀνέχοντας μὲν ἔργων καὶ τεχνῶν τῶν εἰς πορισμὸν καὶ πραγματειῶν ὅσαι κατὰ βίου ζήτησιν, ἄγοντας δ’ ἐκεχειρίαν καὶ διαφειμένους πάσης ἐπιπόνου καὶ καματηρᾶς φροντίδος, σχολάζοντας οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι γέλωσιν ἢ παιδιαῖς ἢ μίμων ἢ ὀρχηστῶν ἐπιδείξεσι, περὶ ἃς κηραίνουσι καὶ δυσθανατοῦσιν οἱ θεατρομανοῦντες καὶ διὰ τῶν ἡγεμονικωτάτων αἰσθήσεων, ὁράσεως καὶ ἀκοῆς, δούλην ἀπεργαζόμενοι τὴν φύσει βασιλίδα ψυχήν, ἀλλὰ μόνῳ τῷ φιλοσοφεῖν·
2:212οὐχ ὅπερ μεθοδεύουσιν οἱ λογοθῆραι καὶ σοφισταὶ πιπράσκοντες ὡς ἄλλο τι τῶν ὠνίων ἐπ’ ἀγορᾶς δόγματα καὶ λόγους, οἳ φιλοσοφίᾳ κατὰ φιλοσοφίας (ὦ γῆ καὶ ἥλιε!) χρώμενοι δι’ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τῷ ὄντι φιλοσοφεῖν, ὅπερ ἐκ τριῶν συνύφανται, βουλευμάτων καὶ λόγων καὶ πράξεων, εἰς ἓν εἶδος ἡρμοσμένων πρὸς κτῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν εὐδαιμονίας.
2:213τούτου δή τις ἀλογήσας τοῦ διατάγματος, ἔτι τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἐναύλους ἔχων τοὺς περὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἑβδόμης, οὓς ἐθέσπισεν ἄνευ προφήτου ὁ θεὸς διὰ φωνῆς — τὸ παραδοξότατον—ὁρατῆς, ἣ τῶν παρατυγχανόντων ὀφθαλμοὺς ὤτων ἐπήγειρε μᾶλλον, ἐπὶ φρυγανισμὸν ἐξῄει διὰ μέσου τοῦ στρατοπέδου πάντας εἰδὼς ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ἠρεμοῦντας, καὶ δρῶν ἔτι τἀδίκημα καταφανὴς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λαθεῖν γίνεται.
2:214πυλῶν γὰρ ἔξω προελθόντες τινὲς εἰς ἐρημίαν, ἵν’ ἐν τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ἡσυχάζοντι εὔξωνται, θέαν ἔκνομον ἰδόντες, ξύλων ὕλην συγκομίζοντα, καὶ δυσανασχετήσαντες ἐμέλλησαν μὲν αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν, λογισμῷ δὲ τὸ παρακεκινημένον τῆς ὀργῆς ἐπισχόντες, ἵνα μήτε ἰδιῶται πρὸ ἀρχόντων κολάζειν τινὰ δοκῶσι καὶ ταῦτ’ ἄκριτον, κἂν ἄλλως τὸ παρανόμημα ᾖ ἐμφανές, μήτε τοῦ περὶ τὴν ἡμέραν εὐαγοῦς μίασμα φόνου, κἂν δικαιότατος ᾖ, προσάψηται, συλλαβόντες ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα, ᾧ συνήδρευον μὲν οἱ ἱερεῖς, παρειστήκει δὲ σύμπασα ἡ πληθὺς πρὸς ἀκρόασιν.
2:215ἔθος γὰρ ἦν, ἀεὶ μὲν κατὰ τὸ παρεῖκον, προηγουμένως δὲ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις, ὡς ἐδήλωσα καὶ πρόσθεν, φιλοσοφεῖν, τοῦ μὲν ἡγεμόνος ὑφηγουμένου καὶ διδάσκοντος ἅ τε χρὴ πράττειν καὶ λέγειν, τῶν δ’ εἰς καλοκἀγαθίαν ἐπιδιδόντων καὶ βελτιουμένων τά τε ἤθη καὶ τὸν βίον.
2:216ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν φιλοσοφοῦσι ταῖς ἑβδόμαις Ἰουδαῖοι τὴν πάτριον φιλοσοφίαν τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον ἀναθέντες ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ θεωρίᾳ τῶν περὶ φύσιν· τὰ γὰρ κατὰ πόλεις προσευκτήρια τί ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ διδασκαλεῖα φρονήσεως καὶ ἀνδρείας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ δικαιοσύνης εὐσεβείας τε καὶ ὁσιότητος καὶ συμπάσης ἀρετῆς, ᾗ κατανοεῖται καὶ κατορθοῦται τά τε ἀνθρώπεια καὶ
Book 2, §§192–216
2:192And we must here begin with the promise. There are four places where the oracles are given by way of question and answer, being contained in the exposition of the law, and having a mixed character. For, first, the prophet feels inspiration and asks questions, and then the father prophesies to him, giving him a share of his discourse and replies. And the first case where this occurs is one which would have irritated, not only Moses, who was the most holy and pious man that ever lived, but even any one who had only had a slight taste of piety.
2:193A certain man, illegitimately born of two unequal parents, namely, an Egyptian father and a Jewish mother, and who disregarded the national and hereditary customs which he had learnt from her, as it is reported, inclined to the Egyptian impiety, being seized with admiration for the ungodly practises of the men of that nation;
2:194for the Egyptians, almost alone of all men, set up the earth as a rival of the heaven considering the former as entitled to honours equal with those of the gods, and giving the latter no especial honour, just as if it were proper to pay respect to the extremities of a country rather than to the king’s palace. For in the world the heaven is the most holy temple, and the further extremity is the earth; though this too is in itself worthy of being regarded with honour; but if it is brought into comparison with the air, is as far inferior to it as light is to darkness, or night to day, or corruption to immortality, or a mortal to God.
2:195For, since that country is not irrigated by rain as all other lands are, but by the inundations of the river which is accustomed every year to overflow its banks; the Egyptians, in their impious reason, make a god of the Nile, as if it were a copy and a rival of heaven, and use pompous language about the virtue of their country.
2:196Accordingly, this man of mixed race, having had a quarrel with some one of the consecrated and well-instructed house of Israel, becoming carried away by his anger, and unable to restrain himself, and being also an admirer and follower of the impiety of the Egyptians, extended his impiety from earth to heaven, cursing it with his accursed, and polluted, and defiled soul, and with his wicked tongue, and with the whole power of all his vocal organs in the superfluity of his ungodliness; though it ought to be blessed and praised, not by all men, indeed, but only by those who are most virtuous and pious, as having received perfect purification.
2:197Wherefore Moses, marvelling at his insanity and at the extravagance of his audacity, although he was filled with a noble impetuosity and indignation, and desired to slay the man with his own hand, nevertheless feared lest he should be inflicting on him too light a punishment; for he conceived that no man could possibly devise any punishment adequate to such enormous impiety.
2:198And since it followed of necessity that a man who did not worship God could not honour his father either, or his mother, or his country, or his benefactors, this man, in addition to not reverencing them, dared to speak ill of them. And then what extravagance of wickedness did he fall short of? And yet evil-speaking, if compared with cursing, is the lighter evil of the two. But when intemperate language and an unbridled tongue are subservient to lawless folly, then inevitably and invariably some iniquitous conduct must follow.
2:199O man! does any one curse God? What other god can he invoke to ratify and confirm his curse? Is it not plain that he must invoke God to give effect to his curses against himself? Away with such profane and impious ideas! It would be well to cleanse that miserable soul which has been insulted by the voice, and which has used the ears for ministers, keeping the external senses blind.
2:200And was not either the tongue of the man who uttered such impiety loosened, or the ears of him who was destined to hear such things closed up? unless, indeed, that was done in consequence of some providential arrangement of justice, which does not think that either any extraordinary good or that any enormous evil ought to be kept in darkness, but that such should be revealed in order to the most complete manifestation of virtue or vice, so that it may adjudge the one to be worthy of acceptance and the other of punishment.
2:201On this account Moses ordered the man to be thrown into prison and bound with chains; and then he addressed propitiatory prayers to God, begging him to be merciful to the necessities of the external senses (by means of which we both see what it is not proper to see, and hear what it is not lawful to hear), and to point out what the author of such a strange and unprecedented blasphemy and impiety ought to suffer.
2:202And God commanded him to be stoned, considering, as I imagine, the punishment of stoning to be a suitable and appropriate one for a man who had a stony and hardened heart, and wishing at the same time that all his fellow countrymen should have a share in inflicting punishment on him, as he knew that they were very indignant and eager to slay him; and the only punishment which so many myriads of men could possibly join in was that which was inflicted by throwing stones.
2:203But after the punishment of this impious murderer, a new commandment was enacted, which had never before been thought worthy of being reduced to writing; but unexpected innovations cause new laws to be devised for the repression of their evils. At all events, the following law was immediately introduced: "Whoever curses God shall be guilty of sin, and whoever names the name of the Lord shall die."
2:204Well done, O all-wise man! You alone have drunk of the cup of unalloyed wisdom. You have seen that it was worse to name God than even to curse him; for you would never have treated lightly a man who had committed the heaviest of all impieties, and inflicted the heaviest punishment possible on those who committed the slightest faults; but you fixed death, which is the very greatest punishment imaginable, as the penalty for the man who appeared to have committed the heaviest crime.
2:205But, as it seems, he is not now speaking of that God who was the first being who had any existence, and the Father of the universe, but of those who are accounted gods in the different cities; and they are falsely called gods, being only made by the arts of painters and sculptors, for the whole inhabited world is full of statues and images, and erections of that kind, of whom it is necessary however to abstain from speaking ill, in order that no one of the disciples of Moses may ever become accustomed at all to treat the appellation of God with disrespect; for that name is always most deserving to obtain the victory, and is especially worthy of love.
2:206But if any one were, I will not say to blaspheme against the Lord of gods and men, but were even to dare to utter his name unseasonably, he must endure the punishment of death;
2:207for those persons who have a proper respect for their parents do not lightly bring forward the names of their parents, though they are but mortal, but they avoid using their proper names by reason of the reverence which they bear them, and call them rather by the titles indicating their natural relationship, that is, father and mother, by which names they at once intimate the unsurpassable benefits which they have received at their hands, and their own grateful disposition.
2:208Therefore these men must not be thought worthy of pardon who out of volubility of tongue have spoken unseasonably, and being too free of their words have repeated carelessly the most holy and divine name of God.
2:209Moreover, in accordance with the honour due to the Creator of the universe, the prophet hallowed the sacred seventh day, beholding with eyes of more acute sight than those of mortals its preeminent beauty, which had already been deeply impressed on the heaven and the whole universal world, and had been borne about as an image by nature itself in her own bosom;
2:210for first of all Moses found that day destitute of any mother, and devoid of all participation in the female generation, being born of the Father alone without any propagation by means of seed, and being born without any conception on the part of any mother. And then he beheld not only this, that it was very beautiful and destitute of any mother, neither being born of corruption nor liable to corruption; and then, in the third place, he by further inquiry discovered that it was the birthday of the world, which the heaven keeps as a festival, and the earth and all the things in and on the earth keep as a festival, rejoicing and delighting in the all-harmonious number of seven, and in the sabbath day.
2:211For this reason the all-great Moses thought fit that all who were enrolled in his sacred polity should follow the laws of nature and meet in a solemn assembly, passing the time in cheerful joy and relaxation, abstaining from all works, and from all arts which have a tendency to the production of anything; and from all business which is connected with the seeking of the means of living, and that they should keep a complete truce, abstaining from all laborious and fatiguing thought and care, and devoting their leisure, not as some persons scoffingly assert, to sports, or exhibitions of actors and dancers, for the sake of which those who run madly after theatrical amusements suffer disasters and even encounter miserable deaths, and for the sake of these the most dominant and influential of the outward senses, sight and hearing, make the soul, which should be the heavenly nature, the slave of these senses.
2:212But, giving up their time wholly to the study of philosophy, not of that sort of philosophy which word-catchers and sophists seek to reduce to a system, selling doctrines and reasonings as they would any other vendible thing in the market. Men who (O you earth and sun!) employ philosophy against philosophy, and yet never wear a blush on their countenance; but who, applying themselves to the kindred philosophy, which they make up of these component parts, namely, of intention, and words, and actions, all united into one species, in order to the acquisition and enjoyment of happiness.
2:213Now some one disregarding this injunction, even while he yet had the sacred words of God respecting the holy seventh day still ringing in his ears, which God had uttered without the intervention of the prophet, and, what is the most wonderful thing of all, by a visible voice which affected the eyes of those who were present even more than their ears, went forth through the middle of the camp to pick up sticks, well knowing that all the people in the camp were perfectly quiet and doing nothing, and even while he was committing the iniquity was seen and detected, all disguise being impossible;
2:214for some persons, having gone forth out of the gates to some quiet spot, that they might pray in some retired and peaceful place, seeing a most unholy spectacle, namely this man carrying a faggot of sticks, and being very indignant, were about to put him to death; but reasoning with themselves they restrained the violence of their wrath, that they might not appear, as they were only private persons, to chastise any one rather than the magistrates, and that too uncondemned; though indeed in other respects the transgression was manifest and undeniable, wishing also that no pollution arising from an execution, even though most righteously inflicted, should defile the sacred day. But they apprehended him, and led him away to the magistrate, with whom the priests were sitting as assessors; and the whole multitude collected together to hear the trial;
2:215for it was invariably the custom, as it was desirable on other days also, but especially on the seventh day, as I have already explained, to discuss matters of philosophy; the ruler of the people beginning the explanation, and teaching the multitude what they ought to do and to say, and the populace listening so as to improve in virtue, and being made better both in their moral character and in their conduct through life;
2:216in accordance with which custom, even to this day, the Jews hold philosophical discussions on the seventh day, disputing about their national philosophy, and devoting that day to the knowledge and consideration of the subjects of natural philosophy; for as for their houses of prayer in the different cities, what are they, but schools of wisdom, and courage, and temperance, and justice, and piety, and holiness, and every virtue, by which human and divine things are appreciated, and placed upon a proper footing?
Book 2, §§217–241
2:217θεῖα; τότε μὲν οὖν εἰς εἱρκτὴν ὁ τηλικοῦτον ἀσέβημα δράσας ἀπάγεται. Μωυσῆς δὲ ἀπορῶν ὅ τι χρὴ παθεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον — ᾔδει γὰρ ἄξια θανάτου διαπεπραγμένον, ἀλλὰ τίς ἂν γένοιτο τρόπος ἁρμόζων τῆς τιμωρίας; — ἀφικνεῖται πρὸς τὸ ἀόρατον ἀοράτῳ ψυχῇ δικαστήριον καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ καὶ πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι πάντ’ ἐπισταμένου δικαστοῦ, τί κέκρικεν.
2:218ὁ δ’ ἀποφαίνεται τὴν γνῶσιν, ὅτι καὶ θνῄσκειν ὀφείλει καὶ οὐχ ἑτέρως ἢ καταλευσθείς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τούτῳ καθάπερ καὶ τῷ προτέρῳ μετέβαλεν ὁ νοῦς εἰς κωφὴν λίθον εἰργασμένῳ τελεώτατον παρανόμημα, ᾧ σχεδὸν πάντα τἄλλα ἐμφέρεται, ὅσα περὶ τοῦ σεβασμοῦ τῆς ἑβδόμης νενομοθέτηται. διὰ τί;
2:219ὅτι οὐχ αἱ βάναυσοι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι τέχναι καὶ πραγματεῖαι καὶ μάλιστα αἱ περὶ πορισμὸν καὶ βίου ζήτησιν ἢ διὰ πυρός εἰσιν ἢ οὐκ ἄνευ τῶν διὰ πυρός· ὅθεν ἀπαγορεύει πολλάκις ἐν ταῖς ἑβδόμαις πῦρ ἐναύειν ὡς ἀρχηγικώτατον αἴτιον καὶ πρεσβύτατον ἔργον, οὗ ἡσυχάσαντος ἐνενοήθη καὶ τὰ κατὰ μέρος ὡς εἰκὸς συνησυχάσειν.
2:220ὕλη δὲ ξύλα πυρός, ὡς τὸν ξυλιζόμενον ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγγενὲς ἁμάρτημα τῷ καίοντι δρᾶν, τὸ παρανόμημα διπλασιάζοντα, τῇ μὲν ὅτι προσταχθὲν ἠρεμεῖν συνεκόμιζε, τῇ δ’ ὅτι καὶ τοιαῦτα συνεκόμιζεν, ἃ πυρός ἐστιν ὕλη, τῆς τῶν τεχνῶν ἀρχῆς.
2:221Ἄμφω μὲν οὖν τὰ εἰρημένα τιμωρίας ἀσεβῶν περιέχει διὰ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως βεβαιουμένας. ἕτερα δὲ δύο ἐστὶν οὐχὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀλλὰ διαφερούσης ἰδέας, ὧν τὸ μὲν περὶ κλήρου διαδοχῆς, τὸ δ’ ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν παρὰ καιρὸν ἐπιτελουμένης ἱερουργίας, περὶ ἧς λεκτέον πρότερον.
2:222τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας πρῶτον ἀναγράφει μῆνα Μωυσῆς ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἐνιαυτῶν περιόδοις ἀναθεὶς οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι χρόνῳ τὰ πρεσβεῖα μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς τῆς φύσεως χάρισιν, ἃς ἀνέτειλεν ἀνθρώποις· κατὰ γὰρ ταύτην τὰ μὲν σπαρτά, ἡ ἀναγκαία τροφή, τελειογονεῖται, ὁ δὲ τῶν δένδρων καρπὸς ἡβώντων ἄρτι γεννᾶται δευτέραν ἔχων τάξιν, ὅθεν καὶ ὀψίγονός ἐστιν· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ φύσει τὰ μὴ λίαν ἀναγκαῖα τῶν σφόδρα ἀναγκαίων δεύτερα.
2:223σφόδρα μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖα πυροί τε καὶ κριθαὶ καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εἴδη τροφῆς, ὧν ἄνευ ζῆν οὐκ ἔστιν· ἔλαιον δὲ καὶ οἶνος καὶ ἀκρόδρυα οὐχὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἐπεὶ καὶ δίχα τούτων ἄχρι μακροτάτου γήρως παρατείνοντες εἰς πολυετίαν βιοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι.
2:224τῷ δὴ μηνὶ τούτῳ περὶ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην ἡμέραν, μέλλοντος τοῦ σεληνιακοῦ κύκλου γίνεσθαι πλησιφαοῦς, ἄγεται τὰ διαβατήρια, δημοφανὴς ἑορτή, τὸ Χαλδαϊστὶ λεγόμενον Πάσχα, ἐν ᾗ οὐχ οἱ μὲν ἰδιῶται προσάγουσι τῷ βωμῷ τὰ ἱερεῖα, θύουσι δ’ οἱ ἱερεῖς, ἀλλὰ νόμου προστάξει σύμπαν τὸ ἔθνος ἱερᾶται, τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἑκάστου τὰς ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ θυσίας ἀνάγοντός τε καὶ χειρουργοῦντος.
2:225ὁ μὲν οὖν ἄλλος ἅπας λεὼς ἐγεγήθει καὶ φαιδρὸς ἦν, ἑκάστου νομίζοντος ἱερωσύνῃ τετιμῆσθαι· δεδακρυμένοι δ’ ἕτεροι καὶ στένοντες διῆγον, οἰκείων αὐτοῖς ἔναγχος τετελευτηκότων, οὓς πενθοῦντες διπλῇ κατείχοντο λύπῃ, προσειληφότες τῇ διὰ τοὺς ἀποθανόντας συγγενεῖς καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ στερηθῆναι τῆς περὶ τὴν ἱερουργίαν ἡδονῆς τε καὶ τιμῆς, οἷς οὐδὲ καθάρασθαι καὶ περιρράνασθαι κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐξεγένετο, μήπω τοῦ πένθους ὑπερημέρου καὶ ἐκπροθέσμου γεγονότος.
2:226οὗτοι μετὰ τὴν πανήγυριν προσελθόντες τῷ ἄρχοντι συννοίας μεστοὶ καὶ κατηφείας τὰ συμβεβηκότα διηγήσαντο, τὴν ὑπόγυον τῶν συγγενῶν τελευτήν, τὸ πένθος ᾧ κατ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἐχρήσαντο, τὸ μὴ δυνηθῆναι διὰ τοῦτο μετασχεῖν τῆς τῶν διαβατηρίων θυσίας.
2:227εἶτ’ ἐδέοντο μὴ ἔλαττον τῶν ἄλλων ἐνέγκασθαι μηδὲ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν οἰκείοις ἀτύχημα ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει καταριθμηθῆναι τιμωρίαν ἐργασάμενον πρὸ ἐλέου· νομίσαι γὰρ ἂν χείρονα παθεῖν τῶν ἀποθανόντων, εἴ γε τοῖς μὲν οὐδενός ἐστιν ἀντίληψις ἔτι τῶν ἀβουλήτων, οἱ δὲ ζῶντες δόξουσι τεθνάναι τὸν μετ’ αἰσθήσεως θάνατον.
2:228ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας ἑώρα μὲν καὶ τὴν δικαιολογίαν οὐκ ἀπῳδὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ μὴ ἱερουργῆσαι πάλιν πρόφασιν ἀναγκαίαν καὶ τὸ συμπαθὲς ἀνακεκραμένον τούτοις, ἐπαμφοτερίζων δὲ τὴν γνώμην καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἀντιρρέπων — τῇ μὲν γὰρ ἐταλάντευεν ὁ ἔλεος καὶ τὰ δίκαια, τῇ δ’ ἀντέβριθεν ὁ νόμος τῆς τῶν διαβατηρίων θυσίας, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πρῶτος μὴν καὶ ἡμέρα τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη δεδήλωται τῆς ἱερουργίας —, ἀρνήσεως καὶ συγκαταθέσεως μεταξὺ φορούμενος ἱκετεύει τὸν θεὸν δικαστὴν γενέσθαι καὶ χρησμῷ τὴν κρίσιν ἀναφῆναι.
2:229ὁ δ’ ἐπακούσας θεσπίζει λόγιον οὐ περὶ ὧν ἐνετεύχθη μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν αὖθίς ποτε γενησομένων, εἰ ταῖς αὐταῖς χρήσαιντο συντυχίαις· ἐπιδαψιλευόμενος δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν κατ’ ἄλλας αἰτίας οὐ δυνηθέντων ἱερουργῆσαι μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους προσεπιθεσπίζει.
2:230τίνα οὖν ἐστι τὰ περὶ τούτων χρησθέντα λόγια, μηνυτέον. „συγγενικὸν“ φησί „πένθος ἀναγκαία μὲν τοῖς ἀφ’ αἵματος ἀνία, γράφεται δ’ οὐκ ἐν πλημμελείαις.
2:231ἕως μὲν οὖν ἐμπρόθεσμόν ἐστιν, ἔξω περιβόλων ἱερῶν ἐλαυνέσθω, οὓς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἁγνεύειν οὐχ ἑκουσίου μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ μὴ κατὰ γνώμην μιάσματος δεῖ· γενομένου δ’ ἐκπροθέσμου, μὴ στερέσθωσαν ἰσομοιρίας τῆς ἐν ταῖς ἱερουργίαις, ἵνα μὴ προσθήκη τετελευτηκότων οἱ ζῶντες ὦσιν· ἴτωσαν δὲ ἅτε δεύτεροι δευτέρῳ μηνί, πάλιν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ θυέτωσαν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς προτέροις καὶ τῷ θύματι χρήσθωσαν ὡς ἐκεῖνοι νόμῳ καὶ τρόπῳ τῷ παραπλησίῳ.
2:232τὰ δ’ αὐτὰ ἐπιτετράφθω καὶ τοῖς μὴ διὰ πένθος ἀλλὰ μακρᾶς χάριν ἀποδημίας κωλυομένοις ἅμα τῷ παντὶ ἔθνει συνιερουργεῖν· οὐ γὰρ οἱ ξενιτεύοντες ἢ ἑτέρωθι οἰκοῦντες ἀδικοῦσιν, ὡς στέρεσθαι τῆς ἴσης τιμῆς, καὶ ταῦτα μὴ χωρούσης διὰ πολυανθρωπίαν τὸ ἔθνος μιᾶς χώρας, ἀλλ’ ἀποικίας πανταχόσε διαπεμψαμένης.“
2:233Τοσαῦτα διειλεγμένος περὶ τῶν ὑστερησάντων μὲν ἅμα τῷ πλήθει θῦσαι τὰ διαβατήρια κατὰ συντυχίας ἀβουλήτους, ἐκπλῆσαι δ’ εἰ καὶ ὀψὲ ἀλλ’ οὖν ἀναγκαίως τὸ ἐλλειφθὲν σπουδασάντων, ἐπὶ τελευταῖον μέτειμι διάταγμα τὸ περὶ τῆς τῶν κλήρων διαδοχῆς, ὅπερ ὁμοίως μικτὸν ἦν ἐκ πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως λαβὸν τὴν σύστασιν.
2:234ἦν τις ὄνομα Σαλπαάδ, ἀνὴρ δόκιμος καὶ φυλῆς οὐκ ἀσήμου· τούτῳ πέντε μὲν γίνονται θυγατέρες, υἱὸς δὲ οὐδείς· αἳ μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ πατρὸς στέρησιν τῆς πατρῴας λήξεως ὑποτοπήσασαι διὰ τὸ τὰς κληρουχίας ἄρρεσι δίδοσθαι προσίασι τῷ ἡγεμόνι μετὰ τῆς ἁρμοττούσης κόραις αἰδοῦς, οὐ θηρώμεναι πλοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τοὔνομα καὶ ἀξίωμα γλιχόμεναι διασῶσαι τοῦ πατρὸς καί φασιν·
2:235„ὁ μὲν πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐτελεύτησε δ’ ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ στάσει γενόμενος, ἐφ’ ὧν συνέβη διαφθαρῆναι μυρίους, ἀλλ’ ἐζήλωσε βίον ἀπράγμονα καὶ ἰδιώτην, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ θετέον τὸ γενεᾶς ἄρρενος ἀμοιρῆσαι. πάρεσμεν δ’ ἡμεῖς ὅσα μὲν τῷ δοκεῖν ὀρφαναί, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς σοὶ χρησόμεναι πατρί· τοῦ γὰρ γεννήσαντος ὁ νόμιμος ἄρχων οἰκειότερος ὑπηκόοις.“
2:236ὁ δὲ θαυμάσας τὴν φρόνησιν τῶν παρθένων καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεινάμενον εὔνοιαν ἐπέσχεν ὑφ’ ἑτέρας ἑλκόμενος φαντασίας, καθ’ ἣν τὰς κληρουχίας ἄνδρες ὤφειλον διανέμεσθαι γέρας ληψόμενοι στρατείας καὶ πολέμων οὓς διήθλησαν, γυναικὶ δ’ ἡ φύσις ἀσυλίαν τῶν τοιούτων ἀγωνισμάτων παρέχουσα δηλονότι καὶ τῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς τιθεμένων ἄθλων οὐ μεταδίδωσιν.
2:237ὅθεν εἰκότως τῆς διανοίας ἀμφικλινῶς ἐχούσης καὶ ἀντισπωμένης, ἀναφέρει τῷ θεῷ τὴν διαπόρησιν, ὃν ᾔδει μόνον ἀψευδέσι καὶ ἀπλανεστάτοις κριτηρίοις τὰς κατὰ μικρὸν διαφορὰς διαστέλλοντα πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἀληθείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης.
2:238ὁ δὲ ποιητὴς τῶν ὅλων, ὁ τοῦ κόσμου πατήρ, γῆν καὶ οὐρανὸν ὕδωρ τε καὶ ἀέρα καὶ ὅσα ἐκ τούτων ἑκάστου συνέχων καὶ διακρατῶν, ὁ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἡγεμών, οὐκ ἀπηξίωσε χρηματίσαι κόραις ὀρφαναῖς· χρηματίσας δὲ καὶ πλέον τι παρέσχεν ἢ κατὰ δικαστὴν ὁ εὐμενὴς καὶ ἵλεως, ὁ πάντα διὰ πάντων πεπληρωκὼς τῆς εὐεργέτιδος ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως· ἔπαινον γὰρ διεξῆλθε τῶν παρθένων.
2:239ὦ δέσποτα, πῶς ἂν σέ τις ὑμνήσειε, ποίῳ στόματι, τίνι γλώττῃ, ποίᾳ φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίᾳ, ποίῳ ψυχῆς ἡγεμονικῷ; οἱ γὰρ ἀστέρες εἷς γενόμενοι χορὸς ᾄσονταί τι μέλος ἐπάξιον; ὁ δ’ οὐρανὸς ὅλος εἰς φωνὴν ἀναλυθεὶς δυνήσεταί τι τῶν σῶν ἀρετῶν διηγήσασθαι μέρος; „ὀρθῶς“ φησίν "ἐλάλησαν αἱ θυγατέρες Σαλπαάδ.“
2:240τοῦθ’ ἡλίκον ἐστὶν ἐγκώμιον θεοῦ μαρτυροῦντος, τίς οὐκ οἶδε; πάριτε νῦν, οἱ ἀλαζόνες, οἱ μέγα πνέοντες ἐπὶ ταῖς εὐπραγίαις, οἱ τοὺς αὐχένας πλέον τῆς φύσεως ἐπαίροντες καὶ τὰς ὀφρῦς ἀνεσπακότες, παρ’ οἷς χηρεία μὲν γυναικῶν γέλως, [καὶ] οἰκτρὸν κακόν, ἐρημία δὲ παίδων ὀρφανῶν, οἰκτρότερον τοῦ προτέρου, χλευάζεται·
2:241καὶ κατιδόντες ὅτι οὕτω ταπεινοὶ καὶ ἀτυχεῖς εἶναι δοκοῦντες οὐκ ἐν ἐξουθενημένοις καὶ ἀφανέσι τάττονται παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, οὗ τῆς ἀρχῆς τὸ ἀτιμότατον μέρος εἰσὶν αἱ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης βασιλεῖαι, διότι καὶ ὁ τῆς γῆς ἅπας ἐν κύκλῳ περίβολος ἐσχατιὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ, δέξασθε νουθεσίαν ἀναγκαίαν.
Book 2, §§217–241
2:217On this day, then, the man who had done this deed of impiety was led away to prison; and Moses being at a loss what ought to be done to the man (for he knew that he had committed a crime worthy of death, but did not know what was the most suitable manner for the punishment to be inflicted upon him), came with his invisible soul to the invisible judgment seat, and asked of that Judge who heareth everything before it is related to him what his sentence was.
2:218And that Judge delivered his sentence that the man ought to die, and in no other way than being stoned, since in his case, as in that of the criminal mentioned above, his mind had been changed to a dumb stone, and he had committed the most complete of offences, in which nearly every other sin is comprised which can be committed against the laws enacted respecting the reverence due to the seventh day.
2:219Why so? Because, not only mere handicraft trades, but also nearly all other acts and businesses, and especially all such as have reference to any providing of or seeking for the means of life, are either carried on by means of fire themselves, or, at all events, not without those instruments which are made by fire. On which account Moses, in many places, forbids any one to handle a fire on the sabbath day, inasmuch as that is the most primary and efficient source of things and the most ancient and important work; and if that is reduced to a state of tranquillity, he thought that it would be probable that all particular works would be at a stand-still likewise.
2:220And wood is the material of fire, so that a man who is picking up wood is committing a crime which is akin to and nearly connected with that of burning fire, doubling his transgression, in fact, partly in that he was collecting what it was commanded should remain unmoved, and partly that what he was collecting was that which is the material of fire, the beginning of all arts.
2:221Therefore both those instances which I have mentioned comprise the punishments of wicked men, appointed and confirmed by question and answer. And there are two other instances, not of the same, but of a different character; the one of which has reference to the succession of an inheritance; the other, as far at least as it appears to me, to a sacrifice which was performed at an unseemly time. And we must first discuss the latter of the two.
2:222Moses puts down the beginning of the vernal equinox as the first month of the year, attributing the chief honour, not as some persons do to the periodical revolutions of the year in regard of time, but rather to the graces and beauties of nature which it has caused to shine upon men; for it is through the bounty of nature that the seeds which are sown to produce the necessary food of mankind are brought to perfection. And the fruit of trees in their prime, which is second in importance only to the necessary crops, is engendered by the same power, and as being second in importance it also ripens late; for we always find in nature that those things which are not very necessary are second to those which are indispensable.
2:223Now wheat and barley are among the things which are very necessary; as, likewise, are all the other species of food, without which it is impossible to live. But oil, and wine, and almonds are not among necessaries, since men often live without them to the very extremity of old age, extending their life over a number of years.
2:224Accordingly, in this month, about the fourteenth day of the month, when the orb of the moon is usually about to become full, the public universal feast of the passover is celebrated, which in the Chaldaic language is called pascha; at which festival not only do private individuals bring victims to the altar and the priests sacrifice them, but also, by a particular ordinance of this law, the whole nation is consecrated and officiates in offering sacrifice; every separate individual on this occasion bringing forward and offering up with his own hands the sacrifice due on his own behalf.
2:225Therefore all the rest of the people rejoiced and was of joyful countenance, every one thinking that he himself was honoured by this participation in the priesthood. But the others passed the time of the festival amid tears and groans, their own relations having lately died, whom they were now mourning for, and were overwhelmed with a two fold sorrow, having, in addition to their grief for their relations who were slain, the pain also which arose from being deprived of the pleasure and honour which accrue from the offering up of sacrifice, as they were not purified or cleansed on that day, inasmuch as their mourning had not yet lasted beyond the appointed and legitimate period of lamentation.
2:226These men coming, after the assembly was over, to the ruler of the people, being full of melancholy and depression, related to him what had happened, namely, "that the recent death of their relations was an unavoidable affliction to which they could not help yielding, and that it was a further grief that, on that account, they were unable to bear their share in the sacrifice of the passover.
2:227And then they besought him that they too might make their offerings no less than the others, and that the misfortune which had befallen them in the death of their kinsmen might not be reckoned against them as an iniquity of theirs, so as to produce them punishment instead of compassion; for that they thought that they were worse off than even the people who were dead, since these last had, indeed, no sense of the grievous privation, but they who continued live would appear to die the death perceptible to the outward sense."
2:228When he heard this he saw that the justification which they alleged was not inconsistent with reason and truth, and that the excuse which they alleged for not having previously offered their sacrifice was founded in necessity, and that they were entitled to merciful consideration. And while he was wavering in his opinion, and inclining this way and that way as if in the balance of a scale, for compassion and justice inclined him one way, and on the other side the law of the sacrifice of the passover weighed him down, in which the first month and the fourteenth day of the month are appointed for the offering of the sacrifice; accordingly, Moses, being perplexed and balancing between consent and refusal, besought God to decide the question and to announce his decision to him by an oracular command.
2:229And God listened to his entreaty and gave him an oracle bearing not only on the circumstances which had taken place, but on all such as should hereafter happen with reference to the same subject, if people should ever again find themselves in a similar case. He likewise, out of the abundance of his providence, gave further and general directions with respect to other individuals who at any time, for one reason or other, should be unable to offer up their sacrifice with the whole of the rest of the nation.
2:230We must now, therefore, proceed to relate the oracular commands which were thus given by God with reference to these cases. He says, "The mourning for a relation is a necessary sorrow to those who are related by blood, and it is not set down as a piece of guilty indifference.
2:231As long, therefore, as it lasts, until the time that is appointed by law for it to cease, let the man be repelled from the sacred precincts, which must be kept pure, not only from all intentional pollution, but likewise from all such as is involuntary. But when the legal time for mourning is expired, then let the mourners be no longer deprived of an equal share in the performance of the sacrifices, that those who are alive may not become an adjunct to those who are dead. And let them, as if they were in a second class, come again in the second month, on the fourteenth day of the month, and let them sacrifice in the same manner as the former sacrificers, and let them adopt the sacrifice in the same way as they did, in a similar manner and under similar rules."
2:232Also, let the same regulations be observed with respect to those who are hindered, not by mourning, but by a distant journey, from offering up their sacrifice in common with and at the same time with the whole nation. "For those who are travelling in a foreign land, or dwelling in some other country, do no wrong, so as to deserve to be deprived of equal honour with the rest, especially since one country will not contain the entire nation by reason of its great numbers, but has sent out colonies in every direction."
2:233Having now, then, given this account of those who were too late to sacrifice the festival of the passover with the rest of the nation by reason of some unexpected circumstances, but who were desirous to fulfil the duty which had thus been omitted, even though late, still in the necessary manner, I now proceed to the last injunction relating to the succession to inheritances; that being, in like manner, of a mixed character, and consisting of question and answer.
2:234There was a certain man, named Shalpaath, a man of high character and of a distinguished tribe. He had four daughters, but not a single son. And after the death of their father the daughters, being afraid that they should be deprived of their father’s inheritance, because the allotments of such inheritances were given to the male heirs, came to the ruler of the people with the modesty befitting maidens, not because they were eager for riches, but because they desired to preserve the name and reputation of their father.
2:235And they said to Moses, "Our father is dead; and he died without having been mixed up in any of those seditions in which it has happened that so many thousands have been slain; but he was a cultivator of a life free from trouble and notoriety; unless, indeed, it is to be considered as a crime that he was without male offspring. And we are now here orphans in appearance, but in real fact desiring to find a father in you; for a lawful ruler is as closely connected with his subjects as a father."
2:236And Moses marvelled at the wisdom of the maidens, and at their affection for their father, nevertheless he hesitated, being biased in some degree by other thoughts in accordance with which it seemed proper for men to divide the inheritances among themselves, that so they might receive the due reward of their military services and of the wars which they had gone through. But nature, which has given to woman protection from all such contests, does likewise by so doing plainly deprive them of their right to a share in what is put forward as a reward for encountering them.
2:237On which account the mind of Moses was very naturally in a state of indecision, and was dragged different ways, so that Moses laid his perplexities before God, whom he knew to be the only being who could with true and unerring judgment decide such delicate differences with a complete display of truth and justice.
2:238But the Creator of the universe, the Father of the world, who holds together earth and heaven, and the water and the air, and everything which is composed of any one of these things, and who rules the whole world, the King of gods and men, did not think it unbecoming for him to take upon himself the part of arbitrator respecting these orphan maidens. And, as arbitrator, he, in my opinion, did more for them than if he had been merely a judge of the law, inasmuch as he is merciful and beneficent, and has filled all things everywhere with his beneficent power for he gave great praise to the maidens.
2:239O! Master how can any one sing your praises adequately, with what mouth, with what tongue, with what organisation of voice? Can the stars become a chorus and pour forth any melody which shall be worthy of the subject? Even if the whole of the heaven were to be dissolved into voice, would it be able to recount even a portion of your virtues? "Very rightly," says God, "have the daughters of Shalpaath spoken."
2:240Who is there who can fail to perceive how great a praise this is when God bears witness in their favour? Come, now, ye who are violent; ye, who give yourselves airs because of your virtuous actions; ye, who hold up your hands higher than nature justifies, and who raise your eye-brows; ye, among whom the widowhood of woman is a cause for laughter, though it is a most pitiable evil; and in whose thoughts the desolation of orphan children is ridiculed even more shamefully than the distress before mentioned.
2:241So now, seeing that those who appeared in such a low and unfortunate condition were not marked by God among the neglected and obscure, though all the kingdoms of the whole habitable world are the most insignificant portion of his dominion, because the whole circumference and space of the world is but the extremity of his works, learn a necessary lesson from this fact.
Book 2, §§242–266
2:242ἐπαινέσας δ’ ὅμως τὴν ἔντευξιν τῶν παρθένων οὔτε ταύτας ἀγεράστους κατέλιπεν οὔτ’ εἰς τὴν ἴσην τιμὴν τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς ἀνδράσι περιήγαγεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ὡς ἆθλα οἰκεῖα ἀπένειμε τὰς κληρουχίας ἀνθ’ ὧν ἠνδραγαθίσαντο, τὰς δὲ χάριτος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας, οὐ γέρως, ἠξίωσεν· ὃ ἐναργέστατα παρίστησι διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων „δόμα“ λέγων καὶ „δώσεις“ (Num. 27,7), ἀλλ’ οὐκ „ἀπόδομα“ οὐδ’ „ἀποδώσεις“· ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ ἴδια τῶν λαμβανόντων, ἐκεῖνα δὲ τῶν χαριζομένων.
2:243θεσπίσας δὲ περὶ ὧν ἐνετύγχανον αἱ ὀρφαναὶ παρθένοι καὶ καθολικώτερον τίθησι νόμον περὶ κλήρων διαδοχῆς, πρώτους μὲν υἱοὺς ἐπὶ μετουσίαν καλῶν τῶν πατρῴων, εἰ δὲ μὴ εἶεν υἱοί, δευτέρας θυγατέρας, αἷς φησι δεῖν περιτιθέναι τὸν κλῆρον ὡσανεὶ κόσμον ἔξωθεν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὡς ἴδιον καὶ συγγενὲς κτῆμα· τὸ γὰρ περιτιθέμενον οὐδεμίαν οἰκείωσιν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ διακοσμούμενον, ἁρμονίας καὶ ἑνώσεως ἀλλοτριούμενον.
2:244μετὰ δὲ θυγατέρας τρίτους ἀδελφοὺς καλεῖ, τετάρτην δὲ θείοις πρὸς πατρὸς ἀπονέμει τάξιν, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι καὶ πατέρες γένοιντ’ ἂν υἱῶν κληρονόμοι· πάνυ γὰρ εὔηθες ὑπολαβεῖν, ὅτι πατρὸς ἀδελφῷ νέμων κλῆρον ἀδελφιδοῦ διὰ τὴν πρὸς πατέρα συγγένειαν αὐτὸν ἀφείλετο τὸν πατέρα τῆς διαδοχῆς.
2:245ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ νόμος φύσεώς ἐστι κληρονομεῖσθαι γονεῖς ὑπὸ παίδων ἀλλὰ μὴ τούτους κληρονομεῖν, τὸ μὲν ἀπευκτὸν καὶ παλίμφημον ἡσύχασεν, ἵνα μὴ πατὴρ καὶ μήτηρ προσοδεύεσθαι δοκῶσι τὰ ἐπ’ ὠκυμόροις τέκνοις ἀπαρηγόρητα πένθη, πλαγίως δ’ αὐτοὺς ἐκάλεσε τοῖς θείοις ἐφιείς, ἵν’ ἀμφοτέρων στοχάσηται καὶ τοῦ πρέποντος καὶ τοῦ μὴ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι. μετὰ δὲ θείους πέμπτη τάξις ἐστὶν οἱ ἔγγιστα γένους, ὧν ἀεὶ τοῖς πρώτοις δίδωσι τοὺς κλήρους.
2:246Ταῦτ’ ἀναγκαίως διεξεληλυθὼς περὶ τῶν μικτὴν ἐχόντων κληρουχίαν χρησμῶν, ἑξῆς δηλώσω τὰ κατ’ ἐνθουσιασμὸν τοῦ προφήτου θεσπισθέντα λόγια· τοῦτο γὰρ ὑπεσχόμην δείξειν. ἀρχὴ τοίνυν ἐστὶν αὐτῷ τῆς θεοφορήτου κατοκωχῆς, ἥτις καὶ τῷ ἔθνει γέγονεν εὐπραγίας ἀρχὴ στειλαμένῳ τὴν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου πρὸς τὰς κατὰ Συρίαν πόλεις ἀποικίαν μυριάσι πολλαῖς.
2:247ἄνδρες γὰρ ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκες ἀτριβῆ καὶ μακρὰν ἐρήμην ἅπασαν ἀνύσαντες ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἀφικνοῦνται τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν προσαγορευομένην· εἶθ’ ὡς εἰκὸς ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦσαν οὔτε περαιοῦσθαι δυνάμενοι διὰ σκαφῶν ἀπορίαν οὔτ’ ἐπιστρέφειν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἀσφαλὲς ἡγούμενοι.
2:248διακειμένοις δ’ οὕτως μεῖζον ἐπιρράττει κακόν· ὁ γὰρ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεὺς δύναμιν παραλαβὼν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον, ἱππότην καὶ πεζὸν στρατόν, ἐπεξέθει διώκων καὶ σπεύδων καταλαβεῖν, ἵνα τίσηται τῆς ἐξόδου, ἣν θεσφάτοις ἀριδήλοις ἐπέτρεψε ποιήσασθαι. ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔοικεν ἀβέβαιος ἡ μοχθηρῶν ἀνθρώπων διάθεσις ὡς ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος μικρᾶς ἕνεκα προφάσεως ῥέπουσα πρὸς τἀναντία. μέσοι δὴ ληφθέντες ἐχθρῶν καὶ θαλάττης ἀπέγνωσαν τὴν ἰδίαν σωτηρίαν,
2:249οἱ μὲν εὐκτὸν ἀγαθὸν ἡγούμενοι τὸν οἴκτιστον ὄλεθρον, οἱ δ’ ἄμεινον εἶναι νομίζοντες ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀπολέσθαι μερῶν ἢ γέλως ἐχθροῖς γενέσθαι ῥίπτειν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς θάλασσαν διενοοῦντο καί τινα τῶν βάρος ἐχόντων ἐπαχθισάμενοι παρὰ ταῖς ἠϊόσιν ἐφήδρευον, ἵν’, ὁπόταν θεάσωνται τοὺς πολεμίους ἐγγὺς ὄντας, καθαλλόμενοι ῥᾷον εἰς βυθὸν ἐνεχθῶσιν.
2:250ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἱ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ἄπορον τῆς ἀνάγκης διεπτόηντο δυσθανατοῦντες· ὁ δὲ προφήτης, ὑπ’ ἐκπλήξεως ὁρῶν σεσαγηνευμένον ὥσπερ βόλον ἰχθύων τὸ σύμπαν ἔθνος, οὐκέτ’ ὢν ἐν ἑαυτῷ θεοφορεῖται καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε·
2:251"τὸ μὲν δέος ἀναγκαῖον, φόβος ἐγγὺς καὶ μέγας ὁ κίνδυνος· ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀχανές ἐστι πέλαγος, ὑπόδρομος εἰς καταφυγὴν οὐδείς, ἀπορία πλοίων, κατόπιν ἔφεδροι φάλαγγες ἐχθρῶν, αἳ στείχουσιν ἀπνευστὶ διώκουσαι. ποῖ τις τράπηται, ποῖ τις ἐκνεύσῃ; πάντα πανταχόθεν ἐξαπιναίως ἐπέθετο, γῆ, θάλαττα, ἄνθρωποι, στοιχεῖα φύσεως.
2:252ἀλλὰ θαρρεῖτε, μὴ ἀποκάμητε, στῆτε ταῖς διανοίαις μὴ κραδαινόμενοι, προσδοκᾶτε τὴν ἀήττητον ἐκ θεοῦ βοήθειαν· αὐτεπάγγελτος ἤδη παρέσται, μὴ ὁρωμένη προαγωνιεῖται· πεπείρασθε αὐτῆς ἤδη πολλάκις ἀμυνομένης ἀφανῶς· βλέπω μέλλουσαν κονίεσθαι, βρόχους τοῖς αὐχέσι περιβάλλουσαν τῶν ἀντιπάλων· ἕλκει κατὰ τῆς θαλάττης· μολύβδου τρόπον εἰς βυθὸν χωροῦσιν. ὑμεῖς μὲν ἔτι ζώντων αἰσθάνεσθε, τεθνεώτων δ’ ἐγὼ φαντασίαν λαμβάνω· τήμερον δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς νεκροὺς αὐτοὺς θεάσεσθε.”
2:253καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτ’ ἀπεφθέγγετο μείζονα ὄντα πάσης ἐλπίδος, οἱ δ’ ἐπειρῶντο ἔργοις τῆς περὶ τὸ λόγιον ἀληθείας. ἀπέβαινε γὰρ τὰ χρησθέντα θείαις δυνάμεσι μύθων ἀπιστότερα· ῥῆξις θαλάττης, ἀναχώρησις ἑκατέρου τμήματος, πῆξις τῶν κατὰ τὸ ῥαγὲν μέρος διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βάθους κυμάτων, ἵν’ ἀντὶ τειχῶν ᾖ κραταιοτάτων, εὐθυτενὴς ἀνατομὴ τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ὁδοῦ, ἣ τῶν κρυσταλλωθέντων μεθόριος ἦν,
2:254ὁδοιπορία τοῦ ἔθνους ἀκινδύνως πεζεύοντος διὰ θαλάττης ὡς ἐπὶ ξηρᾶς ἀτραποῦ καὶ λιθώδους ἐδάφους — ἐκραυρώθη γὰρ ἡ ψάμμος καὶ ἡ σπορὰς αὐτῆς οὐσία συμφῦσα ἡνώθη —, ἐχθρῶν ἀπνευστὶ διωκόντων ἐφόρμησις σπευδόντων ἐπ’ οἰκεῖον ὄλεθρον, νεφέλης ὀπισθοφυλακούσης ἡνιόχησις, ἐν ᾗ θεία τις ὄψις πυρὸς αὐγὴν ἀπαστράπτουσα ἦν, πελαγῶν ἃ τέως ἀνακοπέντα διειστήκει παλίρροια, τοῦ διακοπέντος καὶ ἀναξηρανθέντος μέρους αἰφνίδιος θαλάττωσις, πολεμίων φθορά,
2:255οὓς τά τε κρυσταλλωθέντα τείχη καὶ ἀνατραπέντα κατεύνασε καὶ αἱ πλήμμυραι τοῦ πελάγους ὥσπερ εἰς φάραγγα τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπενεχθεῖσαι κατέκλυσαν, ἐπίδειξις τῆς φθορᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπαναπλευσάντων σωμάτων, ἃ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ πελάγους κατεστόρεσε, καὶ σφοδρὰ κυμάτωσις, ὑφ’ ἧς ἅπαντες οἱ νεκροὶ σωρηδὸν ἀπεβράσθησαν εἰς τοὺς ἀντιπέραν αἰγιαλούς, ἀναγκαία θέα γενησόμενοι τοῖς διασωθεῖσιν, οἷς ἐξεγένετο μὴ μόνον τοὺς κινδύνους διαφυγεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιδεῖν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οὐκ ἀνθρωπίναις ἀλλὰ θείαις δυνάμεσι παντὸς λόγου μεῖζον κολασθέντας.
2:256διόπερ εἰκότως εὐχαρίστοις ὕμνοις γεραίρει τὸν εὐεργέτην· εἰς γὰρ δύο χοροὺς διανείμας τὸ ἔθνος, τὸν μὲν ἀνδρῶν, τὸν δὲ γυναικῶν, ἐξάρχει μὲν αὐτὸς τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἔξαρχον δὲ καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν καθίστησι τὴν ἀδελφήν, ἵν’ ᾄδωσιν ὕμνους εἰς τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν ἀντιφθόγγοις ἁρμονίαις συνηχοῦντες, διά τε κράσεως ἠθῶν καὶ μέλους, τῶν μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σπευδόντων ἀμοιβήν, τοῦ δὲ συνισταμένου κατὰ τὴν βαρύτητος πρὸς ὀξύτητα συμφωνίαν· φθόγγοι γὰρ οἱ μὲν ἀνδρῶν βαρεῖς, ὀξεῖς δ’ οἱ γυναικῶν, ἐξ ὧν, ὅταν ἡ κρᾶσις γένηται σύμμετρος, ἥδιστον καὶ παναρμόνιον ἀποτελεῖται μέλος.
2:257τὰς δὲ τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἔπεισεν ὁμογνωμονῆσαι καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὕμνον ἐν ταὐτῷ συνᾴδειν τὰ τεράστια ἐκεῖνα μεγαλουργήματα, περὶ ὧν ὀλίγῳ πρότερον διεξῆλθον· ἐφ’ οἷς ὁ προφήτης γεγηθώς, ὁρῶν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους περιχάρειαν, οὐδ’ αὐτὸς ἔτι χωρῶν τὴν ἡδονήν, κατῆρχε τῆς ᾠδῆς· οἱ δ’ ἀκούοντες εἰς δύο χοροὺς ἁλισθέντες τὰ λεχθέντα συνῇδον.
2:258Τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τῆς κατ’ ἐνθουσιασμὸν προφητείας Μωυσέως ἀρχὴ καὶ προοίμιον. ἑξῆς δὲ θεσπίζει περὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτου, τροφῆς, ἣν γῆ μὲν οὐκ ἤνεγκε — καὶ γὰρ ἦν στεῖρα καὶ ἄγονος —, ὤμβρησε δ’ οὐρανὸς οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τεσσαρακονταετίαν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας πρὸ τῆς ἕω καρπὸν αἰθέριον ἐν δρόσῳ κέγχρῳ παραπλήσιον.
2:259ὃν ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς συγκομίζειν κελεύει καὶ ἐπιθειάσας φησί· „πιστεύειν δεῖ τῷ θεῷ πεπειραμένους αὐτοῦ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν ἐν μείζοσιν ἐλπίδος πράγμασιν· ἀθησαύριστα, ἀταμίευτα τὰ τῆς τροφῆς ἔστω· μηδεὶς ἄχρι πρωΐας ὑπολειπέσθω μηδὲν αὐτῆς μέρος.”
2:260τοῦτ’ ἀκούσαντες ἔνιοι τῶν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀνερματίστων, ὑπολαβόντες ἴσως οὐ χρησμοὺς ἀλλὰ παραίνεσιν ἄρχοντος εἶναι τὰ λεγόμενα, λείπουσιν εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν· τὸ δὲ σηπόμενον τὸν κύκλον τοῦ στρατοπέδου δυσοδμίας πληροῖ τὸ πρῶτον, εἶτ’ εἰς σκώληκας, ὧν ἡ γένεσις ἐκ φθορᾶς ἐστι, μετέβαλεν.
2:261ἅπερ ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς εἰκότως ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπειθέσι πικραίνεται· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἔμελλεν, εἰ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα θεασάμενοι, πρὸς μὲν τὰς πιθανὰς καὶ εὐλόγους φαντασίας ἀδύνατα πραχθῆναι, τελειωθέντα δὲ εὐμαρῶς ἐπιφροσύναις θείαις, οὐκ ἐνδοιάζουσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπιστοῦσιν οἱ δυσμαθέστατοι πάντων;
2:262ἀλλ’ ὅ γε πατὴρ δυσὶν ἐναργεστάταις ἀποδείξεσι τὸ λόγιον τοῦ προφήτου διασυνέστησεν, ὧν τὴν μὲν ἑτέραν εὐθὺς ἀπεδείξατο φθορᾷ τοῦ ὑπολειφθέντος καὶ δυσωδίᾳ καὶ τῇ πρὸς σκώληκας, τὸ φαυλότατον ζῷον, μεταβολῇ, τὴν δ’ ἑτέραν ὕστερον· ἀεὶ γὰρ τὸ πλεονάζον τοῦ συγκομισθέντος ὑπὸ τῆς πληθύος ταῖς ἡλιακαῖς
2:263ἀκτῖσι διελύετο καὶ τηκόμενον ἐξανηλοῦτο. δεύτερον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐπιθειάσας ἀποφθέγγεται λόγιον τὸ περὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἑβδόμης. ἔχουσαν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ φύσει προνομίαν, οὐκ ἀφ’ οὗ μόνον ἐδημιουργήθη ὁ κόσμος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς οὐρανοῦ καὶ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ γενέσεως, ἠγνόησαν ἄνθρωποι, τάχα που διὰ τὰς ἐν ὕδασι καὶ πυρὶ γενομένας συνεχεῖς καὶ ἐπαλλήλους φθορὰς οὐ δυνηθέντων παρὰ τῶν πρότερον διαδέξασθαι μνήμην τῶν ἔπειτα τῆς κατὰ τὸν ἐν χρόνοις εἱρμὸν ἀκολουθίας καὶ τάξεως· ὅπερ ἀδηλούμενον ἐπιθειάσας ἀνέφηνε λογίῳ μαρτυρηθέντι διὰ σημείου τινὸς ἐναργοῦς.
2:264τὸ δὲ σημεῖον τοιοῦτον ἦν· ἐλάττων μὲν ἀπ’ ἀέρος ἐγίνετο ἡ φορὰ ταῖς προτέραις ἡμέραις τῆς τροφῆς, τότε δ’ αὖ διπλασίων· καὶ ταῖς μὲν προτέραις εἴ τι κατελείφθη, λειβόμενον ἐτήκετο μέχρι τοῦ παντελῶς εἰς νοτίδα μεταβαλὸν ἀναλωθῆναι, τότε δ’ οὐδεμίαν ἐνδεχόμενον τροπὴν ἐν ὁμοίῳ διέμενεν· ἐφ’ οἷς ἀγγελλομένοις ἅμα καὶ ὁρωμένοις καταπλαγεὶς Μωυσῆς οὐκ ἐστοχάσατο μᾶλλον ἢ θεοφορηθεὶς ἐθέσπισε τὴν ἑβδόμην.
2:265ἐῶ λέγειν, ὅτι καὶ αἱ τοιαῦται εἰκασίαι συγγενεῖς προφητείας εἰσίν· ὁ γὰρ νοῦς οὐκ ἂν οὕτως εὐσκόπως εὐθυβόλησεν, εἰ μὴ καὶ θεῖον ἦν πνεῦμα τὸ ποδηγετοῦν πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
2:266τὸ δὲ τεράστιον οὐ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ διπλασιασθῆναι τὴν τροφὴν ἐδηλοῦτο οὐδ’ ἐκ τοῦ διαμεῖναι σῷον παρὰ τὸ καθεστὼς ἔθος, ἀλλὰ κἀκ τοῦ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα συμβῆναι κατὰ τὴν ἕκτην ἡμέραν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἤρξατο ἀπ’ ἀέρος ἡ τροφὴ χορηγεῖσθαι, μεθ’ ἣν ὁ ἱερώτατος τῆς ἑβδόμης ἀριθμὸς ἔμελλεν ἀνατέλλειν, ὥστε λογιζόμενος ἄν τις εὕροι κατὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως τὴν οὐράνιον δοθεῖσαν τροφήν· ἤρξατο γὰρ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ἑξάδος τῇ
Book 2, §§242–266
2:242But Moses, having praised the conversation of the maidens, did not either leave them without their due honour and reward, nor yet, on the other hand, did he raise them to an equal degree of honour with the men on whom the brunt of the war falls; but to the latter he allotted the inheritances as the prizes which belonged to them as a reward for the gallant exploits which they had performed. But the former he thought worthy of grace and kindness, not of reward; as he showed most plainly by the expressions which he used, speaking of "gifts" and "presents," but not of "requital" or "recompense." For the one form of language is suited to those who receive what they have a right to, and the other belongs to those who are treated with gratuitous favour.
2:243And having given his divine directions respecting the petitions which the orphan maidens had preferred, he proceeds to lay down a more general law concerning the succession to inheritances, summoning the sons in the first instance to the sharing of the paternal property; and, if there should be no sons, then the daughters in the second place, to whom he says that it is proper to attach the inheritance as an external and adventitious ornament, but not as a possession belonging to and rightly connected with them; for that which is attached to anything has no actual relationship to that which is adorned by it, inasmuch as it is devoid of all harmony and union with it.
2:244And, after the daughters, then he invites the brothers to share it in the third place; and, in the fourth place, he assigns the property to the uncles on the father’s side, showing under this figure that the fathers might, if alive be the heirs of their sons. For it is a very foolish idea to imagine that when he allots the inheritance of the nephew to his father’s brother, out of a regard to his relationship to his father, he has excluded the father himself from the succession.
2:245But since the law permits the property of parents to be inherited by the children, but does not allow the parents themselves to inherit, he has abstained from any express mention of the subject as one to be deprecated and of evil omen, in order that the father and mother might not seem to receive any gain from the inconsolable affliction of the loss of children dying prematurely; but he indirectly intimated their right to be invited to such an inheritance when he conceded it to the uncles, in order that in this way he might attain the best objects of cultivating propriety and of avoiding the improper alienation of the estate. And, after the uncles, the fifth class of inheritors was to be composed of the nearest relations, to the first of whom he invariably assigns the inheritance.
2:246Having now, as I was forced to do, gone through the entire account of those sacred commands referring to a mixed possession of an inheritance, I shall now proceed to show the oracles which were divinely given by the inspiration of the prophet; for this was a subject which I promised to explain. Now the beginning of his divine inspiration, which was also the commencement of prosperity to his nation, arose when he was sent out of Egypt to dwell as a settler in the cities of Syria, with many thousands of his countrymen;
2:247for both men and women, having accomplished together a long and desolate journey through the wilderness, destitute of any beaten road, at last arrived at the sea which is called the Red Sea. Then, as was natural, they were in great perplexity, neither being able to cross over by reason of their want of vessels, nor thinking it safe to return back by the way by which they had come.
2:248And while they were all in this state of mind, a still greater evil was impending over them; for the king of the Egyptians, having collected a power which was far from contemptible, a vast army of cavalry and infantry, sallied forth in pursuit of them, and made haste to overtake them, that he might avenge himself on them for the departure which he had been compelled by undeniable communications from God to permit them to take. But, as it should seem, the disposition of wicked men is unstable, so that, like any thing in a lightly-balanced scale, it inclines on very slight causes to different directions at different times.
2:249So now, the Hebrews being intercepted between their enemies and the sea, despaired of their safety, some looking on the most miserable death as a blessing to be prayed for; and others thinking it better to perish by the agency of the parts of nature than to become a laughing-stock to their enemies, were inclined to throw themselves into the sea; and now, being laden with heavy burdens, they sat down on the sea shore, that when they saw the enemy near they might more readily leap into the sea.
2:250For now, by reason of the necessity which environed them, and from which they saw no means of extricating themselves, they were in great agitation, being full of expectation of a miserable death. But when the prophet saw that the whole nation was now enclosed like a shoal of fish, and in great consternation, he no longer remained master of himself, but became inspired, and prophesied as follows:—
2:251"The fear is necessary, and the terror is inevitable, and the danger is great; in front of us is the widely open sea, there is no retreat to which we can flee, we have no vessels, behind are the phalanxes of the enemy ready to attack us, which march on and pursue us, never stopping to take breath. Where shall any one turn? Which way can any one look to escape? Everything from every quarter has unexpectedly become hostile to us, the sea, the land, men, and the elements of nature.
2:252But be ye of good cheer; do not faint; stand still without wavering in your minds; await the invincible assistance of God; it will be present immediately of its own accord; it will fight in our behalf without being seen. Before now you have often had experience of it, defending you in an invisible manner. I see it now preparing to take part in the contest; casting halters round the necks of the enemy, who are now, as if violently dragged onward, going down into the depths of the sea like lead. You now see them while still alive; but I conceive the idea of them as dead. And this very day you yourselves shall also behold them dead."
2:253He then now said these things to them, things greater than any hopes that could have been formed. And they very speedily experienced in the real facts the truth of his divine words; for what he thus predicted by means of the power divinely given to him, came to pass in a manner more marvellous than can be well expressed. The sea was broken asunder, each portion retired back, there was a consolidation of the waves along each broken-off fragment throughout the whole breadth and depth, so that the waves stood up like the strongest walls; and there was a straight line cut of a road thus miraculously made, which was a path for the Hebrews between the congealed waters,
2:254so that the whole nation without any danger passed on foot through the sea, as if on a dry road and on a stony soil; for the sand was dried up, and its usually fine grains were now united into one compact substance. Then, also, there was a rush onwards of their enemies pursuing them, without stopping to take breath, hastening to their own destruction, and a driving forward of the cloud that guarded the rear of the Hebrews, on which there was a certain divine appearance of fire emitting a brilliant blaze, and a reflux of the sea, which up to that moment had been cut in two parts and stood asunder, and a sudden returning of the part which had been cut off and dried up into its original channel,
2:255and an utter destruction of the enemy, whom the walls of the sea, which had been congealed and which now turned back again, overwhelmed, and the sea pouring down and hurrying into what had just been a road, as if into some deep ravine, washed away every thing, and there was evidence of the completeness of the destruction in the bodies which floated on the waters, and which strewed the surface of the sea; and a great agitation of the waves, by which all the dead were cast up into a heap on the opposite shore, becoming a necessary spectacle to those who had been delivered, and to whom it had been granted not merely to escape from their dangers, but also to behold their enemies punished, in a manner too marvellous for description, by no human but by a divine power.
2:256For this mercy Moses very naturally honoured his Benefactor with hymns of gratitude. For having divided the host into two choruses, one of men and one of women, he himself became the leader of that of the men, and appointed his sister to be the chief of that of the women, that they might sing hymns to their father and Creator, joining in harmonies responsive to one another, by a combination of dispositions and melody, the former being eager to offer the same requital for the mercies which they had received, and the latter consisting of a symphony of the deep male with the high female voices, for the tones of men are deep and those of women are high; and when there is a perfect and harmonious combination of the two a most delightful and thoroughly harmonious melody is effected.
2:257And he persuaded all those myriads of men and women to be of one mind, and to sing in concert the same hymn at the same time in praise of those marvellous and mighty works which they had beheld, and which I have been just now relating. At which the prophet rejoicing, and seeing also the exceeding joy of his nation, and being himself too unable to contain his delight, began the song. And they who heard him being divided into two choruses, sang with him, taking the words which he uttered.
2:258This is the beginning and preface of the prophecies of Moses under the influence of inspiration. After this he prophesied about the first and most necessary of all things, namely, food, which the earth did not produce, for it was barren and unfruitful; and the heaven rained down not once only, but every day for forty years, before the dawn of day, an ethereal fruit under the form of a dew very like millet seed.
2:259And Moses, when he saw it, commanded them to collect it; and being full of inspiration, said: "You must believe in God, inasmuch as you have already had experience of his mercies and benefits in matters beyond all your hopes. This food may not be treasured up or laid up in garners. Let no one leave any portion of it till the morning."
2:260When they heard this, some of those who had no firm piety, thinking perhaps that what was now said to them was not an oracle from God, but merely the advice of their leader, left some till the next day. And it putrified, and at first filled all the camp around with its foul smell, and then it turned to worms, the origin of which always is from corruption.
2:261And Moses, when he saw this, was naturally indignant with those who were thus disobedient; for how could he help being so, when those who had beheld such numerous and great actions which could not possibly be perverted into mere fictitious and well contrived appearances, but which had been easily accomplished by the divine providence, did not only doubt, but even absolutely disbelieved, and were the hardest of all men to be convinced?
2:262But the Father established the oracle of his prophet by two most conspicuous manifestations, the one of which he gave immediately by the destruction of what had been left, and by the evil stench which arose, and by the change of it into worms, the vilest of animals; and the other demonstration he afforded subsequently, for that which was over and above after that which had been collected by the multitude, was always melted away by the beams of the sun, and consumed, and destroyed in that manner.
2:263He gave a second instance of his prophetical inspiration not long afterwards in the oracle which he delivered about the sacred seventh day. For though it had had a natural precedence over all other days, not only from the time that the world was created, but even before the origination of the heaven and all the objects perceptible to the outward senses, men still knew it not, perhaps because, by reason of the continued and uninterrupted destructions which had taken place by water and fire, succeeding generations had not been able to receive from former ones any traditions of the arrangement and order which had been established in the connection of preceding times, which, as it was not known, Moses, now being inspired, declared to his people in an oracle which was borne testimony to by a visible sign from heaven.
2:264And the sign was this. A smaller portion of food descended from the air on the previous days, but a double portion on the day before the seventh day. And on the previous days, if any portion was left it became liquefied and melted away, until it was entirely changed into dew, and so consumed; but on this day it endured no alteration, but remained in the same state as before, and when this was reported to him, and beheld by him, Moses did not so much conjecture as receive the impulse of divine inspiration under which he prophesied of the seventh day.
2:265I omit to mention that all such conjectures are akin to prophecy; for the mind could never make such correct and felicitous conjectures, unless it were a divine spirit which guided their feet into the way of truth;
2:266and the miraculous nature of the sign was shown, not merely in the fact of the food being double in quantity, nor in that of its remaining unimpaired, contrary to the usual customs, but in both these circumstances taking place on the sixth day, from the day on which this food first began to be supplied from heaven, from which day the most sacred number of seven begun to be counted, so that if any one reckons he will find that this heavenly food was given in exact correspondence with the arrangement instituted at the creation of the world. For God began to create the world on the first day of a week of six days: and he began to rain down the food which has just been mentioned on the same first day;
Book 2, §§267–291
2:267πρώτῃ δημιουργεῖν καὶ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν ὕειν τροφήν. ἡ δ’ εἰκὼν ὁμοιοτάτη· καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὸ τελειότατον ἔργον, τὸν κόσμον, ἀνέφηνε, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ εὐθηνίαν ἐν ἐρήμῳ μεταβαλὼν τὰ στοιχεῖα πρὸς τὸ κατεπεῖγον τῆς χρείας, ἵν’ ἀντὶ γῆς ὁ ἀὴρ σιτία τροφὴν ἄπονον φέρῃ καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον οἷς ἀναχώρησις οὐκ ἦν εὐτρεπίζεσθαι κατὰ σχολὴν τἀπιτήδεια.
2:268μετὰ ταῦτα τρίτον ἀναφθέγγεται χρησμὸν τερατωδέστατον, δηλῶν ὅτι τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τὴν εἰωθυῖαν ὁ ἀὴρ οὐ παρέξει τροφὴν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπὶ γῆν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον ὡς ἔθος ἐνεχθήσεται.
2:269τοῦτ’ ἀπέβαινεν ἔργοις· τῇ μὲν γὰρ προτεραίᾳ ταῦτα θεσπίζει, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἀβεβαίων τὸ ἦθος ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν συγκομιδὴν καὶ σφαλέντες τῆς ἐλπίδος ἐπανῄεσαν ἄπρακτοι, κακίζοντες μὲν ἑαυτοὺς τῆς ἀπιστίας, ἀληθόμαντιν δὲ καὶ θεοφράδμονα καὶ μόνον προορατικὸν τῶν ἀδήλων ἀνακαλοῦντες τὸν προφήτην.
2:270Τοιαῦτα μέν ἐστιν, ἃ περὶ τῆς οὐρανίου τροφῆς κατεχόμενος ἐθέσπισεν. ἕτερα δ’ ἑξῆς ἀναγκαῖα, καίτοι δόξαντα ἂν παραινέσεσιν ἐοικέναι μᾶλλον ἢ χρησμοῖς, ὧν ἐστι καὶ τὸ χρησθὲν κατὰ τὴν μεγίστην τῶν πατρίων ἐκδιαίτησιν, περὶ ἧς καὶ πρόσθεν εἶπον, ἡνίκα τεκτηνάμενοι ταῦρον χρυσοῦν, Αἰγυπτιακοῦ μίμημα τύφου, χοροὺς ἵστασαν καὶ βωμοὺς κατεσκεύαζον καὶ θυσίας ἀνῆγον ἐκλαθόμενοι τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν θεοῦ καὶ τὴν προγονικὴν εὐγένειαν, ἣ δι’ εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος ηὐξήθη, καθαιροῦντες.
2:271ἐφ’ οἷς Μωυσῆς περιπαθήσας, εἰ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ λαὸς πᾶς ἐξαίφνης γεγένηται τυφλὸς ὁ ἄχρι πρὸ μικροῦ πάντων ἐθνῶν ὀξυωπέστατος, ἔπειτα δὲ εἰ πλάσμα μύθου κατεψευσμένον ἴσχυσε τοσαύτην αὐγὴν σβέσαι τῆς ἀληθείας, ἣν οὔθ’ ἥλιος ἐκλιπὼν οὔθ’ ὁ σύμπας χορὸς τῶν ἀστέρων ἐπισκιάσει — περιλάμπεται γὰρ ἰδίῳ φέγγει νοητῷ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ, πρὸς ὃ παραβαλλόμενον τὸ αἰσθητὸν νὺξ ἂν πρὸς ἡμέραν εἶναι νομισθείη —,
2:272δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκέτι μένων ὁ αὐτὸς ἐξαλλάττεται τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ ἐπιθειάσας φησί· "τίς ἐστιν ὁ μὴ τῷ πλάνῳ συνενεχθεὶς μηδὲ τὸ κῦρος ἐπιφημίσας τοῖς ἀκύροις; πᾶς ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐμοὶ προσίτω“.
2:273μιᾶς δὲ φυλῆς προσελθούσης οὐχ ἧττον ταῖς διανοίαις ἢ τοῖς σώμασιν, οἳ πάλαι μὲν ἐφόνων κατὰ τῶν ἀθέων καὶ ἀνοσιουργῶν, ἡγεμόνα δ’ ἐζήτουν καὶ στρατάρχην ἀνευρεῖν, ὃς ἐνδίκως ὑφηγήσεται καιρὸν καὶ τρόπον τῆς ἀμύνης, — οὓς ὀργῶντας εὑρὼν καὶ γέμοντας εὐτολμίας καὶ παραστήματος, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον θεοφορηθείς, „ξίφος ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἀναλαβὼν“ φησίν „ᾀττέτω διὰ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ κτεινέτω μὴ μόνον ἀλλοτρίους ἀλλὰ καὶ φίλων καὶ συγγενῶν τοὺς οἰκειοτάτους ἐπιστροφάδην, εὐαγέστατον κρίνων τὸ ἔργον ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας καὶ θεοῦ τιμῆς, ὧν ὑπερμαχεῖν καὶ προαγωνίζεσθαι κουφότατος πόνος.“
2:274οἱ δ’ αὐτοβοεὶ τρισχιλίους κτείναντες τοὺς ἀρχηγέτας μάλιστα τῆς ἀσεβείας γενομένους οὐκ ἀπελογήσαντο μόνον περὶ τοῦ μὴ συνεφάψασθαι τοῦ τολμήματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἀριστέων τοῖς γενναιοτάτοις ἐνεγράφησαν καὶ γέρως ἠξιώθησαν οἰκειοτάτου ταῖς πράξεσιν, ἱερωσύνης· ἔδει γὰρ θεραπευτὰς ὁσιότητος γενέσθαι τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἀνδραγαθισαμένους καὶ προπολεμήσαντας.
2:275Ἔχω δέ τι μηνῦσαι σημειωδέστερον λόγιον, περὶ οὗ καὶ πάλαι διεξῆλθον, ὅτε τὰ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης ἐπῄειν τοῦ προφήτου, ὅπερ αὐτὸς πάλιν κατασχεθεὶς ἀνεφθέγξατο, τελειωθὲν οὐ μακροῖς χρόνοις ὕστερον, ἀλλ’ εὐθὺς ὅτ’ ἐχρησμῳδεῖτο.
2:276τῶν περὶ τὸν νεὼν λειτουργῶν δύο τάξεις εἰσίν, ἡ μὲν κρείσσων ἱερέων, ἡ δ’ ἐλάττων νεωκόρων· ἦσαν δὲ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον τρεῖς μὲν ἱερεῖς, νεωκόρων δὲ πολλαὶ χιλιάδες.
2:277οὗτοι φυσηθέντες ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου πλήθους περιουσίᾳ τῆς τῶν ἱερέων κατεφρόνουν ὀλιγότητος καὶ δύο ἐν ταὐτῷ παρανομήματα συνύφαινον, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἦν καθαίρεσις τῶν ὑπερεχόντων, τὸ δ’ αὔξησις τῶν ἐλαττόνων, οἷα ἡγεμόσιν ὑπηκόων ἐπιτιθεμένων ἐπὶ συγχύσει τοῦ κρατίστου καὶ δημωφελεστάτου, τῆς τάξεως.
2:278εἶτ’ ἐπισυνιστάμενοι καὶ ἀθροιζόμενοι κατεβόων τοῦ προφήτου, ὡς δι’ οἰκειότητα τῷ τε ἀδελφῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφιδοῖς χαρισαμένου τὴν ἱερωσύνην καὶ ἐπιψευσαμένου τὰ περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν αὐτῶν, ὡς ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ, καθάπερ διεξῄειμεν, μὴ γενόμενα.
2:279ἐφ’ οἷς ἀνιαθεὶς καὶ περιαλγήσας, καίτοι πρᾳότατος ὢν καὶ ἡμερώτατος, οὕτως πρὸς δικαίαν ὀργὴν ὑπὸ μισοπονήρου πάθους ἠκονήθη, ὡς ἱκετεῦσαι τὸν θεὸν ἀποστραφῆναι τὴν θυσίαν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἐπειδήπερ ἔμελλεν ὁ δικαιότατος κριτὴς ἱερουργίας ἀσεβῶν παραδέχεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς τὸ κατ’ αὐτὴν μέρος οὐχ ὑποσιωπᾷ, σπεύδουσα μὴ εὐοδεῖν ἀνοσίους, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ τῆς προθέσεως διαμαρτάνειν.
2:280ἔτι δὲ ζέων καὶ πεπυρωμένος ὑπὸ τῆς νομίμου διαγανακτήσεως ἐνθουσιᾷ μεταβαλὼν εἰς προφήτην καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε· „χαλεπὸν ἀπιστία πρᾶγμα τοῖς ἀπίστοις μόνοις· τούτους οὐ λόγος ἀλλ’ ἔργα παιδεύει· παθόντες εἴσονται τὸ ἐμὸν ἀψευδές, ἐπεὶ μαθόντες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν.
2:281ἐπικριθήσεται δὲ τοῦτο τῇ τοῦ βίου τελευτῇ· εἰ μὲν γὰρ θάνατον ἐνδέξονται τὸν κατὰ φύσιν, πέπλασμαι τὰ λόγια, εἰ δὲ καινόν τινα καὶ παρηλλαγμένον, τὸ φιλάληθές μοι μαρτυρηθήσεται. χάσματα γῆς ὁρῶ διηνοιγμένης ἐπὶ μήκιστον εὐρυνόμενα, πολυανθρώπους ἀπολλυμένας συγγενείας, αὐτάνδρους ὑποσυρομένας καὶ καταπινομένας οἰκίας, ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς ᾅδου κατερχομένους.“
2:282ἐπεὶ δ’ ἡσύχασε, ῥήγνυται μὲν ἡ γῆ σεισμῷ τιναχθεῖσα, ῥήγνυται δὲ καθ’ ὃ μάλιστα μέρος αἱ σκηναὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἦσαν, ὡς ὑπενεχθείσας ἀθρόας ἐπικρυφθῆναι· τὰ γὰρ διαστάντα μέρη πάλιν συνῆλθε, τῆς χρείας ἀποτελεσθείσης, ἧς ἕνεκα διεζεύχθη.
2:283μικρὸν δ’ ὕστερον τοὺς τῆς στάσεως ἡγεμόνας πεντήκοντα πρὸς τοῖς διακοσίοις ἄνδρας κεραυνοὶ κατασκήψαντες αἰφνίδιον ἀθρόους ἐξανάλωσαν μηδὲν μέρος ὑπολειπόμενοι τῶν σωμάτων, ὃ ταφῆς ἐπιμοιράσεται.
2:284τὸ δὲ τῶν τιμωριῶν ἐπάλληλον καὶ τὸ ἑκατέρας μέγεθος διάσημον καὶ περιβόητον ἀπέφηνε τὴν εὐσέβειαν τοῦ προφήτου χρησαμένου θεῷ μάρτυρι τῆς περὶ τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἀληθείας.
2:285ἄξιον δὲ κἀκεῖνο μὴ παριδεῖν, ὅτι τὰς κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν κολάσεις διεκληρώσαντο γῆ καὶ οὐρανός, αἱ τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχαί· τὴν γὰρ μοχθηρίαν ἐρρίζωσαν μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς, ἐξέτειναν δ’ εἰς αἰθέρα, τοσοῦτον ὕψος, αὐτὴν διάραντες.
2:286ὅθεν καὶ τῶν στοιχείων ἑκάτερον ἐχορήγησε τὰς τιμωρίας, ἡ μὲν ἵν’ ὑποσύρῃ καὶ καταπίῃ τοὺς τότε βαρύνοντας αὐτὴν ῥαγεῖσα καὶ διαστᾶσα, ὁ δ’ ἵνα καταφλέξῃ καὶ διαφθείρῃ πυρὸς πολλοῦ φοράν, καινότατον ὑετόν, ὀμβρήσας.
2:287τὸ δὲ τέλος καὶ τοῖς καταποθεῖσι καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν κεραυνῶν διεφθαρμένοις ταὐτὸν ἀπέβαινεν· οὐδέτεροι γὰρ ἐφάνησαν, οἱ μὲν ἐπικρυφθέντες γῇ τῇ τοῦ χάσματος συνόδῳ πρὸς τὸ ἰσόπεδον ἑνωθείσῃ, οἱ δ’ ὅλοι δι’ ὅλων ἀναλωθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ κεραυνίου πυρός.
2:288Χρόνοις δ’ ὕστερον, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀποικίαν ἔμελλεν εἰς οὐρανὸν στέλλεσθαι καὶ τὸν θνητὸν ἀπολιπὼν βίον ἀπαθανατίζεσθαι μετακληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός, ὃς αὐτὸν δυάδα ὄντα, σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, εἰς μονάδος ἀνεστοιχείου φύσιν ὅλον δι’ ὅλων μεθαρμοζόμενος εἰς νοῦν ἡλιοειδέστατον, τότε δὴ κατασχεθεὶς οὐκέτι συλλήβδην ἀθρόῳ παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει θεσπίζειν ἔοικεν ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ μέρος ἑκάστῃ φυλῇ τὰ μέλλοντα γενέσθαι καὶ αὖθις ἀποβησόμενα· ὧν τὰ μὲν ἤδη συμβέβηκε, τὰ δὲ προσδοκᾶται, διότι πίστις τῶν μελλόντων ἡ τῶν προγεγονότων τελείωσις.
2:289ἥρμοττε γὰρ διαφέροντας καὶ ταῖς σποραῖς, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς μητρῴοις γένεσι, καὶ βουλευμάτων πολυτρόποις ἰδέαις καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀμυθήτοις διαφοραῖς ὥσπερ τινὰ κλήρου διανομὴν λογίων καὶ χρησμῶν ἁρμόζουσαν εὑρέσθαι.
2:290θαυμάσια μὲν οὖν ταῦτα· θαυμασιώτατον δὲ καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων, ὃ καθάπερ ἐν τῷ ζῴῳ κεφαλὴ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐστίν.
2:291ἤδη γὰρ ἀναλαμβανόμενος καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς βαλβῖδος ἑστώς, ἵνα τὸν εἰς οὐρανὸν δρόμον διιπτάμενος εὐθύνῃ, καταπνευσθεὶς καὶ ἐπιθειάσας ζῶν ἔτι τὰ ὡς ἐπὶ θανόντι ἑαυτῷ προφητεύει δεξιῶς, ὡς ἐτελεύτησε μήπω τελευτήσας, ὡς ἐτάφη μηδενὸς παρόντος, δηλονότι χερσὶν οὐ θνηταῖς ἀλλ’ ἀθανάτοις δυνάμεσιν, ὡς οὐδ’ ἐν τάφῳ τῶν προπατόρων ἐκηδεύθη τυχὼν ἐξαιρέτου μνήματος, ὃ μηδεὶς εἶδεν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς σύμπαν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτὸν ὅλον μῆνα δακρυρροοῦν ἐπένθησεν ἴδιον καὶ κοινὸν πένθος ἐπιδειξάμενον ἕνεκα τῆς ἀλέκτου καὶ πρὸς ἕνα ἕκαστον καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας εὐνοίας καὶ κηδεμονίας.
Book 2, §§267–291
2:267and the two images are alike; for as he produced that most perfect work, the world, bringing it out of non-existence into existence, so in the same manner did he produce plenty in the wilderness, changing the elements with reference to the pressing necessity, that, instead of the earth, the air might bestow food without labour, and without trouble, to those who had no opportunity of providing themselves with food at their leisure.
2:268After this he delivered to the people a third oracle of the most marvellous nature, namely that on the seventh day the air would not afford the accustomed food, and that not the very slightest portion would fall upon the earth, as it did on other days;
2:269and this turned out to be the case in point of fact; for he delivered this prediction on the day before; but some of those who were unstable in their dispositions, went forth to collect it, and being deceived in their expectations, returned unsuccessful, reproaching themselves for their unbelief, and calling the prophet the only true prophet, the only one who knew the will of God, and the only one who had any foreknowledge of what was uncertain and future.
2:270Such then are the predictions which he delivered, under the influence of inspiration, respecting the food which came down from heaven; but he also delivered others in succession of great necessity, though they appeared to resemble recommendations rather than actual oracles; one of which is that prediction, which he delivered respecting their greatest abandonment of their national customs, of which I have already spoken, when they made a golden calf in imitation of the Egyptian worship and folly, and established dances and prepared an altar, and offered up sacrifices, forgetful of the true God and discarding the noble disposition of their ancestors, which had been increased by piety and holiness,
2:271at which Moses was very indignant, first of all, at all the people having thus suddenly become blind, which but a short time before had been the most sharp-sighted of all nations; and secondly, at a vain invention of fable being able to extinguish such exceeding brilliancy of truth, which even the sun in its eclipse or the whole company of the stars could never darken; for it is comprehended by its own light, appreciable by the intellect and incorporeal, in comparison of which the light, which is perceptible by the external senses, is like night if compared to day.
2:272And, moved by this cause, he no longer continued as before, but leaped as it were out of his former appearance and disposition, and became inspired, and said, "Who is there who has not consented to this error, and who has not given sanction to what ought not to be sanctioned? Let all such come over to me."
2:273And when one tribe had come over to him, and not less with their minds than with their bodies, who indeed had some time before been eager for the slaughter of the impious and wicked doers, and who had sought for a leader and chief of their host who would justly point out to them the opportunity and proper manner of repressing their wickedness; then he, seeing that they were enraged and full of good confidence and courage, was inspired still more than before, and said, "Let every one of you take a sword, and go swiftly through the whole army, and slay not only strangers, but also those who are nearest and dearest to him of his own friends and relations, attacking them all, judging his action to be a most holy one, as being in the defence of truth and of the honour due to God, to fight for which, and to be the champion of which objects, is the lightest of labours."
2:274So they rushed forth with a shout, and slew three thousand, especially those who were the leaders of this impiety, and not only were excused themselves from having had any participation in the wicked boldness of the others, but were also enrolled among the most noble of valiant men, and were thought worthy of an honour and reward most appropriate to their action, to wit the priesthood. For it was inevitable that those men should be ministers of holiness, who had shown themselves valiant in defence of it, and had warred bravely as its champions.
2:275I have also another still more marvellous and prodigy-like oracle to report, which indeed I have mentioned before, when I was relating the circumstances of the high priesthood of the prophet, one which he himself uttered when fully inspired by the divine spirit, and which received its accomplishment at no long period afterwards, but at the very moment that it was delivered.
2:276There were two classes of ministrations concerning the temple; the higher one belonging to the priests, and the lower one to the keepers of the temple; and there were at this time three priests, but many thousand keepers of the temple.
2:277These men, being puffed up at the exceeding greatness of their own numbers, despised the scanty numbers of the priests; and so they concerted two impious attempts at the same time, the one of which was the destruction of those who were superior to them, and the other was the promotion of the inferior body, the subjects as it were attacking the leaders, to the confusion and overthrow of that most excellent and most beneficial thing for the people, namely order.
2:278Then, joining together and assembling in one place, they cried out upon the prophet as if he had given the priesthood to his brother, and to his nephews, out of consideration for their relationship to him, and had given a false account of their appointment, as if it had not taken place under the direction of divine providence, as we have represented.
2:279And Moses, being vexed and grieved beyond measure at these things, although he was the meekest and mildest of men, was now so excited to a just anger by his disposition, which hated iniquity, that he besought God to reject their sacrifice. Not because there was any chance of that most righteous Judge receiving the unholy offerings of wicked men, but because the soul of the man who loved God could not be silent for his part, so eager was it that the wicked should not prosper, but should always fail in their purpose;
2:280and while he was still boiling over and inflamed with anger by this lawful indignation he became inspired, and changed into a prophet, and uttered the following oracles: "Apostacy is an evil thing, but these faithless men shall be taught, not only by words but also by actions; they shall, by personal suffering, learn my truth and good faith, since they would not learn it by ordinary instruction;
2:281and this shall be discerned in the end of their life: for if they receive the ordinary death according to nature, then I have invented these oracles; but if they experience a new and unprecedented destruction, then my truth will be testified to; for I see chasms of the earth opening against them, and widened to the greatest extent, and numbers of men perishing in them, dragged down into the gulf with all their kindred, and their very houses swallowed up, and the men going down alive into hell."
2:282And when he ceased speaking the earth was cloven asunder, being shaken by an earthquake, and it was burst open, especially where the tents of those wicked men were so that they were all swallowed up together, and so hidden from sight. For the parts which were rent asunder came together again as soon as the purpose for which they had been divided was accomplished.
2:283And a little after this thunderbolts fell on a sudden from heaven, and slew two hundred men, the leaders of this sedition, and destroyed them all together, not leaving any portion of their bodies to receive burial.
2:284And the rapid and unintermittent character of the punishment, and the magnitude of each infliction, rendered the piety of the prophet conspicuous and universally celebrated, as he thus brought God forward as a witness of the truth of his oracular denunciations.
2:285We must also not overlook this circumstance, that both earth and heaven, which are the first principles of the universe, bore their share in the punishment of these wicked men, for they had rooted their wickedness in the earth, and extended it up to the sky, raising it to that vast height,
2:286on which account each of the elements contributed its part to their chastisement, the earth, so as to drag down and swallow up those who were at that time weighing it down, bursting asunder and dividing; and the heaven, by tearing up and destroying them, raining down a mighty storm of much fire, a most novel kind of rain, and the end was the same,
2:287both to those who were swallowed up by the earth and to those who were destroyed by the thunderbolts, for neither of them were seen any more; the one body being concealed by the earth, the chasm being united again and meeting as before, so as to make solid ground; and the other people being consumed entirely by the fire of the thunderbolts.
2:288And some time afterwards, when he was about to depart from hence to heaven, to take up his abode there, and leaving this mortal life to become immortal, having been summoned by the Father, who now changed him, having previously been a double being, composed of soul and body, into the nature of a single body, transforming him wholly and entirely into a most sun-like mind; he then, being wholly possessed by inspiration, does not seem any longer to have prophesied comprehensively to the whole nation altogether, but to have predicted to each tribe separately what would happen to each of them, and to their future generations, some of which things have already come to pass, and some are still expected, because the accomplishment of those predictions which have been fulfilled is the clearest testimony to the future.
2:289For it was very appropriate that those who were different in the circumstances of their birth and in the mothers, from whom they were descended, should differ also in the variety of their designs and counsels, and also in the excessive diversity of their pursuits in life, and should therefore have for their inheritance, as it were, a different distribution of oracles and predictions.
2:290These things, therefore, are wonderful; and most wonderful of all is the end of his sacred writings, which is to the whole book of the law what the head is to an animal.
2:291For when he was now on the point of being taken away, and was standing at the very starting-place, as it were, that he might fly away and complete his journey to heaven, he was once more inspired and filled with the Holy Spirit, and while still alive, he prophesied admirably what should happen to himself after his death, relating, that is, how he had died when he was not as yet dead, and how he was buried without any one being present so as to know of his tomb, because in fact he was entombed not by mortal hands, but by immortal powers, so that he was not placed in the tomb of his forefathers, having met with particular grace which no man ever saw; and mentioning further how the whole nation mourned for him with tears a whole month, displaying the individual and general sorrow on account of his unspeakable benevolence towards each individual and towards the whole collective host, and of the wisdom with which he had ruled them.
Book 2, §§292–292
2:292τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ βίος, τοιαύτη δὲ καὶ ἡ τελευτὴ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ νομοθέτου καὶ ἀρχιερέως καὶ προφήτου Μωυσέως διὰ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων μνημονεύεται.
Book 2, §§292–292
2:292Such was the life and such was the death of the king, and lawgiver, and high priest, and prophet, Moses, as it is recorded in the sacred scriptures.